diff --git a/CHANGELOG.md b/CHANGELOG.md index ca39ed3dbcf..7b3cc00526e 100644 --- a/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,5 +1,79 @@ # Changelog +## [2.191.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.190.0...v2.191.0) (2026-02-24) + + +### Features + +* **accesscontextmanager:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cced60843bdb9c979c6749ef0751e1e11543afe6 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **admin:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/2b6b2f0e2d0bd73d41c40d648bee6b306e39aa6a ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **aiplatform:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/be464c2867ea9c1eb28fa14d6b31fe49cd4c3695 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **alloydb:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/92a2635d0eca81c168d1d0786b200e9d3fd1085d ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **apigee:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/fdb0aa9884bbca77106e72819fec6cd7e5631f9f ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **apihub:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/967265057c77f843f1fa45c56c4e3f7bb29d914a ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **appengine:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f878562ac70d5bdd95ddf499ce2d781308cf97f0 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **biglake:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/054c216436d8cee1466f862ea852e39bf43d64ac ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **bigtableadmin:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f52a42de3831873d99b9a74fec738a987ee9b683 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **ces:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/83706703c97ee42d72722eb91032ebf4da298bd1 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **chat:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d702c10623d33006772db6acb993a217fbd7b241 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **clouderrorreporting:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8397666dd7a1d118e2a0fa71683fdb6487d040b2 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **cloudfunctions:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/9bbd5f9a72d828821037667bed407e7e02559836 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **cloudkms:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/07957adede81dd3fe5084d83f5e7678712bd6323 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **cloudkms:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e565fc7b0b626540aa388c673af0701ad3949307 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **compute:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8390b91e2904dae9b316b3db5a7474fcd33f6224 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **compute:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ab612210ae1ec06165e40009aa1e4d5a2cb515b6 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **connectors:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/7d8951d76f6885bf1fc5d05882f4d3d57ff4b8c9 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **containeranalysis:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5561147a9b6fb406b8fadd604b4c8628a181c694 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **container:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e6516edeea075c2940a49355ff4ee2d366116cef ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **dataflow:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0b06fceeb8a89c11b6c688b3978c6235c019e6de ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **dataflow:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/11cf3f230ea08425f80d14857d4e198fab7fa993 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **datamanager:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/457385fe619a3ff6ec6c819a54fa31d1357b6e11 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **dataplex:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/4d4de988832c4bd1dc5d5a98d0a0bc68b3796232 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **dataplex:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c18e222aa0eeab937f78b2be0719c031e1686fbb ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **datastream:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/bbc74ef1e00b071bdbe37104e320d5cc643e57d8 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **dfareporting:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ec13ccadac897ef35b999abfe4d3369693910863 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **dialogflow:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/11228ab21add546a6783e1f49b75d0a19163daf8 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **discoveryengine:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/62871b0946a34cdb6414b76ddb796d45f87242e8 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **discoveryengine:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a75b5b630d6653d467ca012ab18a193c95780d66 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **displayvideo:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0e758cc029e0472bc647484869cc3bfe0ca37ab4 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **firebaseml:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/92c1d6ba3b0d176791fd5d34cc8bdad8c8ff918a ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **firestore:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/910f448feb19d27938cfdecb2c5fca55bfb1bbc4 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **gkebackup:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/567dab56d274b6bd584fd4d9821d77b596220977 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **gkehub:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3bfb8c62fc5011da79e2cbb042551f0a025930ef ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **healthcare:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c157813b93b95fa3aab1ca25675d218e75f27812 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **iap:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e77f0b757f48456d22af091b03285475649ff297 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **looker:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/af090e40eb13667bec8f9eab06642e723e474950 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **monitoring:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/5bc65f2e9d7781f804db951bbdf91d7e509eec74 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **netapp:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/3bad9b7d3d2a00ea5b748c2d07b8daec7e3c844a ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **networkmanagement:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/02584f857bfd5d871596086ab789e34bfa7c0453 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **networkservices:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/ea5d2fcfa8ceb7e514f32fc7b9e30184af49ec11 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **ondemandscanning:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/87a15fe7d9d615009e3b5cc8a04a12978bcaa9b9 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **oracledatabase:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c2f4ff14d66eeedaffcdbef19e54baa70ae33dc7 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **places:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0c653043695aa838777e7f4694387ead884dbb18 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **playdeveloperreporting:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/d87d6abac6e2fb7c3e57234e87ed9f66d81a59a0 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **recommender:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/84cdc072380a5aa914905e6cb82baed1fe620f0b ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **redis:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/cbc9e72bb6996693f2d238c2215de77907e5dd8e ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **run:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/58d2968e5443fdde314b45258cea6d3fda7c008e ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **secretmanager:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/7625ec67046351ebb36fb45d6721f1bafd815cb4 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **securitycenter:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/67accfd163e39180400d52dd022d2a2e0b19c9ef ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **serviceconsumermanagement:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b277e6318cea8affb6c68055523d03c6ec7a7622 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **servicemanagement:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/f2eb8d9a33acfb00c05fbe7030e9007e26167939 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **servicenetworking:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/0be5489143e1c5ae1ba9145fe24de8d75c816e72 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **serviceusage:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/b254a68e048119949160e85657c361469c27178c ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **sqladmin:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/62fa87d808bd2c45464a40b604c22de75128fd4b ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **storagebatchoperations:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/702630c2dcf09ef4f62f7e798fa2d3b029c34e6b ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **storage:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/85343ca96f46b1b9821f1984d8b3d2a088687b89 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **threatintelligence:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/7dfc82f1d96826e25065a44d81c9378e753b6bfa ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **threatintelligence:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e1eee84616032c196ef3a8576df257b87be366f2 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **workloadmanager:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/8824958c10675d6da1115322928935bd17aff403 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) + + +### Bug Fixes + +* **eventarc:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/e1f05dc0058b7e168ad4179c3c6c5ac16b67e699 ([a0e5cc5](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/a0e5cc564abeec360945b074602fec9bbba2e4e0)) +* **oracledatabase:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c0a4e808a52a034e4508549246e4ee3a0470ffdb ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) +* **run:** Update the api https://togithub.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/20bb4031e9d6bd4c1f834fc22e7f5d9eb79ef1d6 ([c62a278](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/commit/c62a278909310da2c0c35d338c23c0c87c16c811)) + ## [2.190.0](https://github.com/googleapis/google-api-python-client/compare/v2.189.0...v2.190.0) (2026-02-11) diff --git a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.html b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.html index 2ea61aa26d1..839e9d6707b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.html @@ -89,6 +89,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the organizations Resource.

+

+ permissions() +

+

Returns the permissions Resource.

+

services()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.permissions.html b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.permissions.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a5f20eaf0f --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.permissions.html @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ + + + +

Access Context Manager API . permissions

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all supported permissions in VPCSC Granular Controls.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all supported permissions in VPCSC Granular Controls.
+
+Args:
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. This flag specifies the maximum number of services to return per page. Default is 100.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Token to start on a later page. Default is the first page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A response to `ListSupportedPermissionsRequest`.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The pagination token to retrieve the next page of results. If the value is empty, no further results remain.
+  "supportedPermissions": [ # List of VPC-SC supported permissions.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customer.devices.chromeos.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customer.devices.chromeos.html index 94f2481f9cd..aa3be2d77c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customer.devices.chromeos.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.customer.devices.chromeos.html @@ -85,6 +85,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ countChromeOsDevices(customerId, filter=None, includeChildOrgunits=None, orgUnitPath=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Counts ChromeOS devices matching the request.

issueCommand(customerId, deviceId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Issues a command for the device to execute.

@@ -139,6 +142,28 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ countChromeOsDevices(customerId, filter=None, includeChildOrgunits=None, orgUnitPath=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Counts ChromeOS devices matching the request.
+
+Args:
+  customerId: string, Required. Immutable ID of the Google Workspace account. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Search string in the format given at https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/directory/v1/list-query-operators
+  includeChildOrgunits: boolean, Optional. Return devices from all child orgunits, as well as the specified org unit. If this is set to true, 'orgUnitPath' must be provided.
+  orgUnitPath: string, Optional. The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A response for counting ChromeOS devices.
+  "count": "A String", # The total number of devices matching the request.
+}
+
+
issueCommand(customerId, deviceId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Issues a command for the device to execute.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html
index 344de826e32..6e396709d25 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/admin_reports_v1.activities.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- list(userKey, applicationName, actorIpAddress=None, customerId=None, endTime=None, eventName=None, filters=None, groupIdFilter=None, maxResults=None, orgUnitID=None, pageToken=None, resourceDetailsFilter=None, startTime=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(userKey, applicationName, actorIpAddress=None, applicationInfoFilter=None, customerId=None, endTime=None, eventName=None, filters=None, groupIdFilter=None, maxResults=None, networkInfoFilter=None, orgUnitID=None, pageToken=None, resourceDetailsFilter=None, startTime=None, statusFilter=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of activities for a specific customer's account and application such as the Admin console application or the Google Drive application. For more information, see the guides for administrator and Google Drive activity reports. For more information about the activity report's parameters, see the activity parameters reference guides.

list_next()

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@

Method Details

- list(userKey, applicationName, actorIpAddress=None, customerId=None, endTime=None, eventName=None, filters=None, groupIdFilter=None, maxResults=None, orgUnitID=None, pageToken=None, resourceDetailsFilter=None, startTime=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(userKey, applicationName, actorIpAddress=None, applicationInfoFilter=None, customerId=None, endTime=None, eventName=None, filters=None, groupIdFilter=None, maxResults=None, networkInfoFilter=None, orgUnitID=None, pageToken=None, resourceDetailsFilter=None, startTime=None, statusFilter=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of activities for a specific customer's account and application such as the Admin console application or the Google Drive application. For more information, see the guides for administrator and Google Drive activity reports. For more information about the activity report's parameters, see the activity parameters reference guides. 
 
 Args:
@@ -139,16 +139,19 @@ 

Method Details

takeout - The Takeout application's activity reports return information about various types of Takeout activity events. graduation - The Graduation application's activity reports return information about various types of Graduation activity events. actorIpAddress: string, The Internet Protocol (IP) Address of host where the event was performed. This is an additional way to filter a report's summary using the IP address of the user whose activity is being reported. This IP address may or may not reflect the user's physical location. For example, the IP address can be the user's proxy server's address or a virtual private network (VPN) address. This parameter supports both IPv4 and IPv6 address versions. + applicationInfoFilter: string, Optional. Used to filter on the `oAuthClientId` field present in [`ApplicationInfo`](#applicationinfo) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&applicationInfoFilter=oAuthClientId="clientId" GET...&applicationInfoFilter=oAuthClientId=%22clientId%22 ``` customerId: string, The unique ID of the customer to retrieve data for. endTime: string, Sets the end of the range of time shown in the report. The date is in the RFC 3339 format, for example 2010-10-28T10:26:35.000Z. The default value is the approximate time of the API request. An API report has three basic time concepts: - *Date of the API's request for a report*: When the API created and retrieved the report. - *Report's start time*: The beginning of the timespan shown in the report. The `startTime` must be before the `endTime` (if specified) and the current time when the request is made, or the API returns an error. - *Report's end time*: The end of the timespan shown in the report. For example, the timespan of events summarized in a report can start in April and end in May. The report itself can be requested in August. If the `endTime` is not specified, the report returns all activities from the `startTime` until the current time or the most recent 180 days if the `startTime` is more than 180 days in the past. For Gmail requests, `startTime` and `endTime` must be provided and the difference must not be greater than 30 days. eventName: string, The name of the event being queried by the API. Each `eventName` is related to a specific Google Workspace service or feature which the API organizes into types of events. An example is the Google Calendar events in the Admin console application's reports. The Calendar Settings `type` structure has all of the Calendar `eventName` activities reported by the API. When an administrator changes a Calendar setting, the API reports this activity in the Calendar Settings `type` and `eventName` parameters. For more information about `eventName` query strings and parameters, see the list of event names for various applications above in `applicationName`. filters: string, The `filters` query string is a comma-separated list composed of event parameters manipulated by relational operators. Event parameters are in the form `{parameter1 name}{relational operator}{parameter1 value},{parameter2 name}{relational operator}{parameter2 value},...` These event parameters are associated with a specific `eventName`. An empty report is returned if the request's parameter doesn't belong to the `eventName`. For more information about the available `eventName` fields for each application and their associated parameters, go to the [ApplicationName](#applicationname) table, then click through to the Activity Events page in the Appendix for the application you want. In the following Drive activity examples, the returned list consists of all `edit` events where the `doc_id` parameter value matches the conditions defined by the relational operator. In the first example, the request returns all edited documents with a `doc_id` value equal to `12345`. In the second example, the report returns any edited documents where the `doc_id` value is not equal to `98765`. The `<>` operator is URL-encoded in the request's query string (`%3C%3E`): ``` GET...&eventName=edit&filters=doc_id==12345 GET...&eventName=edit&filters=doc_id%3C%3E98765 ``` A `filters` query supports these relational operators: * `==`—'equal to'. * `<>`—'not equal to'. Must be URL-encoded (%3C%3E). * `<`—'less than'. Must be URL-encoded (%3C). * `<=`—'less than or equal to'. Must be URL-encoded (%3C=). * `>`—'greater than'. Must be URL-encoded (%3E). * `>=`—'greater than or equal to'. Must be URL-encoded (%3E=). **Note:** The API doesn't accept multiple values of the same parameter. If a parameter is supplied more than once in the API request, the API only accepts the last value of that parameter. In addition, if an invalid parameter is supplied in the API request, the API ignores that parameter and returns the response corresponding to the remaining valid parameters. If no parameters are requested, all parameters are returned. groupIdFilter: string, Comma separated group ids (obfuscated) on which user activities are filtered, i.e. the response will contain activities for only those users that are a part of at least one of the group ids mentioned here. Format: "id:abc123,id:xyz456" *Important:* To filter by groups, you must explicitly add the groups to your filtering groups allowlist. For more information about adding groups to filtering groups allowlist, see [Filter results by Google Group](https://support.google.com/a/answer/11482175) maxResults: integer, Determines how many activity records are shown on each response page. For example, if the request sets `maxResults=1` and the report has two activities, the report has two pages. The response's `nextPageToken` property has the token to the second page. The `maxResults` query string is optional in the request. The default value is 1000. + networkInfoFilter: string, Optional. Used to filter on the `regionCode` field present in [`NetworkInfo`](#networkinfo) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&networkInfoFilter=regionCode="IN" GET...&networkInfoFilter=regionCode=%22IN%22 ``` orgUnitID: string, ID of the organizational unit to report on. Activity records will be shown only for users who belong to the specified organizational unit. Data before Dec 17, 2018 doesn't appear in the filtered results. pageToken: string, The token to specify next page. A report with multiple pages has a `nextPageToken` property in the response. In your follow-on request getting the next page of the report, enter the `nextPageToken` value in the `pageToken` query string. resourceDetailsFilter: string, Optional. The `resourceDetailsFilter` query string is an AND separated list composed of [Resource Details](#resourcedetails) fields manipulated by relational operators. Resource Details Filters are in the form `{resourceDetails.field1}{relational operator}{field1 value} AND {resourceDetails.field2}{relational operator}{field2 value}...` All the inner fields are traversed using the `.` operator, as shown in the following example: ``` resourceDetails.id = "resourceId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.id = "appliedLabelId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.fieldValue.id = "fieldValueId" ``` `resourceDetailsFilter` query supports these relational operators: * `=`—'equal to'. * `!=`—'not equal to'. * `:`—'exists'. This is used for filtering on repeated fields. [`FieldValue`](#fieldvalue) types that are repeated in nature uses `exists` operator for filtering. The following [`FieldValue`](#fieldvalue) types are repeated: * [`TextListValue`](#textlistvalue) * [`SelectionListValue`](#selectionlistvalue) * [`UserListValue`](#userlistvalue) For example, in the following filter, [`SelectionListValue`](#selectionlistvalue), is a repeated field. The filter checks whether [`SelectionListValue`](#selectionlistvalue) contains `selection_id`: ``` resourceDetails.id = "resourceId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.id = "appliedLabelId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.fieldValue.id = "fieldValueId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.fieldValue.type = "SELECTION_LIST_VALUE" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.fieldValue.selectionListValue.id: "id" ``` **Usage** ``` GET...&resourceDetailsFilter=resourceDetails.id = "resourceId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.id = "appliedLabelId" GET...&resourceDetailsFilter=resourceDetails.id=%22resourceId%22%20AND%20resourceDetails.appliedLabels.id=%22appliedLabelId%22 ``` **Note the following**: * You must URL encode the query string before sending the request. * The API supports a maximum of 5 fields separated by the AND operator. - When filtering on deeper levels (e.g., [`AppliedLabel`](#appliedlabel), [`FieldValue`](#fieldvalue)), the IDs of all preceding levels in the hierarchy must be included in the filter. For example: Filtering on [`FieldValue`](#fieldvalue) requires [`AppliedLabel`](#appliedlabel) ID and resourceDetails ID to be present. *Sample Query*: ``` resourceDetails.id = "resourceId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.id = "appliedLabelId" AND resourceDetails.appliedLabels.fieldValue.id = "fieldValueId" ``` * Filtering on inner [`FieldValue`](#fieldvalue) types like `longTextValue` and `textValue` requires `resourceDetails.appliedLabels.fieldValue.type` to be present. * Only Filtering on a single [`AppliedLabel`](#appliedlabel) id and [`FieldValue`](#fieldvalue) id is supported. startTime: string, Sets the beginning of the range of time shown in the report. The date is in the RFC 3339 format, for example 2010-10-28T10:26:35.000Z. The report returns all activities from `startTime` until `endTime`. The `startTime` must be before the `endTime` (if specified) and the current time when the request is made, or the API returns an error. For Gmail requests, `startTime` and `endTime` must be provided and the difference must not be greater than 30 days. + statusFilter: string, Optional. Used to filter on the `statusCode` field present in [`Status`](#status) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&statusFilter=statusCode="200" GET...&statusFilter=statusCode=%22200%22 ``` x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -233,6 +236,12 @@

Method Details

"resourceIds": [ # Resource ids associated with the event. "A String", ], + "status": { # Status of the event. Note: Not all events have status. # Status of the event. Note: Not all events have status. + "errorCode": "A String", # Error code of the event. Note: Field can be empty. + "errorMessage": "A String", # Error message of the event. Note: Field can be empty. + "eventStatus": "A String", # * Status of the event. Possible values if not empty: - UNKNOWN_EVENT_STATUS - SUCCEEDED - SUCCEEDED_WITH_WARNINGS - FAILED - SKIPPED + "httpStatusCode": 42, # Status code of the event. Note: Field can be empty. + }, "type": "A String", # Type of event. The Google Workspace service or feature that an administrator changes is identified in the `type` property which identifies an event using the `eventName` property. For a full list of the API's `type` categories, see the list of event names for various applications above in `applicationName`. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html index af0149f2dd0..7ddaef75712 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html @@ -124,12 +124,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -267,12 +285,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -410,12 +446,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -553,12 +607,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -738,12 +810,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -881,12 +971,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -1037,12 +1145,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, @@ -1180,12 +1306,30 @@

Method Details

"candidateResponses": [ # Optional. Responses from model under test and other baseline models for comparison. { # Responses from model or agent. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, ], "goldenResponse": { # Responses from model or agent. # Optional. The Ideal response or ground truth. "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "text": "A String", # Text response. "value": "", # Fields and values that can be used to populate the response template. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.evaluationMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.evaluationMetrics.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..10a347b8bd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.evaluationMetrics.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . evaluationMetrics

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.evaluationMetrics.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.evaluationMetrics.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6f30a1c1b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.evaluationMetrics.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . evaluationMetrics . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `"projects/example/locations/-"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections. For example, when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html index ef3684c28eb..257e447cd8d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.html @@ -124,6 +124,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the evaluationItems Resource.

+

+ evaluationMetrics() +

+

Returns the evaluationMetrics Resource.

+

evaluationRuns()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html index cfa86213f26..06d6ae25947 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -362,6 +362,10 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned model endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "modelArmorConfig": { # Configuration for Model Armor. Model Armor is a Google Cloud service that provides safety and security filtering for prompts and responses. It helps protect your AI applications from risks such as harmful content, sensitive data leakage, and prompt injection attacks. # Optional. Settings for prompt and response sanitization using the Model Armor service. If supplied, safety_settings must not be supplied. + "promptTemplateName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor template to use for prompt screening. A Model Armor template is a set of customized filters and thresholds that define how Model Armor screens content. If specified, Model Armor will use this template to check the user's prompt for safety and security risks before it is sent to the model. The name must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template}`. + "responseTemplateName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor template to use for response screening. A Model Armor template is a set of customized filters and thresholds that define how Model Armor screens content. If specified, Model Armor will use this template to check the model's response for safety and security risks before it is returned to the user. The name must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template}`. + }, "safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates. { # A safety setting that affects the safety-blocking behavior. A SafetySetting consists of a harm category and a threshold for that category. "category": "A String", # Required. The harm category to be blocked. @@ -931,6 +935,10 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "model": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned model endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}` + "modelArmorConfig": { # Configuration for Model Armor. Model Armor is a Google Cloud service that provides safety and security filtering for prompts and responses. It helps protect your AI applications from risks such as harmful content, sensitive data leakage, and prompt injection attacks. # Optional. Settings for prompt and response sanitization using the Model Armor service. If supplied, safety_settings must not be supplied. + "promptTemplateName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor template to use for prompt screening. A Model Armor template is a set of customized filters and thresholds that define how Model Armor screens content. If specified, Model Armor will use this template to check the user's prompt for safety and security risks before it is sent to the model. The name must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template}`. + "responseTemplateName": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor template to use for response screening. A Model Armor template is a set of customized filters and thresholds that define how Model Armor screens content. If specified, Model Armor will use this template to check the model's response for safety and security risks before it is returned to the user. The name must be in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template}`. + }, "safetySettings": [ # Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates. { # A safety setting that affects the safety-blocking behavior. A SafetySetting consists of a harm category and a threshold for that category. "category": "A String", # Required. The harm category to be blocked. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html index e857edeed44..b6acf134a08 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationItems.html @@ -666,6 +666,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -1286,6 +1295,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -2576,6 +2594,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -3196,6 +3223,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -4486,6 +4522,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -5106,6 +5151,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -6396,6 +6450,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -7016,6 +7079,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -8348,6 +8420,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -8968,6 +9049,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -10258,6 +10348,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -10878,6 +10977,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -12181,6 +12289,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -12801,6 +12918,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -14091,6 +14217,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. @@ -14711,6 +14846,15 @@

Method Details

], }, "candidate": "A String", # Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Error while scraping model or agent. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, "events": [ # Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response. { # The structured data content of a message. A Content message contains a `role` field, which indicates the producer of the content, and a `parts` field, which contains the multi-part data of the message. "parts": [ # Required. A list of Part objects that make up a single message. Parts of a message can have different MIME types. A Content message must have at least one Part. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..831f99dacd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . evaluationMetrics

+

Instance Methods

+

+ operations() +

+

Returns the operations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..228e39e4157 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . evaluationMetrics . operations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `"projects/example/locations/-"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections. For example, when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index d37a72f3400..54f2afa50e0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -129,6 +129,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the evaluationItems Resource.

+

+ evaluationMetrics() +

+

Returns the evaluationMetrics Resource.

+

evaluationRuns()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html index 66922640767..414075a555e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.html @@ -816,6 +816,7 @@

Method Details

"runResponse": "A String", # The response of the scheduled run. "scheduledRunTime": "A String", # The scheduled run time based on the user-specified schedule. }, + "maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest. "maxConcurrentRunCount": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). "maxRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Maximum run count of the schedule. If specified, The schedule will be completed when either started_run_count >= max_run_count or when end_time is reached. If not specified, new runs will keep getting scheduled until this Schedule is paused or deleted. Already scheduled runs will be allowed to complete. Unset if not specified. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the Schedule. @@ -1529,6 +1530,7 @@

Method Details

"runResponse": "A String", # The response of the scheduled run. "scheduledRunTime": "A String", # The scheduled run time based on the user-specified schedule. }, + "maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest. "maxConcurrentRunCount": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). "maxRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Maximum run count of the schedule. If specified, The schedule will be completed when either started_run_count >= max_run_count or when end_time is reached. If not specified, new runs will keep getting scheduled until this Schedule is paused or deleted. Already scheduled runs will be allowed to complete. Unset if not specified. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the Schedule. @@ -2284,6 +2286,7 @@

Method Details

"runResponse": "A String", # The response of the scheduled run. "scheduledRunTime": "A String", # The scheduled run time based on the user-specified schedule. }, + "maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest. "maxConcurrentRunCount": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). "maxRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Maximum run count of the schedule. If specified, The schedule will be completed when either started_run_count >= max_run_count or when end_time is reached. If not specified, new runs will keep getting scheduled until this Schedule is paused or deleted. Already scheduled runs will be allowed to complete. Unset if not specified. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the Schedule. @@ -3011,6 +3014,7 @@

Method Details

"runResponse": "A String", # The response of the scheduled run. "scheduledRunTime": "A String", # The scheduled run time based on the user-specified schedule. }, + "maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest. "maxConcurrentRunCount": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). "maxRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Maximum run count of the schedule. If specified, The schedule will be completed when either started_run_count >= max_run_count or when end_time is reached. If not specified, new runs will keep getting scheduled until this Schedule is paused or deleted. Already scheduled runs will be allowed to complete. Unset if not specified. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the Schedule. @@ -3742,6 +3746,7 @@

Method Details

"runResponse": "A String", # The response of the scheduled run. "scheduledRunTime": "A String", # The scheduled run time based on the user-specified schedule. }, + "maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest. "maxConcurrentRunCount": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). "maxRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Maximum run count of the schedule. If specified, The schedule will be completed when either started_run_count >= max_run_count or when end_time is reached. If not specified, new runs will keep getting scheduled until this Schedule is paused or deleted. Already scheduled runs will be allowed to complete. Unset if not specified. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the Schedule. @@ -4456,6 +4461,7 @@

Method Details

"runResponse": "A String", # The response of the scheduled run. "scheduledRunTime": "A String", # The scheduled run time based on the user-specified schedule. }, + "maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest. "maxConcurrentRunCount": "A String", # Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). "maxRunCount": "A String", # Optional. Maximum run count of the schedule. If specified, The schedule will be completed when either started_run_count >= max_run_count or when end_time is reached. If not specified, new runs will keep getting scheduled until this Schedule is paused or deleted. Already scheduled runs will be allowed to complete. Unset if not specified. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the Schedule. diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index 0c8e0ae5787..6d2d00b7a75 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -921,7 +921,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index 7fac1fc332b..a00f2a8d032 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -643,7 +643,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html index 3644aa09d7b..ec0f539ca99 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.instances.html @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. @@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@

Method Details

"maintenanceVersionName": "A String", # Output only. Maintenance version of the instance, for example: POSTGRES_15.2025_07_15.04_00. Output only. Update this field via the parent cluster's maintenance_version field(s). "name": "A String", # Output only. The name of the instance resource with the format: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id}/instances/{instance_id} where the cluster and instance ID segments should satisfy the regex expression `[a-z]([a-z0-9-]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?`, e.g. 1-63 characters of lowercase letters, numbers, and dashes, starting with a letter, and ending with a letter or number. For more details see https://google.aip.dev/122. The prefix of the instance resource name is the name of the parent resource: * projects/{project}/locations/{region}/clusters/{cluster_id} "networkConfig": { # Metadata related to instance-level network configuration. # Optional. Instance-level network configuration. - "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. + "allocatedIpRangeOverride": "A String", # Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: "google-managed-services-default". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. "authorizedExternalNetworks": [ # Optional. A list of external network authorized to access this instance. { # AuthorizedNetwork contains metadata for an authorized network. "cidrRange": "A String", # CIDR range for one authorzied network of the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html index 8fb27656b7c..80d47d3e0c1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.devices.html @@ -330,11 +330,11 @@

Method Details

"imei": "A String", # IMEI number of the GSM device. For example, A1000031212. "meid": "A String", # MEID number of the CDMA device. For example, A00000292788E1. "networkOperatorName": "A String", # Alphabetic name of current registered operator. For example, Vodafone. - "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android 6. + { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. This is supported for all SIM cards on fully managed devices on Android 6 and above. In addition, this is supported for admin-added eSIMs on all devices for Android 15 and above. + "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "carrierName": "A String", # The carrier name associated with this SIM card. - "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "iccId": "A String", # Output only. The ICCID associated with this SIM card. "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number associated with this SIM card. }, @@ -762,11 +762,11 @@

Method Details

"imei": "A String", # IMEI number of the GSM device. For example, A1000031212. "meid": "A String", # MEID number of the CDMA device. For example, A00000292788E1. "networkOperatorName": "A String", # Alphabetic name of current registered operator. For example, Vodafone. - "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android 6. + { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. This is supported for all SIM cards on fully managed devices on Android 6 and above. In addition, this is supported for admin-added eSIMs on all devices for Android 15 and above. + "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "carrierName": "A String", # The carrier name associated with this SIM card. - "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "iccId": "A String", # Output only. The ICCID associated with this SIM card. "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number associated with this SIM card. }, @@ -1062,11 +1062,11 @@

Method Details

"imei": "A String", # IMEI number of the GSM device. For example, A1000031212. "meid": "A String", # MEID number of the CDMA device. For example, A00000292788E1. "networkOperatorName": "A String", # Alphabetic name of current registered operator. For example, Vodafone. - "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android 6. + { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. This is supported for all SIM cards on fully managed devices on Android 6 and above. In addition, this is supported for admin-added eSIMs on all devices for Android 15 and above. + "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "carrierName": "A String", # The carrier name associated with this SIM card. - "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "iccId": "A String", # Output only. The ICCID associated with this SIM card. "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number associated with this SIM card. }, @@ -1344,11 +1344,11 @@

Method Details

"imei": "A String", # IMEI number of the GSM device. For example, A1000031212. "meid": "A String", # MEID number of the CDMA device. For example, A00000292788E1. "networkOperatorName": "A String", # Alphabetic name of current registered operator. For example, Vodafone. - "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23. - "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "telephonyInfos": [ # Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android 6. + { # Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. This is supported for all SIM cards on fully managed devices on Android 6 and above. In addition, this is supported for admin-added eSIMs on all devices for Android 15 and above. + "activationState": "A String", # Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "carrierName": "A String", # The carrier name associated with this SIM card. - "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35. + "configMode": "A String", # Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15. "iccId": "A String", # Output only. The ICCID associated with this SIM card. "phoneNumber": "A String", # The phone number associated with this SIM card. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.html index 8179f9a8d4c..013960599bb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.html +++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.html @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Method Details

"enterpriseDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the enterprise displayed to users. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters. "enterpriseType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the enterprise. "googleAuthenticationSettings": { # Contains settings for Google-provided user authentication. # Settings for Google-provided user authentication. - "googleAuthenticationRequired": "A String", # Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. + "googleAuthenticationRequired": "A String", # Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. This value is overridden by EnrollmentToken.googleAuthenticationOptions and SigninDetail.googleAuthenticationOptions, if they are set. }, "logo": { # Data hosted at an external location. The data is to be downloaded by Android Device Policy and verified against the hash. # An image displayed as a logo during device provisioning. Supported types are: image/bmp, image/gif, image/x-ico, image/jpeg, image/png, image/webp, image/vnd.wap.wbmp, image/x-adobe-dng. "sha256Hash": "A String", # The base-64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the content hosted at url. If the content doesn't match this hash, Android Device Policy won't use the data. @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@

Method Details

"enterpriseDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the enterprise displayed to users. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters. "enterpriseType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the enterprise. "googleAuthenticationSettings": { # Contains settings for Google-provided user authentication. # Settings for Google-provided user authentication. - "googleAuthenticationRequired": "A String", # Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. + "googleAuthenticationRequired": "A String", # Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. This value is overridden by EnrollmentToken.googleAuthenticationOptions and SigninDetail.googleAuthenticationOptions, if they are set. }, "logo": { # Data hosted at an external location. The data is to be downloaded by Android Device Policy and verified against the hash. # An image displayed as a logo during device provisioning. Supported types are: image/bmp, image/gif, image/x-ico, image/jpeg, image/png, image/webp, image/vnd.wap.wbmp, image/x-adobe-dng. "sha256Hash": "A String", # The base-64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the content hosted at url. If the content doesn't match this hash, Android Device Policy won't use the data. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@

Method Details

"enterpriseDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the enterprise displayed to users. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters. "enterpriseType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the enterprise. "googleAuthenticationSettings": { # Contains settings for Google-provided user authentication. # Settings for Google-provided user authentication. - "googleAuthenticationRequired": "A String", # Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. + "googleAuthenticationRequired": "A String", # Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. This value is overridden by EnrollmentToken.googleAuthenticationOptions and SigninDetail.googleAuthenticationOptions, if they are set. }, "logo": { # Data hosted at an external location. The data is to be downloaded by Android Device Policy and verified against the hash. # An image displayed as a logo during device provisioning. Supported types are: image/bmp, image/gif, image/x-ico, image/jpeg, image/png, image/webp, image/vnd.wap.wbmp, image/x-adobe-dng. "sha256Hash": "A String", # The base-64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the content hosted at url. If the content doesn't match this hash, Android Device Policy won't use the data. @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@

Method Details

"enterpriseDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the enterprise displayed to users. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters. "enterpriseType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the enterprise. "googleAuthenticationSettings": { # Contains settings for Google-provided user authentication. # Settings for Google-provided user authentication. - "googleAuthenticationRequired": "A String", # Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. + "googleAuthenticationRequired": "A String", # Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. This value is overridden by EnrollmentToken.googleAuthenticationOptions and SigninDetail.googleAuthenticationOptions, if they are set. }, "logo": { # Data hosted at an external location. The data is to be downloaded by Android Device Policy and verified against the hash. # An image displayed as a logo during device provisioning. Supported types are: image/bmp, image/gif, image/x-ico, image/jpeg, image/png, image/webp, image/vnd.wap.wbmp, image/x-adobe-dng. "sha256Hash": "A String", # The base-64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the content hosted at url. If the content doesn't match this hash, Android Device Policy won't use the data. @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@

Method Details

"enterpriseDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the enterprise displayed to users. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters. "enterpriseType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the enterprise. "googleAuthenticationSettings": { # Contains settings for Google-provided user authentication. # Settings for Google-provided user authentication. - "googleAuthenticationRequired": "A String", # Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. + "googleAuthenticationRequired": "A String", # Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. This value is overridden by EnrollmentToken.googleAuthenticationOptions and SigninDetail.googleAuthenticationOptions, if they are set. }, "logo": { # Data hosted at an external location. The data is to be downloaded by Android Device Policy and verified against the hash. # An image displayed as a logo during device provisioning. Supported types are: image/bmp, image/gif, image/x-ico, image/jpeg, image/png, image/webp, image/vnd.wap.wbmp, image/x-adobe-dng. "sha256Hash": "A String", # The base-64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the content hosted at url. If the content doesn't match this hash, Android Device Policy won't use the data. @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@

Method Details

"enterpriseDisplayName": "A String", # The name of the enterprise displayed to users. This field has a maximum length of 100 characters. "enterpriseType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the enterprise. "googleAuthenticationSettings": { # Contains settings for Google-provided user authentication. # Settings for Google-provided user authentication. - "googleAuthenticationRequired": "A String", # Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. + "googleAuthenticationRequired": "A String", # Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. This value is overridden by EnrollmentToken.googleAuthenticationOptions and SigninDetail.googleAuthenticationOptions, if they are set. }, "logo": { # Data hosted at an external location. The data is to be downloaded by Android Device Policy and verified against the hash. # An image displayed as a logo during device provisioning. Supported types are: image/bmp, image/gif, image/x-ico, image/jpeg, image/png, image/webp, image/vnd.wap.wbmp, image/x-adobe-dng. "sha256Hash": "A String", # The base-64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the content hosted at url. If the content doesn't match this hash, Android Device Policy won't use the data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityAssessmentResults.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityAssessmentResults.html index c2c750f0c0b..1f6e058df61 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityAssessmentResults.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityAssessmentResults.html @@ -151,6 +151,7 @@

Method Details

"resourceUri": "A String", # The resource uri for the API Hub deployment. "sourceProject": "A String", # The source project for the API Hub deployment. }, + "apiHubGatewayType": "A String", # Optional. "name": "A String", # Required. Name of this resource. For an Apigee API Proxy, this should be the id of the API proxy. For an API Hub Deployment, this should be the id of the deployment. "resourceRevisionId": "A String", # The revision id for the resource. In case of Apigee, this is proxy revision id. "type": "A String", # Required. Type of this resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.html index 220295daea9..642bccc27e4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.securityMonitoringConditions.html @@ -81,13 +81,13 @@

Instance Methods

create(parent, body=None, securityMonitoringConditionId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Create a security monitoring condition.

- delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ delete(name, riskAssessmentType=None, x__xgafv=None)

Delete a security monitoring condition.

- get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(name, riskAssessmentType=None, x__xgafv=None)

Get a security monitoring condition.

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, riskAssessmentType=None, x__xgafv=None)

List security monitoring conditions.

list_next()

@@ -111,6 +111,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2. + "apiHubGateway": "A String", # Optional. The API Hub gateway monitored by the security monitoring condition. This should only be set if risk_assessment_type is API_HUB. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation. "include": { # Message for the array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. # Include only these resources. "resources": [ # Required. The array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. @@ -124,7 +125,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition} "profile": "A String", # Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition. - "scope": "A String", # Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources. + "riskAssessmentType": "A String", # Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY. + "scope": "A String", # Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. When RiskAssessmentType is APIGEE, the scope should be set to the environment of the resources. When RiskAssessmentType is API_HUB, the scope should not be set. "totalDeployedResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope. "totalMonitoredResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update. @@ -140,6 +142,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2. + "apiHubGateway": "A String", # Optional. The API Hub gateway monitored by the security monitoring condition. This should only be set if risk_assessment_type is API_HUB. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation. "include": { # Message for the array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. # Include only these resources. "resources": [ # Required. The array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. @@ -153,7 +156,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition} "profile": "A String", # Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition. - "scope": "A String", # Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources. + "riskAssessmentType": "A String", # Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY. + "scope": "A String", # Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. When RiskAssessmentType is APIGEE, the scope should be set to the environment of the resources. When RiskAssessmentType is API_HUB, the scope should not be set. "totalDeployedResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope. "totalMonitoredResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update. @@ -161,11 +165,16 @@

Method Details

- delete(name, x__xgafv=None) + delete(name, riskAssessmentType=None, x__xgafv=None)
Delete a security monitoring condition.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the security monitoring condition to delete. Format: `organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}` (required)
+  riskAssessmentType: string, Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY.
+    Allowed values
+      RISK_ASSESSMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Risk assessment type is not specified.
+      APIGEE - Risk assessment type is Apigee.
+      API_HUB - Risk assessment type is API Hub.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -179,11 +188,16 @@ 

Method Details

- get(name, x__xgafv=None) + get(name, riskAssessmentType=None, x__xgafv=None)
Get a security monitoring condition.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the security monitoring condition to get. Format: `organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition}` (required)
+  riskAssessmentType: string, Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY.
+    Allowed values
+      RISK_ASSESSMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Risk assessment type is not specified.
+      APIGEE - Risk assessment type is Apigee.
+      API_HUB - Risk assessment type is API Hub.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -193,6 +207,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2. + "apiHubGateway": "A String", # Optional. The API Hub gateway monitored by the security monitoring condition. This should only be set if risk_assessment_type is API_HUB. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation. "include": { # Message for the array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. # Include only these resources. "resources": [ # Required. The array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. @@ -206,7 +221,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition} "profile": "A String", # Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition. - "scope": "A String", # Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources. + "riskAssessmentType": "A String", # Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY. + "scope": "A String", # Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. When RiskAssessmentType is APIGEE, the scope should be set to the environment of the resources. When RiskAssessmentType is API_HUB, the scope should not be set. "totalDeployedResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope. "totalMonitoredResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update. @@ -214,14 +230,19 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, riskAssessmentType=None, x__xgafv=None)
List security monitoring conditions.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. For a specific organization, list all the security monitoring conditions. Format: `organizations/{org}` (required)
-  filter: string, Optional. Filter for the monitoring conditions. For example: `profile=profile1 AND scope=env1`
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter for the monitoring conditions. When RiskAssessmentType is APIGEE, monitoring conditions can be filtered by profile and scope. For example: `profile=profile1 AND scope=env1` When RiskAssessmentType is API_HUB, monitoring conditions can be filtered by profile and api_hub_gateway. For example: `profile=profile1 AND api_hub_gateway=gateway1`
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of monitoring conditions to return.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListSecurityMonitoringConditions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.
+  riskAssessmentType: string, Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY.
+    Allowed values
+      RISK_ASSESSMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Risk assessment type is not specified.
+      APIGEE - Risk assessment type is Apigee.
+      API_HUB - Risk assessment type is API Hub.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -234,6 +255,7 @@ 

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. "securityMonitoringConditions": [ # List of security monitoring conditions in the organization. { # Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2. + "apiHubGateway": "A String", # Optional. The API Hub gateway monitored by the security monitoring condition. This should only be set if risk_assessment_type is API_HUB. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation. "include": { # Message for the array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. # Include only these resources. "resources": [ # Required. The array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. @@ -247,7 +269,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition} "profile": "A String", # Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition. - "scope": "A String", # Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources. + "riskAssessmentType": "A String", # Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY. + "scope": "A String", # Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. When RiskAssessmentType is APIGEE, the scope should be set to the environment of the resources. When RiskAssessmentType is API_HUB, the scope should not be set. "totalDeployedResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope. "totalMonitoredResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update. @@ -280,6 +303,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2. + "apiHubGateway": "A String", # Optional. The API Hub gateway monitored by the security monitoring condition. This should only be set if risk_assessment_type is API_HUB. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation. "include": { # Message for the array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. # Include only these resources. "resources": [ # Required. The array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. @@ -293,7 +317,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition} "profile": "A String", # Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition. - "scope": "A String", # Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources. + "riskAssessmentType": "A String", # Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY. + "scope": "A String", # Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. When RiskAssessmentType is APIGEE, the scope should be set to the environment of the resources. When RiskAssessmentType is API_HUB, the scope should not be set. "totalDeployedResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope. "totalMonitoredResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update. @@ -309,6 +334,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2. + "apiHubGateway": "A String", # Optional. The API Hub gateway monitored by the security monitoring condition. This should only be set if risk_assessment_type is API_HUB. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}` "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation. "include": { # Message for the array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. # Include only these resources. "resources": [ # Required. The array of resources. For Apigee, the proxies are resources. @@ -322,7 +348,8 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the security monitoring condition resource. Format: organizations/{org}/securityMonitoringConditions/{security_monitoring_condition} "profile": "A String", # Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition. - "scope": "A String", # Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources. + "riskAssessmentType": "A String", # Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY. + "scope": "A String", # Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. When RiskAssessmentType is APIGEE, the scope should be set to the environment of the resources. When RiskAssessmentType is API_HUB, the scope should not be set. "totalDeployedResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of deployed resources within scope. "totalMonitoredResources": 42, # Output only. Total number of monitored resources within this condition. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition update. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.html index 7c77f467c2b..edbbdac8d8f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apihub_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.versions.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.versions.html
index e45c4b630ba..79036421cf3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.apps.services.versions.html
@@ -354,18 +354,6 @@ 

Method Details

"egressSetting": "A String", # The egress setting for the connector, controlling what traffic is diverted through it. "name": "A String", # Full Serverless VPC Access Connector name e.g. projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/connectors/c1. }, - "vpcEgress": { # Deprecated: Use VpcAccess instead. Vpc Egress configuration. # Deprecated: Use vpc_access instead. Enables VPC egress connectivity for standard apps. - "egressSetting": "A String", # The egress setting for the subnetwork, controlling what traffic is diverted through it. - "networkTags": [ # The network tags to apply to the instance. - { # Network tag message. - "value": "A String", # value for the tag name - }, - ], - "subnetworkKey": { # Subnetwork key message. # The subnetwork key. - "hostProjectId": "A String", # Project id (name not number) of the project that hosts the network - "subnet": "A String", # Short name of the subnetwork. e.g. SUBNET instead of projects/{PROJECT_NAME}/regions/{REGION}/subnetworks/{SUBNET} - }, - }, "zones": [ # The Google Compute Engine zones that are supported by this version in the App Engine flexible environment. Deprecated. "A String", ], @@ -700,18 +688,6 @@

Method Details

"egressSetting": "A String", # The egress setting for the connector, controlling what traffic is diverted through it. "name": "A String", # Full Serverless VPC Access Connector name e.g. projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/connectors/c1. }, - "vpcEgress": { # Deprecated: Use VpcAccess instead. Vpc Egress configuration. # Deprecated: Use vpc_access instead. Enables VPC egress connectivity for standard apps. - "egressSetting": "A String", # The egress setting for the subnetwork, controlling what traffic is diverted through it. - "networkTags": [ # The network tags to apply to the instance. - { # Network tag message. - "value": "A String", # value for the tag name - }, - ], - "subnetworkKey": { # Subnetwork key message. # The subnetwork key. - "hostProjectId": "A String", # Project id (name not number) of the project that hosts the network - "subnet": "A String", # Short name of the subnetwork. e.g. SUBNET instead of projects/{PROJECT_NAME}/regions/{REGION}/subnetworks/{SUBNET} - }, - }, "zones": [ # The Google Compute Engine zones that are supported by this version in the App Engine flexible environment. Deprecated. "A String", ], @@ -980,18 +956,6 @@

Method Details

"egressSetting": "A String", # The egress setting for the connector, controlling what traffic is diverted through it. "name": "A String", # Full Serverless VPC Access Connector name e.g. projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/connectors/c1. }, - "vpcEgress": { # Deprecated: Use VpcAccess instead. Vpc Egress configuration. # Deprecated: Use vpc_access instead. Enables VPC egress connectivity for standard apps. - "egressSetting": "A String", # The egress setting for the subnetwork, controlling what traffic is diverted through it. - "networkTags": [ # The network tags to apply to the instance. - { # Network tag message. - "value": "A String", # value for the tag name - }, - ], - "subnetworkKey": { # Subnetwork key message. # The subnetwork key. - "hostProjectId": "A String", # Project id (name not number) of the project that hosts the network - "subnet": "A String", # Short name of the subnetwork. e.g. SUBNET instead of projects/{PROJECT_NAME}/regions/{REGION}/subnetworks/{SUBNET} - }, - }, "zones": [ # The Google Compute Engine zones that are supported by this version in the App Engine flexible environment. Deprecated. "A String", ], @@ -1263,18 +1227,6 @@

Method Details

"egressSetting": "A String", # The egress setting for the connector, controlling what traffic is diverted through it. "name": "A String", # Full Serverless VPC Access Connector name e.g. projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/connectors/c1. }, - "vpcEgress": { # Deprecated: Use VpcAccess instead. Vpc Egress configuration. # Deprecated: Use vpc_access instead. Enables VPC egress connectivity for standard apps. - "egressSetting": "A String", # The egress setting for the subnetwork, controlling what traffic is diverted through it. - "networkTags": [ # The network tags to apply to the instance. - { # Network tag message. - "value": "A String", # value for the tag name - }, - ], - "subnetworkKey": { # Subnetwork key message. # The subnetwork key. - "hostProjectId": "A String", # Project id (name not number) of the project that hosts the network - "subnet": "A String", # Short name of the subnetwork. e.g. SUBNET instead of projects/{PROJECT_NAME}/regions/{REGION}/subnetworks/{SUBNET} - }, - }, "zones": [ # The Google Compute Engine zones that are supported by this version in the App Engine flexible environment. Deprecated. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.html b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.html index 987234bb74c..7b9f692fe1c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appengine_v1beta.projects.locations.applications.services.versions.html @@ -384,18 +384,6 @@

Method Details

"egressSetting": "A String", # The egress setting for the connector, controlling what traffic is diverted through it. "name": "A String", # Full Serverless VPC Access Connector name e.g. projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/connectors/c1. }, - "vpcEgress": { # Deprecated: Use VpcAccess instead. Vpc Egress configuration. # Deprecated: Use vpc_access instead. Enables VPC egress connectivity for standard apps. - "egressSetting": "A String", # The egress setting for the subnetwork, controlling what traffic is diverted through it. - "networkTags": [ # The network tags to apply to the instance. - { # Network tag message. - "value": "A String", # value for the tag name - }, - ], - "subnetworkKey": { # Subnetwork key message. # The subnetwork key. - "hostProjectId": "A String", # Project id (name not number) of the project that hosts the network - "subnet": "A String", # Short name of the subnetwork. e.g. SUBNET instead of projects/{PROJECT_NAME}/regions/{REGION}/subnetworks/{SUBNET} - }, - }, "zones": [ # The Google Compute Engine zones that are supported by this version in the App Engine flexible environment. Deprecated. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.html index de327e9c846..5a51437375e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets a Boundary.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index 57b3b9beef5..63ce8ef065e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apphub_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets a Boundary.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.customerLicense.html b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.customerLicense.html
index d87522e25c3..062fd935cdf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.customerLicense.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.customerLicense.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(applicationId, customerId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the status of a license for a customer to determine if they have access for a given app.

+

Gets the customer's licensing status to determine if they have access to a given app. For more information, see [Getting app installation and licensing details](https://developers.google.com/workspace/marketplace/example-calls-marketplace-api).

Method Details

close() @@ -88,11 +88,11 @@

Method Details

get(applicationId, customerId, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the status of a license for a customer to determine if they have access for a given app.
+  
Gets the customer's licensing status to determine if they have access to a given app. For more information, see [Getting app installation and licensing details](https://developers.google.com/workspace/marketplace/example-calls-marketplace-api).
 
 Args:
-  applicationId: string, Application Id (required)
-  customerId: string, Customer Id (required)
+  applicationId: string, The ID of the application. (required)
+  customerId: string, The ID of the customer. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "id": "A String", # The ID of the customer license. - "kind": "A String", # The type of API resource. This is always appsmarket#customerLicense. - "state": "A String", # The customer's license status. One of: - `ACTIVE`: The customer has a valid license. - `UNLICENSED`: There is no license: either this customer has never installed your application, or else has deleted it. + "kind": "A String", # The type of API resource. This is always `appsmarket#customerLicense`. + "state": "A String", # The customer's license status. One of: - `ACTIVE`: The customer has a valid license. - `UNLICENSED`: There is no license. Either this customer has never installed your application or has deleted it. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.userLicense.html b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.userLicense.html index 26d14012c12..c90e56644d2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.userLicense.html +++ b/docs/dyn/appsmarket_v2.userLicense.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(applicationId, userId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the user's licensing status for their permission to use a given app.

+

Gets the user's licensing status to determine if they have permission to use a given app. For more information, see [Getting app installation and licensing details](https://developers.google.com/workspace/marketplace/example-calls-marketplace-api).

Method Details

close() @@ -88,11 +88,11 @@

Method Details

get(applicationId, userId, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the user's licensing status for their permission to use a given app.
+  
Gets the user's licensing status to determine if they have permission to use a given app. For more information, see [Getting app installation and licensing details](https://developers.google.com/workspace/marketplace/example-calls-marketplace-api).
 
 Args:
-  applicationId: string, Application Id (required)
-  userId: string, User Id (required)
+  applicationId: string, The ID of the application. (required)
+  userId: string, The ID of the user. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -106,8 +106,8 @@ 

Method Details

"customerId": "A String", # The domain name of the user. "editionId": "A String", # (Deprecated) "enabled": True or False, # The domain administrator has activated the application for this domain. - "id": "A String", # The ID of user license. - "kind": "A String", # The type of API resource. This is always appsmarket#userLicense. + "id": "A String", # The ID of the user license. + "kind": "A String", # The type of API resource. This is always `appsmarket#userLicense`. "state": "A String", # The user's licensing status. One of: - `ACTIVE`: The user has a valid license and should be permitted to use the application. - `UNLICENSED`: The administrator of this user's domain never assigned a seat for the application to this user. - `EXPIRED`: The administrator assigned a seat to this user, but the license is expired. "userId": "A String", # The email address of the user. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html index ce72d9991bf..262df33e200 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the VPCSC Config for the Project.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index fadb773efd7..310933b8171 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html
index 06ad358adce..3648a39bb95 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.html
index cb5932bea58..a4c9a012c87 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.html
@@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the IAM policy for the specified catalog.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Tests the IAM permissions for the specified catalog.

Method Details

close() @@ -227,4 +230,34 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Tests the IAM permissions for the specified catalog.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.html b/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.html index 76b5d3a1a58..054a2e99223 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

BigLake API . projects . catalogs . namespaces

Instance Methods

+

+ tables() +

+

Returns the tables Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -83,6 +88,9 @@

Instance Methods

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets the IAM policy for the specified catalog.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Tests the IAM permissions for the specified namespace.

Method Details

close() @@ -222,4 +230,34 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Tests the IAM permissions for the specified namespace.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.tables.html b/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.tables.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3079e8611a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/biglake_v1.projects.catalogs.namespaces.tables.html @@ -0,0 +1,258 @@ + + + +

BigLake API . projects . catalogs . namespaces . tables

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the IAM policy for the specified Catalog.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the IAM policy for the specified catalog.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Tests the IAM permissions for the specified table.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the IAM policy for the specified Catalog.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the IAM policy for the specified catalog.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used: `paths: "bindings, etag"`
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Tests the IAM permissions for the specified table.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html index 5a877c96940..afb8e5487a3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.instances.tables.html @@ -267,6 +267,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -473,6 +475,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -762,6 +766,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1043,6 +1049,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1240,6 +1248,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1365,6 +1375,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1530,6 +1542,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. @@ -1736,6 +1750,8 @@

Method Details

}, "float64Type": { # Float64 Values of type `Float64` are stored in `Value.float_value`. # Float64 }, + "geographyType": { # A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes. # Geography + }, "int64Type": { # Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`. # Int64 "encoding": { # Rules used to convert to or from lower level types. # The encoding to use when converting to or from lower level types. "bigEndianBytes": { # Encodes the value as an 8-byte big-endian two's complement value. Sorted mode: non-negative values are supported. Distinct mode: all values are supported. Compatible with: - BigQuery `BINARY` encoding - HBase `Bytes.toBytes` - Java `ByteBuffer.putLong()` with `ByteOrder.BIG_ENDIAN` # Use `BigEndianBytes` encoding. diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html index 16b7c6335da..0597c674b0b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/bigtableadmin_v2.projects.locations.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html b/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html
index 66215fbf45a..8f1e38099a9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/calendar_v3.events.html
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ 

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: @@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: @@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: @@ -2169,7 +2169,7 @@

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: @@ -2508,7 +2508,7 @@

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: @@ -2815,7 +2815,7 @@

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: @@ -3127,7 +3127,7 @@

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: @@ -3443,7 +3443,7 @@

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: @@ -3750,7 +3750,7 @@

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: @@ -4062,7 +4062,7 @@

Method Details

# - "self" - Calendar owner's own birthday. Cannot have a contact. The Calendar API only supports creating events with the type "birthday". The type cannot be changed after the event is created. }, "colorId": "A String", # The color of the event. This is an ID referring to an entry in the event section of the colors definition (see the colors endpoint). Optional. - "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. + "conferenceData": { # The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field. "conferenceId": "A String", # The ID of the conference. # Can be used by developers to keep track of conferences, should not be displayed to users. # The ID value is formed differently for each conference solution type: diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.agents.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.agents.html index c604adc3692..37984cf8c90 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.agents.html @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -122,6 +123,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -129,6 +131,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -136,6 +139,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -143,6 +147,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -150,6 +155,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -231,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -238,6 +245,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -245,6 +253,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -252,6 +261,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -259,6 +269,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -266,6 +277,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -373,6 +385,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -380,6 +393,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -387,6 +401,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -394,6 +409,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -401,6 +417,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -408,6 +425,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -501,6 +519,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -508,6 +527,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -515,6 +535,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -522,6 +543,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -529,6 +551,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -536,6 +559,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -635,6 +659,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -642,6 +667,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -649,6 +675,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -656,6 +683,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -663,6 +691,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -670,6 +699,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -751,6 +781,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -758,6 +789,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -765,6 +797,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -772,6 +805,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -779,6 +813,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -786,6 +821,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html index 07915a36e20..baf5ebc373f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, source=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of the specified conversation.

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists conversations in the given app.

list_next()

@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists conversations in the given app.
 
 Args:
@@ -334,7 +334,13 @@ 

Method Details

filter: string, Optional. Filter to be applied when listing the conversations. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more details. pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list AgentService.ListConversations call. - source: string, Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default. + source: string, Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default. Will be deprecated in favor of `sources` field. + Allowed values + SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified source. + LIVE - The conversation is from the live end user. + SIMULATOR - The conversation is from the simulator. + EVAL - The conversation is from the evaluation. + sources: string, Optional. Indicate the sources of the conversations. If not set, all available sources will be applied by default. (repeated) Allowed values SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified source. LIVE - The conversation is from the live end user. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html index a85e6859000..df8c4abeee1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html @@ -131,21 +131,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -237,21 +241,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -369,21 +377,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -487,21 +499,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -611,21 +627,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -717,21 +737,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html index 0b59aba1cd4..54bdd8eaab5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.html @@ -776,6 +776,7 @@

Method Details

"appId": "A String", # Optional. The ID to use for the imported app. * If not specified, a unique ID will be automatically assigned for the app. * Otherwise, the imported app will use this ID as the final component of its resource name. If an app with the same ID already exists at the specified location in the project, the content of the existing app will be replaced. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the app to import. * If the app is created on import, and the display name is specified, the imported app will use this display name. If a conflict is detected with an existing app, a timestamp will be appended to the display name to make it unique. * If the app is a reimport, this field should not be set. Providing a display name during reimport will result in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. "gcsUri": "A String", # The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI from which to import app. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. + "ignoreAppLock": True or False, # Optional. Flag for overriding the app lock during import. If set to true, the import process will ignore the app lock. "importOptions": { # Configuration options for the app import process. These options control how the import behaves, particularly when conflicts arise with existing app data. # Optional. Options governing the import process for the app. "conflictResolutionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy to use when resolving conflicts during import. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html index 11cb525a587..e339f54a738 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.tools.html @@ -326,6 +326,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -763,6 +767,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -1226,6 +1234,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -1676,6 +1688,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -2130,6 +2146,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -2567,6 +2587,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html index fdd3a632014..467845ed777 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html @@ -1224,6 +1224,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html index 20cd8f1cff9..7f5f720a151 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1.projects.locations.apps.versions.html @@ -124,6 +124,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -131,6 +132,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -138,6 +140,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -145,6 +148,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -152,6 +156,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -159,6 +164,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -525,21 +531,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -818,6 +828,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -1185,6 +1199,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1192,6 +1207,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1199,6 +1215,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1206,6 +1223,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1213,6 +1231,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1220,6 +1239,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1586,21 +1606,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -1879,6 +1903,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -2271,6 +2299,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2278,6 +2307,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2285,6 +2315,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2292,6 +2323,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2299,6 +2331,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2306,6 +2339,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2672,21 +2706,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -2965,6 +3003,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -3344,6 +3386,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3351,6 +3394,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3358,6 +3402,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3365,6 +3410,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3372,6 +3418,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3379,6 +3426,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3745,21 +3793,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -4038,6 +4090,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.agents.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.agents.html index fdd458a768c..b29fdb76f19 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.agents.html @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -122,6 +123,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -129,6 +131,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -136,6 +139,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -143,6 +147,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -150,6 +155,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -231,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -238,6 +245,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -245,6 +253,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -252,6 +261,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -259,6 +269,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -266,6 +277,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -373,6 +385,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -380,6 +393,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -387,6 +401,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -394,6 +409,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -401,6 +417,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -408,6 +425,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -501,6 +519,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -508,6 +527,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -515,6 +535,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -522,6 +543,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -529,6 +551,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -536,6 +559,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -635,6 +659,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -642,6 +667,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -649,6 +675,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -656,6 +683,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -663,6 +691,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -670,6 +699,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -751,6 +781,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -758,6 +789,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -765,6 +797,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -772,6 +805,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -779,6 +813,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -786,6 +821,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html index 2b60b365ca9..6d101179a32 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.conversations.html @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, source=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets details of the specified conversation.

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists conversations in the given app.

list_next()

@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@

Method Details

- list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, source=None, sources=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists conversations in the given app.
 
 Args:
@@ -379,7 +379,13 @@ 

Method Details

filter: string, Optional. Filter to be applied when listing the conversations. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more details. pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default. pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous list AgentService.ListConversations call. - source: string, Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default. + source: string, Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default. Will be deprecated in favor of `sources` field. + Allowed values + SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified source. + LIVE - The conversation is from the live end user. + SIMULATOR - The conversation is from the simulator. + EVAL - The conversation is from the evaluation. + sources: string, Optional. Indicate the sources of the conversations. If not set, all available sources will be applied by default. (repeated) Allowed values SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified source. LIVE - The conversation is from the live end user. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html index 1cf344a2804..04d14adc1a7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.guardrails.html @@ -131,21 +131,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -237,21 +241,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -369,21 +377,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -487,21 +499,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -611,21 +627,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -717,21 +737,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html index 8f995d0367e..b49460bef8e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.html @@ -848,6 +848,7 @@

Method Details

"appId": "A String", # Optional. The ID to use for the imported app. * If not specified, a unique ID will be automatically assigned for the app. * Otherwise, the imported app will use this ID as the final component of its resource name. If an app with the same ID already exists at the specified location in the project, the content of the existing app will be replaced. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. The display name of the app to import. * If the app is created on import, and the display name is specified, the imported app will use this display name. If a conflict is detected with an existing app, a timestamp will be appended to the display name to make it unique. * If the app is a reimport, this field should not be set. Providing a display name during reimport will result in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error. "gcsUri": "A String", # The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI from which to import app. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`. + "ignoreAppLock": True or False, # Optional. Flag for overriding the app lock during import. If set to true, the import process will ignore the app lock. "importOptions": { # Configuration options for the app import process. These options control how the import behaves, particularly when conflicts arise with existing app data. # Optional. Options governing the import process for the app. "conflictResolutionStrategy": "A String", # Optional. The strategy to use when resolving conflicts during import. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html index 5c7cf02a82b..3a5fe99ac6a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.tools.html @@ -326,6 +326,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -763,6 +767,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -1226,6 +1234,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -1676,6 +1688,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -2130,6 +2146,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -2567,6 +2587,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html index 7311e273764..cd8a7440730 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.toolsets.html @@ -1224,6 +1224,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html index 7343d6a5199..9cf3af33889 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ces_v1beta.projects.locations.apps.versions.html @@ -124,6 +124,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -131,6 +132,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -138,6 +140,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -145,6 +148,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -152,6 +156,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -159,6 +164,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -544,21 +550,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -837,6 +847,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -1204,6 +1218,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1211,6 +1226,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1218,6 +1234,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1225,6 +1242,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1232,6 +1250,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1239,6 +1258,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -1624,21 +1644,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -1917,6 +1941,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -2309,6 +2337,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2316,6 +2345,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2323,6 +2353,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2330,6 +2361,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2337,6 +2369,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2344,6 +2377,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -2729,21 +2763,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -3022,6 +3060,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. @@ -3401,6 +3443,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3408,6 +3451,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3415,6 +3459,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3422,6 +3467,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3429,6 +3475,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3436,6 +3483,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, ], @@ -3821,21 +3869,25 @@

Method Details

"afterAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "afterModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute after the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeAgentCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the agent is called. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, "beforeModelCallback": { # A callback defines the custom logic to be executed at various stages of agent interaction. # Optional. The callback to execute before the model is called. If there are multiple calls to the model, the callback will be executed multiple times. Each callback function is expected to return a structure (e.g., a dict or object) containing at least: - 'decision': Either 'OK' or 'TRIGGER'. - 'reason': A string explaining the decision. A 'TRIGGER' decision may halt further processing. "description": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable description of the callback. "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent. + "proactiveExecutionEnabled": True or False, # Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations. "pythonCode": "A String", # Required. The python code to execute for the callback. }, }, @@ -4114,6 +4166,10 @@

Method Details

"preferredDomains": [ # Optional. Specifies domains to restrict search results to. Example: "example.com", "another.site". A maximum of 20 domains can be specified. "A String", ], + "promptConfig": { # Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results. # Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice. + "textPrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + "voicePrompt": "A String", # Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used. + }, }, "mcpTool": { # An MCP tool. See https://modelcontextprotocol.io/specification/2025-06-18/server/tools for more details. # Optional. The MCP tool. An MCP tool cannot be created or updated directly and is managed by the MCP toolset. "apiAuthentication": { # Authentication information required for API calls. # Optional. Authentication information required to execute the tool against the MCP server. For bearer token authentication, the token applies only to tool execution, not to listing tools. This requires that tools can be listed without authentication. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html index 79444d9522a..73def8d2dd7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html @@ -452,8 +452,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -802,8 +803,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -1314,8 +1316,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -1664,8 +1667,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -2389,8 +2393,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -2739,8 +2744,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -3482,8 +3488,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -3832,8 +3839,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -4344,8 +4352,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -4694,8 +4703,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -5419,8 +5429,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -5769,8 +5780,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -6530,8 +6542,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -6880,8 +6893,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -7392,8 +7406,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -7742,8 +7757,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -8467,8 +8483,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -8817,8 +8834,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -9566,8 +9584,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -9916,8 +9935,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -10428,8 +10448,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -10778,8 +10799,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -11503,8 +11525,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -11853,8 +11876,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -12607,8 +12631,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -12957,8 +12982,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -13469,8 +13495,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -13819,8 +13846,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -14544,8 +14572,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -14894,8 +14923,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -15631,8 +15661,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -15981,8 +16012,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -16493,8 +16525,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -16843,8 +16876,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -17568,8 +17602,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -17918,8 +17953,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -18655,8 +18691,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -19005,8 +19042,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -19517,8 +19555,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -19867,8 +19906,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -20592,8 +20632,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -20942,8 +20983,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -21679,8 +21721,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -22029,8 +22072,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -22541,8 +22585,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -22891,8 +22936,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -23616,8 +23662,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -23966,8 +24013,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html index 1908765ba4e..00891b0f1bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.spaceEvents.html @@ -567,8 +567,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -917,8 +918,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -1429,8 +1431,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -1779,8 +1782,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -2504,8 +2508,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -2854,8 +2859,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -3586,8 +3592,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -3936,8 +3943,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -4448,8 +4456,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -4798,8 +4807,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -5523,8 +5533,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -5873,8 +5884,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -6605,8 +6617,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -6955,8 +6968,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -7467,8 +7481,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -7817,8 +7832,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -8542,8 +8558,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -8892,8 +8909,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -9622,8 +9640,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -9972,8 +9991,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -10484,8 +10504,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -10834,8 +10855,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -11559,8 +11581,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -11909,8 +11932,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -12637,8 +12661,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -12987,8 +13012,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -13499,8 +13525,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -13849,8 +13876,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -14574,8 +14602,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -14924,8 +14953,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -15652,8 +15682,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -16002,8 +16033,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -16514,8 +16546,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -16864,8 +16897,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -17589,8 +17623,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -17939,8 +17974,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -19084,8 +19120,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -19434,8 +19471,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -19946,8 +19984,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -20296,8 +20335,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -21021,8 +21061,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -21371,8 +21412,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -22103,8 +22145,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -22453,8 +22496,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -22965,8 +23009,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -23315,8 +23360,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -24040,8 +24086,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -24390,8 +24437,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -25122,8 +25170,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -25472,8 +25521,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -25984,8 +26034,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -26334,8 +26385,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -27059,8 +27111,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -27409,8 +27462,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -28139,8 +28193,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -28489,8 +28544,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -29001,8 +29057,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -29351,8 +29408,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -30076,8 +30134,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -30426,8 +30485,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -31154,8 +31214,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -31504,8 +31565,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -32016,8 +32078,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -32366,8 +32429,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -33091,8 +33155,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -33441,8 +33506,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -34169,8 +34235,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -34519,8 +34586,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -35031,8 +35099,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -35381,8 +35450,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -36106,8 +36176,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # SelectionInput widget. - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). @@ -36456,8 +36527,9 @@

Method Details

"onClick": # Object with schema name: GoogleAppsCardV1OnClick # When a user clicks the image, the click triggers this action. }, "selectionInput": { # A widget that creates one or more UI items that users can select. Supports form submission validation for `dropdown` and `multiselect` menus only. When `Action.all_widgets_are_required` is set to `true` or this widget is specified in `Action.required_widgets`, the submission action is blocked unless a value is selected. For example, a dropdown menu or checkboxes. You can use this widget to collect data that can be predicted or enumerated. For an example in Google Chat apps, see [Add selectable UI elements](/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#add_selectable_ui_elements). Chat apps can process the value of items that users select or input. For details about working with form inputs, see [Receive form data](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/read-form-data). To collect undefined or abstract data from users, use the TextInput widget. [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend): # Displays a selection control that lets users select items. Selection controls can be checkboxes, radio buttons, switches, or dropdown menus. For example, the following JSON creates a dropdown menu that lets users choose a size: ``` "selectionInput": { "name": "size", "label": "Size" "type": "DROPDOWN", "items": [ { "text": "S", "value": "small", "selected": false }, { "text": "M", "value": "medium", "selected": true }, { "text": "L", "value": "large", "selected": false }, { "text": "XL", "value": "extra_large", "selected": false } ] } ``` - "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. + "dataSourceConfigs": [ # Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used. { # A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. + "minCharactersTrigger": 42, # The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results). "platformDataSource": { # For a `SelectionInput` widget that uses a multiselect menu, a data source from Google Workspace. Used to populate items in a multiselect menu. [Google Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat): # The data is from a Google Workspace application. "commonDataSource": "A String", # A data source shared by all Google Workspace applications, such as users in a Google Workspace organization. "hostAppDataSource": { # A data source from a Google Workspace application. The data source populates available items for a widget. # A data source that's unique to a Google Workspace host application, such spaces in Google Chat. This field supports the Google API Client Libraries but isn't available in the Cloud Client Libraries. To learn more, see [Install the client libraries](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/libraries). diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html index 79308f2ee1d..306308e2885 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html @@ -354,6 +354,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -475,6 +485,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -781,6 +801,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -902,6 +932,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1098,6 +1138,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1219,6 +1269,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1376,6 +1436,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1497,6 +1567,16 @@

Method Details

"availableCpu": "A String", # The number of CPUs used in a single container instance. Default value is calculated from available memory. Supports the same values as Cloud Run, see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/reference/rest/v1/Container#resourcerequirements Example: "1" indicates 1 vCPU "availableMemory": "A String", # The amount of memory available for a function. Defaults to 256M. Supported units are k, M, G, Mi, Gi. If no unit is supplied the value is interpreted as bytes. See https://github.com/kubernetes/kubernetes/blob/master/staging/src/k8s.io/apimachinery/pkg/api/resource/quantity.go a full description. "binaryAuthorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service. + "directVpcEgress": "A String", # Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY. + "directVpcNetworkInterface": [ # Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported. + { # The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector. + "network": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used. + "tags": [ # Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html index cb015babc97..59f6efd5921 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.folders.html @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. A checksum computed by the server based on the value of other fields. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The request will be rejected with an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag. "keyProject": "A String", # Optional. Name of the key project, e.g. `projects/{PROJECT_ID}` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}`, where Cloud KMS Autokey will provision a new CryptoKey when a KeyHandle is created. On UpdateAutokeyConfig, the caller will require `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on this key project. Once configured, for Cloud KMS Autokey to function properly, this key project must have the Cloud KMS API activated and the Cloud KMS Service Agent for this key project must be granted the `cloudkms.admin` role (or pertinent permissions). A request with an empty key project field will clear the configuration. "keyProjectResolutionMode": "A String", # Optional. KeyProjectResolutionMode for the AutokeyConfig. Valid values are `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`, `RESOURCE_PROJECT`, or `DISABLED`. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state for the AutokeyConfig. }
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@

Method Details

Updates the AutokeyConfig for a folder or a project. The caller must have both `cloudkms.autokeyConfigs.update` permission on the parent folder and `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on the provided key project. A KeyHandle creation in the folder's descendant projects will use this configuration to determine where to create the resulting CryptoKey.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ 

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. A checksum computed by the server based on the value of other fields. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The request will be rejected with an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag. "keyProject": "A String", # Optional. Name of the key project, e.g. `projects/{PROJECT_ID}` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}`, where Cloud KMS Autokey will provision a new CryptoKey when a KeyHandle is created. On UpdateAutokeyConfig, the caller will require `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on this key project. Once configured, for Cloud KMS Autokey to function properly, this key project must have the Cloud KMS API activated and the Cloud KMS Service Agent for this key project must be granted the `cloudkms.admin` role (or pertinent permissions). A request with an empty key project field will clear the configuration. "keyProjectResolutionMode": "A String", # Optional. KeyProjectResolutionMode for the AutokeyConfig. Valid values are `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`, `RESOURCE_PROJECT`, or `DISABLED`. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state for the AutokeyConfig. } @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. A checksum computed by the server based on the value of other fields. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The request will be rejected with an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag. "keyProject": "A String", # Optional. Name of the key project, e.g. `projects/{PROJECT_ID}` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}`, where Cloud KMS Autokey will provision a new CryptoKey when a KeyHandle is created. On UpdateAutokeyConfig, the caller will require `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on this key project. Once configured, for Cloud KMS Autokey to function properly, this key project must have the Cloud KMS API activated and the Cloud KMS Service Agent for this key project must be granted the `cloudkms.admin` role (or pertinent permissions). A request with an empty key project field will clear the configuration. "keyProjectResolutionMode": "A String", # Optional. KeyProjectResolutionMode for the AutokeyConfig. Valid values are `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`, `RESOURCE_PROJECT`, or `DISABLED`. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state for the AutokeyConfig. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html index e307ac1dc71..1b177bfb2e8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.html @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. A checksum computed by the server based on the value of other fields. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The request will be rejected with an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag. "keyProject": "A String", # Optional. Name of the key project, e.g. `projects/{PROJECT_ID}` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}`, where Cloud KMS Autokey will provision a new CryptoKey when a KeyHandle is created. On UpdateAutokeyConfig, the caller will require `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on this key project. Once configured, for Cloud KMS Autokey to function properly, this key project must have the Cloud KMS API activated and the Cloud KMS Service Agent for this key project must be granted the `cloudkms.admin` role (or pertinent permissions). A request with an empty key project field will clear the configuration. "keyProjectResolutionMode": "A String", # Optional. KeyProjectResolutionMode for the AutokeyConfig. Valid values are `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`, `RESOURCE_PROJECT`, or `DISABLED`. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state for the AutokeyConfig. }
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

Updates the AutokeyConfig for a folder or a project. The caller must have both `cloudkms.autokeyConfigs.update` permission on the parent folder and `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on the provided key project. A KeyHandle creation in the folder's descendant projects will use this configuration to determine where to create the resulting CryptoKey.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` (required)
+  name: string, Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ 

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. A checksum computed by the server based on the value of other fields. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The request will be rejected with an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag. "keyProject": "A String", # Optional. Name of the key project, e.g. `projects/{PROJECT_ID}` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}`, where Cloud KMS Autokey will provision a new CryptoKey when a KeyHandle is created. On UpdateAutokeyConfig, the caller will require `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on this key project. Once configured, for Cloud KMS Autokey to function properly, this key project must have the Cloud KMS API activated and the Cloud KMS Service Agent for this key project must be granted the `cloudkms.admin` role (or pertinent permissions). A request with an empty key project field will clear the configuration. "keyProjectResolutionMode": "A String", # Optional. KeyProjectResolutionMode for the AutokeyConfig. Valid values are `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`, `RESOURCE_PROJECT`, or `DISABLED`. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state for the AutokeyConfig. } @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@

Method Details

"etag": "A String", # Optional. A checksum computed by the server based on the value of other fields. This may be sent on update requests to ensure that the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. The request will be rejected with an ABORTED error on a mismatched etag. "keyProject": "A String", # Optional. Name of the key project, e.g. `projects/{PROJECT_ID}` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}`, where Cloud KMS Autokey will provision a new CryptoKey when a KeyHandle is created. On UpdateAutokeyConfig, the caller will require `cloudkms.cryptoKeys.setIamPolicy` permission on this key project. Once configured, for Cloud KMS Autokey to function properly, this key project must have the Cloud KMS API activated and the Cloud KMS Service Agent for this key project must be granted the `cloudkms.admin` role (or pertinent permissions). A request with an empty key project field will clear the configuration. "keyProjectResolutionMode": "A String", # Optional. KeyProjectResolutionMode for the AutokeyConfig. Valid values are `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`, `RESOURCE_PROJECT`, or `DISABLED`. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state for the AutokeyConfig. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html index d3155975daf..7203e145cd6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -99,6 +99,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ retiredResources() +

+

Returns the retiredResources Resource.

+

singleTenantHsmInstances()

@@ -118,7 +123,7 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the EkmConfig singleton resource for a given project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -208,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html
index da8d98b5141..2fb9907ca8a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html
@@ -89,6 +89,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

decapsulate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Decapsulates data that was encapsulated with a public key retrieved from GetPublicKey corresponding to a CryptoKeyVersion with CryptoKey.purpose KEY_ENCAPSULATION.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Permanently deletes the given CryptoKeyVersion. Only possible if the version has not been previously imported and if its state is one of DESTROYED, IMPORT_FAILED, or GENERATION_FAILED. Successfully imported CryptoKeyVersions cannot be deleted at this time. The specified version will be immediately and permanently deleted upon calling this method. This action cannot be undone.

destroy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Schedule a CryptoKeyVersion for destruction. Upon calling this method, CryptoKeyVersion.state will be set to DESTROY_SCHEDULED, and destroy_time will be set to the time destroy_scheduled_duration in the future. At that time, the state will automatically change to DESTROYED, and the key material will be irrevocably destroyed. Before the destroy_time is reached, RestoreCryptoKeyVersion may be called to reverse the process.

@@ -169,6 +172,7 @@

Method Details

"data": "A String", # Optional. The data to sign. It can't be supplied if AsymmetricSignRequest.digest is supplied. "dataCrc32c": "A String", # Optional. An optional CRC32C checksum of the AsymmetricSignRequest.data. If specified, KeyManagementService will verify the integrity of the received AsymmetricSignRequest.data using this checksum. KeyManagementService will report an error if the checksum verification fails. If you receive a checksum error, your client should verify that CRC32C(AsymmetricSignRequest.data) is equal to AsymmetricSignRequest.data_crc32c, and if so, perform a limited number of retries. A persistent mismatch may indicate an issue in your computation of the CRC32C checksum. Note: This field is defined as int64 for reasons of compatibility across different languages. However, it is a non-negative integer, which will never exceed 2^32-1, and can be safely downconverted to uint32 in languages that support this type. "digest": { # A Digest holds a cryptographic message digest. # Optional. The digest of the data to sign. The digest must be produced with the same digest algorithm as specified by the key version's algorithm. This field may not be supplied if AsymmetricSignRequest.data is supplied. + "externalMu": "A String", # A message digest produced with SHAKE-256, to be used with ML-DSA external-μ algorithms only. See "message representative" note in section 6.2, algorithm 7 of the FIPS-204 standard: https://doi.org/10.6028/nist.fips.204 "sha256": "A String", # A message digest produced with the SHA-256 algorithm. "sha384": "A String", # A message digest produced with the SHA-384 algorithm. "sha512": "A String", # A message digest produced with the SHA-512 algorithm. @@ -320,6 +324,41 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Permanently deletes the given CryptoKeyVersion. Only possible if the version has not been previously imported and if its state is one of DESTROYED, IMPORT_FAILED, or GENERATION_FAILED. Successfully imported CryptoKeyVersions cannot be deleted at this time. The specified version will be immediately and permanently deleted upon calling this method. This action cannot be undone.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the CryptoKeyVersion to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
destroy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Schedule a CryptoKeyVersion for destruction. Upon calling this method, CryptoKeyVersion.state will be set to DESTROY_SCHEDULED, and destroy_time will be set to the time destroy_scheduled_duration in the future. At that time, the state will automatically change to DESTROYED, and the key material will be irrevocably destroyed. Before the destroy_time is reached, RestoreCryptoKeyVersion may be called to reverse the process.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
index 0ca723d1785..e4a7f956865 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
@@ -88,6 +88,9 @@ 

Instance Methods

decrypt(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Decrypts data that was protected by Encrypt. The CryptoKey.purpose must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Permanently deletes the given CryptoKey. All child CryptoKeyVersions must have been previously deleted using KeyManagementService.DeleteCryptoKeyVersion. The specified crypto key will be immediately and permanently deleted upon calling this method. This action cannot be undone.

encrypt(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Encrypts data, so that it can only be recovered by a call to Decrypt. The CryptoKey.purpose must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.

@@ -289,6 +292,41 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Permanently deletes the given CryptoKey. All child CryptoKeyVersions must have been previously deleted using KeyManagementService.DeleteCryptoKeyVersion. The specified crypto key will be immediately and permanently deleted upon calling this method. This action cannot be undone.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the CryptoKey to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
encrypt(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Encrypts data, so that it can only be recovered by a call to Decrypt. The CryptoKey.purpose must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.retiredResources.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.retiredResources.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a9506b16626
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.retiredResources.html
@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+
+
+
+

Cloud Key Management Service (KMS) API . projects . locations . retiredResources

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a specific RetiredResource resource, which represents the record of a deleted CryptoKey.

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists the RetiredResources which are the records of deleted CryptoKeys. RetiredResources prevent the reuse of these resource names after deletion.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a specific RetiredResource resource, which represents the record of a deleted CryptoKey.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the RetiredResource to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A RetiredResource resource represents the record of a deleted CryptoKey. Its purpose is to provide visibility into retained user data and to prevent reuse of these names for new CryptoKeys.
+  "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the original resource was deleted and this RetiredResource record was created.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this RetiredResource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/retiredResources/*`.
+  "originalResource": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the original CryptoKey that was deleted in the format `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+  "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. The resource type of the original deleted resource.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists the RetiredResources which are the records of deleted CryptoKeys. RetiredResources prevent the reuse of these resource names after deletion.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project-specific location holding the RetiredResources, in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Optional limit on the number of RetiredResources to be included in the response. Further RetiredResources can subsequently be obtained by including the ListRetiredResourcesResponse.next_page_token in a subsequent request. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. Optional pagination token, returned earlier via ListRetiredResourcesResponse.next_page_token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for KeyManagementService.ListRetiredResources.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in ListRetiredResourcesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page of results.
+  "retiredResources": [ # The list of RetiredResources.
+    { # A RetiredResource resource represents the record of a deleted CryptoKey. Its purpose is to provide visibility into retained user data and to prevent reuse of these names for new CryptoKeys.
+      "deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the original resource was deleted and this RetiredResource record was created.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this RetiredResource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/retiredResources/*`.
+      "originalResource": "A String", # Output only. The full resource name of the original CryptoKey that was deleted in the format `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
+      "resourceType": "A String", # Output only. The resource type of the original deleted resource.
+    },
+  ],
+  "totalSize": "A String", # The total number of RetiredResources that matched the query.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.projects.locations.html index 2fca1eace6e..f6368c086dc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets the Scheduler config in the project/region.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index d645fadd62b..301adee1c80 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudscheduler_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
index 6e95939188c..4f69ae0d492 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html
@@ -583,6 +583,18 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1111,6 +1123,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1674,6 +1698,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1972,6 +2008,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html index a6e42226811..8b536677d84 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.advice.html @@ -249,6 +249,8 @@

Method Details

}, "instanceProperties": { # Instance provisining properties. # Instance properties for this request. "scheduling": { # Defines the instance scheduling options. # Specifies the scheduling options. + "maxRunDuration": "A String", # The maximum time that instances can run before Compute Engine + # terminates them. "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. }, }, @@ -271,6 +273,8 @@

Method Details

"estimatedUptime": "A String", # The estimated run time of the majority of Spot VMs in the request # before preemption. The estimate is best-effort only. It is based on # history data and current conditions. + "estimatedWaitDuration": "A String", # Output only. The likely maximum time that you will have to wait until + # Compute Engine provisions your instances. "obtainability": 3.14, # The obtainability score indicates the likelihood of successfully # obtaining (provisioning) the requested number of VMs. # The score range is 0.0 through 1.0. Higher is better. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html index ce1391a58d0..086962001f9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html @@ -831,6 +831,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1853,6 +1865,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3013,6 +3037,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3693,6 +3729,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html index 05a9e5f9ce6..2270b4468eb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html @@ -306,6 +306,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -977,6 +989,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1261,6 +1285,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2315,6 +2351,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3481,6 +3529,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3770,6 +3830,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5155,6 +5227,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html index 8ca3bc2ebee..b23e40f029f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html @@ -315,6 +315,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -686,6 +698,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -1540,6 +1556,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -2548,6 +2569,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2832,6 +2865,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3103,6 +3148,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -3957,6 +4006,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -6066,6 +6120,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -6920,6 +6978,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -7836,6 +7899,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8193,6 +8268,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -9047,6 +9126,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -10080,6 +10164,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -10934,6 +11022,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -11910,6 +12003,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -12764,6 +12861,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -13680,6 +13782,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -13969,6 +14083,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15134,6 +15260,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15435,6 +15573,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -16289,6 +16431,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -17205,6 +17352,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html index 024fc0db95f..3e571ac8b91 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.crossSiteNetworks.html @@ -263,6 +263,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -607,6 +619,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1093,6 +1117,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html index 2d69a2fb87e..a8c78a92c7c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.diskSettings.html @@ -378,6 +378,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html index 235f6146be2..6bd0b18e96f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html @@ -92,6 +92,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ convert(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Converts a persistent disk to support Gen4+ VMs.

createSnapshot(project, zone, disk, body=None, guestFlush=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot

@@ -324,6 +327,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -807,7 +822,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1158,14 +1173,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -1464,6 +1471,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1766,6 +1785,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1891,6 +1922,314 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ convert(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Converts a persistent disk to support Gen4+ VMs.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request. (required)
+  disk: string, Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "params": {
+    "forceStopInProgressSnapshot": True or False,
+    "provisionedIops": "A String",
+    "provisionedThroughput": "A String",
+    "quickConversionOnly": True or False,
+    "resetSupportedVmFamilies": True or False,
+    "targetDiskType": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
createSnapshot(project, zone, disk, body=None, guestFlush=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot
@@ -1998,7 +2337,7 @@ 

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2231,10 +2570,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], } guestFlush: boolean, [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by @@ -2393,6 +2728,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2679,6 +3026,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3064,7 +3423,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3415,14 +3774,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -4134,7 +4485,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4485,14 +4836,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -4657,6 +5000,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5128,7 +5483,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -5479,14 +5834,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -5717,6 +6064,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6007,6 +6366,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7180,6 +7551,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7491,6 +7874,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7774,6 +8169,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8077,6 +8484,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8235,7 +8654,7 @@

Method Details

update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.
 The update is performed only on selected fields included as part
-of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.
+of update-mask.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
@@ -8493,7 +8912,7 @@ 

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -8844,14 +9263,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -9017,6 +9428,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -9300,6 +9723,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -9590,6 +10025,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html index 0f6267d0621..1c1ef18493d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html @@ -265,6 +265,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -740,6 +752,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1266,6 +1290,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html index 340623691e8..cbeca451f69 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html @@ -331,6 +331,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -800,6 +812,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1269,6 +1293,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1550,6 +1586,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1835,6 +1883,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2103,6 +2163,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4224,6 +4296,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5207,6 +5291,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5999,6 +6095,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6469,6 +6577,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6939,6 +7059,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7220,6 +7352,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7501,6 +7645,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7782,6 +7938,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html index d84f0769a49..1d3bee7db50 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html @@ -268,6 +268,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -908,6 +920,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1686,6 +1710,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2176,6 +2212,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html index 9ca6e736bb6..984b4596420 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html @@ -883,6 +883,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2012,6 +2024,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3274,6 +3298,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3573,6 +3609,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3863,6 +3911,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html index 34c81b04544..18cd25c89d5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html @@ -221,6 +221,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of future reservations. "futureReservations": [ # A list of future reservations contained in this scope. { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -288,6 +293,7 @@

Method Details

# parent commitments will be extended to match the end date of the plan for # this commitment. }, + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation inRFC3339 # text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. @@ -352,7 +358,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -451,7 +457,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -789,6 +795,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1076,6 +1094,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1213,6 +1243,11 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -1280,6 +1315,7 @@

Method Details

# parent commitments will be extended to match the end date of the plan for # this commitment. }, + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation inRFC3339 # text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. @@ -1344,7 +1380,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1443,7 +1479,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1550,6 +1586,11 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -1617,6 +1658,7 @@

Method Details

# parent commitments will be extended to match the end date of the plan for # this commitment. }, + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation inRFC3339 # text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. @@ -1681,7 +1723,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1780,7 +1822,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2029,6 +2071,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2254,6 +2308,11 @@

Method Details

# defined by the server. "items": [ # [Output Only] A list of future reservation resources. { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -2321,6 +2380,7 @@

Method Details

# parent commitments will be extended to match the end date of the plan for # this commitment. }, + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation inRFC3339 # text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. @@ -2385,7 +2445,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2484,7 +2544,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2644,6 +2704,11 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -2711,6 +2776,7 @@

Method Details

# parent commitments will be extended to match the end date of the plan for # this commitment. }, + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation inRFC3339 # text format. "deploymentType": "A String", # Type of the deployment requested as part of future reservation. @@ -2775,7 +2841,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2874,7 +2940,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -3125,6 +3191,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html index fe495386a56..ad6cabf22fe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html @@ -271,6 +271,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -817,6 +829,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1377,6 +1401,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1664,6 +1700,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalFolderOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalFolderOperations.html index dd90493260b..7e36eaceefd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalFolderOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalFolderOperations.html @@ -240,6 +240,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -595,6 +607,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html index 3c824a0ccb5..360a6a924a9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html @@ -271,6 +271,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1399,6 +1411,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2659,6 +2683,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2947,6 +2983,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3236,6 +3284,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 647771f0fa6..e062f0c038a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -311,6 +311,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -599,6 +611,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -925,6 +949,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1065,6 +1101,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1271,6 +1321,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -1281,6 +1345,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1635,6 +1713,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1861,6 +1951,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html index 1a00d6aff0f..da80997ada7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html @@ -347,6 +347,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -717,6 +729,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1072,6 +1096,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1406,6 +1442,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html index 94731686897..22dfcf84c03 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html @@ -260,6 +260,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -615,6 +627,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html index dd06820ab49..de8c369cc25 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -262,6 +262,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -780,6 +792,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1435,6 +1459,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalVmExtensionPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalVmExtensionPolicies.html index 2c45ea92ed8..ac80c01a400 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalVmExtensionPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalVmExtensionPolicies.html @@ -231,8 +231,8 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (e.g., "cloudops") to their corresponding policy - # configurations. + "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (for example, "ops-agent") to their corresponding + # policy configurations. "a_key": { # Configuration for a specific VM extension. "pinnedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The specific version of the extension to install. If not set, the latest # version is used. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@

Method Details

# The policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower # integers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when # creating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are - # equal, the policy with the more recent creation timestamp takes precedence. + # equal, the policy with the most recent creation timestamp takes precedence. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. [Output Only] Current state of the policy: ACTIVE or DELETING. @@ -573,6 +573,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1109,6 +1121,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1927,6 +1951,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.haControllers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.haControllers.html index 5659278b2f3..bd401c955f7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.haControllers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.haControllers.html @@ -220,7 +220,10 @@

Method Details

"haControllers": [ # List of HaControllers contained in this scope. { # HaController handles failover for a VM Instance. "backendServices": [ # Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to - # be pre-created and configured as managed. + # be pre-created. + # + # Currently, only one backend service can be specified, and it must be L4 + # Internal Load Balancer (ILB). "A String", ], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 @@ -889,6 +892,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1171,6 +1186,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1309,7 +1336,10 @@

Method Details

{ # HaController handles failover for a VM Instance. "backendServices": [ # Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to - # be pre-created and configured as managed. + # be pre-created. + # + # Currently, only one backend service can be specified, and it must be L4 + # Internal Load Balancer (ILB). "A String", ], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 @@ -1753,7 +1783,10 @@

Method Details

{ # HaController handles failover for a VM Instance. "backendServices": [ # Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to - # be pre-created and configured as managed. + # be pre-created. + # + # Currently, only one backend service can be specified, and it must be L4 + # Internal Load Balancer (ILB). "A String", ], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 @@ -2328,6 +2361,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2552,7 +2597,10 @@

Method Details

"items": [ # A list of HaControllers in the specified project and region. { # HaController handles failover for a VM Instance. "backendServices": [ # Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to - # be pre-created and configured as managed. + # be pre-created. + # + # Currently, only one backend service can be specified, and it must be L4 + # Internal Load Balancer (ILB). "A String", ], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 @@ -3046,7 +3094,10 @@

Method Details

{ # HaController handles failover for a VM Instance. "backendServices": [ # Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to - # be pre-created and configured as managed. + # be pre-created. + # + # Currently, only one backend service can be specified, and it must be L4 + # Internal Load Balancer (ILB). "A String", ], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 @@ -3622,6 +3673,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html index 4b6749ebe7b..a267673f9a4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html @@ -830,6 +830,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1852,6 +1864,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3011,6 +3035,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3690,6 +3726,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html index 1419c9548d2..d4e2fe37b6a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html @@ -268,6 +268,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -648,6 +660,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1165,6 +1189,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1523,6 +1559,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html index f872e6ccb93..2bf1016808f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html @@ -268,6 +268,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -656,6 +668,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1181,6 +1205,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1543,6 +1579,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html index fe649d4998d..7721935a8ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.imageFamilyViews.html @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -637,14 +637,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html index fc899283cc1..bdc197dbde0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html @@ -280,6 +280,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -609,6 +621,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -962,7 +986,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1276,14 +1300,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], }
@@ -1523,7 +1539,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1837,14 +1853,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], }
@@ -2444,7 +2452,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2758,14 +2766,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], } forceCreate: boolean, Force image creation if true. @@ -2923,6 +2923,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3368,7 +3380,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3682,14 +3694,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], }, ], "kind": "compute#imageList", # Output only. Type of resource. @@ -3971,7 +3975,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4285,14 +4289,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so @@ -4449,6 +4445,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5610,6 +5618,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index 7a1d1d8d308..491f0b43e09 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -265,6 +265,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -558,6 +570,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1593,6 +1617,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html index 9c15c755703..93fb5212b32 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ configureAcceleratorTopologies(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the accelerator topologies configuration.

createInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates instances with per-instance configurations in this managed instance

@@ -367,6 +370,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -742,6 +757,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -1017,7 +1034,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1267,11 +1284,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1521,7 +1533,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1771,11 +1783,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1878,7 +1885,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -2286,6 +2293,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -2543,6 +2551,7 @@

Method Details

"allInstances": True or False, # Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of “instances”. # If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified # in the request. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instances": [ # The list of URLs of one or more instances for which you want to apply # updates. Each URL can be a full URL or a partial URL, such aszones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME]. "A String", @@ -2725,6 +2734,330 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, + "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error + # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. + "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error + # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the + # resource was not found. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is + # defined by the server. + "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. + # This value is inRFC3339 + # text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). + # Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an + # error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information + # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, + "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for + # Operation resources. + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. + "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a + # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. + "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, + # `update`, or `delete`, and so on. + "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. + # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of + # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be + # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation + # progresses. + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only + # applicable when performing regional operations. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, + # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and + # their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). + # Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is + # populated. + # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is + # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains + # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. + # + # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the + # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of + # message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any + # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the + # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: + # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, + "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. + # This value is inRFC3339 + # text format. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the + # following: + # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. + "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the + # operation. + "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation + # of the target resource. + "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For + # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk + # that the snapshot was created from. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: + # `user@example.com` or + # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. + "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the + # operation, this field will be populated. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute + # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there + # are no results in the response. + "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: + # value format. For example: + # + # "data": [ + # { + # "key": "scope", + # "value": "zones/us-east1-d" + # } + { + "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being + # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list + # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and + # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key + # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a + # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance + # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). + "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. + }, + ], + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only + # applicable when performing per-zone operations. +}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ configureAcceleratorTopologies(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the accelerator topologies configuration.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of thezone
+where the managed instance group is located.
+It should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group.
+It should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # InstanceGroupManagers.ConfigureAcceleratorTopologies
+  "acceleratorTopologyActions": { # Map of accelerator topologies that should have their state changed to
+      # the specified value. The key is the hashed topology locus id. It can be
+      # obtained from the GetAvailableAcceleratorTopologies rpc.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
   "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
       # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
   "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
@@ -2845,11 +3178,6 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- close() -
Close httplib2 connections.
-
-
createInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates instances with per-instance configurations in this managed instance
@@ -3091,6 +3419,18 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3377,6 +3717,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3698,6 +4050,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3982,6 +4346,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4258,6 +4634,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -4533,7 +4911,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4783,11 +5161,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5037,7 +5410,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -5287,11 +5660,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5394,7 +5762,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -5802,6 +6170,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -5987,8 +6356,113 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. "acceleratorTopologyHealth": "A String", + "acceleratorTopologyState": { # Specifies the topology state + "currentState": "A String", + "error": { # Reason why the topology state change failed + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this + # operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error + # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing + # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, + # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is + # QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. + # + # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it + # is not enabled: + # + # { "reason": "API_DISABLED" + # "domain": "googleapis.com" + # "metadata": { + # "resource": "projects/123", + # "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" + # } + # } + # + # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. + # + # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner + # instance in a region that is out of stock: + # + # { "reason": "STOCKOUT" + # "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", + # "metadata": { + # "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" + # } + # } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain + # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that + # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is + # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a + # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API + # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. + # + # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should + # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in + # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units + # should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than + # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, + # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of + # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the + # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular + # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a + # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents + # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. + # + # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling + # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing + # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user + # which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at + # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. + # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota + # type or metric. + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type + # or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. + # This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + "errorTimestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the last error happened + }, + "instancesHealth": "A String", + "parent": "A String", # Identified by the topology Id in the accelerator_topology_info map. Empty + # for the top-level topology }, }, + "multiMig": "A String", # URL to MMIG this MIG belongs to. }
@@ -6152,6 +6626,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -6427,7 +6903,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -6677,11 +7153,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -6931,7 +7402,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7181,11 +7652,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -7288,7 +7754,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -7696,6 +8162,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -8009,6 +8476,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8371,6 +8850,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -8646,7 +9127,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -8896,11 +9377,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -9150,7 +9626,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -9400,11 +9876,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -9507,7 +9978,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -9915,6 +10386,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -10673,7 +11145,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -10923,11 +11395,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineType": "A String", # The machine type to be used for this instance. @@ -11388,7 +11855,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -11638,11 +12105,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineType": "A String", # Output only. The machine type to be used for this instance. @@ -12088,6 +12550,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -12363,7 +12827,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -12613,11 +13077,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -12867,7 +13326,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -13117,11 +13576,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -13224,7 +13678,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -13632,6 +14086,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -13945,6 +14400,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14307,6 +14774,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14612,6 +15091,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14920,6 +15411,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15246,6 +15749,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15554,6 +16069,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15902,6 +16429,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -16197,6 +16736,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -16503,6 +17054,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -16811,6 +17374,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -17130,6 +17705,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -17449,6 +18036,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -17765,6 +18364,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -18040,7 +18641,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -18290,11 +18891,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -18544,7 +19140,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -18794,11 +19390,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -18901,7 +19492,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -19309,6 +19900,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -19622,6 +20214,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -19984,6 +20588,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html index 2c4b6ddf343..2dcc19a6017 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html @@ -295,6 +295,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -843,6 +855,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1274,6 +1298,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1971,6 +2007,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2273,6 +2321,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html index 0e090a461e5..35a345ac827 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceSettings.html @@ -328,6 +328,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index 75fef16c00d..aeb0fe63253 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -781,11 +781,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -1097,7 +1092,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -1615,6 +1610,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2062,7 +2069,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2312,11 +2319,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -2628,7 +2630,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -3590,7 +3592,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3840,11 +3842,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -4156,7 +4153,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -4583,6 +4580,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5116,7 +5125,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -5366,11 +5375,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -5682,7 +5686,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index 5ab6f43acc3..0d940aef1f3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -478,6 +478,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -974,6 +986,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1267,6 +1291,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1783,7 +1819,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2033,11 +2069,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. @@ -2449,7 +2480,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2541,6 +2572,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -3297,7 +3329,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3547,11 +3579,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], } forceAttach: boolean, Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached @@ -3711,6 +3738,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4096,7 +4135,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4346,11 +4385,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Alternative machine types to use for instances that are created from @@ -4643,7 +4677,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4893,11 +4927,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -5209,7 +5238,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -5440,6 +5469,13 @@

Method Details

"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. # Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid # internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + # The bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if + # an AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a + # DENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider + # us-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not + # us-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to + # allow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert + # operations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution # in this zone. @@ -5455,11 +5491,13 @@

Method Details

}, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. - "zones": [ # List with zones where bulk will create instances. + "zones": [ # The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations + # field to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones + # are specified in both fields. { - "zone": "A String", # The URL of thezone. + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. # The zone must exist in the region where the request is called. - # Zones must be represented as valid internal URLs, + # Zones must be represented as valid partial URLs, # such as zones/us-central1-a. }, ], @@ -5660,6 +5698,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5949,6 +5999,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6233,6 +6295,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6521,6 +6595,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6805,6 +6891,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7224,7 +7322,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7474,11 +7572,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. @@ -7890,7 +7983,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7982,6 +8075,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -10113,11 +10207,10 @@

Method Details

"enforcementState": "A String", # The enforcement state of the extension. # If the extension is not enforced yet, then the health status will not be # specified. + "healthMsg": "A String", # The health status message of the extension. "healthStatus": "A String", # The health status of the extension. "name": "A String", # The name of the extension. "policyId": "A String", # The id of the policy that is enforced on the extension. - "unhealthyMsg": "A String", # The status message of the extension if the extension is in unhealthy - # state. "version": "A String", # The version of the extension. }
@@ -10411,7 +10504,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -10661,11 +10754,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. @@ -11077,7 +11165,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -11169,6 +11257,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -11772,6 +11861,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -12277,7 +12378,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -12527,11 +12628,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. @@ -12943,7 +13039,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -13035,6 +13131,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -13785,11 +13882,10 @@

Method Details

"enforcementState": "A String", # The enforcement state of the extension. # If the extension is not enforced yet, then the health status will not be # specified. + "healthMsg": "A String", # The health status message of the extension. "healthStatus": "A String", # The health status of the extension. "name": "A String", # The name of the extension. "policyId": "A String", # The id of the policy that is enforced on the extension. - "unhealthyMsg": "A String", # The status message of the extension if the extension is in unhealthy - # state. "version": "A String", # The version of the extension. }, ], @@ -14043,6 +14139,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14325,6 +14433,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14616,6 +14736,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14912,6 +15044,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15196,6 +15340,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15612,6 +15768,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15910,6 +16078,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -16195,6 +16375,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -17365,6 +17557,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -17666,6 +17870,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -17957,6 +18173,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -18271,6 +18499,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -18563,6 +18803,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -18854,6 +19106,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -19294,6 +19558,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -19593,6 +19869,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -19887,6 +20175,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -20181,6 +20481,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -20475,6 +20787,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -20776,6 +21100,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -21061,6 +21397,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -21345,6 +21693,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -21762,6 +22122,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -22053,6 +22425,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -22345,6 +22729,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -22791,7 +23187,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -23041,11 +23437,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. @@ -23457,7 +23848,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -23549,6 +23940,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -24158,6 +24550,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -24495,6 +24899,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -24787,6 +25203,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -25288,6 +25716,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -25585,6 +26025,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -25879,6 +26331,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshotGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshotGroups.html index 1b8f0ae7906..142bb2252e6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshotGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshotGroups.html @@ -269,6 +269,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1016,6 +1028,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html index 635c718c8f6..d4086bfe657 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html @@ -577,6 +577,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1441,6 +1453,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2863,6 +2887,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachmentGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachmentGroups.html index 64405015faa..b4bb4f1745c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachmentGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachmentGroups.html @@ -777,6 +777,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1059,6 +1071,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2077,6 +2101,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2749,6 +2785,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html index 33f1ea2f745..8dd35a08961 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html @@ -857,6 +857,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2291,6 +2303,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3494,6 +3518,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4668,6 +4704,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html index fb2d9e993c7..903de263488 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectGroups.html @@ -399,6 +399,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -681,6 +693,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1771,6 +1795,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2430,6 +2466,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html index 10e21c6899c..ba3b1bc327a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html @@ -280,6 +280,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -691,8 +703,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -1507,8 +1518,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -1670,6 +1680,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2165,8 +2187,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -2511,8 +2532,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -2674,6 +2694,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3836,6 +3868,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html index f8139764e33..a7d6aa1234e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html @@ -274,6 +274,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1112,6 +1124,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2631,6 +2655,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index 072c84c16dd..fcfee24fc31 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -272,6 +272,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -697,7 +709,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -947,11 +959,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -1263,7 +1270,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -2939,7 +2946,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3189,11 +3196,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -3505,7 +3507,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -4664,6 +4666,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5175,7 +5189,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -5425,11 +5439,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -5741,7 +5750,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -7835,6 +7844,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html index 619d40415d8..dbc401d0838 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkAttachments.html @@ -538,6 +538,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1344,6 +1356,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1917,6 +1941,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html index 07084ac22a6..9a783416dfb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html @@ -493,6 +493,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -862,6 +874,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1182,6 +1206,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html index 7205f96201f..d223c3a402e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -234,6 +234,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -723,6 +737,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1015,6 +1041,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1344,6 +1382,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1486,6 +1536,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1692,6 +1756,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   zone: string, The name of the zone where
@@ -1705,6 +1783,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -2059,6 +2151,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2287,6 +2391,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html index 1ce3250697b..4eee15c4e8f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -335,6 +335,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -809,6 +821,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1283,6 +1307,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2271,6 +2307,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2557,6 +2605,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4681,6 +4741,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6131,6 +6203,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6430,6 +6514,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6901,6 +6997,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7372,6 +7480,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7654,6 +7774,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7936,6 +8068,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8218,6 +8362,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html index 85ebc0f24ab..404f60bb626 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html @@ -397,6 +397,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -687,6 +699,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -973,6 +997,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2727,6 +2763,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4030,6 +4078,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4318,6 +4378,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4607,6 +4679,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4888,6 +4972,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5281,6 +5377,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html index bdb63212fdd..8cfa29e5820 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html @@ -301,6 +301,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -881,6 +893,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1172,6 +1196,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2041,6 +2077,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2920,6 +2968,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3212,6 +3272,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4377,6 +4449,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4669,6 +4753,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html index 1fc26d706b3..96c83ced439 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html @@ -544,6 +544,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1363,6 +1375,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html index 8a130253ae8..2fdaf9904db 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html @@ -318,6 +318,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1105,6 +1117,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1396,6 +1420,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1680,6 +1716,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4044,6 +4092,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5412,6 +5472,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6450,6 +6522,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7240,6 +7324,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7526,6 +7622,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7812,6 +7920,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html index a8d91d212ed..a20ef8762c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSnapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html @@ -318,6 +318,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html index 689e6981c4f..3c92474a656 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html @@ -570,6 +570,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1080,6 +1092,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1728,6 +1752,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.previewFeatures.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.previewFeatures.html index d0777697d59..d03e5c9de26 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.previewFeatures.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.previewFeatures.html @@ -597,6 +597,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html index 4c2bf5ffa98..3ca24ed2e2e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html @@ -297,6 +297,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -590,6 +602,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -870,6 +894,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1164,6 +1200,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2074,6 +2122,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2378,6 +2438,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2668,6 +2740,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2980,6 +3064,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3269,6 +3365,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3558,6 +3666,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3848,6 +3968,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4145,6 +4277,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html index 651d2f1b31c..e764f606331 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html @@ -263,6 +263,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -549,6 +561,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -991,6 +1015,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1569,6 +1605,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1850,6 +1898,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html index 4d3eabee63f..a27754e0841 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -577,6 +577,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -864,6 +876,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1384,6 +1408,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2041,6 +2077,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2324,6 +2372,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html index f549b2f0e7e..8dc56d28d36 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.recoverableSnapshots.html @@ -527,10 +527,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }, "purgeTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Purge timestamp of recoverable snapshot inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -791,6 +787,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1231,10 +1239,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }, "purgeTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Purge timestamp of recoverable snapshot inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -2020,10 +2024,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }, "purgeTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Purge timestamp of recoverable snapshot inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -2256,6 +2256,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html index 3befef9e6dd..994efa26d1f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html @@ -269,6 +269,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1291,6 +1303,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2450,6 +2474,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3130,6 +3166,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendBuckets.html index 344c04d8781..d2efee19760 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendBuckets.html @@ -282,6 +282,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1339,6 +1351,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2511,6 +2535,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html index d105d2fe502..88ed7e29297 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html @@ -287,6 +287,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -559,6 +571,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -1413,6 +1429,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -2749,6 +2770,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -3603,6 +3628,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -4519,6 +4549,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4877,6 +4919,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -5731,6 +5777,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -6767,6 +6818,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -7621,6 +7676,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -8598,6 +8658,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -9452,6 +9516,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -10368,6 +10437,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -11535,6 +11616,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -11839,6 +11932,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -12693,6 +12790,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -13609,6 +13711,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html index da2c363b982..dfe8c278b95 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html @@ -337,6 +337,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -357,6 +358,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -505,7 +509,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -909,6 +913,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1191,6 +1207,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1444,6 +1472,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -1464,6 +1493,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1612,7 +1644,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1897,6 +1929,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -1917,6 +1950,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2065,7 +2101,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2380,6 +2416,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2714,6 +2762,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -2734,6 +2783,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2882,7 +2934,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -3252,6 +3304,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -3272,6 +3325,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -3420,7 +3476,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -3737,6 +3793,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3912,6 +3980,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -3932,6 +4001,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -4080,7 +4152,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -4297,6 +4369,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html index e839b37df99..0d7b7048ecc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCompositeHealthChecks.html @@ -513,6 +513,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -714,10 +726,12 @@

Method Details

"healthSources": [ # Health sources and their corresponding health states. { "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the associated HealthSource resource. - "source": "A String", # URL of the associated HealthSource resource. + "source": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the associated HealthSource resource. }, ], "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck. + "kind": "compute#compositeHealthCheckHealth", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#compositeHealthCheckHealth for the health of + # composite health checks. }
@@ -929,6 +943,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1454,6 +1480,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html index 1d54f5046ed..c33e91e3081 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDiskSettings.html @@ -378,6 +378,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html index 9a746493ec7..6dbd740b715 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html @@ -314,6 +314,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -642,6 +654,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -874,7 +898,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1107,10 +1131,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], } guestFlush: boolean, [Input Only] Specifies to create an application consistent snapshot by @@ -1269,6 +1289,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1555,6 +1587,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1940,7 +1984,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2291,14 +2335,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -3007,7 +3043,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3358,14 +3394,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -3530,6 +3558,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4001,7 +4041,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4352,14 +4392,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -4590,6 +4622,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4879,6 +4923,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6051,6 +6107,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6362,6 +6430,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6645,6 +6725,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6948,6 +7040,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7105,8 +7209,7 @@

Method Details

update(project, region, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is
-performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the
-following fields can be modified: user_license.
+performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
@@ -7364,7 +7467,7 @@ 

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7715,14 +7818,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -7888,6 +7983,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8171,6 +8278,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -8461,6 +8580,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.html index 0ae32430bd6..4dc684e9df3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.html @@ -526,6 +526,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -946,6 +958,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1504,6 +1528,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html index bb02bf15b72..d8fbc26e84e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html @@ -544,6 +544,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -999,6 +1011,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1592,6 +1616,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html index a5ae668944b..33834b4757d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html @@ -269,6 +269,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1293,6 +1305,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2454,6 +2478,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3135,6 +3171,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthSources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthSources.html index 8b265873652..b9e722c94d3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthSources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthSources.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified HealthSource resource in the given region.

+

+ getHealth(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the most recent health check results for this

insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region

@@ -513,6 +516,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -696,6 +711,49 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getHealth(project, region, healthSource, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the most recent health check results for this
+regional HealthSource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  healthSource: string, Name of the HealthSource resource to get health for. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for RegionHealthSources.GetHealth
+  "healthState": "A String", # Health state of the HealthSource.
+  "kind": "compute#healthSourceHealth", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#healthSourceHealth for the health of health sources.
+  "sources": [ # Health state details of the sources.
+    {
+      "backends": [ # Represents an instance group or network endpoint group behind the source
+          # backend service. Only used if the sourceType of the regionHealthSource
+          # is BACKEND_SERVICE.
+        {
+          "endpointCount": 42, # Total number of endpoints when determining the health of the
+              # regionHealthSource.
+          "group": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group
+              # behind the source backend service.
+          "healthyEndpointCount": 42, # Number of endpoints considered healthy when determining health of the
+              # regionHealthSource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "forwardingRule": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the forwarding rule associated with the source
+          # resource if it is a L4ILB backend service.
+      "source": "A String", # Fully qualified URL of the associated source resource. This is always a
+          # backend service URL.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region
@@ -907,6 +965,18 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1438,6 +1508,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html index d4761f0a23c..cc4100f9e61 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagerResizeRequests.html @@ -265,6 +265,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -558,6 +570,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1591,6 +1615,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 97413d45498..044a19303c8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -360,6 +360,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -724,6 +736,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -859,6 +883,7 @@

Method Details

"allInstances": True or False, # Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of “instances”. # If the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified # in the request. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instances": [ # The list of URLs of one or more instances for which you want to apply # updates. Each URL can be a full URL or a partial URL, such aszones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME]. "A String", @@ -1041,6 +1066,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1409,6 +1446,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1692,6 +1741,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2005,6 +2066,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2285,6 +2358,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2560,6 +2645,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -2835,7 +2922,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3085,11 +3172,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3339,7 +3421,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3589,11 +3671,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3696,7 +3773,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -4104,6 +4181,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -4421,6 +4499,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -4696,7 +4776,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4946,11 +5026,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5200,7 +5275,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -5450,11 +5525,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5557,7 +5627,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -5965,6 +6035,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -6278,6 +6349,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6639,6 +6722,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -6914,7 +6999,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7164,11 +7249,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -7418,7 +7498,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7668,11 +7748,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -7775,7 +7850,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -8183,6 +8258,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -8936,7 +9012,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -9186,11 +9262,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineType": "A String", # The machine type to be used for this instance. @@ -9651,7 +9722,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -9901,11 +9972,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineType": "A String", # Output only. The machine type to be used for this instance. @@ -10348,6 +10414,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -10623,7 +10691,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -10873,11 +10941,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -11127,7 +11190,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -11377,11 +11440,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -11484,7 +11542,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -11892,6 +11950,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -12205,6 +12264,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -12565,6 +12636,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -12869,6 +12952,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -13165,6 +13260,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -13492,6 +13599,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -13799,6 +13918,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14146,6 +14277,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14437,6 +14580,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -14733,6 +14888,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15040,6 +15207,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15358,6 +15537,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15676,6 +15867,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15991,6 +16194,8 @@

Method Details

# pools for the instance. "restarting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. + "restartingInPlace": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that + # are scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted. "resuming": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that # are scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed. "starting": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that @@ -16266,7 +16471,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -16516,11 +16721,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -16770,7 +16970,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -17020,11 +17220,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -17127,7 +17322,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -17535,6 +17730,7 @@

Method Details

# - Manually change the targetSuspendedSize using the update # method. "updatePolicy": { # The update policy for this managed instance group. + "disruptionMode": "A String", # Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart. "instanceRedistributionType": "A String", # The # instance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups. # Valid values are: @@ -17848,6 +18044,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -18208,6 +18416,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html index de3531f0347..e1d2d33184d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html @@ -754,6 +754,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html index 6cadd95e51d..6659d635a26 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -261,6 +261,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -709,7 +721,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -959,11 +971,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -1275,7 +1282,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -1867,7 +1874,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2117,11 +2124,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -2433,7 +2435,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -2860,6 +2862,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3394,7 +3408,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3644,11 +3658,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -3960,7 +3969,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html index cd659584b2c..4f30e57285e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -595,11 +595,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Alternative machine types to use for instances that are created from @@ -892,7 +887,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1142,11 +1137,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -1458,7 +1448,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -1689,6 +1679,13 @@

Method Details

"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. # Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid # internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + # The bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if + # an AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a + # DENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider + # us-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not + # us-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to + # allow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert + # operations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution # in this zone. @@ -1704,11 +1701,13 @@

Method Details

}, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. - "zones": [ # List with zones where bulk will create instances. + "zones": [ # The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations + # field to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones + # are specified in both fields. { - "zone": "A String", # The URL of thezone. + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. # The zone must exist in the region where the request is called. - # Zones must be represented as valid internal URLs, + # Zones must be represented as valid partial URLs, # such as zones/us-central1-a. }, ], @@ -1909,6 +1908,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html index a0f644a19ab..a01bb5b4e48 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshotGroups.html @@ -269,6 +269,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1017,6 +1029,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html index 7e0598dc6b4..7688b826e21 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html @@ -279,6 +279,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1143,6 +1155,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2565,6 +2589,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html index e4e8ec3ac8f..7d480f11c3d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionMultiMigs.html @@ -260,6 +260,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -859,6 +871,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index be28dfce0b0..3d55c38cc30 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -314,6 +314,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -604,6 +616,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -934,6 +958,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1076,6 +1112,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1282,6 +1332,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, The name of the region where
@@ -1295,6 +1359,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1649,6 +1727,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1877,6 +1967,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index b628784b0fb..e3a29b3c207 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -321,6 +321,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -796,6 +808,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1079,6 +1103,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1366,6 +1402,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3869,6 +3917,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5322,6 +5382,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5622,6 +5694,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6094,6 +6178,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6377,6 +6473,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6660,6 +6768,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkPolicies.html index ce82209dd47..e27d67cb9e7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkPolicies.html @@ -293,6 +293,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -656,6 +668,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1242,6 +1266,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1871,6 +1907,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2515,6 +2563,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2880,6 +2940,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3163,6 +3235,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3446,6 +3530,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html index a25645e5fa5..f0ffb711572 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html @@ -520,6 +520,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -940,6 +952,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html index bcf220a8e7b..169b08b1909 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html @@ -264,6 +264,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -620,6 +632,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -955,6 +979,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html index f2a7851a47a..215e0c4ed11 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionRecoverableSnapshots.html @@ -270,6 +270,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -711,10 +723,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }, "purgeTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Purge timestamp of recoverable snapshot inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -1503,10 +1511,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }, "purgeTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Purge timestamp of recoverable snapshot inRFC3339 # text format. @@ -1740,6 +1744,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html index 65df4fc5b7e..518c3eba1dd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html @@ -764,6 +764,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1051,6 +1063,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3372,6 +3396,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -5317,6 +5353,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6093,6 +6141,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6363,6 +6423,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6662,6 +6734,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshotSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshotSettings.html index 94f45faba40..433848a89de 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshotSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshotSettings.html @@ -320,6 +320,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html index 5d2c34cd168..b79a8a28c4f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSnapshots.html @@ -282,6 +282,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -511,7 +523,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -744,10 +756,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }
@@ -1224,7 +1232,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1457,10 +1465,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so @@ -1617,6 +1621,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1932,7 +1948,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2165,10 +2181,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }, ], "kind": "compute#snapshotList", # Output only. Type of resource. @@ -3274,6 +3286,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3591,6 +3615,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html index 62c66ab5d8e..395ffbaea44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html @@ -263,6 +263,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -739,6 +751,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html index e6204431f32..af4f43258c2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslPolicies.html @@ -272,6 +272,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -448,6 +460,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -648,6 +667,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -951,6 +977,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1212,6 +1250,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -1567,6 +1612,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -1870,6 +1922,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html index 3b5d3532fce..a08031a335b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html @@ -266,6 +266,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -732,6 +744,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1255,6 +1279,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index 8eec614c5b4..0d410b9af2f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -272,6 +272,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -934,6 +946,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1734,6 +1758,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2027,6 +2063,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2316,6 +2364,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html index d297a98bd1c..757f2f5d8ce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetTcpProxies.html @@ -263,6 +263,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -647,6 +659,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html index f998aeeedf7..a38684e6db9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -264,6 +264,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7675,6 +7687,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7984,6 +8008,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -15532,6 +15568,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -19401,6 +19449,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html index d9b69380e23..f5b2b048989 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionZones.html @@ -250,6 +250,114 @@

Method Details

# zones. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] Full URL reference to the region which hosts the zone. + "resourceStatus": { + "upcomingMaintenances": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The upcoming maintenance schedule. + { # The periodic partial maintenance schedule includes 52 weeks worth of + # maintenance windows. + # LINT.IfChange(PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule) + "subType": "A String", # The maintenance type in which the zone is during the given window. + "targetResource": "A String", # The target resource that the maintenance window is for. + # For example, "projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a". + "type": "A String", + "windowEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). # The end civil timestamp of the window (not inclusive). + # This contains a time zone. + # + # This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: + # + # * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day with a particular offset from UTC. + # * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day in a particular time zone. + # * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar + # day in local time. + # + # The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. + # + # If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a + # specific year, month, or day respectively. + # + # This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and + # time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. + # Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use + # case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in + # another field. + # + # This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to + # document and validate your application's limitations. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and + # month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults + # to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for + # scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to + # 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, + # defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the # Time zone. + # [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". + }, + "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. + # For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as + # { seconds: -14400 }. + "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a year. + }, + "windowStartTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). # The start civil timestamp of the window. + # This contains a time zone. + # + # This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: + # + # * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day with a particular offset from UTC. + # * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day in a particular time zone. + # * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar + # day in local time. + # + # The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. + # + # If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a + # specific year, month, or day respectively. + # + # This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and + # time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. + # Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use + # case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in + # another field. + # + # This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to + # document and validate your application's limitations. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and + # month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults + # to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for + # scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to + # 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, + # defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the # Time zone. + # [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". + }, + "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. + # For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as + # { seconds: -14400 }. + "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a year. + }, + }, + ], + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the zone, either UP orDOWN. "supportsPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html index bd4d49496cf..2d7be0bc4df 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationBlocks.html @@ -636,6 +636,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSlots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSlots.html index ee2f5462e8d..4db39644423 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSlots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSlots.html @@ -80,12 +80,18 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, zone, parentName, reservationSlot, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves information about the specified reservation slot.

+

+ getVersion(project, zone, parentName, reservationSlot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a reservation slot.

list(project, zone, parentName, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of reservation slots under a single reservation.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ update(project, zone, parentName, reservationSlot, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Update a reservation slot in the specified sub-block.

Method Details

close() @@ -174,6 +180,312 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getVersion(project, zone, parentName, reservationSlot, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a reservation slot.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  parentName: string, The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of
+reservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservation_sub_block_name} (required)
+  reservationSlot: string, The name of the reservation slot.
+Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "sbomSelections": [ # The SBOM selection to return. Duplicate values in the list will be ignored.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
list(project, zone, parentName, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of reservation slots under a single reservation.
@@ -387,4 +699,350 @@ 

Method Details

+
+ update(project, zone, parentName, reservationSlot, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Update a reservation slot in the specified sub-block.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of the zone for this request, formatted as RFC1035. (required)
+  parentName: string, The name of the sub-block resource. (required)
+  reservationSlot: string, The name of the slot resource. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a reservation slot resource.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp, formatted asRFC3339 text.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for this resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#reservationSlot", # Output only. [Output Only] The type of resource. Alwayscompute#reservationSlot for reservation slots.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The name of the reservation slot.
+  "physicalTopology": { # Output only. [Output Only] The physical topology of the reservation slot.
+    "block": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity block within the cluster.
+    "cluster": "A String", # The cluster name of the reservation sub-block.
+    "host": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity host within the capacity sub-block.
+    "subBlock": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity sub-block within the capacity
+        # block.
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] A server-defined URL for this resource with the resource ID.
+  "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Specify share settings to create a shared slot. Set to empty
+      # to inherit the share settings from a parent resource.
+    "folderMap": { # A map of folder id and folder config to specify consumer projects for this
+        # shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is
+        # DIRECT_PROJECTS_UNDER_SPECIFIC_FOLDERS.
+        # Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix.
+      "a_key": { # Config for each folder in the share settings.
+        "folderId": "A String", # The folder ID, should be same as the key of this folder config in the
+            # parent map.
+            # Folder id should be a string of number, and without "folders/" prefix.
+      },
+    },
+    "projectMap": { # A map of project id and project config. This is only valid when
+        # share_type's value is SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      "a_key": { # Config for each project in the share settings.
+        "projectId": "A String", # The project ID, should be same as the key of this project config in the
+            # parent map.
+      },
+    },
+    "projects": [ # A List of Project names to specify consumer projects for this
+        # shared-reservation. This is only valid when share_type's value is
+        # SPECIFIC_PROJECTS.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The state of the reservation slot.
+  "status": { # Output only. [Output Only] The status of the reservation slot.
+    "physicalTopology": { # Output only. [Output Only] The physical topology of the reservation sub-block.
+      "block": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity block within the cluster.
+      "cluster": "A String", # The cluster name of the reservation sub-block.
+      "host": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity host within the capacity sub-block.
+      "subBlock": "A String", # The unique identifier of the capacity sub-block within the capacity
+          # block.
+    },
+    "rdmaIpAddresses": [ # Output only. The RDMA IP address of the physical host.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "runningInstances": [ # Output only. The URIs of the instances currently running on this slot.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The zone in which the reservation slot resides.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The fields to be updated as part of this request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSubBlocks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSubBlocks.html index ef9540c638c..ef18e3ae3f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSubBlocks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservationSubBlocks.html @@ -80,6 +80,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(project, zone, parentName, reservationSubBlock, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves information about the specified reservation subBlock.

+

+ getVersion(project, zone, parentName, reservationSubBlock, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a reservation subBlock.

list(project, zone, parentName, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of reservation subBlocks under a single reservation.

@@ -219,6 +222,312 @@

Method Details

} +
+ getVersion(project, zone, parentName, reservationSubBlock, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a reservation subBlock.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  parentName: string, The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of
+reservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name} (required)
+  reservationSubBlock: string, The name of the reservation subBlock.
+Name should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "sbomSelections": [ # The SBOM selection to return.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
list(project, zone, parentName, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of reservation subBlocks under a single reservation.
@@ -631,6 +940,18 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -930,6 +1251,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html index a37ef5f9bb6..63ebfdac46d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html @@ -272,6 +272,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -292,6 +293,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -440,7 +444,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -748,6 +752,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -925,6 +941,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -945,6 +962,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1093,7 +1113,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1576,6 +1596,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -1596,6 +1617,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1744,7 +1768,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1959,6 +1983,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2223,6 +2259,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -2243,6 +2280,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2391,7 +2431,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2672,6 +2712,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2964,6 +3016,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4045,6 +4109,7 @@

Method Details

}, "commitment": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Full or partial URL to a parent commitment. This field # displays for reservations that are tied to a commitment. + "confidentialComputeType": "A String", "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "deleteAfterDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Duration time relative to reservation creation when Compute Engine will @@ -4065,6 +4130,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -4213,7 +4281,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -4430,6 +4498,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html index cfcff215965..1940fa2f222 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html @@ -634,6 +634,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1626,6 +1638,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2388,6 +2412,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rolloutPlans.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rolloutPlans.html index 00ae363c0ba..d459fb8c65f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rolloutPlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rolloutPlans.html @@ -259,6 +259,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -750,6 +762,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html index 24e89af22d3..5f065725f3f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.rollouts.html @@ -92,6 +92,12 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ pause(project, rollout, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Pauses a Rollout.

+

+ resume(project, rollout, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Resumes a Rollout.

Method Details

cancel(project, rollout, requestId=None, rollback=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -258,6 +264,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -544,6 +562,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -985,4 +1015,596 @@

Method Details

+
+ pause(project, rollout, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Pauses a Rollout.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Required. Project ID for this request. (required)
+  rollout: string, Required. Name of the Rollout resource to pause. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag of the Rollout.
+If this is provided, the request will only succeed if the etag matches
+the current etag of the Rollout.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ resume(project, rollout, etag=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Resumes a Rollout.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Required. Project ID for this request. (required)
+  rollout: string, Required. Name of the Rollout resource to resume. (required)
+  etag: string, The etag of the Rollout.
+If this is provided, the request will only succeed if the etag matches
+the current etag of the Rollout.
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/alpha/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "getVersionOperationMetadata": {
+    "inlineSbomInfo": {
+      "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component
+          # name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the
+          # component name and the value is the version.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html index f8986a1a90f..161ea1030a0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html @@ -1064,6 +1064,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1347,6 +1359,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1630,6 +1654,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4225,6 +4261,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6427,6 +6475,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6772,6 +6832,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7167,6 +7239,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -9126,6 +9210,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -9471,6 +9567,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -9866,6 +9974,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html index 820bbefcc82..942b604a1c7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html @@ -262,6 +262,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -904,6 +916,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html index 7e2ffc651fa..4b949dd49a7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html @@ -775,6 +775,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2008,6 +2020,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4326,6 +4350,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -6403,6 +6439,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7178,6 +7226,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7447,6 +7507,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7735,6 +7807,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html index a105b7ef49d..6f51d65cf16 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html @@ -618,6 +618,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1580,6 +1592,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2309,6 +2333,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html index 4a1c0227c3b..aa34a677bd6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotGroups.html @@ -268,6 +268,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1002,6 +1014,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html index 2e174209bb2..246c322d4dc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotRecycleBinPolicy.html @@ -318,6 +318,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotSettings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotSettings.html index a241305e61f..0ece6680702 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshotSettings.html @@ -318,6 +318,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html index 3a550c24c06..79699a59f58 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -559,10 +559,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }, ], "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning which replaces the list of snapshots @@ -819,6 +815,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1047,7 +1055,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1280,10 +1288,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], } @@ -1783,7 +1787,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2016,10 +2020,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so @@ -2176,6 +2176,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2490,7 +2502,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2723,10 +2735,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }, ], "kind": "compute#snapshotList", # Output only. Type of resource. @@ -3819,6 +3827,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4134,6 +4154,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html index b064814c441..62d2e0389ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html @@ -550,6 +550,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1022,6 +1034,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html index e844a04a8c0..25d624d7eb2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html @@ -263,6 +263,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -661,6 +668,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -836,6 +855,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -1034,6 +1060,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -1337,6 +1370,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1597,6 +1642,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -1950,6 +2002,13 @@

Method Details

# must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, # lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a # dash. + "postQuantumKeyExchange": "A String", # One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows + # negotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for + # it. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is + # attached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768 + # key exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key + # exchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily + # opt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default. "profile": "A String", # Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load # balancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features # to enable must be specified in the customFeatures field. @@ -2253,6 +2312,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html index 743fbde42e2..ff67b2144f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.storagePools.html @@ -631,6 +631,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1591,6 +1603,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3242,6 +3266,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3710,6 +3746,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html index 558e68e950b..ba2fc434298 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html @@ -773,6 +773,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1065,6 +1077,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2304,6 +2328,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3547,6 +3583,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -4712,6 +4760,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html index c7a7f464955..5f1cca8c2a9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html @@ -265,6 +265,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -655,6 +667,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1181,6 +1205,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html index cc806eed05e..c41cbabd16e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html @@ -552,6 +552,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1016,6 +1028,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1618,6 +1642,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1906,6 +1942,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html index ed9d2eeaa28..535f563490e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html @@ -662,6 +662,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1322,6 +1334,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2120,6 +2144,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2411,6 +2447,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2700,6 +2748,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2994,6 +3054,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3287,6 +3359,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3576,6 +3660,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html index b5d22734fea..092b6f68dee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html @@ -510,6 +510,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -900,6 +912,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1387,6 +1411,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html index 9de916b6d31..970436a883c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html @@ -301,6 +301,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -600,6 +612,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1157,6 +1181,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1661,6 +1697,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2191,6 +2239,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2485,6 +2545,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2775,6 +2847,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -3067,6 +3151,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html index e328936a65b..4e441ad1b5b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html @@ -277,6 +277,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -663,6 +675,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1145,6 +1169,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1436,6 +1472,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1725,6 +1773,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2018,6 +2078,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2311,6 +2383,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html index 0ba284522ba..e02b59b1b9a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html @@ -511,6 +511,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -893,6 +905,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1373,6 +1397,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1662,6 +1698,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html index 1a956a0e56e..8b0cbb14976 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html @@ -537,6 +537,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -981,6 +993,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1501,6 +1525,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html index 7ae0b927f57..b049f2d5c26 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html @@ -4035,6 +4035,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -11455,6 +11467,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -11774,6 +11798,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -19331,6 +19367,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -23209,6 +23257,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html index 59af79399da..faed38e23f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html @@ -560,6 +560,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1093,6 +1105,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1633,6 +1657,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html index 4d0d3addbb7..687845507f8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html @@ -634,6 +634,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1270,6 +1282,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1887,6 +1911,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html index 382e266feae..bbf3af5e05c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.wireGroups.html @@ -264,6 +264,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1018,6 +1030,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -1914,6 +1938,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneFolderOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneFolderOperations.html index ca5af2b426a..2df61f26c43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneFolderOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneFolderOperations.html @@ -241,6 +241,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -597,6 +609,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html index 0c2e28c1965..97d9124251f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html @@ -264,6 +264,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -620,6 +632,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -954,6 +978,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOrganizationOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOrganizationOperations.html index bac5ad9c662..a54db6688ec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOrganizationOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOrganizationOperations.html @@ -242,6 +242,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -598,6 +610,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html index 392791a3765..66766417526 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneQueuedResources.html @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -723,11 +723,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Alternative machine types to use for instances that are created from @@ -1020,7 +1015,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1270,11 +1265,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -1586,7 +1576,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -1817,6 +1807,13 @@

Method Details

"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. # Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid # internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + # The bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if + # an AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a + # DENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider + # us-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not + # us-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to + # allow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert + # operations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution # in this zone. @@ -1832,11 +1829,13 @@

Method Details

}, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. - "zones": [ # List with zones where bulk will create instances. + "zones": [ # The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations + # field to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones + # are specified in both fields. { - "zone": "A String", # The URL of thezone. + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. # The zone must exist in the region where the request is called. - # Zones must be represented as valid internal URLs, + # Zones must be represented as valid partial URLs, # such as zones/us-central1-a. }, ], @@ -2289,6 +2288,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2580,6 +2591,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -2972,7 +2995,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3222,11 +3245,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Alternative machine types to use for instances that are created from @@ -3519,7 +3537,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3769,11 +3787,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -4085,7 +4098,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -4316,6 +4329,13 @@

Method Details

"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. # Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid # internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + # The bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if + # an AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a + # DENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider + # us-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not + # us-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to + # allow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert + # operations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution # in this zone. @@ -4331,11 +4351,13 @@

Method Details

}, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. - "zones": [ # List with zones where bulk will create instances. + "zones": [ # The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations + # field to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones + # are specified in both fields. { - "zone": "A String", # The URL of thezone. + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. # The zone must exist in the region where the request is called. - # Zones must be represented as valid internal URLs, + # Zones must be represented as valid partial URLs, # such as zones/us-central1-a. }, ], @@ -4811,7 +4833,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -5061,11 +5083,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Alternative machine types to use for instances that are created from @@ -5358,7 +5375,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -5608,11 +5625,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -5924,7 +5936,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -6155,6 +6167,13 @@

Method Details

"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. # Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid # internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + # The bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if + # an AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a + # DENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider + # us-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not + # us-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to + # allow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert + # operations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution # in this zone. @@ -6170,11 +6189,13 @@

Method Details

}, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. - "zones": [ # List with zones where bulk will create instances. + "zones": [ # The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations + # field to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones + # are specified in both fields. { - "zone": "A String", # The URL of thezone. + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. # The zone must exist in the region where the request is called. - # Zones must be represented as valid internal URLs, + # Zones must be represented as valid partial URLs, # such as zones/us-central1-a. }, ], @@ -6537,6 +6558,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -7014,7 +7047,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7264,11 +7297,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Alternative machine types to use for instances that are created from @@ -7561,7 +7589,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7811,11 +7839,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -8127,7 +8150,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -8358,6 +8381,13 @@

Method Details

"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. # Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid # internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + # The bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if + # an AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a + # DENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider + # us-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not + # us-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to + # allow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert + # operations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution # in this zone. @@ -8373,11 +8403,13 @@

Method Details

}, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. - "zones": [ # List with zones where bulk will create instances. + "zones": [ # The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations + # field to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones + # are specified in both fields. { - "zone": "A String", # The URL of thezone. + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. # The zone must exist in the region where the request is called. - # Zones must be represented as valid internal URLs, + # Zones must be represented as valid partial URLs, # such as zones/us-central1-a. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneVmExtensionPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneVmExtensionPolicies.html index 067b36663ff..131ef36db7c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneVmExtensionPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneVmExtensionPolicies.html @@ -272,6 +272,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -412,8 +424,8 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (e.g., "cloudops") to their corresponding policy - # configurations. + "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (for example, "ops-agent") to their corresponding + # policy configurations. "a_key": { # Configuration for a specific VM extension. "pinnedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The specific version of the extension to install. If not set, the latest # version is used. @@ -459,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

# The policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower # integers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when # creating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are - # equal, the policy with the more recent creation timestamp takes precedence. + # equal, the policy with the most recent creation timestamp takes precedence. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. [Output Only] Current state of the policy: ACTIVE or DELETING. @@ -506,8 +518,8 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (e.g., "cloudops") to their corresponding policy - # configurations. + "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (for example, "ops-agent") to their corresponding + # policy configurations. "a_key": { # Configuration for a specific VM extension. "pinnedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The specific version of the extension to install. If not set, the latest # version is used. @@ -553,7 +565,7 @@

Method Details

# The policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower # integers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when # creating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are - # equal, the policy with the more recent creation timestamp takes precedence. + # equal, the policy with the most recent creation timestamp takes precedence. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. [Output Only] Current state of the policy: ACTIVE or DELETING. @@ -715,6 +727,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error @@ -947,8 +971,8 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (e.g., "cloudops") to their corresponding policy - # configurations. + "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (for example, "ops-agent") to their corresponding + # policy configurations. "a_key": { # Configuration for a specific VM extension. "pinnedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The specific version of the extension to install. If not set, the latest # version is used. @@ -994,7 +1018,7 @@

Method Details

# The policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower # integers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when # creating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are - # equal, the policy with the more recent creation timestamp takes precedence. + # equal, the policy with the most recent creation timestamp takes precedence. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. [Output Only] Current state of the policy: ACTIVE or DELETING. @@ -1237,8 +1261,8 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (e.g., "cloudops") to their corresponding policy - # configurations. + "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (for example, "ops-agent") to their corresponding + # policy configurations. "a_key": { # Configuration for a specific VM extension. "pinnedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The specific version of the extension to install. If not set, the latest # version is used. @@ -1284,7 +1308,7 @@

Method Details

# The policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower # integers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when # creating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are - # equal, the policy with the more recent creation timestamp takes precedence. + # equal, the policy with the most recent creation timestamp takes precedence. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. [Output Only] Current state of the policy: ACTIVE or DELETING. @@ -1446,6 +1470,18 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "getVersionOperationMetadata": { + "inlineSbomInfo": { + "currentComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component + # name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "targetComponentVersions": { # SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the + # component name and the value is the version. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + }, "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zones.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zones.html index d5eb7d58c0b..6f6f36a806e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zones.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zones.html @@ -166,6 +166,114 @@

Method Details

# zones. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] Full URL reference to the region which hosts the zone. + "resourceStatus": { + "upcomingMaintenances": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The upcoming maintenance schedule. + { # The periodic partial maintenance schedule includes 52 weeks worth of + # maintenance windows. + # LINT.IfChange(PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule) + "subType": "A String", # The maintenance type in which the zone is during the given window. + "targetResource": "A String", # The target resource that the maintenance window is for. + # For example, "projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a". + "type": "A String", + "windowEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). # The end civil timestamp of the window (not inclusive). + # This contains a time zone. + # + # This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: + # + # * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day with a particular offset from UTC. + # * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day in a particular time zone. + # * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar + # day in local time. + # + # The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. + # + # If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a + # specific year, month, or day respectively. + # + # This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and + # time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. + # Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use + # case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in + # another field. + # + # This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to + # document and validate your application's limitations. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and + # month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults + # to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for + # scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to + # 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, + # defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the # Time zone. + # [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". + }, + "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. + # For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as + # { seconds: -14400 }. + "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a year. + }, + "windowStartTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). # The start civil timestamp of the window. + # This contains a time zone. + # + # This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: + # + # * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day with a particular offset from UTC. + # * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day in a particular time zone. + # * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar + # day in local time. + # + # The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. + # + # If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a + # specific year, month, or day respectively. + # + # This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and + # time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. + # Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use + # case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in + # another field. + # + # This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to + # document and validate your application's limitations. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and + # month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults + # to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for + # scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to + # 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, + # defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the # Time zone. + # [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". + }, + "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. + # For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as + # { seconds: -14400 }. + "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a year. + }, + }, + ], + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the zone, either UP orDOWN. "supportsPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. @@ -331,6 +439,114 @@

Method Details

# zones. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the resource. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] Full URL reference to the region which hosts the zone. + "resourceStatus": { + "upcomingMaintenances": [ # Output only. [Output Only] The upcoming maintenance schedule. + { # The periodic partial maintenance schedule includes 52 weeks worth of + # maintenance windows. + # LINT.IfChange(PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule) + "subType": "A String", # The maintenance type in which the zone is during the given window. + "targetResource": "A String", # The target resource that the maintenance window is for. + # For example, "projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a". + "type": "A String", + "windowEndTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). # The end civil timestamp of the window (not inclusive). + # This contains a time zone. + # + # This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: + # + # * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day with a particular offset from UTC. + # * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day in a particular time zone. + # * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar + # day in local time. + # + # The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. + # + # If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a + # specific year, month, or day respectively. + # + # This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and + # time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. + # Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use + # case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in + # another field. + # + # This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to + # document and validate your application's limitations. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and + # month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults + # to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for + # scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to + # 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, + # defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the # Time zone. + # [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". + }, + "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. + # For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as + # { seconds: -14400 }. + "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a year. + }, + "windowStartTime": { # Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time). # The start civil timestamp of the window. + # This contains a time zone. + # + # This type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways: + # + # * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day with a particular offset from UTC. + # * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar + # day in a particular time zone. + # * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar + # day in local time. + # + # The date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar. + # + # If year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a + # specific year, month, or day respectively. + # + # This type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and + # time fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set. + # Consider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use + # case also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in + # another field. + # + # This type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to + # document and validate your application's limitations. + "day": 42, # Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and + # month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day. + "hours": 42, # Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults + # to 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for + # scenarios like business closing time. + "minutes": 42, # Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. + "month": 42, # Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a month. + "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to + # 999,999,999, defaults to 0. + "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, + # defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds. + "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the # Time zone. + # [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). + "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York". + "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". + }, + "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. + # For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as + # { seconds: -14400 }. + "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a + # datetime without a year. + }, + }, + ], + }, "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the zone, either UP orDOWN. "supportsPzs": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] Reserved for future use. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html index 22d5b8b653e..f8211aa8627 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html @@ -683,6 +683,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -1513,6 +1517,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -2672,6 +2681,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -3502,6 +3515,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -5173,6 +5191,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -6003,6 +6025,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -6873,6 +6900,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -7703,6 +7734,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -8334,6 +8370,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -9164,6 +9204,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -9738,6 +9783,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -10568,6 +10617,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -12834,6 +12888,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -13664,6 +13722,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html index 208d34bc690..afffd2e2070 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1075,14 +1075,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -1196,6 +1188,23 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup # - zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup }, + "snapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the snapshot group. + "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where disks should be replicated to. Only applicable + # for regional resources. + "A String", + ], + "sourceSnapshotGroup": "A String", # The source snapshot group used to create disks. You can provide this as a + # partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid + # values: + # + # + # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup + # - projects/project/global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup + # - global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup + "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create + # disks. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk + # types. + }, "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for the group of disks to clone. # This may be a full or partial URL, such as: # @@ -1894,7 +1903,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1974,6 +1983,9 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -2119,10 +2131,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], } guestFlush: boolean, [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent snapshot by @@ -2950,7 +2958,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3228,14 +3236,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -3878,7 +3878,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4156,14 +4156,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -4798,7 +4790,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -5076,14 +5068,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -7826,7 +7810,7 @@

Method Details

update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.
 The update is performed only on selected fields included as part
-of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.
+of update-mask.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
@@ -8084,7 +8068,7 @@ 

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -8362,14 +8346,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html index 5cd8dfc5ea5..94f97935d82 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.futureReservations.html @@ -221,6 +221,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of future reservations. "futureReservations": [ # A list of future reservations contained in this scope. { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -342,7 +347,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -431,7 +436,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1191,6 +1196,11 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -1312,7 +1322,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1401,7 +1411,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1508,6 +1518,11 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -1629,7 +1644,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1718,7 +1733,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2191,6 +2206,11 @@

Method Details

# defined by the server. "items": [ # [Output Only] A list of future reservation resources. { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -2312,7 +2332,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2401,7 +2421,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2561,6 +2581,11 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { + "advancedDeploymentControl": { # Advance control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE deployment # Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE + # deployment type future reservations. + # type reservations. + "reservationOperationalMode": "A String", # Indicates chosen reservation operational mode for the reservation. + }, "aggregateReservation": { # This reservation type is specified by total resource amounts (e.g. total # Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation. # count of CPUs) and can account for multiple instance SKUs. In other words, # one can create instances of varying shapes against this reservation. @@ -2682,7 +2707,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2771,7 +2796,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index afe24321476..a02c25ade93 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -1062,6 +1062,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1266,6 +1280,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -1276,6 +1304,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1853,6 +1895,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalVmExtensionPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalVmExtensionPolicies.html index ece4c85f42e..37fb413b2db 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalVmExtensionPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalVmExtensionPolicies.html @@ -222,8 +222,8 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (e.g., "cloudops") to their corresponding policy - # configurations. + "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (for example, "ops-agent") to their corresponding + # policy configurations. "a_key": { # Configuration for a specific VM extension. "pinnedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The specific version of the extension to install. If not set, the latest # version is used. @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

# The policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower # integers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when # creating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are - # equal, the policy with the more recent creation timestamp takes precedence. + # equal, the policy with the most recent creation timestamp takes precedence. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. [Output Only] Current state of the policy: ACTIVE or DELETING. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html index 843604ba712..3289f237e2d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.html @@ -614,6 +614,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the serviceAttachments Resource.

+

+ snapshotGroups() +

+

Returns the snapshotGroups Resource.

+

snapshotSettings()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html index da35af6342a..ecb47eddfa4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.imageFamilyViews.html @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -636,14 +636,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], }, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html index 5d437f86e82..9c53b32783c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.images.html @@ -960,7 +960,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1273,14 +1273,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], }
@@ -1520,7 +1512,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1833,14 +1825,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], } @@ -2440,7 +2424,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2753,14 +2737,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], } forceCreate: boolean, Force image creation if true. @@ -3362,7 +3338,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3675,14 +3651,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], }, ], "kind": "compute#imageList", # Output only. Type of resource. @@ -3964,7 +3932,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4277,14 +4245,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html index 5156466e07a..7a06f44ccf4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -89,6 +89,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ configureAcceleratorTopologies(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the accelerator topologies configuration.

createInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Creates instances with per-instance configurations in this managed instance

@@ -960,7 +963,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1210,11 +1213,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -1300,7 +1298,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -1492,6 +1490,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -2113,6 +2150,300 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ configureAcceleratorTopologies(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the accelerator topologies configuration.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  zone: string, The name of thezone
+where the managed instance group is located.
+It should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group.
+It should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # InstanceGroupManagers.ConfigureAcceleratorTopologies
+  "acceleratorTopologyActions": { # Map of accelerator topologies that should have their state changed to
+      # the specified value. The key is the hashed topology locus id. It can be
+      # obtained from the GetAvailableAcceleratorTopologies rpc.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+
createInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates instances with per-instance configurations in this managed instance
@@ -3731,7 +4062,7 @@ 

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3981,11 +4312,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4071,7 +4397,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -4263,6 +4589,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -4509,8 +4874,113 @@

Method Details

"a_key": { "acceleratorTopology": "A String", # Topology in the format of: "16x16", "4x4x4", etc. "acceleratorTopologyHealth": "A String", + "acceleratorTopologyState": { # Specifies the topology state + "currentState": "A String", + "error": { # Reason why the topology state change failed + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this + # operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error + # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing + # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, + # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is + # QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. + # + # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it + # is not enabled: + # + # { "reason": "API_DISABLED" + # "domain": "googleapis.com" + # "metadata": { + # "resource": "projects/123", + # "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" + # } + # } + # + # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. + # + # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner + # instance in a region that is out of stock: + # + # { "reason": "STOCKOUT" + # "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", + # "metadata": { + # "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" + # } + # } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain + # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that + # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is + # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a + # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API + # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. + # + # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should + # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in + # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units + # should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than + # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, + # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of + # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the + # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular + # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a + # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents + # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. + # + # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling + # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing + # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user + # which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at + # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. + # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota + # type or metric. + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type + # or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. + # This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. + }, + ], + }, + "errorTimestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the last error happened + }, + "instancesHealth": "A String", + "parent": "A String", # Identified by the topology Id in the accelerator_topology_info map. Empty + # for the top-level topology }, }, + "multiMig": "A String", # URL to MMIG this MIG belongs to. }
@@ -4893,7 +5363,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -5143,11 +5613,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5233,7 +5698,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -5425,6 +5890,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -6379,7 +6883,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -6629,11 +7133,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -6719,7 +7218,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -6911,6 +7410,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -7909,7 +8447,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -8159,11 +8697,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineType": "A String", # Output only. The machine type to be used for this instance. @@ -8824,7 +9357,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -9074,11 +9607,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -9164,7 +9692,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -9356,6 +9884,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -13713,7 +14280,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -13963,11 +14530,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -14053,7 +14615,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -14245,6 +14807,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html index 98fe37484e1..8f051ea9ed6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -769,11 +769,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -902,6 +897,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1048,7 +1045,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -1158,6 +1155,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -1207,6 +1219,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -1934,7 +1950,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2184,11 +2200,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -2317,6 +2328,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2463,7 +2476,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -2573,6 +2586,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -2622,6 +2650,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -3347,7 +3379,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3597,11 +3629,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -3730,6 +3757,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -3876,7 +3905,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -3986,6 +4015,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -4035,6 +4079,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -4757,7 +4805,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -5007,11 +5055,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -5140,6 +5183,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -5286,7 +5331,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -5396,6 +5441,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -5445,6 +5505,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index f479a10398e..dc4f8475a2f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -657,6 +657,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1722,7 +1724,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1972,11 +1974,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. @@ -2217,6 +2214,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2351,7 +2350,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2402,6 +2401,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -2568,6 +2568,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -2692,6 +2707,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -3016,7 +3035,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3266,11 +3285,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], } forceAttach: boolean, Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached @@ -3808,7 +3822,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4058,11 +4072,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Alternative machine types to use for instances that are created from @@ -4343,7 +4352,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4593,11 +4602,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -4726,6 +4730,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -4872,7 +4878,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -4982,6 +4988,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -5031,6 +5052,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations # Policy for choosing target zone. For more information, seeCreate VMs in # bulk. @@ -5038,6 +5063,13 @@

Method Details

"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. # Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid # internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + # The bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if + # an AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a + # DENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider + # us-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not + # us-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to + # allow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert + # operations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution # in this zone. @@ -5048,6 +5080,16 @@

Method Details

}, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. + "zones": [ # The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations + # field to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones + # are specified in both fields. + { + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. + # The zone must exist in the region where the request is called. + # Zones must be represented as valid partial URLs, + # such as zones/us-central1-a. + }, + ], }, "minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is # specified then count is used as the default value. Ifmin_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will @@ -6792,7 +6834,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7042,11 +7084,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. @@ -7287,6 +7324,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -7421,7 +7460,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7472,6 +7511,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -7638,6 +7678,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -7762,6 +7817,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -9687,7 +9746,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -9937,11 +9996,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. @@ -10182,6 +10236,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -10316,7 +10372,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -10367,6 +10423,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -10533,6 +10590,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -10657,6 +10729,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -11326,7 +11402,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -11576,11 +11652,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. @@ -11821,6 +11892,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -11955,7 +12028,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -12006,6 +12079,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -12172,6 +12246,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -12296,6 +12385,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -17731,6 +17824,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -21310,7 +21418,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -21560,11 +21668,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Enables display device for the instance. @@ -21805,6 +21908,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -21939,7 +22044,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -21990,6 +22095,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -22156,6 +22262,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -22280,6 +22401,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -23278,6 +23403,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html index 88b287e708d..201d455e80d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instantSnapshots.html @@ -259,6 +259,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -732,6 +744,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1195,6 +1219,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1653,6 +1689,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html index 4c25d4c8054..3afa952e175 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnects.html @@ -680,8 +680,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -1124,8 +1123,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -1777,8 +1775,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -2119,8 +2116,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html index b3944676ccd..b87704a6eb5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -934,11 +934,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -1067,6 +1062,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1213,7 +1210,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -1323,6 +1320,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -1372,6 +1384,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#machineImage for machine image. "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is @@ -1804,6 +1820,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2019,6 +2037,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -2723,7 +2756,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2973,11 +3006,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -3106,6 +3134,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -3252,7 +3282,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -3362,6 +3392,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -3411,6 +3456,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#machineImage for machine image. "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is @@ -3843,6 +3892,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -4058,6 +4109,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -4755,7 +4821,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -5005,11 +5071,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -5138,6 +5199,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -5284,7 +5347,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -5394,6 +5457,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -5443,6 +5521,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#machineImage for machine image. "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is @@ -5875,6 +5957,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -6090,6 +6174,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html index faeb161037a..72f614dc572 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -234,6 +234,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1481,6 +1495,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1685,6 +1713,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   zone: string, The name of the zone where
@@ -1698,6 +1740,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -2277,6 +2333,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html index 335a87e3461..75dcfec2a52 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html @@ -556,6 +556,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -1386,6 +1390,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -2320,6 +2329,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -3150,6 +3163,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -4021,6 +4039,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -4851,6 +4873,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -5485,6 +5512,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -6315,6 +6346,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -6890,6 +6926,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -7720,6 +7760,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -9703,6 +9748,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -10533,6 +10582,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html index d3ac79dc80f..ce950f7c829 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionCommitments.html @@ -351,6 +351,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -368,6 +371,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -455,7 +470,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -809,6 +824,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -826,6 +844,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -913,7 +943,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1177,6 +1207,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1194,6 +1227,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -1281,7 +1326,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1908,6 +1953,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1925,6 +1973,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -2012,7 +2072,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2361,6 +2421,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2378,6 +2441,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -2465,7 +2540,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2935,6 +3010,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2952,6 +3030,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -3039,7 +3129,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html index a199f840610..84a0363cbe3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html @@ -447,6 +447,23 @@

Method Details

# - projects/project/zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup # - zones/zone/instantSnapshotGroups/instantSnapshotGroup }, + "snapshotGroupParameters": { # The parameters for the snapshot group. + "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where disks should be replicated to. Only applicable + # for regional resources. + "A String", + ], + "sourceSnapshotGroup": "A String", # The source snapshot group used to create disks. You can provide this as a + # partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid + # values: + # + # + # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup + # - projects/project/global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup + # - global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup + "type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create + # disks. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk + # types. + }, "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": "A String", # The URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for the group of disks to clone. # This may be a full or partial URL, such as: # @@ -844,7 +861,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -924,6 +941,9 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1069,10 +1089,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so @@ -1898,7 +1914,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2176,14 +2192,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -2823,7 +2831,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3101,14 +3109,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -3743,7 +3743,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4021,14 +4021,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", @@ -6768,8 +6760,7 @@

Method Details

update(project, region, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is
-performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the
-following fields can be modified: user_license.
+performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
@@ -7027,7 +7018,7 @@ 

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7305,14 +7296,6 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create # the disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk # types. - "userLicenses": [ # A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user - # provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes - # a list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian - # license: - # - # https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch - "A String", - ], "users": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances) # in form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 1315563adbd..d64f02ba11d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -2769,7 +2769,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3019,11 +3019,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -3109,7 +3104,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -3301,6 +3296,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -3898,7 +3932,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4148,11 +4182,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -4238,7 +4267,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -4430,6 +4459,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -5383,7 +5451,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -5633,11 +5701,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -5723,7 +5786,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -5915,6 +5978,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -6908,7 +7010,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7158,11 +7260,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineType": "A String", # Output only. The machine type to be used for this instance. @@ -7820,7 +7917,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -8070,11 +8167,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -8160,7 +8252,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -8352,6 +8444,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for @@ -12675,7 +12806,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -12925,11 +13056,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Full machine-type names, e.g. "n1-standard-16". @@ -13015,7 +13141,7 @@

Method Details

], "params": { # Input only additional params for instance group manager creation. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are # key-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced # format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and @@ -13207,6 +13333,45 @@

Method Details

# operation. Timestamp is in RFC3339 text format. }, }, + "currentInstanceStatuses": { # The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed # Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances + # in this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown + # for TPU MIGs + # instance group that have the status. For more information about how to + # interpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation. + # Currently only shown for TPU MIGs. + "deprovisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have DEPROVISIONING status. + "nonExistent": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or + # have been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the + # listManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been + # deleted in the lifetime of the MIG. + # Does not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources + # availability, they are considered as 'pending'. + "pending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting + # for resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons + # are counted as 'non_existent'. + "pendingStop": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PENDING_STOP status. + "provisioning": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have PROVISIONING status. + "repairing": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have REPAIRING status. + "running": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have RUNNING status. + "staging": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STAGING status. + "stopped": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPED status. + "stopping": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have STOPPING status. + "suspended": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDED status. + "suspending": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have SUSPENDING status. + "terminated": 42, # Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group + # that have TERMINATED status. + }, "isStable": True or False, # Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a # stable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the # managed instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html index ea4fb7649f0..c89284dcb29 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -946,11 +946,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -1079,6 +1074,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1225,7 +1222,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -1335,6 +1332,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -1384,6 +1396,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -1739,7 +1755,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1989,11 +2005,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -2122,6 +2133,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2268,7 +2281,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -2378,6 +2391,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -2427,6 +2455,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -3150,7 +3182,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3400,11 +3432,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -3533,6 +3560,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -3679,7 +3708,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -3789,6 +3818,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -3838,6 +3882,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html index e6bc28349a9..91452d19452 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -589,11 +589,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "machineTypes": [ # Alternative machine types to use for instances that are created from @@ -874,7 +869,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1124,11 +1119,6 @@

Method Details

# Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name for zonal disk, # and the URL for regional disk. "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH orPERSISTENT. If not specified, the default isPERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of - # URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided - # licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], }, ], "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support @@ -1257,6 +1247,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1403,7 +1395,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -1513,6 +1505,21 @@

Method Details

# instance creation or while the instance isstopped and # therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life # Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. + "preemptionNoticeDuration": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered for Spot + # VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft + # Off signal is triggered. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. "skipGuestOsShutdown": True or False, # Default is false and there will be 120 seconds between GCE ACPI G2 Soft # Off and ACPI G3 Mechanical @@ -1562,6 +1569,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations # Policy for choosing target zone. For more information, seeCreate VMs in # bulk. @@ -1569,6 +1580,13 @@

Method Details

"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. # Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid # internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + # The bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if + # an AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a + # DENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider + # us-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not + # us-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to + # allow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert + # operations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution # in this zone. @@ -1579,6 +1597,16 @@

Method Details

}, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. + "zones": [ # The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations + # field to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones + # are specified in both fields. + { + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. + # The zone must exist in the region where the request is called. + # Zones must be represented as valid partial URLs, + # such as zones/us-central1-a. + }, + ], }, "minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is # specified then count is used as the default value. Ifmin_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html index 458c38a0050..ed7d4da8056 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstantSnapshots.html @@ -448,6 +448,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -911,6 +923,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1369,6 +1393,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 08b3b210b5d..d6fc246bda8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -1073,6 +1073,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1277,6 +1291,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, The name of the region where
@@ -1290,6 +1318,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1869,6 +1911,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSnapshots.html index 5eb4fa02fe5..cca4a00d9a7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSnapshots.html @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -585,6 +585,9 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -730,10 +733,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }
@@ -1208,7 +1207,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1288,6 +1287,9 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1433,10 +1435,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so @@ -1905,7 +1903,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1985,6 +1983,9 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -2130,10 +2131,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }, ], "kind": "compute#snapshotList", # Output only. Type of resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html index 8b336d3cfee..0d9d176f89a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -542,6 +542,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -1177,6 +1379,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -1793,6 +2197,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -2671,51 +3277,253 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. - "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - # - # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true - # indicates that - # the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to - # the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. - # - # Default is false. - "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers - # header. - "A String", - ], - "allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods - # header. - "A String", - ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For - # more information, see regular expression syntax. - # - # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. - # - # Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is - # set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - "A String", - ], - "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. - # - # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. - # The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS - # policy is in effect. - "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers - # header. - "A String", - ], - "maxAge": 42, # Specifies how long results of a preflight request can be cached in + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + # + # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true + # indicates that + # the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to + # the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. + # + # Default is false. + "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers + # header. + "A String", + ], + "allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods + # header. + "A String", + ], + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For + # more information, see regular expression syntax. + # + # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + # + # Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is + # set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "A String", + ], + "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. + # + # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + "A String", + ], + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. + # The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS + # policy is in effect. + "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers + # header. + "A String", + ], + "maxAge": 42, # Specifies how long results of a preflight request can be cached in # seconds. This field translates to the Access-Control-Max-Age # header. }, @@ -3300,6 +4108,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -3935,6 +4945,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -4551,6 +5763,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -5429,6 +6843,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -6707,6 +8323,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -7342,6 +9160,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -7958,6 +9978,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -8836,6 +11058,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -9516,6 +11940,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -10151,6 +12777,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -10731,42 +13559,244 @@

Method Details

# The value must # be from 1 to 1024 characters }, - ], - "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that - # contains the custom error content. Examples are: - # - # - # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - # If errorService is not specified at lower levels likepathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, - # an errorService specified at a higher level in theUrlMap will be used. IfUrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or moreerrorResponseRules[], it must specifyerrorService. - # - # If load balancer cannot reach - # the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will - # be returned, with the original response code (oroverrideResponseCode if configured). - # - # errorService is not supported for internal or regionalHTTP/HTTPS load balancers. - }, - "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / - # and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following - # a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include - # any text after the first ? or #, and - # those chars are not allowed here. - "A String", - ], - "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer - # performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header - # transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected - # backend. - # - # - # Only one of urlRedirect, service orrouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. - # - # - # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support - # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that + # contains the custom error content. Examples are: + # + # + # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # + # If errorService is not specified at lower levels likepathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, + # an errorService specified at a higher level in theUrlMap will be used. IfUrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or moreerrorResponseRules[], it must specifyerrorService. + # + # If load balancer cannot reach + # the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will + # be returned, with the original response code (oroverrideResponseCode if configured). + # + # errorService is not supported for internal or regionalHTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, + "paths": [ # The list of path patterns to match. Each must start with / + # and the only place a * is allowed is at the end following + # a /. The string fed to the path matcher does not include + # any text after the first ? or #, and + # those chars are not allowed here. + "A String", + ], + "routeAction": { # In response to a matching path, the load balancer + # performs advanced routing actions, such as URL rewrites and header + # transformations, before forwarding the request to the selected + # backend. + # + # + # Only one of urlRedirect, service orrouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + # + # + # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support + # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -11645,6 +14675,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -12570,6 +15802,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -13205,6 +16639,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -13821,6 +17457,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -14699,6 +18537,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -15557,41 +19597,243 @@

Method Details

# The value must # be from 1 to 1024 characters }, - ], - "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that - # contains the custom error content. Examples are: - # - # - # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - # If errorService is not specified at lower levels likepathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, - # an errorService specified at a higher level in theUrlMap will be used. IfUrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or moreerrorResponseRules[], it must specifyerrorService. - # - # If load balancer cannot reach - # the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will - # be returned, with the original response code (oroverrideResponseCode if configured). - # - # errorService is not supported for internal or regionalHTTP/HTTPS load balancers. - }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the - # hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing - # actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding - # the request to the selected backend. - # - # - # Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService - # or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. - # - # - # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support - # the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. - # - # - # defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound - # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field - # set to true. + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that + # contains the custom error content. Examples are: + # + # + # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # + # If errorService is not specified at lower levels likepathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, + # an errorService specified at a higher level in theUrlMap will be used. IfUrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or moreerrorResponseRules[], it must specifyerrorService. + # + # If load balancer cannot reach + # the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will + # be returned, with the original response code (oroverrideResponseCode if configured). + # + # errorService is not supported for internal or regionalHTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the + # hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing + # actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding + # the request to the selected backend. + # + # + # Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService + # or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + # + # + # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support + # the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. + # + # + # defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound + # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field + # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -16227,6 +20469,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -16843,6 +21287,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -17721,6 +22367,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html index d3f572a95ee..eeb9290a1da 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.reservations.html @@ -292,6 +292,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -309,6 +312,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -396,7 +411,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -900,6 +915,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -917,6 +935,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -1004,7 +1034,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1507,6 +1537,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1524,6 +1557,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -1611,7 +1656,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2109,6 +2154,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2126,6 +2174,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -2213,7 +2273,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -3885,6 +3945,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -3902,6 +3965,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -3989,7 +4064,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html index c3e3c2ec833..b08c8c9b98c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html @@ -86,12 +86,18 @@

Instance Methods

delete(project, region, router, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes the specified Router resource.

+

+ deleteNamedSet(project, region, router, namedSet=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes Named Set

deleteRoutePolicy(project, region, router, policy=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes Route Policy

get(project, region, router, x__xgafv=None)

Returns the specified Router resource.

+

+ getNamedSet(project, region, router, namedSet=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns specified Named Set

getNatIpInfo(project, region, router, natName=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves runtime NAT IP information.

@@ -119,6 +125,12 @@

Instance Methods

listBgpRoutes_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ listNamedSets(project, region, router, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of router named set subresources available to the

+

+ listNamedSets_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

listRoutePolicies(project, region, router, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of router route policy subresources available to the

@@ -131,6 +143,9 @@

Instance Methods

patch(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the

+

+ patchNamedSet(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Patches Named Set

patchRoutePolicy(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Patches Route Policy

@@ -143,6 +158,9 @@

Instance Methods

update(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates the specified Router resource with the data included in the

+

+ updateNamedSet(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates or creates new Named Set

updateRoutePolicy(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates or creates new Route Policy

@@ -1139,14 +1157,14 @@

Method Details

- deleteRoutePolicy(project, region, router, policy=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes Route Policy
+    deleteNamedSet(project, region, router, namedSet=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes Named Set
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
-  router: string, Name of the Router resource where Route Policy is defined. (required)
-  policy: string, The Policy name for this request. Name must conform to RFC1035
+  router: string, Name of the Router resource where Named Set is defined. (required)
+  namedSet: string, The Named Set name for this request. Name must conform to RFC1035
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
 that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
 request if it has already been completed.
@@ -1421,13 +1439,27 @@ 

Method Details

- get(project, region, router, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns the specified Router resource.
+    deleteRoutePolicy(project, region, router, policy=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes Route Policy
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
-  router: string, Name of the Router resource to return. (required)
+  router: string, Name of the Router resource where Route Policy is defined. (required)
+  policy: string, The Policy name for this request. Name must conform to RFC1035
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1436,106 +1468,374 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Represents a Cloud Router resource. + { # Represents an Operation resource. # - # For more information about Cloud Router, read theCloud - # Router overview. - "bgp": { # BGP information specific to this router. - "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement. - # The options are DEFAULT or CUSTOM. - "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode. - # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and - # is advertised to all peers of the router. - # These groups will be advertised in addition to any specified prefixes. - # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups. - "A String", - ], - "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode. - # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and - # is advertised to all peers of the router. - # These IP ranges will be advertised in addition to any specified groups. - # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges. - { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise. - "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range. - "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string. + # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: + # + # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) + # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) + # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) + # + # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. + # For more information, readHandling + # API responses. + # + # Operations can be global, regional or zonal. + # + # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` + # resource. + # - For regional operations, use the + # `regionOperations` resource. + # - For zonal operations, use + # the `zoneOperations` resource. + # + # + # + # For more information, read + # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + # + # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited + # retention period. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. + # Not present otherwise. + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. + "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is + # set when the operation is created. + "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339 + # text format. + "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, + # this field will be populated. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this + # operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error + # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing + # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, + # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is + # QUOTA_EXCEEDED. + { + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. + # + # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it + # is not enabled: + # + # { "reason": "API_DISABLED" + # "domain": "googleapis.com" + # "metadata": { + # "resource": "projects/123", + # "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" + # } + # } + # + # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. + # + # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner + # instance in a region that is out of stock: + # + # { "reason": "STOCKOUT" + # "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", + # "metadata": { + # "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" + # } + # } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain + # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that + # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is + # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a + # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API + # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. + # + # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should + # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in + # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units + # should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than + # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, + # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of + # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the + # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular + # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a + # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents + # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. + # + # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling + # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing + # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user + # which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at + # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. + # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota + # type or metric. + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type + # or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. + }, + }, + ], + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. + # This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. }, ], - "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). - # Must be anRFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The - # value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link - # to this router will have the same local ASN. - "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It - # is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at - # least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap - # with any IPv4 BGP session ranges. - # - # - # Other vendors commonly call this "router ID". - "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are - # sent to the peer. - # - # - # Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are - # sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to - # elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a - # peer. - # - # - # BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the - # peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between - # the two peers. - # - # - # If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20. }, - "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to - # establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and - # either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer toRFC4273. - { - "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement. - "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode, - # which currently supports the following option: - # - # - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all of the router's own VPC subnets. This - # excludes any routes learned for subnets that use - # VPC Network Peering. - # - # - # Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM - # and overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message). - # These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes. - # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups. - "A String", - ], - "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode. - # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and - # overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message). - # These IP ranges are advertised in addition to any specified groups. - # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges. - { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise. - "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range. - "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string. - }, - ], - "advertisedRoutePriority": 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more - # than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest - # priority value win. - "bfd": { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. - "minReceiveInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets - # received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between - # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the - # transmit interval of the other router. - # - # - # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. - # - # - # The default is 1000. - "minTransmitInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets - # transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between - # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the - # corresponding receive interval of the other router. - # + "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error + # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. + "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error + # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the + # resource was not found. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is + # defined by the server. + "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. + # This value is inRFC3339 + # text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). + # Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an + # error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information + # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, + "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for + # Operation resources. + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. + "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a + # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. + "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, + # `update`, or `delete`, and so on. + "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. + # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of + # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be + # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation + # progresses. + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only + # applicable when performing regional operations. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, + # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and + # their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). + # Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is + # populated. + # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is + # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains + # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. + # + # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the + # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of + # message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any + # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the + # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: + # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. + }, + }, + }, + "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. + # This value is inRFC3339 + # text format. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the + # following: + # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. + "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the + # operation. + "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation + # of the target resource. + "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For + # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk + # that the snapshot was created from. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: + # `user@example.com` or + # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. + "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the + # operation, this field will be populated. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute + # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there + # are no results in the response. + "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: + # value format. For example: + # + # "data": [ + # { + # "key": "scope", + # "value": "zones/us-east1-d" + # } + { + "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being + # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list + # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and + # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key + # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a + # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance + # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). + "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. + }, + ], + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only + # applicable when performing per-zone operations. +}
+
+ +
+ get(project, region, router, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the specified Router resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  router: string, Name of the Router resource to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Cloud Router resource.
+    #
+    # For more information about Cloud Router, read theCloud
+    # Router overview.
+  "bgp": { # BGP information specific to this router.
+    "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
+        # The options are DEFAULT or CUSTOM.
+    "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode.
+        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
+        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
+        # These groups will be advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
+        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
+        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
+        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
+        # These IP ranges will be advertised in addition to any specified groups.
+        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
+      { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
+        "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
+        "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
+      },
+    ],
+    "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN).
+        # Must be anRFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The
+        # value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link
+        # to this router will have the same local ASN.
+    "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It
+        # is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at
+        # least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap
+        # with any IPv4 BGP session ranges.
+        #
+        #
+        # Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
+    "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are
+        # sent to the peer.
+        #
+        #
+        # Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are
+        # sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to
+        # elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a
+        # peer.
+        #
+        #
+        # BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the
+        # peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between
+        # the two peers.
+        #
+        #
+        # If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
+  },
+  "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to
+      # establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and
+      # either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer toRFC4273.
+    {
+      "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
+      "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode,
+          # which currently supports the following option:
+          #
+          #    - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all of the router's own VPC subnets. This
+          #    excludes any routes learned for subnets that use
+          #    VPC Network Peering.
+          #
+          #
+          # Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM
+          # and overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
+          # These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
+          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
+          # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
+          # overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
+          # These IP ranges are advertised in addition to any specified groups.
+          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
+        { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
+          "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
+          "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
+        },
+      ],
+      "advertisedRoutePriority": 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more
+          # than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest
+          # priority value win.
+      "bfd": { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        "minReceiveInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
+            # received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
+            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
+            # transmit interval of the other router.
+            #
+            #
+            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
+            #
+            #
+            # The default is 1000.
+        "minTransmitInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
+            # transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
+            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
+            # corresponding receive interval of the other router.
+            #
             #
             # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
             #
@@ -1949,17 +2249,15 @@ 

Method Details

- getNatIpInfo(project, region, router, natName=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Retrieves runtime NAT IP information.
+    getNamedSet(project, region, router, namedSet=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Returns specified Named Set
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
-  router: string, Name of the Router resource to query for Nat IP information. The name
-should conform to RFC1035. (required)
-  natName: string, Name of the nat service to filter the NAT IP information.
-If it is omitted, all nats for this router will be returned.
-Name should conform to RFC1035.
+  router: string, Name of the Router resource to query for the named set. The name should
+conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  namedSet: string, The Named Set name for this request. Name must conform to RFC1035
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -1969,19 +2267,103 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { - "result": [ # [Output Only] A list of NAT IP information. - { # Contains NAT IP information of a NAT config (i.e. usage status, mode). - "natIpInfoMappings": [ # Output only. A list of all NAT IPs assigned to this NAT config. - { # Contains information of a NAT IP. - "mode": "A String", # Output only. Specifies whether NAT IP is auto or manual. - "natIp": "A String", # Output only. NAT IP address. For example: 203.0.113.11. - "usage": "A String", # Output only. Specifies whether NAT IP is currently serving at least one endpoint or - # not. - }, - ], - "natName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the NAT config which the NAT IP belongs to. - }, - ], + "etag": "A String", # end_interface: MixerGetResponseWithEtagBuilder + "resource": { + "description": "A String", # An optional description of named set. + "elements": [ # CEL expressions that are comparable to constructs of this set's type + # (see Policy Language). + { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) + # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL + # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. + # + # Example (Comparison): + # + # title: "Summary size limit" + # description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" + # expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" + # + # Example (Equality): + # + # title: "Requestor is owner" + # description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" + # expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" + # + # Example (Logic): + # + # title: "Public documents" + # description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" + # expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" + # + # Example (Data Manipulation): + # + # title: "Notification string" + # description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." + # expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" + # + # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression + # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service + # documentation for additional information. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which + # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. + "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language + # syntax. + "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error + # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing + # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the + # expression. + }, + ], + "fingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the Named Set being applied to this Router, which is + # essentially a hash of the Named Set used for optimistic locking. + # The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes + # after every request to modify or update the Named Set. You must always + # provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change + # labels. + # + # To see the latest fingerprint, make a getNamedSet() request + # to retrieve a Named Set. + "name": "A String", # This set's name, which must be a resource ID segment and unique within all + # named sets owned by the Router. Name should conform to RFC1035. + "type": "A String", # This named set's type + }, +}
+
+ +
+ getNatIpInfo(project, region, router, natName=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves runtime NAT IP information.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  router: string, Name of the Router resource to query for Nat IP information. The name
+should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  natName: string, Name of the nat service to filter the NAT IP information.
+If it is omitted, all nats for this router will be returned.
+Name should conform to RFC1035.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "result": [ # [Output Only] A list of NAT IP information.
+    { # Contains NAT IP information of a NAT config (i.e. usage status, mode).
+      "natIpInfoMappings": [ # Output only. A list of all NAT IPs assigned to this NAT config.
+        { # Contains information of a NAT IP.
+          "mode": "A String", # Output only. Specifies whether NAT IP is auto or manual.
+          "natIp": "A String", # Output only. NAT IP address. For example: 203.0.113.11.
+          "usage": "A String", # Output only. Specifies whether NAT IP is currently serving at least one endpoint or
+              # not.
+        },
+      ],
+      "natName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the NAT config which the NAT IP belongs to.
+    },
+  ],
 }
@@ -4684,8 +5066,8 @@

Method Details

- listRoutePolicies(project, region, router, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Retrieves a list of router route policy subresources available to the
+    listNamedSets(project, region, router, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Retrieves a list of router named set subresources available to the
 specified project.
 
 Args:
@@ -4788,121 +5170,71 @@ 

Method Details

"etag": "A String", "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is # defined by the server. - "kind": "compute#routersListRoutePolicies", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#routersListRoutePolicies for lists of route policies. + "kind": "compute#routersListNamedSets", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#routersListNamedSets for lists of named sets. "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to # continue paging through the results. - "result": [ # [Output Only] A list of route policies. + "result": [ # [Output Only] A list of named sets. { - "description": "A String", # An optional description of route policy. - "fingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the Route Policy being applied to this Router, which is - # essentially a hash of the Route Policy used for optimistic locking. + "description": "A String", # An optional description of named set. + "elements": [ # CEL expressions that are comparable to constructs of this set's type + # (see Policy Language). + { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) + # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL + # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. + # + # Example (Comparison): + # + # title: "Summary size limit" + # description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" + # expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" + # + # Example (Equality): + # + # title: "Requestor is owner" + # description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" + # expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" + # + # Example (Logic): + # + # title: "Public documents" + # description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" + # expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" + # + # Example (Data Manipulation): + # + # title: "Notification string" + # description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." + # expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" + # + # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression + # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service + # documentation for additional information. + "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which + # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. + "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language + # syntax. + "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error + # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. + "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing + # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the + # expression. + }, + ], + "fingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the Named Set being applied to this Router, which is + # essentially a hash of the Named Set used for optimistic locking. # The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes - # after every request to modify or update Route Policy. You must always + # after every request to modify or update the Named Set. You must always # provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change # labels. # - # To see the latest fingerprint, make a getRoutePolicy() request - # to retrieve a Route Policy. - "name": "A String", # Route Policy name, which must be a resource ID segment and unique - # within all the router's Route Policies. Name should conform to RFC1035. - "terms": [ # List of terms (the order in the list is not important, they are evaluated - # in order of priority). Order of policies is not retained and might change - # when getting policy later. - { - "actions": [ # CEL expressions to evaluate to modify a route when this term matches. - { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) - # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL - # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. - # - # Example (Comparison): - # - # title: "Summary size limit" - # description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" - # expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" - # - # Example (Equality): - # - # title: "Requestor is owner" - # description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" - # expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" - # - # Example (Logic): - # - # title: "Public documents" - # description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" - # expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" - # - # Example (Data Manipulation): - # - # title: "Notification string" - # description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." - # expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" - # - # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression - # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service - # documentation for additional information. - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which - # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. - "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language - # syntax. - "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error - # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. - "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing - # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the - # expression. - }, - ], - "match": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # CEL expression evaluated against a route to determine if this term - # applies. When not set, the term applies to all - # routes. - # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL - # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. - # - # Example (Comparison): - # - # title: "Summary size limit" - # description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" - # expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" - # - # Example (Equality): - # - # title: "Requestor is owner" - # description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" - # expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" - # - # Example (Logic): - # - # title: "Public documents" - # description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" - # expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" - # - # Example (Data Manipulation): - # - # title: "Notification string" - # description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." - # expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" - # - # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression - # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service - # documentation for additional information. - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which - # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. - "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language - # syntax. - "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error - # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. - "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing - # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the - # expression. - }, - "priority": 42, # The evaluation priority for this term, which must be between 0 - # (inclusive) and 2^31 (exclusive), and unique within the list. - }, - ], - "type": "A String", + # To see the latest fingerprint, make a getNamedSet() request + # to retrieve a Named Set. + "name": "A String", # This set's name, which must be a resource ID segment and unique within all + # named sets owned by the Router. Name should conform to RFC1035. + "type": "A String", # This named set's type }, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource. @@ -4938,21 +5270,7 @@

Method Details

- listRoutePolicies_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
- -
- list_next() + listNamedSets_next()
Retrieves the next page of results.
 
         Args:
@@ -4966,395 +5284,677 @@ 

Method Details

- patch(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the
-request. This method supportsPATCH
-semantics and usesJSON merge
-patch format and processing rules.
+    listRoutePolicies(project, region, router, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Retrieves a list of router route policy subresources available to the
+specified project.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
-  router: string, Name of the Router resource to patch. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
+  router: string, Name or id of the resource for this request.
+Name should conform to RFC1035. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
 
-{ # Represents a Cloud Router resource.
-    # 
-    # For more information about Cloud Router, read theCloud
-    # Router overview.
-  "bgp": { # BGP information specific to this router.
-    "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
-        # The options are DEFAULT or CUSTOM.
-    "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode.
-        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
-        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
-        # These groups will be advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
-        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
-        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
-        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
-        # These IP ranges will be advertised in addition to any specified groups.
-        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
-      { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
-        "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
-        "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
-      },
-    ],
-    "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN).
-        # Must be anRFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The
-        # value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link
-        # to this router will have the same local ASN.
-    "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It
-        # is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at
-        # least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap
-        # with any IPv4 BGP session ranges.
-        #
-        #
-        # Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
-    "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are
-        # sent to the peer.
-        #
-        #
-        # Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are
-        # sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to
-        # elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a
-        # peer.
-        #
-        #
-        # BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the
-        # peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between
-        # the two peers.
-        #
-        #
-        # If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
-  },
-  "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to
-      # establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and
-      # either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer toRFC4273.
     {
-      "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
-      "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode,
-          # which currently supports the following option:
-          #
-          #    - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all of the router's own VPC subnets. This
-          #    excludes any routes learned for subnets that use
-          #    VPC Network Peering.
-          #
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#routersListRoutePolicies", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#routersListRoutePolicies for lists of route policies.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "result": [ # [Output Only] A list of route policies.
+    {
+      "description": "A String", # An optional description of route policy.
+      "fingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the Route Policy being applied to this Router, which is
+          # essentially a hash of the Route Policy used for optimistic locking.
+          # The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes
+          # after every request to modify or update Route Policy. You must always
+          # provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change
+          # labels.
           #
-          # Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM
-          # and overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
-          # These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
-          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
-          # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
-          # overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
-          # These IP ranges are advertised in addition to any specified groups.
-          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
-        { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
-          "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
-          "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
-        },
-      ],
-      "advertisedRoutePriority": 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more
-          # than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest
-          # priority value win.
-      "bfd": { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
-        "minReceiveInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
-            # received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
-            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
-            # transmit interval of the other router.
-            #
-            #
-            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
-            #
-            #
-            # The default is 1000.
-        "minTransmitInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
-            # transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
-            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
-            # corresponding receive interval of the other router.
-            #
-            #
-            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
-            #
-            #
-            # The default is 1000.
-        "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed
-            # before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable.
-            #
-            #
-            # If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16.
-            #
-            #
-            # The default is 5.
-        "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer.
-            #
-            #
-            # If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for
-            # this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the
-            # peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to
-            # DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
-      },
-      "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP
-          # session.
+          # To see the latest fingerprint, make a getRoutePolicy() request
+          # to retrieve a Route Policy.
+      "name": "A String", # Route Policy name, which must be a resource ID segment and unique
+          # within all the router's Route Policies. Name should conform to RFC1035.
+      "terms": [ # List of terms (the order in the list is not important, they are evaluated
+          # in order of priority). Order of policies is not retained and might change
+          # when getting policy later.
         {
-          "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid
-              # CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet
-              # mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address
-              # range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.
-        },
-      ],
-      "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This
-          # value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session.
-          # You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a
-          # value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
-      "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection.
-          #
-          #
-          # If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and
-          # all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the
-          # peer connection can be established with routing information. The default
-          # is TRUE.
-      "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if
-          # the peerIpAddress is version 4.
-      "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the
-          # peerIpAddress is version 6.
-      "exportPolicies": [ # List of export policies applied to this peer, in the order they must be
-          # evaluated. The name must correspond to an existing policy that has
-          # ROUTE_POLICY_TYPE_EXPORT type.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "importPolicies": [ # List of import policies applied to this peer, in the order they must be
-          # evaluated. The name must correspond to an existing policy that has
-          # ROUTE_POLICY_TYPE_IMPORT type.
-        "A String",
+          "actions": [ # CEL expressions to evaluate to modify a route when this term matches.
+            { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL)
+                # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+                # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+                #
+                # Example (Comparison):
+                #
+                #     title: "Summary size limit"
+                #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+                #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+                #
+                # Example (Equality):
+                #
+                #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+                #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+                #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+                #
+                # Example (Logic):
+                #
+                #     title: "Public documents"
+                #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+                #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+                #
+                # Example (Data Manipulation):
+                #
+                #     title: "Notification string"
+                #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+                #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+                #
+                # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+                # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+                # documentation for additional information.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+                  # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+              "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+                  # syntax.
+              "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+                  # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+              "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+                  # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+                  # expression.
+            },
+          ],
+          "match": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # CEL expression evaluated against a route to determine if this term
+              # applies. When not set, the term applies to all
+              # routes.
+              # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+              # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+              #
+              # Example (Comparison):
+              #
+              #     title: "Summary size limit"
+              #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+              #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+              #
+              # Example (Equality):
+              #
+              #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+              #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+              #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+              #
+              # Example (Logic):
+              #
+              #     title: "Public documents"
+              #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+              #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+              #
+              # Example (Data Manipulation):
+              #
+              #     title: "Notification string"
+              #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+              #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+              #
+              # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+              # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+              # documentation for additional information.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+                # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+            "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+                # syntax.
+            "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+                # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+                # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+                # expression.
+          },
+          "priority": 42, # The evaluation priority for this term, which must be between 0
+              # (inclusive) and 2^31 (exclusive), and unique within the list.
+        },
       ],
-      "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
-      "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
-      "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
-      "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
-      "managementType": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer.
-          #
-          #    -  MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you
-          #    or other users
-          #    - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed
-          #    by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type
-          #    PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of
-          #    BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated,
-          #    or deleted.
-      "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the
-          # name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The
-          # field must comply with RFC1035.
-      "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer.
-          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63
-          # characters long and match the regular expression
-          # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a
-          # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase
-          # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use
-          # a different value.
-      "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
-      "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
-      "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
-      "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router
-          # appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router
-          # Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the
-          # same region as this Cloud Router.
-          # The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
-    },
-  ],
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
-      # text format.
-  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
-      # create the resource.
-  "encryptedInterconnectRouter": True or False, # Indicates if a router is dedicated for use with encrypted VLAN
-      # attachments (interconnectAttachments).
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
-      # defined by the server.
-  "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces.
-      # To create a BGP peer that uses a router interface,
-      # the interface must have one of the following fields specified:
-      # 
-      #    - linkedVpnTunnel
-      #    - linkedInterconnectAttachment
-      #    - subnetwork
-      # 
-      # 
-      # You can create a router interface without any of these fields specified.
-      # However, you cannot create a BGP peer that uses that interface.
-    {
-      "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface.
-          #
-          #    - For Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4), the IP range must be in theRFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must
-          #    be a CIDR-formatted string, for example, 169.254.0.1/30.
-          #    Note: Do not truncate the IP address, as it represents the IP address of
-          #    the interface.
-          #    - For Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6), the value
-          #    must be a unique local address (ULA) range from fdff:1::/64
-          #    with a mask length of 126 or less. This value should be a CIDR-formatted
-          #    string, for example, fdff:1::1/112. Within the router's
-          #    VPC, this IPv6 prefix will be reserved exclusively for this connection
-          #    and cannot be used for any other purpose.
-      "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface.
-      "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region
-          # as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be
-          # a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a subnetwork.
-      "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the
-          # router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be
-          # a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a subnetwork.
-      "managementType": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface.
-          #
-          #    - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly
-          #    by users.
-          #    - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and
-          #    managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment
-          #    of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes
-          #    this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is
-          #    created, updated, or deleted.
-      "name": "A String", # Name of this interface entry.
-          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63
-          # characters long and match the regular expression
-          # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a
-          # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase
-          # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "privateIpAddress": "A String", # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish
-          # BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party
-          # Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or
-          # an SD-WAN VM.
-      "redundantInterface": "A String", # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface
-          # you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud
-          # Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router
-          # Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be
-          # attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other.
-          # The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must
-          # be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression
-          # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a
-          # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase
-          # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "subnetwork": "A String", # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which
-          # must be in the same region as the Cloud Router.
-          # When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface,
-          # the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork
-          # specified here.
+      "type": "A String",
     },
   ],
-  "kind": "compute#router", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for
-      # routers.
-  "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication.
-    {
-      "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key.
-          #
-          # For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to
-          # copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the
-          # key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80
-          # characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters.
-      "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key.
-          #
-          # Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by exactly
-          # one bgpPeer. Must comply withRFC1035.
-    },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+    "A String",
   ],
-  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
-      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
-      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
-      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
-      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
-      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
-      # cannot be a dash.
-  "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router.
-    { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified
-        # subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies
-        # a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT.
-        # Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP
-        # would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided.
-      "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses.
-          # Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
-          # If not specified, then the current
-          # project-level default tier is used.
-      "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs
-          # must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT.
-          # These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation.
-          #
-          #
-          # If not specified, it is disabled by default.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listRoutePolicies_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the
+request. This method supportsPATCH
+semantics and usesJSON merge
+patch format and processing rules.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  router: string, Name of the Router resource to patch. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Cloud Router resource.
+    # 
+    # For more information about Cloud Router, read theCloud
+    # Router overview.
+  "bgp": { # BGP information specific to this router.
+    "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
+        # The options are DEFAULT or CUSTOM.
+    "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode.
+        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
+        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
+        # These groups will be advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
+        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
+        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
+        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
+        # These IP ranges will be advertised in addition to any specified groups.
+        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
+      { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
+        "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
+        "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
+      },
+    ],
+    "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN).
+        # Must be anRFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The
+        # value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link
+        # to this router will have the same local ASN.
+    "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It
+        # is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at
+        # least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap
+        # with any IPv4 BGP session ranges.
+        #
+        #
+        # Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
+    "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are
+        # sent to the peer.
+        #
+        #
+        # Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are
+        # sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to
+        # elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a
+        # peer.
+        #
+        #
+        # BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the
+        # peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between
+        # the two peers.
+        #
+        #
+        # If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
+  },
+  "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to
+      # establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and
+      # either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer toRFC4273.
+    {
+      "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
+      "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode,
+          # which currently supports the following option:
           #
+          #    - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all of the router's own VPC subnets. This
+          #    excludes any routes learned for subnets that use
+          #    VPC Network Peering.
           #
-          # If set to true,
           #
-          #    - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT
-          #    config.
-          #    - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true.
-          #    - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a
-          #    power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a
-          #    minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT
-          #    config.
-      "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False,
-      "endpointTypes": [ # List of NAT-ted endpoint types supported by the Nat Gateway. If the list
-          # is empty, then it will be equivalent to include ENDPOINT_TYPE_VM
+          # Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM
+          # and overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
+          # These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
+          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
-      "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
-        "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
-        "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified,
-            # logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT.
-            # This option can take one of the following values:
+      "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
+          # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
+          # overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
+          # These IP ranges are advertised in addition to any specified groups.
+          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
+        { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
+          "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
+          "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
+        },
+      ],
+      "advertisedRoutePriority": 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more
+          # than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest
+          # priority value win.
+      "bfd": { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        "minReceiveInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
+            # received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
+            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
+            # transmit interval of the other router.
             #
-            #    - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures.
-            #    - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful
-            #    connections.
-            #    - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and
-            #    unsuccessful.
+            #
+            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
+            #
+            #
+            # The default is 1000.
+        "minTransmitInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
+            # transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
+            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
+            # corresponding receive interval of the other router.
+            #
+            #
+            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
+            #
+            #
+            # The default is 1000.
+        "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed
+            # before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable.
+            #
+            #
+            # If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16.
+            #
+            #
+            # The default is 5.
+        "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer.
+            #
+            #
+            # If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for
+            # this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the
+            # peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to
+            # DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
       },
-      "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when
-          # Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled.
-          #
-          #
-          # If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect.
-          #
-          #
-          # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be
-          # set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm
-          # is not set.
-          #
-          #
-          # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set,
-          # a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT
-          # config.
-      "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not
-          # set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded
-          # up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is
-          # 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
-      "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service.
-          # The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply withRFC1035.
-      "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64
-          # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is
-          # selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above.
-        { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64.
-          "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64.
+      "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP
+          # session.
+        {
+          "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid
+              # CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet
+              # mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address
+              # range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.
         },
       ],
-      "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following
-          # values:
+      "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This
+          # value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session.
+          # You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a
+          # value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
+      "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection.
           #
-          #    - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by
-          #    customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service
-          #    fails for new VMs.
-          #    - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers
-          #    can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should
-          #    be empty.
-      "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP
-          # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the
-          # project.
-        "A String",
+          #
+          # If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and
+          # all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the
+          # peer connection can be established with routing information. The default
+          # is TRUE.
+      "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if
+          # the peerIpAddress is version 4.
+      "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the
+          # peerIpAddress is version 6.
+      "exportPolicies": [ # List of export policies applied to this peer, in the order they must be
+          # evaluated. The name must correspond to an existing policy that has
+          # ROUTE_POLICY_TYPE_EXPORT type.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "importPolicies": [ # List of import policies applied to this peer, in the order they must be
+          # evaluated. The name must correspond to an existing policy that has
+          # ROUTE_POLICY_TYPE_IMPORT type.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
+      "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
+      "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
+      "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
+      "managementType": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer.
+          #
+          #    -  MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you
+          #    or other users
+          #    - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed
+          #    by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type
+          #    PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of
+          #    BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated,
+          #    or deleted.
+      "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the
+          # name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The
+          # field must comply with RFC1035.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63
+          # characters long and match the regular expression
+          # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a
+          # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase
+          # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use
+          # a different value.
+      "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
+      "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
+      "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
+      "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router
+          # appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router
+          # Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the
+          # same region as this Cloud Router.
+          # The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
+    },
+  ],
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "encryptedInterconnectRouter": True or False, # Indicates if a router is dedicated for use with encrypted VLAN
+      # attachments (interconnectAttachments).
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces.
+      # To create a BGP peer that uses a router interface,
+      # the interface must have one of the following fields specified:
+      # 
+      #    - linkedVpnTunnel
+      #    - linkedInterconnectAttachment
+      #    - subnetwork
+      # 
+      # 
+      # You can create a router interface without any of these fields specified.
+      # However, you cannot create a BGP peer that uses that interface.
+    {
+      "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface.
+          #
+          #    - For Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4), the IP range must be in theRFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must
+          #    be a CIDR-formatted string, for example, 169.254.0.1/30.
+          #    Note: Do not truncate the IP address, as it represents the IP address of
+          #    the interface.
+          #    - For Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6), the value
+          #    must be a unique local address (ULA) range from fdff:1::/64
+          #    with a mask length of 126 or less. This value should be a CIDR-formatted
+          #    string, for example, fdff:1::1/112. Within the router's
+          #    VPC, this IPv6 prefix will be reserved exclusively for this connection
+          #    and cannot be used for any other purpose.
+      "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface.
+      "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region
+          # as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be
+          # a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a subnetwork.
+      "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the
+          # router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be
+          # a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a subnetwork.
+      "managementType": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface.
+          #
+          #    - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly
+          #    by users.
+          #    - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and
+          #    managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment
+          #    of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes
+          #    this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is
+          #    created, updated, or deleted.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of this interface entry.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63
+          # characters long and match the regular expression
+          # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a
+          # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase
+          # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "privateIpAddress": "A String", # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish
+          # BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party
+          # Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or
+          # an SD-WAN VM.
+      "redundantInterface": "A String", # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface
+          # you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud
+          # Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router
+          # Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be
+          # attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other.
+          # The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must
+          # be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression
+          # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a
+          # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase
+          # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "subnetwork": "A String", # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which
+          # must be in the same region as the Cloud Router.
+          # When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface,
+          # the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork
+          # specified here.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#router", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for
+      # routers.
+  "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication.
+    {
+      "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key.
+          #
+          # For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to
+          # copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the
+          # key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80
+          # characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters.
+      "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key.
+          #
+          # Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by exactly
+          # one bgpPeer. Must comply withRFC1035.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+      # cannot be a dash.
+  "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router.
+    { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified
+        # subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies
+        # a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT.
+        # Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP
+        # would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided.
+      "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses.
+          # Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+          # If not specified, then the current
+          # project-level default tier is used.
+      "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs
+          # must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT.
+          # These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation.
+          #
+          #
+          # If not specified, it is disabled by default.
+          #
+          #
+          # If set to true,
+          #
+          #    - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT
+          #    config.
+          #    - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true.
+          #    - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a
+          #    power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a
+          #    minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT
+          #    config.
+      "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False,
+      "endpointTypes": [ # List of NAT-ted endpoint types supported by the Nat Gateway. If the list
+          # is empty, then it will be equivalent to include ENDPOINT_TYPE_VM
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+      "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
+        "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
+        "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified,
+            # logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT.
+            # This option can take one of the following values:
+            #
+            #    - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures.
+            #    - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful
+            #    connections.
+            #    - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and
+            #    unsuccessful.
+      },
+      "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when
+          # Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled.
+          #
+          #
+          # If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect.
+          #
+          #
+          # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be
+          # set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm
+          # is not set.
+          #
+          #
+          # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set,
+          # a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT
+          # config.
+      "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not
+          # set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded
+          # up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is
+          # 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
+      "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply withRFC1035.
+      "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64
+          # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is
+          # selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above.
+        { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64.
+          "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64.
+        },
+      ],
+      "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following
+          # values:
+          #
+          #    - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by
+          #    customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service
+          #    fails for new VMs.
+          #    - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers
+          #    can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should
+          #    be empty.
+      "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP
+          # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the
+          # project.
+        "A String",
       ],
       "rules": [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
         {
@@ -5764,124 +6364,74 @@ 

Method Details

- patchRoutePolicy(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Patches Route Policy
+    patchNamedSet(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Patches Named Set
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
-  router: string, Name of the Router resource where Route Policy is defined. (required)
+  router: string, Name of the Router resource where Named Set is defined. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 {
-  "description": "A String", # An optional description of route policy.
-  "fingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the Route Policy being applied to this Router, which is
-      # essentially a hash of the Route Policy used for optimistic locking.
-      # The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes
-      # after every request to modify or update Route Policy. You must always
-      # provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change
-      # labels.
-      # 
-      # To see the latest fingerprint, make a getRoutePolicy() request
-      # to retrieve a Route Policy.
-  "name": "A String", # Route Policy name, which must be a resource ID segment and unique
-      # within all the router's Route Policies. Name should conform to RFC1035.
-  "terms": [ # List of terms (the order in the list is not important, they are evaluated
-      # in order of priority). Order of policies is not retained and might change
-      # when getting policy later.
-    {
-      "actions": [ # CEL expressions to evaluate to modify a route when this term matches.
-        { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL)
-            # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
-            # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
-            #
-            # Example (Comparison):
-            #
-            #     title: "Summary size limit"
-            #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
-            #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
-            #
-            # Example (Equality):
-            #
-            #     title: "Requestor is owner"
-            #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
-            #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
-            #
-            # Example (Logic):
-            #
-            #     title: "Public documents"
-            #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
-            #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
-            #
-            # Example (Data Manipulation):
-            #
-            #     title: "Notification string"
-            #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
-            #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
-            #
-            # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
-            # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
-            # documentation for additional information.
-          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
-              # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
-              # syntax.
-          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
-              # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
-              # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
-              # expression.
-        },
-      ],
-      "match": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # CEL expression evaluated against a route to determine if this term
-          # applies. When not set, the term applies to all
-          # routes.
-          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
-          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
-          #
-          # Example (Comparison):
-          #
-          #     title: "Summary size limit"
-          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
-          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
-          #
-          # Example (Equality):
-          #
-          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
-          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
-          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
-          #
-          # Example (Logic):
-          #
-          #     title: "Public documents"
-          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
-          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
-          #
-          # Example (Data Manipulation):
-          #
-          #     title: "Notification string"
-          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
-          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
-          #
-          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
-          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
-          # documentation for additional information.
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
-            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
-            # syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
-            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
-            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
-            # expression.
-      },
-      "priority": 42, # The evaluation priority for this term, which must be between 0
-          # (inclusive) and 2^31 (exclusive), and unique within the list.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of named set.
+  "elements": [ # CEL expressions that are comparable to constructs of this set's type
+      # (see Policy Language).
+    { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL)
+        # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+        # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+        #
+        # Example (Comparison):
+        #
+        #     title: "Summary size limit"
+        #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+        #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+        #
+        # Example (Equality):
+        #
+        #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+        #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+        #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+        #
+        # Example (Logic):
+        #
+        #     title: "Public documents"
+        #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+        #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+        #
+        # Example (Data Manipulation):
+        #
+        #     title: "Notification string"
+        #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+        #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+        #
+        # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+        # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+        # documentation for additional information.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+          # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+      "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+          # syntax.
+      "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+          # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+      "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+          # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+          # expression.
     },
   ],
-  "type": "A String",
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the Named Set being applied to this Router, which is
+      # essentially a hash of the Named Set used for optimistic locking.
+      # The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes
+      # after every request to modify or update the Named Set. You must always
+      # provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change
+      # labels.
+      # 
+      # To see the latest fingerprint, make a getNamedSet() request
+      # to retrieve a Named Set.
+  "name": "A String", # This set's name, which must be a resource ID segment and unique within all
+      # named sets owned by the Router. Name should conform to RFC1035.
+  "type": "A String", # This named set's type
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
@@ -6158,528 +6708,139 @@ 

Method Details

- preview(project, region, router, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Preview fields auto-generated during router create andupdate operations.
-Calling this method does NOT create or update the router.
+    patchRoutePolicy(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Patches Route Policy
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
-  router: string, Name of the Router resource to query. (required)
+  router: string, Name of the Router resource where Route Policy is defined. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a Cloud Router resource.
-    # 
-    # For more information about Cloud Router, read theCloud
-    # Router overview.
-  "bgp": { # BGP information specific to this router.
-    "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
-        # The options are DEFAULT or CUSTOM.
-    "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode.
-        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
-        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
-        # These groups will be advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
-        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
-        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
-        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
-        # These IP ranges will be advertised in addition to any specified groups.
-        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
-      { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
-        "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
-        "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
-      },
-    ],
-    "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN).
-        # Must be anRFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The
-        # value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link
-        # to this router will have the same local ASN.
-    "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It
-        # is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at
-        # least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap
-        # with any IPv4 BGP session ranges.
-        #
-        #
-        # Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
-    "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are
-        # sent to the peer.
-        #
-        #
-        # Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are
-        # sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to
-        # elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a
-        # peer.
-        #
-        #
-        # BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the
-        # peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between
-        # the two peers.
-        #
-        #
-        # If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
-  },
-  "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to
-      # establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and
-      # either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer toRFC4273.
+{
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of route policy.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the Route Policy being applied to this Router, which is
+      # essentially a hash of the Route Policy used for optimistic locking.
+      # The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes
+      # after every request to modify or update Route Policy. You must always
+      # provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change
+      # labels.
+      # 
+      # To see the latest fingerprint, make a getRoutePolicy() request
+      # to retrieve a Route Policy.
+  "name": "A String", # Route Policy name, which must be a resource ID segment and unique
+      # within all the router's Route Policies. Name should conform to RFC1035.
+  "terms": [ # List of terms (the order in the list is not important, they are evaluated
+      # in order of priority). Order of policies is not retained and might change
+      # when getting policy later.
     {
-      "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
-      "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode,
-          # which currently supports the following option:
-          #
-          #    - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all of the router's own VPC subnets. This
-          #    excludes any routes learned for subnets that use
-          #    VPC Network Peering.
-          #
-          #
-          # Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM
-          # and overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
-          # These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
-          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
-          # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
-          # overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
-          # These IP ranges are advertised in addition to any specified groups.
-          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
-        { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
-          "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
-          "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
-        },
-      ],
-      "advertisedRoutePriority": 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more
-          # than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest
-          # priority value win.
-      "bfd": { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
-        "minReceiveInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
-            # received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
-            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
-            # transmit interval of the other router.
-            #
-            #
-            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
-            #
-            #
-            # The default is 1000.
-        "minTransmitInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
-            # transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
-            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
-            # corresponding receive interval of the other router.
-            #
+      "actions": [ # CEL expressions to evaluate to modify a route when this term matches.
+        { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL)
+            # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+            # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
             #
-            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
+            # Example (Comparison):
             #
+            #     title: "Summary size limit"
+            #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+            #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
             #
-            # The default is 1000.
-        "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed
-            # before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable.
+            # Example (Equality):
             #
+            #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+            #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+            #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
             #
-            # If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16.
+            # Example (Logic):
             #
+            #     title: "Public documents"
+            #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+            #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
             #
-            # The default is 5.
-        "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer.
+            # Example (Data Manipulation):
             #
+            #     title: "Notification string"
+            #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+            #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
             #
-            # If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for
-            # this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the
-            # peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to
-            # DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
-      },
-      "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP
-          # session.
-        {
-          "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid
-              # CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet
-              # mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address
-              # range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.
+            # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+            # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+            # documentation for additional information.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+              # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+              # syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+              # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+              # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+              # expression.
         },
       ],
-      "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This
-          # value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session.
-          # You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a
-          # value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
-      "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection.
-          #
-          #
-          # If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and
-          # all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the
-          # peer connection can be established with routing information. The default
-          # is TRUE.
-      "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if
-          # the peerIpAddress is version 4.
-      "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the
-          # peerIpAddress is version 6.
-      "exportPolicies": [ # List of export policies applied to this peer, in the order they must be
-          # evaluated. The name must correspond to an existing policy that has
-          # ROUTE_POLICY_TYPE_EXPORT type.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "importPolicies": [ # List of import policies applied to this peer, in the order they must be
-          # evaluated. The name must correspond to an existing policy that has
-          # ROUTE_POLICY_TYPE_IMPORT type.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
-      "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
-      "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
-      "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
-      "managementType": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer.
-          #
-          #    -  MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you
-          #    or other users
-          #    - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed
-          #    by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type
-          #    PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of
-          #    BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated,
-          #    or deleted.
-      "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the
-          # name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The
-          # field must comply with RFC1035.
-      "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer.
-          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63
-          # characters long and match the regular expression
-          # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a
-          # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase
-          # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use
-          # a different value.
-      "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
-      "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
-      "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
-      "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router
-          # appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router
-          # Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the
-          # same region as this Cloud Router.
-          # The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
-    },
-  ],
-  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
-      # text format.
-  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
-      # create the resource.
-  "encryptedInterconnectRouter": True or False, # Indicates if a router is dedicated for use with encrypted VLAN
-      # attachments (interconnectAttachments).
-  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
-      # defined by the server.
-  "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces.
-      # To create a BGP peer that uses a router interface,
-      # the interface must have one of the following fields specified:
-      # 
-      #    - linkedVpnTunnel
-      #    - linkedInterconnectAttachment
-      #    - subnetwork
-      # 
-      # 
-      # You can create a router interface without any of these fields specified.
-      # However, you cannot create a BGP peer that uses that interface.
-    {
-      "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface.
+      "match": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # CEL expression evaluated against a route to determine if this term
+          # applies. When not set, the term applies to all
+          # routes.
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
           #
-          #    - For Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4), the IP range must be in theRFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must
-          #    be a CIDR-formatted string, for example, 169.254.0.1/30.
-          #    Note: Do not truncate the IP address, as it represents the IP address of
-          #    the interface.
-          #    - For Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6), the value
-          #    must be a unique local address (ULA) range from fdff:1::/64
-          #    with a mask length of 126 or less. This value should be a CIDR-formatted
-          #    string, for example, fdff:1::1/112. Within the router's
-          #    VPC, this IPv6 prefix will be reserved exclusively for this connection
-          #    and cannot be used for any other purpose.
-      "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface.
-      "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region
-          # as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be
-          # a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a subnetwork.
-      "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the
-          # router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be
-          # a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a subnetwork.
-      "managementType": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface.
+          # Example (Comparison):
           #
-          #    - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly
-          #    by users.
-          #    - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and
-          #    managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment
-          #    of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes
-          #    this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is
-          #    created, updated, or deleted.
-      "name": "A String", # Name of this interface entry.
-          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63
-          # characters long and match the regular expression
-          # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a
-          # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase
-          # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "privateIpAddress": "A String", # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish
-          # BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party
-          # Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or
-          # an SD-WAN VM.
-      "redundantInterface": "A String", # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface
-          # you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud
-          # Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router
-          # Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be
-          # attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other.
-          # The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must
-          # be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression
-          # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a
-          # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase
-          # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
-      "subnetwork": "A String", # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which
-          # must be in the same region as the Cloud Router.
-          # When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface,
-          # the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork
-          # specified here.
-    },
-  ],
-  "kind": "compute#router", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for
-      # routers.
-  "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication.
-    {
-      "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key.
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
           #
-          # For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to
-          # copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the
-          # key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80
-          # characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters.
-      "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key.
+          # Example (Equality):
           #
-          # Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by exactly
-          # one bgpPeer. Must comply withRFC1035.
-    },
-  ],
-  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
-      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
-      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
-      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
-      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
-      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
-      # cannot be a dash.
-  "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router.
-    { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified
-        # subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies
-        # a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT.
-        # Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP
-        # would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided.
-      "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses.
-          # Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
-          # If not specified, then the current
-          # project-level default tier is used.
-      "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs
-          # must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT.
-          # These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation.
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
           #
+          # Example (Logic):
           #
-          # If not specified, it is disabled by default.
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
           #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
           #
-          # If set to true,
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
           #
-          #    - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT
-          #    config.
-          #    - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true.
-          #    - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a
-          #    power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a
-          #    minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT
-          #    config.
-      "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False,
-      "endpointTypes": [ # List of NAT-ted endpoint types supported by the Nat Gateway. If the list
-          # is empty, then it will be equivalent to include ENDPOINT_TYPE_VM
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
-      "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
-        "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
-        "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified,
-            # logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT.
-            # This option can take one of the following values:
-            #
-            #    - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures.
-            #    - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful
-            #    connections.
-            #    - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and
-            #    unsuccessful.
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
       },
-      "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when
-          # Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled.
-          #
-          #
-          # If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect.
-          #
-          #
-          # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be
-          # set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm
-          # is not set.
-          #
-          #
-          # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set,
-          # a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT
-          # config.
-      "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not
-          # set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded
-          # up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is
-          # 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
-      "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service.
-          # The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply withRFC1035.
-      "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64
-          # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is
-          # selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above.
-        { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64.
-          "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64.
-        },
-      ],
-      "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following
-          # values:
-          #
-          #    - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by
-          #    customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service
-          #    fails for new VMs.
-          #    - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers
-          #    can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should
-          #    be empty.
-      "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP
-          # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the
-          # project.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "rules": [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
-        {
-          "action": { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule.
-            "sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP
-                # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the
-                # project.
-                # This field is used for public NAT.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this
-                # NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT.
-                # This field is used for private NAT.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs
-                # must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT.
-                # These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.
-                # This field is used for public NAT.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be
-                # drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these
-                # subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this
-                # NAT Rule.
-                # This field is used for private NAT.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-          },
-          "description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule.
-          "match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic
-              # from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the
-              # corresponding `action` is enforced.
-              #
-              # The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT:
-              #
-              # `inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip,
-              #      '2.2.0.0/16')`
-              #
-              # `destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'`
-              #
-              # The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT:
-              #
-              # `nexthop.hub ==
-              # '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'`
-          "ruleNumber": 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number
-              # must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and
-              # must be unique among rules within a NAT.
-        },
-      ],
-      "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values:
-          #
-          #    - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every
-          #    Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.
-          #    - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges
-          #    in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.
-          #    - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat
-          #    (specified in the field subnetwork below)
-          #
-          #
-          # The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED.
-          # Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there
-          # should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network
-          # in this region.
-      "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following
-          # values:
-          #
-          #    - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in
-          #    every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.
-          #    - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat
-          #    (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below)
-          #
-          #
-          # The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED.
-          # Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other
-          # Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any
-          # Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be
-          # present to enable NAT44 only.
-      "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT
-          # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the
-          # SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above.
-        { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork.
-          "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT.
-          "secondaryIpRangeNames": [ # A list of the secondary ranges of the Subnetwork that are allowed to
-              # use NAT. This can be populated only if "LIST_OF_SECONDARY_IP_RANGES"
-              # is one of the values in source_ip_ranges_to_nat.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "sourceIpRangesToNat": [ # Specify the options for NAT ranges in the Subnetwork. All
-              # options of a single value are valid except
-              # NAT_IP_RANGE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED.
-              # The only valid option with multiple values is: ["PRIMARY_IP_RANGE",
-              # "LIST_OF_SECONDARY_IP_RANGES"]
-              # Default: [ALL_IP_RANGES]
-            "A String",
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
-      "tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s
-          # if not set.
-      "tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state.
-          # Defaults to 120s if not set.
-      "tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if
-          # not set.
-      "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP
-          # translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC.
-      "udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+      "priority": 42, # The evaluation priority for this term, which must be between 0
+          # (inclusive) and 2^31 (exclusive), and unique within the list.
     },
   ],
-  "nccGateway": "A String", # URI of the ncc_gateway to which this router associated.
-  "network": "A String", # URI of the network to which this router belongs.
-  "params": { # Additional router parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
-      # as part of resource payload.
-    "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
-        # The field is allowed for INSERT
-        # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
-        # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
-        # { : }.
-        # For example the following are valid inputs:
-        # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
-        # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
-        # Note:
-        # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
-        #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
-        # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance:
-        #   {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid.
-      "a_key": "A String",
-    },
-  },
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URI of the region where the router resides.
-      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
-      # not settable as a field in the request body.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "type": "A String",
 }
 
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -6688,688 +6849,390 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { - "resource": { # Represents a Cloud Router resource. # Preview of given router. - # - # For more information about Cloud Router, read theCloud - # Router overview. - "bgp": { # BGP information specific to this router. - "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement. - # The options are DEFAULT or CUSTOM. - "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode. - # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and - # is advertised to all peers of the router. - # These groups will be advertised in addition to any specified prefixes. - # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups. - "A String", - ], - "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode. - # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and - # is advertised to all peers of the router. - # These IP ranges will be advertised in addition to any specified groups. - # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges. - { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise. - "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range. - "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string. - }, - ], - "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). - # Must be anRFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The - # value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link - # to this router will have the same local ASN. - "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It - # is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at - # least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap - # with any IPv4 BGP session ranges. - # - # - # Other vendors commonly call this "router ID". - "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are - # sent to the peer. - # - # - # Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are - # sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to - # elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a - # peer. - # - # - # BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the - # peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between - # the two peers. - # - # - # If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20. - }, - "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to - # establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and - # either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer toRFC4273. - { - "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement. - "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode, - # which currently supports the following option: - # - # - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all of the router's own VPC subnets. This - # excludes any routes learned for subnets that use - # VPC Network Peering. - # - # - # Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM - # and overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message). - # These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes. - # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups. - "A String", - ], - "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode. - # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and - # overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message). - # These IP ranges are advertised in addition to any specified groups. - # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges. - { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise. - "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range. - "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string. - }, - ], - "advertisedRoutePriority": 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more - # than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest - # priority value win. - "bfd": { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. - "minReceiveInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets - # received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between - # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the - # transmit interval of the other router. - # - # - # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. - # - # - # The default is 1000. - "minTransmitInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets - # transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between - # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the - # corresponding receive interval of the other router. - # - # - # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. - # - # - # The default is 1000. - "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed - # before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. - # - # - # If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. - # - # - # The default is 5. - "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. - # - # - # If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for - # this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the - # peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to - # DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED. - }, - "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP - # session. + { # Represents an Operation resource. + # + # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: + # + # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) + # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) + # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) + # + # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. + # For more information, readHandling + # API responses. + # + # Operations can be global, regional or zonal. + # + # - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` + # resource. + # - For regional operations, use the + # `regionOperations` resource. + # - For zonal operations, use + # the `zoneOperations` resource. + # + # + # + # For more information, read + # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. + # + # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited + # retention period. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. + # Not present otherwise. + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. + "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is + # set when the operation is created. + "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339 + # text format. + "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, + # this field will be populated. + "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this + # operation. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. + "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error + # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing + # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example, + # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is + # QUOTA_EXCEEDED. { - "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid - # CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet - # mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address - # range, and, for IPv6, `/128`. + "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. + # + # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it + # is not enabled: + # + # { "reason": "API_DISABLED" + # "domain": "googleapis.com" + # "metadata": { + # "resource": "projects/123", + # "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" + # } + # } + # + # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. + # + # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner + # instance in a region that is out of stock: + # + # { "reason": "STOCKOUT" + # "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", + # "metadata": { + # "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" + # } + # } + "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain + # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that + # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is + # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a + # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API + # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com". + "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. + # + # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should + # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in + # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units + # should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than + # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as, + # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of + # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the + # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular + # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a + # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents + # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE. + }, + "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. + # + # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling + # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing + # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit. + "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error. + { # Describes a URL link. + "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers. + "url": "A String", # The URL of the link. + }, + ], + }, + "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user + # which can be attached to an RPC error. + "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at + # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. + # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX" + "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale. + }, + "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota. + "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota + # type or metric. + "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type + # or metric. + "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit. + "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name. + "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit. + }, }, ], - "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This - # value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. - # You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a - # value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges. - "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. - # - # - # If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and - # all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the - # peer connection can be established with routing information. The default - # is TRUE. - "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if - # the peerIpAddress is version 4. - "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the - # peerIpAddress is version 6. - "exportPolicies": [ # List of export policies applied to this peer, in the order they must be - # evaluated. The name must correspond to an existing policy that has - # ROUTE_POLICY_TYPE_EXPORT type. - "A String", - ], - "importPolicies": [ # List of import policies applied to this peer, in the order they must be - # evaluated. The name must correspond to an existing policy that has - # ROUTE_POLICY_TYPE_IMPORT type. - "A String", - ], - "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with. - "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. - "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. - "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. - "managementType": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. - # - # - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you - # or other users - # - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed - # by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type - # PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of - # BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, - # or deleted. - "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the - # name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The - # field must comply with RFC1035. - "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. - # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 - # characters long and match the regular expression - # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a - # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase - # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use - # a different value. - "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. - "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. - "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. - "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router - # appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router - # Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the - # same region as this Cloud Router. - # The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session. + "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. + # This property is optional. + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. }, ], - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 - # text format. - "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you - # create the resource. - "encryptedInterconnectRouter": True or False, # Indicates if a router is dedicated for use with encrypted VLAN - # attachments (interconnectAttachments). - "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is - # defined by the server. - "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces. - # To create a BGP peer that uses a router interface, - # the interface must have one of the following fields specified: - # - # - linkedVpnTunnel - # - linkedInterconnectAttachment - # - subnetwork - # - # - # You can create a router interface without any of these fields specified. - # However, you cannot create a BGP peer that uses that interface. - { - "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface. - # - # - For Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4), the IP range must be in theRFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must - # be a CIDR-formatted string, for example, 169.254.0.1/30. - # Note: Do not truncate the IP address, as it represents the IP address of - # the interface. - # - For Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6), the value - # must be a unique local address (ULA) range from fdff:1::/64 - # with a mask length of 126 or less. This value should be a CIDR-formatted - # string, for example, fdff:1::1/112. Within the router's - # VPC, this IPv6 prefix will be reserved exclusively for this connection - # and cannot be used for any other purpose. - "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface. - "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region - # as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be - # a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a subnetwork. - "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the - # router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be - # a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a subnetwork. - "managementType": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. + }, + "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error + # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. + "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error + # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the + # resource was not found. + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is + # defined by the server. + "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. + # This value is inRFC3339 + # text format. + "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": { + "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key). + # Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far. + "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback. + "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an + # error. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information + # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back. + "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created. + }, + }, + }, + "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for + # Operation resources. + "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. + "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a + # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. + "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, + # `update`, or `delete`, and so on. + "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. + # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of + # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be + # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation + # progresses. + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only + # applicable when performing regional operations. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata, + # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and + # their state. + "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id. + "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key). + # Example key: zones/us-central1-a + "a_key": { + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is + # populated. + # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is + # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains + # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. # - # - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly - # by users. - # - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and - # managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment - # of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes - # this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is - # created, updated, or deleted. - "name": "A String", # Name of this interface entry. - # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 - # characters long and match the regular expression - # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a - # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase - # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "privateIpAddress": "A String", # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish - # BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party - # Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or - # an SD-WAN VM. - "redundantInterface": "A String", # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface - # you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud - # Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router - # Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be - # attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other. - # The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must - # be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression - # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a - # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase - # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "subnetwork": "A String", # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which - # must be in the same region as the Cloud Router. - # When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface, - # the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork - # specified here. + # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the + # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of + # message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any + # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the + # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following: + # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`. }, + }, + }, + "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. + # This value is inRFC3339 + # text format. + "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the + # following: + # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. + "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the + # operation. + "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation + # of the target resource. + "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For + # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk + # that the snapshot was created from. + "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: + # `user@example.com` or + # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`. + "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the + # operation, this field will be populated. + { + "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute + # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there + # are no results in the response. + "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: + # value format. For example: + # + # "data": [ + # { + # "key": "scope", + # "value": "zones/us-east1-d" + # } + { + "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being + # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list + # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and + # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key + # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a + # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance + # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). + "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. + }, + ], + "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only + # applicable when performing per-zone operations. +}
+
+ +
+ preview(project, region, router, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Preview fields auto-generated during router create andupdate operations.
+Calling this method does NOT create or update the router.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  router: string, Name of the Router resource to query. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Cloud Router resource.
+    # 
+    # For more information about Cloud Router, read theCloud
+    # Router overview.
+  "bgp": { # BGP information specific to this router.
+    "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
+        # The options are DEFAULT or CUSTOM.
+    "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode.
+        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
+        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
+        # These groups will be advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
+        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
+      "A String",
     ],
-    "kind": "compute#router", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for
-        # routers.
-    "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication.
-      {
-        "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key.
-            #
-            # For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to
-            # copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the
-            # key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80
-            # characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters.
-        "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key.
-            #
-            # Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by exactly
-            # one bgpPeer. Must comply withRFC1035.
+    "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
+        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
+        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
+        # These IP ranges will be advertised in addition to any specified groups.
+        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
+      { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
+        "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
+        "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
       },
     ],
-    "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
-        # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
-        # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
-        # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
-        # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
-        # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
-        # cannot be a dash.
-    "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router.
-      { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified
-          # subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies
-          # a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT.
-          # Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP
-          # would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided.
-        "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses.
-            # Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
-            # If not specified, then the current
-            # project-level default tier is used.
-        "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs
-            # must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT.
-            # These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation.
-            #
-            #
-            # If not specified, it is disabled by default.
-            #
-            #
-            # If set to true,
-            #
-            #    - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT
-            #    config.
-            #    - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true.
-            #    - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a
-            #    power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a
-            #    minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT
-            #    config.
-        "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False,
-        "endpointTypes": [ # List of NAT-ted endpoint types supported by the Nat Gateway. If the list
-            # is empty, then it will be equivalent to include ENDPOINT_TYPE_VM
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
-        "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
-          "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
-          "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified,
-              # logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT.
-              # This option can take one of the following values:
-              #
-              #    - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures.
-              #    - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful
-              #    connections.
-              #    - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and
-              #    unsuccessful.
+    "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN).
+        # Must be anRFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The
+        # value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link
+        # to this router will have the same local ASN.
+    "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It
+        # is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at
+        # least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap
+        # with any IPv4 BGP session ranges.
+        #
+        #
+        # Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
+    "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are
+        # sent to the peer.
+        #
+        #
+        # Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are
+        # sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to
+        # elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a
+        # peer.
+        #
+        #
+        # BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the
+        # peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between
+        # the two peers.
+        #
+        #
+        # If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
+  },
+  "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to
+      # establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and
+      # either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer toRFC4273.
+    {
+      "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
+      "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode,
+          # which currently supports the following option:
+          #
+          #    - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all of the router's own VPC subnets. This
+          #    excludes any routes learned for subnets that use
+          #    VPC Network Peering.
+          #
+          #
+          # Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM
+          # and overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
+          # These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
+          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
+          # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
+          # overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
+          # These IP ranges are advertised in addition to any specified groups.
+          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
+        { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
+          "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
+          "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
         },
-        "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when
-            # Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled.
+      ],
+      "advertisedRoutePriority": 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more
+          # than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest
+          # priority value win.
+      "bfd": { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        "minReceiveInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
+            # received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
+            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
+            # transmit interval of the other router.
             #
             #
-            # If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect.
+            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
             #
             #
-            # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be
-            # set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm
-            # is not set.
+            # The default is 1000.
+        "minTransmitInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
+            # transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
+            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
+            # corresponding receive interval of the other router.
             #
             #
-            # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set,
-            # a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT
-            # config.
-        "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not
-            # set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded
-            # up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is
-            # 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
-        "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service.
-            # The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply withRFC1035.
-        "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64
-            # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is
-            # selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above.
-          { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64.
-            "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64.
-          },
-        ],
-        "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following
-            # values:
+            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
             #
-            #    - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by
-            #    customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service
-            #    fails for new VMs.
-            #    - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers
-            #    can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should
-            #    be empty.
-        "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP
-            # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the
-            # project.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "rules": [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
-          {
-            "action": { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule.
-              "sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP
-                  # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the
-                  # project.
-                  # This field is used for public NAT.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-              "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this
-                  # NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT.
-                  # This field is used for private NAT.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-              "sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs
-                  # must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT.
-                  # These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.
-                  # This field is used for public NAT.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-              "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be
-                  # drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these
-                  # subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this
-                  # NAT Rule.
-                  # This field is used for private NAT.
-                "A String",
-              ],
-            },
-            "description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule.
-            "match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic
-                # from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the
-                # corresponding `action` is enforced.
-                #
-                # The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT:
-                #
-                # `inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip,
-                #      '2.2.0.0/16')`
-                #
-                # `destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'`
-                #
-                # The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT:
-                #
-                # `nexthop.hub ==
-                # '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'`
-            "ruleNumber": 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number
-                # must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and
-                # must be unique among rules within a NAT.
-          },
-        ],
-        "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values:
             #
-            #    - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every
-            #    Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.
-            #    - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges
-            #    in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.
-            #    - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat
-            #    (specified in the field subnetwork below)
+            # The default is 1000.
+        "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed
+            # before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable.
             #
             #
-            # The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED.
-            # Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there
-            # should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network
-            # in this region.
-        "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following
-            # values:
+            # If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16.
             #
-            #    - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in
-            #    every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.
-            #    - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat
-            #    (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below)
             #
+            # The default is 5.
+        "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer.
             #
-            # The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED.
-            # Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other
-            # Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any
-            # Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be
-            # present to enable NAT44 only.
-        "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT
-            # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the
-            # SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above.
-          { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork.
-            "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT.
-            "secondaryIpRangeNames": [ # A list of the secondary ranges of the Subnetwork that are allowed to
-                # use NAT. This can be populated only if "LIST_OF_SECONDARY_IP_RANGES"
-                # is one of the values in source_ip_ranges_to_nat.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "sourceIpRangesToNat": [ # Specify the options for NAT ranges in the Subnetwork. All
-                # options of a single value are valid except
-                # NAT_IP_RANGE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED.
-                # The only valid option with multiple values is: ["PRIMARY_IP_RANGE",
-                # "LIST_OF_SECONDARY_IP_RANGES"]
-                # Default: [ALL_IP_RANGES]
-              "A String",
-            ],
-          },
-        ],
-        "tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s
-            # if not set.
-        "tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state.
-            # Defaults to 120s if not set.
-        "tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if
-            # not set.
-        "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP
-            # translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC.
-        "udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
-      },
-    ],
-    "nccGateway": "A String", # URI of the ncc_gateway to which this router associated.
-    "network": "A String", # URI of the network to which this router belongs.
-    "params": { # Additional router parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
-        # as part of resource payload.
-      "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
-          # The field is allowed for INSERT
-          # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
-          # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
-          # { : }.
-          # For example the following are valid inputs:
-          # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
-          # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
-          # Note:
-          # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
-          #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
-          # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance:
-          #   {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid.
-        "a_key": "A String",
-      },
-    },
-    "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URI of the region where the router resides.
-        # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
-        # not settable as a field in the request body.
-    "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
-  },
-}
-
- -
- testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
-  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{
-  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
-      # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    {
-  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
-      # allowed.
-    "A String",
-  ],
-}
-
- -
- update(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates the specified Router resource with the data included in the
-request.  This method conforms toPUT semantics, which requests that the state of the
-target resource be created or replaced with the state defined by the
-representation enclosed in the request message payload.
-
-Args:
-  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
-  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
-  router: string, Name of the Router resource to update. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Represents a Cloud Router resource.
-    # 
-    # For more information about Cloud Router, read theCloud
-    # Router overview.
-  "bgp": { # BGP information specific to this router.
-    "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
-        # The options are DEFAULT or CUSTOM.
-    "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode.
-        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
-        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
-        # These groups will be advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
-        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
-        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
-        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
-        # These IP ranges will be advertised in addition to any specified groups.
-        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
-      { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
-        "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
-        "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
-      },
-    ],
-    "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN).
-        # Must be anRFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The
-        # value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link
-        # to this router will have the same local ASN.
-    "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It
-        # is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at
-        # least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap
-        # with any IPv4 BGP session ranges.
-        #
-        #
-        # Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
-    "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are
-        # sent to the peer.
-        #
-        #
-        # Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are
-        # sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to
-        # elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a
-        # peer.
-        #
-        #
-        # BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the
-        # peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between
-        # the two peers.
-        #
-        #
-        # If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
-  },
-  "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to
-      # establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and
-      # either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer toRFC4273.
-    {
-      "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
-      "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode,
-          # which currently supports the following option:
-          #
-          #    - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all of the router's own VPC subnets. This
-          #    excludes any routes learned for subnets that use
-          #    VPC Network Peering.
-          #
-          #
-          # Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM
-          # and overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
-          # These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
-          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
-          # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
-          # overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
-          # These IP ranges are advertised in addition to any specified groups.
-          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
-        { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
-          "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
-          "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
-        },
-      ],
-      "advertisedRoutePriority": 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more
-          # than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest
-          # priority value win.
-      "bfd": { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
-        "minReceiveInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
-            # received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
-            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
-            # transmit interval of the other router.
-            #
-            #
-            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
-            #
-            #
-            # The default is 1000.
-        "minTransmitInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
-            # transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
-            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
-            # corresponding receive interval of the other router.
-            #
-            #
-            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
-            #
-            #
-            # The default is 1000.
-        "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed
-            # before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable.
-            #
-            #
-            # If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16.
-            #
-            #
-            # The default is 5.
-        "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer.
-            #
-            #
-            # If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for
-            # this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the
-            # peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to
-            # DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
+            #
+            # If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for
+            # this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the
+            # peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to
+            # DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
       },
       "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP
           # session.
@@ -7579,186 +7442,1611 @@ 

Method Details

# logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. # This option can take one of the following values: # - # - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - # - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful - # connections. - # - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and - # unsuccessful. - }, - "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when - # Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. - # - # - # If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. - # - # - # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be - # set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm - # is not set. - # - # - # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, - # a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT - # config. - "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not - # set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded - # up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is - # 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. - "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. - # The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply withRFC1035. - "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64 - # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is - # selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above. - { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64. - "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64. + # - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. + # - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful + # connections. + # - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and + # unsuccessful. + }, + "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when + # Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. + # + # + # If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. + # + # + # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be + # set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm + # is not set. + # + # + # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, + # a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT + # config. + "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not + # set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded + # up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is + # 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. + "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. + # The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply withRFC1035. + "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64 + # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is + # selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above. + { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64. + "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64. + }, + ], + "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following + # values: + # + # - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by + # customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service + # fails for new VMs. + # - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers + # can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should + # be empty. + "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP + # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the + # project. + "A String", + ], + "rules": [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT. + { + "action": { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule. + "sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP + # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the + # project. + # This field is used for public NAT. + "A String", + ], + "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this + # NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT. + # This field is used for private NAT. + "A String", + ], + "sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs + # must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. + # These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. + # This field is used for public NAT. + "A String", + ], + "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be + # drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these + # subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this + # NAT Rule. + # This field is used for private NAT. + "A String", + ], + }, + "description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule. + "match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic + # from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the + # corresponding `action` is enforced. + # + # The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: + # + # `inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip, + # '2.2.0.0/16')` + # + # `destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'` + # + # The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: + # + # `nexthop.hub == + # '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'` + "ruleNumber": 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number + # must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and + # must be unique among rules within a NAT. + }, + ], + "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: + # + # - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every + # Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. + # - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges + # in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. + # - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat + # (specified in the field subnetwork below) + # + # + # The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. + # Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there + # should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network + # in this region. + "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following + # values: + # + # - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in + # every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. + # - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat + # (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below) + # + # + # The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. + # Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other + # Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any + # Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be + # present to enable NAT44 only. + "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT + # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the + # SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above. + { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork. + "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT. + "secondaryIpRangeNames": [ # A list of the secondary ranges of the Subnetwork that are allowed to + # use NAT. This can be populated only if "LIST_OF_SECONDARY_IP_RANGES" + # is one of the values in source_ip_ranges_to_nat. + "A String", + ], + "sourceIpRangesToNat": [ # Specify the options for NAT ranges in the Subnetwork. All + # options of a single value are valid except + # NAT_IP_RANGE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. + # The only valid option with multiple values is: ["PRIMARY_IP_RANGE", + # "LIST_OF_SECONDARY_IP_RANGES"] + # Default: [ALL_IP_RANGES] + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s + # if not set. + "tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state. + # Defaults to 120s if not set. + "tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if + # not set. + "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP + # translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC. + "udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set. + }, + ], + "nccGateway": "A String", # URI of the ncc_gateway to which this router associated. + "network": "A String", # URI of the network to which this router belongs. + "params": { # Additional router parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URI of the region where the router resides. + # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is + # not settable as a field in the request body. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { + "resource": { # Represents a Cloud Router resource. # Preview of given router. + # + # For more information about Cloud Router, read theCloud + # Router overview. + "bgp": { # BGP information specific to this router. + "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement. + # The options are DEFAULT or CUSTOM. + "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode. + # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and + # is advertised to all peers of the router. + # These groups will be advertised in addition to any specified prefixes. + # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups. + "A String", + ], + "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode. + # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and + # is advertised to all peers of the router. + # These IP ranges will be advertised in addition to any specified groups. + # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges. + { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise. + "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range. + "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string. + }, + ], + "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). + # Must be anRFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The + # value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link + # to this router will have the same local ASN. + "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It + # is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at + # least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap + # with any IPv4 BGP session ranges. + # + # + # Other vendors commonly call this "router ID". + "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are + # sent to the peer. + # + # + # Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are + # sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to + # elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a + # peer. + # + # + # BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the + # peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between + # the two peers. + # + # + # If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20. + }, + "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to + # establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and + # either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer toRFC4273. + { + "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement. + "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode, + # which currently supports the following option: + # + # - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all of the router's own VPC subnets. This + # excludes any routes learned for subnets that use + # VPC Network Peering. + # + # + # Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM + # and overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message). + # These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes. + # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups. + "A String", + ], + "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode. + # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and + # overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message). + # These IP ranges are advertised in addition to any specified groups. + # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges. + { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise. + "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range. + "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string. + }, + ], + "advertisedRoutePriority": 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more + # than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest + # priority value win. + "bfd": { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering. + "minReceiveInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets + # received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between + # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the + # transmit interval of the other router. + # + # + # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. + # + # + # The default is 1000. + "minTransmitInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets + # transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between + # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the + # corresponding receive interval of the other router. + # + # + # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000. + # + # + # The default is 1000. + "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed + # before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable. + # + # + # If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16. + # + # + # The default is 5. + "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. + # + # + # If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for + # this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the + # peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to + # DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED. + }, + "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP + # session. + { + "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid + # CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet + # mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address + # range, and, for IPv6, `/128`. + }, + ], + "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This + # value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session. + # You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a + # value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges. + "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection. + # + # + # If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and + # all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the + # peer connection can be established with routing information. The default + # is TRUE. + "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if + # the peerIpAddress is version 4. + "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the + # peerIpAddress is version 6. + "exportPolicies": [ # List of export policies applied to this peer, in the order they must be + # evaluated. The name must correspond to an existing policy that has + # ROUTE_POLICY_TYPE_EXPORT type. + "A String", + ], + "importPolicies": [ # List of import policies applied to this peer, in the order they must be + # evaluated. The name must correspond to an existing policy that has + # ROUTE_POLICY_TYPE_IMPORT type. + "A String", + ], + "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with. + "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. + "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. + "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform. + "managementType": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer. + # + # - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you + # or other users + # - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed + # by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type + # PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of + # BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated, + # or deleted. + "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the + # name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The + # field must comply with RFC1035. + "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. + # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 + # characters long and match the regular expression + # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a + # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase + # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use + # a different value. + "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. + "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. + "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform. + "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router + # appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router + # Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the + # same region as this Cloud Router. + # The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session. + }, + ], + "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 + # text format. + "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you + # create the resource. + "encryptedInterconnectRouter": True or False, # Indicates if a router is dedicated for use with encrypted VLAN + # attachments (interconnectAttachments). + "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is + # defined by the server. + "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces. + # To create a BGP peer that uses a router interface, + # the interface must have one of the following fields specified: + # + # - linkedVpnTunnel + # - linkedInterconnectAttachment + # - subnetwork + # + # + # You can create a router interface without any of these fields specified. + # However, you cannot create a BGP peer that uses that interface. + { + "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface. + # + # - For Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4), the IP range must be in theRFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must + # be a CIDR-formatted string, for example, 169.254.0.1/30. + # Note: Do not truncate the IP address, as it represents the IP address of + # the interface. + # - For Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6), the value + # must be a unique local address (ULA) range from fdff:1::/64 + # with a mask length of 126 or less. This value should be a CIDR-formatted + # string, for example, fdff:1::1/112. Within the router's + # VPC, this IPv6 prefix will be reserved exclusively for this connection + # and cannot be used for any other purpose. + "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface. + "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region + # as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be + # a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a subnetwork. + "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the + # router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be + # a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a subnetwork. + "managementType": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface. + # + # - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly + # by users. + # - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and + # managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment + # of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes + # this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is + # created, updated, or deleted. + "name": "A String", # Name of this interface entry. + # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 + # characters long and match the regular expression + # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a + # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase + # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish + # BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party + # Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or + # an SD-WAN VM. + "redundantInterface": "A String", # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface + # you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud + # Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router + # Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be + # attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other. + # The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must + # be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression + # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a + # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase + # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which + # must be in the same region as the Cloud Router. + # When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface, + # the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork + # specified here. + }, + ], + "kind": "compute#router", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for + # routers. + "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication. + { + "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key. + # + # For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to + # copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the + # key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80 + # characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters. + "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key. + # + # Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by exactly + # one bgpPeer. Must comply withRFC1035. + }, + ], + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created. + # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. + # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular + # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first + # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must + # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which + # cannot be a dash. + "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router. + { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified + # subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies + # a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT. + # Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP + # would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided. + "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses. + # Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD. + # If not specified, then the current + # project-level default tier is used. + "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs + # must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. + # These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. + "A String", + ], + "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. + # + # + # If not specified, it is disabled by default. + # + # + # If set to true, + # + # - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT + # config. + # - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. + # - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a + # power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a + # minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT + # config. + "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False, + "endpointTypes": [ # List of NAT-ted endpoint types supported by the Nat Gateway. If the list + # is empty, then it will be equivalent to include ENDPOINT_TYPE_VM + "A String", + ], + "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set. + "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT. + "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default. + "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, + # logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. + # This option can take one of the following values: + # + # - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. + # - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful + # connections. + # - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and + # unsuccessful. + }, + "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when + # Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. + # + # + # If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. + # + # + # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be + # set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm + # is not set. + # + # + # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, + # a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT + # config. + "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not + # set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded + # up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is + # 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. + "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. + # The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply withRFC1035. + "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64 + # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is + # selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above. + { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64. + "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64. + }, + ], + "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following + # values: + # + # - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by + # customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service + # fails for new VMs. + # - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers + # can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should + # be empty. + "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP + # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the + # project. + "A String", + ], + "rules": [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT. + { + "action": { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule. + "sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP + # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the + # project. + # This field is used for public NAT. + "A String", + ], + "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this + # NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT. + # This field is used for private NAT. + "A String", + ], + "sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs + # must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. + # These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only. + # This field is used for public NAT. + "A String", + ], + "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be + # drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these + # subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this + # NAT Rule. + # This field is used for private NAT. + "A String", + ], + }, + "description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule. + "match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic + # from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the + # corresponding `action` is enforced. + # + # The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT: + # + # `inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip, + # '2.2.0.0/16')` + # + # `destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'` + # + # The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT: + # + # `nexthop.hub == + # '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'` + "ruleNumber": 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number + # must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and + # must be unique among rules within a NAT. + }, + ], + "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values: + # + # - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every + # Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. + # - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges + # in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. + # - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat + # (specified in the field subnetwork below) + # + # + # The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. + # Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there + # should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network + # in this region. + "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following + # values: + # + # - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in + # every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat. + # - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat + # (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below) + # + # + # The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. + # Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other + # Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any + # Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be + # present to enable NAT44 only. + "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT + # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the + # SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above. + { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork. + "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT. + "secondaryIpRangeNames": [ # A list of the secondary ranges of the Subnetwork that are allowed to + # use NAT. This can be populated only if "LIST_OF_SECONDARY_IP_RANGES" + # is one of the values in source_ip_ranges_to_nat. + "A String", + ], + "sourceIpRangesToNat": [ # Specify the options for NAT ranges in the Subnetwork. All + # options of a single value are valid except + # NAT_IP_RANGE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED. + # The only valid option with multiple values is: ["PRIMARY_IP_RANGE", + # "LIST_OF_SECONDARY_IP_RANGES"] + # Default: [ALL_IP_RANGES] + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + "tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s + # if not set. + "tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state. + # Defaults to 120s if not set. + "tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if + # not set. + "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP + # translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC. + "udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set. + }, + ], + "nccGateway": "A String", # URI of the ncc_gateway to which this router associated. + "network": "A String", # URI of the network to which this router belongs. + "params": { # Additional router parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, + "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URI of the region where the router resides. + # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is + # not settable as a field in the request body. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + }, +}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+      # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+      # allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ update(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the specified Router resource with the data included in the
+request.  This method conforms toPUT semantics, which requests that the state of the
+target resource be created or replaced with the state defined by the
+representation enclosed in the request message payload.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  router: string, Name of the Router resource to update. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Cloud Router resource.
+    # 
+    # For more information about Cloud Router, read theCloud
+    # Router overview.
+  "bgp": { # BGP information specific to this router.
+    "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
+        # The options are DEFAULT or CUSTOM.
+    "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode.
+        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
+        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
+        # These groups will be advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
+        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
+        # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
+        # is advertised to all peers of the router.
+        # These IP ranges will be advertised in addition to any specified groups.
+        # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
+      { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
+        "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
+        "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
+      },
+    ],
+    "asn": 42, # Local BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN).
+        # Must be anRFC6996 private ASN, either 16-bit or 32-bit. The
+        # value will be fixed for this router resource. All VPN tunnels that link
+        # to this router will have the same local ASN.
+    "identifierRange": "A String", # Explicitly specifies a range of valid BGP Identifiers for this Router. It
+        # is provided as a link-local IPv4 range (from 169.254.0.0/16), of size at
+        # least /30, even if the BGP sessions are over IPv6. It must not overlap
+        # with any IPv4 BGP session ranges.
+        #
+        #
+        # Other vendors commonly call this "router ID".
+    "keepaliveInterval": 42, # The interval in seconds between BGP keepalive messages that are
+        # sent to the peer.
+        #
+        #
+        # Hold time is three times the interval at which keepalive messages are
+        # sent, and the hold time is the maximum number of seconds allowed to
+        # elapse between successive keepalive messages that BGP receives from a
+        # peer.
+        #
+        #
+        # BGP will use the smaller of either the local hold time value or the
+        # peer's hold time value as the hold time for the BGP connection between
+        # the two peers.
+        #
+        #
+        # If set, this value must be between 20 and 60. The default is 20.
+  },
+  "bgpPeers": [ # BGP information that must be configured into the routing stack to
+      # establish BGP peering. This information must specify the peer ASN and
+      # either the interface name, IP address, or peer IP address. Please refer toRFC4273.
+    {
+      "advertiseMode": "A String", # User-specified flag to indicate which mode to use for advertisement.
+      "advertisedGroups": [ # User-specified list of prefix groups to advertise in custom mode,
+          # which currently supports the following option:
+          #
+          #    - ALL_SUBNETS: Advertises all of the router's own VPC subnets. This
+          #    excludes any routes learned for subnets that use
+          #    VPC Network Peering.
+          #
+          #
+          # Note that this field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM
+          # and overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
+          # These groups are advertised in addition to any specified prefixes.
+          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom groups.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "advertisedIpRanges": [ # User-specified list of individual IP ranges to advertise in custom mode.
+          # This field can only be populated if advertise_mode is CUSTOM and
+          # overrides the list defined for the router (in the "bgp" message).
+          # These IP ranges are advertised in addition to any specified groups.
+          # Leave this field blank to advertise no custom IP ranges.
+        { # Description-tagged IP ranges for the router to advertise.
+          "description": "A String", # User-specified description for the IP range.
+          "range": "A String", # The IP range to advertise. The value must be a CIDR-formatted string.
+        },
+      ],
+      "advertisedRoutePriority": 42, # The priority of routes advertised to this BGP peer. Where there is more
+          # than one matching route of maximum length, the routes with the lowest
+          # priority value win.
+      "bfd": { # BFD configuration for the BGP peering.
+        "minReceiveInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
+            # received from the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
+            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
+            # transmit interval of the other router.
+            #
+            #
+            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
+            #
+            #
+            # The default is 1000.
+        "minTransmitInterval": 42, # The minimum interval, in milliseconds, between BFD control packets
+            # transmitted to the peer router. The actual value is negotiated between
+            # the two routers and is equal to the greater of this value and the
+            # corresponding receive interval of the other router.
+            #
+            #
+            # If set, this value must be between 1000 and 30000.
+            #
+            #
+            # The default is 1000.
+        "multiplier": 42, # The number of consecutive BFD packets that must be missed
+            # before BFD declares that a peer is unavailable.
+            #
+            #
+            # If set, the value must be a value between 5 and 16.
+            #
+            #
+            # The default is 5.
+        "sessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer.
+            #
+            #
+            # If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for
+            # this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the
+            # peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to
+            # DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. The default is DISABLED.
+      },
+      "customLearnedIpRanges": [ # A list of user-defined custom learned route IP address ranges for a BGP
+          # session.
+        {
+          "range": "A String", # The custom learned route IP address range. Must be a valid
+              # CIDR-formatted prefix. If an IP address is provided without a subnet
+              # mask, it is interpreted as, for IPv4, a `/32` singular IP address
+              # range, and, for IPv6, `/128`.
+        },
+      ],
+      "customLearnedRoutePriority": 42, # The user-defined custom learned route priority for a BGP session. This
+          # value is applied to all custom learned route ranges for the session.
+          # You can choose a value from `0` to `65335`. If you don't provide a
+          # value, Google Cloud assigns a priority of `100` to the ranges.
+      "enable": "A String", # The status of the BGP peer connection.
+          #
+          #
+          # If set to FALSE, any active session with the peer is terminated and
+          # all associated routing information is removed. If set to TRUE, the
+          # peer connection can be established with routing information. The default
+          # is TRUE.
+      "enableIpv4": True or False, # Enable IPv4 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if
+          # the peerIpAddress is version 4.
+      "enableIpv6": True or False, # Enable IPv6 traffic over BGP Peer. It is enabled by default if the
+          # peerIpAddress is version 6.
+      "exportPolicies": [ # List of export policies applied to this peer, in the order they must be
+          # evaluated. The name must correspond to an existing policy that has
+          # ROUTE_POLICY_TYPE_EXPORT type.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "importPolicies": [ # List of import policies applied to this peer, in the order they must be
+          # evaluated. The name must correspond to an existing policy that has
+          # ROUTE_POLICY_TYPE_IMPORT type.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "interfaceName": "A String", # Name of the interface the BGP peer is associated with.
+      "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
+      "ipv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
+      "ipv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the interface inside Google Cloud Platform.
+      "managementType": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this BGP peer.
+          #
+          #    -  MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed by you
+          #    or other users
+          #    - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is a BGP peer that is configured and managed
+          #    by Cloud Interconnect, specifically by an InterconnectAttachment of type
+          #    PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes this type of
+          #    BGP peer when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is created, updated,
+          #    or deleted.
+      "md5AuthenticationKeyName": "A String", # Present if MD5 authentication is enabled for the peering. Must be the
+          # name of one of the entries in the Router.md5_authentication_keys. The
+          # field must comply with RFC1035.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63
+          # characters long and match the regular expression
+          # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a
+          # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase
+          # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "peerAsn": 42, # Peer BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). Each BGP interface may use
+          # a different value.
+      "peerIpAddress": "A String", # IP address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
+      "peerIpv4NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv4 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
+      "peerIpv6NexthopAddress": "A String", # IPv6 address of the BGP interface outside Google Cloud Platform.
+      "routerApplianceInstance": "A String", # URI of the VM instance that is used as third-party router
+          # appliances such as Next Gen Firewalls, Virtual Routers, or Router
+          # Appliances. The VM instance must be located in zones contained in the
+          # same region as this Cloud Router.
+          # The VM instance is the peer side of the BGP session.
+    },
+  ],
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "encryptedInterconnectRouter": True or False, # Indicates if a router is dedicated for use with encrypted VLAN
+      # attachments (interconnectAttachments).
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "interfaces": [ # Router interfaces.
+      # To create a BGP peer that uses a router interface,
+      # the interface must have one of the following fields specified:
+      # 
+      #    - linkedVpnTunnel
+      #    - linkedInterconnectAttachment
+      #    - subnetwork
+      # 
+      # 
+      # You can create a router interface without any of these fields specified.
+      # However, you cannot create a BGP peer that uses that interface.
+    {
+      "ipRange": "A String", # IP address and range of the interface.
+          #
+          #    - For Internet Protocol version 4 (IPv4), the IP range must be in theRFC3927 link-local IP address space. The value must
+          #    be a CIDR-formatted string, for example, 169.254.0.1/30.
+          #    Note: Do not truncate the IP address, as it represents the IP address of
+          #    the interface.
+          #    - For Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6), the value
+          #    must be a unique local address (ULA) range from fdff:1::/64
+          #    with a mask length of 126 or less. This value should be a CIDR-formatted
+          #    string, for example, fdff:1::1/112. Within the router's
+          #    VPC, this IPv6 prefix will be reserved exclusively for this connection
+          #    and cannot be used for any other purpose.
+      "ipVersion": "A String", # IP version of this interface.
+      "linkedInterconnectAttachment": "A String", # URI of the linked Interconnect attachment. It must be in the same region
+          # as the router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be
+          # a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a subnetwork.
+      "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URI of the linked VPN tunnel, which must be in the same region as the
+          # router. Each interface can have one linked resource, which can be
+          # a VPN tunnel, an Interconnect attachment, or a subnetwork.
+      "managementType": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource that configures and manages this interface.
+          #
+          #    - MANAGED_BY_USER is the default value and can be managed directly
+          #    by users.
+          #    - MANAGED_BY_ATTACHMENT is an interface that is configured and
+          #    managed by Cloud Interconnect, specifically, by an InterconnectAttachment
+          #    of type PARTNER. Google automatically creates, updates, and deletes
+          #    this type of interface when the PARTNER InterconnectAttachment is
+          #    created, updated, or deleted.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of this interface entry.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63
+          # characters long and match the regular expression
+          # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a
+          # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase
+          # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "privateIpAddress": "A String", # The regional private internal IP address that is used to establish
+          # BGP sessions to a VM instance acting as a third-party
+          # Router Appliance, such as a Next Gen Firewall, a Virtual Router, or
+          # an SD-WAN VM.
+      "redundantInterface": "A String", # Name of the interface that will be redundant with the current interface
+          # you are creating. The redundantInterface must belong to the same Cloud
+          # Router as the interface here. To establish the BGP session to a Router
+          # Appliance VM, you must create two BGP peers. The two BGP peers must be
+          # attached to two separate interfaces that are redundant with each other.
+          # The redundant_interface must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035. Specifically, the redundant_interface must
+          # be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression
+          # `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a
+          # lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase
+          # letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash.
+      "subnetwork": "A String", # The URI of the subnetwork resource that this interface belongs to, which
+          # must be in the same region as the Cloud Router.
+          # When you establish a BGP session to a VM instance using this interface,
+          # the VM instance must belong to the same subnetwork as the subnetwork
+          # specified here.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#router", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#router for
+      # routers.
+  "md5AuthenticationKeys": [ # Keys used for MD5 authentication.
+    {
+      "key": "A String", # [Input only] Value of the key.
+          #
+          # For patch and update calls, it can be skipped to
+          # copy the value from the previous configuration. This is allowed if the
+          # key with the same name existed before the operation. Maximum length is 80
+          # characters. Can only contain printable ASCII characters.
+      "name": "A String", # Name used to identify the key.
+          #
+          # Must be unique within a router. Must be referenced by exactly
+          # one bgpPeer. Must comply withRFC1035.
+    },
+  ],
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+      # cannot be a dash.
+  "nats": [ # A list of NAT services created in this router.
+    { # Represents a Nat resource. It enables the VMs within the specified
+        # subnetworks to access Internet without external IP addresses. It specifies
+        # a list of subnetworks (and the ranges within) that want to use NAT.
+        # Customers can also provide the external IPs that would be used for NAT. GCP
+        # would auto-allocate ephemeral IPs if no external IPs are provided.
+      "autoNetworkTier": "A String", # The network tier to use when automatically reserving NAT IP addresses.
+          # Must be one of: PREMIUM, STANDARD.
+          # If not specified, then the current
+          # project-level default tier is used.
+      "drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs
+          # must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT.
+          # These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation.
+          #
+          #
+          # If not specified, it is disabled by default.
+          #
+          #
+          # If set to true,
+          #
+          #    - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT
+          #    config.
+          #    - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true.
+          #    - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a
+          #    power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a
+          #    minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT
+          #    config.
+      "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False,
+      "endpointTypes": [ # List of NAT-ted endpoint types supported by the Nat Gateway. If the list
+          # is empty, then it will be equivalent to include ENDPOINT_TYPE_VM
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+      "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT.
+        "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default.
+        "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified,
+            # logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT.
+            # This option can take one of the following values:
+            #
+            #    - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures.
+            #    - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful
+            #    connections.
+            #    - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and
+            #    unsuccessful.
+      },
+      "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when
+          # Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled.
+          #
+          #
+          # If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect.
+          #
+          #
+          # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be
+          # set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm
+          # is not set.
+          #
+          #
+          # If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set,
+          # a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT
+          # config.
+      "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not
+          # set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded
+          # up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is
+          # 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM.
+      "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply withRFC1035.
+      "nat64Subnetworks": [ # List of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT64
+          # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS is
+          # selected for the SubnetworkIpRangeToNat64Option above.
+        { # Specifies a subnetwork to enable NAT64.
+          "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT64.
+        },
+      ],
+      "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following
+          # values:
+          #
+          #    - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by
+          #    customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service
+          #    fails for new VMs.
+          #    - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers
+          #    can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should
+          #    be empty.
+      "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP
+          # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the
+          # project.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "rules": [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
+        {
+          "action": { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule.
+            "sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP
+                # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the
+                # project.
+                # This field is used for public NAT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this
+                # NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT.
+                # This field is used for private NAT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs
+                # must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT.
+                # These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.
+                # This field is used for public NAT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be
+                # drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these
+                # subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this
+                # NAT Rule.
+                # This field is used for private NAT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+          },
+          "description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule.
+          "match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic
+              # from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the
+              # corresponding `action` is enforced.
+              #
+              # The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT:
+              #
+              # `inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip,
+              #      '2.2.0.0/16')`
+              #
+              # `destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'`
+              #
+              # The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT:
+              #
+              # `nexthop.hub ==
+              # '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'`
+          "ruleNumber": 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number
+              # must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and
+              # must be unique among rules within a NAT.
+        },
+      ],
+      "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values:
+          #
+          #    - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every
+          #    Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.
+          #    - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges
+          #    in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.
+          #    - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat
+          #    (specified in the field subnetwork below)
+          #
+          #
+          # The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED.
+          # Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there
+          # should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network
+          # in this region.
+      "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following
+          # values:
+          #
+          #    - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in
+          #    every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.
+          #    - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat
+          #    (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below)
+          #
+          #
+          # The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED.
+          # Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other
+          # Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any
+          # Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be
+          # present to enable NAT44 only.
+      "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT
+          # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the
+          # SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above.
+        { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork.
+          "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT.
+          "secondaryIpRangeNames": [ # A list of the secondary ranges of the Subnetwork that are allowed to
+              # use NAT. This can be populated only if "LIST_OF_SECONDARY_IP_RANGES"
+              # is one of the values in source_ip_ranges_to_nat.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "sourceIpRangesToNat": [ # Specify the options for NAT ranges in the Subnetwork. All
+              # options of a single value are valid except
+              # NAT_IP_RANGE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED.
+              # The only valid option with multiple values is: ["PRIMARY_IP_RANGE",
+              # "LIST_OF_SECONDARY_IP_RANGES"]
+              # Default: [ALL_IP_RANGES]
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      "tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s
+          # if not set.
+      "tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state.
+          # Defaults to 120s if not set.
+      "tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if
+          # not set.
+      "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP
+          # translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC.
+      "udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nccGateway": "A String", # URI of the ncc_gateway to which this router associated.
+  "network": "A String", # URI of the network to which this router belongs.
+  "params": { # Additional router parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
+      # as part of resource payload.
+    "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
+        # The field is allowed for INSERT
+        # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
+        # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
+        # { : }.
+        # For example the following are valid inputs:
+        # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
+        # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
+        # Note:
+        # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
+        #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
+        # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance:
+        #   {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid.
+      "a_key": "A String",
+    },
+  },
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URI of the region where the router resides.
+      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
+      # not settable as a field in the request body.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
         },
-      ],
-      "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following
-          # values:
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
           #
-          #    - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by
-          #    customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service
-          #    fails for new VMs.
-          #    - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers
-          #    can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should
-          #    be empty.
-      "natIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this Nat service. These IP
-          # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the
-          # project.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "rules": [ # A list of rules associated with this NAT.
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
         {
-          "action": { # The action to be enforced for traffic that matches this rule.
-            "sourceNatActiveIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources used for this NAT rule. These IP
-                # addresses must be valid static external IP addresses assigned to the
-                # project.
-                # This field is used for public NAT.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "sourceNatActiveRanges": [ # A list of URLs of the subnetworks used as source ranges for this
-                # NAT Rule. These subnetworks must have purpose set to PRIVATE_NAT.
-                # This field is used for private NAT.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "sourceNatDrainIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs
-                # must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT.
-                # These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT rule only.
-                # This field is used for public NAT.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-            "sourceNatDrainRanges": [ # A list of URLs of subnetworks representing source ranges to be
-                # drained. This is only supported on patch/update, and these
-                # subnetworks must have previously been used as active ranges in this
-                # NAT Rule.
-                # This field is used for private NAT.
-              "A String",
-            ],
-          },
-          "description": "A String", # An optional description of this rule.
-          "match": "A String", # CEL expression that specifies the match condition that egress traffic
-              # from a VM is evaluated against. If it evaluates to true, the
-              # corresponding `action` is enforced.
-              #
-              # The following examples are valid match expressions for public NAT:
-              #
-              # `inIpRange(destination.ip, '1.1.0.0/16') || inIpRange(destination.ip,
-              #      '2.2.0.0/16')`
-              #
-              # `destination.ip == '1.1.0.1' || destination.ip == '8.8.8.8'`
-              #
-              # The following example is a valid match expression for private NAT:
-              #
-              # `nexthop.hub ==
-              # '//networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/global/hubs/hub-1'`
-          "ruleNumber": 42, # An integer uniquely identifying a rule in the list. The rule number
-              # must be a positive value between 0 and 65000, and
-              # must be unique among rules within a NAT.
-        },
-      ],
-      "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat": "A String", # Specify the Nat option, which can take one of the following values:
-          #
-          #    - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES: All of the IP ranges in every
-          #    Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.
-          #    - ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_PRIMARY_IP_RANGES: All of the primary IP ranges
-          #    in every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.
-          #    - LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat
-          #    (specified in the field subnetwork below)
-          #
-          #
-          # The default is SUBNETWORK_IP_RANGE_TO_NAT_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED.
-          # Note that if this field contains ALL_SUBNETWORKS_ALL_IP_RANGES then there
-          # should not be any other Router.Nat section in any Router for this network
-          # in this region.
-      "sourceSubnetworkIpRangesToNat64": "A String", # Specify the Nat option for NAT64, which can take one of the following
-          # values:
-          #
-          #    - ALL_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: All of the IP ranges in
-          #    every Subnetwork are allowed to Nat.
-          #    - LIST_OF_IPV6_SUBNETWORKS: A list of Subnetworks are allowed to Nat
-          #    (specified in the field nat64_subnetwork below)
-          #
-          #
-          # The default is NAT64_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED.
-          # Note that if this field contains NAT64_ALL_V6_SUBNETWORKS no other
-          # Router.Nat section in this region can also enable NAT64 for any
-          # Subnetworks in this network. Other Router.Nat sections can still be
-          # present to enable NAT44 only.
-      "subnetworks": [ # A list of Subnetwork resources whose traffic should be translated by NAT
-          # Gateway. It is used only when LIST_OF_SUBNETWORKS is selected for the
-          # SubnetworkIpRangeToNatOption above.
-        { # Defines the IP ranges that want to use NAT for a subnetwork.
-          "name": "A String", # URL for the subnetwork resource that will use NAT.
-          "secondaryIpRangeNames": [ # A list of the secondary ranges of the Subnetwork that are allowed to
-              # use NAT. This can be populated only if "LIST_OF_SECONDARY_IP_RANGES"
-              # is one of the values in source_ip_ranges_to_nat.
-            "A String",
-          ],
-          "sourceIpRangesToNat": [ # Specify the options for NAT ranges in the Subnetwork. All
-              # options of a single value are valid except
-              # NAT_IP_RANGE_OPTION_UNSPECIFIED.
-              # The only valid option with multiple values is: ["PRIMARY_IP_RANGE",
-              # "LIST_OF_SECONDARY_IP_RANGES"]
-              # Default: [ALL_IP_RANGES]
-            "A String",
-          ],
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
         },
       ],
-      "tcpEstablishedIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP established connections. Defaults to 1200s
-          # if not set.
-      "tcpTimeWaitTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP connections that are in TIME_WAIT state.
-          # Defaults to 120s if not set.
-      "tcpTransitoryIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for TCP transitory connections. Defaults to 30s if
-          # not set.
-      "type": "A String", # Indicates whether this NAT is used for public or private IP
-          # translation. If unspecified, it defaults to PUBLIC.
-      "udpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for UDP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set.
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
     },
   ],
-  "nccGateway": "A String", # URI of the ncc_gateway to which this router associated.
-  "network": "A String", # URI of the network to which this router belongs.
-  "params": { # Additional router parameters. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted
-      # as part of resource payload.
-    "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.
-        # The field is allowed for INSERT
-        # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in
-        # either ID { : } or Namespaced format
-        # { : }.
-        # For example the following are valid inputs:
-        # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"}
-        # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"}
-        # Note:
-        # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For
-        #   instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid.
-        # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance:
-        #   {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid.
-      "a_key": "A String",
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ updateNamedSet(project, region, router, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates or creates new Named Set
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region for this request. (required)
+  router: string, Name of the Router resource where Named Set is defined. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of named set.
+  "elements": [ # CEL expressions that are comparable to constructs of this set's type
+      # (see Policy Language).
+    { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL)
+        # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+        # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+        #
+        # Example (Comparison):
+        #
+        #     title: "Summary size limit"
+        #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+        #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+        #
+        # Example (Equality):
+        #
+        #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+        #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+        #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+        #
+        # Example (Logic):
+        #
+        #     title: "Public documents"
+        #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+        #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+        #
+        # Example (Data Manipulation):
+        #
+        #     title: "Notification string"
+        #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+        #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+        #
+        # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+        # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+        # documentation for additional information.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+          # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+      "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+          # syntax.
+      "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+          # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+      "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+          # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+          # expression.
     },
-  },
-  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URI of the region where the router resides.
-      # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is
-      # not settable as a field in the request body.
-  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  ],
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the Named Set being applied to this Router, which is
+      # essentially a hash of the Named Set used for optimistic locking.
+      # The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes
+      # after every request to modify or update the Named Set. You must always
+      # provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change
+      # labels.
+      # 
+      # To see the latest fingerprint, make a getNamedSet() request
+      # to retrieve a Named Set.
+  "name": "A String", # This set's name, which must be a resource ID segment and unique within all
+      # named sets owned by the Router. Name should conform to RFC1035.
+  "type": "A String", # This named set's type
 }
 
   requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshotGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshotGroups.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..df5f2353c8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshotGroups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,2218 @@
+
+
+
+

Compute Engine API . snapshotGroups

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(project, snapshotGroup, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified SnapshotGroup resource

+

+ get(project, snapshotGroup, x__xgafv=None)

+

returns the specified SnapshotGroup resource.

+

+ getIamPolicy(project, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such

+

+ insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a snapshot group in the specified project using the data included

+

+ list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

retrieves the list of SnapshotGroup resources contained within

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ setIamPolicy(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.

+

+ testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(project, snapshotGroup, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified SnapshotGroup resource
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  snapshotGroup: string, Name of the SnapshotGroup resource to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(project, snapshotGroup, x__xgafv=None) +
returns the specified SnapshotGroup resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  snapshotGroup: string, Name of the SnapshotGroup resource to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a SnapshotGroup resource.
+    #
+    # A snapshot group is a set of snapshots that represents a point in time state
+    # of a consistency group.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#snapshotGroup", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#snapshotGroup for SnapshotGroup
+      # resources.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be
+      # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot
+      # be a dash.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "sourceInfo": { # Output only. [Output Only]
+    "consistencyGroup": "A String",
+    "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
+  },
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Input field for the source instant snapshot group.
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo": { # Output only. [Output Only]
+    "instantSnapshotGroup": "A String",
+    "instantSnapshotGroupId": "A String",
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+}
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(project, resource, optionsRequestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such
+policy or resource exists.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  optionsRequestedPolicyVersion: integer, Requested IAM Policy version.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access
+    # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+    #
+    #
+    # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+    # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+    # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+    # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+    # role or a user-created custom role.
+    #
+    # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+    # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+    # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+    # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+    # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    #
+    # **JSON example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     {
+    #       "bindings": [
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:mike@example.com",
+    #             "group:admins@example.com",
+    #             "domain:google.com",
+    #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+    #           ]
+    #         },
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:eve@example.com"
+    #           ],
+    #           "condition": {
+    #             "title": "expirable access",
+    #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+    #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+    #           }
+    #         }
+    #       ],
+    #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+    #       "version": 3
+    #     }
+    # ```
+    #
+    # **YAML example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     bindings:
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:mike@example.com
+    #       - group:admins@example.com
+    #       - domain:google.com
+    #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:eve@example.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+    #       condition:
+    #         title: expirable access
+    #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+    #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+    #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+    #     version: 3
+    # ```
+    #
+    # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+        # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+        # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+        # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+        #
+        # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+        # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+        # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+        # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+        #
+        # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+        #
+        #     {
+        #       "audit_configs": [
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "allServices",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         },
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         }
+        #       ]
+        #     }
+        #
+        # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+        # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+        # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+            # Example:
+            #
+            #     {
+            #       "audit_log_configs": [
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+            #           "exempted_members": [
+            #             "user:jose@example.com"
+            #           ]
+            #         },
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+            #         }
+            #       ]
+            #     }
+            #
+            # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+            # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+              # permission.
+              # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+          # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+          # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+      # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+      # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+      #
+      # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+      # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+      # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+      # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+      # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+      # the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+      # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+      # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+      # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+      # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+      # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+      # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+      #
+      # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+      # are rejected.
+      #
+      # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+      # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+      #
+      # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+      # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+      # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+      # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+      #   that includes conditions
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      #
+      # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+      # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+      #
+      # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a snapshot group in the specified project using the data included
+in the request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a SnapshotGroup resource.
+    # 
+    # A snapshot group is a set of snapshots that represents a point in time state
+    # of a consistency group.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#snapshotGroup", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#snapshotGroup for SnapshotGroup
+      # resources.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be
+      # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot
+      # be a dash.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+  "sourceInfo": { # Output only. [Output Only]
+    "consistencyGroup": "A String",
+    "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
+  },
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Input field for the source instant snapshot group.
+  "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo": { # Output only. [Output Only]
+    "instantSnapshotGroup": "A String",
+    "instantSnapshotGroupId": "A String",
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
retrieves the list of SnapshotGroup resources contained within
+the specified project.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of SnapshotGroup resources.
+  "etag": "A String",
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of SnapshotGroup resources.
+    { # Represents a SnapshotGroup resource.
+        #
+        # A snapshot group is a set of snapshots that represents a point in time state
+        # of a consistency group.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+          # text format.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+          # create the resource.
+      "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+          # defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#snapshotGroup", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#snapshotGroup for SnapshotGroup
+          # resources.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+          # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+          # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+          # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be
+          # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot
+          # be a dash.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.
+      "sourceInfo": { # Output only. [Output Only]
+        "consistencyGroup": "A String",
+        "consistencyGroupId": "A String",
+      },
+      "sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": "A String", # Input field for the source instant snapshot group.
+      "sourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo": { # Output only. [Output Only]
+        "instantSnapshotGroup": "A String",
+        "instantSnapshotGroupId": "A String",
+      },
+      "status": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only]
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#snapshotGroupsList", # Output only. Type of resource.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+      # end_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.
+Replaces any existing policy.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "bindings": [ # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format.
+      # Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify bindings.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # Flatten Policy to create a backward compatible wire-format.
+      # Deprecated. Use 'policy' to specify the etag.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the 'resource'. The size of
+      # the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is in general a
+      # valid policy but certain services (like Projects) might reject them.
+      # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+      #
+      #
+      # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+      # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+      # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+      # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+      # role or a user-created custom role.
+      #
+      # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+      # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+      # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+      # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+      # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+      #
+      # **JSON example:**
+      #
+      # ```
+      #     {
+      #       "bindings": [
+      #         {
+      #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+      #           "members": [
+      #             "user:mike@example.com",
+      #             "group:admins@example.com",
+      #             "domain:google.com",
+      #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+      #           ]
+      #         },
+      #         {
+      #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+      #           "members": [
+      #             "user:eve@example.com"
+      #           ],
+      #           "condition": {
+      #             "title": "expirable access",
+      #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+      #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+      #           }
+      #         }
+      #       ],
+      #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+      #       "version": 3
+      #     }
+      # ```
+      #
+      # **YAML example:**
+      #
+      # ```
+      #     bindings:
+      #     - members:
+      #       - user:mike@example.com
+      #       - group:admins@example.com
+      #       - domain:google.com
+      #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+      #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+      #     - members:
+      #       - user:eve@example.com
+      #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+      #       condition:
+      #         title: expirable access
+      #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+      #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+      #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+      #     version: 3
+      # ```
+      #
+      # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+          # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+          # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+          # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+          #
+          # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+          # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+          # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+          # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+          #
+          # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+          #
+          #     {
+          #       "audit_configs": [
+          #         {
+          #           "service": "allServices",
+          #           "audit_log_configs": [
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+          #               "exempted_members": [
+          #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+          #               ]
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+          #             }
+          #           ]
+          #         },
+          #         {
+          #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+          #           "audit_log_configs": [
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+          #             },
+          #             {
+          #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+          #               "exempted_members": [
+          #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+          #               ]
+          #             }
+          #           ]
+          #         }
+          #       ]
+          #     }
+          #
+          # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+          # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+          # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+              # Example:
+              #
+              #     {
+              #       "audit_log_configs": [
+              #         {
+              #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+              #           "exempted_members": [
+              #             "user:jose@example.com"
+              #           ]
+              #         },
+              #         {
+              #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+              #         }
+              #       ]
+              #     }
+              #
+              # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+              # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+                # permission.
+                # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+            # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+            # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+        # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+        # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+        #
+        # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+        # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+        # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+        # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+        # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+        # the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+            #
+            # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+            # current request.
+            #
+            # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+            # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+            # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+            #
+            # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+            # [IAM
+            # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+            # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+            # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+            #
+            # Example (Comparison):
+            #
+            #     title: "Summary size limit"
+            #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+            #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+            #
+            # Example (Equality):
+            #
+            #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+            #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+            #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+            #
+            # Example (Logic):
+            #
+            #     title: "Public documents"
+            #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+            #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+            #
+            # Example (Data Manipulation):
+            #
+            #     title: "Notification string"
+            #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+            #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+            #
+            # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+            # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+            # documentation for additional information.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+              # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+              # syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+              # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+              # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+              # expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+            # `members` can have the following values:
+            #
+            # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+            #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+            #
+            # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+            #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+            #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+            #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+            #
+            # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+            #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+            #
+            #
+            # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+            #    service account. For example,
+            #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+            #
+            # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+            #    identifier for a
+            #    [Kubernetes service
+            #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+            #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+            #
+            # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+            #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+            #
+            #
+            # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+            #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+            #
+            #
+            #
+            #
+            # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+            #   All workforce identities in a group.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+            #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+            #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+            #   A workload identity pool group.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+            #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+            #
+            # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+            #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+            #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+            #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+            #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+            #    retains the role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+            #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+            #    deleted. For example,
+            #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+            #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+            #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+            #    role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+            #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+            #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+            #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+            #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+            #
+            # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+            #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+            #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+            # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+            #
+            # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+            # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+            # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+            # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+        # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+        # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+        # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+        # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+        # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+        # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+        #
+        # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+        # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+        # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+        # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+        #
+        # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+        # are rejected.
+        #
+        # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+        # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+        #
+        # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+        # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+        # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+        # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+        #   that includes conditions
+        #
+        # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+        # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+        # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+        # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+        #
+        # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+        # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+        #
+        # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+        # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access
+    # controls for Google Cloud resources.
+    #
+    #
+    # A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more
+    # `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user
+    # accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A
+    # `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined
+    # role or a user-created custom role.
+    #
+    # For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a
+    # `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource
+    # only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints
+    # based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which
+    # resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    #
+    # **JSON example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     {
+    #       "bindings": [
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:mike@example.com",
+    #             "group:admins@example.com",
+    #             "domain:google.com",
+    #             "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com"
+    #           ]
+    #         },
+    #         {
+    #           "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer",
+    #           "members": [
+    #             "user:eve@example.com"
+    #           ],
+    #           "condition": {
+    #             "title": "expirable access",
+    #             "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020",
+    #             "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')",
+    #           }
+    #         }
+    #       ],
+    #       "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=",
+    #       "version": 3
+    #     }
+    # ```
+    #
+    # **YAML example:**
+    #
+    # ```
+    #     bindings:
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:mike@example.com
+    #       - group:admins@example.com
+    #       - domain:google.com
+    #       - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin
+    #     - members:
+    #       - user:eve@example.com
+    #       role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer
+    #       condition:
+    #         title: expirable access
+    #         description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020
+    #         expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')
+    #     etag: BwWWja0YfJA=
+    #     version: 3
+    # ```
+    #
+    # For a description of IAM and its features, see the
+    # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service.
+        # The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what
+        # identities, if any, are exempted from logging.
+        # An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.
+        #
+        # If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service,
+        # the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types
+        # specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each
+        # AuditLogConfig are exempted.
+        #
+        # Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs:
+        #
+        #     {
+        #       "audit_configs": [
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "allServices",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:jose@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "ADMIN_READ"
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         },
+        #         {
+        #           "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com",
+        #           "audit_log_configs": [
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_READ"
+        #             },
+        #             {
+        #               "log_type": "DATA_WRITE",
+        #               "exempted_members": [
+        #                 "user:aliya@example.com"
+        #               ]
+        #             }
+        #           ]
+        #         }
+        #       ]
+        #     }
+        #
+        # For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ
+        # logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and
+        # `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions.
+            # Example:
+            #
+            #     {
+            #       "audit_log_configs": [
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_READ",
+            #           "exempted_members": [
+            #             "user:jose@example.com"
+            #           ]
+            #         },
+            #         {
+            #           "log_type": "DATA_WRITE"
+            #         }
+            #       ]
+            #     }
+            #
+            # This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting
+            # jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of
+              # permission.
+              # Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging.
+          # For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`.
+          # `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally,
+      # may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are
+      # applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal.
+      #
+      # The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250
+      # of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal
+      # counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50
+      # different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other
+      # principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in
+      # the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) # The condition that is associated with this binding.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the
+          # current request.
+          #
+          # If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to
+          # the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same
+          # role to one or more of the principals in this binding.
+          #
+          # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+          # [IAM
+          # documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          # syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL
+          # are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.
+          #
+          # Example (Comparison):
+          #
+          #     title: "Summary size limit"
+          #     description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars"
+          #     expression: "document.summary.size() < 100"
+          #
+          # Example (Equality):
+          #
+          #     title: "Requestor is owner"
+          #     description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner"
+          #     expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email"
+          #
+          # Example (Logic):
+          #
+          #     title: "Public documents"
+          #     description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible"
+          #     expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'"
+          #
+          # Example (Data Manipulation):
+          #
+          #     title: "Notification string"
+          #     description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp."
+          #     expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)"
+          #
+          # The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression
+          # are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service
+          # documentation for additional information.
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which
+            # describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language
+            # syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error
+            # reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing
+            # its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the
+            # expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource.
+          # `members` can have the following values:
+          #
+          # * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is
+          #    on the internet; with or without a Google account.
+          #
+          # * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone
+          #    who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account.
+          #    Does not include identities that come from external identity providers
+          #    (IdPs) through identity federation.
+          #
+          # * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google
+          #    account. For example, `alice@example.com` .
+          #
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google
+          #    service account. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`.
+          #
+          # * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An
+          #    identifier for a
+          #    [Kubernetes service
+          #    account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts).
+          #    For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`.
+          #
+          # * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group.
+          #    For example, `admins@example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          # * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the
+          #    users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   All workforce identities in a group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All workforce identities with a specific attribute value.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workforce identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   A single identity in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`:
+          #   A workload identity pool group.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute.
+          #
+          # * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`:
+          #   All identities in a workload identity pool.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For
+          #    example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is
+          #    recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user
+          #    retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus
+          #    unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example,
+          #    `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`.
+          #    If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to
+          #    `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the
+          #    role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique
+          #    identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently
+          #    deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If
+          #    the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the
+          #    recovered group retains the role in the binding.
+          #
+          # * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`:
+          #   Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example,
+          #   `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals.
+          # For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+          #
+          # For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the
+          # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For
+          # a list of the available pre-defined roles, see
+          # [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help
+      # prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other.
+      # It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the
+      # read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race
+      # conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and
+      # systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to
+      # ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.
+      #
+      # Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value
+      # are rejected.
+      #
+      # Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version
+      # `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations:
+      #
+      # * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding
+      # * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy
+      # * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy
+      # * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy
+      #   that includes conditions
+      #
+      # **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field
+      # whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows
+      # you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of
+      # the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+      #
+      # If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may
+      # specify any valid version or leave the field unset.
+      #
+      # To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the
+      # [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(project, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+      # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+      # allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html index 5ba9709cabb..91c28aace49 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -398,6 +398,9 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -543,10 +546,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }, ], "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning which replaces the list of snapshots @@ -1028,7 +1027,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1108,6 +1107,9 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1253,10 +1255,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }
@@ -1732,7 +1730,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1812,6 +1810,9 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -1957,10 +1958,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], } requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so @@ -2428,7 +2425,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2508,6 +2505,9 @@

Method Details

# 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied # encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot + # belongs to. + "snapshotGroupName": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to. "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied @@ -2653,10 +2653,6 @@

Method Details

# multi-regional). "A String", ], - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of - # URLs to the license resource. - "A String", - ], }, ], "kind": "compute#snapshotList", # Output only. Type of resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html index fd07908b6de..b8dac930247 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.urlMaps.html @@ -372,6 +372,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -1007,6 +1209,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -1623,6 +2027,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -2501,56 +3107,258 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. - "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - # - # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true - # indicates that - # the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to - # the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. - # - # Default is false. - "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers - # header. - "A String", - ], - "allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods - # header. - "A String", - ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For - # more information, see regular expression syntax. - # - # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. - # - # Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is - # set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - "A String", - ], - "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. - # - # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. - "A String", - ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. - # The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS - # policy is in effect. - "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers - # header. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. "A String", ], - "maxAge": 42, # Specifies how long results of a preflight request can be cached in - # seconds. This field translates to the Access-Control-Max-Age - # header. - }, - "faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test - # the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + # + # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true + # indicates that + # the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to + # the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. + # + # Default is false. + "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers + # header. + "A String", + ], + "allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods + # header. + "A String", + ], + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For + # more information, see regular expression syntax. + # + # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + # + # Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is + # set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "A String", + ], + "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. + # + # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + "A String", + ], + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. + # The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS + # policy is in effect. + "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers + # header. + "A String", + ], + "maxAge": 42, # Specifies how long results of a preflight request can be cached in + # seconds. This field translates to the Access-Control-Max-Age + # header. + }, + "faultInjectionPolicy": { # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test # The specification for fault injection introduced into traffic to test + # the resiliency of clients to backend service failure. As part of fault # injection, when clients send requests to a backend service, delays can be # introduced by a load balancer on a percentage of requests before sending # those requests to the backend service. Similarly requests from clients can @@ -3498,6 +4306,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -4133,6 +5143,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -4749,12 +5961,214 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. - "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - # - # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + # + # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living # Standard. @@ -5627,6 +7041,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -6255,6 +7871,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -6890,49 +8708,251 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. - "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - # - # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true - # indicates that - # the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to - # the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. - # - # Default is false. - "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers - # header. - "A String", - ], - "allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods - # header. - "A String", - ], - "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For - # more information, see regular expression syntax. - # - # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. - # - # Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is - # set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. - "A String", - ], - "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. - # - # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. "A String", ], - "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. - # The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS - # policy is in effect. - "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers - # header. - "A String", + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + # + # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + "allowCredentials": True or False, # In response to a preflight request, setting this to true + # indicates that + # the actual request can include user credentials. This field translates to + # the Access-Control-Allow-Credentials header. + # + # Default is false. + "allowHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Headers + # header. + "A String", + ], + "allowMethods": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Allow-Methods + # header. + "A String", + ], + "allowOriginRegexes": [ # Specifies a regular expression that matches allowed origins. For + # more information, see regular expression syntax. + # + # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + # + # Regular expressions can only be used when the loadBalancingScheme is + # set to INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED. + "A String", + ], + "allowOrigins": [ # Specifies the list of origins that is allowed to do CORS requests. + # + # An origin is allowed if it matches either an item inallowOrigins or an item inallowOriginRegexes. + "A String", + ], + "disabled": True or False, # If true, disables the CORS policy. + # The default value is false, which indicates that the CORS + # policy is in effect. + "exposeHeaders": [ # Specifies the content for the Access-Control-Expose-Headers + # header. + "A String", ], "maxAge": 42, # Specifies how long results of a preflight request can be cached in # seconds. This field translates to the Access-Control-Max-Age @@ -7506,6 +9526,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -8384,6 +10606,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -9682,12 +12106,214 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. - "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more - # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing - # (CORS), see Fetch API Living - # Standard. - # - # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more + # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing + # (CORS), see Fetch API Living + # Standard. + # + # Not supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy. # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living # Standard. @@ -10317,6 +12943,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -10933,6 +13761,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -11811,6 +14841,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -12490,6 +15722,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -13125,6 +16559,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -13741,6 +17377,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -14619,6 +18457,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -15553,6 +19593,208 @@

Method Details

# defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -16188,6 +20430,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -16804,6 +21248,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -17682,6 +22328,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -18567,41 +23415,243 @@

Method Details

# The value must # be from 1 to 1024 characters }, - ], - "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that - # contains the custom error content. Examples are: - # - # - # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket - # - # If errorService is not specified at lower levels likepathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, - # an errorService specified at a higher level in theUrlMap will be used. IfUrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or moreerrorResponseRules[], it must specifyerrorService. - # - # If load balancer cannot reach - # the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will - # be returned, with the original response code (oroverrideResponseCode if configured). - # - # errorService is not supported for internal or regionalHTTP/HTTPS load balancers. - }, - "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the - # hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing - # actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding - # the request to the selected backend. - # - # - # Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService - # or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. - # - # - # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support - # the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. - # - # - # defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound - # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field - # set to true. + ], + "errorService": "A String", # The full or partial URL to the BackendBucket resource that + # contains the custom error content. Examples are: + # + # + # - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # - compute/v1/projects/project/global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # - global/backendBuckets/myBackendBucket + # + # If errorService is not specified at lower levels likepathMatcher, pathRule and routeRule, + # an errorService specified at a higher level in theUrlMap will be used. IfUrlMap.defaultCustomErrorResponsePolicy contains one or moreerrorResponseRules[], it must specifyerrorService. + # + # If load balancer cannot reach + # the backendBucket, a simple Not Found Error will + # be returned, with the original response code (oroverrideResponseCode if configured). + # + # errorService is not supported for internal or regionalHTTP/HTTPS load balancers. + }, + "defaultRouteAction": { # defaultRouteAction takes effect when none of the + # hostRules match. The load balancer performs advanced routing + # actions, such as URL rewrites and header transformations, before forwarding + # the request to the selected backend. + # + # + # Only one of defaultUrlRedirect, defaultService + # or defaultRouteAction.weightedBackendService can be set. + # + # + # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support + # the urlRewrite action within defaultRouteAction. + # + # + # defaultRouteAction has no effect when the URL map is bound + # to a target gRPC proxy that has the validateForProxyless field + # set to true. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -19237,6 +24287,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path matcher'sdefaultRouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -19853,6 +25105,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a path rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living @@ -20731,6 +26185,208 @@

Method Details

# # URL maps for classic Application Load Balancers only support # the urlRewrite action within a route rule'srouteAction. + "cachePolicy": { # Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action. # Cache policy for this URL Map’s route. Available only for Global + # EXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes. + "cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": [ # Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name, + # e.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5 + # header names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all + # cachePolicy.cacheMode settings. + "A String", + ], + "cacheKeyPolicy": { # Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache # The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy. + # Policy defined on Route Action. + "excludedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or + # included_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includeHost": True or False, # If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # host is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set + # it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a + # configuration error. + "includeProtocol": True or False, # If true, http and https requests will be cached separately. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the + # protocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to + # set on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in + # a configuration error. + "includeQueryString": True or False, # If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to + # included_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is + # set, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string + # will be excluded from the cache key entirely. + # + # Note: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting + # to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will + # result in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend + # Bucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should + # be a part of the cache key. + "includedCookieNames": [ # Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key. + # The name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates. + # + # Note: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend + # Service. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket. + # Attempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend + # Buckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be + # specified. + "A String", + ], + "includedHeaderNames": [ # Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key. + "A String", + ], + "includedQueryParameters": [ # Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other + # parameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or + # excluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded + # and not treated as delimiters. + "A String", + ], + }, + "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route. + # If not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC. + "clientTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is + # used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With + # FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the + # response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For + # cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age + # from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age + # directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also + # ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. + # If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "defaultTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for + # responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage). + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of + # maxTTL. + # When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL + # will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is + # 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from + # the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "maxTtl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this + # origin. + # Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than + # this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will + # be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an + # s-maxage Cache-Control directive. + # Headers sent to the client will not be modified. + # Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". + # The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order + # to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. + # This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user + # experience by reducing response latency. + # When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, + # negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code + # that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. + # When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies + # to all responses with the specified response code, and override any + # caching headers. + # By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these + # status codes: + # HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m + # HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), + # 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s + # HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. + # These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. + "negativeCachingPolicy": [ # Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code. + # negative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy. + # Omitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use + # Cloud CDN's default cache TTLs. + # Note that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you + # should take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes + # that you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default + # negative caching when a policy exists. + { # Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes. + "code": 42, # The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes + # 300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be + # specified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than + # once. + "ttl": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the + # corresponding status code. + # The maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed + # objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, + ], + "requestCoalescing": True or False, # If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill + # requests into a small number of requests to the origin. + "serveWhileStale": { # A Duration represents a fixed-length span of time represented # Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating + # content with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing + # the cache. + # This setting defines the default "max-stale" duration for any cached + # responses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that + # exceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit + # (max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be + # served up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached + # response. + # The maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week). + # Set this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale. + # as a count of seconds and fractions of seconds at nanosecond + # resolution. It is independent of any calendar and concepts like "day" + # or "month". Range is approximately 10,000 years. + "nanos": 42, # Span of time that's a fraction of a second at nanosecond resolution. + # Durations less than one second are represented with a 0 + # `seconds` field and a positive `nanos` field. Must be from 0 + # to 999,999,999 inclusive. + "seconds": "A String", # Span of time at a resolution of a second. Must be from 0 + # to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: + # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years + }, + }, "corsPolicy": { # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more # information about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing # (CORS), see Fetch API Living diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.zoneVmExtensionPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.zoneVmExtensionPolicies.html index a0b1eaa69c6..55742d6f749 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.zoneVmExtensionPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.zoneVmExtensionPolicies.html @@ -402,8 +402,8 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (e.g., "cloudops") to their corresponding policy - # configurations. + "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (for example, "ops-agent") to their corresponding + # policy configurations. "a_key": { # Configuration for a specific VM extension. "pinnedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The specific version of the extension to install. If not set, the latest # version is used. @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@

Method Details

# The policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower # integers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when # creating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are - # equal, the policy with the more recent creation timestamp takes precedence. + # equal, the policy with the most recent creation timestamp takes precedence. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. [Output Only] Current state of the policy: ACTIVE or DELETING. @@ -472,8 +472,8 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (e.g., "cloudops") to their corresponding policy - # configurations. + "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (for example, "ops-agent") to their corresponding + # policy configurations. "a_key": { # Configuration for a specific VM extension. "pinnedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The specific version of the extension to install. If not set, the latest # version is used. @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@

Method Details

# The policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower # integers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when # creating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are - # equal, the policy with the more recent creation timestamp takes precedence. + # equal, the policy with the most recent creation timestamp takes precedence. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. [Output Only] Current state of the policy: ACTIVE or DELETING. @@ -912,8 +912,8 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (e.g., "cloudops") to their corresponding policy - # configurations. + "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (for example, "ops-agent") to their corresponding + # policy configurations. "a_key": { # Configuration for a specific VM extension. "pinnedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The specific version of the extension to install. If not set, the latest # version is used. @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@

Method Details

# The policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower # integers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when # creating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are - # equal, the policy with the more recent creation timestamp takes precedence. + # equal, the policy with the most recent creation timestamp takes precedence. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. [Output Only] Current state of the policy: ACTIVE or DELETING. @@ -1034,8 +1034,8 @@

Method Details

"creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339 # text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. - "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (e.g., "cloudops") to their corresponding policy - # configurations. + "extensionPolicies": { # Required. A map of extension names (for example, "ops-agent") to their corresponding + # policy configurations. "a_key": { # Configuration for a specific VM extension. "pinnedVersion": "A String", # Optional. The specific version of the extension to install. If not set, the latest # version is used. @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@

Method Details

# The policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower # integers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when # creating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are - # equal, the policy with the more recent creation timestamp takes precedence. + # equal, the policy with the most recent creation timestamp takes precedence. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. "state": "A String", # Optional. Output only. [Output Only] Current state of the policy: ACTIVE or DELETING. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html index 38eeecaf877..d1899e188d7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html @@ -675,6 +675,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -1483,6 +1487,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -2578,6 +2587,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -3386,6 +3399,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -4273,6 +4291,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -5081,6 +5103,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -5887,6 +5914,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -6695,6 +6726,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -7262,6 +7298,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -8070,6 +8110,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -8580,6 +8625,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -9388,6 +9437,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -11590,6 +11644,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -12398,6 +12456,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html index 61e25313c5c..b39fc5d394c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2869,7 +2869,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3760,7 +3760,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4643,7 +4643,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7662,7 +7662,7 @@

Method Details

update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.
 The update is performed only on selected fields included as part
-of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.
+of update-mask.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
@@ -7892,7 +7892,7 @@ 

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html index c81a372213d..46e2307004f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.externalVpnGateways.html @@ -464,6 +464,25 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "redundancyType": "A String", # Indicates the user-supplied redundancy type of this external VPN gateway. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. }
@@ -543,6 +562,25 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "redundancyType": "A String", # Indicates the user-supplied redundancy type of this external VPN gateway. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. } @@ -986,6 +1024,25 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "redundancyType": "A String", # Indicates the user-supplied redundancy type of this external VPN gateway. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html index e8a24dba467..b51a2716669 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewallPolicies.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@

Instance Methods

list(filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, parentId=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all the policies that have been configured for the specified

- listAssociations(targetResource=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ listAssociations(includeInheritedPolicies=None, targetResource=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists associations of a specified target, i.e., organization or folder.

list_next()

@@ -3686,10 +3686,13 @@

Method Details

- listAssociations(targetResource=None, x__xgafv=None) + listAssociations(includeInheritedPolicies=None, targetResource=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists associations of a specified target, i.e., organization or folder.
 
 Args:
+  includeInheritedPolicies: boolean, If set to "true", the response will contain a list of all associations for
+the containing folders and the containing organization of the target. The
+parameter has no effect if the target is an organization.
   targetResource: string, The target resource to list associations. It is an organization, or a
 folder.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html
index b67242761da..1bf5016f62f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.futureReservations.html
@@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ 

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2229,7 +2229,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2575,7 +2575,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Future Reservation configuration to indicate instance properties and # total count. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2655,7 +2655,7 @@

Method Details

"specificSkuProperties": { # Output only. [Output Only] The previous instance related properties of the # Future Reservation. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 333c3803628..0c2b8705ae4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -1062,6 +1062,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1205,6 +1219,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
@@ -1215,6 +1243,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1731,6 +1773,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html index b8b65e607f0..38772138561 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html @@ -384,6 +384,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the regionDisks Resource.

+

+ regionHealthAggregationPolicies() +

+

Returns the regionHealthAggregationPolicies Resource.

+

regionHealthCheckServices()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html index e50fe3ac7f0..497df85fd4b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.imageFamilyViews.html @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html index 12e45436b86..c9d98606fb0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.images.html @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3038,7 +3038,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3557,7 +3557,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional image params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html index a6a313b7fa5..ec8229d71a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -750,6 +750,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -2870,6 +2881,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -3351,6 +3373,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -4186,6 +4219,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -5482,6 +5526,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html index f739bd9ab6c..16e235a8dcc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -842,6 +842,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -977,7 +979,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -1109,6 +1111,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -1801,7 +1807,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2154,6 +2160,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2289,7 +2297,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -2421,6 +2429,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -3116,7 +3128,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3469,6 +3481,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -3604,7 +3618,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -3736,6 +3750,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -4423,7 +4441,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4776,6 +4794,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -4911,7 +4931,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -5043,6 +5063,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index d8f7d589e57..3411443d679 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -642,6 +642,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1676,7 +1678,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2145,6 +2147,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2278,7 +2282,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2319,6 +2323,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -2558,6 +2563,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -2852,7 +2861,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3590,7 +3599,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4071,7 +4080,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4424,6 +4433,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -4559,7 +4570,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -4691,6 +4702,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations # Policy for choosing target zone. For more information, seeCreate VMs in # bulk. @@ -4698,6 +4713,13 @@

Method Details

"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. # Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid # internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + # The bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if + # an AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a + # DENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider + # us-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not + # us-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to + # allow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert + # operations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution # in this zone. @@ -4708,6 +4730,16 @@

Method Details

}, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. + "zones": [ # The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations + # field to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones + # are specified in both fields. + { + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. + # The zone must exist in the region where the request is called. + # Zones must be represented as valid partial URLs, + # such as zones/us-central1-a. + }, + ], }, "minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is # specified then count is used as the default value. Ifmin_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will @@ -6416,7 +6448,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -6885,6 +6917,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -7018,7 +7052,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -7059,6 +7093,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -7298,6 +7333,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -8615,7 +8654,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -9084,6 +9123,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -9217,7 +9258,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -9258,6 +9299,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -9497,6 +9539,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -10131,7 +10177,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -10600,6 +10646,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -10733,7 +10781,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -10774,6 +10822,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -11013,6 +11062,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -19246,7 +19299,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -19715,6 +19768,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -19848,7 +19903,7 @@

Method Details

# to 315,576,000,000 inclusive. Note: these bounds are computed from: # 60 sec/min * 60 min/hr * 24 hr/day * 365.25 days/year * 10000 years }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -19889,6 +19944,7 @@

Method Details

"enableOsInventoryMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-os-inventory value at Instance level. "enableOsconfigMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-osconfig value at Instance level. "enableOsloginMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level. + "gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level. "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level. "serialPortLoggingEnableMetadataValue": True or False, # Effective serial-port-logging-enable value at Instance level. "vmDnsSettingMetadataValue": "A String", # Effective VM DNS setting at Instance level. @@ -20128,6 +20184,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, "zone": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -21126,6 +21186,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshots.html index d17119a9fbc..ba416d22b41 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instantSnapshots.html @@ -259,6 +259,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -725,6 +737,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1181,6 +1205,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1632,6 +1668,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html index 15d91902bfc..d96e8a85774 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnects.html @@ -677,8 +677,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -1121,8 +1120,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -1774,8 +1772,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. @@ -2116,8 +2113,7 @@

Method Details

# - UNDER_MAINTENANCE: The Interconnect is undergoing internal maintenance. # No attachments may be provisioned or updated on this # Interconnect. - "subzone": "A String", # Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where - # this connection is to be provisioned. + "subzone": "A String", # To be deprecated. "wireGroups": [ # Output only. [Output Only] A list of the URLs of all CrossSiteNetwork WireGroups # configured to use this Interconnect. The Interconnect cannot be deleted if # this list is non-empty. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html index 9edd059febe..badaab8d5ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1007,6 +1007,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1142,7 +1144,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -1274,6 +1276,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#machineImage for machine image. "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is @@ -1706,6 +1712,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2573,7 +2581,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2926,6 +2934,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -3061,7 +3071,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -3193,6 +3203,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#machineImage for machine image. "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is @@ -3625,6 +3639,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -4485,7 +4501,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -4838,6 +4854,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -4973,7 +4991,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -5105,6 +5123,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # Output only. [Output Only] The resource type, which is alwayscompute#machineImage for machine image. "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this machine image, which is @@ -5537,6 +5559,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html index f3b5218ddbd..8747aa4daed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -234,6 +234,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1420,6 +1434,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1563,6 +1591,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   zone: string, The name of the zone where
@@ -1576,6 +1618,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -2094,6 +2150,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html index 342a107e5a7..fe2ab922763 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html @@ -548,6 +548,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -1356,6 +1360,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -2226,6 +2235,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -3034,6 +3047,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -3841,6 +3859,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -4649,6 +4671,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -5219,6 +5246,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -6027,6 +6058,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -6538,6 +6574,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -7346,6 +7386,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is @@ -9265,6 +9310,10 @@

Method Details

# # For usage guidelines, seeUtilization # balancing mode. + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend. + # the backend. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend. + }, "preference": "A String", # This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before # sending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values # are: @@ -10073,6 +10122,11 @@

Method Details

# connections to all healthy endpoints across all zones. }, }, + "orchestrationInfo": { # A message containing information about the resource or system that manages # Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service. + # the backend service. + "resourceUri": "A String", # The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend + # service. + }, "outlierDetection": { # Settings controlling the eviction of unhealthy hosts from the load balancing # Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the # load balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the # traffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html index cd2d720c50b..ef279c49206 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html @@ -340,6 +340,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -357,6 +360,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -438,7 +453,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -783,6 +798,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -800,6 +818,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -881,7 +911,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1136,6 +1166,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1153,6 +1186,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -1234,7 +1279,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1852,6 +1897,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1869,6 +1917,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -1950,7 +2010,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2256,6 +2316,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2273,6 +2336,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -2354,7 +2429,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html index d2427fd4dc9..e9d28a7e0f4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html @@ -834,7 +834,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -2742,7 +2742,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3625,7 +3625,7 @@

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -6641,8 +6641,7 @@

Method Details

update(project, region, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is
-performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the
-following fields can be modified: user_license.
+performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
@@ -6872,7 +6871,7 @@ 

Method Details

"options": "A String", # Internal use only. "params": { # Additional disk params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a9f7d1ac315 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.html @@ -0,0 +1,1658 @@ + + + +

Compute Engine API . regionHealthAggregationPolicies

+

Instance Methods

+

+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the list of all HealthAggregationPolicy resources,

+

+ aggregatedList_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ delete(project, region, healthAggregationPolicy, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes the specified HealthAggregationPolicy in the given region.

+

+ get(project, region, healthAggregationPolicy, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns the specified HealthAggregationPolicy resource in the given region.

+

+ insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Create a HealthAggregationPolicy in the specified project in the given

+

+ list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists the HealthAggregationPolicies for a project in the given region.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(project, region, healthAggregationPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates the specified regional HealthAggregationPolicy

+

+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.

+

Method Details

+
+ aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, serviceProjectNumber=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the list of all HealthAggregationPolicy resources,
+regional and global, available to the specified project.
+
+To prevent failure, it is recommended that you set the
+`returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Name of the project scoping this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region,
+global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added
+after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always
+include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource
+types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only
+scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found
+will be included.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  serviceProjectNumber: string, The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which
+aggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Contains a list of HealthAggregationPoliciesScopedList.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": { # A list of HealthAggregationPoliciesScopedList resources.
+    "a_key": { # Name of the scope containing this set of HealthAggregationPolicies.
+      "healthAggregationPolicies": [ # A list of HealthAggregationPolicys contained in this scope.
+        { # Represents a health aggregation policy.
+            #
+            # A health aggregation policy resource defines a policy to aggregate health.
+            #
+            # For more information, see
+            # Health checks overview.
+          "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+              # text format.
+          "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+              # create the resource.
+          "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object.
+              # This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when
+              # inserting a HealthAggregationPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint
+              # must be provided in order to patch the HealthAggregationPolicy; Otherwise,
+              # the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see
+              # the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the
+              # HealthAggregationPolicy.
+          "healthyPercentThreshold": 42, # Can only be set if the policyType field isBACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Specifies the threshold (as a
+              # percentage) of healthy endpoints required in order to consider the
+              # aggregated health result HEALTHY. Defaults to 60. Must be in
+              # range [0, 100]. Not applicable if the policyType field isDNB_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. Can be mutated. This field is optional,
+              # and will be set to the default if unspecified. Note that both this
+              # threshold and minHealthyThreshold must be satisfied in order
+              # for HEALTHY to be the aggregated result. "Endpoints" refers to network
+              # endpoints within a Network Endpoint Group or instances within an Instance
+              # Group.
+          "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+              # defined by the server.
+          "kind": "compute#healthAggregationPolicy", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthAggregationPolicy for health aggregation
+              # policies.
+          "minHealthyThreshold": 42, # Can only be set if the policyType field isBACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Specifies the minimum number of
+              # healthy endpoints required in order to consider the aggregated health
+              # result HEALTHY. Defaults to 1. Must be positive. Not
+              # applicable if the policyType field isDNB_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. Can be mutated. This field is optional,
+              # and will be set to the default if unspecified. Note that both this
+              # threshold and healthyPercentThreshold must be satisfied in
+              # order for HEALTHY to be the aggregated result. "Endpoints" refers to
+              # network endpoints within a Network Endpoint Group or instances within an
+              # Instance Group.
+          "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+              # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+              # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+              # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+              # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+              # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+              # cannot be a dash.
+          "policyType": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthAggregationPolicy. The only allowed value
+              # for global resources is DNS_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. The only allowed
+              # value for regional resources is BACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Must
+              # be specified when the healthAggregationPolicy is created, and cannot be
+              # mutated.
+          "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the health aggregation policy
+              # resides. This field applies only to the regional resource. You must specify
+              # this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field
+              # in the request body.
+          "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+          "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL with id for the resource.
+        },
+      ],
+      "warning": { # Informational warning which replaces the list of health aggregation
+          # policies when the list is empty.
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+            # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+            # are no results in the response.
+        "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+            # value format. For example:
+            #
+            # "data": [
+            #   {
+            #    "key": "scope",
+            #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+            #   }
+          {
+            "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+                # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+                # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+                # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+                # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+                # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+                # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+            "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#healthAggregationPolicyAggregatedList", # Output only. Type of resource.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "unreachables": [ # Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ aggregatedList_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ delete(project, region, healthAggregationPolicy, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes the specified HealthAggregationPolicy in the given region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  healthAggregationPolicy: string, Name of the HealthAggregationPolicy resource to delete. (required)
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(project, region, healthAggregationPolicy, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns the specified HealthAggregationPolicy resource in the given region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  healthAggregationPolicy: string, Name of the HealthAggregationPolicy resource to return. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a health aggregation policy.
+    #
+    # A health aggregation policy resource defines a policy to aggregate health.
+    #
+    # For more information, see
+    # Health checks overview.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object.
+      # This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when
+      # inserting a HealthAggregationPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint
+      # must be provided in order to patch the HealthAggregationPolicy; Otherwise,
+      # the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see
+      # the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the
+      # HealthAggregationPolicy.
+  "healthyPercentThreshold": 42, # Can only be set if the policyType field isBACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Specifies the threshold (as a
+      # percentage) of healthy endpoints required in order to consider the
+      # aggregated health result HEALTHY. Defaults to 60. Must be in
+      # range [0, 100]. Not applicable if the policyType field isDNB_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. Can be mutated. This field is optional,
+      # and will be set to the default if unspecified. Note that both this
+      # threshold and minHealthyThreshold must be satisfied in order
+      # for HEALTHY to be the aggregated result. "Endpoints" refers to network
+      # endpoints within a Network Endpoint Group or instances within an Instance
+      # Group.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#healthAggregationPolicy", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthAggregationPolicy for health aggregation
+      # policies.
+  "minHealthyThreshold": 42, # Can only be set if the policyType field isBACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Specifies the minimum number of
+      # healthy endpoints required in order to consider the aggregated health
+      # result HEALTHY. Defaults to 1. Must be positive. Not
+      # applicable if the policyType field isDNB_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. Can be mutated. This field is optional,
+      # and will be set to the default if unspecified. Note that both this
+      # threshold and healthyPercentThreshold must be satisfied in
+      # order for HEALTHY to be the aggregated result. "Endpoints" refers to
+      # network endpoints within a Network Endpoint Group or instances within an
+      # Instance Group.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+      # cannot be a dash.
+  "policyType": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthAggregationPolicy. The only allowed value
+      # for global resources is DNS_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. The only allowed
+      # value for regional resources is BACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Must
+      # be specified when the healthAggregationPolicy is created, and cannot be
+      # mutated.
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the health aggregation policy
+      # resides. This field applies only to the regional resource. You must specify
+      # this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field
+      # in the request body.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL with id for the resource.
+}
+
+ +
+ insert(project, region, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Create a HealthAggregationPolicy in the specified project in the given
+region using the parameters that are included in the request.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a health aggregation policy.
+    # 
+    # A health aggregation policy resource defines a policy to aggregate health.
+    # 
+    # For more information, see
+    # Health checks overview.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object.
+      # This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when
+      # inserting a HealthAggregationPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint
+      # must be provided in order to patch the HealthAggregationPolicy; Otherwise,
+      # the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see
+      # the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the
+      # HealthAggregationPolicy.
+  "healthyPercentThreshold": 42, # Can only be set if the policyType field isBACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Specifies the threshold (as a
+      # percentage) of healthy endpoints required in order to consider the
+      # aggregated health result HEALTHY. Defaults to 60. Must be in
+      # range [0, 100]. Not applicable if the policyType field isDNB_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. Can be mutated. This field is optional,
+      # and will be set to the default if unspecified. Note that both this
+      # threshold and minHealthyThreshold must be satisfied in order
+      # for HEALTHY to be the aggregated result. "Endpoints" refers to network
+      # endpoints within a Network Endpoint Group or instances within an Instance
+      # Group.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#healthAggregationPolicy", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthAggregationPolicy for health aggregation
+      # policies.
+  "minHealthyThreshold": 42, # Can only be set if the policyType field isBACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Specifies the minimum number of
+      # healthy endpoints required in order to consider the aggregated health
+      # result HEALTHY. Defaults to 1. Must be positive. Not
+      # applicable if the policyType field isDNB_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. Can be mutated. This field is optional,
+      # and will be set to the default if unspecified. Note that both this
+      # threshold and healthyPercentThreshold must be satisfied in
+      # order for HEALTHY to be the aggregated result. "Endpoints" refers to
+      # network endpoints within a Network Endpoint Group or instances within an
+      # Instance Group.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+      # cannot be a dash.
+  "policyType": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthAggregationPolicy. The only allowed value
+      # for global resources is DNS_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. The only allowed
+      # value for regional resources is BACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Must
+      # be specified when the healthAggregationPolicy is created, and cannot be
+      # mutated.
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the health aggregation policy
+      # resides. This field applies only to the regional resource. You must specify
+      # this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field
+      # in the request body.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL with id for the resource.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(project, region, filter=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists the HealthAggregationPolicies for a project in the given region.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most
+Compute resources support two types of filter expressions:
+expressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow
+API improvement proposal AIP-160.
+These two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.
+
+If you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an
+operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value
+must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator
+must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.
+
+For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can
+exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying
+`name != example-instance`.
+
+The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.
+For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:
+```
+labels.owner:*
+```
+
+You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify
+`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only
+if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering
+on nested fields to filter based onresource labels.
+
+To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within
+parentheses. For example:
+```
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake")
+```
+By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you
+can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.
+For example:
+```
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR
+(cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND
+(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)
+```
+
+If you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`
+(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or
+without quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:
+
+`fieldname eq unquoted literal`
+`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`
+`fieldname eq "double quoted literal"`
+`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne "literal")`
+
+The literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.
+The literal value must match the entire field.
+
+For example, to filter for instances that do not end with name "instance",
+you would use `name ne .*instance`.
+
+You cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular
+expressions.
+  maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.
+If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,
+Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get
+the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are
+`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
+  orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results
+are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.
+
+You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation
+timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts
+results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in
+reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort
+resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.
+
+Currently, only sorting by `name` or
+`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
+  pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the
+`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get
+the next page of results.
+  returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case
+of failure. The default value is false.
+
+For example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a
+single zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,
+with an error code.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.
+  "items": [ # A list of HealthAggregationPolicy resources.
+    { # Represents a health aggregation policy.
+        #
+        # A health aggregation policy resource defines a policy to aggregate health.
+        #
+        # For more information, see
+        # Health checks overview.
+      "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+          # text format.
+      "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+          # create the resource.
+      "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object.
+          # This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when
+          # inserting a HealthAggregationPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint
+          # must be provided in order to patch the HealthAggregationPolicy; Otherwise,
+          # the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see
+          # the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the
+          # HealthAggregationPolicy.
+      "healthyPercentThreshold": 42, # Can only be set if the policyType field isBACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Specifies the threshold (as a
+          # percentage) of healthy endpoints required in order to consider the
+          # aggregated health result HEALTHY. Defaults to 60. Must be in
+          # range [0, 100]. Not applicable if the policyType field isDNB_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. Can be mutated. This field is optional,
+          # and will be set to the default if unspecified. Note that both this
+          # threshold and minHealthyThreshold must be satisfied in order
+          # for HEALTHY to be the aggregated result. "Endpoints" refers to network
+          # endpoints within a Network Endpoint Group or instances within an Instance
+          # Group.
+      "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+          # defined by the server.
+      "kind": "compute#healthAggregationPolicy", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthAggregationPolicy for health aggregation
+          # policies.
+      "minHealthyThreshold": 42, # Can only be set if the policyType field isBACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Specifies the minimum number of
+          # healthy endpoints required in order to consider the aggregated health
+          # result HEALTHY. Defaults to 1. Must be positive. Not
+          # applicable if the policyType field isDNB_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. Can be mutated. This field is optional,
+          # and will be set to the default if unspecified. Note that both this
+          # threshold and healthyPercentThreshold must be satisfied in
+          # order for HEALTHY to be the aggregated result. "Endpoints" refers to
+          # network endpoints within a Network Endpoint Group or instances within an
+          # Instance Group.
+      "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+          # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+          # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+          # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+          # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+          # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+          # cannot be a dash.
+      "policyType": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthAggregationPolicy. The only allowed value
+          # for global resources is DNS_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. The only allowed
+          # value for regional resources is BACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Must
+          # be specified when the healthAggregationPolicy is created, and cannot be
+          # mutated.
+      "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the health aggregation policy
+          # resides. This field applies only to the regional resource. You must specify
+          # this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field
+          # in the request body.
+      "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+      "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL with id for the resource.
+    },
+  ],
+  "kind": "compute#healthAggregationPolicyList", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthAggregationPolicy for health aggregation
+      # policies.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for
+      # list requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for
+      # the query parameter pageToken in the next list request.
+      # Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to
+      # continue paging through the results.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.
+  "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message.
+    "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+        # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+        # are no results in the response.
+    "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+        # value format. For example:
+        #
+        # "data": [
+        #   {
+        #    "key": "scope",
+        #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+        #   }
+      {
+        "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+            # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+            # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+            # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+            # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+            # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+            # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+        "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(project, region, healthAggregationPolicy, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates the specified regional HealthAggregationPolicy
+resource with the data included in the request. This method supportsPATCH
+semantics and uses theJSON merge
+patch format and processing rules.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required)
+  healthAggregationPolicy: string, Name of the HealthAggregationPolicy to update. The name
+must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a health aggregation policy.
+    # 
+    # A health aggregation policy resource defines a policy to aggregate health.
+    # 
+    # For more information, see
+    # Health checks overview.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you
+      # create the resource.
+  "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object.
+      # This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when
+      # inserting a HealthAggregationPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint
+      # must be provided in order to patch the HealthAggregationPolicy; Otherwise,
+      # the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see
+      # the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the
+      # HealthAggregationPolicy.
+  "healthyPercentThreshold": 42, # Can only be set if the policyType field isBACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Specifies the threshold (as a
+      # percentage) of healthy endpoints required in order to consider the
+      # aggregated health result HEALTHY. Defaults to 60. Must be in
+      # range [0, 100]. Not applicable if the policyType field isDNB_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. Can be mutated. This field is optional,
+      # and will be set to the default if unspecified. Note that both this
+      # threshold and minHealthyThreshold must be satisfied in order
+      # for HEALTHY to be the aggregated result. "Endpoints" refers to network
+      # endpoints within a Network Endpoint Group or instances within an Instance
+      # Group.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "kind": "compute#healthAggregationPolicy", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthAggregationPolicy for health aggregation
+      # policies.
+  "minHealthyThreshold": 42, # Can only be set if the policyType field isBACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Specifies the minimum number of
+      # healthy endpoints required in order to consider the aggregated health
+      # result HEALTHY. Defaults to 1. Must be positive. Not
+      # applicable if the policyType field isDNB_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. Can be mutated. This field is optional,
+      # and will be set to the default if unspecified. Note that both this
+      # threshold and healthyPercentThreshold must be satisfied in
+      # order for HEALTHY to be the aggregated result. "Endpoints" refers to
+      # network endpoints within a Network Endpoint Group or instances within an
+      # Instance Group.
+  "name": "A String", # Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.
+      # The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.
+      # Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular
+      # expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first
+      # character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must
+      # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which
+      # cannot be a dash.
+  "policyType": "A String", # Specifies the type of the healthAggregationPolicy. The only allowed value
+      # for global resources is DNS_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. The only allowed
+      # value for regional resources is BACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Must
+      # be specified when the healthAggregationPolicy is created, and cannot be
+      # mutated.
+  "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the health aggregation policy
+      # resides. This field applies only to the regional resource. You must specify
+      # this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field
+      # in the request body.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL with id for the resource.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so
+that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the
+request if it has already been completed.
+
+For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and
+the request times out. If you make the request again with the same
+request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same
+request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This
+prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.
+
+The request ID must be
+a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported
+(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents an Operation resource.
+    #
+    # Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources:
+    #
+    # * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/globalOperations)
+    # * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionOperations)
+    # * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/zoneOperations)
+    #
+    # You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests.
+    # For more information, readHandling
+    # API responses.
+    #
+    # Operations can be global, regional or zonal.
+    #
+    #    - For global operations, use the `globalOperations`
+    #    resource.
+    #    - For regional operations, use the
+    #    `regionOperations` resource.
+    #    - For zonal operations, use
+    #    the `zoneOperations` resource.
+    #
+    #
+    #
+    # For more information, read
+    # Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources.
+    #
+    # Note that completed Operation resources have a limited
+    # retention period.
+  "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request.
+      # Not present otherwise.
+  "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated.
+  "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is
+      # set when the operation is created.
+  "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation,
+      # this field will be populated.
+    "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this
+        # operation.
+      {
+        "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.
+        "errorDetails": [ # [Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error
+            # details. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing
+            # details.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,
+            # QuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is
+            # QUOTA_EXCEEDED.
+          {
+            "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details.
+                #
+                # Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it
+                # is not enabled:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "API_DISABLED"
+                #       "domain": "googleapis.com"
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "resource": "projects/123",
+                #         "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+                #
+                # This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled.
+                #
+                # Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner
+                # instance in a region that is out of stock:
+                #
+                #     { "reason": "STOCKOUT"
+                #       "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com",
+                #       "metadata": {
+                #         "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2"
+                #       }
+                #     }
+              "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain
+                  # is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that
+                  # generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is
+                  # generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a
+                  # globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API
+                  # infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
+              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error.
+                  #
+                  # Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should
+                  # ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in
+                  # length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units
+                  # should be contained in the key, not the value.  For example, rather than
+                  # `{"instanceLimit": "100/request"}`, should be returned as,
+                  # `{"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}`, if the client exceeds the number of
+                  # instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the
+                  # proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular
+                  # domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a
+                  # regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents
+                  # UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
+            },
+            "help": { # Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action.
+                #
+                # For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling
+                # project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing
+                # directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.
+              "links": [ # URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.
+                { # Describes a URL link.
+                  "description": "A String", # Describes what the link offers.
+                  "url": "A String", # The URL of the link.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "localizedMessage": { # Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user
+                # which can be attached to an RPC error.
+              "locale": "A String", # The locale used following the specification defined at
+                  # https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt.
+                  # Examples are: "en-US", "fr-CH", "es-MX"
+              "message": "A String", # The localized error message in the above locale.
+            },
+            "quotaInfo": { # Additional details for quota exceeded error for resource quota.
+              "dimensions": { # The map holding related quota dimensions.
+                "a_key": "A String",
+              },
+              "futureLimit": 3.14, # Future quota limit being rolled out. The limit's unit depends on the quota
+                  #  type or metric.
+              "limit": 3.14, # Current effective quota limit. The limit's unit depends on the quota type
+                  # or metric.
+              "limitName": "A String", # The name of the quota limit.
+              "metricName": "A String", # The Compute Engine quota metric name.
+              "rolloutStatus": "A String", # Rollout status of the future quota limit.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.
+            # This property is optional.
+        "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.
+  "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error
+      # status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the
+      # resource was not found.
+  "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is
+      # defined by the server.
+  "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "instancesBulkInsertOperationMetadata": {
+    "perLocationStatus": { # Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "createdVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs successfully created so far.
+        "deletedVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that got deleted during rollback.
+        "failedToCreateVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs that started creating but encountered an
+            # error.
+        "status": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation status of BulkInsert operation - information
+            # if the flow is rolling forward or rolling back.
+        "targetVmCount": 42, # [Output Only] Count of VMs originally planned to be created.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "kind": "compute#operation", # Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for
+      # Operation resources.
+  "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation.
+  "operationGroupId": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a
+      # group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request.
+  "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`,
+      # `update`, or `delete`, and so on.
+  "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100.
+      # There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of
+      # operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be
+      # complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation
+      # progresses.
+  "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing regional operations.
+  "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
+  "setCommonInstanceMetadataOperationMetadata": { # Output only. [Output Only] If the operation is for projects.setCommonInstanceMetadata,
+      # this field will contain information on all underlying zonal actions and
+      # their state.
+    "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The client operation id.
+    "perLocationOperations": { # [Output Only] Status information per location (location name is key).
+        # Example key: zones/us-central1-a
+      "a_key": {
+        "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for # [Output Only] If state is `ABANDONED` or `FAILED`, this field is
+            # populated.
+            # different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is
+            # used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains
+            # three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details.
+            #
+            # You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the
+            # [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
+          "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+          "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details.  There is a common set of
+              # message types for APIs to use.
+            {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+            },
+          ],
+          "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any
+              # user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the
+              # google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+        },
+        "state": "A String", # [Output Only] Status of the action, which can be one of the following:
+            # `PROPAGATING`, `PROPAGATED`, `ABANDONED`, `FAILED`, or `DONE`.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server.
+      # This value is inRFC3339
+      # text format.
+  "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the
+      # following:
+      # `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`.
+  "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the
+      # operation.
+  "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation
+      # of the target resource.
+  "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For
+      # operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the disk
+      # that the snapshot was created from.
+  "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example:
+      # `user@example.com` or
+      # `alice_smith_identifier (global/workforcePools/example-com-us-employees)`.
+  "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the
+      # operation, this field will be populated.
+    {
+      "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute
+          # Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there
+          # are no results in the response.
+      "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:
+          # value format. For example:
+          #
+          # "data": [
+          #   {
+          #    "key": "scope",
+          #    "value": "zones/us-east1-d"
+          #   }
+        {
+          "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being
+              # returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list
+              # request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and
+              # the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key
+              # indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a
+              # warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance
+              # attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).
+          "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.
+        },
+      ],
+      "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.
+    },
+  ],
+  "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only
+      # applicable when performing per-zone operations.
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
+
+Args:
+  project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
+  region: string, The name of the region for this request. (required)
+  resource: string, Name or id of the resource for this request. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the 'resource'. Permissions with
+      # wildcards (such as '*' or 'storage.*') are not allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is
+      # allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 7f9d0e744f7..5f17131aa1d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -2196,6 +2196,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -2674,6 +2685,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -3508,6 +3530,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances @@ -4796,6 +4829,17 @@

Method Details

# # - YES: If configuration updates are available, they are applied # during repair. + "onFailedHealthCheck": "A String", # The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as + # unhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check. + # Valid values are: + # + # - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action + # configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field. + # - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by + # recreating it. + # - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM. + # For more information, see + # About repairing VMs in a MIG. }, "instanceTemplate": "A String", # The URL of the instance template that is specified for this managed # instance group. The group uses this template to create all new instances diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html index fcb43e70f03..bf988ed4290 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstanceTemplates.html @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1014,6 +1014,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1149,7 +1151,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -1281,6 +1283,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -1606,7 +1612,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1959,6 +1965,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -2094,7 +2102,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -2226,6 +2234,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. @@ -2914,7 +2926,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -3267,6 +3279,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -3402,7 +3416,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -3534,6 +3548,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instance template resides. Only # applicable for regional resources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html index 340e096b1c8..2e56a65519b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@

Method Details

# as the instance zone. "A String", ], - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1143,6 +1143,8 @@

Method Details

# alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. }, ], + "enableVpcScopedDns": True or False, # Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid + # with network_attachment. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. # This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or # adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date @@ -1278,7 +1280,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values # have the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and # values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & @@ -1410,6 +1412,10 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "workloadIdentityConfig": { + "identity": "A String", + "identityCertificateEnabled": True or False, + }, }, "locationPolicy": { # Configuration for location policy among multiple possible locations # Policy for choosing target zone. For more information, seeCreate VMs in # bulk. @@ -1417,6 +1423,13 @@

Method Details

"locations": { # Location configurations mapped by location name. # Currently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid # internal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a. + # The bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if + # an AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a + # DENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider + # us-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not + # us-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to + # allow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert + # operations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field. "a_key": { "constraints": { # Per-zone constraints on location policy for this zone. # Constraints that the caller requires on the result distribution # in this zone. @@ -1427,6 +1440,16 @@

Method Details

}, }, "targetShape": "A String", # Strategy for distributing VMs across zones in a region. + "zones": [ # The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations + # field to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones + # are specified in both fields. + { + "zone": "A String", # The URL of the zone. + # The zone must exist in the region where the request is called. + # Zones must be represented as valid partial URLs, + # such as zones/us-central1-a. + }, + ], }, "minCount": "A String", # The minimum number of instances to create. If no min_count is # specified then count is used as the default value. Ifmin_count instances cannot be created, then no instances will diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshots.html index 0257993ae75..9b1f2eda823 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstantSnapshots.html @@ -448,6 +448,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -904,6 +916,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1355,6 +1379,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional instant snapshot params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 1c8474230eb..8d4cfbd344a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -1073,6 +1073,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1216,6 +1230,20 @@

Method Details

Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the
 parameters that are included in the request.
 
+Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:
+   
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity
+   NEGs): zonal
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,
+   serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional
+   API
+   - 
+   To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global
+   API
+
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID for this request. (required)
   region: string, The name of the region where
@@ -1229,6 +1257,20 @@ 

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1747,6 +1789,20 @@

Method Details

# A network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be # reached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located. # For more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview. + # + # Note: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups: + # + # - + # To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity + # NEGs): zonal + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs, + # serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional + # API + # - + # To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global + # API "annotations": { # Optional. Metadata defined as annotations on the network endpoint group. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html index 961ed28829a..7ac235a2dd1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html @@ -287,6 +287,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -304,6 +307,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -385,7 +400,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -880,6 +895,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -897,6 +915,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -978,7 +1008,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -1472,6 +1502,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -1489,6 +1522,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -1570,7 +1615,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -2059,6 +2104,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -2076,6 +2124,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -2157,7 +2217,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. @@ -3820,6 +3880,9 @@

Method Details

"deploymentType": "A String", # Specifies the deployment strategy for this reservation. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you # create the resource. + "earlyAccessMaintenance": "A String", # Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation. + # If this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not + # enrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies. "enableEmergentMaintenance": True or False, # Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs; # for example, to fix hardware errors. "id": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is @@ -3837,6 +3900,18 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be # a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot # be a dash. + "params": { # Additional reservation params. # Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and + # values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, + # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in + # namespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and + # `{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & + # PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "protectionTier": "A String", # Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations # in the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power # and/or cooling failures). @@ -3918,7 +3993,7 @@

Method Details

"count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. "instanceProperties": { # Properties of the SKU instances being reserved. # The instance properties for the reservation. - # Next ID: 9 + # Next ID: 10 "guestAccelerators": [ # Specifies accelerator type and count. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the # instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html index 567d8ca2d6d..b7d049228cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced @@ -1891,7 +1891,7 @@

Method Details

# be a dash. "params": { # Additional snapshot params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted # as part of resource payload. - "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have + "resourceManagerTags": { # Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have # the same definition as resource # manager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format, # such as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetVpnGateways.html index bc78bc01542..0f663646179 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetVpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetVpnGateways.html @@ -255,6 +255,25 @@

Method Details

# cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the # client when the VPN gateway is created. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the target VPN gateway resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -689,6 +708,25 @@

Method Details

# cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the # client when the VPN gateway is created. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the target VPN gateway resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -753,6 +791,25 @@

Method Details

# cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the # client when the VPN gateway is created. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the target VPN gateway resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. @@ -1180,6 +1237,25 @@

Method Details

# cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the # client when the VPN gateway is created. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the target VPN gateway resides. # You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is # not settable as a field in the request body. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnGateways.html index c4fe05087e0..0f102033704 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnGateways.html @@ -261,6 +261,25 @@

Method Details

# cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the # client when the VPN gateway is created. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are @@ -715,6 +734,25 @@

Method Details

# cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the # client when the VPN gateway is created. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are @@ -849,6 +887,25 @@

Method Details

# cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the # client when the VPN gateway is created. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are @@ -1295,6 +1352,25 @@

Method Details

# cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the # client when the VPN gateway is created. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "region": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides. "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnTunnels.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnTunnels.html index 40ad85a87cb..5e53dc40f96 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnTunnels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.vpnTunnels.html @@ -287,6 +287,25 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is # connected. # Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. @@ -816,6 +835,25 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is # connected. # Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. @@ -974,6 +1012,25 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is # connected. # Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. @@ -1495,6 +1552,25 @@

Method Details

# character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must # be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which # cannot be a dash. + "params": { # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted + # as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource. + # Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource + # manager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT + # only. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in + # either ID { : } or Namespaced format + # { : }. + # For example the following are valid inputs: + # * {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "tagKeys/123" : "tagValues/456"} + # * {"123/environment" : "production", "345/abc" : "xyz"} + # Note: + # * Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For + # instance: {"123/environment" : "tagValues/444"} is invalid. + # * Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance: + # {"tagKeys/333" : "tagValues/444", "123/env" : "prod"} is invalid. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "peerExternalGateway": "A String", # URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is # connected. # Provided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.html index 046966081c1..c8beb214064 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v2.projects.locations.connections.html @@ -109,6 +109,12 @@

Instance Methods

executeSqlQuery(connection, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Executes a SQL statement specified in the body of the request. An example of this SQL statement in the case of Salesforce connector would be 'select * from Account a, Order o where a.Id = o.AccountId'.

+

+ generateConnectionToolspecOverride(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Generate toolspec override for the given list of toolNames.

+

+ listCustomToolNames(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists custom tool names.

refreshAccessToken(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

RefreshAccessToken exchanges the OAuth refresh token (and other necessary data) for a new access token (and new associated credentials).

@@ -256,6 +262,70 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ generateConnectionToolspecOverride(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Generate toolspec override for the given list of toolNames.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the Connection. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "toolNames": [ # list of tools to be generated.
+    {
+      "entityName": "A String", # Entity name for which the tool was generated.
+      "name": "A String", # Tool name that was generated in the list tools call.
+      "operation": "A String", # Operation for which the tool was generated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "toolSpec": { # tool spec that has tool_defitions array containing the tools for all sted tool_names.
+    "toolDefinitions": [ # List of tool definitions.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+    ],
+    "toolSpecVersion": "A String", # Version of the tool spec. Format: providerId/connectorId/versionId/toolSpecId
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ listCustomToolNames(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists custom tool names.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the Connection. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "toolNames": [ # List of custom tools.
+    {
+      "entityName": "A String", # Entity name for which the tool was generated.
+      "name": "A String", # Tool name that was generated in the list tools call.
+      "operation": "A String", # Operation for which the tool was generated.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
refreshAccessToken(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
RefreshAccessToken exchanges the OAuth refresh token (and other necessary data) for a new access token (and new associated credentials).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.dashboards.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.dashboards.html
index 1b5a92a4fc2..99390523dff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.dashboards.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.dashboards.html
@@ -785,7 +785,7 @@ 

Method Details

"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Dashboard last update time. } - updateMask: string, Optional. List of fields to be updated. All possible fields can be updated by passing `*`, or a subset of the following updateable fields can be provided: * `display_name` * `root_container` + updateMask: string, Optional. List of fields to be updated. All possible fields can be updated by passing `*`, or a subset of the following updateable fields can be provided: * `display_name` * `root_container` * `description` x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index c2c0bde883e..ffc244da213 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@

Method Details

"evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. }, "clusterIpv4Cidr": "A String", # The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`). Leave blank to have one automatically chosen or specify a `/14` block in `10.0.0.0/8`. - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -588,6 +588,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -820,6 +826,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -855,6 +864,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1029,6 +1040,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1064,6 +1078,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1151,6 +1167,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1186,6 +1205,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1338,6 +1359,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1373,6 +1397,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1550,7 +1576,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1659,7 +1685,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -2036,7 +2062,7 @@

Method Details

"evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. }, "clusterIpv4Cidr": "A String", # The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`). Leave blank to have one automatically chosen or specify a `/14` block in `10.0.0.0/8`. - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -2206,6 +2232,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -2438,6 +2470,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2473,6 +2508,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2647,6 +2684,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2682,6 +2722,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2769,6 +2811,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2804,6 +2849,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2956,6 +3003,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2991,6 +3041,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3168,7 +3220,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -3277,7 +3329,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -3518,7 +3570,7 @@

Method Details

"evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. }, "clusterIpv4Cidr": "A String", # The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`). Leave blank to have one automatically chosen or specify a `/14` block in `10.0.0.0/8`. - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -3688,6 +3740,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -3920,6 +3978,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3955,6 +4016,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4129,6 +4192,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4164,6 +4230,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4251,6 +4319,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4286,6 +4357,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4438,6 +4511,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4473,6 +4549,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4650,7 +4728,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -4759,7 +4837,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -5190,6 +5268,12 @@

Method Details

{ # SetMaintenancePolicyRequest sets the maintenance policy for a cluster. "clusterId": "A String", # Required. The name of the cluster to update. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Required. The maintenance policy to be set for the cluster. An empty field clears the existing maintenance policy. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -5864,7 +5948,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -6083,6 +6167,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6118,6 +6205,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -6133,6 +6222,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6168,6 +6260,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index 95d5369a1ac..e50ee1ca2c6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -294,6 +294,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -329,6 +332,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -506,7 +511,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -891,6 +896,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -926,6 +934,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1103,7 +1113,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1315,6 +1325,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1350,6 +1363,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1527,7 +1542,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -2025,6 +2040,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2060,6 +2078,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2148,7 +2168,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodePoolId": "A String", # Deprecated. The name of the node pool to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field. "nodeVersion": "A String", # Required. The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an upgrade). Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - "latest": picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - "1.X": picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - "1.X.Y": picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - "1.X.Y-gke.N": picks an explicit Kubernetes version - "-": picks the Kubernetes master version diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html index d057a64e925..6487ad81ad0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@

Method Details

"evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. }, "clusterIpv4Cidr": "A String", # The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`). Leave blank to have one automatically chosen or specify a `/14` block in `10.0.0.0/8`. - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -689,6 +689,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -921,6 +927,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -956,6 +965,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1130,6 +1141,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1165,6 +1179,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1252,6 +1268,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1287,6 +1306,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1439,6 +1460,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1474,6 +1498,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1651,7 +1677,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1760,7 +1786,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -2137,7 +2163,7 @@

Method Details

"evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. }, "clusterIpv4Cidr": "A String", # The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`). Leave blank to have one automatically chosen or specify a `/14` block in `10.0.0.0/8`. - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -2307,6 +2333,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -2539,6 +2571,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2574,6 +2609,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2748,6 +2785,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2783,6 +2823,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2870,6 +2912,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2905,6 +2950,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3057,6 +3104,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3092,6 +3142,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3269,7 +3321,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -3378,7 +3430,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -3663,7 +3715,7 @@

Method Details

"evaluationMode": "A String", # Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. If unspecified, defaults to DISABLED. }, "clusterIpv4Cidr": "A String", # The IP address range of the container pods in this cluster, in [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`). Leave blank to have one automatically chosen or specify a `/14` block in `10.0.0.0/8`. - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -3833,6 +3885,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -4065,6 +4123,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4100,6 +4161,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4274,6 +4337,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4309,6 +4375,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4396,6 +4464,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4431,6 +4502,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4583,6 +4656,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4618,6 +4694,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4795,7 +4873,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -4904,7 +4982,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -5368,6 +5446,12 @@

Method Details

{ # SetMaintenancePolicyRequest sets the maintenance policy for a cluster. "clusterId": "A String", # Required. The name of the cluster to update. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Required. The maintenance policy to be set for the cluster. An empty field clears the existing maintenance policy. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -5891,7 +5975,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -6110,6 +6194,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6145,6 +6232,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -6160,6 +6249,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6195,6 +6287,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index 8591d60407a..21488afd1eb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -359,6 +359,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -394,6 +397,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -571,7 +576,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -956,6 +961,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -991,6 +999,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1168,7 +1178,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1380,6 +1390,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1415,6 +1428,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1592,7 +1607,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -2015,6 +2030,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2050,6 +2068,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2138,7 +2158,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodePoolId": "A String", # Deprecated. The name of the node pool to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field. "nodeVersion": "A String", # Required. The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an upgrade). Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - "latest": picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - "1.X": picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - "1.X.Y": picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - "1.X.Y-gke.N": picks an explicit Kubernetes version - "-": picks the Kubernetes master version diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 76e134d4a4d..df67010c724 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # Telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -688,6 +688,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -939,6 +945,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -974,6 +983,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1150,6 +1161,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1185,6 +1199,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1280,6 +1296,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1315,6 +1334,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1479,6 +1500,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1514,6 +1538,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1695,7 +1721,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1824,7 +1850,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -2242,7 +2268,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # Telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -2414,6 +2440,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -2665,6 +2697,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2700,6 +2735,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2876,6 +2913,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2911,6 +2951,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3006,6 +3048,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3041,6 +3086,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3205,6 +3252,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3240,6 +3290,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3421,7 +3473,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -3550,7 +3602,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -3825,7 +3877,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # Telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -3997,6 +4049,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -4248,6 +4306,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4283,6 +4344,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4459,6 +4522,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4494,6 +4560,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4589,6 +4657,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4624,6 +4695,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4788,6 +4861,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4823,6 +4899,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -5004,7 +5082,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -5133,7 +5211,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -5587,6 +5665,12 @@

Method Details

{ # SetMaintenancePolicyRequest sets the maintenance policy for a cluster. "clusterId": "A String", # Required. The name of the cluster to update. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Required. The maintenance policy to be set for the cluster. An empty field clears the existing maintenance policy. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -6279,7 +6363,7 @@

Method Details

"desiredClusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # The desired telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -6512,6 +6596,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6547,6 +6634,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -6562,6 +6651,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6597,6 +6689,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index 6ee26360861..02db90d0eb2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -306,6 +306,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -341,6 +344,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -522,7 +527,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -921,6 +926,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -956,6 +964,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1137,7 +1147,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1361,6 +1371,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1396,6 +1409,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1577,7 +1592,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -2076,6 +2091,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2111,6 +2129,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2201,7 +2221,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodePoolId": "A String", # Deprecated. The name of the node pool to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field. "nodeVersion": "A String", # Required. The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an upgrade). Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - "latest": picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - "1.X": picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - "1.X.Y": picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - "1.X.Y-gke.N": picks an explicit Kubernetes version - "-": picks the Kubernetes master version diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html index bd3e1b83d20..d1c2d90cfa6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # Telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -799,6 +799,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -1050,6 +1056,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1085,6 +1094,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1261,6 +1272,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1296,6 +1310,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1391,6 +1407,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1426,6 +1445,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1590,6 +1611,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1625,6 +1649,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1806,7 +1832,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1935,7 +1961,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -2353,7 +2379,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # Telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -2525,6 +2551,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -2776,6 +2808,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2811,6 +2846,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2987,6 +3024,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3022,6 +3062,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3117,6 +3159,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3152,6 +3197,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3316,6 +3363,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -3351,6 +3401,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -3532,7 +3584,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -3661,7 +3713,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -3980,7 +4032,7 @@

Method Details

"clusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # Telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -4152,6 +4204,12 @@

Method Details

}, "loggingService": "A String", # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -4403,6 +4461,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4438,6 +4499,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4614,6 +4677,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4649,6 +4715,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4744,6 +4812,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4779,6 +4850,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -4943,6 +5016,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -4978,6 +5054,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -5159,7 +5237,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -5288,7 +5366,7 @@

Method Details

"rotationInterval": "A String", # The interval between two consecutive rotations. Default rotation interval is 2 minutes. }, }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -5765,6 +5843,12 @@

Method Details

{ # SetMaintenancePolicyRequest sets the maintenance policy for a cluster. "clusterId": "A String", # Required. The name of the cluster to update. "maintenancePolicy": { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Required. The maintenance policy to be set for the cluster. An empty field clears the existing maintenance policy. + "disruptionBudget": { # DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. # Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane. + "lastDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane. + "lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": "A String", # Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane. + "minorVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane. + "patchVersionDisruptionInterval": "A String", # Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane. + }, "resourceVersion": "A String", # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy. "window": { # MaintenanceWindow defines the maintenance window to be used for the cluster. # Specifies the maintenance window in which maintenance may be performed. "dailyMaintenanceWindow": { # Time window specified for daily maintenance operations. # DailyMaintenanceWindow specifies a daily maintenance operation window. @@ -6306,7 +6390,7 @@

Method Details

"desiredClusterTelemetry": { # Telemetry integration for the cluster. # The desired telemetry integration for the cluster. "type": "A String", # Type of the integration. }, - "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. + "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { # Defines the details of a compliance standard. "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -6539,6 +6623,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6574,6 +6661,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -6589,6 +6678,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -6624,6 +6716,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index c9d29db05d4..2d07ee34e9b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -371,6 +371,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -406,6 +409,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -587,7 +592,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -986,6 +991,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1021,6 +1029,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1202,7 +1212,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -1426,6 +1436,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -1461,6 +1474,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -1642,7 +1657,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodeDrainConfig": { # NodeDrainConfig contains the node drain related configurations for this nodepool. # Specifies the node drain configuration for this node pool. "respectPdbDuringNodePoolDeletion": True or False, # Whether to respect PDB during node pool deletion. @@ -2066,6 +2081,9 @@

Method Details

"cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration between 1ms and 1 second, inclusive. "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "crashLoopBackOff": { # Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. # Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior. + "maxContainerRestartPeriod": "A String", # Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details. + }, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300]. "evictionMinimumReclaim": { # Eviction minimum reclaims are the resource amounts of minimum reclaims for each eviction signal. # Optional. eviction_minimum_reclaim is a map of signal names to quantities that defines minimum reclaims, which describe the minimum amount of a given resource the kubelet will reclaim when performing a pod eviction while that resource is under pressure. "imagefsAvailable": "A String", # Optional. Minimum reclaim for eviction due to imagefs available signal. Only take percentage value for now. Sample format: "10%". Must be <=10%. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/scheduling-eviction/node-pressure-eviction/#eviction-signals @@ -2101,6 +2119,8 @@

Method Details

"policy": "A String", # Controls the memory management policy on the Node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/memory-manager/#policies The following values are allowed. * "none" * "static" The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "podPidsLimit": "A String", # Set the Pod PID limits. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/policy/pid-limiting/#pod-pid-limits Controls the maximum number of processes allowed to run in a pod. The value must be greater than or equal to 1024 and less than 4194304. + "shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120]. + "shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": 42, # Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120. "singleProcessOomKill": True or False, # Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group. "topologyManager": { # TopologyManager defines the configuration options for Topology Manager feature. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ # Optional. Controls Topology Manager configuration on the node. For more information, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/ "policy": "A String", # Configures the strategy for resource alignment. Allowed values are: * none: the default policy, and does not perform any topology alignment. * restricted: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container, and will reject the pod if the affinity if not preferred. * best-effort: the topology manager stores the preferred NUMA node affinity for the container. If the affinity is not preferred, the topology manager will admit the pod to the node anyway. * single-numa-node: the topology manager determines if the single NUMA node affinity is possible. If it is, Topology Manager will store this and the Hint Providers can then use this information when making the resource allocation decision. If, however, this is not possible then the Topology Manager will reject the pod from the node. This will result in a pod in a Terminated state with a pod admission failure. The default policy value is 'none' if unspecified. Details about each strategy can be found [here](https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/topology-manager/#topology-manager-policies). @@ -2191,7 +2211,7 @@

Method Details

"podIpv4CidrBlock": "A String", # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. "podIpv4RangeUtilization": 3.14, # Output only. The utilization of the IPv4 range for the pod. The ratio is Usage/[Total number of IPs in the secondary range], Usage=numNodes*numZones*podIPsPerNode. "podRange": "A String", # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created. - "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. + "subnetwork": "A String", # Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable. }, "nodePoolId": "A String", # Deprecated. The name of the node pool to upgrade. This field has been deprecated and replaced by the name field. "nodeVersion": "A String", # Required. The Kubernetes version to change the nodes to (typically an upgrade). Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - "latest": picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - "1.X": picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - "1.X.Y": picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - "1.X.Y-gke.N": picks an explicit Kubernetes version - "-": picks the Kubernetes master version diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html index a1ab20e9d2c..37270b074fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.notes.occurrences.html @@ -796,6 +796,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -910,6 +911,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html index 8b2c5082473..bfdbea0a264 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.locations.occurrences.html @@ -812,6 +812,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -926,6 +927,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1699,6 +1701,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1813,6 +1816,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -2591,6 +2595,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -2705,6 +2710,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -3474,6 +3480,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -3588,6 +3595,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -4382,6 +4390,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -4496,6 +4505,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -5659,6 +5669,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -5773,6 +5784,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -6563,6 +6575,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -6677,6 +6690,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -7447,6 +7461,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -7561,6 +7576,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html index c2ffedee097..f092b187755 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html @@ -796,6 +796,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -910,6 +911,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html index 07df20237fd..5dcd5e3673f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html @@ -812,6 +812,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -926,6 +927,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1699,6 +1701,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1813,6 +1816,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -2591,6 +2595,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -2705,6 +2710,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -3474,6 +3480,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -3588,6 +3595,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -4382,6 +4390,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -4496,6 +4505,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -5659,6 +5669,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -5773,6 +5784,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -6563,6 +6575,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -6677,6 +6690,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -7447,6 +7461,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -7561,6 +7576,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html index 785641febfa..0ff12c6c699 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html @@ -390,6 +390,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -711,6 +712,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1055,6 +1057,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1431,6 +1434,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1768,6 +1772,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -2088,6 +2093,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html index 8398d953bfa..0a3eb5c4b43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html @@ -851,6 +851,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -974,6 +975,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1004,6 +1006,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html index ad0b2f1b6e9..0b594f7d613 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html @@ -867,6 +867,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -990,6 +991,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1020,6 +1022,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1837,6 +1840,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1960,6 +1964,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1990,6 +1995,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -2831,6 +2837,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -2954,6 +2961,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -2984,6 +2992,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -3374,6 +3383,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -4228,6 +4238,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -4351,6 +4362,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -4381,6 +4393,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -5215,6 +5228,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -5338,6 +5352,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -5368,6 +5383,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -6185,6 +6201,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -6308,6 +6325,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -6338,6 +6356,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html index 4e8c2037715..4ae9d778029 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html @@ -390,6 +390,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -711,6 +712,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1055,6 +1057,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1431,6 +1434,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1768,6 +1772,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -2088,6 +2093,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html index 9496b4605fa..2c6453d81bf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html @@ -851,6 +851,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -974,6 +975,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -1004,6 +1006,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry of the base image. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html index 3aa880abbb2..724ee9e4d79 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. +{ # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Optional. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. + { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Optional. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. + { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Optional. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. +{ # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Optional. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. + { # A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Optional. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # Display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. The name must contain only Unicode letters, numbers (0-9), underscores (_), dashes (-), spaces ( ), and can't start or end with spaces. The maximum length is 200 characters. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. The map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. The IDs have the following limitations: * Can contain uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). * Must be at least 1 character and at most 64 characters long. * Must start with a letter or underscore. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html index 3fc5822d2c7..95fb8c18172 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datacatalog_v1beta1.projects.locations.tagTemplates.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. +{ # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. This map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. Field IDs can contain letters (both uppercase and lowercase), numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). Field IDs must be at least 1 character long and at most 64 characters long. Field IDs must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. + { # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. This map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. Field IDs can contain letters (both uppercase and lowercase), numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). Field IDs must be at least 1 character long and at most 64 characters long. Field IDs must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. + { # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. This map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. Field IDs can contain letters (both uppercase and lowercase), numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). Field IDs must be at least 1 character long and at most 64 characters long. Field IDs must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. +{ # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. This map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. Field IDs can contain letters (both uppercase and lowercase), numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). Field IDs must be at least 1 character long and at most 64 characters long. Field IDs must start with a letter or underscore. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. + { # A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources. "dataplexTransferStatus": "A String", # Output only. Transfer status of the TagTemplate "displayName": "A String", # The display name for this template. Defaults to an empty string. "fields": { # Required. Map of tag template field IDs to the settings for the field. This map is an exhaustive list of the allowed fields. This map must contain at least one field and at most 500 fields. The keys to this map are tag template field IDs. Field IDs can contain letters (both uppercase and lowercase), numbers (0-9) and underscores (_). Field IDs must be at least 1 character long and at most 64 characters long. Field IDs must start with a letter or underscore. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html index 8089c480ae3..a821a883fc8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.jobs.html @@ -214,6 +214,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -356,6 +358,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -449,7 +452,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -577,6 +581,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -719,6 +725,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -812,7 +819,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -924,6 +932,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -1066,6 +1076,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -1159,7 +1170,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -1278,6 +1290,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -1420,6 +1434,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -1513,7 +1528,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -1692,6 +1708,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -1834,6 +1852,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -1927,7 +1946,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -2096,6 +2116,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -2238,6 +2260,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -2331,7 +2354,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -2437,6 +2461,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -2579,6 +2605,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -2672,7 +2699,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html index ebc1c33c474..3ae321c66cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.flexTemplates.html @@ -296,6 +296,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -438,6 +440,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -531,7 +534,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html index 490d7bb395b..015e43de624 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -202,6 +202,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -344,6 +346,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -437,7 +440,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -548,6 +552,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -690,6 +696,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -783,7 +790,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -902,6 +910,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -1044,6 +1054,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -1137,7 +1148,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -1426,6 +1438,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -1568,6 +1582,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -1661,7 +1676,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -1832,6 +1848,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -1974,6 +1992,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -2067,7 +2086,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -2172,6 +2192,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -2314,6 +2336,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -2407,7 +2430,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html index 23dc6ec3388..ff21ad63f05 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.locations.templates.html @@ -203,6 +203,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -345,6 +347,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -438,7 +441,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -702,6 +706,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -844,6 +850,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -937,7 +944,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html index d088b2be62d..e921a1cfeea 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataflow_v1b3.projects.templates.html @@ -202,6 +202,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -344,6 +346,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -437,7 +440,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). @@ -701,6 +705,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "defaultPackageSet": "A String", # The default package set to install. This allows the service to select a default set of packages which are useful to worker harnesses written in a particular language. + "diskProvisionedIops": "A String", # Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs. + "diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": "A String", # Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs. "diskSizeGb": 42, # Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. "diskSourceImage": "A String", # Fully qualified source image for disks. "diskType": "A String", # Type of root disk for VMs. If empty or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default. @@ -843,6 +849,7 @@

Method Details

}, "location": "A String", # Optional. The [regional endpoint] (https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/concepts/regional-endpoints) that contains this job. "name": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?` + "pausable": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused. "pipelineDescription": { # A descriptive representation of submitted pipeline as well as the executed form. This data is provided by the Dataflow service for ease of visualizing the pipeline and interpreting Dataflow provided metrics. # Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL. "displayData": [ # Pipeline level display data. { # Data provided with a pipeline or transform to provide descriptive info. @@ -936,7 +943,8 @@

Method Details

"replacedByJobId": "A String", # If another job is an update of this job (and thus, this job is in `JOB_STATE_UPDATED`), this field contains the ID of that job. "requestedState": "A String", # The job's requested state. Applies to `UpdateJob` requests. Set `requested_state` with `UpdateJob` requests to switch between the states `JOB_STATE_STOPPED` and `JOB_STATE_RUNNING`. You can also use `UpdateJob` requests to change a job's state from `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` to `JOB_STATE_CANCELLED`, `JOB_STATE_DONE`, or `JOB_STATE_DRAINED`. These states irrevocably terminate the job if it hasn't already reached a terminal state. This field has no effect on `CreateJob` requests. "runtimeUpdatableParams": { # Additional job parameters that can only be updated during runtime using the projects.jobs.update method. These fields have no effect when specified during job creation. # This field may ONLY be modified at runtime using the projects.jobs.update method to adjust job behavior. This field has no effect when specified at job creation. - "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "acceptableBacklogDuration": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative. + "autoscalingTier": "A String", # Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of "low-latency", "medium-latency", or "high-latency". "maxNumWorkers": 42, # The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "minNumWorkers": 42, # The minimum number of workers to scale down to. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs. "workerUtilizationHint": 3.14, # Target worker utilization, compared against the aggregate utilization of the worker pool by autoscaler, to determine upscaling and downscaling when absent other constraints such as backlog. For more information, see [Update an existing pipeline](https://cloud.google.com/dataflow/docs/guides/updating-a-pipeline). diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.html index d59a59546e4..5178f60e2b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Instance Methods

Get default config for a given project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.compilationResults.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.compilationResults.html
index c2dcb1a6ab8..a9747f15115 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.compilationResults.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1.projects.locations.repositories.compilationResults.html
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ 

Method Details

"clusterExpressions": [ # A list of columns or SQL expressions used to cluster the table. "A String", ], - "connection": "A String", # Optional. The connection specifying the credentials to be used to read and write to external storage, such as Cloud Storage. The connection can have the form `{project}.{location}.{connection_id}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection_id}", or be set to DEFAULT. + "connection": "A String", # Optional. The connection specifying the credentials to be used to read and write to external storage, such as Cloud Storage. The connection can have the form `{project}.{location}.{connection_id}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection_id}`, or be set to DEFAULT. "dependencyTargets": [ # A list of actions that this action depends on. { # Represents an action identifier. If the action writes output, the output will be written to the referenced database object. "database": "A String", # Optional. The action's database (Google Cloud project ID) . diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.folders.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.folders.html index 598f4399f53..9625ba01cc8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.folders.html @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # `MoveFolder` request message. - "destinationContainingFolder": "A String", # Required. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the Folder to. Can be in the format of: - "" to move into the root User folder - `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*` - `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*` + "destinationContainingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the Folder to. Can be in the format of: "" to move into the root User folder, `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`, `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*` } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 99603daf6e5..18ddd7d593e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@

Instance Methods

Get default config for a given project and location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.compilationResults.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.compilationResults.html
index c1cb98a1ba3..1ca41c17740 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.compilationResults.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.compilationResults.html
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ 

Method Details

"clusterExpressions": [ # A list of columns or SQL expressions used to cluster the table. "A String", ], - "connection": "A String", # Optional. The connection specifying the credentials to be used to read and write to external storage, such as Cloud Storage. The connection can have the form `{project}.{location}.{connection_id}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection_id}", or be set to DEFAULT. + "connection": "A String", # Optional. The connection specifying the credentials to be used to read and write to external storage, such as Cloud Storage. The connection can have the form `{project}.{location}.{connection_id}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection_id}`, or be set to DEFAULT. "dependencyTargets": [ # A list of actions that this action depends on. { # Represents an action identifier. If the action writes output, the output will be written to the referenced database object. "database": "A String", # Optional. The action's database (Google Cloud project ID) . diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html index 4661d417c5b..dc87128e0e7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataform_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # `MoveRepository` request message. - "destinationContainingFolder": "A String", # Required. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the repository to. Can be in the format of: - "" to move into the root User folder - `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*` - `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*` + "destinationContainingFolder": "A String", # Optional. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the repository to. Can be in the format of: "" to move into the root User folder, `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`, `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*` } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7064b848b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +

Data Manager API . accountTypes . accounts

+

Instance Methods

+

+ insights() +

+

Returns the insights Resource.

+ +

+ partnerLinks() +

+

Returns the partnerLinks Resource.

+ +

+ userListDirectLicenses() +

+

Returns the userListDirectLicenses Resource.

+ +

+ userListGlobalLicenses() +

+

Returns the userListGlobalLicenses Resource.

+ +

+ userLists() +

+

Returns the userLists Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.insights.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.insights.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0009595ceff --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.insights.html @@ -0,0 +1,135 @@ + + + +

Data Manager API . accountTypes . accounts . insights

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ retrieve(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves marketing data insights for a given user list. This feature is only available to data partners. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ retrieve(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves marketing data insights for a given user list. This feature is only available to data partners. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent account that owns the user list. Format: `accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for DM API MarketingDataInsightsService.RetrieveInsights
+  "baseline": { # Baseline criteria against which insights are compared. # Required. Baseline for the insights requested.
+    "baselineLocation": { # The baseline location of the request. Baseline location is on OR-list of ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 region codes of the requested regions. # The baseline location of the request. Baseline location is an OR-list of the requested regions.
+      "regionCodes": [ # List of ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 region codes.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "locationAutoDetectionEnabled": True or False, # If set to true, the service will try to automatically detect the baseline location for insights.
+  },
+  "userListId": "A String", # Required. The user list ID for which insights are requested.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for DM API MarketingDataInsightsService.RetrieveInsights
+  "marketingDataInsights": [ # Contains the insights for the marketing data.
+    { # Insights for marketing data. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "attributes": [ # Insights for values of a given dimension.
+        { # Insights for a collection of related attributes of the same dimension.
+          "ageRange": "A String", # Age range of the audience for which the lift is provided.
+          "gender": "A String", # Gender of the audience for which the lift is provided.
+          "lift": 3.14, # Measure of lift that the audience has for the attribute value as compared to the baseline. Range [0-1].
+          "userInterestId": "A String", # The user interest ID.
+        },
+      ],
+      "dimension": "A String", # The dimension to which the insight belongs.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0fda4012bd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.html @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ + + + +

Data Manager API . accountTypes . accounts . partnerLinks

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

+ search(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

+ search_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of partner links. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A partner link between an owning account and a partner account.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the partner link. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/partnerLinks/{partner_link}
+  "owningAccount": { # Represents a specific account. # Required. The owning account granting access to the partner account.
+    "accountId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the account. For example, your Google Ads account ID.
+    "accountType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the account. For example, `GOOGLE_ADS`. Either `account_type` or the deprecated `product` is required. If both are set, the values must match.
+    "product": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `account_type` instead.
+  },
+  "partnerAccount": { # Represents a specific account. # Required. The partner account granted access by the owning account.
+    "accountId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the account. For example, your Google Ads account ID.
+    "accountType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the account. For example, `GOOGLE_ADS`. Either `account_type` or the deprecated `product` is required. If both are set, the values must match.
+    "product": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `account_type` instead.
+  },
+  "partnerLinkId": "A String", # Output only. The partner link ID.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A partner link between an owning account and a partner account.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the partner link. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/partnerLinks/{partner_link}
+  "owningAccount": { # Represents a specific account. # Required. The owning account granting access to the partner account.
+    "accountId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the account. For example, your Google Ads account ID.
+    "accountType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the account. For example, `GOOGLE_ADS`. Either `account_type` or the deprecated `product` is required. If both are set, the values must match.
+    "product": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `account_type` instead.
+  },
+  "partnerAccount": { # Represents a specific account. # Required. The partner account granted access by the owning account.
+    "accountId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the account. For example, your Google Ads account ID.
+    "accountType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the account. For example, `GOOGLE_ADS`. Either `account_type` or the deprecated `product` is required. If both are set, the values must match.
+    "product": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `account_type` instead.
+  },
+  "partnerLinkId": "A String", # Output only. The partner link ID.
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the partner link to delete. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/partnerLinks/{partner_link} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ search(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Account to search for partner links. If no `filter` is specified, all partner links where this account is either the `owning_account` or `partner_account` are returned. Format: `accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A [filter string](//google.aip.dev/160). All fields need to be on the left hand side of each condition (for example: `partner_link_id = 123456789`). Supported operations: - `AND` - `=` - `!=` Supported fields: - `partner_link_id` - `owning_account.account_type` - `owning_account.account_id` - `partner_account.account_type` - `partner_account.account_id` Example: `owning_account.account_type = "GOOGLE_ADS" OR partner_account.account_id = 987654321`
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of partner links to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 partner links will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100.
+  pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `SearchPartnerLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `SearchPartnerLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response from the SearchPartnerLinksRequest.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "partnerLinks": [ # The partner links for the given account.
+    { # A partner link between an owning account and a partner account.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the partner link. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/partnerLinks/{partner_link}
+      "owningAccount": { # Represents a specific account. # Required. The owning account granting access to the partner account.
+        "accountId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the account. For example, your Google Ads account ID.
+        "accountType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the account. For example, `GOOGLE_ADS`. Either `account_type` or the deprecated `product` is required. If both are set, the values must match.
+        "product": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `account_type` instead.
+      },
+      "partnerAccount": { # Represents a specific account. # Required. The partner account granted access by the owning account.
+        "accountId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the account. For example, your Google Ads account ID.
+        "accountType": "A String", # Optional. The type of the account. For example, `GOOGLE_ADS`. Either `account_type` or the deprecated `product` is required. If both are set, the values must match.
+        "product": "A String", # Deprecated. Use `account_type` instead.
+      },
+      "partnerLinkId": "A String", # Output only. The partner link ID.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ search_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.userListDirectLicenses.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.userListDirectLicenses.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..08cd5168d13 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.userListDirectLicenses.html @@ -0,0 +1,436 @@ + + + +

Data Manager API . accountTypes . accounts . userListDirectLicenses

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all user list direct licenses owned by the parent account. This feature is only available to data partners.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The account that owns the user list being licensed. Should be in the format accountTypes/{ACCOUNT_TYPE}/accounts/{ACCOUNT_ID} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+  "clientAccountDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of client customer which the user list is being licensed to. This field is read-only.
+  "clientAccountId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "clientAccountType": "A String", # Immutable. Account type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.
+    { # A user list license pricing.
+      "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+      "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+      "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+      "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+      "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+      "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+    },
+  ],
+  "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListDirectLicenses call
+    "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+    "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+    "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+    "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+    "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list direct license.
+  "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Optional. UserListDirectLicense pricing.
+    "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+    "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+    "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+    "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+    "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+    "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Optional. Status of UserListDirectLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+  "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.
+  "userListId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+  "clientAccountDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of client customer which the user list is being licensed to. This field is read-only.
+  "clientAccountId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "clientAccountType": "A String", # Immutable. Account type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.
+    { # A user list license pricing.
+      "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+      "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+      "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+      "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+      "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+      "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+    },
+  ],
+  "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListDirectLicenses call
+    "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+    "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+    "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+    "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+    "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list direct license.
+  "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Optional. UserListDirectLicense pricing.
+    "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+    "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+    "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+    "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+    "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+    "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Optional. Status of UserListDirectLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+  "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.
+  "userListId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the user list direct license. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+  "clientAccountDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of client customer which the user list is being licensed to. This field is read-only.
+  "clientAccountId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "clientAccountType": "A String", # Immutable. Account type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.
+    { # A user list license pricing.
+      "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+      "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+      "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+      "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+      "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+      "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+    },
+  ],
+  "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListDirectLicenses call
+    "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+    "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+    "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+    "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+    "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list direct license.
+  "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Optional. UserListDirectLicense pricing.
+    "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+    "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+    "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+    "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+    "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+    "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Optional. Status of UserListDirectLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+  "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.
+  "userListId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all user list direct licenses owned by the parent account. This feature is only available to data partners.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The account whose licenses are being queried. Should be in the format accountTypes/{ACCOUNT_TYPE}/accounts/{ACCOUNT_ID} (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filters to apply to the list request. All fields need to be on the left hand side of each condition (for example: user_list_id = 123). **Supported Operations:** - `AND` - `=` - `!=` - `>` - `>=` - `<` - `<=` **Unsupported Fields:** - `name` (use get method instead) - `historical_pricings` and all its subfields - `pricing.start_time` - `pricing.end_time`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of licenses to return per page. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 licenses will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserListDirectLicense` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserListDirectLicense` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response from the ListUserListDirectLicensesRequest.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "userListDirectLicenses": [ # The licenses for the given user list in the request.
+    { # A user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "clientAccountDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of client customer which the user list is being licensed to. This field is read-only.
+      "clientAccountId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+      "clientAccountType": "A String", # Immutable. Account type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+      "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.
+        { # A user list license pricing.
+          "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+          "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+          "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+          "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+          "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+          "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+          "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+        },
+      ],
+      "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListDirectLicenses call
+        "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+        "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+        "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+        "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+        "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list direct license.
+      "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Optional. UserListDirectLicense pricing.
+        "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+        "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+        "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+        "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+        "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+        "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+      },
+      "status": "A String", # Optional. Status of UserListDirectLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+      "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.
+      "userListId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the user list direct license. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+  "clientAccountDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of client customer which the user list is being licensed to. This field is read-only.
+  "clientAccountId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "clientAccountType": "A String", # Immutable. Account type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.
+    { # A user list license pricing.
+      "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+      "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+      "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+      "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+      "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+      "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+    },
+  ],
+  "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListDirectLicenses call
+    "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+    "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+    "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+    "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+    "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list direct license.
+  "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Optional. UserListDirectLicense pricing.
+    "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+    "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+    "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+    "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+    "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+    "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Optional. Status of UserListDirectLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+  "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.
+  "userListId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update. The special character `*` is not supported and an `INVALID_UPDATE_MASK` error will be thrown if used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+  "clientAccountDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of client customer which the user list is being licensed to. This field is read-only.
+  "clientAccountId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "clientAccountType": "A String", # Immutable. Account type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.
+    { # A user list license pricing.
+      "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+      "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+      "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+      "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+      "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+      "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+    },
+  ],
+  "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListDirectLicenses call
+    "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+    "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+    "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+    "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+    "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list direct license.
+  "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Optional. UserListDirectLicense pricing.
+    "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+    "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+    "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+    "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+    "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+    "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Optional. Status of UserListDirectLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+  "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.
+  "userListId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.userListGlobalLicenses.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.userListGlobalLicenses.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9dfc3583773 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.userListGlobalLicenses.html @@ -0,0 +1,429 @@ + + + +

Data Manager API . accountTypes . accounts . userListGlobalLicenses

+

Instance Methods

+

+ userListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos() +

+

Returns the userListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all user list global licenses owned by the parent account. This feature is only available to data partners.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The account that owns the user list being licensed. Should be in the format accountTypes/{ACCOUNT_TYPE}/accounts/{ACCOUNT_ID} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+  "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.
+    { # A user list license pricing.
+      "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+      "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+      "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+      "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+      "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+      "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+    },
+  ],
+  "licenseType": "A String", # Immutable. Product type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListGlobalLicenses call
+    "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+    "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+    "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+    "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+    "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list global license.
+  "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Optional. UserListGlobalLicense pricing.
+    "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+    "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+    "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+    "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+    "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+    "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Optional. Status of UserListGlobalLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+  "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.
+  "userListId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+  "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.
+    { # A user list license pricing.
+      "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+      "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+      "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+      "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+      "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+      "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+    },
+  ],
+  "licenseType": "A String", # Immutable. Product type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListGlobalLicenses call
+    "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+    "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+    "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+    "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+    "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list global license.
+  "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Optional. UserListGlobalLicense pricing.
+    "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+    "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+    "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+    "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+    "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+    "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Optional. Status of UserListGlobalLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+  "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.
+  "userListId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the user list global license. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+  "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.
+    { # A user list license pricing.
+      "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+      "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+      "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+      "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+      "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+      "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+    },
+  ],
+  "licenseType": "A String", # Immutable. Product type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListGlobalLicenses call
+    "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+    "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+    "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+    "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+    "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list global license.
+  "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Optional. UserListGlobalLicense pricing.
+    "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+    "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+    "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+    "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+    "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+    "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Optional. Status of UserListGlobalLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+  "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.
+  "userListId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all user list global licenses owned by the parent account. This feature is only available to data partners.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The account whose licenses are being queried. Should be in the format accountTypes/{ACCOUNT_TYPE}/accounts/{ACCOUNT_ID} (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filters to apply to the list request. All fields need to be on the left hand side of each condition (for example: user_list_id = 123). **Supported Operations:** - `AND` - `=` - `!=` - `>` - `>=` - `<` - `<=` **Unsupported Fields:** - `name` (use get method instead) - `historical_pricings` and all its subfields - `pricing.start_time` - `pricing.end_time`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of licenses to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 licenses will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserListGlobalLicense` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserListDirectLicense` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response from the ListUserListGlobalLicensesRequest.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "userListGlobalLicenses": [ # The licenses for the given user list in the request.
+    { # A user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.
+        { # A user list license pricing.
+          "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+          "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+          "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+          "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+          "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+          "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+          "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+        },
+      ],
+      "licenseType": "A String", # Immutable. Product type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+      "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListGlobalLicenses call
+        "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+        "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+        "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+        "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+        "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list global license.
+      "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Optional. UserListGlobalLicense pricing.
+        "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+        "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+        "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+        "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+        "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+        "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+      },
+      "status": "A String", # Optional. Status of UserListGlobalLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+      "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.
+      "userListId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the user list global license. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+  "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.
+    { # A user list license pricing.
+      "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+      "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+      "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+      "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+      "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+      "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+    },
+  ],
+  "licenseType": "A String", # Immutable. Product type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListGlobalLicenses call
+    "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+    "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+    "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+    "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+    "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list global license.
+  "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Optional. UserListGlobalLicense pricing.
+    "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+    "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+    "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+    "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+    "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+    "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Optional. Status of UserListGlobalLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+  "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.
+  "userListId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update. The special character `*` is not supported and an `INVALID_UPDATE_MASK` error will be thrown if used.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+  "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.
+    { # A user list license pricing.
+      "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+      "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+      "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+      "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+      "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+      "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+      "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+    },
+  ],
+  "licenseType": "A String", # Immutable. Product type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+  "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListGlobalLicenses call
+    "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+    "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+    "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+    "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+    "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list global license.
+  "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Optional. UserListGlobalLicense pricing.
+    "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+    "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+    "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+    "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+    "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+    "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+    "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+    "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+  },
+  "status": "A String", # Optional. Status of UserListGlobalLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+  "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.
+  "userListId": "A String", # Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.userListGlobalLicenses.userListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.userListGlobalLicenses.userListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7c4e873ff50 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.userListGlobalLicenses.userListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos.html @@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ + + + +

Data Manager API . accountTypes . accounts . userListGlobalLicenses . userListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists all customer info for a user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists all customer info for a user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The global license whose customer info are being queried. Should be in the format `accountTypes/{ACCOUNT_TYPE}/accounts/{ACCOUNT_ID}/userListGlobalLicenses/{USER_LIST_GLOBAL_LICENSE_ID}`. To list all global license customer info under an account, replace the user list global license id with a '-' (for example, `accountTypes/DATA_PARTNER/accounts/123/userListGlobalLicenses/-`) (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filters to apply to the list request. All fields need to be on the left hand side of each condition (for example: user_list_id = 123). **Supported Operations:** - `AND` - `=` - `!=` - `>` - `>=` - `<` - `<=` **Unsupported Fields:** - `name` (use get method instead) - `historical_pricings` and all its subfields - `pricing.start_time` - `pricing.end_time`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of licenses to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 licenses will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserListDirectLicense` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserListDirectLicense` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response from the ListUserListGlobalLicensesCustomerInfoRequest.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "userListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos": [ # The customer information for the given license in the request.
+    { # Information about a customer of a user list global license. This will automatically be created by the system when a customer purchases a global license.
+      "clientAccountDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+      "clientAccountId": "A String", # Output only. ID of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+      "clientAccountType": "A String", # Output only. Product type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+      "historicalPricings": [ # Output only. Pricing history of this user list license.
+        { # A user list license pricing.
+          "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+          "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+          "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+          "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+          "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+          "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+          "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+          "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+        },
+      ],
+      "licenseType": "A String", # Output only. Product type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.
+      "metrics": { # Metrics related to a user list license. # Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos call.
+        "clickCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.
+        "endDate": "A String", # Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+        "impressionCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.
+        "revenueUsdMicros": "A String", # Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.
+        "startDate": "A String", # Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list global license customer.
+      "pricing": { # A user list license pricing. # Output only. UserListDirectLicense pricing.
+        "buyerApprovalState": "A String", # Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.
+        "costMicros": "A String", # Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.
+        "costType": "A String", # Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.
+        "currencyCode": "A String", # Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        "endTime": "A String", # Optional. End time of the pricing.
+        "maxCostMicros": "A String", # Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.
+        "pricingActive": True or False, # Output only. Whether this pricing is active.
+        "pricingId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of this pricing.
+        "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Start time of the pricing.
+      },
+      "status": "A String", # Output only. Status of UserListDirectLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.
+      "userListDisplayName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the user list being licensed.
+      "userListId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the user list being licensed.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.userLists.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.userLists.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6cf0a8f4d66 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.accounts.userLists.html @@ -0,0 +1,538 @@ + + + +

Data Manager API . accountTypes . accounts . userLists

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a UserList. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

+ delete(name, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a UserList. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets a UserList. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists UserLists. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates a UserList. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a UserList. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent account where this user list will be created. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A user list resource.
+  "accessReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason this account has been granted access to the list.
+  "accountAccessStatus": "A String", # Optional. Indicates if this share is still enabled. When a user list is shared with the account this field is set to `ENABLED`. Later the user list owner can decide to revoke the share and make it `DISABLED`.
+  "closingReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why this user list membership status is closed.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the user list.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the user list.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the user list.
+  "ingestedUserListInfo": { # Represents a user list that is populated by user provided data. # Optional. Represents a user list that is populated by user ingested data.
+    "contactIdInfo": { # Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data
+      "matchRatePercentage": 42, # Output only. Match rate for customer match user lists.
+    },
+    "mobileIdInfo": { # Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "appId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A string that uniquely identifies a mobile application from which the data was collected.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.
+      "keySpace": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The key space of mobile IDs.
+    },
+    "pairIdInfo": { # Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners. # Optional. Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "advertiserIdentifierCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of the advertiser's first party data records that have been uploaded to a clean room provider. This does not signify the size of a PAIR user list.
+      "cleanRoomIdentifier": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Identifies a unique advertiser to publisher relationship with one clean room provider or across multiple clean room providers.
+      "matchRatePercentage": 42, # Output only. This field denotes the percentage of membership match of this user list with the corresponding publisher's first party data. Must be between 0 and 100 inclusive.
+      "publisherId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Identifies the publisher that the Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation user list is reconciled with. This field is provided by the cleanroom provider and is only unique in the scope of that cleanroom. This cannot be used as a global identifier across multiple cleanrooms.
+      "publisherName": "A String", # Optional. Descriptive name of the publisher to be displayed in the UI for a better targeting experience.
+    },
+    "partnerAudienceInfo": { # Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners. # Optional. Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "commercePartner": "A String", # Optional. The commerce partner name. Only allowed if `partner_audience_source` is `COMMERCE_AUDIENCE`.
+      "partnerAudienceSource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source of the partner audience.
+    },
+    "pseudonymousIdInfo": { # Additional information when `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information for `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "billableRecordCount": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The number of billable records (e.g. uploaded or matched).
+      "syncStatus": "A String", # Output only. Sync status of the user list.
+    },
+    "uploadKeyTypes": [ # Required. Immutable. Upload key types of this user list.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "userIdInfo": { # Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.
+    },
+  },
+  "integrationCode": "A String", # Optional. An ID from external system. It is used by user list sellers to correlate IDs on their systems.
+  "membershipDuration": "A String", # Optional. The duration a user remains in the user list. Valid durations are exact multiples of 24 hours (86400 seconds). Providing a value that is not an exact multiple of 24 hours will result in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  "membershipStatus": "A String", # Optional. Membership status of this user list.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list}
+  "readOnly": True or False, # Output only. An option that indicates if a user may edit a list.
+  "sizeInfo": { # Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks. # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks.
+    "displayNetworkMembersCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list, on the Google Display Network.
+    "searchNetworkMembersCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in the google.com domain. These are the members available for targeting in Search campaigns.
+  },
+  "targetNetworkInfo": { # Eligibility information for different target networks. # Optional. Eligibility information for different target networks.
+    "eligibleForDisplay": True or False, # Output only. Indicates this user list is eligible for Google Display Network.
+    "eligibleForSearch": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if this user list is eligible for Google Search Network.
+  },
+}
+
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If true, the request is validated but not executed.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user list resource.
+  "accessReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason this account has been granted access to the list.
+  "accountAccessStatus": "A String", # Optional. Indicates if this share is still enabled. When a user list is shared with the account this field is set to `ENABLED`. Later the user list owner can decide to revoke the share and make it `DISABLED`.
+  "closingReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why this user list membership status is closed.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the user list.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the user list.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the user list.
+  "ingestedUserListInfo": { # Represents a user list that is populated by user provided data. # Optional. Represents a user list that is populated by user ingested data.
+    "contactIdInfo": { # Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data
+      "matchRatePercentage": 42, # Output only. Match rate for customer match user lists.
+    },
+    "mobileIdInfo": { # Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "appId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A string that uniquely identifies a mobile application from which the data was collected.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.
+      "keySpace": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The key space of mobile IDs.
+    },
+    "pairIdInfo": { # Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners. # Optional. Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "advertiserIdentifierCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of the advertiser's first party data records that have been uploaded to a clean room provider. This does not signify the size of a PAIR user list.
+      "cleanRoomIdentifier": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Identifies a unique advertiser to publisher relationship with one clean room provider or across multiple clean room providers.
+      "matchRatePercentage": 42, # Output only. This field denotes the percentage of membership match of this user list with the corresponding publisher's first party data. Must be between 0 and 100 inclusive.
+      "publisherId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Identifies the publisher that the Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation user list is reconciled with. This field is provided by the cleanroom provider and is only unique in the scope of that cleanroom. This cannot be used as a global identifier across multiple cleanrooms.
+      "publisherName": "A String", # Optional. Descriptive name of the publisher to be displayed in the UI for a better targeting experience.
+    },
+    "partnerAudienceInfo": { # Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners. # Optional. Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "commercePartner": "A String", # Optional. The commerce partner name. Only allowed if `partner_audience_source` is `COMMERCE_AUDIENCE`.
+      "partnerAudienceSource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source of the partner audience.
+    },
+    "pseudonymousIdInfo": { # Additional information when `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information for `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "billableRecordCount": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The number of billable records (e.g. uploaded or matched).
+      "syncStatus": "A String", # Output only. Sync status of the user list.
+    },
+    "uploadKeyTypes": [ # Required. Immutable. Upload key types of this user list.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "userIdInfo": { # Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.
+    },
+  },
+  "integrationCode": "A String", # Optional. An ID from external system. It is used by user list sellers to correlate IDs on their systems.
+  "membershipDuration": "A String", # Optional. The duration a user remains in the user list. Valid durations are exact multiples of 24 hours (86400 seconds). Providing a value that is not an exact multiple of 24 hours will result in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  "membershipStatus": "A String", # Optional. Membership status of this user list.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list}
+  "readOnly": True or False, # Output only. An option that indicates if a user may edit a list.
+  "sizeInfo": { # Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks. # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks.
+    "displayNetworkMembersCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list, on the Google Display Network.
+    "searchNetworkMembersCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in the google.com domain. These are the members available for targeting in Search campaigns.
+  },
+  "targetNetworkInfo": { # Eligibility information for different target networks. # Optional. Eligibility information for different target networks.
+    "eligibleForDisplay": True or False, # Output only. Indicates this user list is eligible for Google Display Network.
+    "eligibleForSearch": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if this user list is eligible for Google Search Network.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a UserList. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the user list to delete. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list} (required)
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If true, the request is validated but not executed.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets a UserList. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the UserList to retrieve. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user list resource.
+  "accessReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason this account has been granted access to the list.
+  "accountAccessStatus": "A String", # Optional. Indicates if this share is still enabled. When a user list is shared with the account this field is set to `ENABLED`. Later the user list owner can decide to revoke the share and make it `DISABLED`.
+  "closingReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why this user list membership status is closed.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the user list.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the user list.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the user list.
+  "ingestedUserListInfo": { # Represents a user list that is populated by user provided data. # Optional. Represents a user list that is populated by user ingested data.
+    "contactIdInfo": { # Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data
+      "matchRatePercentage": 42, # Output only. Match rate for customer match user lists.
+    },
+    "mobileIdInfo": { # Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "appId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A string that uniquely identifies a mobile application from which the data was collected.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.
+      "keySpace": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The key space of mobile IDs.
+    },
+    "pairIdInfo": { # Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners. # Optional. Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "advertiserIdentifierCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of the advertiser's first party data records that have been uploaded to a clean room provider. This does not signify the size of a PAIR user list.
+      "cleanRoomIdentifier": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Identifies a unique advertiser to publisher relationship with one clean room provider or across multiple clean room providers.
+      "matchRatePercentage": 42, # Output only. This field denotes the percentage of membership match of this user list with the corresponding publisher's first party data. Must be between 0 and 100 inclusive.
+      "publisherId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Identifies the publisher that the Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation user list is reconciled with. This field is provided by the cleanroom provider and is only unique in the scope of that cleanroom. This cannot be used as a global identifier across multiple cleanrooms.
+      "publisherName": "A String", # Optional. Descriptive name of the publisher to be displayed in the UI for a better targeting experience.
+    },
+    "partnerAudienceInfo": { # Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners. # Optional. Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "commercePartner": "A String", # Optional. The commerce partner name. Only allowed if `partner_audience_source` is `COMMERCE_AUDIENCE`.
+      "partnerAudienceSource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source of the partner audience.
+    },
+    "pseudonymousIdInfo": { # Additional information when `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information for `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "billableRecordCount": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The number of billable records (e.g. uploaded or matched).
+      "syncStatus": "A String", # Output only. Sync status of the user list.
+    },
+    "uploadKeyTypes": [ # Required. Immutable. Upload key types of this user list.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "userIdInfo": { # Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.
+    },
+  },
+  "integrationCode": "A String", # Optional. An ID from external system. It is used by user list sellers to correlate IDs on their systems.
+  "membershipDuration": "A String", # Optional. The duration a user remains in the user list. Valid durations are exact multiples of 24 hours (86400 seconds). Providing a value that is not an exact multiple of 24 hours will result in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  "membershipStatus": "A String", # Optional. Membership status of this user list.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list}
+  "readOnly": True or False, # Output only. An option that indicates if a user may edit a list.
+  "sizeInfo": { # Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks. # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks.
+    "displayNetworkMembersCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list, on the Google Display Network.
+    "searchNetworkMembersCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in the google.com domain. These are the members available for targeting in Search campaigns.
+  },
+  "targetNetworkInfo": { # Eligibility information for different target networks. # Optional. Eligibility information for different target networks.
+    "eligibleForDisplay": True or False, # Output only. Indicates this user list is eligible for Google Display Network.
+    "eligibleForSearch": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if this user list is eligible for Google Search Network.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists UserLists. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent account which owns this collection of user lists. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account} (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. A [filter string](//google.aip.dev/160). All fields need to be on the left hand side of each condition (for example: `display_name = "list 1"`). Supported operations: - `AND` - `=` - `!=` - `>` - `>=` - `<` - `<=` - `:` (has) Supported fields: - `id` - `display_name` - `description` - `membership_status` - `integration_code` - `access_reason` - `ingested_user_list_info.upload_key_types`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of user lists to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 user lists will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserLists` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserLists` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListUserLists.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "userLists": [ # The user lists from the specified account.
+    { # A user list resource.
+      "accessReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason this account has been granted access to the list.
+      "accountAccessStatus": "A String", # Optional. Indicates if this share is still enabled. When a user list is shared with the account this field is set to `ENABLED`. Later the user list owner can decide to revoke the share and make it `DISABLED`.
+      "closingReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why this user list membership status is closed.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the user list.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the user list.
+      "id": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the user list.
+      "ingestedUserListInfo": { # Represents a user list that is populated by user provided data. # Optional. Represents a user list that is populated by user ingested data.
+        "contactIdInfo": { # Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+          "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data
+          "matchRatePercentage": 42, # Output only. Match rate for customer match user lists.
+        },
+        "mobileIdInfo": { # Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+          "appId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A string that uniquely identifies a mobile application from which the data was collected.
+          "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.
+          "keySpace": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The key space of mobile IDs.
+        },
+        "pairIdInfo": { # Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners. # Optional. Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners.
+          "advertiserIdentifierCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of the advertiser's first party data records that have been uploaded to a clean room provider. This does not signify the size of a PAIR user list.
+          "cleanRoomIdentifier": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Identifies a unique advertiser to publisher relationship with one clean room provider or across multiple clean room providers.
+          "matchRatePercentage": 42, # Output only. This field denotes the percentage of membership match of this user list with the corresponding publisher's first party data. Must be between 0 and 100 inclusive.
+          "publisherId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Identifies the publisher that the Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation user list is reconciled with. This field is provided by the cleanroom provider and is only unique in the scope of that cleanroom. This cannot be used as a global identifier across multiple cleanrooms.
+          "publisherName": "A String", # Optional. Descriptive name of the publisher to be displayed in the UI for a better targeting experience.
+        },
+        "partnerAudienceInfo": { # Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners. # Optional. Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners.
+          "commercePartner": "A String", # Optional. The commerce partner name. Only allowed if `partner_audience_source` is `COMMERCE_AUDIENCE`.
+          "partnerAudienceSource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source of the partner audience.
+        },
+        "pseudonymousIdInfo": { # Additional information when `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information for `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+          "billableRecordCount": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The number of billable records (e.g. uploaded or matched).
+          "syncStatus": "A String", # Output only. Sync status of the user list.
+        },
+        "uploadKeyTypes": [ # Required. Immutable. Upload key types of this user list.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "userIdInfo": { # Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+          "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.
+        },
+      },
+      "integrationCode": "A String", # Optional. An ID from external system. It is used by user list sellers to correlate IDs on their systems.
+      "membershipDuration": "A String", # Optional. The duration a user remains in the user list. Valid durations are exact multiples of 24 hours (86400 seconds). Providing a value that is not an exact multiple of 24 hours will result in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+      "membershipStatus": "A String", # Optional. Membership status of this user list.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list}
+      "readOnly": True or False, # Output only. An option that indicates if a user may edit a list.
+      "sizeInfo": { # Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks. # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks.
+        "displayNetworkMembersCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list, on the Google Display Network.
+        "searchNetworkMembersCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in the google.com domain. These are the members available for targeting in Search campaigns.
+      },
+      "targetNetworkInfo": { # Eligibility information for different target networks. # Optional. Eligibility information for different target networks.
+        "eligibleForDisplay": True or False, # Output only. Indicates this user list is eligible for Google Display Network.
+        "eligibleForSearch": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if this user list is eligible for Google Search Network.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Updates a UserList. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the user list. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A user list resource.
+  "accessReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason this account has been granted access to the list.
+  "accountAccessStatus": "A String", # Optional. Indicates if this share is still enabled. When a user list is shared with the account this field is set to `ENABLED`. Later the user list owner can decide to revoke the share and make it `DISABLED`.
+  "closingReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why this user list membership status is closed.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the user list.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the user list.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the user list.
+  "ingestedUserListInfo": { # Represents a user list that is populated by user provided data. # Optional. Represents a user list that is populated by user ingested data.
+    "contactIdInfo": { # Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data
+      "matchRatePercentage": 42, # Output only. Match rate for customer match user lists.
+    },
+    "mobileIdInfo": { # Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "appId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A string that uniquely identifies a mobile application from which the data was collected.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.
+      "keySpace": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The key space of mobile IDs.
+    },
+    "pairIdInfo": { # Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners. # Optional. Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "advertiserIdentifierCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of the advertiser's first party data records that have been uploaded to a clean room provider. This does not signify the size of a PAIR user list.
+      "cleanRoomIdentifier": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Identifies a unique advertiser to publisher relationship with one clean room provider or across multiple clean room providers.
+      "matchRatePercentage": 42, # Output only. This field denotes the percentage of membership match of this user list with the corresponding publisher's first party data. Must be between 0 and 100 inclusive.
+      "publisherId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Identifies the publisher that the Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation user list is reconciled with. This field is provided by the cleanroom provider and is only unique in the scope of that cleanroom. This cannot be used as a global identifier across multiple cleanrooms.
+      "publisherName": "A String", # Optional. Descriptive name of the publisher to be displayed in the UI for a better targeting experience.
+    },
+    "partnerAudienceInfo": { # Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners. # Optional. Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "commercePartner": "A String", # Optional. The commerce partner name. Only allowed if `partner_audience_source` is `COMMERCE_AUDIENCE`.
+      "partnerAudienceSource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source of the partner audience.
+    },
+    "pseudonymousIdInfo": { # Additional information when `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information for `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "billableRecordCount": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The number of billable records (e.g. uploaded or matched).
+      "syncStatus": "A String", # Output only. Sync status of the user list.
+    },
+    "uploadKeyTypes": [ # Required. Immutable. Upload key types of this user list.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "userIdInfo": { # Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.
+    },
+  },
+  "integrationCode": "A String", # Optional. An ID from external system. It is used by user list sellers to correlate IDs on their systems.
+  "membershipDuration": "A String", # Optional. The duration a user remains in the user list. Valid durations are exact multiples of 24 hours (86400 seconds). Providing a value that is not an exact multiple of 24 hours will result in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  "membershipStatus": "A String", # Optional. Membership status of this user list.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list}
+  "readOnly": True or False, # Output only. An option that indicates if a user may edit a list.
+  "sizeInfo": { # Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks. # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks.
+    "displayNetworkMembersCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list, on the Google Display Network.
+    "searchNetworkMembersCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in the google.com domain. These are the members available for targeting in Search campaigns.
+  },
+  "targetNetworkInfo": { # Eligibility information for different target networks. # Optional. Eligibility information for different target networks.
+    "eligibleForDisplay": True or False, # Output only. Indicates this user list is eligible for Google Display Network.
+    "eligibleForSearch": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if this user list is eligible for Google Search Network.
+  },
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to update.
+  validateOnly: boolean, Optional. If true, the request is validated but not executed.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user list resource.
+  "accessReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason this account has been granted access to the list.
+  "accountAccessStatus": "A String", # Optional. Indicates if this share is still enabled. When a user list is shared with the account this field is set to `ENABLED`. Later the user list owner can decide to revoke the share and make it `DISABLED`.
+  "closingReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why this user list membership status is closed.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the user list.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the user list.
+  "id": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the user list.
+  "ingestedUserListInfo": { # Represents a user list that is populated by user provided data. # Optional. Represents a user list that is populated by user ingested data.
+    "contactIdInfo": { # Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data
+      "matchRatePercentage": 42, # Output only. Match rate for customer match user lists.
+    },
+    "mobileIdInfo": { # Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "appId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. A string that uniquely identifies a mobile application from which the data was collected.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.
+      "keySpace": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The key space of mobile IDs.
+    },
+    "pairIdInfo": { # Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners. # Optional. Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "advertiserIdentifierCount": "A String", # Output only. The count of the advertiser's first party data records that have been uploaded to a clean room provider. This does not signify the size of a PAIR user list.
+      "cleanRoomIdentifier": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Identifies a unique advertiser to publisher relationship with one clean room provider or across multiple clean room providers.
+      "matchRatePercentage": 42, # Output only. This field denotes the percentage of membership match of this user list with the corresponding publisher's first party data. Must be between 0 and 100 inclusive.
+      "publisherId": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Identifies the publisher that the Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation user list is reconciled with. This field is provided by the cleanroom provider and is only unique in the scope of that cleanroom. This cannot be used as a global identifier across multiple cleanrooms.
+      "publisherName": "A String", # Optional. Descriptive name of the publisher to be displayed in the UI for a better targeting experience.
+    },
+    "partnerAudienceInfo": { # Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners. # Optional. Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners.
+      "commercePartner": "A String", # Optional. The commerce partner name. Only allowed if `partner_audience_source` is `COMMERCE_AUDIENCE`.
+      "partnerAudienceSource": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The source of the partner audience.
+    },
+    "pseudonymousIdInfo": { # Additional information when `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information for `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "billableRecordCount": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The number of billable records (e.g. uploaded or matched).
+      "syncStatus": "A String", # Output only. Sync status of the user list.
+    },
+    "uploadKeyTypes": [ # Required. Immutable. Upload key types of this user list.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "userIdInfo": { # Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. # Optional. Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.
+      "dataSourceType": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.
+    },
+  },
+  "integrationCode": "A String", # Optional. An ID from external system. It is used by user list sellers to correlate IDs on their systems.
+  "membershipDuration": "A String", # Optional. The duration a user remains in the user list. Valid durations are exact multiples of 24 hours (86400 seconds). Providing a value that is not an exact multiple of 24 hours will result in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  "membershipStatus": "A String", # Optional. Membership status of this user list.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the user list. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list}
+  "readOnly": True or False, # Output only. An option that indicates if a user may edit a list.
+  "sizeInfo": { # Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks. # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks.
+    "displayNetworkMembersCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list, on the Google Display Network.
+    "searchNetworkMembersCount": "A String", # Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in the google.com domain. These are the members available for targeting in Search campaigns.
+  },
+  "targetNetworkInfo": { # Eligibility information for different target networks. # Optional. Eligibility information for different target networks.
+    "eligibleForDisplay": True or False, # Output only. Indicates this user list is eligible for Google Display Network.
+    "eligibleForSearch": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if this user list is eligible for Google Search Network.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..83957180a0b --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.accountTypes.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +

Data Manager API . accountTypes

+

Instance Methods

+

+ accounts() +

+

Returns the accounts Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.audienceMembers.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.audienceMembers.html index 342d814fa96..bf38e52c4cb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.audienceMembers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.audienceMembers.html @@ -112,11 +112,16 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "pairData": { # [PAIR](//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908) IDs for the audience. At least one PAIR ID is required. # [Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation (PAIR) IDs](//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908). + "pairData": { # [PAIR](//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908) IDs for the audience. At least one PAIR ID is required. This feature is only available to data partners. # [Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation (PAIR) IDs](//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908). This feature is only available to data partners. "pairIds": [ # Required. Cleanroom-provided PII data, hashed with SHA256, and encrypted with an EC commutative cipher using publisher key for the [PAIR]((//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908)) user list. At most 10 `pairIds` can be provided in a single AudienceMember. "A String", ], }, + "ppidData": { # Publisher provided identifiers data holding the ppids. At least one ppid is required. This feature is only available to data partners. # Data related to publisher provided identifiers. This feature is only available to data partners. + "ppids": [ # Required. The list of publisher provided identifiers for a user. + "A String", + ], + }, "userData": { # Data that identifies the user. At least one identifier is required. # User-provided data that identifies the user. "userIdentifiers": [ # Required. The identifiers for the user. It's possible to provide multiple instances of the same type of data (for example, multiple email addresses). To increase the likelihood of a match, provide as many identifiers as possible. At most 10 `userIdentifiers` can be provided in a single AudienceMember or Event. { # A single identifier for the user. @@ -131,6 +136,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "userIdData": { # User id data holding the user id. # Data related to unique identifiers for a user, as defined by the advertiser. + "userId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for a user, as defined by the advertiser. + }, }, ], "consent": { # [Digital Markets Act (DMA)](//digital-markets-act.ec.europa.eu/index_en) consent settings for the user. # Optional. Request-level consent to apply to all users in the request. User-level consent overrides request-level consent, and can be specified in each AudienceMember. @@ -215,11 +223,16 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "pairData": { # [PAIR](//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908) IDs for the audience. At least one PAIR ID is required. # [Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation (PAIR) IDs](//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908). + "pairData": { # [PAIR](//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908) IDs for the audience. At least one PAIR ID is required. This feature is only available to data partners. # [Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation (PAIR) IDs](//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908). This feature is only available to data partners. "pairIds": [ # Required. Cleanroom-provided PII data, hashed with SHA256, and encrypted with an EC commutative cipher using publisher key for the [PAIR]((//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908)) user list. At most 10 `pairIds` can be provided in a single AudienceMember. "A String", ], }, + "ppidData": { # Publisher provided identifiers data holding the ppids. At least one ppid is required. This feature is only available to data partners. # Data related to publisher provided identifiers. This feature is only available to data partners. + "ppids": [ # Required. The list of publisher provided identifiers for a user. + "A String", + ], + }, "userData": { # Data that identifies the user. At least one identifier is required. # User-provided data that identifies the user. "userIdentifiers": [ # Required. The identifiers for the user. It's possible to provide multiple instances of the same type of data (for example, multiple email addresses). To increase the likelihood of a match, provide as many identifiers as possible. At most 10 `userIdentifiers` can be provided in a single AudienceMember or Event. { # A single identifier for the user. @@ -234,6 +247,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, + "userIdData": { # User id data holding the user id. # Data related to unique identifiers for a user, as defined by the advertiser. + "userId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for a user, as defined by the advertiser. + }, }, ], "destinations": [ # Required. The list of destinations to remove the users from. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.html index f757499f8e9..591cc2fa1a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Data Manager API

Instance Methods

+

+ accountTypes() +

+

Returns the accountTypes Resource.

+

audienceMembers()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.requestStatus.html b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.requestStatus.html index cc2111b0d09..3c9fd359d94 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.requestStatus.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datamanager_v1.requestStatus.html @@ -112,11 +112,19 @@

Method Details

"pairIdCount": "A String", # The total count of pair ids sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all pair ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not. "recordCount": "A String", # The total count of audience members sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not. }, + "ppidDataIngestionStatus": { # The status of the ppid data ingestion to the destination containing stats related to the ingestion. # The status of the ppid data ingestion to the destination. + "ppidCount": "A String", # The total count of ppids sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all ppids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not. + "recordCount": "A String", # The total count of audience members sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not. + }, "userDataIngestionStatus": { # The status of the user data ingestion to the destination containing stats related to the ingestion. # The status of the user data ingestion to the destination. "recordCount": "A String", # The total count of audience members sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not. "uploadMatchRateRange": "A String", # The match rate range of the upload. "userIdentifierCount": "A String", # The total count of user identifiers sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all user identifiers in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not. }, + "userIdDataIngestionStatus": { # The status of the user id data ingestion to the destination containing stats related to the ingestion. # The status of the user id data ingestion to the destination. + "recordCount": "A String", # The total count of audience members sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not. + "userIdCount": "A String", # The total count of user ids sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all user ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not. + }, }, "audienceMembersRemovalStatus": { # The status of the remove audience members request. # The status of the remove audience members request. "mobileDataRemovalStatus": { # The status of the mobile data removal from the destination. # The status of the mobile data removal from the destination. @@ -127,10 +135,18 @@

Method Details

"pairIdCount": "A String", # The total count of pair ids sent in the removal request. Includes all pair ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not. "recordCount": "A String", # The total count of audience members sent in the removal request. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not. }, + "ppidDataRemovalStatus": { # The status of the ppid data removal from the destination. # The status of the ppid data removal from the destination. + "ppidCount": "A String", # The total count of ppids sent in the removal request. Includes all ppids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not. + "recordCount": "A String", # The total count of audience members sent in the removal request. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not. + }, "userDataRemovalStatus": { # The status of the user data removal from the destination. # The status of the user data removal from the destination. "recordCount": "A String", # The total count of audience members sent in the removal request. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not. "userIdentifierCount": "A String", # The total count of user identifiers sent in the removal request. Includes all user identifiers in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not. }, + "userIdDataRemovalStatus": { # The status of the user id data removal from the destination. # The status of the user id data removal from the destination. + "recordCount": "A String", # The total count of audience members sent in the removal request. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not. + "userIdCount": "A String", # The total count of user ids sent in the removal request. Includes all user ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not. + }, }, "destination": { # The Google product you're sending data to. For example, a Google Ads account. # A destination within a DM API request. "linkedAccount": { # Represents a specific account. # Optional. An account that the calling user's `login_account` has access to, through an established account link. For example, a data partner's `login_account` might have access to a client's `linked_account`. The partner might use this field to send data from the `linked_account` to another `operating_account`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html index 3877584a4fc..1a0c368a0c0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.html @@ -337,6 +337,17 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results. { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results. "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules. + "debugQueriesResultSets": [ # Output only. Contains the results of all debug queries for this rule. The number of result sets will correspond to the number of debug_queries. + { # Contains all results from a debug query. + "results": [ # Output only. Contains all results. Up to 10 results can be returned. + { # Contains a single result from the debug query. + "name": "A String", # Specifies the name of the result. Available if provided with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. + "type": "A String", # Indicates the data type of the result. For more information, see BigQuery data types (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-types). + "value": "A String", # Represents the value of the result as a string. + }, + ], + }, + ], "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules. "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column. @@ -345,8 +356,14 @@

Method Details

"passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -422,8 +439,14 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -587,8 +610,14 @@

Method Details

"rule": [ # The data quality rules that Dataplex Universal Catalog generates based on the results of a data profiling scan. { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -858,6 +887,17 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results. { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results. "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules. + "debugQueriesResultSets": [ # Output only. Contains the results of all debug queries for this rule. The number of result sets will correspond to the number of debug_queries. + { # Contains all results from a debug query. + "results": [ # Output only. Contains all results. Up to 10 results can be returned. + { # Contains a single result from the debug query. + "name": "A String", # Specifies the name of the result. Available if provided with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. + "type": "A String", # Indicates the data type of the result. For more information, see BigQuery data types (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-types). + "value": "A String", # Represents the value of the result as a string. + }, + ], + }, + ], "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules. "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column. @@ -866,8 +906,14 @@

Method Details

"passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -943,8 +989,14 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -1293,6 +1345,17 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results. { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results. "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules. + "debugQueriesResultSets": [ # Output only. Contains the results of all debug queries for this rule. The number of result sets will correspond to the number of debug_queries. + { # Contains all results from a debug query. + "results": [ # Output only. Contains all results. Up to 10 results can be returned. + { # Contains a single result from the debug query. + "name": "A String", # Specifies the name of the result. Available if provided with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. + "type": "A String", # Indicates the data type of the result. For more information, see BigQuery data types (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-types). + "value": "A String", # Represents the value of the result as a string. + }, + ], + }, + ], "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules. "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column. @@ -1301,8 +1364,14 @@

Method Details

"passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -1378,8 +1447,14 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -1689,6 +1764,17 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results. { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results. "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules. + "debugQueriesResultSets": [ # Output only. Contains the results of all debug queries for this rule. The number of result sets will correspond to the number of debug_queries. + { # Contains all results from a debug query. + "results": [ # Output only. Contains all results. Up to 10 results can be returned. + { # Contains a single result from the debug query. + "name": "A String", # Specifies the name of the result. Available if provided with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. + "type": "A String", # Indicates the data type of the result. For more information, see BigQuery data types (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-types). + "value": "A String", # Represents the value of the result as a string. + }, + ], + }, + ], "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules. "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column. @@ -1697,8 +1783,14 @@

Method Details

"passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -1774,8 +1866,14 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -2103,6 +2201,17 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results. { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results. "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules. + "debugQueriesResultSets": [ # Output only. Contains the results of all debug queries for this rule. The number of result sets will correspond to the number of debug_queries. + { # Contains all results from a debug query. + "results": [ # Output only. Contains all results. Up to 10 results can be returned. + { # Contains a single result from the debug query. + "name": "A String", # Specifies the name of the result. Available if provided with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. + "type": "A String", # Indicates the data type of the result. For more information, see BigQuery data types (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-types). + "value": "A String", # Represents the value of the result as a string. + }, + ], + }, + ], "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules. "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column. @@ -2111,8 +2220,14 @@

Method Details

"passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -2188,8 +2303,14 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html index a7d33a562b7..d8a0908535e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.dataScans.jobs.html @@ -119,8 +119,14 @@

Method Details

"rule": [ # The data quality rules that Dataplex Universal Catalog generates based on the results of a data profiling scan. { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -386,6 +392,17 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results. { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results. "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules. + "debugQueriesResultSets": [ # Output only. Contains the results of all debug queries for this rule. The number of result sets will correspond to the number of debug_queries. + { # Contains all results from a debug query. + "results": [ # Output only. Contains all results. Up to 10 results can be returned. + { # Contains a single result from the debug query. + "name": "A String", # Specifies the name of the result. Available if provided with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. + "type": "A String", # Indicates the data type of the result. For more information, see BigQuery data types (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-types). + "value": "A String", # Represents the value of the result as a string. + }, + ], + }, + ], "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules. "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column. @@ -394,8 +411,14 @@

Method Details

"passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -471,8 +494,14 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -747,6 +776,17 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Output only. A list of all the rules in a job, and their results. { # DataQualityRuleResult provides a more detailed, per-rule view of the results. "assertionRowCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows returned by the SQL statement in a SQL assertion rule.This field is only valid for SQL assertion rules. + "debugQueriesResultSets": [ # Output only. Contains the results of all debug queries for this rule. The number of result sets will correspond to the number of debug_queries. + { # Contains all results from a debug query. + "results": [ # Output only. Contains all results. Up to 10 results can be returned. + { # Contains a single result from the debug query. + "name": "A String", # Specifies the name of the result. Available if provided with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. + "type": "A String", # Indicates the data type of the result. For more information, see BigQuery data types (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-types). + "value": "A String", # Represents the value of the result as a string. + }, + ], + }, + ], "evaluatedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "failingRowsQuery": "A String", # Output only. The query to find rows that did not pass this rule.This field is only valid for row-level type rules. "nullCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows with null values in the specified column. @@ -755,8 +795,14 @@

Method Details

"passedCount": "A String", # Output only. The number of rows which passed a rule evaluation.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion. "rule": { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. # Output only. The rule specified in the DataQualitySpec, as is. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. @@ -832,8 +878,14 @@

Method Details

"rules": [ # Required. The list of rules to evaluate against a data source. At least one rule is required. { # A rule captures data quality intent about a data source. "column": "A String", # Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against. + "debugQueries": [ # Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future. + { # Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()} + "description": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. + "sqlStatement": "A String", # Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed. + }, + ], "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters. - "dimension": "A String", # Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. + "dimension": "A String", # Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters. "ignoreNull": True or False, # Optional. Rows with null values will automatically fail a rule, unless ignore_null is true. In that case, such null rows are trivially considered passing.This field is only valid for the following type of rules: RangeExpectation RegexExpectation SetExpectation UniquenessExpectation "name": "A String", # Optional. A mutable name for the rule. The name must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), or hyphens (-). The maximum length is 63 characters. Must start with a letter. Must end with a number or a letter. "nonNullExpectation": { # Evaluates whether each column value is null. # Row-level rule which evaluates whether each column value is null. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html index 6e07d14c902..9e5ff2417a9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.html @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@

Instance Methods

Deletes an Entry.

get(name, aspectTypes=None, paths=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets an Entry. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).

+

Gets an Entry.

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists Entries within an EntryGroup. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).

+

Lists Entries within an EntryGroup.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

get(name, aspectTypes=None, paths=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets an Entry. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).
+  
Gets an Entry.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the Entry: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}/entries/{entry}. (required)
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ 

Method Details

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists Entries within an EntryGroup. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).
+  
Lists Entries within an EntryGroup.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The resource name of the parent Entry Group: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/entryGroups/{entry_group}. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html
index cba7bf8c061..92448e990d3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -149,6 +149,11 @@ 

Instance Methods

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ policyIntents() +

+

Returns the policyIntents Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -163,7 +168,13 @@

Instance Methods

Retrieves the next page of results.

lookupEntry(name, aspectTypes=None, entry=None, paths=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Looks up an entry by name using the permission on the source system. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).

+

Looks up an entry by name using the permission on the source system.

+

+ lookupEntryLinks(name, entry=None, entryLinkTypes=None, entryMode=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Looks up Entry Links referencing the specified Entry.

+

+ lookupEntryLinks_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

searchEntries(name, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, scope=None, semanticSearch=None, x__xgafv=None)

Searches for Entries matching the given query and scope.

@@ -255,7 +266,7 @@

Method Details

lookupEntry(name, aspectTypes=None, entry=None, paths=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Looks up an entry by name using the permission on the source system. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).
+  
Looks up an entry by name using the permission on the source system.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The project to which the request should be attributed in the following form: projects/{project}/locations/{location}. (required)
@@ -322,6 +333,63 @@ 

Method Details

}
+
+ lookupEntryLinks(name, entry=None, entryLinkTypes=None, entryMode=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Looks up Entry Links referencing the specified Entry.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The project to which the request should be attributed to Format: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}. (required)
+  entry: string, Required. The resource name of the referred Entry. Format: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}. Entry Links which references this entry will be returned in the response.
+  entryLinkTypes: string, Entry link types to filter the response by. If empty, all entry link types will be returned. At most 10 entry link types can be specified. (repeated)
+  entryMode: string, Mode of entry reference.
+    Allowed values
+      ENTRY_MODE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified entry mode. Returns both directional and non-directional entry links which references the entry.
+      SOURCE - Returns all directed entry links which references the entry as source.
+      TARGET - Return all directed entry links which references the entry as target.
+  pageSize: integer, Maximum number of EntryLinks to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 EntryLinks will be returned. The maximum value is 10; values above 10 will be coerced to 10.
+  pageToken: string, Page token received from a previous LookupEntryLinks call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters that are provided to the LookupEntryLinks request must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for LookupEntryLinks.
+  "entryLinks": [ # List of entry links that reference the specified entry.
+    { # EntryLink represents a link between two Entries.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry Link was created.
+      "entryLinkType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Relative resource name of the Entry Link Type used to create this Entry Link. For example: Entry link between synonym terms in a glossary: projects/dataplex-types/locations/global/entryLinkTypes/synonym Entry link between related terms in a glossary: projects/dataplex-types/locations/global/entryLinkTypes/related Entry link between glossary terms and data assets: projects/dataplex-types/locations/global/entryLinkTypes/definition
+      "entryReferences": [ # Required. Specifies the Entries referenced in the Entry Link. There should be exactly two entry references.
+        { # Reference to the Entry that is linked through the Entry Link.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The relative resource name of the referenced Entry, of the form: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}
+          "path": "A String", # Immutable. The path in the Entry that is referenced in the Entry Link. Empty path denotes that the Entry itself is referenced in the Entry Link.
+          "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The reference type of the Entry.
+        },
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. Identifier. The relative resource name of the Entry Link, of the form: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entryLinks/{entry_link_id}
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Entry Link was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+}
+
+ +
+ lookupEntryLinks_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+
searchEntries(name, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, query=None, scope=None, semanticSearch=None, x__xgafv=None)
Searches for Entries matching the given query and scope.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.policyIntents.html b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.policyIntents.html
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6b175cdadd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataplex_v1.projects.locations.policyIntents.html
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+
+
+
+

Cloud Dataplex API . projects . locations . policyIntents

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.

+

+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members, or principals, to a single role. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of members, or principals, with a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one principal.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the bindings in the Policy.
+    { # Associates members, or principals, with a role.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: All workforce identities in a group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workforce identity pool. principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workload identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: A workload identity pool group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workload identity pool. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see here (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members, or principals, to a single role. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of members, or principals, with a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one principal.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the bindings in the Policy.
+      { # Associates members, or principals, with a role.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: All workforce identities in a group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workforce identity pool. principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workload identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: A workload identity pool group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workload identity pool. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see here (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  "updateMask": "A String", # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used:paths: "bindings, etag"
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members, or principals, to a single role. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" } ] } This enables 'DATA_READ' and 'DATA_WRITE' logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          "exemptedMembers": [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "logType": "A String", # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      "service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of members, or principals, with a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one principal.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the bindings in the Policy.
+    { # Associates members, or principals, with a role.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]: An identifier for a Kubernetes service account (https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com. principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: All workforce identities in a group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workforce identity pool. principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: A single identity in a workload identity pool. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}: A workload identity pool group. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*: All identities in a workload identity pool. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of members, or principals. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see here (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ +
+ testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for TestIamPermissions method.
+  "permissions": [ # The set of permissions to check for the resource. Permissions with wildcards (such as * or storage.*) are not allowed. For more information see IAM Overview (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for TestIamPermissions method.
+  "permissions": [ # A subset of TestPermissionsRequest.permissions that the caller is allowed.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html index affac1ddd45..875e267de31 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.batches.html @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@

Method Details

} batchId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the batch, which will become the final component of the batch's resource name.This value must be 4-63 characters. Valid characters are /[a-z][0-9]-/. - requestId: string, Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two CreateBatchRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.CreateBatchRequest)s with the same request_id, the second request is ignored and the Operation that corresponds to the first Batch created and stored in the backend is returned.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters. + requestId: string, Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two CreateBatchRequests with the same request_id, the second request is ignored and the operation that corresponds to the first Batch created and stored in the backend is returned.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.conversions.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.conversions.html index 3a18b404e32..68b087f7f24 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.conversions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.conversions.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

"conversions": [ # The set of conversions to insert. { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The original conversion that was inserted or updated and whether there were any errors. "conversion": { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. # The original conversion that was inserted or updated. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Method Details

"conversions": [ # The set of conversions to update. { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The original conversion that was inserted or updated and whether there were any errors. "conversion": { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. # The original conversion that was inserted or updated. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicFeeds.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicFeeds.html index 821e96e3c2a..d694bf5b2fb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicFeeds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicFeeds.html @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@

Instance Methods

Inserts a new dynamic feed.

retransform(dynamicFeedId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retransforms a dynamic feed.

+

Retransforms a dynamic feed. Only draft feeds can be retransformed (i.e. the feed has not been published).

update(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a new dynamic feed.

+

Updates a new dynamic feed. For draft feeds, only Element can be updated. For published feeds, only FeedSchedule can be updated. Other fields will be ignored.

Method Details

close() @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -212,8 +212,8 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynnamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id. See - "dynamicFeed": { # Contains dynamic feed information. # Required. Dynamic feed to insert. +{ # Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id. + "dynamicFeed": { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. # Required. Dynamic feed to insert. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@

Method Details

retransform(dynamicFeedId, x__xgafv=None) -
Retransforms a dynamic feed.
+  
Retransforms a dynamic feed. Only draft feeds can be retransformed (i.e. the feed has not been published).
 
 Args:
   dynamicFeedId: string, Required. Dynamic feed ID. (required)
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -523,13 +523,13 @@

Method Details

update(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a new dynamic feed.
+  
Updates a new dynamic feed. For draft feeds, only Element can be updated. For published feeds, only FeedSchedule can be updated. Other fields will be ignored.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Contains dynamic feed information.
+{ #  *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information.
   "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field.
     "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided.
     "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field.
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicProfiles.html index a2cc2370390..69a1f359492 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.dynamicProfiles.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

generateCode(dynamicProfileId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Generates code for a dynamic profile.

+

Generates code for a dynamic profile, which will need unescaping.

get(dynamicProfileId, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a dynamic profile by ID.

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

generateCode(dynamicProfileId, x__xgafv=None) -
Generates code for a dynamic profile.
+  
Generates code for a dynamic profile, which will need unescaping.
 
 Args:
   dynamicProfileId: string, Required. Dynamic profile ID. (required)
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response message for DfareportingDynamicProfiles.GenerateCode. - "code": "A String", # Generated code for the dynamic profile. + "code": "A String", # Generated code for the dynamic profile. The code will need to be unescaped. }
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic profile information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Contains dynamic profile information. +{ # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic profile information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Contains dynamic profile information. +{ # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic profile information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreativeAssets.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreativeAssets.html index da16198ef7a..02bcbc44783 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreativeAssets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreativeAssets.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for DfareportingStudioCreativeAssets.Insert. "assets": [ # The list of studio creative assets. - { # Contains studio creative asset information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative asset information. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the studio creative asset. This is a read-only field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreatives.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreatives.html index 477b09bd11d..e05a94999b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreatives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v4.studioCreatives.html @@ -106,11 +106,11 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains studio creative information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information. "assetIds": [ # List of assets associated with this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "A String", ], - "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. + "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "createdInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # The timestamp when the studio creative was created. This is a read-only, auto-generated field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, @@ -140,11 +140,11 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Contains studio creative information. +{ # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information. "assetIds": [ # List of assets associated with this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "A String", ], - "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. + "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "createdInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # The timestamp when the studio creative was created. This is a read-only, auto-generated field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, @@ -173,11 +173,11 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains studio creative information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information. "assetIds": [ # List of assets associated with this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "A String", ], - "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. + "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "createdInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # The timestamp when the studio creative was created. This is a read-only, auto-generated field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.ads.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.ads.html index 3ab8e7efe9d..2e994507c80 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.ads.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.ads.html @@ -278,6 +278,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -604,6 +607,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -928,6 +934,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -1303,6 +1312,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -1648,6 +1660,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -1972,6 +1987,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -2298,6 +2316,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -2622,6 +2643,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.conversions.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.conversions.html index 7ffcf717070..43e94aaf0a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.conversions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.conversions.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Method Details

"conversions": [ # The set of conversions to insert. { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The original conversion that was inserted or updated and whether there were any errors. "conversion": { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. # The original conversion that was inserted or updated. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Method Details

"conversions": [ # The set of conversions to update. { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The original conversion that was inserted or updated and whether there were any errors. "conversion": { # A Conversion represents when a user successfully performs a desired action after seeing an ad. # The original conversion that was inserted or updated. "adUserDataConsent": "A String", # This represents consent for ad user data. - "cartData": { # *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. + "cartData": { # Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788) # The cart data associated with this conversion. "items": [ # Data of the items purchased. { # Contains data of the items purchased. "itemId": "A String", # The shopping id of the item. Must be equal to the Merchant Center product identifier. This is a required field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.countries.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.countries.html index d0d35cec825..989a95c1c3c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.countries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.countries.html @@ -110,6 +110,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }
@@ -135,6 +138,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#countriesListResponse". diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicFeeds.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicFeeds.html index dbb88e94340..8955384a59d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicFeeds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicFeeds.html @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@

Instance Methods

Inserts a new dynamic feed.

retransform(dynamicFeedId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Retransforms a dynamic feed.

+

Retransforms a dynamic feed. Only draft feeds can be retransformed (i.e. the feed has not been published).

update(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Updates a new dynamic feed.

+

Updates a new dynamic feed. For draft feeds, only Element can be updated. For published feeds, only FeedSchedule can be updated. Other fields will be ignored.

Method Details

close() @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -212,8 +212,8 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynnamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id. See - "dynamicFeed": { # Contains dynamic feed information. # Required. Dynamic feed to insert. +{ # Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id. + "dynamicFeed": { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. # Required. Dynamic feed to insert. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@

Method Details

retransform(dynamicFeedId, x__xgafv=None) -
Retransforms a dynamic feed.
+  
Retransforms a dynamic feed. Only draft feeds can be retransformed (i.e. the feed has not been published).
 
 Args:
   dynamicFeedId: string, Required. Dynamic feed ID. (required)
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. @@ -523,13 +523,13 @@

Method Details

update(body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Updates a new dynamic feed.
+  
Updates a new dynamic feed. For draft feeds, only Element can be updated. For published feeds, only FeedSchedule can be updated. Other fields will be ignored.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Contains dynamic feed information.
+{ #  *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information.
   "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field.
     "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided.
     "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field.
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic feed information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information. "contentSource": { # Contains the content source of the dynamic feed. # Required. The content source of the dynamic feed. This is a required field. "contentSourceName": "A String", # Optional. The name of the content source. It is defaulted to content source file name if not provided. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the content source. This is a read-only field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicProfiles.html index bd3296ca2b2..cae97dbe3ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.dynamicProfiles.html @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

generateCode(dynamicProfileId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Generates code for a dynamic profile.

+

Generates code for a dynamic profile, which will need unescaping.

get(dynamicProfileId, x__xgafv=None)

Gets a dynamic profile by ID.

@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

generateCode(dynamicProfileId, x__xgafv=None) -
Generates code for a dynamic profile.
+  
Generates code for a dynamic profile, which will need unescaping.
 
 Args:
   dynamicProfileId: string, Required. Dynamic profile ID. (required)
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ 

Method Details

An object of the form: { # Response message for DfareportingDynamicProfiles.GenerateCode. - "code": "A String", # Generated code for the dynamic profile. + "code": "A String", # Generated code for the dynamic profile. The code will need to be unescaped. }
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic profile information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Contains dynamic profile information. +{ # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic profile information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Contains dynamic profile information. +{ # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. @@ -794,7 +794,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains dynamic profile information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information. "active": { # Contains dynamic profile version information. # Optional. Active version of the dynamic profile. "dynamicProfileFeedSettings": [ # Optional. Associated dynamic feeds and their settings (including dynamic rules) for this dynamic profile version. { # Contains dynamic profile specific settings for an associated dynamic feed. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreativeAssets.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreativeAssets.html index 9fc0e7391e7..7ecf1437a6d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreativeAssets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreativeAssets.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for DfareportingStudioCreativeAssets.Insert. "assets": [ # The list of studio creative assets. - { # Contains studio creative asset information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative asset information. "createInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # Output only. The creation timestamp of the studio creative asset. This is a read-only field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreatives.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreatives.html index 2aaef1d180f..3c913e7420b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreatives.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.studioCreatives.html @@ -106,11 +106,11 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains studio creative information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information. "assetIds": [ # List of assets associated with this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "A String", ], - "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. + "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "createdInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # The timestamp when the studio creative was created. This is a read-only, auto-generated field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, @@ -140,11 +140,11 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Contains studio creative information. +{ # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information. "assetIds": [ # List of assets associated with this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "A String", ], - "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. + "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "createdInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # The timestamp when the studio creative was created. This is a read-only, auto-generated field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, @@ -173,11 +173,11 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Contains studio creative information. + { # *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information. "assetIds": [ # List of assets associated with this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "A String", ], - "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. + "backupImageAssetId": "A String", # Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion. "createdInfo": { # Modification timestamp. # The timestamp when the studio creative was created. This is a read-only, auto-generated field. "time": "A String", # Timestamp of the last change in milliseconds since epoch. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.targetingTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.targetingTemplates.html index 84442bda232..a3ed591f988 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.targetingTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.targetingTemplates.html @@ -164,6 +164,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -338,6 +341,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -510,6 +516,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -706,6 +715,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -897,6 +909,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -1069,6 +1084,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -1243,6 +1261,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. @@ -1415,6 +1436,9 @@

Method Details

"kind": "A String", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "dfareporting#country". "name": "A String", # Name of this country. "sslEnabled": True or False, # Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country. + "tvDataProviders": [ # Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country. + "A String", + ], }, ], "excludeCountries": True or False, # Whether or not to exclude the countries in the countries field from targeting. If false, the countries field refers to countries which will be targeted by the ad. diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignDetails.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignDetails.html index a0d12317728..4f1914f3e74 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignDetails.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignDetails.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- get(profileId, id, accountId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ get(profileId, id, accountId=None, countryDartId=None, tvDataProvider=None, x__xgafv=None)

Gets one TvCampaignDetail by ID.

Method Details

@@ -87,13 +87,25 @@

Method Details

- get(profileId, id, accountId=None, x__xgafv=None) + get(profileId, id, accountId=None, countryDartId=None, tvDataProvider=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets one TvCampaignDetail by ID.
 
 Args:
   profileId: string, Required. User profile ID associated with this request. (required)
   id: string, Required. TV Campaign ID. (required)
   accountId: string, Required. Account ID associated with this request.
+  countryDartId: string, Optional. Country Dart ID. If not specified, defaults to 256 (US).
+  tvDataProvider: string, Optional. TV data provider. If not specified, defaults to `COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US`.
+    Allowed values
+      INVALID_TV_DATA_PROVIDER - 
+      IBOPE_AR - 
+      IBOPE_BR - 
+      IBOPE_CL - 
+      IBOPE_CO - 
+      TNS_VN - 
+      COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US - 
+      COMSCORE_CA - 
+      SAMBA_AU - 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignSummaries.html b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignSummaries.html
index 64f3951b6ee..d9e27ea9fa4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignSummaries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dfareporting_v5.tvCampaignSummaries.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

- list(profileId, accountId=None, name=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ list(profileId, accountId=None, countryDartId=None, name=None, tvDataProvider=None, x__xgafv=None)

Retrieves a list of TV campaign summaries.

Method Details

@@ -87,13 +87,25 @@

Method Details

- list(profileId, accountId=None, name=None, x__xgafv=None) + list(profileId, accountId=None, countryDartId=None, name=None, tvDataProvider=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves a list of TV campaign summaries.
 
 Args:
   profileId: string, Required. User profile ID associated with this request. (required)
   accountId: string, Required. Account ID associated with this request.
+  countryDartId: string, Optional. Country Dart ID. If not specified, defaults to 256 (US).
   name: string, Required. Search string to filter the list of TV campaign summaries. Matches any substring. Required field.
+  tvDataProvider: string, Optional. TV data provider. If not specified, defaults to `COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US`.
+    Allowed values
+      INVALID_TV_DATA_PROVIDER - 
+      IBOPE_AR - 
+      IBOPE_BR - 
+      IBOPE_CL - 
+      IBOPE_CO - 
+      TNS_VN - 
+      COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US - 
+      COMSCORE_CA - 
+      SAMBA_AU - 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html
index 36fefd4cd37..36366d41ae4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversationProfiles.html
@@ -385,6 +385,7 @@ 

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -621,6 +622,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, }
@@ -882,6 +884,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, }
@@ -1129,6 +1132,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", @@ -1384,6 +1388,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, } updateMask: string, A parameter @@ -1621,6 +1626,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html index af1faa0da6c..9a4b9bc54ed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html @@ -385,6 +385,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -621,6 +622,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, }
@@ -882,6 +884,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, }
@@ -1129,6 +1132,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", @@ -1384,6 +1388,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, } updateMask: string, A parameter @@ -1621,6 +1626,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html index 743a789eb9c..bed1d493e22 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html @@ -325,6 +325,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, }, "latestMessage": "A String", "maxContextSize": 42, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html index 0cc37d3e2a4..dd709997a9c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html @@ -325,6 +325,7 @@

Method Details

"volumeGainDb": 3.14, }, "updateTime": "A String", + "useBidiStreaming": True or False, }, "latestMessage": "A String", "maxContextSize": 42, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html index 8ecdcad6442..a918de04069 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html @@ -74,18 +74,195 @@

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents

Instance Methods

+

+ message() +

+

Returns the message Resource.

+

operations()

Returns the operations Resource.

+

+ tasks() +

+

Returns the tasks Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ getCard(tenant, x__xgafv=None)

+

GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.

Method Details

close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ getCard(tenant, x__xgafv=None) +
GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # AgentCard conveys key information: - Overall details (version, name, description, uses) - Skills; a set of actions/solutions the agent can perform - Default modalities/content types supported by the agent. - Authentication requirements Next ID: 19
+  "additionalInterfaces": [ # Announcement of additional supported transports. Client can use any of the supported transports.
+    { # Defines additional transport information for the agent.
+      "tenant": "A String", # Tenant to be set in the request when calling the agent. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.
+      "transport": "A String", # The transport supported this url. This is an open form string, to be easily extended for many transport protocols. The core ones officially supported are JSONRPC, GRPC and HTTP+JSON.
+      "url": "A String", # The url this interface is found at.
+    },
+  ],
+  "capabilities": { # Defines the A2A feature set supported by the agent # A2A Capability set supported by the agent.
+    "extensions": [ # Extensions supported by this agent.
+      { # A declaration of an extension supported by an Agent.
+        "description": "A String", # A description of how this agent uses this extension. Example: "Google OAuth 2.0 authentication"
+        "params": { # Optional configuration for the extension.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "required": True or False, # Whether the client must follow specific requirements of the extension. Example: false
+        "uri": "A String", # The URI of the extension. Example: "https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/oauth2"
+      },
+    ],
+    "pushNotifications": True or False, # If the agent can send push notifications to the clients webhook
+    "streaming": True or False, # If the agent will support streaming responses
+  },
+  "defaultInputModes": [ # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The set of interaction modes that the agent supports across all skills. This can be overridden per skill. Defined as mime types.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "defaultOutputModes": [ # The mime types supported as outputs from this agent.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "description": "A String", # A description of the agent's domain of action/solution space. Example: "Agent that helps users with recipes and cooking."
+  "documentationUrl": "A String", # A url to provide additional documentation about the agent.
+  "iconUrl": "A String", # An optional URL to an icon for the agent.
+  "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the agent. Example: "Recipe Agent"
+  "preferredTransport": "A String", # The transport of the preferred endpoint. If empty, defaults to JSONRPC.
+  "protocolVersion": "A String", # The version of the A2A protocol this agent supports.
+  "provider": { # Represents information about the service provider of an agent. # The service provider of the agent.
+    "organization": "A String", # The providers organization name Example: "Google"
+    "url": "A String", # The providers reference url Example: "https://ai.google.dev"
+  },
+  "security": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Security requirements for contacting the agent. This list can be seen as an OR of ANDs. Each object in the list describes one possible set of security requirements that must be present on a request. This allows specifying, for example, "callers must either use OAuth OR an API Key AND mTLS." Example: security { schemes { key: "oauth" value { list: ["read"] } } } security { schemes { key: "api-key" } schemes { key: "mtls" } }
+    {
+      "schemes": {
+        "a_key": { # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
+          "list": [
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "securitySchemes": { # The security scheme details used for authenticating with this agent.
+    "a_key": {
+      "apiKeySecurityScheme": {
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+        "location": "A String", # Location of the API key, valid values are "query", "header", or "cookie"
+        "name": "A String", # Name of the header, query or cookie parameter to be used.
+      },
+      "httpAuthSecurityScheme": {
+        "bearerFormat": "A String", # A hint to the client to identify how the bearer token is formatted. Bearer tokens are usually generated by an authorization server, so this information is primarily for documentation purposes.
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+        "scheme": "A String", # The name of the HTTP Authentication scheme to be used in the Authorization header as defined in RFC7235. The values used SHOULD be registered in the IANA Authentication Scheme registry. The value is case-insensitive, as defined in RFC7235.
+      },
+      "mtlsSecurityScheme": {
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+      },
+      "oauth2SecurityScheme": {
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+        "flows": { # An object containing configuration information for the flow types supported
+          "authorizationCode": {
+            "authorizationUrl": "A String", # The authorization URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS
+            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+          },
+          "clientCredentials": {
+            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+          },
+          "implicit": {
+            "authorizationUrl": "A String", # The authorization URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS
+            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+          },
+          "password": {
+            "refreshUrl": "A String", # The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+            "scopes": { # The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.
+              "a_key": "A String",
+            },
+            "tokenUrl": "A String", # The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.
+          },
+        },
+        "oauth2MetadataUrl": "A String", # URL to the oauth2 authorization server metadata [RFC8414](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8414). TLS is required.
+      },
+      "openIdConnectSecurityScheme": {
+        "description": "A String", # Description of this security scheme.
+        "openIdConnectUrl": "A String", # Well-known URL to discover the [[OpenID-Connect-Discovery]] provider metadata.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+  "signatures": [ # JSON Web Signatures computed for this AgentCard.
+    { # AgentCardSignature represents a JWS signature of an AgentCard. This follows the JSON format of an RFC 7515 JSON Web Signature (JWS).
+      "header": { # The unprotected JWS header values.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "protected": "A String", # Required. The protected JWS header for the signature. This is always a base64url-encoded JSON object. Required.
+      "signature": "A String", # Required. The computed signature, base64url-encoded. Required.
+    },
+  ],
+  "skills": [ # Skills represent a unit of ability an agent can perform. This may somewhat abstract but represents a more focused set of actions that the agent is highly likely to succeed at.
+    { # AgentSkill represents a unit of action/solution that the agent can perform. One can think of this as a type of highly reliable solution that an agent can be tasked to provide. Agents have the autonomy to choose how and when to use specific skills, but clients should have confidence that if the skill is defined that unit of action can be reliably performed.
+      "description": "A String", # A human (or llm) readable description of the skill details and behaviors.
+      "examples": [ # A set of example queries that this skill is designed to address. These examples should help the caller to understand how to craft requests to the agent to achieve specific goals. Example: ["I need a recipe for bread"]
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "id": "A String", # Unique identifier of the skill within this agent.
+      "inputModes": [ # Possible input modalities supported.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the skill.
+      "outputModes": [ # Possible output modalities produced
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "security": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Security schemes necessary for the agent to leverage this skill. As in the overall AgentCard.security, this list represents a logical OR of security requirement objects. Each object is a set of security schemes that must be used together (a logical AND). protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
+        {
+          "schemes": {
+            "a_key": { # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED
+              "list": [
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "tags": [ # A set of tags for the skill to enhance categorization/utilization. Example: ["cooking", "customer support", "billing"]
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "supportsAuthenticatedExtendedCard": True or False, # Whether the agent supports providing an extended agent card when the user is authenticated, i.e. is the card from .well-known different than the card from GetAgentCard.
+  "url": "A String", # A URL to the address the agent is hosted at. This represents the preferred endpoint as declared by the agent.
+  "version": "A String", # The version of the agent. Example: "1.0.0"
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.message.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.message.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..be799b28311 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.message.html @@ -0,0 +1,602 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . message

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ send(tenant, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Send a message to the agent. This is a blocking call that will return the task once it is completed, or a LRO if requested.

+

+ stream(tenant, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

SendStreamingMessage is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events until the Task is in an interrupted or terminal state.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ send(tenant, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Send a message to the agent. This is a blocking call that will return the task once it is completed, or a LRO if requested.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # /////////// Request Messages ///////////
+  "configuration": { # Configuration of a send message request. # Configuration for the send request.
+    "acceptedOutputModes": [ # The output modes that the agent is expected to respond with.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "blocking": True or False, # If true, the message will be blocking until the task is completed. If false, the message will be non-blocking and the task will be returned immediately. It is the caller's responsibility to check for any task updates.
+    "historyLength": 42, # The maximum number of messages to include in the history. if 0, the history will be unlimited.
+    "pushNotification": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # A configuration of a webhook that can be used to receive updates
+      "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+        "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+        "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+      "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+      "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+    },
+  },
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # Required. The message to send to the agent.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Optional metadata for the request.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # ////// Response Messages ///////////
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "task": { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+    "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+      { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+        "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+        "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+        "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+    "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+      { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+    ],
+    "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ stream(tenant, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
SendStreamingMessage is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events until the Task is in an interrupted or terminal state.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # /////////// Request Messages ///////////
+  "configuration": { # Configuration of a send message request. # Configuration for the send request.
+    "acceptedOutputModes": [ # The output modes that the agent is expected to respond with.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "blocking": True or False, # If true, the message will be blocking until the task is completed. If false, the message will be non-blocking and the task will be returned immediately. It is the caller's responsibility to check for any task updates.
+    "historyLength": 42, # The maximum number of messages to include in the history. if 0, the history will be unlimited.
+    "pushNotification": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # A configuration of a webhook that can be used to receive updates
+      "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+        "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+        "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+      "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+      "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+    },
+  },
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # Required. The message to send to the agent.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Optional metadata for the request.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The stream response for a message. The stream should be one of the following sequences: If the response is a message, the stream should contain one, and only one, message and then close If the response is a task lifecycle, the first response should be a Task object followed by zero or more TaskStatusUpdateEvents and TaskArtifactUpdateEvents. The stream should complete when the Task if in an interrupted or terminal state. A stream that ends before these conditions are met are
+  "artifactUpdate": { # TaskArtifactUpdateEvent represents a task delta where an artifact has been generated.
+    "append": True or False, # Whether this should be appended to a prior one produced
+    "artifact": { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication. # The artifact itself
+      "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+      "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+      "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "contextId": "A String", # The id of the context that this task belongs too
+    "lastChunk": True or False, # Whether this represents the last part of an artifact
+    "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with the artifact update.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "taskId": "A String", # The id of the task for this artifact
+  },
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "statusUpdate": { # TaskStatusUpdateEvent is a delta even on a task indicating that a task has changed.
+    "contextId": "A String", # The id of the context that the task belongs to
+    "final": True or False, # Whether this is the last status update expected for this task.
+    "metadata": { # Optional metadata to associate with the task update.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The new status of the task.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+    "taskId": "A String", # The id of the task that is changed
+  },
+  "task": { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+    "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+      { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+        "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+        "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+        "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+    "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+      { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+    ],
+    "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9066c71def1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.html @@ -0,0 +1,594 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . tasks

+

Instance Methods

+

+ pushNotificationConfigs() +

+

Returns the pushNotificationConfigs Resource.

+ +

+ cancel(tenant, name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Cancel a task from the agent. If supported one should expect no more task updates for the task.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(tenant, name, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get the current state of a task from the agent.

+

+ subscribe(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None)

+

TaskSubscription is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events. This attaches the stream to an existing in process task. If the task is complete the stream will return the completed task (like GetTask) and close the stream.

+

Method Details

+
+ cancel(tenant, name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Cancel a task from the agent. If supported one should expect no more task updates for the task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the task to cancel. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+  "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+    { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+      "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+      "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+      "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+  "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+    { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+      "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+      "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+      "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+  "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+    "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+      "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+      "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+      "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+    "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(tenant, name, historyLength=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get the current state of a task from the agent.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the task. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  historyLength: integer, The number of most recent messages from the task's history to retrieve.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+  "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+    { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+      "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+      "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+      "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+  "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+  "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+    { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+      "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+      "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+      "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+  "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+  "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+    "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+      "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+      "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+      "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+      "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+    },
+    "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+    "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ subscribe(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None) +
TaskSubscription is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events. This attaches the stream to an existing in process task. If the task is complete the stream will return the completed task (like GetTask) and close the stream.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the task to subscribe to. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The stream response for a message. The stream should be one of the following sequences: If the response is a message, the stream should contain one, and only one, message and then close If the response is a task lifecycle, the first response should be a Task object followed by zero or more TaskStatusUpdateEvents and TaskArtifactUpdateEvents. The stream should complete when the Task if in an interrupted or terminal state. A stream that ends before these conditions are met are
+  "artifactUpdate": { # TaskArtifactUpdateEvent represents a task delta where an artifact has been generated.
+    "append": True or False, # Whether this should be appended to a prior one produced
+    "artifact": { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication. # The artifact itself
+      "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+      "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+      "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+      "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+        { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+          "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+            "data": {
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+            "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+            "fileWithUri": "A String",
+            "mimeType": "A String",
+            "name": "A String",
+          },
+          "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "text": "A String",
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "contextId": "A String", # The id of the context that this task belongs too
+    "lastChunk": True or False, # Whether this represents the last part of an artifact
+    "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with the artifact update.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "taskId": "A String", # The id of the task for this artifact
+  },
+  "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+    "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+      { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+        "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+          "data": {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+          "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+          "fileWithUri": "A String",
+          "mimeType": "A String",
+          "name": "A String",
+        },
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "text": "A String",
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+    "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+    "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+  },
+  "statusUpdate": { # TaskStatusUpdateEvent is a delta even on a task indicating that a task has changed.
+    "contextId": "A String", # The id of the context that the task belongs to
+    "final": True or False, # Whether this is the last status update expected for this task.
+    "metadata": { # Optional metadata to associate with the task update.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The new status of the task.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+    "taskId": "A String", # The id of the task that is changed
+  },
+  "task": { # Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.
+    "artifacts": [ # A set of output artifacts for a Task.
+      { # Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.
+        "artifactId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.
+        "description": "A String", # A human readable description of the artifact, optional.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "metadata": { # Optional metadata included with the artifact.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "name": "A String", # A human readable name for the artifact.
+        "parts": [ # The content of the artifact.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "contextId": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.
+    "history": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.
+      { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+    ],
+    "id": "A String", # Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.
+    "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.
+      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+    },
+    "status": { # A container for the status of a task # The current status of a Task, including state and a message.
+      "message": { # Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id. # A message associated with the status.
+        "content": [ # protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.
+          { # Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).
+            "data": { # DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.
+              "data": {
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "file": { # FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.
+              "fileWithBytes": "A String",
+              "fileWithUri": "A String",
+              "mimeType": "A String",
+              "name": "A String",
+            },
+            "metadata": { # Optional metadata associated with this part.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "text": "A String",
+          },
+        ],
+        "contextId": "A String", # The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.
+        "extensions": [ # The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "messageId": "A String", # The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.
+        "metadata": { # protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.
+          "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+        },
+        "role": "A String", # A role for the message.
+        "taskId": "A String", # The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # The current state of this task
+      "timestamp": "A String", # Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: "2023-10-27T10:00:00Z"
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..224e47e79d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.html @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ + + + +

Discovery Engine API . projects . locations . collections . engines . assistants . agents . tasks . pushNotificationConfigs

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(tenant, parent, body=None, configId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Set a push notification config for a task.

+

+ delete(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Delete a push notification config for a task.

+

+ get(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a push notification config for a task.

+

+ list(tenant, parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Get a list of push notifications configured for a task.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(tenant, parent, body=None, configId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Set a push notification config for a task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent task resource for this config. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}
+  "pushNotificationConfig": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # The push notification configuration details.
+    "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+      "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+      "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+    "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+    "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+  },
+}
+
+  configId: string, Required. The ID for the new config.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}
+  "pushNotificationConfig": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # The push notification configuration details.
+    "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+      "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+      "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+    "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+    "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None) +
Delete a push notification config for a task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the config to delete. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(tenant, name, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a push notification config for a task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  name: string, The resource name of the config to retrieve. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "name": "A String", # The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}
+  "pushNotificationConfig": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # The push notification configuration details.
+    "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+      "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+      "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+    "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+    "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(tenant, parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Get a list of push notifications configured for a task.
+
+Args:
+  tenant: string, Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release. (required)
+  parent: string, The parent task resource. Format: tasks/{task_id} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, For AIP-158 these fields are present. Usually not used/needed. The maximum number of configurations to return. If unspecified, all configs will be returned.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from a previous ListTaskPushNotificationConfigRequest call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListTaskPushNotificationConfigRequest` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    {
+  "configs": [ # The list of push notification configurations.
+    {
+      "name": "A String", # The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}
+      "pushNotificationConfig": { # Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates. # The push notification configuration details.
+        "authentication": { # Defines authentication details, used for push notifications. # Information about the authentication to sent with the notification
+          "credentials": "A String", # Optional credentials
+          "schemes": [ # Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "id": "A String", # A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.
+        "token": "A String", # Token unique for this task/session
+        "url": "A String", # Url to send the notification too
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html index fab3dd2bfd4..a5af7cde149 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.html @@ -119,13 +119,16 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, engineId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a Engine.

+

Creates an Engine.

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a Engine.

+

Deletes an Engine.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a Engine.

+

Gets an Engine.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all the Engines associated with the project.

@@ -135,6 +138,9 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates an Engine

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.

Method Details

close() @@ -143,7 +149,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, engineId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a Engine.
+  
Creates an Engine.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}`. (required)
@@ -183,6 +189,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -277,7 +286,7 @@

Method Details

delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a Engine.
+  
Deletes an Engine.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Full resource name of Engine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to delete the Engine, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the Engine to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned. (required)
@@ -312,7 +321,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a Engine.
+  
Gets an Engine.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Full resource name of Engine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`. (required)
@@ -357,6 +366,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -420,6 +432,41 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists all the Engines associated with the project.
@@ -472,6 +519,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -594,6 +644,9 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -698,6 +751,9 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -761,4 +817,62 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+ \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html index 697d5ce2cac..b22e9a0c95e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html @@ -103,6 +103,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -133,6 +139,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -169,6 +181,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -200,6 +218,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -230,6 +254,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.billingAccounts.billingAccountLicenseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.billingAccounts.billingAccountLicenseConfigs.html index 7015c728097..2fd853af471 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.billingAccounts.billingAccountLicenseConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.billingAccounts.billingAccountLicenseConfigs.html @@ -141,8 +141,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -180,6 +187,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about license configs at billing account level. "autoRenew": True or False, # Whether the BillingAccountLicenseConfig is auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed subscription end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -225,6 +238,12 @@

Method Details

"billingAccountLicenseConfigs": [ # All BillingAccountLicenseConfigs for the given billing account. { # Information about license configs at billing account level. "autoRenew": True or False, # Whether the BillingAccountLicenseConfig is auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed subscription end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -309,8 +328,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.html index caf7f4f2256..b9499f55207 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.html @@ -131,6 +131,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this project is created. "customerProvidedConfig": { # Customer provided configurations. # Optional. Customer provided configurations. "notebooklmConfig": { # Configuration for NotebookLM. # Optional. Configuration for NotebookLM settings. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for NotebookLM. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name. + }, + }, "modelArmorConfig": { # Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. # Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. "responseTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing LLM responses. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the LLM response. "userPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing user prompts. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the user prompt. @@ -177,6 +182,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this project is created. "customerProvidedConfig": { # Customer provided configurations. # Optional. Customer provided configurations. "notebooklmConfig": { # Configuration for NotebookLM. # Optional. Configuration for NotebookLM settings. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for NotebookLM. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name. + }, + }, "modelArmorConfig": { # Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. # Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. "responseTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing LLM responses. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the LLM response. "userPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing user prompts. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the user prompt. @@ -222,6 +232,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this project is created. "customerProvidedConfig": { # Customer provided configurations. # Optional. Customer provided configurations. "notebooklmConfig": { # Configuration for NotebookLM. # Optional. Configuration for NotebookLM settings. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for NotebookLM. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name. + }, + }, "modelArmorConfig": { # Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. # Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. "responseTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing LLM responses. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the LLM response. "userPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing user prompts. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the user prompt. @@ -329,6 +344,11 @@

Method Details

"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when this project is created. "customerProvidedConfig": { # Customer provided configurations. # Optional. Customer provided configurations. "notebooklmConfig": { # Configuration for NotebookLM. # Optional. Configuration for NotebookLM settings. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for NotebookLM. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name. + }, + }, "modelArmorConfig": { # Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. # Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses. "responseTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing LLM responses. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the LLM response. "userPromptTemplate": "A String", # Optional. The resource name of the Model Armor Template for sanitizing user prompts. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/templates/{template_id} If not specified, no sanitization will be applied to the user prompt. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.html index 7c6a6fe1b57..ab96a280614 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataConnector.html @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@

Method Details

Starts an immediate synchronization process for a DataConnector. Third Party Connector Users must specify which entities should be synced. FHIR Connectors must provide a timestamp to indicate the point in time from which data should be synced.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. Connector name of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/ {collection_id}/dataConnector (required)
+  parent: string, Required. Connector name of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index 25c8cf02a5a..f56e0ce49ef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -162,6 +162,38 @@ 

Method Details

"includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -240,6 +272,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -728,6 +761,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1829,6 +1894,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1890,6 +1956,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2475,6 +2542,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2536,6 +2604,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -3091,6 +3160,38 @@

Method Details

"includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -3169,6 +3270,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -3657,6 +3759,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html index 88831f1a624..dc08ba18d78 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -380,6 +380,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -664,6 +696,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -974,6 +1038,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1272,6 +1368,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1574,6 +1702,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1859,6 +2019,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html index 9cff4cec6cb..019fa2c659f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.html @@ -93,21 +93,9 @@

Instance Methods

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

Deletes an Agent.

-

- disableAgent(name, revisionId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Disables an Agent. The `state` of the Agent becomes `DISABLED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `ENABLED` or`SUSPENDED`, otherwise it returns an error.

-

- enableAgent(name, revisionId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Enables an Agent. The `state` of the Agent becomes `ENABLED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `DISABLED` or 'SUSPENDED', otherwise it returns an error.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets an Agent.

-

- getAgentView(name, adminView=None, languageCode=None, maxSuggestedPrompts=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns a AgentView for a given Agent, which contains additional information about the Agent.

-

- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets the access control policy for an agent resource. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.

list(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all Agents under an Assistant which were created by the caller.

@@ -117,12 +105,6 @@

Instance Methods

patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates an Agent

-

- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets the access control policy for an agent resource. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. Policy can only contain `roles/discoveryengine.agentUser`, `roles/discoveryengine.agentViewer` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentEditor` roles.

-

- suspendAgent(name, suspensionReason=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Suspends an Agent. It is still available for viewing but not for use. The `state` of the Agent becomes `SUSPENDED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `ENABLED`, otherwise it returns an error.

Method Details

close() @@ -280,136 +262,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- disableAgent(name, revisionId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Disables an Agent. The `state` of the Agent becomes `DISABLED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `ENABLED` or`SUSPENDED`, otherwise it returns an error.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the Agent to disable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` (required)
-  revisionId: string, Optional. The Revision ID of the Agent to disable. If not specified, the latest revision will be disabled.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Performs a predefined, specific task.
-  "a2aAgentDefinition": { # Stored definition of an agent that uses A2A. # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as an A2A agent.
-    "cloudMarketplaceConfig": { # Configuration specific to agents that are deployed from Cloud Marketplace. # Optional. Configuration specific to agents that are deployed from Cloud Marketplace.
-      "entitlement": "A String", # Required. The Marketplace Entitlement this agent is associated with. Format: `projects/{project}/entitlements/{entitlement}`.
-      "order": "A String", # Output only. The Marketplace Order this agent belongs to. Format: `billingAccounts/{billing_account}/orders/{order}`
-    },
-    "jsonAgentCard": "A String", # Optional. The agent card is a JSON string.
-  },
-  "adkAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of an agent that uses ADK and is deployed to Agent Engine (formerly known as Reasoning Engine). # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as an ADK agent.
-    "provisionedReasoningEngine": { # Keeps track of the reasoning engine that the agent is connected to. This message is not intended to keep track of agent's lifecycle. Instead it is only used to define parameters to connect to the agent that is already deployed to a reasoning engine. # Optional. The reasoning engine that the agent is connected to.
-      "reasoningEngine": "A String", # Required. The reasoning engine that the agent is connected to. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`
-    },
-  },
-  "authorizationConfig": { # Describes the authorizations required. # Optional. The authorizations that are required by the agent.
-    "agentAuthorization": "A String", # Optional. The authorization that is required to invoke the agent. Auth tokens will be passed to the agent as part of the request auth header.
-    "toolAuthorizations": [ # Optional. List of required authorizations for agent to access other resources. Auth tokens will be passed to the agent as part of the request body.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-  },
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Agent was created.
-  "customPlaceholderText": "A String", # Optional. The custom placeholder text that appears in the text box before the user enters any text.
-  "deploymentFailureReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent deployment failed. Only set if the state is DEPLOYMENT_FAILED.
-  "description": "A String", # Required. Human-readable description of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query.
-  "dialogflowAgentDefinition": { # Stored definition of an agent that uses a Dialogflow agent. # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as a Dialogflow agent.
-    "dialogflowAgent": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the underlying Dialogflow Agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}`
-  },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query.
-  "icon": { # Represents an image. # Optional. The icon that represents the agent on the UI.
-    "content": "A String", # Base64-encoded image file contents.
-    "uri": "A String", # Image URI.
-  },
-  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The code of the language of the text in the description, display_name and starter_prompts fields.
-  "managedAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of a Google managed agent. # Optional. The behavior of the Google managed agent.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`
-  "rejectionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.
-  "sharingConfig": { # Sharing related configuration. # Optional. The sharing config of the agent.
-    "scope": "A String", # Optional. The sharing scope of the agent.
-  },
-  "starterPrompts": [ # Optional. The starter prompt suggestions to show the user on the landing page of the agent.
-    { # The starter prompt suggestion to show the user on the landing page of the agent.
-      "text": "A String", # Required. The text of the starter prompt.
-    },
-  ],
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the agent.
-  "suspensionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was suspended. Only set if the state is SUSPENDED.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Agent was most recently updated.
-}
-
- -
- enableAgent(name, revisionId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Enables an Agent. The `state` of the Agent becomes `ENABLED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `DISABLED` or 'SUSPENDED', otherwise it returns an error.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the Agent to enable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` (required)
-  revisionId: string, Optional. The Revision ID of the Agent to enable. If not specified, the latest revision will be enabled.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Performs a predefined, specific task.
-  "a2aAgentDefinition": { # Stored definition of an agent that uses A2A. # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as an A2A agent.
-    "cloudMarketplaceConfig": { # Configuration specific to agents that are deployed from Cloud Marketplace. # Optional. Configuration specific to agents that are deployed from Cloud Marketplace.
-      "entitlement": "A String", # Required. The Marketplace Entitlement this agent is associated with. Format: `projects/{project}/entitlements/{entitlement}`.
-      "order": "A String", # Output only. The Marketplace Order this agent belongs to. Format: `billingAccounts/{billing_account}/orders/{order}`
-    },
-    "jsonAgentCard": "A String", # Optional. The agent card is a JSON string.
-  },
-  "adkAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of an agent that uses ADK and is deployed to Agent Engine (formerly known as Reasoning Engine). # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as an ADK agent.
-    "provisionedReasoningEngine": { # Keeps track of the reasoning engine that the agent is connected to. This message is not intended to keep track of agent's lifecycle. Instead it is only used to define parameters to connect to the agent that is already deployed to a reasoning engine. # Optional. The reasoning engine that the agent is connected to.
-      "reasoningEngine": "A String", # Required. The reasoning engine that the agent is connected to. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`
-    },
-  },
-  "authorizationConfig": { # Describes the authorizations required. # Optional. The authorizations that are required by the agent.
-    "agentAuthorization": "A String", # Optional. The authorization that is required to invoke the agent. Auth tokens will be passed to the agent as part of the request auth header.
-    "toolAuthorizations": [ # Optional. List of required authorizations for agent to access other resources. Auth tokens will be passed to the agent as part of the request body.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-  },
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Agent was created.
-  "customPlaceholderText": "A String", # Optional. The custom placeholder text that appears in the text box before the user enters any text.
-  "deploymentFailureReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent deployment failed. Only set if the state is DEPLOYMENT_FAILED.
-  "description": "A String", # Required. Human-readable description of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query.
-  "dialogflowAgentDefinition": { # Stored definition of an agent that uses a Dialogflow agent. # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as a Dialogflow agent.
-    "dialogflowAgent": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the underlying Dialogflow Agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}`
-  },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query.
-  "icon": { # Represents an image. # Optional. The icon that represents the agent on the UI.
-    "content": "A String", # Base64-encoded image file contents.
-    "uri": "A String", # Image URI.
-  },
-  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The code of the language of the text in the description, display_name and starter_prompts fields.
-  "managedAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of a Google managed agent. # Optional. The behavior of the Google managed agent.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`
-  "rejectionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.
-  "sharingConfig": { # Sharing related configuration. # Optional. The sharing config of the agent.
-    "scope": "A String", # Optional. The sharing scope of the agent.
-  },
-  "starterPrompts": [ # Optional. The starter prompt suggestions to show the user on the landing page of the agent.
-    { # The starter prompt suggestion to show the user on the landing page of the agent.
-      "text": "A String", # Required. The text of the starter prompt.
-    },
-  ],
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the agent.
-  "suspensionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was suspended. Only set if the state is SUSPENDED.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Agent was most recently updated.
-}
-
-
get(name, x__xgafv=None)
Gets an Agent.
@@ -474,98 +326,6 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- getAgentView(name, adminView=None, languageCode=None, maxSuggestedPrompts=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns a AgentView for a given Agent, which contains additional information about the Agent.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the Agent to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` (required)
-  adminView: boolean, Optional. Indicates whether to consider if the caller is an admin. If set, and the caller is an admin, the response will consider admin-only permissions. Otherwise, a caller with admin permissions will get a response as an unprivileged user.
-  languageCode: string, Optional. The UI language currently shown to the user. Specifying this field request that the texts in the AgentView in the response should be translated to this language.
-  maxSuggestedPrompts: integer, Optional. The maximum number of suggested prompts to return per agent.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for the AgentService.GetAgentView method.
-  "agentView": { # The data for displaying an Agent. # The data for displaying an Agent.
-    "agentOrigin": "A String", # Immutable. The origin of the Agent.
-    "agentSharingState": "A String", # Output only. The sharing state of the agent.
-    "agentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the agent.
-    "customPlaceholderText": "A String", # The custom placeholder text that appears in the text box before the user enters any text.
-    "deploymentFailureReason": "A String", # The reason why the agent deployment failed. Only set if the state is DEPLOYMENT_FAILED.
-    "description": "A String", # Required. Human-readable description of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query and to generate the first version of the steps for the agent that can be modified by the user. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.
-    "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the agent. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.
-    "icon": { # Represents an image. # Optional. The icon that represents the agent on the UI.
-      "content": "A String", # Base64-encoded image file contents.
-      "uri": "A String", # Image URI.
-    },
-    "name": "A String", # Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`
-    "rejectionReason": "A String", # The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.
-    "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the Agent.
-    "suggestedPrompts": [ # Optional. The suggested prompts for the agent, to be shown on the agent landing page.
-      { # A suggested prompt for the agent, to be shown on the agent landing page.
-        "text": "A String", # Required. The text of the suggested prompt. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.
-      },
-    ],
-    "suspensionReason": "A String", # The reason why the agent was suspended. Only set if the state is SUSPENDED.
-    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the agent was last updated.
-    "userAnnotations": { # Per-user annotations for an Agent, based on UserAnnotation. # Optional. Per-user annotations of the current caller for the agent.
-      "pinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the agent is pinned, pinned agent will be displayed on the top of the agent list.
-      "viewed": True or False, # Optional. Whether the agent has been viewed by the user.
-    },
-    "userPermissions": { # The permissions of the user on an Agent. # The permissions of the user for this Agent.
-      "canDelete": True or False, # If the user can delete this Agent.
-      "canEdit": True or False, # If the user can edit this Agent.
-      "canProposeUsers": True or False, # If the user can propose other users to share the Agent with.
-      "canRequestReview": True or False, # If the user can request a review for this Agent.
-      "canRun": True or False, # If the user can run this Agent.
-      "canView": True or False, # If the user can view the source of this Agent.
-      "canWithdraw": True or False, # If the user can withdraw this Agent.
-    },
-  },
-}
-
- -
- getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets the access control policy for an agent resource. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
-
list(parent, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists all Agents under an Assistant which were created by the caller.
@@ -769,127 +529,4 @@ 

Method Details

}
-
- setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets the access control policy for an agent resource. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. Policy can only contain `roles/discoveryengine.agentUser`, `roles/discoveryengine.agentViewer` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentEditor` roles.
-
-Args:
-  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-        },
-        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-      },
-    ],
-    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-  },
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
-      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
-        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
-        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
-        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
-      },
-      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
-    },
-  ],
-  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
-  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
-}
-
- -
- suspendAgent(name, suspensionReason=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Suspends an Agent. It is still available for viewing but not for use. The `state` of the Agent becomes `SUSPENDED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `ENABLED`, otherwise it returns an error.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. The name of the Agent to suspend. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}` (required)
-  suspensionReason: string, Required. The reason for suspending the Agent. This will be shown to the users of the Agent.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Performs a predefined, specific task.
-  "a2aAgentDefinition": { # Stored definition of an agent that uses A2A. # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as an A2A agent.
-    "cloudMarketplaceConfig": { # Configuration specific to agents that are deployed from Cloud Marketplace. # Optional. Configuration specific to agents that are deployed from Cloud Marketplace.
-      "entitlement": "A String", # Required. The Marketplace Entitlement this agent is associated with. Format: `projects/{project}/entitlements/{entitlement}`.
-      "order": "A String", # Output only. The Marketplace Order this agent belongs to. Format: `billingAccounts/{billing_account}/orders/{order}`
-    },
-    "jsonAgentCard": "A String", # Optional. The agent card is a JSON string.
-  },
-  "adkAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of an agent that uses ADK and is deployed to Agent Engine (formerly known as Reasoning Engine). # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as an ADK agent.
-    "provisionedReasoningEngine": { # Keeps track of the reasoning engine that the agent is connected to. This message is not intended to keep track of agent's lifecycle. Instead it is only used to define parameters to connect to the agent that is already deployed to a reasoning engine. # Optional. The reasoning engine that the agent is connected to.
-      "reasoningEngine": "A String", # Required. The reasoning engine that the agent is connected to. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`
-    },
-  },
-  "authorizationConfig": { # Describes the authorizations required. # Optional. The authorizations that are required by the agent.
-    "agentAuthorization": "A String", # Optional. The authorization that is required to invoke the agent. Auth tokens will be passed to the agent as part of the request auth header.
-    "toolAuthorizations": [ # Optional. List of required authorizations for agent to access other resources. Auth tokens will be passed to the agent as part of the request body.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-  },
-  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Agent was created.
-  "customPlaceholderText": "A String", # Optional. The custom placeholder text that appears in the text box before the user enters any text.
-  "deploymentFailureReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent deployment failed. Only set if the state is DEPLOYMENT_FAILED.
-  "description": "A String", # Required. Human-readable description of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query.
-  "dialogflowAgentDefinition": { # Stored definition of an agent that uses a Dialogflow agent. # Optional. The behavior of the agent is defined as a Dialogflow agent.
-    "dialogflowAgent": "A String", # Required. Resource name of the underlying Dialogflow Agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/agents/{agent}`
-  },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query.
-  "icon": { # Represents an image. # Optional. The icon that represents the agent on the UI.
-    "content": "A String", # Base64-encoded image file contents.
-    "uri": "A String", # Image URI.
-  },
-  "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The code of the language of the text in the description, display_name and starter_prompts fields.
-  "managedAgentDefinition": { # Stores the definition of a Google managed agent. # Optional. The behavior of the Google managed agent.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`
-  "rejectionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.
-  "sharingConfig": { # Sharing related configuration. # Optional. The sharing config of the agent.
-    "scope": "A String", # Optional. The sharing scope of the agent.
-  },
-  "starterPrompts": [ # Optional. The starter prompt suggestions to show the user on the landing page of the agent.
-    { # The starter prompt suggestion to show the user on the landing page of the agent.
-      "text": "A String", # Required. The text of the starter prompt.
-    },
-  ],
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. The lifecycle state of the agent.
-  "suspensionReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason why the agent was suspended. Only set if the state is SUSPENDED.
-  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this Agent was most recently updated.
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html index c6b29c95a91..d8fb4b95ab8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html @@ -99,12 +99,6 @@

Instance Methods

list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all Assistants under an Engine.

-

- listAvailableAgentViews(parent, adminView=None, agentOrigin=None, filter=None, languageCode=None, maxSuggestedPrompts=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, sortBy=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists the data for displaying the Agents under an Assistant which are available to the caller.

-

- listAvailableAgentViews_next()

-

Retrieves the next page of results.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -366,90 +360,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- listAvailableAgentViews(parent, adminView=None, agentOrigin=None, filter=None, languageCode=None, maxSuggestedPrompts=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, sortBy=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists the data for displaying the Agents under an Assistant which are available to the caller.
-
-Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}` (required)
-  adminView: boolean, Optional. Indicates whether to consider if the caller is an admin. If set, and the caller is an admin, the response will consider admin-only permissions. Otherwise, a caller with admin permissions will get a response as an unprivileged user.
-  agentOrigin: string, Optional. The origin of the Agent.
-    Allowed values
-      AGENT_ORIGIN_UNSPECIFIED - The origin is unspecified.
-      GOOGLE - Agent defined by Google.
-      ORGANIZATION - Agent defined by the organization.
-      USER - Agent defined by the user.
-  filter: string, Optional. The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the files being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. Allowed fields are: * `display_name` * `state` Some examples of filters would be: * `display_name = 'agent_1'` * `display_name = 'agent_1' AND state = ENABLED` For a full description of the filter format, please see https://google.aip.dev/160.
-  languageCode: string, Optional. The UI language currently shown to the user. Specifying this field request that the texts in the AgentViews in the response should be translated to this language.
-  maxSuggestedPrompts: integer, Optional. The maximum number of suggested prompts to return per agent.
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. Maximum number of AgentViews to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value is 1000; anything above that will be coerced down to 1000.
-  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token ListAvailableAgentViewsResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous AgentService.ListAvailableAgentViews call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListAvailableAgentViews must match the call that provided the page token.
-  sortBy: string, Optional. The field to sort by. Can have the following values: - display-name: The display name of the agent. - description: The description of the agent. - create-time: The creation time of the agent. - state: The state of the agent.
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for the AgentService.ListAvailableAgentViews method.
-  "agentViews": [ # The agent sources visible to the caller under the parent Assistant.
-    { # The data for displaying an Agent.
-      "agentOrigin": "A String", # Immutable. The origin of the Agent.
-      "agentSharingState": "A String", # Output only. The sharing state of the agent.
-      "agentType": "A String", # Output only. The type of the agent.
-      "customPlaceholderText": "A String", # The custom placeholder text that appears in the text box before the user enters any text.
-      "deploymentFailureReason": "A String", # The reason why the agent deployment failed. Only set if the state is DEPLOYMENT_FAILED.
-      "description": "A String", # Required. Human-readable description of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query and to generate the first version of the steps for the agent that can be modified by the user. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.
-      "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the agent. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.
-      "icon": { # Represents an image. # Optional. The icon that represents the agent on the UI.
-        "content": "A String", # Base64-encoded image file contents.
-        "uri": "A String", # Image URI.
-      },
-      "name": "A String", # Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`
-      "rejectionReason": "A String", # The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.
-      "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the Agent.
-      "suggestedPrompts": [ # Optional. The suggested prompts for the agent, to be shown on the agent landing page.
-        { # A suggested prompt for the agent, to be shown on the agent landing page.
-          "text": "A String", # Required. The text of the suggested prompt. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.
-        },
-      ],
-      "suspensionReason": "A String", # The reason why the agent was suspended. Only set if the state is SUSPENDED.
-      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the agent was last updated.
-      "userAnnotations": { # Per-user annotations for an Agent, based on UserAnnotation. # Optional. Per-user annotations of the current caller for the agent.
-        "pinned": True or False, # Optional. Whether the agent is pinned, pinned agent will be displayed on the top of the agent list.
-        "viewed": True or False, # Optional. Whether the agent has been viewed by the user.
-      },
-      "userPermissions": { # The permissions of the user on an Agent. # The permissions of the user for this Agent.
-        "canDelete": True or False, # If the user can delete this Agent.
-        "canEdit": True or False, # If the user can edit this Agent.
-        "canProposeUsers": True or False, # If the user can propose other users to share the Agent with.
-        "canRequestReview": True or False, # If the user can request a review for this Agent.
-        "canRun": True or False, # If the user can run this Agent.
-        "canView": True or False, # If the user can view the source of this Agent.
-        "canWithdraw": True or False, # If the user can withdraw this Agent.
-      },
-    },
-  ],
-  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
-}
-
- -
- listAvailableAgentViews_next() -
Retrieves the next page of results.
-
-        Args:
-          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
-          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
-
-        Returns:
-          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
-          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
-        
-
-
list_next()
Retrieves the next page of results.
@@ -579,10 +489,45 @@ 

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request for the AssistantService.StreamAssist method. + "actionSpec": { # Specification of actions for the request. # Optional. Specification of actions for the request. + "actionDisabled": True or False, # Optional. If true, actions will not be served for the request. This only works for enterprise edition. + }, "generationSpec": { # Assistant generation specification for the request. This allows to override the default generation configuration at the engine level. # Optional. Specification of the generation configuration for the request. "modelId": "A String", # Optional. The Vertex AI model_id used for the generative model. If not set, the default Assistant model will be used. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. Current user query. Empty query is only supported if `file_ids` are provided. In this case, the answer will be generated based on those context files. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -615,6 +560,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customer might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html index 2941b0f03e6..fab9e24a450 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.html @@ -124,13 +124,16 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, engineId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a Engine.

+

Creates an Engine.

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a Engine.

+

Deletes an Engine.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a Engine.

+

Gets an Engine.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.

getWorkspaceSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)

Get Workspace settings for the end user.

@@ -145,13 +148,16 @@

Instance Methods

Updates an Engine

pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Pauses the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

Pauses the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Resumes the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

Resumes the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.

tune(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Tunes an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

Tunes an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

Method Details

close() @@ -160,7 +166,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, engineId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a Engine.
+  
Creates an Engine.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}`. (required)
@@ -200,6 +206,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -303,7 +312,7 @@

Method Details

delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a Engine.
+  
Deletes an Engine.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Full resource name of Engine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to delete the Engine, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the Engine to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned. (required)
@@ -338,7 +347,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a Engine.
+  
Gets an Engine.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Full resource name of Engine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`. (required)
@@ -383,6 +392,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -455,6 +467,41 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
getWorkspaceSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)
Get Workspace settings for the end user.
@@ -526,6 +573,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -657,6 +707,9 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -770,6 +823,9 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -844,7 +900,7 @@

Method Details

pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Pauses the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  
Pauses the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the engine to pause. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}` (required)
@@ -895,6 +951,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -969,7 +1028,7 @@

Method Details

resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Resumes the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  
Resumes the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the engine to resume. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}` (required)
@@ -1020,6 +1079,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -1092,9 +1154,67 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
tune(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Tunes an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  
Tunes an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the engine to tune. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index f9b3f286e88..dc7de193cd6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -162,6 +162,38 @@ 

Method Details

"includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -240,6 +272,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -728,6 +761,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1829,6 +1894,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1890,6 +1956,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2475,6 +2542,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2536,6 +2604,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -3091,6 +3160,38 @@

Method Details

"includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -3169,6 +3270,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -3657,6 +3759,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html index 1f097c8c5a5..60f0d2a2356 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.html @@ -395,6 +395,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -679,6 +711,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -989,6 +1053,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1287,6 +1383,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1589,6 +1717,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1874,6 +2034,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html index 61291a6cf11..3c05ffdb192 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.html @@ -216,6 +216,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. @@ -446,6 +451,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. @@ -680,6 +690,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. @@ -924,6 +939,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. @@ -1178,6 +1198,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. @@ -1399,6 +1424,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 22b24c376b8..0d574f44233 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -162,6 +162,38 @@

Method Details

"includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -240,6 +272,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -728,6 +761,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1829,6 +1894,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1890,6 +1956,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2475,6 +2542,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2536,6 +2604,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -3091,6 +3160,38 @@

Method Details

"includeGroundingSupports": True or False, # Optional. Specifies whether to include grounding_supports in the answer. The default value is `false`. When this field is set to `true`, returned answer will have `grounding_score` and will contain GroundingSupports for each claim. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Required. Current user query. + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -3169,6 +3270,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -3657,6 +3759,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html index 1478d5cbcbb..9cbb486b537 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.sessions.html @@ -380,6 +380,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -664,6 +696,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -974,6 +1038,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1272,6 +1368,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1574,6 +1702,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, @@ -1859,6 +2019,38 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the answer generation. }, "query": { # Defines a user inputed query. # Optional. The user query. May not be set if this turn is merely regenerating an answer to a different turn + "parts": [ # Query content parts. + { # Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts. + "documentReference": { # Represents a document reference. # Other VAIS Document references. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the reference. + "urlForConnector": "A String", # Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search. + }, + "driveDocumentReference": { # Represents a Google Drive document reference. # Reference to a Google Drive document. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the reference. + "displayTitle": "A String", # The display title of the reference. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "driveId": "A String", # The Drive id of the document. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files. + "iconUri": "A String", # The icon uri of the Drive document reference. + }, + "mimeType": "A String", # Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is "text/plain" for the "data" field. + "personReference": { # Represents a person reference. # Reference to a person. + "destinationUri": "A String", # The destination uri of the person. + "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the person. + "displayPhotoUri": "A String", # The display photo url of the person. + "documentName": "A String", # The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`. + "email": "A String", # The email of the person. + "fileId": "A String", # Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files. + "personId": "A String", # The person id of the person. + }, + "text": "A String", # Text content. + "uiJsonPayload": "A String", # This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages. + }, + ], "queryId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Id for the query. "text": "A String", # Plain text. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html index f07ed2a0f1b..13c7b56c163 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html @@ -236,6 +236,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -297,6 +298,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -563,6 +565,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -624,6 +627,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -866,6 +870,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -927,6 +932,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html index 9cc2b61ec3e..9dbe449dc4d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.html @@ -157,6 +157,9 @@

Instance Methods

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ completeExternalIdentities(parent, entityTypeFilter=None, maxSuggestions=None, prefixQuery=None, useScimIdentities=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

This method provides suggestions for users and groups managed in an external identity provider, based on the provided prefix.

estimateDataSize(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Estimates the data size to be used by a customer.

@@ -196,6 +199,45 @@

Method Details

Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ completeExternalIdentities(parent, entityTypeFilter=None, maxSuggestions=None, prefixQuery=None, useScimIdentities=None, x__xgafv=None) +
This method provides suggestions for users and groups managed in an external identity provider, based on the provided prefix.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent location resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global`. (required)
+  entityTypeFilter: string, Optional. The type of entities to fetch. If not set, all entity types will be returned.
+    Allowed values
+      ENTITY_TYPE_FILTER_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified entity type filter.
+      USERS - Fetch only users.
+      GROUPS - Fetch only groups.
+  maxSuggestions: integer, Optional. The maximum number of user and group results to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 6 results will be returned. The limit is distributed as evenly as possible across users and groups. For example, if max_suggestions is 7, the service may return 4 users and 3 groups. If there are fewer suggestions of one type than half the limit, the other type may return more suggestions up to the max_suggestions limit.
+  prefixQuery: string, Required. The prefix to search for. For users, this prefix is matched against the `primary_email`. For groups, this prefix is matched against the `display_name`. The matching is case-insensitive.
+  useScimIdentities: boolean, Optional. Whether to use scim identities for external identity completion. If false, we will call the Microsoft graph API to fetch the external identities.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for CompletionService.CompleteExternalIdentities.
+  "externalIdentities": [ # The list of external identities that match the query.
+    { # External identity representing either a user or group. This user or group is from an external identity provider (IdP).
+      "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the user or group.
+      "externalId": "A String", # The unique 3P ID(external_id) of the entity (user or group).
+      "groupMetadata": { # Metadata corresponding to the external group. # Metadata corresponding to the external user.
+      },
+      "userMetadata": { # Metadata corresponding to the external user. # Metadata corresponding to the external user.
+        "familyName": "A String", # The user's family name.
+        "givenName": "A String", # The user's given name.
+        "primaryEmail": "A String", # The user's primary email address.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+
estimateDataSize(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Estimates the data size to be used by a customer.
@@ -1041,6 +1083,11 @@ 

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. @@ -1292,6 +1339,11 @@

Method Details

"connectorType": "A String", # Output only. The type of connector. Each source can only map to one type. For example, salesforce, confluence and jira have THIRD_PARTY connector type. It is not mutable once set by system. "createEuaSaas": True or False, # Optional. Whether the END USER AUTHENTICATION connector is created in SaaS. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the DataConnector was created at. + "dataProtectionPolicy": { # Data protection policy config for a connector. # Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector. + "sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { # Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy. # Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source. + "policy": "A String", # Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name. + }, + }, "dataSource": "A String", # Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`. "destinationConfigs": [ # Optional. Any target destinations used to connect to third-party services. { # Defines target endpoints used to connect to third-party sources. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html index e7824d74cec..449dab1edf0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html @@ -119,8 +119,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -167,8 +174,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -221,8 +235,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -270,8 +291,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -318,8 +346,15 @@

Method Details

}, ], "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. The language code used for notifications + "regionCode": "A String", # Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy. }, "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index 295fc3035f3..41498875b26 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -237,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -1774,6 +1775,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1835,6 +1837,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2416,6 +2419,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2477,6 +2481,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -3106,6 +3111,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html index 8b8cbe58b23..a0ec3226e28 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.html @@ -514,6 +514,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customer might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html index 805c2845da1..f551fae3288 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.html @@ -114,13 +114,16 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

create(parent, body=None, engineId=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Creates a Engine.

+

Creates an Engine.

delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Deletes a Engine.

+

Deletes an Engine.

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Gets a Engine.

+

Gets an Engine.

+

+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.

list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists all the Engines associated with the project.

@@ -132,13 +135,16 @@

Instance Methods

Updates an Engine

pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Pauses the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

Pauses the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Resumes the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

Resumes the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.

tune(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Tunes an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

+

Tunes an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.

Method Details

close() @@ -147,7 +153,7 @@

Method Details

create(parent, body=None, engineId=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Creates a Engine.
+  
Creates an Engine.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}`. (required)
@@ -187,6 +193,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -281,7 +290,7 @@

Method Details

delete(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Deletes a Engine.
+  
Deletes an Engine.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Full resource name of Engine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to delete the Engine, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the Engine to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned. (required)
@@ -316,7 +325,7 @@ 

Method Details

get(name, x__xgafv=None) -
Gets a Engine.
+  
Gets an Engine.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Full resource name of Engine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`. (required)
@@ -361,6 +370,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -424,6 +436,41 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists all the Engines associated with the project.
@@ -476,6 +523,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -598,6 +648,9 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -702,6 +755,9 @@

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -767,7 +823,7 @@

Method Details

pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Pauses the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  
Pauses the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the engine to pause. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}` (required)
@@ -818,6 +874,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -883,7 +942,7 @@

Method Details

resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Resumes the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  
Resumes the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the engine to resume. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}` (required)
@@ -934,6 +993,9 @@ 

Method Details

"companyName": "A String", # The name of the company, business or entity that is associated with the engine. Setting this may help improve LLM related features. }, "configurableBillingApproach": "A String", # Optional. Configuration for configurable billing approach. + "connectorTenantInfo": { # Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., "hybrid-github", "shopify") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at. "dataStoreIds": [ # Optional. The data stores associated with this engine. For SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH and SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION type of engines, they can only associate with at most one data store. If solution_type is SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT, multiple DataStores in the same Collection can be associated here. Note that when used in CreateEngineRequest, one DataStore id must be provided as the system will use it for necessary initializations. "A String", @@ -997,9 +1059,67 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
+  "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+      },
+    ],
+    "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+    "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).
+    },
+  ],
+  "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
+  "version": 42, # Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}
+
+
tune(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Tunes an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
+  
Tunes an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The resource name of the engine to tune. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index 7b5d7dcb448..cf1a69e3107 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -237,6 +237,7 @@ 

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -1774,6 +1775,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1835,6 +1837,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2416,6 +2419,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2477,6 +2481,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -3106,6 +3111,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html index d594af4fef3..6cd63c93a84 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html @@ -237,6 +237,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) @@ -1774,6 +1775,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -1835,6 +1837,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -2416,6 +2419,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -2477,6 +2481,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -3106,6 +3111,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "filter": "A String", # The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the documents being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. This will be used to filter search results which may affect the Answer response. If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. Filtering in Vertex AI Search is done by mapping the LHS filter key to a key property defined in the Vertex AI Search backend -- this mapping is defined by the customer in their schema. For example a media customers might have a field 'name' in their schema. In this case the filter would look like this: filter --> name:'ANY("king kong")' For more information about filtering including syntax and filter operators, see [Filter](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html index 95fd95ab6e7..5a0cb19cf2f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html @@ -233,6 +233,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -294,6 +295,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -556,6 +558,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -617,6 +620,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. @@ -855,6 +859,7 @@

Method Details

"customSearchOperators": "A String", # Optional. Custom search operators which if specified will be used to filter results from workspace data stores. For more information on custom search operators, see [SearchOperators](https://support.google.com/cloudsearch/answer/6172299). "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. The path must include the project number, project id is not supported for this field. "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata) + "numResults": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used. }, ], "displaySpec": { # Specifies features for display, like match highlighting. # Optional. Config for display feature, like match highlighting on search results. @@ -916,6 +921,7 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, + "numResultsPerDataStore": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit. "offset": 42, # A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold. "oneBoxPageSize": 42, # The maximum number of results to return for OneBox. This applies to each OneBox type individually. Default number is 10. "orderBy": "A String", # The order in which documents are returned. Documents can be ordered by a field in an Document object. Leave it unset if ordered by relevance. `order_by` expression is case-sensitive. For more information on ordering the website search results, see [Order web search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-web-search-results). For more information on ordering the healthcare search results, see [Order healthcare search results](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/order-hc-results). If this field is unrecognizable, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html index dfd49aa68a1..a33970d7464 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.licenseConfigs.html @@ -103,6 +103,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -133,6 +139,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -169,6 +181,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -200,6 +218,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. @@ -230,6 +254,12 @@

Method Details

{ # Information about users' licenses. "autoRenew": True or False, # Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date. + "earlyTerminated": True or False, # Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3. + "earlyTerminationDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. + "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. + "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. + "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year. + }, "endDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The planed end date. "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant. "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day. diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroupAds.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroupAds.html index 44b476250f3..1f765d4a55a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroupAds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v2.advertisers.youtubeAdGroupAds.html @@ -122,8 +122,9 @@

Method Details

"finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. @@ -131,19 +132,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, }, @@ -157,19 +159,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -184,16 +187,18 @@

Method Details

"callToActionTrackingUrl": "A String", # The tracking URL for the call-to-action button. "companionYoutubeVideos": [ # The videos that appear next to the Masthead Ad on desktop. Can be no more than two. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], "description": "A String", # The description of the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of the ad. "showChannelArt": True or False, # Whether to show a background or banner that appears at the top of a YouTube page. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video used by the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, "videoAspectRatio": "A String", # The aspect ratio of the autoplaying YouTube video on the Masthead. }, @@ -203,19 +208,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -228,8 +234,9 @@

Method Details

"headline": "A String", # The headline of ad. "thumbnail": "A String", # Thumbnail image used in the ad. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video the ad promotes. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. @@ -238,12 +245,12 @@

Method Details

], "companionBanners": [ # The list of companion banners used by this ad. { # Meta data of an image asset. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, ], "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -265,8 +272,9 @@

Method Details

"trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "videos": [ # The list of YouTube video assets used by this ad. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], }, @@ -309,8 +317,9 @@

Method Details

"finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. @@ -318,19 +327,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, }, @@ -344,19 +354,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -371,16 +382,18 @@

Method Details

"callToActionTrackingUrl": "A String", # The tracking URL for the call-to-action button. "companionYoutubeVideos": [ # The videos that appear next to the Masthead Ad on desktop. Can be no more than two. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], "description": "A String", # The description of the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of the ad. "showChannelArt": True or False, # Whether to show a background or banner that appears at the top of a YouTube page. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video used by the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, "videoAspectRatio": "A String", # The aspect ratio of the autoplaying YouTube video on the Masthead. }, @@ -390,19 +403,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -415,8 +429,9 @@

Method Details

"headline": "A String", # The headline of ad. "thumbnail": "A String", # Thumbnail image used in the ad. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video the ad promotes. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. @@ -425,12 +440,12 @@

Method Details

], "companionBanners": [ # The list of companion banners used by this ad. { # Meta data of an image asset. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, ], "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -452,8 +467,9 @@

Method Details

"trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "videos": [ # The list of YouTube video assets used by this ad. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroupAds.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroupAds.html index 3b7c557e0be..fd5b6a02580 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroupAds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroupAds.html @@ -243,20 +243,21 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "adUrls": [ # List of URLs used by the ad. + "adUrls": [ # Output only. List of URLs used by the ad. { # Additional URLs related to the ad, including beacons. "type": "A String", # The type of the Ad URL. "url": "A String", # The URL string value. }, ], - "advertiserId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to. + "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to. "audioAd": { # Details for an audio ad. # Output only. Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives. "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. @@ -264,19 +265,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, }, @@ -290,19 +292,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -317,16 +320,18 @@

Method Details

"callToActionTrackingUrl": "A String", # The tracking URL for the call-to-action button. "companionYoutubeVideos": [ # The videos that appear next to the Masthead Ad on desktop. Can be no more than two. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], "description": "A String", # The description of the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of the ad. "showChannelArt": True or False, # Whether to show a background or banner that appears at the top of a YouTube page. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video used by the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, "videoAspectRatio": "A String", # The aspect ratio of the autoplaying YouTube video on the Masthead. }, @@ -336,19 +341,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -361,8 +367,9 @@

Method Details

"headline": "A String", # The headline of ad. "thumbnail": "A String", # Thumbnail image used in the ad. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video the ad promotes. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. @@ -371,12 +378,12 @@

Method Details

], "companionBanners": [ # The list of companion banners used by this ad. { # Meta data of an image asset. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, ], "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -398,8 +405,9 @@

Method Details

"trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "videos": [ # The list of YouTube video assets used by this ad. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], }, @@ -562,20 +570,21 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "adUrls": [ # List of URLs used by the ad. + "adUrls": [ # Output only. List of URLs used by the ad. { # Additional URLs related to the ad, including beacons. "type": "A String", # The type of the Ad URL. "url": "A String", # The URL string value. }, ], - "advertiserId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to. + "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to. "audioAd": { # Details for an audio ad. # Output only. Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives. "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. @@ -583,19 +592,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, }, @@ -609,19 +619,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -636,16 +647,18 @@

Method Details

"callToActionTrackingUrl": "A String", # The tracking URL for the call-to-action button. "companionYoutubeVideos": [ # The videos that appear next to the Masthead Ad on desktop. Can be no more than two. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], "description": "A String", # The description of the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of the ad. "showChannelArt": True or False, # Whether to show a background or banner that appears at the top of a YouTube page. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video used by the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, "videoAspectRatio": "A String", # The aspect ratio of the autoplaying YouTube video on the Masthead. }, @@ -655,19 +668,20 @@

Method Details

"actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -680,8 +694,9 @@

Method Details

"headline": "A String", # The headline of ad. "thumbnail": "A String", # Thumbnail image used in the ad. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video the ad promotes. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. @@ -690,12 +705,12 @@

Method Details

], "companionBanners": [ # The list of companion banners used by this ad. { # Meta data of an image asset. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, ], "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -717,8 +732,9 @@

Method Details

"trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "videos": [ # The list of YouTube video assets used by this ad. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html index 3d8f7e8e278..3c0732eefbf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v3.advertisers.adGroups.html @@ -487,10 +487,10 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A single ad group associated with a line item. - "adGroupFormat": "A String", # The format of the ads in the ad group. - "adGroupId": "A String", # The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. - "advertiserId": "A String", # The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. - "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. + "adGroupFormat": "A String", # Required. The format of the ads in the ad group. + "adGroupId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. + "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. + "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # Optional. The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid and demandGenBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, @@ -513,11 +513,11 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_SHARE_OF_VOICE` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, - "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. - "entityStatus": "A String", # Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. - "lineItemId": "A String", # The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the ad group. - "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # The settings of the product feed in this ad group. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. + "entityStatus": "A String", # Required. Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. + "lineItemId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the ad group. + "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # Optional. The settings of the product feed in this ad group. "isFeedDisabled": True or False, # Whether the product feed has opted-out of showing products. "productMatchDimensions": [ # A list of dimensions used to match products. { # A dimension used to match products. @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@

Method Details

], "productMatchType": "A String", # How products are selected by the product feed. }, - "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. + "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # Optional. The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. "audienceExpansionLevel": "A String", # Output only. Magnitude of expansion for eligible first-party user lists under this ad group. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "audienceExpansionSeedListExcluded": True or False, # Output only. Whether to exclude seed list for audience expansion. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "enableOptimizedTargeting": True or False, # Required. Whether to enable Optimized Targeting for the line item. Optimized targeting is not compatible with all bid strategies. Attempting to set this field to `true` for a line item using the BiddingStrategy field fixed_bid or one of the following combinations of BiddingStrategy fields and BiddingStrategyPerformanceGoalType will result in an error: maximize_auto_spend_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` performance_goal_auto_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` @@ -559,10 +559,10 @@

Method Details

{ "adGroups": [ # The list of ad groups. This list will be absent if empty. { # A single ad group associated with a line item. - "adGroupFormat": "A String", # The format of the ads in the ad group. - "adGroupId": "A String", # The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. - "advertiserId": "A String", # The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. - "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. + "adGroupFormat": "A String", # Required. The format of the ads in the ad group. + "adGroupId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. + "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. + "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # Optional. The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid and demandGenBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, @@ -585,11 +585,11 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_SHARE_OF_VOICE` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, - "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. - "entityStatus": "A String", # Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. - "lineItemId": "A String", # The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the ad group. - "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # The settings of the product feed in this ad group. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. + "entityStatus": "A String", # Required. Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. + "lineItemId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the ad group. + "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # Optional. The settings of the product feed in this ad group. "isFeedDisabled": True or False, # Whether the product feed has opted-out of showing products. "productMatchDimensions": [ # A list of dimensions used to match products. { # A dimension used to match products. @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@

Method Details

], "productMatchType": "A String", # How products are selected by the product feed. }, - "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. + "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # Optional. The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. "audienceExpansionLevel": "A String", # Output only. Magnitude of expansion for eligible first-party user lists under this ad group. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "audienceExpansionSeedListExcluded": True or False, # Output only. Whether to exclude seed list for audience expansion. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "enableOptimizedTargeting": True or False, # Required. Whether to enable Optimized Targeting for the line item. Optimized targeting is not compatible with all bid strategies. Attempting to set this field to `true` for a line item using the BiddingStrategy field fixed_bid or one of the following combinations of BiddingStrategy fields and BiddingStrategyPerformanceGoalType will result in an error: maximize_auto_spend_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` performance_goal_auto_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroupAds.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroupAds.html index d401b3c403a..06193e4083c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroupAds.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroupAds.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@

Method Details

{ # A single ad associated with an ad group. "adGroupAdId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the ad. Assigned by the system. - "adGroupId": "A String", # The unique ID of the ad group that the ad belongs to. *Caution*: Parent ad groups for Demand Gen ads are not currently retrieveable using `advertisers.adGroups.list` or `advertisers.adGroups.get`. Demand Gen ads can be identified by the absence of the `ad_details` union field. + "adGroupId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the ad group that the ad belongs to. "adPolicy": { # A single ad policy associated with an ad group ad. # Output only. The policy approval status of the ad. "adPolicyApprovalStatus": "A String", # The policy approval status of an ad, indicating the approval decision. "adPolicyReviewStatus": "A String", # The policy review status of an ad, indicating where in the review process the ad is currently. @@ -243,73 +243,76 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "adUrls": [ # List of URLs used by the ad. + "adUrls": [ # Output only. List of URLs used by the ad. { # Additional URLs related to the ad, including beacons. "type": "A String", # The type of the Ad URL. "url": "A String", # The URL string value. }, ], "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to. - "audioAd": { # Details for an audio ad. # Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives. + "audioAd": { # Details for an audio ad. # Output only. Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives. "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, - "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. + "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. "commonInStreamAttribute": { # Common attributes for in-stream, non-skippable and bumper ads. # Common ad attributes. "actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, }, - "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. - "displayVideoSourceAd": { # The ad sourced from a DV360 creative. # Details of an ad sourced from a Display & Video 360 creative. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ad. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. + "displayVideoSourceAd": { # The ad sourced from a DV360 creative. # Output only. Details of an ad sourced from a Display & Video 360 creative. "creativeId": "A String", # The ID of the source creative. }, - "entityStatus": "A String", # The entity status of the ad. - "inStreamAd": { # Details for an in-stream ad. # Details of an [in-stream ad skippable after 5 seconds](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), used for brand awareness or reach marketing objectives. + "entityStatus": "A String", # Required. The entity status of the ad. + "inStreamAd": { # Details for an in-stream ad. # Output only. Details of an [in-stream ad skippable after 5 seconds](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), used for brand awareness or reach marketing objectives. "commonInStreamAttribute": { # Common attributes for in-stream, non-skippable and bumper ads. # Common ad attributes. "actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. "a_key": "A String", }, }, - "mastheadAd": { # Details for a Masthead Ad. # Details of an [ad served on the YouTube Home feed](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/9709826). + "mastheadAd": { # Details for a Masthead Ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad served on the YouTube Home feed](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/9709826). "autoplayVideoDuration": "A String", # The duration of time the video will autoplay. "autoplayVideoStartMillisecond": "A String", # The amount of time in milliseconds after which the video will start to play. "callToActionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. @@ -317,66 +320,70 @@

Method Details

"callToActionTrackingUrl": "A String", # The tracking URL for the call-to-action button. "companionYoutubeVideos": [ # The videos that appear next to the Masthead Ad on desktop. Can be no more than two. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], "description": "A String", # The description of the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of the ad. "showChannelArt": True or False, # Whether to show a background or banner that appears at the top of a YouTube page. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video used by the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, "videoAspectRatio": "A String", # The aspect ratio of the autoplaying YouTube video on the Masthead. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the ad. - "nonSkippableAd": { # Details for a non-skippable ad. # Details of a [non-skippable short in-stream video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), between 6 and 15 seconds, used for reach marketing objectives. + "nonSkippableAd": { # Details for a non-skippable ad. # Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short in-stream video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), between 6 and 15 seconds, used for reach marketing objectives. "commonInStreamAttribute": { # Common attributes for in-stream, non-skippable and bumper ads. # Common ad attributes. "actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. "a_key": "A String", }, }, - "videoDiscoverAd": { # Details for a video discovery ad. # Details of an [ad promoting a video](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) that shows in places of discovery. + "videoDiscoverAd": { # Details for a video discovery ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad promoting a video](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) that shows in places of discovery. "description1": "A String", # First text line for the ad. "description2": "A String", # Second text line for the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of ad. "thumbnail": "A String", # Thumbnail image used in the ad. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video the ad promotes. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, - "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. + "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. "actionButtonLabels": [ # The list of text assets shown on the call-to-action button. "A String", ], "companionBanners": [ # The list of companion banners used by this ad. { # Meta data of an image asset. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, ], "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -398,8 +405,9 @@

Method Details

"trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "videos": [ # The list of YouTube video assets used by this ad. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], }, @@ -428,7 +436,7 @@

Method Details

"adGroupAds": [ # The list of ads. This list will be absent if empty. { # A single ad associated with an ad group. "adGroupAdId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the ad. Assigned by the system. - "adGroupId": "A String", # The unique ID of the ad group that the ad belongs to. *Caution*: Parent ad groups for Demand Gen ads are not currently retrieveable using `advertisers.adGroups.list` or `advertisers.adGroups.get`. Demand Gen ads can be identified by the absence of the `ad_details` union field. + "adGroupId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the ad group that the ad belongs to. "adPolicy": { # A single ad policy associated with an ad group ad. # Output only. The policy approval status of the ad. "adPolicyApprovalStatus": "A String", # The policy approval status of an ad, indicating the approval decision. "adPolicyReviewStatus": "A String", # The policy review status of an ad, indicating where in the review process the ad is currently. @@ -562,73 +570,76 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "adUrls": [ # List of URLs used by the ad. + "adUrls": [ # Output only. List of URLs used by the ad. { # Additional URLs related to the ad, including beacons. "type": "A String", # The type of the Ad URL. "url": "A String", # The URL string value. }, ], "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to. - "audioAd": { # Details for an audio ad. # Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives. + "audioAd": { # Details for an audio ad. # Output only. Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives. "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, - "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. + "bumperAd": { # Details for a bumper ad. # Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach. "commonInStreamAttribute": { # Common attributes for in-stream, non-skippable and bumper ads. # Common ad attributes. "actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, }, - "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. - "displayVideoSourceAd": { # The ad sourced from a DV360 creative. # Details of an ad sourced from a Display & Video 360 creative. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ad. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. + "displayVideoSourceAd": { # The ad sourced from a DV360 creative. # Output only. Details of an ad sourced from a Display & Video 360 creative. "creativeId": "A String", # The ID of the source creative. }, - "entityStatus": "A String", # The entity status of the ad. - "inStreamAd": { # Details for an in-stream ad. # Details of an [in-stream ad skippable after 5 seconds](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), used for brand awareness or reach marketing objectives. + "entityStatus": "A String", # Required. The entity status of the ad. + "inStreamAd": { # Details for an in-stream ad. # Output only. Details of an [in-stream ad skippable after 5 seconds](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), used for brand awareness or reach marketing objectives. "commonInStreamAttribute": { # Common attributes for in-stream, non-skippable and bumper ads. # Common ad attributes. "actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. "a_key": "A String", }, }, - "mastheadAd": { # Details for a Masthead Ad. # Details of an [ad served on the YouTube Home feed](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/9709826). + "mastheadAd": { # Details for a Masthead Ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad served on the YouTube Home feed](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/9709826). "autoplayVideoDuration": "A String", # The duration of time the video will autoplay. "autoplayVideoStartMillisecond": "A String", # The amount of time in milliseconds after which the video will start to play. "callToActionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. @@ -636,66 +647,70 @@

Method Details

"callToActionTrackingUrl": "A String", # The tracking URL for the call-to-action button. "companionYoutubeVideos": [ # The videos that appear next to the Masthead Ad on desktop. Can be no more than two. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], "description": "A String", # The description of the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of the ad. "showChannelArt": True or False, # Whether to show a background or banner that appears at the top of a YouTube page. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video used by the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, "videoAspectRatio": "A String", # The aspect ratio of the autoplaying YouTube video on the Masthead. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the ad. - "nonSkippableAd": { # Details for a non-skippable ad. # Details of a [non-skippable short in-stream video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), between 6 and 15 seconds, used for reach marketing objectives. + "nonSkippableAd": { # Details for a non-skippable ad. # Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short in-stream video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), between 6 and 15 seconds, used for reach marketing objectives. "commonInStreamAttribute": { # Common attributes for in-stream, non-skippable and bumper ads. # Common ad attributes. "actionButtonLabel": "A String", # The text on the call-to-action button. "actionHeadline": "A String", # The headline of the call-to-action banner. "companionBanner": { # Meta data of an image asset. # The image which shows next to the video ad. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, "displayUrl": "A String", # The webpage address that appears with the ad. "finalUrl": "A String", # The URL address of the webpage that people reach after they click the ad. "trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video of the ad. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. "a_key": "A String", }, }, - "videoDiscoverAd": { # Details for a video discovery ad. # Details of an [ad promoting a video](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) that shows in places of discovery. + "videoDiscoverAd": { # Details for a video discovery ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad promoting a video](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) that shows in places of discovery. "description1": "A String", # First text line for the ad. "description2": "A String", # Second text line for the ad. "headline": "A String", # The headline of ad. "thumbnail": "A String", # Thumbnail image used in the ad. "video": { # Details of a YouTube video. # The YouTube video the ad promotes. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, }, - "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. + "videoPerformanceAd": { # Details for a video performance ad. # Output only. Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product. "actionButtonLabels": [ # The list of text assets shown on the call-to-action button. "A String", ], "companionBanners": [ # The list of companion banners used by this ad. { # Meta data of an image asset. - "fileSize": "A String", # File size of the image asset in bytes. - "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Metadata for this image at its original size. + "fileSize": "A String", # Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes. + "fullSize": { # Dimensions. # Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size. "heightPixels": 42, # The height in pixels. "widthPixels": 42, # The width in pixels. }, - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME type of the image asset. + "mimeType": "A String", # Output only. MIME type of the image asset. }, ], "customParameters": { # The custom parameters to pass custom values to tracking URL template. @@ -717,8 +732,9 @@

Method Details

"trackingUrl": "A String", # The URL address loaded in the background for tracking purposes. "videos": [ # The list of YouTube video assets used by this ad. { # Details of a YouTube video. - "id": "A String", # The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. + "id": "A String", # Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage. "unavailableReason": "A String", # The reason why the video data is not available. + "videoAssetId": "A String", # Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id. }, ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html index e2322f44b0b..bb08cfbf9a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/displayvideo_v4.advertisers.adGroups.html @@ -492,10 +492,10 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # A single ad group associated with a line item. - "adGroupFormat": "A String", # The format of the ads in the ad group. - "adGroupId": "A String", # The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. - "advertiserId": "A String", # The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. - "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. + "adGroupFormat": "A String", # Required. The format of the ads in the ad group. + "adGroupId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. + "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. + "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # Optional. The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid and demandGenBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, @@ -518,11 +518,11 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_SHARE_OF_VOICE` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, - "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. - "entityStatus": "A String", # Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. - "lineItemId": "A String", # The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the ad group. - "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # The settings of the product feed in this ad group. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. + "entityStatus": "A String", # Required. Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. + "lineItemId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the ad group. + "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # Optional. The settings of the product feed in this ad group. "isFeedDisabled": True or False, # Whether the product feed has opted-out of showing products. "productMatchDimensions": [ # A list of dimensions used to match products. { # A dimension used to match products. @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@

Method Details

], "productMatchType": "A String", # How products are selected by the product feed. }, - "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. + "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # Optional. The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. "audienceExpansionLevel": "A String", # Output only. Magnitude of expansion for eligible first-party user lists under this ad group. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "audienceExpansionSeedListExcluded": True or False, # Output only. Whether to exclude seed list for audience expansion. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "enableOptimizedTargeting": True or False, # Required. Whether to enable Optimized Targeting for the line item. Optimized targeting is not compatible with all bid strategies. Attempting to set this field to `true` for a line item using the BiddingStrategy field fixed_bid or one of the following combinations of BiddingStrategy fields and BiddingStrategyPerformanceGoalType will result in an error: maximize_auto_spend_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` performance_goal_auto_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` @@ -564,10 +564,10 @@

Method Details

{ "adGroups": [ # The list of ad groups. This list will be absent if empty. { # A single ad group associated with a line item. - "adGroupFormat": "A String", # The format of the ads in the ad group. - "adGroupId": "A String", # The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. - "advertiserId": "A String", # The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. - "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. + "adGroupFormat": "A String", # Required. The format of the ads in the ad group. + "adGroupId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system. + "advertiserId": "A String", # Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to. + "bidStrategy": { # Settings that control the bid strategy. Bid strategy determines the bid price. # Optional. The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid and demandGenBid field can be used in the bidding strategy. "fixedBid": { # A strategy that uses a fixed bidding price. # A strategy that uses a fixed bid price. "bidAmountMicros": "A String", # The fixed bid amount, in micros of the advertiser's currency. For insertion order entity, bid_amount_micros should be set as 0. For line item entity, bid_amount_micros must be greater than or equal to billable unit of the given currency and smaller than or equal to the upper limit 1000000000. For example, 1500000 represents 1.5 standard units of the currency. }, @@ -590,11 +590,11 @@

Method Details

"value": "A String", # The value used by the bidding strategy. When the bidding strategy is assigned at the line item level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_SHARE_OF_VOICE` When the bidding strategy is assigned at the ad group level, this field is only applicable for the following strategy types: * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_MANUAL_CPV` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPA` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_RESERVE_CPM` * `YOUTUBE_AND_PARTNERS_BIDDING_STRATEGY_TYPE_TARGET_ROAS` If not using an applicable strategy, the value of this field will be 0. }, }, - "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. - "entityStatus": "A String", # Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. - "lineItemId": "A String", # The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the ad group. - "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # The settings of the product feed in this ad group. + "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes. + "entityStatus": "A String", # Required. Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`. + "lineItemId": "A String", # Required. The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to. + "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the ad group. + "productFeedData": { # The details of product feed. # Optional. The settings of the product feed in this ad group. "isFeedDisabled": True or False, # Whether the product feed has opted-out of showing products. "productMatchDimensions": [ # A list of dimensions used to match products. { # A dimension used to match products. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@

Method Details

], "productMatchType": "A String", # How products are selected by the product feed. }, - "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. + "targetingExpansion": { # Settings that control the [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the line item. # Optional. The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group. "audienceExpansionLevel": "A String", # Output only. Magnitude of expansion for eligible first-party user lists under this ad group. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "audienceExpansionSeedListExcluded": True or False, # Output only. Whether to exclude seed list for audience expansion. This field only applies to YouTube and Partners line item and ad group resources. "enableOptimizedTargeting": True or False, # Required. Whether to enable Optimized Targeting for the line item. Optimized targeting is not compatible with all bid strategies. Attempting to set this field to `true` for a line item using the BiddingStrategy field fixed_bid or one of the following combinations of BiddingStrategy fields and BiddingStrategyPerformanceGoalType will result in an error: maximize_auto_spend_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_CIVA` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_IVO_TEN` * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_AV_VIEWED` performance_goal_auto_bid: * `BIDDING_STRATEGY_PERFORMANCE_GOAL_TYPE_VIEWABLE_CPM` diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.services.resourcePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.services.resourcePolicies.html index cc7d736e763..63ccd60208d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.services.resourcePolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappcheck_v1.projects.services.resourcePolicies.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

"requests": [ # Required. The request messages specifying the ResourcePolicy objects to update. A maximum of 100 objects can be updated in a batch. { # Request message for the UpdateResourcePolicy method as well as an individual update message for the BatchUpdateResourcePolicies method. "resourcePolicy": { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. # Required. The ResourcePolicy to update. The ResourcePolicy's `name` field is used to identify the ResourcePolicy to be updated, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for the BatchUpdateResourcePolicies method. "resourcePolicies": [ # ResourcePolicy objects after the updates have been applied. { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

Method Details

"nextPageToken": "A String", # If the result list is too large to fit in a single response, then a token is returned. If the string is empty or omitted, then this response is the last page of results. This token can be used in a subsequent call to ListResourcePolicies to find the next group of ResourcePolicy objects. Page tokens are short-lived and should not be persisted. "resourcePolicies": [ # The ResourcePolicy objects retrieved. { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # App Check enforcement policy for a specific resource of a Google service supported by App Check. Note that this policy will override the service-level configuration. - "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service. + "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service. "etag": "A String", # This checksum is computed by the server based on the value of other fields, and may be sent on update and delete requests to ensure the client has an up-to-date value before proceeding. This etag is strongly validated as defined by RFC 7232. "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. The relative name of the resource policy object, in the format: ``` projects/{project_number}/services/{service_id}/resourcePolicies/{resource_policy_id} ``` Note that the `service_id` element must be a supported service ID. Currently, the following service IDs are supported: * `oauth2.googleapis.com` (Google Identity for iOS) `resource_policy_id` is a system-generated UID. "targetResource": "A String", # Required. Service specific name of the resource object to which this policy applies, in the format: * **iOS OAuth clients** (Google Identity for iOS): `//oauth2.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/oauthClients/{oauth_client_id}` Note that the resource must belong to the service specified in the `name` and be from the same project as this policy, but the resource is allowed to be missing at the time of creation of this policy; in that case, we make a best-effort attempt at respecting this policy, but it may not have any effect until the resource is fully created. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html index 04193efa68f..d0e7caee716 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html @@ -157,6 +157,7 @@

Method Details

"response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. }, "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. @@ -352,6 +353,7 @@

Method Details

"response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. }, "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. @@ -678,6 +680,7 @@

Method Details

"response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. }, "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. @@ -883,6 +886,7 @@

Method Details

"response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. }, "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. @@ -1221,6 +1225,7 @@

Method Details

"response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. }, "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. @@ -1248,7 +1253,7 @@

Method Details

"googleMapsWidgetContextToken": "A String", # Optional. Output only. A token that can be used to render a Google Maps widget with the contextual data. This field is populated only when the grounding source is Google Maps. "groundingChunks": [ # A list of supporting references retrieved from the grounding source. This field is populated when the grounding source is Google Search, Vertex AI Search, or Google Maps. { # A piece of evidence that supports a claim made by the model. This is used to show a citation for a claim made by the model. When grounding is enabled, the model returns a `GroundingChunk` that contains a reference to the source of the information. - "maps": { # A `Maps` chunk is a piece of evidence that comes from Google Maps. It contains information about a place, such as its name, address, and reviews. This is used to provide the user with rich, location-based information. # A grounding chunk from Google Maps. See the `Maps` message for details. + "maps": { # A `Maps` chunk is a piece of evidence that comes from Google Maps, containing information about places or routes. This is used to provide the user with rich, location-based information. # A grounding chunk from Google Maps. See the `Maps` message for details. "placeAnswerSources": { # The sources that were used to generate the place answer. This includes review snippets and photos that were used to generate the answer, as well as URIs to flag content. # The sources that were used to generate the place answer. This includes review snippets and photos that were used to generate the answer, as well as URIs to flag content. "reviewSnippets": [ # Snippets of reviews that were used to generate the answer. { # A review snippet that is used to generate the answer. @@ -1481,6 +1486,7 @@

Method Details

"response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. }, "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. @@ -1686,6 +1692,7 @@

Method Details

"response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. }, "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. @@ -2024,6 +2031,7 @@

Method Details

"response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, + "scheduling": "A String", # Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE. }, "inlineData": { # A content blob. A Blob contains data of a specific media type. It is used to represent images, audio, and video. # Optional. The inline data content of the part. This can be used to include images, audio, or video in a request. "data": "A String", # Required. The raw bytes of the data. @@ -2051,7 +2059,7 @@

Method Details

"googleMapsWidgetContextToken": "A String", # Optional. Output only. A token that can be used to render a Google Maps widget with the contextual data. This field is populated only when the grounding source is Google Maps. "groundingChunks": [ # A list of supporting references retrieved from the grounding source. This field is populated when the grounding source is Google Search, Vertex AI Search, or Google Maps. { # A piece of evidence that supports a claim made by the model. This is used to show a citation for a claim made by the model. When grounding is enabled, the model returns a `GroundingChunk` that contains a reference to the source of the information. - "maps": { # A `Maps` chunk is a piece of evidence that comes from Google Maps. It contains information about a place, such as its name, address, and reviews. This is used to provide the user with rich, location-based information. # A grounding chunk from Google Maps. See the `Maps` message for details. + "maps": { # A `Maps` chunk is a piece of evidence that comes from Google Maps, containing information about places or routes. This is used to provide the user with rich, location-based information. # A grounding chunk from Google Maps. See the `Maps` message for details. "placeAnswerSources": { # The sources that were used to generate the place answer. This includes review snippets and photos that were used to generate the answer, as well as URIs to flag content. # The sources that were used to generate the place answer. This includes review snippets and photos that were used to generate the answer, as well as URIs to flag content. "reviewSnippets": [ # Snippets of reviews that were used to generate the answer. { # A review snippet that is used to generate the answer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.backups.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.backups.html index 227b49a7c00..a762d949a56 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.locations.backups.html @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@

Method Details

"database": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Firestore database that the backup is from. Format is `projects/{project}/databases/{database}`. "databaseUid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UUID4 for the Firestore database that the backup is from. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this backup expires. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique resource name of the Backup. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup}`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique resource name of the Backup. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup}`. The location in the name will be the Standard Managed Multi-Region (SMMR) location (e.g. `us`) if the backup was created with an SMMR location, or the Google Managed Multi-Region (GMMR) location (e.g. `nam5`) if the backup was created with a GMMR location. "snapshotTime": "A String", # Output only. The backup contains an externally consistent copy of the database at this time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup. "stats": { # Backup specific statistics. # Output only. Statistics about the backup. This data only becomes available after the backup is fully materialized to secondary storage. This field will be empty till then. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@

Method Details

"database": "A String", # Output only. Name of the Firestore database that the backup is from. Format is `projects/{project}/databases/{database}`. "databaseUid": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated UUID4 for the Firestore database that the backup is from. "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which this backup expires. - "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique resource name of the Backup. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup}`. + "name": "A String", # Output only. The unique resource name of the Backup. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup}`. The location in the name will be the Standard Managed Multi-Region (SMMR) location (e.g. `us`) if the backup was created with an SMMR location, or the Google Managed Multi-Region (GMMR) location (e.g. `nam5`) if the backup was created with a GMMR location. "snapshotTime": "A String", # Output only. The backup contains an externally consistent copy of the database at this time. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the backup. "stats": { # Backup specific statistics. # Output only. Statistics about the backup. This data only becomes available after the backup is fully materialized to secondary storage. This field will be empty till then. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.backups.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.backups.html index 5cd56b91c4a..b452740c27a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.backups.html @@ -155,6 +155,7 @@

Method Details

}, "manual": True or False, # Output only. This flag indicates whether this Backup resource was created manually by a user or via a schedule in the BackupPlan. A value of True means that the Backup was created manually. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The fully qualified name of the Backup. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` + "namespaceCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of user managed namespaces contained in the Backup. "permissiveMode": True or False, # Output only. If false, Backup will fail when Backup for GKE detects Kubernetes configuration that is non-standard or requires additional setup to restore. Inherited from the parent BackupPlan's permissive_mode value. "podCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes Pods contained in the Backup. "resourceCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes resources included in the Backup. @@ -304,6 +305,7 @@

Method Details

}, "manual": True or False, # Output only. This flag indicates whether this Backup resource was created manually by a user or via a schedule in the BackupPlan. A value of True means that the Backup was created manually. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The fully qualified name of the Backup. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` + "namespaceCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of user managed namespaces contained in the Backup. "permissiveMode": True or False, # Output only. If false, Backup will fail when Backup for GKE detects Kubernetes configuration that is non-standard or requires additional setup to restore. Inherited from the parent BackupPlan's permissive_mode value. "podCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes Pods contained in the Backup. "resourceCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes resources included in the Backup. @@ -461,6 +463,7 @@

Method Details

}, "manual": True or False, # Output only. This flag indicates whether this Backup resource was created manually by a user or via a schedule in the BackupPlan. A value of True means that the Backup was created manually. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The fully qualified name of the Backup. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` + "namespaceCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of user managed namespaces contained in the Backup. "permissiveMode": True or False, # Output only. If false, Backup will fail when Backup for GKE detects Kubernetes configuration that is non-standard or requires additional setup to restore. Inherited from the parent BackupPlan's permissive_mode value. "podCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes Pods contained in the Backup. "resourceCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes resources included in the Backup. @@ -559,6 +562,7 @@

Method Details

}, "manual": True or False, # Output only. This flag indicates whether this Backup resource was created manually by a user or via a schedule in the BackupPlan. A value of True means that the Backup was created manually. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The fully qualified name of the Backup. `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*/backups/*` + "namespaceCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of user managed namespaces contained in the Backup. "permissiveMode": True or False, # Output only. If false, Backup will fail when Backup for GKE detects Kubernetes configuration that is non-standard or requires additional setup to restore. Inherited from the parent BackupPlan's permissive_mode value. "podCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes Pods contained in the Backup. "resourceCount": 42, # Output only. The total number of Kubernetes resources included in the Backup. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html index df522c6e52b..d6402e7e50d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkebackup_v1.projects.locations.backupPlans.html @@ -202,6 +202,7 @@

Method Details

}, "lastSuccessfulBackupTime": "A String", # Output only. Completion time of the last successful Backup. This is sourced from a successful Backup's complete_time field. This field is added to maintain consistency with BackupPlanBinding to display last successful backup time. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` + "protectedNamespaceCount": 42, # Output only. The number of user managed namespaces backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. "protectedPodCount": 42, # Output only. The number of Kubernetes Pods backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. "retentionPolicy": { # RetentionPolicy defines a Backup retention policy for a BackupPlan. # Optional. RetentionPolicy governs lifecycle of Backups created under this plan. "backupDeleteLockDays": 42, # Optional. Minimum age for Backups created via this BackupPlan (in days). This field MUST be an integer value between 0-90 (inclusive). A Backup created under this BackupPlan will NOT be deletable until it reaches Backup's (create_time + backup_delete_lock_days). Updating this field of a BackupPlan does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will inherit the new value. Default: 0 (no delete blocking) @@ -368,6 +369,7 @@

Method Details

}, "lastSuccessfulBackupTime": "A String", # Output only. Completion time of the last successful Backup. This is sourced from a successful Backup's complete_time field. This field is added to maintain consistency with BackupPlanBinding to display last successful backup time. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` + "protectedNamespaceCount": 42, # Output only. The number of user managed namespaces backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. "protectedPodCount": 42, # Output only. The number of Kubernetes Pods backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. "retentionPolicy": { # RetentionPolicy defines a Backup retention policy for a BackupPlan. # Optional. RetentionPolicy governs lifecycle of Backups created under this plan. "backupDeleteLockDays": 42, # Optional. Minimum age for Backups created via this BackupPlan (in days). This field MUST be an integer value between 0-90 (inclusive). A Backup created under this BackupPlan will NOT be deletable until it reaches Backup's (create_time + backup_delete_lock_days). Updating this field of a BackupPlan does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will inherit the new value. Default: 0 (no delete blocking) @@ -546,6 +548,7 @@

Method Details

}, "lastSuccessfulBackupTime": "A String", # Output only. Completion time of the last successful Backup. This is sourced from a successful Backup's complete_time field. This field is added to maintain consistency with BackupPlanBinding to display last successful backup time. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` + "protectedNamespaceCount": 42, # Output only. The number of user managed namespaces backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. "protectedPodCount": 42, # Output only. The number of Kubernetes Pods backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. "retentionPolicy": { # RetentionPolicy defines a Backup retention policy for a BackupPlan. # Optional. RetentionPolicy governs lifecycle of Backups created under this plan. "backupDeleteLockDays": 42, # Optional. Minimum age for Backups created via this BackupPlan (in days). This field MUST be an integer value between 0-90 (inclusive). A Backup created under this BackupPlan will NOT be deletable until it reaches Backup's (create_time + backup_delete_lock_days). Updating this field of a BackupPlan does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will inherit the new value. Default: 0 (no delete blocking) @@ -662,6 +665,7 @@

Method Details

}, "lastSuccessfulBackupTime": "A String", # Output only. Completion time of the last successful Backup. This is sourced from a successful Backup's complete_time field. This field is added to maintain consistency with BackupPlanBinding to display last successful backup time. "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The full name of the BackupPlan resource. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/backupPlans/*` + "protectedNamespaceCount": 42, # Output only. The number of user managed namespaces backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. "protectedPodCount": 42, # Output only. The number of Kubernetes Pods backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan. "retentionPolicy": { # RetentionPolicy defines a Backup retention policy for a BackupPlan. # Optional. RetentionPolicy governs lifecycle of Backups created under this plan. "backupDeleteLockDays": 42, # Optional. Minimum age for Backups created via this BackupPlan (in days). This field MUST be an integer value between 0-90 (inclusive). A Backup created under this BackupPlan will NOT be deletable until it reaches Backup's (create_time + backup_delete_lock_days). Updating this field of a BackupPlan does NOT affect existing Backups under it. Backups created AFTER a successful update will inherit the new value. Default: 0 (no delete blocking) diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.fleets.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.fleets.html index bcce89148d8..96752cf0e0c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.fleets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.organizations.locations.fleets.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.fleets.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.fleets.html index f307cc13a10..7a97a6a6358 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.fleets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.fleets.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.organizations.locations.fleets.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.organizations.locations.fleets.html index ba6f7f337c4..0b1fc484962 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.organizations.locations.fleets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.organizations.locations.fleets.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html index d2cedbf6b3c..9bf747f57c7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html @@ -1054,6 +1054,7 @@

Method Details

"postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required. "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required. }, + "upgradeEngine": "A String", # Output only. The effective upgrade engine for the fleet. "upstreamFleets": [ # This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet. "A String", ], @@ -2252,6 +2253,7 @@

Method Details

"postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required. "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required. }, + "upgradeEngine": "A String", # Output only. The effective upgrade engine for the fleet. "upstreamFleets": [ # This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet. "A String", ], @@ -3438,6 +3440,7 @@

Method Details

"postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required. "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required. }, + "upgradeEngine": "A String", # Output only. The effective upgrade engine for the fleet. "upstreamFleets": [ # This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet. "A String", ], @@ -4579,6 +4582,7 @@

Method Details

"postConditions": { # Post conditional checks after an upgrade has been applied on all eligible clusters. # Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required. "soaking": "A String", # Required. Amount of time to "soak" after a rollout has been finished before marking it COMPLETE. Cannot exceed 30 days. Required. }, + "upgradeEngine": "A String", # Output only. The effective upgrade engine for the fleet. "upstreamFleets": [ # This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.fleets.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.fleets.html index 1f9478921b8..bce60dff668 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.fleets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.fleets.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html index 6075c65afa9..c1c0d80cd3e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html @@ -130,6 +130,12 @@

Method Details

"soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Soak time after upgrading all the clusters in the stage. }, ], + "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. + "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. + "A String", + ], + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout Sequence resources. If a Rollout Sequence resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout Sequence was last updated. } @@ -233,6 +239,12 @@

Method Details

"soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Soak time after upgrading all the clusters in the stage. }, ], + "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. + "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. + "A String", + ], + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout Sequence resources. If a Rollout Sequence resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout Sequence was last updated. }
@@ -278,6 +290,12 @@

Method Details

"soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Soak time after upgrading all the clusters in the stage. }, ], + "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. + "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. + "A String", + ], + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout Sequence resources. If a Rollout Sequence resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout Sequence was last updated. }, @@ -328,6 +346,12 @@

Method Details

"soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Soak time after upgrading all the clusters in the stage. }, ], + "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. + "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. + "A String", + ], + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout Sequence resources. If a Rollout Sequence resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout Sequence was last updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rollouts.html index 3508a7e3396..1aaef26f094 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.rollouts.html @@ -112,26 +112,6 @@

Method Details

"deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at the Rollout was deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human readable display name of the Rollout. "etag": "A String", # Output only. etag of the Rollout Ex. abc1234 - "excludedClusters": [ # Optional. Output only. The excluded clusters from the rollout. - { # An excluded cluster from the rollout. - "membership": "A String", # Output only. The name of the fleet Membership resource associated to the excluded cluster. - "reason": "A String", # Output only. The reason for excluding the cluster from the rollout. - }, - ], - "feature": { # Feature config to use for Rollout. # Optional. Feature config to use for Rollout. - "binaryAuthorizationConfig": { # BinaryAuthorizationConfig defines the fleet level configuration of binary authorization feature. # Optional. Configuration for Binary Authorization. - "evaluationMode": "A String", # Optional. Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. - "policyBindings": [ # Optional. Binauthz policies that apply to this cluster. - { # Binauthz policy that applies to this cluster. - "name": "A String", # The relative resource name of the binauthz platform policy to audit. GKE platform policies have the following format: `projects/{project_number}/platforms/gke/policies/{policy_id}`. - }, - ], - }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Configuration for Security Posture. - "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. - "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. - }, - }, "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this Rollout. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -152,15 +132,6 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full, unique resource name of this Rollout in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rollouts/{rollout}`. "rolloutSequence": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The full, unique resource name of the rollout sequence that initiatied this Rollout. In the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rolloutSequences/{rollout_sequence}`. - "schedule": { # Schedule represents the schedule of the Rollout. # Output only. The schedule of the Rollout. - "waves": [ # Output only. The schedule of each wave in the Rollout. - { # WaveSchedule represents the schedule of a single rollout wave. - "waveEndTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the wave ends. - "waveNumber": 42, # Output only. The wave number to which this schedule applies. - "waveStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the wave starts. - }, - ], - }, "stages": [ # Output only. The stages of the Rollout. { # Stage represents a single stage in the Rollout. "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave ended. @@ -207,26 +178,6 @@

Method Details

"deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at the Rollout was deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human readable display name of the Rollout. "etag": "A String", # Output only. etag of the Rollout Ex. abc1234 - "excludedClusters": [ # Optional. Output only. The excluded clusters from the rollout. - { # An excluded cluster from the rollout. - "membership": "A String", # Output only. The name of the fleet Membership resource associated to the excluded cluster. - "reason": "A String", # Output only. The reason for excluding the cluster from the rollout. - }, - ], - "feature": { # Feature config to use for Rollout. # Optional. Feature config to use for Rollout. - "binaryAuthorizationConfig": { # BinaryAuthorizationConfig defines the fleet level configuration of binary authorization feature. # Optional. Configuration for Binary Authorization. - "evaluationMode": "A String", # Optional. Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. - "policyBindings": [ # Optional. Binauthz policies that apply to this cluster. - { # Binauthz policy that applies to this cluster. - "name": "A String", # The relative resource name of the binauthz platform policy to audit. GKE platform policies have the following format: `projects/{project_number}/platforms/gke/policies/{policy_id}`. - }, - ], - }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Configuration for Security Posture. - "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. - "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. - }, - }, "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this Rollout. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -247,15 +198,6 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full, unique resource name of this Rollout in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rollouts/{rollout}`. "rolloutSequence": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The full, unique resource name of the rollout sequence that initiatied this Rollout. In the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rolloutSequences/{rollout_sequence}`. - "schedule": { # Schedule represents the schedule of the Rollout. # Output only. The schedule of the Rollout. - "waves": [ # Output only. The schedule of each wave in the Rollout. - { # WaveSchedule represents the schedule of a single rollout wave. - "waveEndTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the wave ends. - "waveNumber": 42, # Output only. The wave number to which this schedule applies. - "waveStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the wave starts. - }, - ], - }, "stages": [ # Output only. The stages of the Rollout. { # Stage represents a single stage in the Rollout. "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave ended. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.organizations.locations.fleets.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.organizations.locations.fleets.html index 6d1f9d6e7a4..197fd9afe3f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.organizations.locations.fleets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.organizations.locations.fleets.html @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.fleets.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.fleets.html index 0b3d30e6fa5..c0cf63d1fa9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.fleets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.fleets.html @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@

Method Details

}, ], }, - "compliancePostureConfig": { # CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. + "compliancePostureConfig": { # Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture. # Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask. "complianceStandards": [ # List of enabled compliance standards. { "standard": "A String", # Name of the compliance standard. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@

Method Details

], "mode": "A String", # Defines the enablement mode for Compliance Posture. }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. + "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster. "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html index f3b32f15004..55af77cf144 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rolloutSequences.html @@ -130,6 +130,12 @@

Method Details

"soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Soak time after upgrading all the clusters in the stage. }, ], + "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. + "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. + "A String", + ], + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout Sequence resources. If a Rollout Sequence resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout Sequence was last updated. } @@ -233,6 +239,12 @@

Method Details

"soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Soak time after upgrading all the clusters in the stage. }, ], + "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. + "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. + "A String", + ], + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout Sequence resources. If a Rollout Sequence resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout Sequence was last updated. }
@@ -278,6 +290,12 @@

Method Details

"soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Soak time after upgrading all the clusters in the stage. }, ], + "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. + "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. + "A String", + ], + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout Sequence resources. If a Rollout Sequence resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout Sequence was last updated. }, @@ -328,6 +346,12 @@

Method Details

"soakDuration": "A String", # Optional. Soak time after upgrading all the clusters in the stage. }, ], + "state": { # State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence. # Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole. + "lifecycleState": "A String", # Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence. + "stateReasons": [ # Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state. + "A String", + ], + }, "uid": "A String", # Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout Sequence resources. If a Rollout Sequence resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at which the Rollout Sequence was last updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rollouts.html index 3bc45e08e4c..8e40eff8f5e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.rollouts.html @@ -112,26 +112,6 @@

Method Details

"deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at the Rollout was deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human readable display name of the Rollout. "etag": "A String", # Output only. etag of the Rollout Ex. abc1234 - "excludedClusters": [ # Optional. Output only. The excluded clusters from the rollout. - { # An excluded cluster from the rollout. - "membership": "A String", # Output only. The name of the fleet Membership resource associated to the excluded cluster. - "reason": "A String", # Output only. The reason for excluding the cluster from the rollout. - }, - ], - "feature": { # Feature config to use for Rollout. # Optional. Feature config to use for Rollout. - "binaryAuthorizationConfig": { # BinaryAuthorizationConfig defines the fleet level configuration of binary authorization feature. # Optional. Configuration for Binary Authorization. - "evaluationMode": "A String", # Optional. Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. - "policyBindings": [ # Optional. Binauthz policies that apply to this cluster. - { # Binauthz policy that applies to this cluster. - "name": "A String", # The relative resource name of the binauthz platform policy to audit. GKE platform policies have the following format: `projects/{project_number}/platforms/gke/policies/{policy_id}`. - }, - ], - }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Configuration for Security Posture. - "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. - "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. - }, - }, "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this Rollout. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -152,15 +132,6 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full, unique resource name of this Rollout in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rollouts/{rollout}`. "rolloutSequence": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The full, unique resource name of the rollout sequence that initiatied this Rollout. In the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rolloutSequences/{rollout_sequence}`. - "schedule": { # Schedule represents the schedule of the Rollout. # Output only. The schedule of the Rollout. - "waves": [ # Output only. The schedule of each wave in the Rollout. - { # WaveSchedule represents the schedule of a single rollout wave. - "waveEndTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the wave ends. - "waveNumber": 42, # Output only. The wave number to which this schedule applies. - "waveStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the wave starts. - }, - ], - }, "stages": [ # Output only. The stages of the Rollout. { # Stage represents a single stage in the Rollout. "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave ended. @@ -207,26 +178,6 @@

Method Details

"deleteTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp at the Rollout was deleted. "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Human readable display name of the Rollout. "etag": "A String", # Output only. etag of the Rollout Ex. abc1234 - "excludedClusters": [ # Optional. Output only. The excluded clusters from the rollout. - { # An excluded cluster from the rollout. - "membership": "A String", # Output only. The name of the fleet Membership resource associated to the excluded cluster. - "reason": "A String", # Output only. The reason for excluding the cluster from the rollout. - }, - ], - "feature": { # Feature config to use for Rollout. # Optional. Feature config to use for Rollout. - "binaryAuthorizationConfig": { # BinaryAuthorizationConfig defines the fleet level configuration of binary authorization feature. # Optional. Configuration for Binary Authorization. - "evaluationMode": "A String", # Optional. Mode of operation for binauthz policy evaluation. - "policyBindings": [ # Optional. Binauthz policies that apply to this cluster. - { # Binauthz policy that applies to this cluster. - "name": "A String", # The relative resource name of the binauthz platform policy to audit. GKE platform policies have the following format: `projects/{project_number}/platforms/gke/policies/{policy_id}`. - }, - ], - }, - "securityPostureConfig": { # SecurityPostureConfig defines the flags needed to enable/disable features for the Security Posture API. # Optional. Configuration for Security Posture. - "mode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for Security Posture features. - "vulnerabilityMode": "A String", # Sets which mode to use for vulnerability scanning. - }, - }, "labels": { # Optional. Labels for this Rollout. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -247,15 +198,6 @@

Method Details

}, "name": "A String", # Identifier. The full, unique resource name of this Rollout in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rollouts/{rollout}`. "rolloutSequence": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The full, unique resource name of the rollout sequence that initiatied this Rollout. In the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rolloutSequences/{rollout_sequence}`. - "schedule": { # Schedule represents the schedule of the Rollout. # Output only. The schedule of the Rollout. - "waves": [ # Output only. The schedule of each wave in the Rollout. - { # WaveSchedule represents the schedule of a single rollout wave. - "waveEndTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the wave ends. - "waveNumber": 42, # Output only. The wave number to which this schedule applies. - "waveStartTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the wave starts. - }, - ], - }, "stages": [ # Output only. The stages of the Rollout. { # Stage represents a single stage in the Rollout. "endTime": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The time at which the wave ended. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domainStats.html b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domainStats.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..263d286c0c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domainStats.html @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ + + + +

Gmail Postmaster Tools API . domainStats

+

Instance Methods

+

+ batchQuery(body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Executes a batch of QueryDomainStats requests for multiple domains. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access DomainStats for any of the requested domains.

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

Method Details

+
+ batchQuery(body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Executes a batch of QueryDomainStats requests for multiple domains. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access DomainStats for any of the requested domains.
+
+Args:
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for BatchQueryDomainStats.
+  "requests": [ # Required. A list of individual query requests. Each request can be for a different domain. A maximum of 100 requests can be included in a single batch.
+    { # Request message for QueryDomainStats.
+      "aggregationGranularity": "A String", # Optional. The granularity at which to aggregate the statistics. If unspecified, defaults to DAILY.
+      "metricDefinitions": [ # Required. The specific metrics to query. You can define a custom name for each metric, which will be used in the response.
+        { # Defines a specific metric to query, including a user-defined name, the base metric type, and optional filters.
+          "baseMetric": { # Specifies the base metric to query, which can be a predefined standard metric or a user-defined custom metric (if supported in the future). # Required. The underlying metric to query.
+            "standardMetric": "A String", # A predefined standard metric.
+          },
+          "filter": "A String", # Optional. Optional filters to apply to the metric.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The user-defined name for this metric. This name will be used as the key for this metric's value in the response.
+        },
+      ],
+      "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of DomainStats resources to return in the response. The server may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, a default value of 10 will be used. The maximum value is 200.
+      "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any. If the aggregation granularity is DAILY, the page token will be the encoded date + "/" + metric name. If the aggregation granularity is OVERALL, the page token will be the encoded metric name.
+      "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent resource name where the stats are queried. Format: domains/{domain}
+      "timeQuery": { # The date ranges or specific dates for which you want to retrieve data. # Required. The time range or specific dates for which to retrieve the metrics.
+        "dateList": { # A set of specific dates. # A list of specific dates.
+          "dates": [ # Required. The list of specific dates for which to retrieve data.
+            { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "dateRanges": { # A set of date ranges. # A list of date ranges.
+          "dateRanges": [ # Required. The list of date ranges for which to retrieve data.
+            { # A single date range defined by a start and end date.
+              "end": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The inclusive end date of the date range.
+                "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+                "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+                "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+              },
+              "start": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The inclusive start date of the date range.
+                "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+                "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+                "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for BatchQueryDomainStats.
+  "results": [ # A list of responses, one for each query in the BatchQueryDomainStatsRequest. The order of responses will correspond to the order of requests.
+    { # Represents the result of a single QueryDomainStatsRequest within a batch.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error status if the individual query failed.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "response": { # Response message for QueryDomainStats. # The successful response for the individual query.
+        "domainStats": [ # The list of domain statistics. Each DomainStat object contains the value for a metric requested in the QueryDomainStatsRequest.
+          { # Email statistics for a domain for a specified time period or date.
+            "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The specific date for these stats, if granularity is DAILY. This field is populated if the QueryDomainStatsRequest specified a DAILY aggregation granularity.
+              "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+              "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+              "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+            },
+            "metric": "A String", # The user-defined name from MetricDefinition.name in the request, used to correlate this result with the requested metric.
+            "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the DomainStat resource. Format: domains/{domain}/domainStats/{domain_stat} The `{domain_stat}` segment is an opaque, server-generated ID. We recommend using the `metric` field to identify queried metrics instead of parsing the name.
+            "value": { # The actual value of a statistic. # The value of the corresponding metric.
+              "doubleValue": 3.14, # Double value.
+              "floatValue": 3.14, # Float value.
+              "intValue": "A String", # Integer value.
+              "stringList": { # Represents a list of strings. # List of string values.
+                "values": [ # The string values.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+              },
+              "stringValue": "A String", # String value.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domains.domainStats.html b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domains.domainStats.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ae579ab906e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domains.domainStats.html @@ -0,0 +1,193 @@ + + + +

Gmail Postmaster Tools API . domains . domainStats

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ query(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of domain statistics for a given domain and time period. Returns statistics only for dates where data is available. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access DomainStats for the domain.

+

+ query_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ query(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of domain statistics for a given domain and time period. Returns statistics only for dates where data is available. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access DomainStats for the domain.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name where the stats are queried. Format: domains/{domain} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for QueryDomainStats.
+  "aggregationGranularity": "A String", # Optional. The granularity at which to aggregate the statistics. If unspecified, defaults to DAILY.
+  "metricDefinitions": [ # Required. The specific metrics to query. You can define a custom name for each metric, which will be used in the response.
+    { # Defines a specific metric to query, including a user-defined name, the base metric type, and optional filters.
+      "baseMetric": { # Specifies the base metric to query, which can be a predefined standard metric or a user-defined custom metric (if supported in the future). # Required. The underlying metric to query.
+        "standardMetric": "A String", # A predefined standard metric.
+      },
+      "filter": "A String", # Optional. Optional filters to apply to the metric.
+      "name": "A String", # Required. The user-defined name for this metric. This name will be used as the key for this metric's value in the response.
+    },
+  ],
+  "pageSize": 42, # Optional. The maximum number of DomainStats resources to return in the response. The server may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, a default value of 10 will be used. The maximum value is 200.
+  "pageToken": "A String", # Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any. If the aggregation granularity is DAILY, the page token will be the encoded date + "/" + metric name. If the aggregation granularity is OVERALL, the page token will be the encoded metric name.
+  "parent": "A String", # Required. The parent resource name where the stats are queried. Format: domains/{domain}
+  "timeQuery": { # The date ranges or specific dates for which you want to retrieve data. # Required. The time range or specific dates for which to retrieve the metrics.
+    "dateList": { # A set of specific dates. # A list of specific dates.
+      "dates": [ # Required. The list of specific dates for which to retrieve data.
+        { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp
+          "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+          "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+          "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "dateRanges": { # A set of date ranges. # A list of date ranges.
+      "dateRanges": [ # Required. The list of date ranges for which to retrieve data.
+        { # A single date range defined by a start and end date.
+          "end": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The inclusive end date of the date range.
+            "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+            "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+            "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+          },
+          "start": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Required. The inclusive start date of the date range.
+            "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+            "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+            "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for QueryDomainStats.
+  "domainStats": [ # The list of domain statistics. Each DomainStat object contains the value for a metric requested in the QueryDomainStatsRequest.
+    { # Email statistics for a domain for a specified time period or date.
+      "date": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # Optional. The specific date for these stats, if granularity is DAILY. This field is populated if the QueryDomainStatsRequest specified a DAILY aggregation granularity.
+        "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+        "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+        "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+      },
+      "metric": "A String", # The user-defined name from MetricDefinition.name in the request, used to correlate this result with the requested metric.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the DomainStat resource. Format: domains/{domain}/domainStats/{domain_stat} The `{domain_stat}` segment is an opaque, server-generated ID. We recommend using the `metric` field to identify queried metrics instead of parsing the name.
+      "value": { # The actual value of a statistic. # The value of the corresponding metric.
+        "doubleValue": 3.14, # Double value.
+        "floatValue": 3.14, # Float value.
+        "intValue": "A String", # Integer value.
+        "stringList": { # Represents a list of strings. # List of string values.
+          "values": [ # The string values.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+        },
+        "stringValue": "A String", # String value.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+}
+
+ +
+ query_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domains.html b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domains.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c789825aff5 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.domains.html @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ + + + +

Gmail Postmaster Tools API . domains

+

Instance Methods

+

+ domainStats() +

+

Returns the domainStats Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves detailed information about a domain registered by you. Returns NOT_FOUND if the domain is not registered by you. Domain represents the metadata of a domain that has been registered within the system and linked to a user.

+

+ getComplianceStatus(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves the compliance status for a given domain. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access compliance status for the domain.

+

+ list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Retrieves a list of all domains registered by you, along with their corresponding metadata. The order of domains in the response is unspecified and non-deterministic. Newly registered domains will not necessarily be added to the end of this list.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves detailed information about a domain registered by you. Returns NOT_FOUND if the domain is not registered by you. Domain represents the metadata of a domain that has been registered within the system and linked to a user.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the domain. Format: `domains/{domain_name}`, where domain_name is the fully qualified domain name (i.e., mymail.mydomain.com). (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Information about a domain registered by the user.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp at which the domain was added to the user's account.
+  "lastVerifyTime": "A String", # The timestamp at which the domain was last verified by the user.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the domain. Format: `domains/{domain_name}`, where domain_name is the fully qualified domain name (i.e., mymail.mydomain.com).
+  "permission": "A String", # Output only. User's permission of this domain.
+  "verificationState": "A String", # Output only. Information about a user's verification history and properties for the domain.
+}
+
+ +
+ getComplianceStatus(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves the compliance status for a given domain. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access compliance status for the domain.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the domain's compliance status to retrieve. Format: `domains/{domain_id}/complianceStatus`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Compliance status for a domain.
+  "complianceData": { # Compliance data for a given domain. # Compliance data for the registrable domain part of the domain in `name`. For example, if `name` is `domains/example.com/complianceStatus`, this field contains compliance data for `example.com`.
+    "domainId": "A String", # Domain that this data is for.
+    "honorUnsubscribeVerdict": { # Compliance verdict for whether a sender meets the unsubscribe honoring compliance requirement. # Unsubscribe honoring compliance verdict.
+      "reason": "A String", # The specific reason for the compliance verdict. Must be empty if the status is compliant.
+      "status": { # The status of a sender compliance requirement. # The compliance status.
+        "status": "A String", # Output only. The compliance status.
+      },
+    },
+    "oneClickUnsubscribeVerdict": { # Compliance verdict for whether a sender meets the one-click unsubscribe compliance requirement. # One-click unsubscribe compliance verdict.
+      "reason": "A String", # The specific reason for the compliance verdict. Must be empty if the status is compliant.
+      "status": { # The status of a sender compliance requirement. # The compliance status.
+        "status": "A String", # Output only. The compliance status.
+      },
+    },
+    "rowData": [ # Data for each of the rows of the table. Each message contains all the data that backs a single row.
+      { # Data for a single row of the compliance status table.
+        "requirement": "A String", # The compliance requirement.
+        "status": { # The status of a sender compliance requirement. # The compliance status for the requirement.
+          "status": "A String", # Output only. The compliance status.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the domain's compliance status. Format: `domains/{domain_id}/complianceStatus`.
+  "subdomainComplianceData": { # Compliance data for a given domain. # Compliance data calculated specifically for the subdomain in `name`. This field is only populated if the domain in `name` is a subdomain that differs from its registrable domain (e.g., `sub.example.com`), and if compliance data is available for that specific subdomain.
+    "domainId": "A String", # Domain that this data is for.
+    "honorUnsubscribeVerdict": { # Compliance verdict for whether a sender meets the unsubscribe honoring compliance requirement. # Unsubscribe honoring compliance verdict.
+      "reason": "A String", # The specific reason for the compliance verdict. Must be empty if the status is compliant.
+      "status": { # The status of a sender compliance requirement. # The compliance status.
+        "status": "A String", # Output only. The compliance status.
+      },
+    },
+    "oneClickUnsubscribeVerdict": { # Compliance verdict for whether a sender meets the one-click unsubscribe compliance requirement. # One-click unsubscribe compliance verdict.
+      "reason": "A String", # The specific reason for the compliance verdict. Must be empty if the status is compliant.
+      "status": { # The status of a sender compliance requirement. # The compliance status.
+        "status": "A String", # Output only. The compliance status.
+      },
+    },
+    "rowData": [ # Data for each of the rows of the table. Each message contains all the data that backs a single row.
+      { # Data for a single row of the compliance status table.
+        "requirement": "A String", # The compliance requirement.
+        "status": { # The status of a sender compliance requirement. # The compliance status for the requirement.
+          "status": "A String", # Output only. The compliance status.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Retrieves a list of all domains registered by you, along with their corresponding metadata. The order of domains in the response is unspecified and non-deterministic. Newly registered domains will not necessarily be added to the end of this list.
+
+Args:
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer domains than requested. If unspecified, the default value for this field is 10. The maximum value for this field is 200.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ListDomains.
+  "domains": [ # The domains that have been registered by the user.
+    { # Information about a domain registered by the user.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp at which the domain was added to the user's account.
+      "lastVerifyTime": "A String", # The timestamp at which the domain was last verified by the user.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the domain. Format: `domains/{domain_name}`, where domain_name is the fully qualified domain name (i.e., mymail.mydomain.com).
+      "permission": "A String", # Output only. User's permission of this domain.
+      "verificationState": "A String", # Output only. Information about a user's verification history and properties for the domain.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.html b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f5777c91814 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.html @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ + + + +

Gmail Postmaster Tools API

+

Instance Methods

+

+ domainStats() +

+

Returns the domainStats Resource.

+ +

+ domains() +

+

Returns the domains Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ new_batch_http_request()

+

Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ new_batch_http_request() +
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html index 3a82f5423f3..4d2b97feebc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@

Method Details

}, "useRegionalDataProcessing": True or False, # Optional. Ensures in-flight data remains in the region of origin during de-identification. The default value is false. Using this option results in a significant reduction of throughput, and is not compatible with `LOCATION` or `ORGANIZATION_NAME` infoTypes. `LOCATION` must be excluded within TextConfig, and must also be excluded within ImageConfig if image redaction is required. }, - "destinationStore": "A String", # Required. The name of the DICOM store to create and write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/dicomStores/{dicom_store_id}`. * The destination dataset must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The destination DICOM store must not exist. * The caller must have the necessary permissions to create the destination DICOM store. + "destinationStore": "A String", # Required. The name of the DICOM store to write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/dicomStores/{dicom_store_id}`. * The destination dataset and DICOM store must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The caller must have the healthcare.dicomStores.dicomWebWrite permission to write to the destination DICOM store. "filterConfig": { # Specifies the filter configuration for DICOM resources. # Filter configuration. "resourcePathsGcsUri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage location of the filter configuration file. The `gcs_uri` must be in the format `gs://bucket/path/to/object`. The filter configuration file must contain a list of resource paths separated by newline characters (\n or \r\n). Each resource path must be in the format "/studies/{studyUID}[/series/{seriesUID}[/instances/{instanceUID}]]" The Cloud Healthcare API service account must have the `roles/storage.objectViewer` Cloud IAM role for this Cloud Storage location. }, @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@

Method Details

"writeDisposition": "A String", # Optional. Determines whether the existing table in the destination is to be overwritten or appended to. If a write_disposition is specified, the `force` parameter is ignored. }, "gcsDestination": { # The Cloud Storage location where the server writes the output and the export configuration. # The Cloud Storage output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires the `roles/storage.objectAdmin` Cloud IAM roles on the Cloud Storage location. - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME types supported by DICOM spec. Each file is written in the following format: `.../{study_id}/{series_id}/{instance_id}[/{frame_number}].{extension}` The frame_number component exists only for multi-frame instances. Supported MIME types are consistent with supported formats in DICOMweb: https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/dicom#retrieve_transaction. Specifically, the following are supported: - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (uncompressed DICOM) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Baseline) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.90 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000 Lossless Only) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.91 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=* (DICOM with no transcoding) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (raw uncompressed PixelData) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=* (raw PixelData in whatever format it was uploaded in) - image/jpeg; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (Consumer JPEG) - image/png The following extensions are used for output files: - application/dicom -> .dcm - image/jpeg -> .jpg - image/png -> .png - application/octet-stream -> no extension If unspecified, the instances are exported in the original DICOM format they were uploaded in. + "mimeType": "A String", # MIME types supported by DICOM spec. Each file is written in the following format: `.../{study_id}/{series_id}/{instance_id}[/{frame_number}].{extension}` The frame_number component exists only for multi-frame instances. Supported MIME types are consistent with supported formats in DICOMweb: https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/dicom#retrieve_transaction. Specifically, the following are supported: - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2 (DICOM Implicit VR Little Endian) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (DICOM Explicit VR Little Endian) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1.99 (DICOM Deflated Explicit VR Little Endian) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Baseline) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.51 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Extended) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.57 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.70 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Lossless First-Order Prediction) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.80 (DICOM with embedded JPEG-LS Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.81 (DICOM with embedded JPEG-LS Lossy (Near-Lossless)) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.90 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000 Lossless Only) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.91 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.110 (DICOM with embedded JPEG XL Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.111 (DICOM with embedded JPEG XL JPEG Recompression) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.112 (DICOM with embedded JPEG XL) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.201 (DICOM with embedded High-Throughput JPEG 2000 Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.202 (DICOM with embedded High-Throughput JPEG 2000 with RPCL Options Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.203 (DICOM with embedded High-Throughput JPEG 2000) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.5 (DICOM with embedded RLE Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.8.1 (DICOM with embedded Deflated Image Frame Compression) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=* (DICOM with no transcoding) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (raw uncompressed PixelData) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=* (raw PixelData in whatever format it was uploaded in) - image/jpeg; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (Consumer JPEG) - image/png The following extensions are used for output files: - application/dicom -> .dcm - image/jpeg -> .jpg - image/png -> .png - application/octet-stream -> no extension If unspecified, the instances are exported in the original DICOM format they were uploaded in. "uriPrefix": "A String", # The Cloud Storage destination to export to. URI for a Cloud Storage directory where the server writes the result files, in the format `gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}`). If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The user is responsible for creating the Cloud Storage bucket referenced in `uri_prefix`. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html index 52ace90e8ec..90d66bacca2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html @@ -90,6 +90,9 @@

Instance Methods

applyConsents(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Apply the Consent resources for the FHIR store and reindex the underlying resources in the FHIR store according to the aggregate consent. The aggregate consent of the patient in scope in this request replaces any previous call of this method. Any Consent resource change after this operation execution (including deletion) requires you to call ApplyConsents again to have effect. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the consent resources that were processed by calling GetOperation. Upon completion, the ApplyConsentsResponse additionally contains the number of resources that was reindexed. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). To enforce consent check for data access, `consent_config.access_enforced` must be set to true for the FhirStore. FHIR Consent is not supported in DSTU2 or R5.

+

+ bulkDelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Bulk deletes the FHIR resources from the given FHIR store. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the deletion by calling GetOperation. The success and secondary_success counters correspond to the deleted current version and historical versions, respectively.

bulk_export_group(name, organizeOutputBy=None, outputFormat=None, x__xgafv=None, x_since=None, x_type=None)

Bulk exports a Group resource and resources in the member field, including related resources for each Patient member. The export for each Patient is identical to a GetPatientEverything request. Implements the FHIR implementation guide [$export group of patients](https://build.fhir.org/ig/HL7/bulk-data/export.html#endpoint---group-of-patients). The following headers must be set in the request: * `Accept`: specifies the format of the `OperationOutcome` response. Only `application/fhir+json` is supported. * `Prefer`: specifies whether the response is immediate or asynchronous. Must be to `respond-async` because only asynchronous responses are supported. Specify the destination for the server to write result files by setting the Cloud Storage location bulk_export_gcs_destination on the FHIR store. URI of an existing Cloud Storage directory where the server writes result files, in the format gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}. If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The user is responsible for creating the Cloud Storage bucket referenced. Supports the following query parameters: * `_type`: string of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only resources of the specified type(s) are exported. * `_since`: if provided, only resources updated after the specified time are exported. * `_outputFormat`: optional, specify ndjson to export data in NDJSON format. Exported file names use the format: {export_id}_{resource_type}.ndjson. * `organizeOutputBy`: resource type to organize the output by. Required and must be set to `Patient`. When specified, output files are organized by instances of the specified resource type, including the resource, referenced resources, and resources that contain references to that resource. On success, the `Content-Location` header of response is set to a URL that you can use to query the status of the export. The URL is in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/operations/{export_id}`. See get-fhir-operation-status for more information. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error.

@@ -240,6 +243,53 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ bulkDelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Bulk deletes the FHIR resources from the given FHIR store. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the deletion by calling GetOperation. The success and secondary_success counters correspond to the deleted current version and historical versions, respectively.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store to bulk delete resources from, in the format of `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to bulk delete FHIR resources.
+  "gcsDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to Cloud Storage. # Optional. The Cloud Storage output destination. The Healthcare Service Agent account requires the `roles/storage.objectAdmin` role on the Cloud Storage location. The deleted resources outputs are organized by FHIR resource types. The server creates one or more objects per resource type. Each object contains newline delimited strings in the format {resourceType}/{resourceId}.
+    "uriPrefix": "A String", # URI for a Cloud Storage directory where result files should be written, in the format of `gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}`. If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The user is responsible for creating the Cloud Storage bucket referenced in `uri_prefix`.
+  },
+  "type": "A String", # Optional. String of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only resources of the specified resource type(s) will be deleted.
+  "until": "A String", # Optional. If provided, only resources updated before or atthis time are deleted. The time uses the format YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sss+zz:zz. For example, `2015-02-07T13:28:17.239+02:00` or `2017-01-01T00:00:00Z`. The time must be specified to the second and include a time zone.
+  "versionConfig": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which version of the resources to delete.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
bulk_export_group(name, organizeOutputBy=None, outputFormat=None, x__xgafv=None, x_since=None, x_type=None)
Bulk exports a Group resource and resources in the member field, including related resources for each Patient member. The export for each Patient is identical to a GetPatientEverything request. Implements the FHIR implementation guide [$export group of patients](https://build.fhir.org/ig/HL7/bulk-data/export.html#endpoint---group-of-patients). The following headers must be set in the request: * `Accept`: specifies the format of the `OperationOutcome` response. Only `application/fhir+json` is supported. * `Prefer`: specifies whether the response is immediate or asynchronous. Must be to `respond-async` because only asynchronous responses are supported. Specify the destination for the server to write result files by setting the Cloud Storage location bulk_export_gcs_destination on the FHIR store. URI of an existing Cloud Storage directory where the server writes result files, in the format gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}. If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The user is responsible for creating the Cloud Storage bucket referenced. Supports the following query parameters: * `_type`: string of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only resources of the specified type(s) are exported. * `_since`: if provided, only resources updated after the specified time are exported. * `_outputFormat`: optional, specify ndjson to export data in NDJSON format. Exported file names use the format: {export_id}_{resource_type}.ndjson. * `organizeOutputBy`: resource type to organize the output by. Required and must be set to `Patient`. When specified, output files are organized by instances of the specified resource type, including the resource, referenced resources, and resources that contain references to that resource. On success, the `Content-Location` header of response is set to a URL that you can use to query the status of the export. The URL is in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/operations/{export_id}`. See get-fhir-operation-status for more information. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error.
@@ -725,7 +775,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "useRegionalDataProcessing": True or False, # Optional. Ensures in-flight data remains in the region of origin during de-identification. The default value is false. Using this option results in a significant reduction of throughput, and is not compatible with `LOCATION` or `ORGANIZATION_NAME` infoTypes. `LOCATION` must be excluded within TextConfig, and must also be excluded within ImageConfig if image redaction is required. }, - "destinationStore": "A String", # Required. The name of the FHIR store to create and write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. * The destination dataset must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The destination FHIR store must exist. * The caller must have the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission to write to the destination FHIR store. + "destinationStore": "A String", # Required. The name of the FHIR store to write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. * The destination dataset and FHIR store must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The caller must have the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission to write to the destination FHIR store. "gcsConfigUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage location to read the JSON cloud.healthcare.deidentify.DeidentifyConfig from, overriding the default config. Must be of the form `gs://{bucket_id}/path/to/object`. The Cloud Storage location must grant the Cloud IAM role `roles/storage.objectViewer` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. Only one of `config` and `gcs_config_uri` can be specified. "resourceFilter": { # Filter configuration. # A filter specifying the resources to include in the output. If not specified, all resources are included in the output. "resources": { # A list of FHIR resources. # List of resources to include in the output. If this list is empty or not specified, all resources are included in the output. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.html index 015d2b6f34e..40fadfc7fd9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html
index dcf83369556..38850112a9d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "useRegionalDataProcessing": True or False, # Ensures in-flight data remains in the region of origin during de-identification. The default value is false. Using this option results in a significant reduction of throughput, and is not compatible with `LOCATION` or `ORGANIZATION_NAME` infoTypes. If the deprecated DicomConfig or FhirConfig are used, then `LOCATION` must be excluded within TextConfig, and must also be excluded within ImageConfig if image redaction is required. }, - "destinationStore": "A String", # Required. The name of the DICOM store to create and write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/dicomStores/{dicom_store_id}`. * The destination dataset must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The destination DICOM store must not exist. * The caller must have the necessary permissions to create the destination DICOM store. + "destinationStore": "A String", # Required. The name of the DICOM store to write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/dicomStores/{dicom_store_id}`. * The destination dataset and DICOM store must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The caller must have the healthcare.dicomStores.dicomWebWrite permission to write to the destination DICOM store. "filterConfig": { # Specifies the filter configuration for DICOM resources. # Filter configuration. "resourcePathsGcsUri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage location of the filter configuration file. The `gcs_uri` must be in the format `gs://bucket/path/to/object`. The filter configuration file must contain a list of resource paths separated by newline characters (\n or \r\n). Each resource path must be in the format "/studies/{studyUID}[/series/{seriesUID}[/instances/{instanceUID}]]" The Cloud Healthcare API service account must have the `roles/storage.objectViewer` Cloud IAM role for this Cloud Storage location. }, @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@

Method Details

"resourcePathsGcsUri": "A String", # The Cloud Storage location of the filter configuration file. The `gcs_uri` must be in the format `gs://bucket/path/to/object`. The filter configuration file must contain a list of resource paths separated by newline characters (\n or \r\n). Each resource path must be in the format "/studies/{studyUID}[/series/{seriesUID}[/instances/{instanceUID}]]" The Cloud Healthcare API service account must have the `roles/storage.objectViewer` Cloud IAM role for this Cloud Storage location. }, "gcsDestination": { # The Cloud Storage location where the server writes the output and the export configuration. # The Cloud Storage output destination. The Cloud Healthcare Service Agent requires the `roles/storage.objectAdmin` Cloud IAM roles on the Cloud Storage location. - "mimeType": "A String", # MIME types supported by DICOM spec. Each file is written in the following format: `.../{study_id}/{series_id}/{instance_id}[/{frame_number}].{extension}` The frame_number component exists only for multi-frame instances. Supported MIME types are consistent with supported formats in DICOMweb: https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/dicom#retrieve_transaction. Specifically, the following are supported: - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (uncompressed DICOM) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Baseline) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.90 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000 Lossless Only) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.91 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000)h - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=* (DICOM with no transcoding) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (raw uncompressed PixelData) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=* (raw PixelData in whatever format it was uploaded in) - image/jpeg; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (Consumer JPEG) - image/png The following extensions are used for output files: - application/dicom -> .dcm - image/jpeg -> .jpg - image/png -> .png - application/octet-stream -> no extension If unspecified, the instances are exported in the original DICOM format they were uploaded in. + "mimeType": "A String", # MIME types supported by DICOM spec. Each file is written in the following format: `.../{study_id}/{series_id}/{instance_id}[/{frame_number}].{extension}` The frame_number component exists only for multi-frame instances. Supported MIME types are consistent with supported formats in DICOMweb: https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/dicom#retrieve_transaction. Specifically, the following are supported: - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2 (DICOM Implicit VR Little Endian) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (DICOM Explicit VR Little Endian) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1.99 (DICOM Deflated Explicit VR Little Endian) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Baseline) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.51 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Extended) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.57 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.70 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Lossless First-Order Prediction) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.80 (DICOM with embedded JPEG-LS Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.81 (DICOM with embedded JPEG-LS Lossy (Near-Lossless)) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.90 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000 Lossless Only) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.91 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.110 (DICOM with embedded JPEG XL Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.111 (DICOM with embedded JPEG XL JPEG Recompression) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.112 (DICOM with embedded JPEG XL) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.201 (DICOM with embedded High-Throughput JPEG 2000 Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.202 (DICOM with embedded High-Throughput JPEG 2000 with RPCL Options Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.203 (DICOM with embedded High-Throughput JPEG 2000) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.5 (DICOM with embedded RLE Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.8.1 (DICOM with embedded Deflated Image Frame Compression) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=* (DICOM with no transcoding) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (raw uncompressed PixelData) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=* (raw PixelData in whatever format it was uploaded in) - image/jpeg; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (Consumer JPEG) - image/png The following extensions are used for output files: - application/dicom -> .dcm - image/jpeg -> .jpg - image/png -> .png - application/octet-stream -> no extension If unspecified, the instances are exported in the original DICOM format they were uploaded in. "uriPrefix": "A String", # The Cloud Storage destination to export to. URI for a Cloud Storage directory where the server writes the result files, in the format `gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}`). If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The user is responsible for creating the Cloud Storage bucket referenced in `uri_prefix`. }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html index 0a56275f619..e7f35c51bce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html @@ -90,6 +90,9 @@

Instance Methods

applyConsents(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Apply the Consent resources for the FHIR store and reindex the underlying resources in the FHIR store according to the aggregate consent. The aggregate consent of the patient in scope in this request replaces any previous call of this method. Any Consent resource change after this operation execution (including deletion) requires you to call ApplyConsents again to have effect. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the consent resources that were processed by calling GetOperation. Upon completion, the ApplyConsentsResponse additionally contains the number of resources that was reindexed. Errors are logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)). To enforce consent check for data access, `consent_config.access_enforced` must be set to true for the FhirStore. FHIR Consent is not supported in DSTU2 or R5.

+

+ bulkDelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Bulk deletes the FHIR resources from the given FHIR store. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the deletion by calling GetOperation. The success and secondary_success counters correspond to the deleted current version and historical versions, respectively.

bulk_export_group(name, organizeOutputBy=None, outputFormat=None, x__xgafv=None, x_since=None, x_type=None)

Bulk exports a Group resource and resources in the member field, including related resources for each Patient member. The export for each Patient is identical to a GetPatientEverything request. Implements the FHIR implementation guide [$export group of patients](https://build.fhir.org/ig/HL7/bulk-data/export.html#endpoint---group-of-patients). The following headers must be set in the request: * `Accept`: specifies the format of the `OperationOutcome` response. Only `application/fhir+json` is supported. * `Prefer`: specifies whether the response is immediate or asynchronous. Must be to `respond-async` because only asynchronous responses are supported. Specify the destination for the server to write result files by setting the Cloud Storage location bulk_export_gcs_destination on the FHIR store. URI of an existing Cloud Storage directory where the server writes result files, in the format gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}. If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The user is responsible for creating the Cloud Storage bucket referenced. Supports the following query parameters: * `_type`: string of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only resources of the specified type(s) are exported. * `_since`: if provided, only resources updated after the specified time are exported. * `_outputFormat`: optional, specify ndjson to export data in NDJSON format. Exported file names use the format: {export_id}_{resource_type}.ndjson. * `organizeOutputBy`: resource type to organize the output by. Required and must be set to `Patient`. When specified, output files are organized by instances of the specified resource type, including the resource, referenced resources, and resources that contain references to that resource. On success, the `Content-Location` header of response is set to a URL that you can use to query the status of the export. The URL is in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/operations/{export_id}`. See get-fhir-operation-status for more information. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error.

@@ -249,6 +252,53 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ bulkDelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Bulk deletes the FHIR resources from the given FHIR store. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the deletion by calling GetOperation. The success and secondary_success counters correspond to the deleted current version and historical versions, respectively.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the FHIR store to bulk delete resources from, in the format of `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to bulk delete FHIR resources.
+  "gcsDestination": { # The configuration for exporting to Cloud Storage. # Optional. The Cloud Storage output destination. The Healthcare Service Agent account requires the `roles/storage.objectAdmin` role on the Cloud Storage location. The deleted resources outputs are organized by FHIR resource types. The server creates one or more objects per resource type. Each object contains newline delimited strings in the format {resourceType}/{resourceId}.
+    "uriPrefix": "A String", # URI for a Cloud Storage directory where result files should be written (in the format `gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}`). If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The Cloud Storage bucket referenced in `uri_prefix` must exist or an error occurs.
+  },
+  "type": "A String", # Optional. String of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only resources of the specified resource type(s) will be deleted.
+  "until": "A String", # Optional. If provided, only resources updated before or atthis time are deleted. The time uses the format YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sss+zz:zz. For example, `2015-02-07T13:28:17.239+02:00` or `2017-01-01T00:00:00Z`. The time must be specified to the second and include a time zone.
+  "versionConfig": "A String", # Optional. Specifies which version of the resources to delete.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+
bulk_export_group(name, organizeOutputBy=None, outputFormat=None, x__xgafv=None, x_since=None, x_type=None)
Bulk exports a Group resource and resources in the member field, including related resources for each Patient member. The export for each Patient is identical to a GetPatientEverything request. Implements the FHIR implementation guide [$export group of patients](https://build.fhir.org/ig/HL7/bulk-data/export.html#endpoint---group-of-patients). The following headers must be set in the request: * `Accept`: specifies the format of the `OperationOutcome` response. Only `application/fhir+json` is supported. * `Prefer`: specifies whether the response is immediate or asynchronous. Must be to `respond-async` because only asynchronous responses are supported. Specify the destination for the server to write result files by setting the Cloud Storage location bulk_export_gcs_destination on the FHIR store. URI of an existing Cloud Storage directory where the server writes result files, in the format gs://{bucket-id}/{path/to/destination/dir}. If there is no trailing slash, the service appends one when composing the object path. The user is responsible for creating the Cloud Storage bucket referenced. Supports the following query parameters: * `_type`: string of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only resources of the specified type(s) are exported. * `_since`: if provided, only resources updated after the specified time are exported. * `_outputFormat`: optional, specify ndjson to export data in NDJSON format. Exported file names use the format: {export_id}_{resource_type}.ndjson. * `organizeOutputBy`: resource type to organize the output by. Required and must be set to `Patient`. When specified, output files are organized by instances of the specified resource type, including the resource, referenced resources, and resources that contain references to that resource. On success, the `Content-Location` header of response is set to a URL that you can use to query the status of the export. The URL is in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}/operations/{export_id}`. See get-fhir-operation-status for more information. Errors generated by the FHIR store contain a JSON-encoded `OperationOutcome` resource describing the reason for the error.
@@ -1115,7 +1165,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "useRegionalDataProcessing": True or False, # Ensures in-flight data remains in the region of origin during de-identification. The default value is false. Using this option results in a significant reduction of throughput, and is not compatible with `LOCATION` or `ORGANIZATION_NAME` infoTypes. If the deprecated DicomConfig or FhirConfig are used, then `LOCATION` must be excluded within TextConfig, and must also be excluded within ImageConfig if image redaction is required. }, - "destinationStore": "A String", # Required. The name of the FHIR store to create and write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. * The destination dataset must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The destination FHIR store must exist. * The caller must have the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission to write to the destination FHIR store. + "destinationStore": "A String", # Required. The name of the FHIR store to write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. * The destination dataset and FHIR store must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The caller must have the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission to write to the destination FHIR store. "gcsConfigUri": "A String", # Cloud Storage location to read the JSON cloud.healthcare.deidentify.DeidentifyConfig from, overriding the default config. Must be of the form `gs://{bucket_id}/path/to/object`. The Cloud Storage location must grant the Cloud IAM role `roles/storage.objectViewer` to the project's Cloud Healthcare Service Agent service account. Only one of `config` and `gcs_config_uri` can be specified. "resourceFilter": { # Filter configuration. # A filter specifying the resources to include in the output. If not specified, all resources are included in the output. "resources": { # A list of FHIR resources. # List of resources to include in the output. If this list is empty or not specified, all resources are included in the output. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index aabe493c337..2ad4b27677d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index ba855d7c33d..8a6d38258d1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "newSpotInstances": { # When set in a ComputeResourceConfig, indicates that [spot VM](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/spot) instances should be created. # Optional. Immutable. If set, indicates that this resource should use spot VMs. "machineType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-resource) to use, e.g. `n2-standard-2`. - "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the termination action of the instance + "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Termination action for the instance. If not specified, Compute Engine sets the termination action to DELETE. "zone": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the zone in which VM instances should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, }, @@ -184,15 +184,15 @@

Method Details

"startupScript": "A String", # Optional. [Startup script](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/startup-scripts/linux) to be run on each login node instance. Max 256KB. The script must complete within the system-defined default timeout of 5 minutes. For tasks that require more time, consider running them in the background using methods such as `&` or `nohup`. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each login node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], "zone": "A String", # Required. Name of the zone in which login nodes should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, - "nodeSets": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm nodesets, which define groups of compute resources that can be used by Slurm. At least one compute node is required. + "nodeSets": [ # Optional. Compute resource configuration for the Slurm nodesets in your cluster. If not specified, the cluster won't create any nodes. { # Configuration for Slurm nodesets in the cluster. Nodesets are groups of compute nodes used by Slurm that are responsible for running workloads submitted to the cluster. - "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's [compute_resources](Cluster.compute_resources). + "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's compute_resources. "computeInstance": { # When set in a SlurmNodeSet, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine VM instances. # Optional. If set, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine instances. "bootDisk": { # A [Persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks) used as the boot disk for a Compute Engine VM instance. # Optional. Boot disk for the compute instance "sizeGb": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Size of the disk in gigabytes. Must be at least 10GB. @@ -208,13 +208,13 @@

Method Details

"staticNodeCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of nodes to be statically created for this nodeset. The cluster will attempt to ensure that at least this many nodes exist at all times. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each compute node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], }, ], - "partitions": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm partitions, which group one or more nodesets. Acts as a queue against which jobs can be submitted. At least one partition is required. + "partitions": [ # Optional. Configuration for the Slurm partitions in your cluster. Each partition can contain one or more nodesets, and you can submit separate jobs on each partition. If you don't specify at least one partition in your cluster, you can't submit jobs to the cluster. { # Configuration for Slurm partitions in the cluster. Partitions are groups of nodesets, and are how clients specify where their workloads should be run. "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the partition, which is how users will identify it. Must conform to [RFC-1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (lower-case, alphanumeric, and at most 63 characters). "nodeSetIds": [ # Required. IDs of the nodesets that make up this partition. Values must match SlurmNodeSet.id. @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@

Method Details

}, "newSpotInstances": { # When set in a ComputeResourceConfig, indicates that [spot VM](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/spot) instances should be created. # Optional. Immutable. If set, indicates that this resource should use spot VMs. "machineType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-resource) to use, e.g. `n2-standard-2`. - "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the termination action of the instance + "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Termination action for the instance. If not specified, Compute Engine sets the termination action to DELETE. "zone": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the zone in which VM instances should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, }, @@ -439,15 +439,15 @@

Method Details

"startupScript": "A String", # Optional. [Startup script](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/startup-scripts/linux) to be run on each login node instance. Max 256KB. The script must complete within the system-defined default timeout of 5 minutes. For tasks that require more time, consider running them in the background using methods such as `&` or `nohup`. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each login node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], "zone": "A String", # Required. Name of the zone in which login nodes should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, - "nodeSets": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm nodesets, which define groups of compute resources that can be used by Slurm. At least one compute node is required. + "nodeSets": [ # Optional. Compute resource configuration for the Slurm nodesets in your cluster. If not specified, the cluster won't create any nodes. { # Configuration for Slurm nodesets in the cluster. Nodesets are groups of compute nodes used by Slurm that are responsible for running workloads submitted to the cluster. - "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's [compute_resources](Cluster.compute_resources). + "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's compute_resources. "computeInstance": { # When set in a SlurmNodeSet, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine VM instances. # Optional. If set, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine instances. "bootDisk": { # A [Persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks) used as the boot disk for a Compute Engine VM instance. # Optional. Boot disk for the compute instance "sizeGb": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Size of the disk in gigabytes. Must be at least 10GB. @@ -463,13 +463,13 @@

Method Details

"staticNodeCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of nodes to be statically created for this nodeset. The cluster will attempt to ensure that at least this many nodes exist at all times. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each compute node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], }, ], - "partitions": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm partitions, which group one or more nodesets. Acts as a queue against which jobs can be submitted. At least one partition is required. + "partitions": [ # Optional. Configuration for the Slurm partitions in your cluster. Each partition can contain one or more nodesets, and you can submit separate jobs on each partition. If you don't specify at least one partition in your cluster, you can't submit jobs to the cluster. { # Configuration for Slurm partitions in the cluster. Partitions are groups of nodesets, and are how clients specify where their workloads should be run. "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the partition, which is how users will identify it. Must conform to [RFC-1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (lower-case, alphanumeric, and at most 63 characters). "nodeSetIds": [ # Required. IDs of the nodesets that make up this partition. Values must match SlurmNodeSet.id. @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@

Method Details

}, "newSpotInstances": { # When set in a ComputeResourceConfig, indicates that [spot VM](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/spot) instances should be created. # Optional. Immutable. If set, indicates that this resource should use spot VMs. "machineType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-resource) to use, e.g. `n2-standard-2`. - "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the termination action of the instance + "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Termination action for the instance. If not specified, Compute Engine sets the termination action to DELETE. "zone": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the zone in which VM instances should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, }, @@ -634,15 +634,15 @@

Method Details

"startupScript": "A String", # Optional. [Startup script](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/startup-scripts/linux) to be run on each login node instance. Max 256KB. The script must complete within the system-defined default timeout of 5 minutes. For tasks that require more time, consider running them in the background using methods such as `&` or `nohup`. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each login node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], "zone": "A String", # Required. Name of the zone in which login nodes should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, - "nodeSets": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm nodesets, which define groups of compute resources that can be used by Slurm. At least one compute node is required. + "nodeSets": [ # Optional. Compute resource configuration for the Slurm nodesets in your cluster. If not specified, the cluster won't create any nodes. { # Configuration for Slurm nodesets in the cluster. Nodesets are groups of compute nodes used by Slurm that are responsible for running workloads submitted to the cluster. - "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's [compute_resources](Cluster.compute_resources). + "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's compute_resources. "computeInstance": { # When set in a SlurmNodeSet, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine VM instances. # Optional. If set, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine instances. "bootDisk": { # A [Persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks) used as the boot disk for a Compute Engine VM instance. # Optional. Boot disk for the compute instance "sizeGb": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Size of the disk in gigabytes. Must be at least 10GB. @@ -658,13 +658,13 @@

Method Details

"staticNodeCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of nodes to be statically created for this nodeset. The cluster will attempt to ensure that at least this many nodes exist at all times. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each compute node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], }, ], - "partitions": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm partitions, which group one or more nodesets. Acts as a queue against which jobs can be submitted. At least one partition is required. + "partitions": [ # Optional. Configuration for the Slurm partitions in your cluster. Each partition can contain one or more nodesets, and you can submit separate jobs on each partition. If you don't specify at least one partition in your cluster, you can't submit jobs to the cluster. { # Configuration for Slurm partitions in the cluster. Partitions are groups of nodesets, and are how clients specify where their workloads should be run. "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the partition, which is how users will identify it. Must conform to [RFC-1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (lower-case, alphanumeric, and at most 63 characters). "nodeSetIds": [ # Required. IDs of the nodesets that make up this partition. Values must match SlurmNodeSet.id. @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@

Method Details

}, "newSpotInstances": { # When set in a ComputeResourceConfig, indicates that [spot VM](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/spot) instances should be created. # Optional. Immutable. If set, indicates that this resource should use spot VMs. "machineType": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the Compute Engine [machine type](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/machine-resource) to use, e.g. `n2-standard-2`. - "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the termination action of the instance + "terminationAction": "A String", # Optional. Termination action for the instance. If not specified, Compute Engine sets the termination action to DELETE. "zone": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Name of the zone in which VM instances should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, }, @@ -838,15 +838,15 @@

Method Details

"startupScript": "A String", # Optional. [Startup script](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/startup-scripts/linux) to be run on each login node instance. Max 256KB. The script must complete within the system-defined default timeout of 5 minutes. For tasks that require more time, consider running them in the background using methods such as `&` or `nohup`. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each login node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], "zone": "A String", # Required. Name of the zone in which login nodes should run, e.g., `us-central1-a`. Must be in the same region as the cluster, and must match the zone of any other resources specified in the cluster. }, - "nodeSets": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm nodesets, which define groups of compute resources that can be used by Slurm. At least one compute node is required. + "nodeSets": [ # Optional. Compute resource configuration for the Slurm nodesets in your cluster. If not specified, the cluster won't create any nodes. { # Configuration for Slurm nodesets in the cluster. Nodesets are groups of compute nodes used by Slurm that are responsible for running workloads submitted to the cluster. - "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's [compute_resources](Cluster.compute_resources). + "computeId": "A String", # Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's compute_resources. "computeInstance": { # When set in a SlurmNodeSet, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine VM instances. # Optional. If set, indicates that the nodeset should be backed by Compute Engine instances. "bootDisk": { # A [Persistent disk](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/disks) used as the boot disk for a Compute Engine VM instance. # Optional. Boot disk for the compute instance "sizeGb": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Size of the disk in gigabytes. Must be at least 10GB. @@ -862,13 +862,13 @@

Method Details

"staticNodeCount": "A String", # Optional. Number of nodes to be statically created for this nodeset. The cluster will attempt to ensure that at least this many nodes exist at all times. "storageConfigs": [ # Optional. How storage resources should be mounted on each compute node. { # Description of how a storage resource should be mounted on a VM instance. - "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources). + "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources. "localMount": "A String", # Required. A directory inside the VM instance's file system where the storage resource should be mounted (e.g., `/mnt/share`). }, ], }, ], - "partitions": [ # Required. Configuration of Slurm partitions, which group one or more nodesets. Acts as a queue against which jobs can be submitted. At least one partition is required. + "partitions": [ # Optional. Configuration for the Slurm partitions in your cluster. Each partition can contain one or more nodesets, and you can submit separate jobs on each partition. If you don't specify at least one partition in your cluster, you can't submit jobs to the cluster. { # Configuration for Slurm partitions in the cluster. Partitions are groups of nodesets, and are how clients specify where their workloads should be run. "id": "A String", # Required. ID of the partition, which is how users will identify it. Must conform to [RFC-1034](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1034) (lower-case, alphanumeric, and at most 63 characters). "nodeSetIds": [ # Required. IDs of the nodesets that make up this partition. Values must match SlurmNodeSet.id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.html index 86c0777b9b2..1ad4790bf03 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/hypercomputecluster_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.html
index 5365f8ed047..4a1146a5a43 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.locations.workforcePools.providers.html
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ 

Method Details

"filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied. }, }, - "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. The configuration for OAuth 2.0 client used to get the additional user attributes. This should be used when users can't get the desired claims in authentication credentials. Currently, this configuration is only supported with OIDC protocol. + "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. Defines the configuration for the OAuth 2.0 client that is used to get the additional user attributes in a separate backchannel call to the identity provider. This should be used when users can't get the required claims in authentication credentials. Currently, the OAuth 2.0 protocol is the only supported authorization method for this backchannel call. "attributesType": "A String", # Required. Represents the IdP and type of claims that should be fetched. "clientId": "A String", # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client ID for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. "clientSecret": { # Representation of a client secret configured for the OIDC provider. # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client secret for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@

Method Details

"filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied. }, }, - "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. The configuration for OAuth 2.0 client used to get the additional user attributes. This should be used when users can't get the desired claims in authentication credentials. Currently, this configuration is only supported with OIDC protocol. + "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. Defines the configuration for the OAuth 2.0 client that is used to get the additional user attributes in a separate backchannel call to the identity provider. This should be used when users can't get the required claims in authentication credentials. Currently, the OAuth 2.0 protocol is the only supported authorization method for this backchannel call. "attributesType": "A String", # Required. Represents the IdP and type of claims that should be fetched. "clientId": "A String", # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client ID for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. "clientSecret": { # Representation of a client secret configured for the OIDC provider. # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client secret for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@

Method Details

"filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied. }, }, - "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. The configuration for OAuth 2.0 client used to get the additional user attributes. This should be used when users can't get the desired claims in authentication credentials. Currently, this configuration is only supported with OIDC protocol. + "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. Defines the configuration for the OAuth 2.0 client that is used to get the additional user attributes in a separate backchannel call to the identity provider. This should be used when users can't get the required claims in authentication credentials. Currently, the OAuth 2.0 protocol is the only supported authorization method for this backchannel call. "attributesType": "A String", # Required. Represents the IdP and type of claims that should be fetched. "clientId": "A String", # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client ID for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. "clientSecret": { # Representation of a client secret configured for the OIDC provider. # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client secret for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@

Method Details

"filter": "A String", # Optional. The filter used to request specific records from the IdP. By default, all of the groups that are associated with a user are fetched. For Microsoft Entra ID, you can add `$search` query parameters using [Keyword Query Language] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/sharepoint/dev/general-development/keyword-query-language-kql-syntax-reference). To learn more about `$search` querying in Microsoft Entra ID, see [Use the `$search` query parameter] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/search-query-parameter). Additionally, Workforce Identity Federation automatically adds the following [`$filter` query parameters] (https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/filter-query-parameter), based on the value of `attributes_type`. Values passed to `filter` are converted to `$search` query parameters. Additional `$filter` query parameters cannot be added using this field. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL`: `mailEnabled` and `securityEnabled` filters are applied. * `AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID`: `securityEnabled` filter is applied. }, }, - "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. The configuration for OAuth 2.0 client used to get the additional user attributes. This should be used when users can't get the desired claims in authentication credentials. Currently, this configuration is only supported with OIDC protocol. + "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { # Represents the OAuth 2.0 client credential configuration for retrieving additional user attributes that are not present in the initial authentication credentials from the identity provider, for example, groups. See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6749#section-4.4 for more details on client credentials grant flow. # Optional. Defines the configuration for the OAuth 2.0 client that is used to get the additional user attributes in a separate backchannel call to the identity provider. This should be used when users can't get the required claims in authentication credentials. Currently, the OAuth 2.0 protocol is the only supported authorization method for this backchannel call. "attributesType": "A String", # Required. Represents the IdP and type of claims that should be fetched. "clientId": "A String", # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client ID for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. "clientSecret": { # Representation of a client secret configured for the OIDC provider. # Required. The OAuth 2.0 client secret for retrieving extra attributes from the identity provider. Required to get the Access Token using client credentials grant flow. diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html index 16154e1af5b..8837a57ba28 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html @@ -179,6 +179,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "oauthSettings": { # Configuration for OAuth login&consent flow behavior as well as for OAuth Credentials. # Optional. Settings to configure IAP's OAuth behavior. + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow to generate an access token. If this field is set, you can skip obtaining the OAuth credentials in this step: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2?hl=en_US#1.-obtain-oauth-2.0-credentials-from-the-google-api-console. However, this could allow for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID + "clientSecretSha256": "A String", # Output only. OAuth secret sha256 paired with client ID "loginHint": "A String", # Domain hint to send as hd=? parameter in OAuth request flow. Enables redirect to primary IDP by skipping Google's login screen. https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect#hd-param Note: IAP does not verify that the id token's hd claim matches this value since access behavior is managed by IAM policies. "programmaticClients": [ # Optional. List of client ids allowed to use IAP programmatically. "A String", @@ -383,6 +386,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "oauthSettings": { # Configuration for OAuth login&consent flow behavior as well as for OAuth Credentials. # Optional. Settings to configure IAP's OAuth behavior. + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow to generate an access token. If this field is set, you can skip obtaining the OAuth credentials in this step: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2?hl=en_US#1.-obtain-oauth-2.0-credentials-from-the-google-api-console. However, this could allow for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID + "clientSecretSha256": "A String", # Output only. OAuth secret sha256 paired with client ID "loginHint": "A String", # Domain hint to send as hd=? parameter in OAuth request flow. Enables redirect to primary IDP by skipping Google's login screen. https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect#hd-param Note: IAP does not verify that the id token's hd claim matches this value since access behavior is managed by IAM policies. "programmaticClients": [ # Optional. List of client ids allowed to use IAP programmatically. "A String", @@ -498,6 +504,9 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "oauthSettings": { # Configuration for OAuth login&consent flow behavior as well as for OAuth Credentials. # Optional. Settings to configure IAP's OAuth behavior. + "clientId": "A String", # Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow to generate an access token. If this field is set, you can skip obtaining the OAuth credentials in this step: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2?hl=en_US#1.-obtain-oauth-2.0-credentials-from-the-google-api-console. However, this could allow for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks. + "clientSecret": "A String", # Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID + "clientSecretSha256": "A String", # Output only. OAuth secret sha256 paired with client ID "loginHint": "A String", # Domain hint to send as hd=? parameter in OAuth request flow. Enables redirect to primary IDP by skipping Google's login screen. https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect#hd-param Note: IAP does not verify that the id token's hd claim matches this value since access behavior is managed by IAM policies. "programmaticClients": [ # Optional. List of client ids allowed to use IAP programmatically. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index a308e720f37..27c0753eb25 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -724,6 +724,7 @@ ## gmailpostmastertools * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v1.html) * [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v1beta1.html) +* [v2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/gmailpostmastertools_v2.html) ## groupsmigration @@ -812,10 +813,6 @@ * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/licensing_v1.html) -## lifesciences -* [v2beta](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/lifesciences_v2beta.html) - - ## localservices * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/localservices_v1.html) diff --git a/docs/dyn/kmsinventory_v1.organizations.protectedResources.html b/docs/dyn/kmsinventory_v1.organizations.protectedResources.html index a27c8e653d4..ccec9a8d53e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/kmsinventory_v1.organizations.protectedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/kmsinventory_v1.organizations.protectedResources.html @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Method Details

Returns metadata about the resources protected by the given Cloud KMS CryptoKey in the given Cloud organization/project.
 
 Args:
-  scope: string, Required. A scope can be an organization or a project. Resources protected by the crypto key in provided scope will be returned. The allowed values are: * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., "organizations/12345678") * projects/{PROJECT_ID} (e.g., "projects/foo-bar") * projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER} (e.g., "projects/12345678") (required)
+  scope: string, Required. A scope can be an organization or a project. Resources protected by the crypto key in provided scope will be returned. The following values are allowed: * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., "organizations/12345678") * projects/{PROJECT_ID} (e.g., "projects/foo-bar") * projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER} (e.g., "projects/12345678") (required)
   cryptoKey: string, Required. The resource name of the CryptoKey.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 500 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 500; values above 500 will be coerced to 500.
   pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous KeyTrackingService.SearchProtectedResources call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to KeyTrackingService.SearchProtectedResources must match the call that provided the page token.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/kmsinventory_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html b/docs/dyn/kmsinventory_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
index c7c0923abbb..18c70217293 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/kmsinventory_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/kmsinventory_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "warnings": [ # Warning messages for the state of response ProtectedResourcesSummary For example, if the organization service account is not configured, INSUFFICIENT_PERMISSIONS_PARTIAL_DATA warning will be returned. - { # Warning message specifying various states of response data that might indicate incomplete or partial results. + { # A warning message that indicates potential problems with the response data. "displayMessage": "A String", # The literal message providing context and details about the warnings. "warningCode": "A String", # The specific warning code for the displayed message. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/kmsinventory_v1.projects.protectedResources.html b/docs/dyn/kmsinventory_v1.projects.protectedResources.html index 185b765bcb1..0452e8bbc4e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/kmsinventory_v1.projects.protectedResources.html +++ b/docs/dyn/kmsinventory_v1.projects.protectedResources.html @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@

Method Details

Returns metadata about the resources protected by the given Cloud KMS CryptoKey in the given Cloud organization/project.
 
 Args:
-  scope: string, Required. A scope can be an organization or a project. Resources protected by the crypto key in provided scope will be returned. The allowed values are: * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., "organizations/12345678") * projects/{PROJECT_ID} (e.g., "projects/foo-bar") * projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER} (e.g., "projects/12345678") (required)
+  scope: string, Required. A scope can be an organization or a project. Resources protected by the crypto key in provided scope will be returned. The following values are allowed: * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., "organizations/12345678") * projects/{PROJECT_ID} (e.g., "projects/foo-bar") * projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER} (e.g., "projects/12345678") (required)
   cryptoKey: string, Required. The resource name of the CryptoKey.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of resources to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 500 resources will be returned. The maximum value is 500; values above 500 will be coerced to 500.
   pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous KeyTrackingService.SearchProtectedResources call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to KeyTrackingService.SearchProtectedResources must match the call that provided the page token.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.html
index 3fca5fa4e92..24ab143355d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 29140148ca1..3f07e3821dd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/looker_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -112,9 +112,6 @@ 

Instance Methods

restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Restore Looker instance.

-

- undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Undeletes Looker instance.

Method Details

close() @@ -136,7 +133,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "catalogIntegrationEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether catalog integration is enabled for the Looker instance. "classType": "A String", # Optional. Storage class of the instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Network name in the consumer project. Format: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Note that the consumer network may be in a different GCP project than the consumer project that is hosting the Looker Instance. "controlledEgressConfig": { # Controlled egress configuration. # Optional. Controlled egress configuration. @@ -220,6 +216,7 @@

Method Details

"oauthConfig": { # Looker instance OAuth login settings. # Looker instance OAuth login settings. "clientId": "A String", # Input only. Client ID from an external OAuth application. This is an input-only field, and thus will not be set in any responses. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Client secret from an external OAuth application. This is an input-only field, and thus will not be set in any responses. + "sharedOauthClientEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use the shared OAuth client. Instances specifying this field do not need to provide client_id and client_secret. }, "periodicExportConfig": { # Configuration for periodic export. # Optional. Configuration for periodic export. "gcsUri": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket URI for periodic export. Format: gs://{bucket_name} @@ -255,9 +252,7 @@

Method Details

"reservedRange": "A String", # Name of a reserved IP address range within the Instance.consumer_network, to be used for private services access connection. May or may not be specified in a create request. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "softDeleteReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason for the instance being in a soft-deleted state. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the instance. - "suspendedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Looker instance was suspended (soft deleted). "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Looker instance was last updated. "userMetadata": { # Metadata about users for a Looker instance. # Optional. User metadata. "additionalDeveloperUserCount": 42, # Optional. The number of additional developer users the instance owner has purchased. @@ -397,7 +392,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "catalogIntegrationEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether catalog integration is enabled for the Looker instance. "classType": "A String", # Optional. Storage class of the instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Network name in the consumer project. Format: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Note that the consumer network may be in a different GCP project than the consumer project that is hosting the Looker Instance. "controlledEgressConfig": { # Controlled egress configuration. # Optional. Controlled egress configuration. @@ -481,6 +475,7 @@

Method Details

"oauthConfig": { # Looker instance OAuth login settings. # Looker instance OAuth login settings. "clientId": "A String", # Input only. Client ID from an external OAuth application. This is an input-only field, and thus will not be set in any responses. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Client secret from an external OAuth application. This is an input-only field, and thus will not be set in any responses. + "sharedOauthClientEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use the shared OAuth client. Instances specifying this field do not need to provide client_id and client_secret. }, "periodicExportConfig": { # Configuration for periodic export. # Optional. Configuration for periodic export. "gcsUri": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket URI for periodic export. Format: gs://{bucket_name} @@ -516,9 +511,7 @@

Method Details

"reservedRange": "A String", # Name of a reserved IP address range within the Instance.consumer_network, to be used for private services access connection. May or may not be specified in a create request. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "softDeleteReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason for the instance being in a soft-deleted state. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the instance. - "suspendedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Looker instance was suspended (soft deleted). "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Looker instance was last updated. "userMetadata": { # Metadata about users for a Looker instance. # Optional. User metadata. "additionalDeveloperUserCount": 42, # Optional. The number of additional developer users the instance owner has purchased. @@ -594,7 +587,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "catalogIntegrationEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether catalog integration is enabled for the Looker instance. "classType": "A String", # Optional. Storage class of the instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Network name in the consumer project. Format: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Note that the consumer network may be in a different GCP project than the consumer project that is hosting the Looker Instance. "controlledEgressConfig": { # Controlled egress configuration. # Optional. Controlled egress configuration. @@ -678,6 +670,7 @@

Method Details

"oauthConfig": { # Looker instance OAuth login settings. # Looker instance OAuth login settings. "clientId": "A String", # Input only. Client ID from an external OAuth application. This is an input-only field, and thus will not be set in any responses. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Client secret from an external OAuth application. This is an input-only field, and thus will not be set in any responses. + "sharedOauthClientEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use the shared OAuth client. Instances specifying this field do not need to provide client_id and client_secret. }, "periodicExportConfig": { # Configuration for periodic export. # Optional. Configuration for periodic export. "gcsUri": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket URI for periodic export. Format: gs://{bucket_name} @@ -713,9 +706,7 @@

Method Details

"reservedRange": "A String", # Name of a reserved IP address range within the Instance.consumer_network, to be used for private services access connection. May or may not be specified in a create request. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "softDeleteReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason for the instance being in a soft-deleted state. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the instance. - "suspendedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Looker instance was suspended (soft deleted). "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Looker instance was last updated. "userMetadata": { # Metadata about users for a Looker instance. # Optional. User metadata. "additionalDeveloperUserCount": 42, # Optional. The number of additional developer users the instance owner has purchased. @@ -760,7 +751,6 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], }, - "catalogIntegrationEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Indicates whether catalog integration is enabled for the Looker instance. "classType": "A String", # Optional. Storage class of the instance. "consumerNetwork": "A String", # Network name in the consumer project. Format: `projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}`. Note that the consumer network may be in a different GCP project than the consumer project that is hosting the Looker Instance. "controlledEgressConfig": { # Controlled egress configuration. # Optional. Controlled egress configuration. @@ -844,6 +834,7 @@

Method Details

"oauthConfig": { # Looker instance OAuth login settings. # Looker instance OAuth login settings. "clientId": "A String", # Input only. Client ID from an external OAuth application. This is an input-only field, and thus will not be set in any responses. "clientSecret": "A String", # Input only. Client secret from an external OAuth application. This is an input-only field, and thus will not be set in any responses. + "sharedOauthClientEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether to use the shared OAuth client. Instances specifying this field do not need to provide client_id and client_secret. }, "periodicExportConfig": { # Configuration for periodic export. # Optional. Configuration for periodic export. "gcsUri": "A String", # Required. Cloud Storage bucket URI for periodic export. Format: gs://{bucket_name} @@ -879,9 +870,7 @@

Method Details

"reservedRange": "A String", # Name of a reserved IP address range within the Instance.consumer_network, to be used for private services access connection. May or may not be specified in a create request. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. - "softDeleteReason": "A String", # Output only. The reason for the instance being in a soft-deleted state. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the instance. - "suspendedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Looker instance was suspended (soft deleted). "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the Looker instance was last updated. "userMetadata": { # Metadata about users for a Looker instance. # Optional. User metadata. "additionalDeveloperUserCount": 42, # Optional. The number of additional developer users the instance owner has purchased. @@ -1003,45 +992,4 @@

Method Details

}
-
- undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Undeletes Looker instance.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance} (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request options for undeleting an instance.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
-  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
-  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
-    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
-    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
-      {
-        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-      },
-    ],
-    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
-  },
-  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
-  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
-    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
-  },
-}
-
- \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.html index 66de1cff74a..ce9f5638699 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.html @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for the `CreateAndConfigureAccount` method. "account": { # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. # Required. The account to be created. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, }, - "service": [ # Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `product_management` services may be provided. + "service": [ # Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `products_management` services may be provided. { # Additional instructions to add account services during creation of the account. "accountAggregation": { # `AccountAggregation` payload. # The provider is an [aggregator](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487) for the account. Payload for service type Account Aggregation. }, @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@

Method Details

"accounts": [ # The accounts matching the `ListAccountsRequest`. { # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@

Method Details

"accounts": [ # The accounts for which the given parent account is an aggregator. { # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.programs.checkoutSettings.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.programs.checkoutSettings.html index 93e66456e84..e726ffa98ac 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.programs.checkoutSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.programs.checkoutSettings.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Method Details

"cartUriTemplate": "A String", # Cart URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the cart page on the merchant website with the selected item in cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) "checkoutUriTemplate": "A String", # Checkout URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the merchant checkout page with the item in the cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) }, - "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies, valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS`, `FREE_LISTINGS` + "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. Required for the create operation. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies. Valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS` and `FREE_LISTINGS`. "A String", ], "enrollmentState": "A String", # Output only. Reflects the merchant enrollment state in `Checkout` program. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

"cartUriTemplate": "A String", # Cart URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the cart page on the merchant website with the selected item in cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) "checkoutUriTemplate": "A String", # Checkout URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the merchant checkout page with the item in the cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) }, - "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies, valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS`, `FREE_LISTINGS` + "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. Required for the create operation. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies. Valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS` and `FREE_LISTINGS`. "A String", ], "enrollmentState": "A String", # Output only. Reflects the merchant enrollment state in `Checkout` program. @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

"cartUriTemplate": "A String", # Cart URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the cart page on the merchant website with the selected item in cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) "checkoutUriTemplate": "A String", # Checkout URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the merchant checkout page with the item in the cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) }, - "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies, valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS`, `FREE_LISTINGS` + "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. Required for the create operation. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies. Valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS` and `FREE_LISTINGS`. "A String", ], "enrollmentState": "A String", # Output only. Reflects the merchant enrollment state in `Checkout` program. @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@

Method Details

"cartUriTemplate": "A String", # Cart URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the cart page on the merchant website with the selected item in cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) "checkoutUriTemplate": "A String", # Checkout URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the merchant checkout page with the item in the cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) }, - "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies, valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS`, `FREE_LISTINGS` + "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. Required for the create operation. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies. Valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS` and `FREE_LISTINGS`. "A String", ], "enrollmentState": "A String", # Output only. Reflects the merchant enrollment state in `Checkout` program. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

Method Details

"cartUriTemplate": "A String", # Cart URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the cart page on the merchant website with the selected item in cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) "checkoutUriTemplate": "A String", # Checkout URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the merchant checkout page with the item in the cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) }, - "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies, valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS`, `FREE_LISTINGS` + "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. Required for the create operation. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies. Valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS` and `FREE_LISTINGS`. "A String", ], "enrollmentState": "A String", # Output only. Reflects the merchant enrollment state in `Checkout` program. diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.programs.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.programs.html index 5422a831867..0b06f6c7f83 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.programs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1.accounts.programs.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` + { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `product-ratings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` "activeRegionCodes": [ # Output only. The regions in which the account is actively participating in the program. Active regions are defined as those where all program requirements affecting the regions have been met. Region codes are defined by [CLDR](https://cldr.unicode.org/). This is either a country where the program applies specifically to that country or `001` when the program applies globally. "A String", ], @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` + { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `product-ratings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` "activeRegionCodes": [ # Output only. The regions in which the account is actively participating in the program. Active regions are defined as those where all program requirements affecting the regions have been met. Region codes are defined by [CLDR](https://cldr.unicode.org/). This is either a country where the program applies specifically to that country or `001` when the program applies globally. "A String", ], @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` + { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `product-ratings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` "activeRegionCodes": [ # Output only. The regions in which the account is actively participating in the program. Active regions are defined as those where all program requirements affecting the regions have been met. Region codes are defined by [CLDR](https://cldr.unicode.org/). This is either a country where the program applies specifically to that country or `001` when the program applies globally. "A String", ], @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for the ListPrograms method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. "programs": [ # The programs for the given account. - { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` + { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `product-ratings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` "activeRegionCodes": [ # Output only. The regions in which the account is actively participating in the program. Active regions are defined as those where all program requirements affecting the regions have been met. Region codes are defined by [CLDR](https://cldr.unicode.org/). This is either a country where the program applies specifically to that country or `001` when the program applies globally. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html index 575e67c63fe..7dd9b000372 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Request message for the `CreateAndConfigureAccount` method. "account": { # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. # Required. The account to be created. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@

Method Details

"version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a". }, }, - "service": [ # Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `product_management` services may be provided. + "service": [ # Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `products_management` services may be provided. { # Additional instructions to add account services during creation of the account. "accountAggregation": { # `AccountAggregation` payload. # The provider is an [aggregator](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188487) for the account. Payload for service type Account Aggregation. }, @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@

Method Details

"accounts": [ # The accounts matching the `ListAccountsRequest`. { # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@

Method Details

"accounts": [ # The accounts for which the given parent account is an aggregator. { # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The `Account` message represents a business's account within Shopping Ads. It's the primary entity for managing product data, settings, and interactions with Google's services and external providers. Accounts can operate as standalone entities or be part of a advanced account structure. In an advanced account setup the parent account manages multiple sub-accounts. Establishing an account involves configuring attributes like the account name, time zone, and language preferences. The `Account` message is the parent entity for many other resources, for example, `AccountRelationship`, `Homepage`, `BusinessInfo` and so on. "accountId": "A String", # Output only. The ID of the account. - "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. + "accountName": "A String", # Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the "/" or "_" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information. "adultContent": True or False, # Optional. Whether this account contains adult content. "languageCode": "A String", # Required. The account's [BCP-47 language code](https://tools.ietf.org/html/bcp47), such as `en-US` or `sr-Latn`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}` diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.programs.checkoutSettings.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.programs.checkoutSettings.html index a72c577cb60..b63796bf0e3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.programs.checkoutSettings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.programs.checkoutSettings.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@

Method Details

"cartUriTemplate": "A String", # Cart URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the cart page on the merchant website with the selected item in cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) "checkoutUriTemplate": "A String", # Checkout URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the merchant checkout page with the item in the cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) }, - "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies, valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS`, `FREE_LISTINGS` + "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. Required for the create operation. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies. Valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS` and `FREE_LISTINGS`. "A String", ], "enrollmentState": "A String", # Output only. Reflects the merchant enrollment state in `Checkout` program. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

Method Details

"cartUriTemplate": "A String", # Cart URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the cart page on the merchant website with the selected item in cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) "checkoutUriTemplate": "A String", # Checkout URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the merchant checkout page with the item in the cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) }, - "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies, valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS`, `FREE_LISTINGS` + "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. Required for the create operation. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies. Valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS` and `FREE_LISTINGS`. "A String", ], "enrollmentState": "A String", # Output only. Reflects the merchant enrollment state in `Checkout` program. @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@

Method Details

"cartUriTemplate": "A String", # Cart URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the cart page on the merchant website with the selected item in cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) "checkoutUriTemplate": "A String", # Checkout URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the merchant checkout page with the item in the cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) }, - "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies, valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS`, `FREE_LISTINGS` + "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. Required for the create operation. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies. Valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS` and `FREE_LISTINGS`. "A String", ], "enrollmentState": "A String", # Output only. Reflects the merchant enrollment state in `Checkout` program. @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@

Method Details

"cartUriTemplate": "A String", # Cart URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the cart page on the merchant website with the selected item in cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) "checkoutUriTemplate": "A String", # Checkout URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the merchant checkout page with the item in the cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) }, - "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies, valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS`, `FREE_LISTINGS` + "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. Required for the create operation. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies. Valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS` and `FREE_LISTINGS`. "A String", ], "enrollmentState": "A String", # Output only. Reflects the merchant enrollment state in `Checkout` program. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@

Method Details

"cartUriTemplate": "A String", # Cart URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the cart page on the merchant website with the selected item in cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) "checkoutUriTemplate": "A String", # Checkout URL template. When the placeholders are expanded will redirect the buyer to the merchant checkout page with the item in the cart. For more details, check the [help center doc](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13945960#method1&zippy=%2Cproduct-level-url-formatting%2Caccount-level-url-formatting) }, - "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies, valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS`, `FREE_LISTINGS` + "eligibleDestinations": [ # Optional. Required for the create operation. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies. Valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS` and `FREE_LISTINGS`. "A String", ], "enrollmentState": "A String", # Output only. Reflects the merchant enrollment state in `Checkout` program. diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.programs.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.programs.html index a683d6832ec..280e094f79d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.programs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.programs.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` + { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `product-ratings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` "activeRegionCodes": [ # Output only. The regions in which the account is actively participating in the program. Active regions are defined as those where all program requirements affecting the regions have been met. Region codes are defined by [CLDR](https://cldr.unicode.org/). This is either a country where the program applies specifically to that country or `001` when the program applies globally. "A String", ], @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` + { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `product-ratings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` "activeRegionCodes": [ # Output only. The regions in which the account is actively participating in the program. Active regions are defined as those where all program requirements affecting the regions have been met. Region codes are defined by [CLDR](https://cldr.unicode.org/). This is either a country where the program applies specifically to that country or `001` when the program applies globally. "A String", ], @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` + { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `product-ratings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` "activeRegionCodes": [ # Output only. The regions in which the account is actively participating in the program. Active regions are defined as those where all program requirements affecting the regions have been met. Region codes are defined by [CLDR](https://cldr.unicode.org/). This is either a country where the program applies specifically to that country or `001` when the program applies globally. "A String", ], @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@

Method Details

{ # Response message for the ListPrograms method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token that can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. "programs": [ # The programs for the given account. - { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` + { # Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `product-ratings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout` "activeRegionCodes": [ # Output only. The regions in which the account is actively participating in the program. Active regions are defined as those where all program requirements affecting the regions have been met. Region codes are defined by [CLDR](https://cldr.unicode.org/). This is either a country where the program applies specifically to that country or `001` when the program applies globally. "A String", ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html index a5314c81db6..e8b933e2103 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
index 2e0c4601efd..0837f9ef5a5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
index b0d5fac24e1..0bca5180cb0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html
index b2e2e2171ad..cf132afaaf5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html
@@ -141,6 +141,10 @@ 

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -1010,6 +1014,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -1775,6 +1783,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -2542,6 +2554,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -3334,6 +3350,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -4203,6 +4223,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -4968,6 +4992,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -5735,6 +5763,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -6551,6 +6583,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -7420,6 +7456,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -8185,6 +8225,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -8952,6 +8996,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -9754,6 +9802,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -10623,6 +10675,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -11388,6 +11444,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -12155,6 +12215,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -12965,6 +13029,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -13834,6 +13902,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -14599,6 +14671,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -15366,6 +15442,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -16158,6 +16238,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -17027,6 +17111,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -17792,6 +17880,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", @@ -18559,6 +18651,10 @@

Method Details

"collapsibleGroup": { # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. # A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets. "collapsed": True or False, # The collapsed state of the widget on first page load. }, + "coordinatedWidget": { # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart. # A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. + "primary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + "secondary": # Object with schema name: Widget # Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source. + }, "errorReportingPanel": { # A widget that displays a list of error groups. # A widget that displays a list of error groups. "projectNames": [ # The resource name of the Google Cloud Platform project. Written as projects/{projectID} or projects/{projectNumber}, where {projectID} and {projectNumber} can be found in the Google Cloud console (https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158840).Examples: projects/my-project-123, projects/5551234. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html index e2cbb176f19..808c955408c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1.projects.locations.volumes.html @@ -184,6 +184,11 @@

Method Details

"stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. Detailed description of the current cache state. }, "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the volume + "cloneDetails": { # Details about a clone volume. # Output only. If this volume is a clone, this field contains details about the clone. + "sharedSpaceGib": "A String", # Output only. Shared space in GiB. Determined at volume creation time based on size of source snapshot. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the full resource name of the source snapshot from which this volume was cloned. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Output only. Full name of the source volume resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume} + }, "coldTierSizeGib": "A String", # Output only. Size of the volume cold tier data rounded down to the nearest GiB. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the volume "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the volume @@ -480,6 +485,11 @@

Method Details

"stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. Detailed description of the current cache state. }, "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the volume + "cloneDetails": { # Details about a clone volume. # Output only. If this volume is a clone, this field contains details about the clone. + "sharedSpaceGib": "A String", # Output only. Shared space in GiB. Determined at volume creation time based on size of source snapshot. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the full resource name of the source snapshot from which this volume was cloned. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Output only. Full name of the source volume resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume} + }, "coldTierSizeGib": "A String", # Output only. Size of the volume cold tier data rounded down to the nearest GiB. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the volume "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the volume @@ -674,6 +684,11 @@

Method Details

"stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. Detailed description of the current cache state. }, "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the volume + "cloneDetails": { # Details about a clone volume. # Output only. If this volume is a clone, this field contains details about the clone. + "sharedSpaceGib": "A String", # Output only. Shared space in GiB. Determined at volume creation time based on size of source snapshot. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the full resource name of the source snapshot from which this volume was cloned. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Output only. Full name of the source volume resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume} + }, "coldTierSizeGib": "A String", # Output only. Size of the volume cold tier data rounded down to the nearest GiB. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the volume "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the volume @@ -869,6 +884,11 @@

Method Details

"stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. Detailed description of the current cache state. }, "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the volume + "cloneDetails": { # Details about a clone volume. # Output only. If this volume is a clone, this field contains details about the clone. + "sharedSpaceGib": "A String", # Output only. Shared space in GiB. Determined at volume creation time based on size of source snapshot. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the full resource name of the source snapshot from which this volume was cloned. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Output only. Full name of the source volume resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume} + }, "coldTierSizeGib": "A String", # Output only. Size of the volume cold tier data rounded down to the nearest GiB. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the volume "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the volume diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html index b173e4421d0..162f2a0826b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

NetApp API . projects . locations . storagePools

Instance Methods

+

+ ontap() +

+

Returns the ontap Resource.

+

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -135,6 +140,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the pool is NFS LDAP enabled or not. + "mode": "A String", # Optional. Mode of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the user can perform the ONTAP operations on the storage pool using the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `DEFAULT`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the storage pool "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. @@ -142,6 +148,7 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use + "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool @@ -251,6 +258,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the pool is NFS LDAP enabled or not. + "mode": "A String", # Optional. Mode of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the user can perform the ONTAP operations on the storage pool using the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `DEFAULT`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the storage pool "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. @@ -258,6 +266,7 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use + "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool @@ -310,6 +319,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the pool is NFS LDAP enabled or not. + "mode": "A String", # Optional. Mode of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the user can perform the ONTAP operations on the storage pool using the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `DEFAULT`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the storage pool "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. @@ -317,6 +327,7 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use + "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool @@ -376,6 +387,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the pool is NFS LDAP enabled or not. + "mode": "A String", # Optional. Mode of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the user can perform the ONTAP operations on the storage pool using the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `DEFAULT`. "name": "A String", # Identifier. Name of the storage pool "network": "A String", # Required. VPC Network name. Format: projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} "psaRange": "A String", # Optional. This field is not implemented. The values provided in this field are ignored. @@ -383,6 +395,7 @@

Method Details

"replicaZone": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the replica zone for regional storagePool. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use + "scaleTier": "A String", # Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`. "serviceLevel": "A String", # Required. Service level of the storage pool "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the storage pool "stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. State details of the storage pool diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a63cd4844d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.html @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ + + + +

NetApp API . projects . locations . storagePools . ontap

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ executeOntapDelete(ontapPath, x__xgafv=None)

+

`ExecuteOntapDelete` dispatches the ONTAP `DELETE` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.

+

+ executeOntapGet(ontapPath, x__xgafv=None)

+

`ExecuteOntapGet` dispatches the ONTAP `GET` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.

+

+ executeOntapPatch(ontapPath, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

`ExecuteOntapPatch` dispatches the ONTAP `PATCH` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.

+

+ executeOntapPost(ontapPath, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

`ExecuteOntapPost` dispatches the ONTAP `POST` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ executeOntapDelete(ontapPath, x__xgafv=None) +
`ExecuteOntapDelete` dispatches the ONTAP `DELETE` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.
+
+Args:
+  ontapPath: string, Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `ExecuteOntapDelete` API.
+  "body": { # The raw `JSON` body of the response.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ executeOntapGet(ontapPath, x__xgafv=None) +
`ExecuteOntapGet` dispatches the ONTAP `GET` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.
+
+Args:
+  ontapPath: string, Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `ExecuteOntapGet` API.
+  "body": { # The raw `JSON` body of the response.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ executeOntapPatch(ontapPath, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
`ExecuteOntapPatch` dispatches the ONTAP `PATCH` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.
+
+Args:
+  ontapPath: string, Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `ExecuteOntapPatch` API.
+  "body": { # Required. The raw `JSON` body of the request. The body should be in the format of the ONTAP resource. For example: ``` { "body": { "field1": "value1", "field2": "value2", } } ```
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `ExecuteOntapPatch` API.
+  "body": { # The raw `JSON` body of the response.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ executeOntapPost(ontapPath, body=None, x__xgafv=None) +
`ExecuteOntapPost` dispatches the ONTAP `POST` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.
+
+Args:
+  ontapPath: string, Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `ExecuteOntapPost` API.
+  "body": { # Required. The raw `JSON` body of the request. The body should be in the format of the ONTAP resource. For example: ``` { "body": { "field1": "value1", "field2": "value2", } } ```
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for `ExecuteOntapPost` API.
+  "body": { # The raw `JSON` body of the response.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html index b6ec6c312fe..e4e63790551 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/netapp_v1beta1.projects.locations.volumes.html @@ -184,6 +184,11 @@

Method Details

"stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. Detailed description of the current cache state. }, "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the volume + "cloneDetails": { # Details about a clone volume. # Output only. If this volume is a clone, this field contains details about the clone. + "sharedSpaceGib": "A String", # Output only. Shared space in GiB. Determined at volume creation time based on size of source snapshot. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the full resource name of the source snapshot from which this volume was cloned. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Output only. Full name of the source volume resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume} + }, "coldTierSizeGib": "A String", # Output only. Size of the volume cold tier data rounded down to the nearest GiB. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the volume "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the volume @@ -232,6 +237,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. + "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. + }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. "mountOptions": [ # Output only. Mount options of this volume { # View only mount options for a volume. @@ -480,6 +488,11 @@

Method Details

"stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. Detailed description of the current cache state. }, "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the volume + "cloneDetails": { # Details about a clone volume. # Output only. If this volume is a clone, this field contains details about the clone. + "sharedSpaceGib": "A String", # Output only. Shared space in GiB. Determined at volume creation time based on size of source snapshot. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the full resource name of the source snapshot from which this volume was cloned. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Output only. Full name of the source volume resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume} + }, "coldTierSizeGib": "A String", # Output only. Size of the volume cold tier data rounded down to the nearest GiB. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the volume "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the volume @@ -528,6 +541,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. + "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. + }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. "mountOptions": [ # Output only. Mount options of this volume { # View only mount options for a volume. @@ -674,6 +690,11 @@

Method Details

"stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. Detailed description of the current cache state. }, "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the volume + "cloneDetails": { # Details about a clone volume. # Output only. If this volume is a clone, this field contains details about the clone. + "sharedSpaceGib": "A String", # Output only. Shared space in GiB. Determined at volume creation time based on size of source snapshot. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the full resource name of the source snapshot from which this volume was cloned. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Output only. Full name of the source volume resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume} + }, "coldTierSizeGib": "A String", # Output only. Size of the volume cold tier data rounded down to the nearest GiB. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the volume "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the volume @@ -722,6 +743,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. + "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. + }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. "mountOptions": [ # Output only. Mount options of this volume { # View only mount options for a volume. @@ -869,6 +893,11 @@

Method Details

"stateDetails": "A String", # Output only. Detailed description of the current cache state. }, "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Capacity in GIB of the volume + "cloneDetails": { # Details about a clone volume. # Output only. If this volume is a clone, this field contains details about the clone. + "sharedSpaceGib": "A String", # Output only. Shared space in GiB. Determined at volume creation time based on size of source snapshot. + "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # Output only. Specifies the full resource name of the source snapshot from which this volume was cloned. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot} + "sourceVolume": "A String", # Output only. Full name of the source volume resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume} + }, "coldTierSizeGib": "A String", # Output only. Size of the volume cold tier data rounded down to the nearest GiB. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the volume "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the volume @@ -917,6 +946,9 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "largeCapacity": True or False, # Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume. + "largeCapacityConfig": { # Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool. # Optional. Large capacity config for the volume. + "constituentCount": 42, # Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2. + }, "ldapEnabled": True or False, # Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not. "mountOptions": [ # Output only. Mount options of this volume { # View only mount options for a volume. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html index 9f2c19b274b..91dad4bf3d2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html @@ -453,6 +453,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -796,6 +799,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -1342,6 +1348,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -1685,6 +1694,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -2222,6 +2234,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -2565,6 +2580,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -3061,6 +3079,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -3404,6 +3425,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html index e6c24815c3c..d6aa3563e69 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html @@ -453,6 +453,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -796,6 +799,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -1342,6 +1348,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -1685,6 +1694,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -2222,6 +2234,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -2565,6 +2580,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -3061,6 +3079,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. @@ -3404,6 +3425,9 @@

Method Details

"region": "A String", # The region of the subnet matching the source IP address of the test. "uri": "A String", # URI of a Compute Engine network. }, + "ngfwPacketInspection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. # Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall. + "securityProfileGroupUri": "A String", # URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection. + }, "projectId": "A String", # Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating. "proxyConnection": { # For display only. Metadata associated with ProxyConnection. # Display information of a ProxyConnection. "networkUri": "A String", # URI of the network where connection is proxied. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html index 38d064f5e99..a92d7426daa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfileGroups.html @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`. "threatPreventionProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the ThreatPrevention configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the UrlFiltering configuration. } securityProfileGroupId: string, Required. Short name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "security_profile_group1". @@ -218,6 +219,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`. "threatPreventionProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the ThreatPrevention configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the UrlFiltering configuration. }
@@ -253,6 +255,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`. "threatPreventionProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the ThreatPrevention configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the UrlFiltering configuration. }, ], }
@@ -294,6 +297,7 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. Name of the SecurityProfileGroup resource. It matches pattern `projects|organizations/*/locations/{location}/securityProfileGroups/{security_profile_group}`. "threatPreventionProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the ThreatPrevention configuration. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": "A String", # Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the UrlFiltering configuration. } updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the SecurityProfileGroup resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html index 00dc5c87c34..82caacf1bd6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networksecurity_v1.organizations.locations.securityProfiles.html @@ -147,6 +147,17 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": { # UrlFilteringProfile defines filters based on URL. # The URL filtering configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "urlFilters": [ # Optional. The list of filtering configs in which each config defines an action to take for some URL match. + { # A URL filter defines an action to take for some URL match. + "filteringAction": "A String", # Required. The action taken when this filter is applied. + "priority": 42, # Required. The priority of this filter within the URL Filtering Profile. Lower integers indicate higher priorities. The priority of a filter must be unique within a URL Filtering Profile. + "urls": [ # Required. The list of strings that a URL must match with for this filter to be applied. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, } securityProfileId: string, Required. Short name of the SecurityProfile resource to be created. This value should be 1-63 characters long, containing only letters, numbers, hyphens, and underscores, and should not start with a number. E.g. "security_profile1". @@ -266,6 +277,17 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": { # UrlFilteringProfile defines filters based on URL. # The URL filtering configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "urlFilters": [ # Optional. The list of filtering configs in which each config defines an action to take for some URL match. + { # A URL filter defines an action to take for some URL match. + "filteringAction": "A String", # Required. The action taken when this filter is applied. + "priority": 42, # Required. The priority of this filter within the URL Filtering Profile. Lower integers indicate higher priorities. The priority of a filter must be unique within a URL Filtering Profile. + "urls": [ # Required. The list of strings that a URL must match with for this filter to be applied. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, }
@@ -325,6 +347,17 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": { # UrlFilteringProfile defines filters based on URL. # The URL filtering configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "urlFilters": [ # Optional. The list of filtering configs in which each config defines an action to take for some URL match. + { # A URL filter defines an action to take for some URL match. + "filteringAction": "A String", # Required. The action taken when this filter is applied. + "priority": 42, # Required. The priority of this filter within the URL Filtering Profile. Lower integers indicate higher priorities. The priority of a filter must be unique within a URL Filtering Profile. + "urls": [ # Required. The list of strings that a URL must match with for this filter to be applied. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, }, ], }
@@ -390,6 +423,17 @@

Method Details

}, "type": "A String", # Immutable. The single ProfileType that the SecurityProfile resource configures. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last resource update timestamp. + "urlFilteringProfile": { # UrlFilteringProfile defines filters based on URL. # The URL filtering configuration for the SecurityProfile. + "urlFilters": [ # Optional. The list of filtering configs in which each config defines an action to take for some URL match. + { # A URL filter defines an action to take for some URL match. + "filteringAction": "A String", # Required. The action taken when this filter is applied. + "priority": 42, # Required. The priority of this filter within the URL Filtering Profile. Lower integers indicate higher priorities. The priority of a filter must be unique within a URL Filtering Profile. + "urls": [ # Required. The list of strings that a URL must match with for this filter to be applied. + "A String", + ], + }, + ], + }, } updateMask: string, Required. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the SecurityProfile resource by the update. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request. A field will be overwritten if it is in the mask. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html index ba780f898b7..8f3474edaed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html
index 1c3f27efc88..e631609f9c1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html
@@ -147,6 +147,9 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } @@ -266,6 +269,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }
@@ -327,6 +333,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }, ], @@ -396,6 +405,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 353da48ce51..d3af920bf24 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html
index 427fd366f02..b99a737d13f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.tlsRoutes.html
@@ -147,6 +147,9 @@ 

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } @@ -266,6 +269,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }
@@ -327,6 +333,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. }, ], @@ -396,6 +405,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "selfLink": "A String", # Output only. Server-defined URL of this resource + "targetProxies": [ # Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/` + "A String", + ], "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html index 3ec68902339..1179f104fc5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.html @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -156,6 +157,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html index 4eef29dc344..e6901905899 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html +++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.html @@ -139,6 +139,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], @@ -155,6 +156,7 @@

Method Details

{ # BaseImage describes a base image of a container image. "layerCount": 42, # The number of layers that the base image is composed of. "name": "A String", # The name of the base image. + "registry": "A String", # The registry in which the base image is from. "repository": "A String", # The repository name in which the base image is from. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html index 5daf0c570ff..89fe6ca084a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html +++ b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html @@ -535,6 +535,10 @@

Method Details

"reviewsUri": "A String", # A link to show reviews of this place on Google Maps. "writeAReviewUri": "A String", # A link to write a review for this place on Google Maps. }, + "googleMapsTypeLabel": { # Localized variant of a text in a particular language. # The type label of the place on Google Maps, localized to the request language if applicable, for example, "Restaurant", "Cafe", "Airport", etc. The type label may be different from the primary type display name and may not be a supported type in [Places API Place Types table](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types). + "languageCode": "A String", # The text's BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to language_code below. + }, "googleMapsUri": "A String", # A URL providing more information about this place. "iconBackgroundColor": "A String", # Background color for icon_mask in hex format, e.g. #909CE1. "iconMaskBaseUri": "A String", # A truncated URL to an icon mask. User can access different icon type by appending type suffix to the end (eg, ".svg" or ".png"). @@ -1146,6 +1150,10 @@

Method Details

"reviewsUri": "A String", # A link to show reviews of this place on Google Maps. "writeAReviewUri": "A String", # A link to write a review for this place on Google Maps. }, + "googleMapsTypeLabel": { # Localized variant of a text in a particular language. # The type label of the place on Google Maps, localized to the request language if applicable, for example, "Restaurant", "Cafe", "Airport", etc. The type label may be different from the primary type display name and may not be a supported type in [Places API Place Types table](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types). + "languageCode": "A String", # The text's BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to language_code below. + }, "googleMapsUri": "A String", # A URL providing more information about this place. "iconBackgroundColor": "A String", # Background color for icon_mask in hex format, e.g. #909CE1. "iconMaskBaseUri": "A String", # A truncated URL to an icon mask. User can access different icon type by appending type suffix to the end (eg, ".svg" or ".png"). @@ -1897,6 +1905,10 @@

Method Details

"reviewsUri": "A String", # A link to show reviews of this place on Google Maps. "writeAReviewUri": "A String", # A link to write a review for this place on Google Maps. }, + "googleMapsTypeLabel": { # Localized variant of a text in a particular language. # The type label of the place on Google Maps, localized to the request language if applicable, for example, "Restaurant", "Cafe", "Airport", etc. The type label may be different from the primary type display name and may not be a supported type in [Places API Place Types table](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types). + "languageCode": "A String", # The text's BCP-47 language code, such as "en-US" or "sr-Latn". For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. + "text": "A String", # Localized string in the language corresponding to language_code below. + }, "googleMapsUri": "A String", # A URL providing more information about this place. "iconBackgroundColor": "A String", # Background color for icon_mask in hex format, e.g. #909CE1. "iconMaskBaseUri": "A String", # A truncated URL to an icon mask. User can access different icon type by appending type suffix to the end (eg, ".svg" or ".png"). diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index fbb682e3a0e..2177501864a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -135,9 +135,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -213,9 +210,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -287,9 +281,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -365,9 +356,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -459,9 +447,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -537,9 +522,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -612,9 +594,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -690,9 +669,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -768,9 +744,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -846,9 +819,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -924,9 +894,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1002,9 +969,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index 60684086b4a..eead6ab89e8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -135,9 +135,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -213,9 +210,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -287,9 +281,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -365,9 +356,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -459,9 +447,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -537,9 +522,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -612,9 +594,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -690,9 +669,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -768,9 +744,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -846,9 +819,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -924,9 +894,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1002,9 +969,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index 756b0340640..9434f0b6a71 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -135,9 +135,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -213,9 +210,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -287,9 +281,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -365,9 +356,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -459,9 +447,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -537,9 +522,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -612,9 +594,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -690,9 +669,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -768,9 +744,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -846,9 +819,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -924,9 +894,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1002,9 +969,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index 1fad3c6c590..a9b88e2763c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -135,9 +135,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -213,9 +210,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -287,9 +281,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -365,9 +356,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -459,9 +447,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -537,9 +522,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -612,9 +594,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -690,9 +669,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -768,9 +744,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -846,9 +819,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -924,9 +894,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1002,9 +969,6 @@

Method Details

}, "duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index bfcb7775f56..e5adc708b6c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -136,9 +136,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -215,9 +212,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -290,9 +284,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -369,9 +360,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -464,9 +452,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -543,9 +528,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -619,9 +601,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -698,9 +677,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -777,9 +753,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -856,9 +829,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -935,9 +905,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1014,9 +981,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index b1970b86a34..970e6cb3327 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -136,9 +136,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -215,9 +212,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -290,9 +284,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -369,9 +360,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -464,9 +452,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -543,9 +528,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -619,9 +601,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -698,9 +677,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -777,9 +753,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -856,9 +829,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -935,9 +905,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1014,9 +981,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index 7b568bad2e6..27715c4ebc0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -136,9 +136,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -215,9 +212,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -290,9 +284,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -369,9 +360,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -464,9 +452,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -543,9 +528,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -619,9 +601,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -698,9 +677,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -777,9 +753,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -856,9 +829,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -935,9 +905,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1014,9 +981,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html index ec31a646a4b..ba38e80260a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html @@ -136,9 +136,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -215,9 +212,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -290,9 +284,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -369,9 +360,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -464,9 +452,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -543,9 +528,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -619,9 +601,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -698,9 +677,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -777,9 +753,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -856,9 +829,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -935,9 +905,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. @@ -1014,9 +981,6 @@

Method Details

"duration": "A String", # Duration for which this cost applies. "pricingType": "A String", # How the cost is calculated. }, - "impactComponents": [ # If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details. - # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact - ], "reliabilityProjection": { # Contains information on the impact of a reliability recommendation. # Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY "details": { # Per-recommender projection. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index 417348bf663..e5a4405ebed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -331,8 +331,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. @@ -602,8 +605,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. @@ -839,8 +845,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. @@ -1059,8 +1068,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html index 5031c9b473f..3184579b2af 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -100,6 +100,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

+

+ getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

@@ -139,6 +142,34 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Regional certificate authority resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Shared regional certificate authority
+  "managedServerCa": { # CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication. # CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication.
+    "caCerts": [ # The PEM encoded CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication
+      { # The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.
+        "certificates": [ # The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority`
+}
+
+
list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 577e068f6ce..30746633282 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -331,8 +331,11 @@ 

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. @@ -602,8 +605,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. @@ -839,8 +845,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. @@ -1059,8 +1068,11 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "replicaCount": 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes per shard. + "rotateServerCertificate": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates. "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use. + "serverCaMode": "A String", # Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster. + "serverCaPool": "A String", # Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: "projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}". "shardCount": 42, # Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster. "simulateMaintenanceEvent": True or False, # Optional. Input only. Simulate a maintenance event. "sizeGb": 42, # Output only. Redis memory size in GB for the entire cluster rounded up to the next integer. diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html index 17fcf5e0bf1..360244210ee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html @@ -100,6 +100,9 @@

Instance Methods

get(name, x__xgafv=None)

Gets information about a location.

+

+ getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

@@ -139,6 +142,34 @@

Method Details

}
+
+ getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Regional certificate authority resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Shared regional certificate authority
+  "managedServerCa": { # CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication. # CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication.
+    "caCerts": [ # The PEM encoded CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication
+      { # The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.
+        "certificates": [ # The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority`
+}
+
+
list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
index bdb7425de6f..5461ff75ea0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.instances.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.instances.html index 4ed67923220..e2a274197cc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.instances.html @@ -331,6 +331,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "serviceAccountName": "A String", # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account. + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "volumes": [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run. Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Not supported in Cloud Run. @@ -625,6 +626,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "serviceAccountName": "A String", # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account. + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "volumes": [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run. Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Not supported in Cloud Run. @@ -970,6 +972,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "serviceAccountName": "A String", # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account. + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "volumes": [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run. Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Not supported in Cloud Run. @@ -1281,6 +1284,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "serviceAccountName": "A String", # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account. + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "volumes": [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run. Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Not supported in Cloud Run. @@ -1599,6 +1603,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "serviceAccountName": "A String", # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account. + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "volumes": [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run. Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Not supported in Cloud Run. @@ -1906,6 +1911,7 @@

Method Details

"a_key": "A String", }, "serviceAccountName": "A String", # Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account. + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "volumes": [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "configMap": { # Not supported by Cloud Run. Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap's Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths. # Not supported in Cloud Run. diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html index 754a42aa815..9e4e9896429 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/specs/blob/main/specs/serving/overview.md#revision + { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references one or more container images. Revisions are created by updates to a Service. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call such as "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of this resource, in this case "Revision". "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Revision, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # Spec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

{ # ListRevisionsResponse is a list of Revision resources. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call such as "serving.knative.dev/v1". "items": [ # List of Revisions. - { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/specs/blob/main/specs/serving/overview.md#revision + { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references one or more container images. Revisions are created by updates to a Service. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call such as "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of this resource, in this case "Revision". "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Revision, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # Spec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html index 3e694826984..800b6e5c0cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -953,7 +953,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -1705,7 +1705,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -2067,7 +2067,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.workerpools.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.workerpools.html index ad079cd54fe..8e9b7424b96 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.workerpools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.workerpools.html @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -937,7 +937,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -1665,7 +1665,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html index e0eec54e029..af9f4b3e7a7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html index 464a17818a2..2e5746e7a85 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/specs/blob/main/specs/serving/overview.md#revision + { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references one or more container images. Revisions are created by updates to a Service. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call such as "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of this resource, in this case "Revision". "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Revision, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # Spec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@

Method Details

{ # ListRevisionsResponse is a list of Revision resources. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call such as "serving.knative.dev/v1". "items": [ # List of Revisions. - { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/specs/blob/main/specs/serving/overview.md#revision + { # Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references one or more container images. Revisions are created by updates to a Service. "apiVersion": "A String", # The API version for this call such as "serving.knative.dev/v1". "kind": "A String", # The kind of this resource, in this case "Revision". "metadata": { # google.cloud.run.meta.v1.ObjectMeta is metadata that all persisted resources must have, which includes all objects users must create. # Metadata associated with this Revision, including name, namespace, labels, and annotations. @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # Spec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html index 79b8896191d..5990d95e40a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -1388,7 +1388,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", @@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@

Method Details

}, "spec": { # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). # RevisionSpec holds the desired state of the Revision (from the client). "containerConcurrency": 42, # ContainerConcurrency specifies the maximum allowed in-flight (concurrent) requests per container instance of the Revision. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested CPU >= 1 and defaults to 1 when requested CPU < 1. - "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle. + "containers": [ # Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments may be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. Variable references are not supported in Cloud Run. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.instances.html index 10bc98510a6..124a5f66238 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -309,6 +309,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the condition. "type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server assigned unique identifier for the trigger. The value is a UUID4 string and guaranteed to remain unchanged until the resource is deleted. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. "urls": [ # Output only. All URLs serving traffic for this Instance. @@ -317,7 +318,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -644,6 +645,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the condition. "type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server assigned unique identifier for the trigger. The value is a UUID4 string and guaranteed to remain unchanged until the resource is deleted. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. "urls": [ # Output only. All URLs serving traffic for this Instance. @@ -652,7 +654,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -917,6 +919,7 @@

Method Details

"state": "A String", # State of the condition. "type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, + "timeout": "A String", # Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down. "uid": "A String", # Output only. Server assigned unique identifier for the trigger. The value is a UUID4 string and guaranteed to remain unchanged until the resource is deleted. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last-modified time. "urls": [ # Output only. All URLs serving traffic for this Instance. @@ -925,7 +928,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html index 81dd5c30d27..00f283eea5f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html index 439d4504294..e232795f0be 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html index adf8373b8b9..2f9ccaf12d3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html index e9ce9ec05d7..98d32d353f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@

Instance Methods

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

- patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, forceNewRevision=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates a Service.

setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

}, "client": "A String", # Optional. Arbitrary identifier for the API client. "clientVersion": "A String", # Optional. Arbitrary version identifier for the API client. - "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. + "containers": [ # Holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments can be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. "A String", @@ -347,6 +347,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -359,7 +361,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -604,7 +606,7 @@

Method Details

}, "client": "A String", # Optional. Arbitrary identifier for the API client. "clientVersion": "A String", # Optional. Arbitrary version identifier for the API client. - "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. + "containers": [ # Holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments can be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. "A String", @@ -748,6 +750,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -760,7 +764,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -992,7 +996,7 @@

Method Details

}, "client": "A String", # Optional. Arbitrary identifier for the API client. "clientVersion": "A String", # Optional. Arbitrary version identifier for the API client. - "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. + "containers": [ # Holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments can be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. "A String", @@ -1136,6 +1140,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -1148,7 +1154,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -1253,7 +1259,7 @@

Method Details

- patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None) + patch(name, allowMissing=None, body=None, forceNewRevision=None, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates a Service.
 
 Args:
@@ -1340,7 +1346,7 @@ 

Method Details

}, "client": "A String", # Optional. Arbitrary identifier for the API client. "clientVersion": "A String", # Optional. Arbitrary version identifier for the API client. - "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. + "containers": [ # Holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments can be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. "A String", @@ -1484,6 +1490,8 @@

Method Details

}, "revision": "A String", # Optional. The unique name for the revision. If this field is omitted, it will be automatically generated based on the Service name. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Optional. Scaling settings for this Revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -1496,7 +1504,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -1581,6 +1589,7 @@

Method Details

} allowMissing: boolean, Optional. If set to true, and if the Service does not exist, it will create a new one. The caller must have 'run.services.create' permissions if this is set to true and the Service does not exist. + forceNewRevision: boolean, Optional. If set to true, a new revision will be created from the template even if the system doesn't detect any changes from the previously deployed revision. This may be useful for cases where the underlying resources need to be recreated or reinitialized. For example if the image is specified by label, but the underlying image digest has changed) or if the container performs deployment initialization work that needs to be performed again. updateMask: string, Optional. The list of fields to be updated. validateOnly: boolean, Indicates that the request should be validated and default values populated, without persisting the request or updating any resources. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html index ab4d5cd638c..cc6e2dca774 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, ], - "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. + "containers": [ # Holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments can be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. "A String", @@ -357,6 +357,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -375,7 +377,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -463,7 +465,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, ], - "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. + "containers": [ # Holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments can be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. "A String", @@ -617,6 +619,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -635,7 +639,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html index 77213eeeaca..697117f239b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.html @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -1346,7 +1346,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # Optional. A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html index 19fb801a8ca..7f4b34db807 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.workerPools.revisions.html @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, ], - "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. + "containers": [ # Holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments can be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. "A String", @@ -318,6 +318,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -336,7 +338,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, @@ -424,7 +426,7 @@

Method Details

"type": "A String", # type is used to communicate the status of the reconciliation process. See also: https://github.com/knative/serving/blob/main/docs/spec/errors.md#error-conditions-and-reporting Types common to all resources include: * "Ready": True when the Resource is ready. }, ], - "containers": [ # Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision. + "containers": [ # Holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. { # A single application container. This specifies both the container to run, the command to run in the container and the arguments to supply to it. Note that additional arguments can be supplied by the system to the container at runtime. "args": [ # Arguments to the entrypoint. The docker image's CMD is used if this is not provided. "A String", @@ -578,6 +580,8 @@

Method Details

"reconciling": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the resource's reconciliation is still in progress. See comments in `Service.reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "scaling": { # Settings for revision-level scaling settings. # Scaling settings for this revision. + "concurrencyUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling. + "cpuUtilization": 3.14, # Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling. "maxInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances "minInstanceCount": 42, # Optional. Minimum number of serving instances that this resource should have. }, @@ -596,7 +600,7 @@

Method Details

"volumes": [ # A list of Volumes to make available to containers. { # Volume represents a named volume in a container. "cloudSqlInstance": { # Represents a set of Cloud SQL instances. Each one will be available under /cloudsql/[instance]. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. # For Cloud SQL volumes, contains the specific instances that should be mounted. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. - "instances": [ # The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance} + "instances": [ # A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.unitOperations.html b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.unitOperations.html index c9c34be517f..763acf05cdc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.unitOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/saasservicemgmt_v1beta1.projects.locations.unitOperations.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 19 +{ # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22 "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 19 + { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22 "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 19 + { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22 "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@

Method Details

{ # The response structure for the ListUnitOperations method. "nextPageToken": "A String", # If present, the next page token can be provided to a subsequent ListUnitOperations call to list the next page. If empty, there are no more pages. "unitOperations": [ # The resulting unit operations. - { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 19 + { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22 "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 19 +{ # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22 "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 19 + { # UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22 "annotations": { # Optional. Annotations is an unstructured key-value map stored with a resource that may be set by external tools to store and retrieve arbitrary metadata. They are not queryable and should be preserved when modifying objects. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/user-guide/annotations "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.html index 59a147d3aa8..11495859336 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -74,11 +74,6 @@

Secret Manager API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

-

- operations() -

-

Returns the operations Resource.

-

secrets()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.html index d6df9e114c0..ee81b53a5d3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.html @@ -74,11 +74,6 @@

Secret Manager API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

-

- operations() -

-

Returns the operations Resource.

-

secrets()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index b107185a0d3..73eff5d4817 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -876,6 +876,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html index a03e478386b..df8d3dffeec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.folders.sources.findings.html @@ -445,6 +445,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -1358,6 +1372,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -2127,6 +2155,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -2909,6 +2951,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -3692,6 +3748,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index 452114fd745..efbae1e39ef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -876,6 +876,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html index ec69d55cac1..19e165879bb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.findings.html @@ -378,6 +378,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -1147,6 +1161,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -1987,6 +2015,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -2900,6 +2942,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -3669,6 +3725,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -4451,6 +4521,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -5234,6 +5318,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html index ba2f5763777..f0628d535c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.securityHealthAnalyticsSettings.customModules.html @@ -876,6 +876,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html index 0fdbfb8ddf9..d02a3a25650 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.projects.sources.findings.html @@ -445,6 +445,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -1358,6 +1372,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -2127,6 +2155,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -2909,6 +2951,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. @@ -3692,6 +3748,20 @@

Method Details

], "totalExfiltratedBytes": "A String", # Total exfiltrated bytes processed for the entire job. }, + "externalExposure": { # Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding. # External exposure associated with the finding. + "backendService": "A String", # The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}". + "exposedEndpoint": "A String", # The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.” + "exposedService": "A String", # The name and version of the service, for example, "Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0". + "forwardingRule": "A String", # The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}". + "instanceGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the instance group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}". + "loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + "networkEndpointGroup": "A String", # The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}". + "privateIpAddress": "A String", # Private IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "privatePort": "A String", # Port number associated with private IP address. + "publicIpAddress": "A String", # Public IP address of the exposed endpoint. + "publicPort": "A String", # Public port number of the exposed endpoint. + "serviceFirewallPolicy": "A String", # The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, "//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}". + }, "externalSystems": { # Output only. Third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC, contains external system information and external system finding fields. "a_key": { # Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC. "assignees": [ # References primary/secondary etc assignees in the external system. diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.services.html index daf735ec719..36dc1e75682 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.services.html @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@

Method Details

Args: parent: string, Required. Service for which search is performed. services/{service} {service} the name of a service, for example 'service.googleapis.com'. (required) - pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results returned by this request. Currently, the default maximum is set to 1000. If `page_size` isn't provided or the size provided is a number larger than 1000, it's automatically set to 1000. + pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results returned by this request. Currently, the default maximum is set to 256. If `page_size` <= 256, the request proceeds. Else, the request fails with an `TU_INVALID_PAGE_SIZE` error. pageToken: string, Optional. The continuation token, which is used to page through large result sets. To get the next page of results, set this parameter to the value of `nextPageToken` from the previous response. query: string, Optional. Set a query `{expression}` for querying tenancy units. Your `{expression}` must be in the format: `field_name=literal_string`. The `field_name` is the name of the field you want to compare. Supported fields are `tenant_resources.tag` and `tenant_resources.resource`. For example, to search tenancy units that contain at least one tenant resource with a given tag 'xyz', use the query `tenant_resources.tag=xyz`. To search tenancy units that contain at least one tenant resource with a given resource name 'projects/123456', use the query `tenant_resources.resource=projects/123456`. Multiple expressions can be joined with `AND`s. Tenancy units must match all expressions to be included in the result set. For example, `tenant_resources.tag=xyz AND tenant_resources.resource=projects/123456` x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.html index 4a32641b3d1..1e086d2fa44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index bd19abd5fae..6a2dbdf85ef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicedirectory_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

Gets information about a location.

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.

list_next()

Retrieves the next page of results.

@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@

Method Details

list(name, extraLocationTypes=None, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
index f5c96b9b109..aef06cb1161 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.configs.html
@@ -155,6 +155,14 @@ 

Method Details

"aspects": [ # Configuration aspects. This is a repeated field to allow multiple aspects to be configured. The kind field in each ConfigAspect specifies the type of aspect. The spec field contains the configuration for that aspect. The schema for the spec field is defined by the backend service owners. { # Aspect represents Generic aspect. It is used to configure an aspect without making direct changes to service.proto "kind": "A String", # The type of this aspect configuration. + "rules": [ # Optional. Rules of the Configuration. + { # Rule-based configuration for an aspect. + "config": { # Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "selector": "A String", # Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details. + }, + ], "spec": { # Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -861,6 +869,14 @@

Method Details

"aspects": [ # Configuration aspects. This is a repeated field to allow multiple aspects to be configured. The kind field in each ConfigAspect specifies the type of aspect. The spec field contains the configuration for that aspect. The schema for the spec field is defined by the backend service owners. { # Aspect represents Generic aspect. It is used to configure an aspect without making direct changes to service.proto "kind": "A String", # The type of this aspect configuration. + "rules": [ # Optional. Rules of the Configuration. + { # Rule-based configuration for an aspect. + "config": { # Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "selector": "A String", # Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details. + }, + ], "spec": { # Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -1579,6 +1595,14 @@

Method Details

"aspects": [ # Configuration aspects. This is a repeated field to allow multiple aspects to be configured. The kind field in each ConfigAspect specifies the type of aspect. The spec field contains the configuration for that aspect. The schema for the spec field is defined by the backend service owners. { # Aspect represents Generic aspect. It is used to configure an aspect without making direct changes to service.proto "kind": "A String", # The type of this aspect configuration. + "rules": [ # Optional. Rules of the Configuration. + { # Rule-based configuration for an aspect. + "config": { # Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "selector": "A String", # Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details. + }, + ], "spec": { # Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, @@ -2297,6 +2321,14 @@

Method Details

"aspects": [ # Configuration aspects. This is a repeated field to allow multiple aspects to be configured. The kind field in each ConfigAspect specifies the type of aspect. The spec field contains the configuration for that aspect. The schema for the spec field is defined by the backend service owners. { # Aspect represents Generic aspect. It is used to configure an aspect without making direct changes to service.proto "kind": "A String", # The type of this aspect configuration. + "rules": [ # Optional. Rules of the Configuration. + { # Rule-based configuration for an aspect. + "config": { # Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "selector": "A String", # Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details. + }, + ], "spec": { # Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html index 363a18bd7db..1f814fb2ed0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/servicemanagement_v1.services.html @@ -350,6 +350,14 @@

Method Details

"aspects": [ # Configuration aspects. This is a repeated field to allow multiple aspects to be configured. The kind field in each ConfigAspect specifies the type of aspect. The spec field contains the configuration for that aspect. The schema for the spec field is defined by the backend service owners. { # Aspect represents Generic aspect. It is used to configure an aspect without making direct changes to service.proto "kind": "A String", # The type of this aspect configuration. + "rules": [ # Optional. Rules of the Configuration. + { # Rule-based configuration for an aspect. + "config": { # Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + "selector": "A String", # Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details. + }, + ], "spec": { # Content of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.developerMetadata.html b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.developerMetadata.html index 91949e4367e..93b9482a75c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.developerMetadata.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.developerMetadata.html @@ -79,10 +79,10 @@

Instance Methods

Close httplib2 connections.

get(spreadsheetId, metadataId, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns the developer metadata with the specified ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and the developer metadata's unique metadataId.

+

Returns the developer metadata with the specified ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and the developer metadata's unique metadataId. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata).

search(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns all developer metadata matching the specified DataFilter. If the provided DataFilter represents a DeveloperMetadataLookup object, this will return all DeveloperMetadata entries selected by it. If the DataFilter represents a location in a spreadsheet, this will return all developer metadata associated with locations intersecting that region.

+

Returns all developer metadata matching the specified DataFilter. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). If the provided DataFilter represents a DeveloperMetadataLookup object, this will return all DeveloperMetadata entries selected by it. If the DataFilter represents a location in a spreadsheet, this will return all developer metadata associated with locations intersecting that region.

Method Details

close() @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@

Method Details

get(spreadsheetId, metadataId, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns the developer metadata with the specified ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and the developer metadata's unique metadataId.
+  
Returns the developer metadata with the specified ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and the developer metadata's unique metadataId. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata).
 
 Args:
   spreadsheetId: string, The ID of the spreadsheet to retrieve metadata from. (required)
@@ -104,9 +104,9 @@ 

Method Details

Returns: An object of the form: - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -119,13 +119,13 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }
search(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns all developer metadata matching the specified DataFilter. If the provided DataFilter represents a DeveloperMetadataLookup object, this will return all DeveloperMetadata entries selected by it. If the DataFilter represents a location in a spreadsheet, this will return all developer metadata associated with locations intersecting that region.
+  
Returns all developer metadata matching the specified DataFilter. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). If the provided DataFilter represents a DeveloperMetadataLookup object, this will return all DeveloperMetadata entries selected by it. If the DataFilter represents a location in a spreadsheet, this will return all developer metadata associated with locations intersecting that region.
 
 Args:
   spreadsheetId: string, The ID of the spreadsheet to retrieve metadata from. (required)
@@ -134,15 +134,15 @@ 

Method Details

{ # A request to retrieve all developer metadata matching the set of specified criteria. "dataFilters": [ # The data filters describing the criteria used to determine which DeveloperMetadata entries to return. DeveloperMetadata matching any of the specified filters are included in the response. - { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. + { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). "a1Range": "A String", # Selects data that matches the specified A1 range. - "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that matches the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. + "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that match the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. "locationMatchingStrategy": "A String", # Determines how this lookup matches the location. If this field is specified as EXACT, only developer metadata associated on the exact location specified is matched. If this field is specified to INTERSECTING, developer metadata associated on intersecting locations is also matched. If left unspecified, this field assumes a default value of INTERSECTING. If this field is specified, a metadataLocation must also be specified. - "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location: spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. + "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location. Spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. "metadataId": 42, # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_id. "metadataKey": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_key. "metadataLocation": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries associated with the specified location. This field either matches exact locations or all intersecting locations according the specified locationMatchingStrategy. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@

Method Details

"matchedDeveloperMetadata": [ # The metadata matching the criteria of the search request. { # A developer metadata entry and the data filters specified in the original request that matched it. "dataFilters": [ # All filters matching the returned developer metadata. - { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. + { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). "a1Range": "A String", # Selects data that matches the specified A1 range. - "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that matches the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. + "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that match the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. "locationMatchingStrategy": "A String", # Determines how this lookup matches the location. If this field is specified as EXACT, only developer metadata associated on the exact location specified is matched. If this field is specified to INTERSECTING, developer metadata associated on intersecting locations is also matched. If left unspecified, this field assumes a default value of INTERSECTING. If this field is specified, a metadataLocation must also be specified. - "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location: spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. + "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location. Spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. "metadataId": 42, # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_id. "metadataKey": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_key. "metadataLocation": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries associated with the specified location. This field either matches exact locations or all intersecting locations according the specified locationMatchingStrategy. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -208,9 +208,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "developerMetadata": { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. # The developer metadata matching the specified filters. + "developerMetadata": { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. # The developer metadata matching the specified filters. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html index 8b2e220ebc2..2adecbff73b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.html @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the spreadsheet at the given ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID. By default, data within grids is not returned. You can include grid data in one of 2 ways: * Specify a [field mask](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/field-masks) listing your desired fields using the `fields` URL parameter in HTTP * Set the includeGridData URL parameter to true. If a field mask is set, the `includeGridData` parameter is ignored For large spreadsheets, as a best practice, retrieve only the specific spreadsheet fields that you want. To retrieve only subsets of spreadsheet data, use the ranges URL parameter. Ranges are specified using [A1 notation](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/concepts#cell). You can define a single cell (for example, `A1`) or multiple cells (for example, `A1:D5`). You can also get cells from other sheets within the same spreadsheet (for example, `Sheet2!A1:C4`) or retrieve multiple ranges at once (for example, `?ranges=A1:D5&ranges=Sheet2!A1:C4`). Limiting the range returns only the portions of the spreadsheet that intersect the requested ranges.

getByDataFilter(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns the spreadsheet at the given ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID. This method differs from GetSpreadsheet in that it allows selecting which subsets of spreadsheet data to return by specifying a dataFilters parameter. Multiple DataFilters can be specified. Specifying one or more data filters returns the portions of the spreadsheet that intersect ranges matched by any of the filters. By default, data within grids is not returned. You can include grid data one of 2 ways: * Specify a [field mask](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/field-masks) listing your desired fields using the `fields` URL parameter in HTTP * Set the includeGridData parameter to true. If a field mask is set, the `includeGridData` parameter is ignored For large spreadsheets, as a best practice, retrieve only the specific spreadsheet fields that you want.

+

Returns the spreadsheet at the given ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). This method differs from GetSpreadsheet in that it allows selecting which subsets of spreadsheet data to return by specifying a dataFilters parameter. Multiple DataFilters can be specified. Specifying one or more data filters returns the portions of the spreadsheet that intersect ranges matched by any of the filters. By default, data within grids is not returned. You can include grid data in one of two ways: * Specify a [field mask](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/field-masks) listing your desired fields using the `fields` URL parameter in HTTP. * Set the includeGridData parameter to `true`. If a field mask is set, the `includeGridData` parameter is ignored. For large spreadsheets, as a best practice, retrieve only the specific spreadsheet fields that you want.

Method Details

batchUpdate(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) @@ -932,8 +932,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -2207,10 +2207,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "addFilterView": { # Adds a filter view. # Adds a filter view. - "filter": { # A filter view. # The filter to add. The filterViewId field is optional; if one is not set, an id will be randomly generated. (It is an error to specify the ID of a filter that already exists.) + "filter": { # A filter view. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). # The filter to add. The filterViewId field is optional. If one is not set, an ID will be randomly generated. (It is an error to specify the ID of a filter that already exists.) "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -2254,14 +2254,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. + "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing or hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -2307,8 +2307,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], - "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, }, @@ -2500,8 +2500,8 @@

Method Details

"startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -2694,8 +2694,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -3464,9 +3464,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, "createDeveloperMetadata": { # A request to create developer metadata. # Creates new developer metadata - "developerMetadata": { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. # The developer metadata to create. + "developerMetadata": { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. # The developer metadata to create. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -3479,7 +3479,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, }, "cutPaste": { # Moves data from the source to the destination. # Cuts data from one area and pastes it to another. @@ -3508,15 +3508,15 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceId": "A String", # The ID of the data source to delete. }, "deleteDeveloperMetadata": { # A request to delete developer metadata. # Deletes developer metadata - "dataFilter": { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. # The data filter describing the criteria used to select which developer metadata entry to delete. + "dataFilter": { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). # The data filter describing the criteria used to select which developer metadata entry to delete. "a1Range": "A String", # Selects data that matches the specified A1 range. - "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that matches the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. + "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that match the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. "locationMatchingStrategy": "A String", # Determines how this lookup matches the location. If this field is specified as EXACT, only developer metadata associated on the exact location specified is matched. If this field is specified to INTERSECTING, developer metadata associated on intersecting locations is also matched. If left unspecified, this field assumes a default value of INTERSECTING. If this field is specified, a metadataLocation must also be specified. - "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location: spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. + "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location. Spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. "metadataId": 42, # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_id. "metadataKey": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_key. "metadataLocation": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries associated with the specified location. This field either matches exact locations or all intersecting locations according the specified locationMatchingStrategy. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -3757,8 +3757,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -4440,10 +4440,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, "setBasicFilter": { # Sets the basic filter associated with a sheet. # Sets the basic filter on a sheet. - "filter": { # The default filter associated with a sheet. # The filter to set. + "filter": { # The default filter associated with a sheet. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). # The filter to set. "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -4493,8 +4493,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -5007,8 +5007,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -6333,8 +6333,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -7603,15 +7603,15 @@

Method Details

}, "updateDeveloperMetadata": { # A request to update properties of developer metadata. Updates the properties of the developer metadata selected by the filters to the values provided in the DeveloperMetadata resource. Callers must specify the properties they wish to update in the fields parameter, as well as specify at least one DataFilter matching the metadata they wish to update. # Updates an existing developer metadata entry "dataFilters": [ # The filters matching the developer metadata entries to update. - { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. + { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). "a1Range": "A String", # Selects data that matches the specified A1 range. - "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that matches the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. + "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that match the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. "locationMatchingStrategy": "A String", # Determines how this lookup matches the location. If this field is specified as EXACT, only developer metadata associated on the exact location specified is matched. If this field is specified to INTERSECTING, developer metadata associated on intersecting locations is also matched. If left unspecified, this field assumes a default value of INTERSECTING. If this field is specified, a metadataLocation must also be specified. - "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location: spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. + "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location. Spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. "metadataId": 42, # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_id. "metadataKey": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_key. "metadataLocation": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries associated with the specified location. This field either matches exact locations or all intersecting locations according the specified locationMatchingStrategy. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -7633,9 +7633,9 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "developerMetadata": { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. # The value that all metadata matched by the data filters will be updated to. + "developerMetadata": { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. # The value that all metadata matched by the data filters will be updated to. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -7648,7 +7648,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, "fields": "A String", # The fields that should be updated. At least one field must be specified. The root `developerMetadata` is implied and should not be specified. A single `"*"` can be used as short-hand for listing every field. }, @@ -7680,9 +7680,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a single row or column. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -7695,7 +7695,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "hiddenByFilter": True or False, # True if this dimension is being filtered. This field is read-only. @@ -7751,10 +7751,10 @@

Method Details

}, "updateFilterView": { # Updates properties of the filter view. # Updates the properties of a filter view. "fields": "A String", # The fields that should be updated. At least one field must be specified. The root `filter` is implied and should not be specified. A single `"*"` can be used as short-hand for listing every field. - "filter": { # A filter view. # The new properties of the filter view. + "filter": { # A filter view. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). # The new properties of the filter view. "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -7798,14 +7798,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. + "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing or hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -7851,8 +7851,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -7898,7 +7898,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], - "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, }, @@ -8032,8 +8032,8 @@

Method Details

"startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -9180,8 +9180,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -10243,10 +10243,10 @@

Method Details

], }, "addFilterView": { # The result of adding a filter view. # A reply from adding a filter view. - "filter": { # A filter view. # The newly added filter view. + "filter": { # A filter view. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). # The newly added filter view. "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -10290,14 +10290,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. + "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing or hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -10343,8 +10343,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -10390,7 +10390,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], - "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, }, @@ -10536,8 +10536,8 @@

Method Details

"startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -10710,9 +10710,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "createDeveloperMetadata": { # The response from creating developer metadata. # A reply from creating a developer metadata entry. - "developerMetadata": { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. # The developer metadata that was created. + "developerMetadata": { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. # The developer metadata that was created. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -10725,7 +10725,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, }, "deleteConditionalFormatRule": { # The result of deleting a conditional format rule. # A reply from deleting a conditional format rule. @@ -10953,9 +10953,9 @@

Method Details

}, "deleteDeveloperMetadata": { # The response from deleting developer metadata. # A reply from deleting a developer metadata entry. "deletedDeveloperMetadata": [ # The metadata that was deleted. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -10968,7 +10968,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], }, @@ -10990,10 +10990,10 @@

Method Details

"duplicatesRemovedCount": 42, # The number of duplicate rows removed. }, "duplicateFilterView": { # The result of a filter view being duplicated. # A reply from duplicating a filter view. - "filter": { # A filter view. # The newly created filter. + "filter": { # A filter view. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). # The newly created filter. "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -11037,14 +11037,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. + "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing or hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -11090,8 +11090,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -11137,7 +11137,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], - "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, }, @@ -11732,9 +11732,9 @@

Method Details

}, "updateDeveloperMetadata": { # The response from updating developer metadata. # A reply from updating a developer metadata entry. "developerMetadata": [ # The updated developer metadata. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -11747,7 +11747,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], }, @@ -11858,9 +11858,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a spreadsheet. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -11873,7 +11873,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "namedRanges": [ # The named ranges defined in a spreadsheet. @@ -12196,10 +12196,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "basicFilter": { # The default filter associated with a sheet. # The filter on this sheet, if any. + "basicFilter": { # The default filter associated with a sheet. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). # The filter on this sheet, if any. "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -12249,8 +12249,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -13020,8 +13020,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -14260,9 +14260,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a single row or column. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -14275,7 +14275,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "hiddenByFilter": True or False, # True if this dimension is being filtered. This field is read-only. @@ -14331,8 +14331,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -15013,9 +15013,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a single row or column. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -15028,7 +15028,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "hiddenByFilter": True or False, # True if this dimension is being filtered. This field is read-only. @@ -15041,9 +15041,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a sheet. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -15056,14 +15056,14 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "filterViews": [ # The filter views in this sheet. - { # A filter view. + { # A filter view. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -15107,14 +15107,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. + "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing or hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -15160,8 +15160,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -15207,7 +15207,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], - "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, ], @@ -15359,8 +15359,8 @@

Method Details

"startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -15611,9 +15611,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a spreadsheet. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -15626,7 +15626,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "namedRanges": [ # The named ranges defined in a spreadsheet. @@ -15949,10 +15949,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "basicFilter": { # The default filter associated with a sheet. # The filter on this sheet, if any. + "basicFilter": { # The default filter associated with a sheet. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). # The filter on this sheet, if any. "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -16002,8 +16002,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -16773,8 +16773,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -18013,9 +18013,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a single row or column. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -18028,7 +18028,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "hiddenByFilter": True or False, # True if this dimension is being filtered. This field is read-only. @@ -18084,8 +18084,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -18766,9 +18766,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a single row or column. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -18781,7 +18781,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "hiddenByFilter": True or False, # True if this dimension is being filtered. This field is read-only. @@ -18794,9 +18794,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a sheet. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -18809,14 +18809,14 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "filterViews": [ # The filter views in this sheet. - { # A filter view. + { # A filter view. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -18860,14 +18860,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. + "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing or hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -18913,8 +18913,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -18960,7 +18960,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], - "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, ], @@ -19112,8 +19112,8 @@

Method Details

"startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -19357,9 +19357,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a spreadsheet. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -19372,7 +19372,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "namedRanges": [ # The named ranges defined in a spreadsheet. @@ -19695,10 +19695,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "basicFilter": { # The default filter associated with a sheet. # The filter on this sheet, if any. + "basicFilter": { # The default filter associated with a sheet. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). # The filter on this sheet, if any. "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -19748,8 +19748,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -20519,8 +20519,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -21759,9 +21759,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a single row or column. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -21774,7 +21774,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "hiddenByFilter": True or False, # True if this dimension is being filtered. This field is read-only. @@ -21830,8 +21830,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -22512,9 +22512,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a single row or column. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -22527,7 +22527,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "hiddenByFilter": True or False, # True if this dimension is being filtered. This field is read-only. @@ -22540,9 +22540,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a sheet. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -22555,14 +22555,14 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "filterViews": [ # The filter views in this sheet. - { # A filter view. + { # A filter view. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -22606,14 +22606,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. + "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing or hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -22659,8 +22659,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -22706,7 +22706,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], - "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, ], @@ -22858,8 +22858,8 @@

Method Details

"startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -23113,9 +23113,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a spreadsheet. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -23128,7 +23128,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "namedRanges": [ # The named ranges defined in a spreadsheet. @@ -23451,10 +23451,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "basicFilter": { # The default filter associated with a sheet. # The filter on this sheet, if any. + "basicFilter": { # The default filter associated with a sheet. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). # The filter on this sheet, if any. "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -23504,8 +23504,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -24275,8 +24275,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -25515,9 +25515,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a single row or column. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -25530,7 +25530,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "hiddenByFilter": True or False, # True if this dimension is being filtered. This field is read-only. @@ -25586,8 +25586,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -26268,9 +26268,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a single row or column. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -26283,7 +26283,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "hiddenByFilter": True or False, # True if this dimension is being filtered. This field is read-only. @@ -26296,9 +26296,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a sheet. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -26311,14 +26311,14 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "filterViews": [ # The filter views in this sheet. - { # A filter view. + { # A filter view. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -26362,14 +26362,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. + "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing or hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -26415,8 +26415,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -26462,7 +26462,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], - "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, ], @@ -26614,8 +26614,8 @@

Method Details

"startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -26767,7 +26767,7 @@

Method Details

getByDataFilter(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns the spreadsheet at the given ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID. This method differs from GetSpreadsheet in that it allows selecting which subsets of spreadsheet data to return by specifying a dataFilters parameter. Multiple DataFilters can be specified. Specifying one or more data filters returns the portions of the spreadsheet that intersect ranges matched by any of the filters. By default, data within grids is not returned. You can include grid data one of 2 ways: * Specify a [field mask](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/field-masks) listing your desired fields using the `fields` URL parameter in HTTP * Set the includeGridData parameter to true. If a field mask is set, the `includeGridData` parameter is ignored For large spreadsheets, as a best practice, retrieve only the specific spreadsheet fields that you want.
+  
Returns the spreadsheet at the given ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). This method differs from GetSpreadsheet in that it allows selecting which subsets of spreadsheet data to return by specifying a dataFilters parameter. Multiple DataFilters can be specified. Specifying one or more data filters returns the portions of the spreadsheet that intersect ranges matched by any of the filters. By default, data within grids is not returned. You can include grid data in one of two ways: * Specify a [field mask](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/field-masks) listing your desired fields using the `fields` URL parameter in HTTP. * Set the includeGridData parameter to `true`. If a field mask is set, the `includeGridData` parameter is ignored. For large spreadsheets, as a best practice, retrieve only the specific spreadsheet fields that you want.
 
 Args:
   spreadsheetId: string, The spreadsheet to request. (required)
@@ -26776,15 +26776,15 @@ 

Method Details

{ # The request for retrieving a Spreadsheet. "dataFilters": [ # The DataFilters used to select which ranges to retrieve from the spreadsheet. - { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. + { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). "a1Range": "A String", # Selects data that matches the specified A1 range. - "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that matches the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. + "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that match the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. "locationMatchingStrategy": "A String", # Determines how this lookup matches the location. If this field is specified as EXACT, only developer metadata associated on the exact location specified is matched. If this field is specified to INTERSECTING, developer metadata associated on intersecting locations is also matched. If left unspecified, this field assumes a default value of INTERSECTING. If this field is specified, a metadataLocation must also be specified. - "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location: spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. + "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location. Spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. "metadataId": 42, # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_id. "metadataKey": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_key. "metadataLocation": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries associated with the specified location. This field either matches exact locations or all intersecting locations according the specified locationMatchingStrategy. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -26905,9 +26905,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a spreadsheet. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -26920,7 +26920,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "namedRanges": [ # The named ranges defined in a spreadsheet. @@ -27243,10 +27243,10 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "basicFilter": { # The default filter associated with a sheet. # The filter on this sheet, if any. + "basicFilter": { # The default filter associated with a sheet. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). # The filter on this sheet, if any. "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -27296,8 +27296,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -28067,8 +28067,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -29307,9 +29307,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a single row or column. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -29322,7 +29322,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "hiddenByFilter": True or False, # True if this dimension is being filtered. This field is read-only. @@ -29378,8 +29378,8 @@

Method Details

"dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -30060,9 +30060,9 @@

Method Details

"name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a single row or column. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -30075,7 +30075,7 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "hiddenByFilter": True or False, # True if this dimension is being filtered. This field is read-only. @@ -30088,9 +30088,9 @@

Method Details

}, ], "developerMetadata": [ # The developer metadata associated with a sheet. - { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too. + { # Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too. "location": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # The location where the metadata is associated. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -30103,14 +30103,14 @@

Method Details

"metadataId": 42, # The spreadsheet-scoped unique ID that identifies the metadata. IDs may be specified when metadata is created, otherwise one will be randomly generated and assigned. Must be positive. "metadataKey": "A String", # The metadata key. There may be multiple metadata in a spreadsheet with the same key. Developer metadata must always have a key specified. "metadataValue": "A String", # Data associated with the metadata's key. - "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified. + "visibility": "A String", # The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified. }, ], "filterViews": [ # The filter views in this sheet. - { # A filter view. + { # A filter view. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters). "criteria": { # The criteria for showing/hiding values per column. The map's key is the column index, and the value is the criteria for that column. This field is deprecated in favor of filter_specs. - "a_key": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "a_key": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -30154,14 +30154,14 @@

Method Details

}, }, }, - "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. + "filterSpecs": [ # The filter criteria for showing or hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence. { # The filter criteria associated with a specific column. "columnIndex": 42, # The zero-based column index. "dataSourceColumnReference": { # An unique identifier that references a data source column. # Reference to a data source column. "name": "A String", # The display name of the column. It should be unique within a data source. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The criteria for the column. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. @@ -30207,8 +30207,8 @@

Method Details

}, ], "filterViewId": 42, # The ID of the filter view. - "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. - "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "namedRangeId": "A String", # The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. + "range": { # A range on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open, i.e. the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive -- [start_index, end_index). Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. For example, if `"Sheet1"` is sheet ID 123456, then: `Sheet1!A1:A1 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 0, end_row_index: 1, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 1` `Sheet1!A3:B4 == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 2, end_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1!A5:B == sheet_id: 123456, start_row_index: 4, start_column_index: 0, end_column_index: 2` `Sheet1 == sheet_id: 123456` The start index must always be less than or equal to the end index. If the start index equals the end index, then the range is empty. Empty ranges are typically not meaningful and are usually rendered in the UI as `#REF!`. # The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "endColumnIndex": 42, # The end column (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "endRowIndex": 42, # The end row (exclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this range is on. @@ -30254,7 +30254,7 @@

Method Details

"sortOrder": "A String", # The order data should be sorted. }, ], - "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set. + "tableId": "A String", # The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set. "title": "A String", # The name of the filter view. }, ], @@ -30406,8 +30406,8 @@

Method Details

"startColumnIndex": 42, # The start column (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. "startRowIndex": 42, # The start row (inclusive) of the range, or not set if unbounded. }, - "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. - "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) + "filterCriteria": { # Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view. # The filtering criteria of the slicer. + "condition": { # A condition that can evaluate to true or false. BooleanConditions are used by conditional formatting, data validation, and the criteria in filters. # A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.) "type": "A String", # The type of condition. "values": [ # The values of the condition. The number of supported values depends on the condition type. Some support zero values, others one or two values, and ConditionType.ONE_OF_LIST supports an arbitrary number of values. { # The value of the condition. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.values.html b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.values.html index b11a4f0d61b..4ee0933c0e2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.values.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sheets_v4.spreadsheets.values.html @@ -82,19 +82,19 @@

Instance Methods

Clears one or more ranges of values from a spreadsheet. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more ranges. Only values are cleared -- all other properties of the cell (such as formatting and data validation) are kept.

batchClearByDataFilter(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Clears one or more ranges of values from a spreadsheet. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more DataFilters. Ranges matching any of the specified data filters will be cleared. Only values are cleared -- all other properties of the cell (such as formatting, data validation, etc..) are kept.

+

Clears one or more ranges of values from a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more DataFilters. Ranges matching any of the specified data filters will be cleared. Only values are cleared -- all other properties of the cell (such as formatting, data validation, etc.) are kept.

batchGet(spreadsheetId, dateTimeRenderOption=None, majorDimension=None, ranges=None, valueRenderOption=None, x__xgafv=None)

Returns one or more ranges of values from a spreadsheet. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more ranges.

batchGetByDataFilter(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Returns one or more ranges of values that match the specified data filters. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more DataFilters. Ranges that match any of the data filters in the request will be returned.

+

Returns one or more ranges of values that match the specified data filters. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more DataFilters. Ranges that match any of the data filters in the request will be returned.

batchUpdate(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Sets values in one or more ranges of a spreadsheet. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID, a valueInputOption, and one or more ValueRanges.

batchUpdateByDataFilter(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Sets values in one or more ranges of a spreadsheet. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID, a valueInputOption, and one or more DataFilterValueRanges.

+

Sets values in one or more ranges of a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID, a valueInputOption, and one or more DataFilterValueRanges.

clear(spreadsheetId, range, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Clears values from a spreadsheet. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and range. Only values are cleared -- all other properties of the cell (such as formatting, data validation, etc..) are kept.

@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # The response when clearing a range of values in a spreadsheet. - "clearedRanges": [ # The ranges that were cleared, in A1 notation. If the requests are for an unbounded range or a ranger larger than the bounds of the sheet, this is the actual ranges that were cleared, bounded to the sheet's limits. + "clearedRanges": [ # The ranges that were cleared, in A1 notation. If the requests are for an unbounded range or a range larger than the bounds of the sheet, this is the actual ranges that were cleared, bounded to the sheet's limits. "A String", ], "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The spreadsheet the updates were applied to. @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@

Method Details

batchClearByDataFilter(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Clears one or more ranges of values from a spreadsheet. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more DataFilters. Ranges matching any of the specified data filters will be cleared. Only values are cleared -- all other properties of the cell (such as formatting, data validation, etc..) are kept.
+  
Clears one or more ranges of values from a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more DataFilters. Ranges matching any of the specified data filters will be cleared. Only values are cleared -- all other properties of the cell (such as formatting, data validation, etc.) are kept.
 
 Args:
   spreadsheetId: string, The ID of the spreadsheet to update. (required)
@@ -219,15 +219,15 @@ 

Method Details

{ # The request for clearing more than one range selected by a DataFilter in a spreadsheet. "dataFilters": [ # The DataFilters used to determine which ranges to clear. - { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. + { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). "a1Range": "A String", # Selects data that matches the specified A1 range. - "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that matches the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. + "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that match the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. "locationMatchingStrategy": "A String", # Determines how this lookup matches the location. If this field is specified as EXACT, only developer metadata associated on the exact location specified is matched. If this field is specified to INTERSECTING, developer metadata associated on intersecting locations is also matched. If left unspecified, this field assumes a default value of INTERSECTING. If this field is specified, a metadataLocation must also be specified. - "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location: spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. + "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location. Spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. "metadataId": 42, # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_id. "metadataKey": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_key. "metadataLocation": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries associated with the specified location. This field either matches exact locations or all intersecting locations according the specified locationMatchingStrategy. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # The response when clearing a range of values selected with DataFilters in a spreadsheet. - "clearedRanges": [ # The ranges that were cleared, in [A1 notation](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/concepts#cell). If the requests are for an unbounded range or a ranger larger than the bounds of the sheet, this is the actual ranges that were cleared, bounded to the sheet's limits. + "clearedRanges": [ # The ranges that were cleared, in [A1 notation](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/concepts#cell). If the requests are for an unbounded range or a range larger than the bounds of the sheet, this is the actual ranges that were cleared, bounded to the sheet's limits. "A String", ], "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The spreadsheet the updates were applied to. @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@

Method Details

batchGetByDataFilter(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Returns one or more ranges of values that match the specified data filters. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more DataFilters. Ranges that match any of the data filters in the request will be returned.
+  
Returns one or more ranges of values that match the specified data filters. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more DataFilters. Ranges that match any of the data filters in the request will be returned.
 
 Args:
   spreadsheetId: string, The ID of the spreadsheet to retrieve data from. (required)
@@ -323,15 +323,15 @@ 

Method Details

{ # The request for retrieving a range of values in a spreadsheet selected by a set of DataFilters. "dataFilters": [ # The data filters used to match the ranges of values to retrieve. Ranges that match any of the specified data filters are included in the response. - { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. + { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). "a1Range": "A String", # Selects data that matches the specified A1 range. - "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that matches the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. + "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that match the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. "locationMatchingStrategy": "A String", # Determines how this lookup matches the location. If this field is specified as EXACT, only developer metadata associated on the exact location specified is matched. If this field is specified to INTERSECTING, developer metadata associated on intersecting locations is also matched. If left unspecified, this field assumes a default value of INTERSECTING. If this field is specified, a metadataLocation must also be specified. - "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location: spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. + "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location. Spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. "metadataId": 42, # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_id. "metadataKey": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_key. "metadataLocation": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries associated with the specified location. This field either matches exact locations or all intersecting locations according the specified locationMatchingStrategy. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -371,15 +371,15 @@

Method Details

"valueRanges": [ # The requested values with the list of data filters that matched them. { # A value range that was matched by one or more data filers. "dataFilters": [ # The DataFilters from the request that matched the range of values. - { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. + { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). "a1Range": "A String", # Selects data that matches the specified A1 range. - "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that matches the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. + "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that match the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. "locationMatchingStrategy": "A String", # Determines how this lookup matches the location. If this field is specified as EXACT, only developer metadata associated on the exact location specified is matched. If this field is specified to INTERSECTING, developer metadata associated on intersecting locations is also matched. If left unspecified, this field assumes a default value of INTERSECTING. If this field is specified, a metadataLocation must also be specified. - "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location: spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. + "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location. Spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. "metadataId": 42, # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_id. "metadataKey": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_key. "metadataLocation": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries associated with the specified location. This field either matches exact locations or all intersecting locations according the specified locationMatchingStrategy. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@

Method Details

batchUpdateByDataFilter(spreadsheetId, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Sets values in one or more ranges of a spreadsheet. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID, a valueInputOption, and one or more DataFilterValueRanges.
+  
Sets values in one or more ranges of a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID, a valueInputOption, and one or more DataFilterValueRanges.
 
 Args:
   spreadsheetId: string, The ID of the spreadsheet to update. (required)
@@ -489,15 +489,15 @@ 

Method Details

{ # The request for updating more than one range of values in a spreadsheet. "data": [ # The new values to apply to the spreadsheet. If more than one range is matched by the specified DataFilter the specified values are applied to all of those ranges. { # A range of values whose location is specified by a DataFilter. - "dataFilter": { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. # The data filter describing the location of the values in the spreadsheet. + "dataFilter": { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). # The data filter describing the location of the values in the spreadsheet. "a1Range": "A String", # Selects data that matches the specified A1 range. - "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that matches the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. + "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that match the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. "locationMatchingStrategy": "A String", # Determines how this lookup matches the location. If this field is specified as EXACT, only developer metadata associated on the exact location specified is matched. If this field is specified to INTERSECTING, developer metadata associated on intersecting locations is also matched. If left unspecified, this field assumes a default value of INTERSECTING. If this field is specified, a metadataLocation must also be specified. - "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location: spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. + "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location. Spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. "metadataId": 42, # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_id. "metadataKey": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_key. "metadataLocation": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries associated with the specified location. This field either matches exact locations or all intersecting locations according the specified locationMatchingStrategy. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -543,15 +543,15 @@

Method Details

{ # The response when updating a range of values in a spreadsheet. "responses": [ # The response for each range updated. { # The response when updating a range of values by a data filter in a spreadsheet. - "dataFilter": { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. # The data filter that selected the range that was updated. + "dataFilter": { # Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). # The data filter that selected the range that was updated. "a1Range": "A String", # Selects data that matches the specified A1 range. - "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that matches the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. + "developerMetadataLookup": { # Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that match the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified. # Selects data associated with the developer metadata matching the criteria described by this DeveloperMetadataLookup. "locationMatchingStrategy": "A String", # Determines how this lookup matches the location. If this field is specified as EXACT, only developer metadata associated on the exact location specified is matched. If this field is specified to INTERSECTING, developer metadata associated on intersecting locations is also matched. If left unspecified, this field assumes a default value of INTERSECTING. If this field is specified, a metadataLocation must also be specified. - "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location: spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. + "locationType": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location. Spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT. "metadataId": 42, # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_id. "metadataKey": "A String", # Limits the selected developer metadata to that which has a matching DeveloperMetadata.metadata_key. "metadataLocation": { # A location where metadata may be associated in a spreadsheet. # Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries associated with the specified location. This field either matches exact locations or all intersecting locations according the specified locationMatchingStrategy. - "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. + "dimensionRange": { # A range along a single dimension on a sheet. All indexes are zero-based. Indexes are half open: the start index is inclusive and the end index is exclusive. Missing indexes indicate the range is unbounded on that side. # Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns. "dimension": "A String", # The dimension of the span. "endIndex": 42, # The end (exclusive) of the span, or not set if unbounded. "sheetId": 42, # The sheet this span is on. @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@

Method Details

An object of the form: { # The response when clearing a range of values in a spreadsheet. - "clearedRange": "A String", # The range (in A1 notation) that was cleared. (If the request was for an unbounded range or a ranger larger than the bounds of the sheet, this will be the actual range that was cleared, bounded to the sheet's limits.) + "clearedRange": "A String", # The range (in A1 notation) that was cleared. (If the request was for an unbounded range or a range larger than the bounds of the sheet, this will be the actual range that was cleared, bounded to the sheet's limits.) "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The spreadsheet the updates were applied to. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/solar_v1.dataLayers.html b/docs/dyn/solar_v1.dataLayers.html index 911c97cfa29..db6559180b6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/solar_v1.dataLayers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/solar_v1.dataLayers.html @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@

Method Details

"imageryQuality": "A String", # The quality of the result's imagery. "maskUrl": "A String", # The URL for the building mask image: one bit per pixel saying whether that pixel is considered to be part of a rooftop or not. "monthlyFluxUrl": "A String", # The URL for the monthly flux map (sunlight on roofs, broken down by month) of the region. Values are kWh/kW/year. The GeoTIFF pointed to by this URL will contain twelve bands, corresponding to January...December, in order. - "rgbUrl": "A String", # The URL for an image of RGB data (aerial photo) of the region. + "rgbUrl": "A String", # The URL for an image of RGB data (aerial or satellite photo) of the region. }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html index 348c1413114..a3a32db87c0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html @@ -167,9 +167,6 @@

Instance Methods

restoreBackup(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Restores a backup of a Cloud SQL instance. Using this operation might cause your instance to restart.

-

- restoreBackupMcp(targetProject, targetInstance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Restores a backup of a Cloud SQL instance for Model Context Protocol (MCP) server.

rotateServerCa(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, use RotateServerCertificate to rotate the server certificate.

@@ -1164,6 +1161,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "destinationInstanceName": "A String", # Required. Name of the Cloud SQL instance to be created as a clone. + "destinationNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified URI of the VPC network to which the cloned instance will be connected via Private Services Access for private IP. For example:`projects/my-network-project/global/networks/my-network`. This field is only required for cross-project cloning. + "destinationProject": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the destination project where the cloned instance will be created. To perform a cross-project clone, this field is required. If not specified, the clone is created in the same project as the source instance. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#cloneContext`. "pitrTimestampMs": "A String", # Reserved for future use. "pointInTime": "A String", # Timestamp, if specified, identifies the time to which the source instance is cloned. @@ -6109,179 +6108,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- restoreBackupMcp(targetProject, targetInstance, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Restores a backup of a Cloud SQL instance for Model Context Protocol (MCP) server.
-
-Args:
-  targetProject: string, Required. Project ID of the target project. (required)
-  targetInstance: string, Required. Cloud SQL instance ID of the target. This does not include the project ID. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Instance restore backup request for MCP.
-  "backupId": "A String", # Required. The identifier of the backup to restore. This will be one of the following: 1. An int64 containing a backup_run_id. 2. A backup name of the format 'projects/{project}/backups/{backup-uid}'. 3. A backupDR name of the format 'projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}/backups/{backup-uid}'.
-  "sourceInstance": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud SQL instance ID of the source instance containing the backup. Only necessary if the backup_id is a backup_run_id.
-  "sourceProject": "A String", # Required. The project ID of the source instance containing the backup.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource.
-  "acquireSsrsLeaseContext": { # Acquire SSRS lease context. # The context for acquire SSRS lease operation, if applicable.
-    "duration": "A String", # Lease duration needed for SSRS setup.
-    "reportDatabase": "A String", # The report database to be used for SSRS setup.
-    "serviceLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the service login to connect to the report database for SSRS setup.
-    "setupLogin": "A String", # The username to be used as the setup login to connect to the database server for SSRS setup.
-  },
-  "apiWarning": { # An Admin API warning message. # An Admin API warning message.
-    "code": "A String", # Code to uniquely identify the warning type.
-    "message": "A String", # The warning message.
-    "region": "A String", # The region name for REGION_UNREACHABLE warning.
-  },
-  "backupContext": { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
-    "backupId": "A String", # The identifier of the backup.
-    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#backupContext`.
-    "name": "A String", # The name of the backup. Format: projects/{project}/backups/{backup}
-  },
-  "endTime": "A String", # The time this operation finished in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
-  "error": { # Database instance operation errors list wrapper. # If errors occurred during processing of this operation, this field will be populated.
-    "errors": [ # The list of errors encountered while processing this operation.
-      { # Database instance operation error.
-        "code": "A String", # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
-        "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#operationError`.
-        "message": "A String", # Additional information about the error encountered.
-      },
-    ],
-    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#operationErrors`.
-  },
-  "exportContext": { # Database instance export context. # The context for export operation, if applicable.
-    "bakExportOptions": { # Options for exporting BAK files (SQL Server-only)
-      "bakType": "A String", # Type of this bak file will be export, FULL or DIFF, SQL Server only
-      "copyOnly": True or False, # Deprecated: copy_only is deprecated. Use differential_base instead
-      "differentialBase": True or False, # Whether or not the backup can be used as a differential base copy_only backup can not be served as differential base
-      "exportLogEndTime": "A String", # Optional. The end timestamp when transaction log will be included in the export operation. [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format (for example, `2023-10-01T16:19:00.094`) in UTC. When omitted, all available logs until current time will be included. Only applied to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
-      "exportLogStartTime": "A String", # Optional. The begin timestamp when transaction log will be included in the export operation. [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format (for example, `2023-10-01T16:19:00.094`) in UTC. When omitted, all available logs from the beginning of retention period will be included. Only applied to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
-      "stripeCount": 42, # Option for specifying how many stripes to use for the export. If blank, and the value of the striped field is true, the number of stripes is automatically chosen.
-      "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the export should be striped.
-    },
-    "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as CSV. `MySQL` and `PostgreSQL` instances only.
-      "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
-      "fieldsTerminatedBy": "A String", # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
-      "linesTerminatedBy": "A String", # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
-      "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
-      "selectQuery": "A String", # The select query used to extract the data.
-    },
-    "databases": [ # Databases to be exported. `MySQL instances:` If `fileType` is `SQL` and no database is specified, all databases are exported, except for the `mysql` system database. If `fileType` is `CSV`, you can specify one database, either by using this property or by using the `csvExportOptions.selectQuery` property, which takes precedence over this property. `PostgreSQL instances:` If you don't specify a database by name, all user databases in the instance are exported. This excludes system databases and Cloud SQL databases used to manage internal operations. Exporting all user databases is only available for directory-formatted parallel export. If `fileType` is `CSV`, this database must match the one specified in the `csvExportOptions.selectQuery` property. `SQL Server instances:` You must specify one database to be exported, and the `fileType` must be `BAK`.
-      "A String",
-    ],
-    "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri.
-    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#exportContext`.
-    "offload": True or False, # Whether to perform a serverless export.
-    "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
-      "mysqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
-        "masterData": 42, # Option to include SQL statement required to set up replication. If set to `1`, the dump file includes a CHANGE MASTER TO statement with the binary log coordinates, and --set-gtid-purged is set to ON. If set to `2`, the CHANGE MASTER TO statement is written as a SQL comment and has no effect. If set to any value other than `1`, --set-gtid-purged is set to OFF.
-      },
-      "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the export should be parallel.
-      "postgresExportOptions": { # Options for exporting from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance.
-        "clean": True or False, # Optional. Use this option to include DROP <object> SQL statements. Use these statements to delete database objects before running the import operation.
-        "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. Option to include an IF EXISTS SQL statement with each DROP statement produced by clean.
-      },
-      "schemaOnly": True or False, # Export only schemas.
-      "tables": [ # Tables to export, or that were exported, from the specified database. If you specify tables, specify one and only one database. For PostgreSQL instances, you can specify only one table.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "threads": 42, # Optional. The number of threads to use for parallel export.
-    },
-    "tdeExportOptions": { # Optional. Export parameters specific to SQL Server TDE certificates
-      "certificatePath": "A String", # Required. Path to the TDE certificate public key in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. The instance must have write access to the bucket. Applicable only for SQL Server instances.
-      "name": "A String", # Required. Certificate name. Applicable only for SQL Server instances.
-      "privateKeyPassword": "A String", # Required. Password that encrypts the private key.
-      "privateKeyPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the TDE certificate private key in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. The instance must have write access to the location. Applicable only for SQL Server instances.
-    },
-    "uri": "A String", # The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails. If `fileType` is `SQL` and the filename ends with .gz, the contents are compressed.
-  },
-  "importContext": { # Database instance import context. # The context for import operation, if applicable.
-    "bakImportOptions": { # Import parameters specific to SQL Server .BAK files
-      "bakType": "A String", # Type of the bak content, FULL or DIFF
-      "encryptionOptions": {
-        "certPath": "A String", # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
-        "keepEncrypted": True or False, # Optional. Whether the imported file remains encrypted.
-        "pvkPassword": "A String", # Password that encrypts the private key
-        "pvkPath": "A String", # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
-      },
-      "noRecovery": True or False, # Whether or not the backup importing will restore database with NORECOVERY option. Applies only to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
-      "recoveryOnly": True or False, # Whether or not the backup importing request will just bring database online without downloading Bak content only one of "no_recovery" and "recovery_only" can be true otherwise error will return. Applies only to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
-      "stopAt": "A String", # Optional. The timestamp when the import should stop. This timestamp is in the [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format (for example, `2023-10-01T16:19:00.094`). This field is equivalent to the STOPAT keyword and applies to Cloud SQL for SQL Server only.
-      "stopAtMark": "A String", # Optional. The marked transaction where the import should stop. This field is equivalent to the STOPATMARK keyword and applies to Cloud SQL for SQL Server only.
-      "striped": True or False, # Whether or not the backup set being restored is striped. Applies only to Cloud SQL for SQL Server.
-    },
-    "csvImportOptions": { # Options for importing data as CSV.
-      "columns": [ # The columns to which CSV data is imported. If not specified, all columns of the database table are loaded with CSV data.
-        "A String",
-      ],
-      "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped.
-      "fieldsTerminatedBy": "A String", # Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file.
-      "linesTerminatedBy": "A String", # This is used to separate lines. If a line does not contain all fields, the rest of the columns are set to their default values.
-      "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted.
-      "table": "A String", # The table to which CSV data is imported.
-    },
-    "database": "A String", # The target database for the import. If `fileType` is `SQL`, this field is required only if the import file does not specify a database, and is overridden by any database specification in the import file. For entire instance parallel import operations, the database is overridden by the database name stored in subdirectory name. If `fileType` is `CSV`, one database must be specified.
-    "fileType": "A String", # The file type for the specified uri.\`SQL`: The file contains SQL statements. \`CSV`: The file contains CSV data.
-    "importUser": "A String", # The PostgreSQL user for this import operation. PostgreSQL instances only.
-    "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#importContext`.
-    "sqlImportOptions": { # Optional. Options for importing data from SQL statements.
-      "parallel": True or False, # Optional. Whether or not the import should be parallel.
-      "postgresImportOptions": { # Optional. Options for importing from a Cloud SQL for PostgreSQL instance.
-        "clean": True or False, # Optional. The --clean flag for the pg_restore utility. This flag applies only if you enabled Cloud SQL to import files in parallel.
-        "ifExists": True or False, # Optional. The --if-exists flag for the pg_restore utility. This flag applies only if you enabled Cloud SQL to import files in parallel.
-      },
-      "threads": 42, # Optional. The number of threads to use for parallel import.
-    },
-    "tdeImportOptions": { # Optional. Import parameters specific to SQL Server TDE certificates
-      "certificatePath": "A String", # Required. Path to the TDE certificate public key in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. The instance must have read access to the file. Applicable only for SQL Server instances.
-      "name": "A String", # Required. Certificate name. Applicable only for SQL Server instances.
-      "privateKeyPassword": "A String", # Required. Password that encrypts the private key.
-      "privateKeyPath": "A String", # Required. Path to the TDE certificate private key in the form gs://bucketName/fileName. The instance must have read access to the file. Applicable only for SQL Server instances.
-    },
-    "uri": "A String", # Path to the import file in Cloud Storage, in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. Compressed gzip files (.gz) are supported when `fileType` is `SQL`. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
-  },
-  "insertTime": "A String", # The time this operation was enqueued in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
-  "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#operation`.
-  "name": "A String", # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
-  "operationType": "A String", # The type of the operation. Valid values are: * `CREATE` * `DELETE` * `UPDATE` * `RESTART` * `IMPORT` * `EXPORT` * `BACKUP_VOLUME` * `RESTORE_VOLUME` * `CREATE_USER` * `DELETE_USER` * `CREATE_DATABASE` * `DELETE_DATABASE`
-  "preCheckMajorVersionUpgradeContext": { # Pre-check major version upgrade context. # This field is only populated when the operation_type is PRE_CHECK_MAJOR_VERSION_UPGRADE. The PreCheckMajorVersionUpgradeContext message itself contains the details for that pre-check, such as the target database version for the upgrade and the results of the check (including any warnings or errors found).
-    "kind": "A String", # Optional. This is always `sql#preCheckMajorVersionUpgradeContext`.
-    "preCheckResponse": [ # Output only. The responses from the precheck operation.
-      { # Structured PreCheckResponse containing message, type, and required actions.
-        "actionsRequired": [ # The actions that the user needs to take. Use repeated for multiple actions.
-          "A String",
-        ],
-        "message": "A String", # The message to be displayed to the user.
-        "messageType": "A String", # The type of message whether it is an info, warning, or error.
-      },
-    ],
-    "targetDatabaseVersion": "A String", # Required. The target database version to upgrade to.
-  },
-  "selfLink": "A String", # The URI of this resource.
-  "startTime": "A String", # The time this operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example `2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z`.
-  "status": "A String", # The status of an operation.
-  "subOperationType": { # The sub operation type based on the operation type. # Optional. The sub operation based on the operation type.
-    "maintenanceType": "A String", # The type of maintenance to be performed on the instance.
-  },
-  "targetId": "A String", # Name of the resource on which this operation runs.
-  "targetLink": "A String",
-  "targetProject": "A String", # The project ID of the target instance related to this operation.
-  "user": "A String", # The email address of the user who initiated this operation.
-}
-
-
rotateServerCa(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, use RotateServerCertificate to rotate the server certificate.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
index d40aae0252a..c7b9e07a59c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ 

Instance Methods

list(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)

Lists users in the specified Cloud SQL instance.

- update(project, instance, body=None, databaseRoles=None, host=None, name=None, x__xgafv=None)

+ update(project, instance, body=None, databaseRoles=None, host=None, name=None, revokeExistingRoles=None, x__xgafv=None)

Updates an existing user in a Cloud SQL instance.

Method Details

@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@

Method Details

- update(project, instance, body=None, databaseRoles=None, host=None, name=None, x__xgafv=None) + update(project, instance, body=None, databaseRoles=None, host=None, name=None, revokeExistingRoles=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates an existing user in a Cloud SQL instance.
 
 Args:
@@ -616,6 +616,7 @@ 

Method Details

databaseRoles: string, Optional. List of database roles to grant to the user. body.database_roles will be ignored for update request. (repeated) host: string, Optional. Host of the user in the instance. name: string, Name of the user in the instance. + revokeExistingRoles: boolean, Optional. Specifies whether to revoke existing roles that are not present in the `database_roles` field. If `false` or unset, the database roles specified in `database_roles` are added to the user's existing roles. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html index 618a5fea885..36c4117a41a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html @@ -1161,6 +1161,8 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "destinationInstanceName": "A String", # Name of the Cloud SQL instance to be created as a clone. + "destinationNetwork": "A String", # Optional. The fully qualified URI of the VPC network to which the cloned instance will be connected via Private Services Access for private IP. For example:`projects/my-network-project/global/networks/my-network`. This field is only required for cross-project cloning. + "destinationProject": "A String", # Optional. The project ID of the destination project where the cloned instance will be created. To perform a cross-project clone, this field is required. If not specified, the clone is created in the same project as the source instance. "kind": "A String", # This is always `sql#cloneContext`. "pitrTimestampMs": "A String", # Reserved for future use. "pointInTime": "A String", # Timestamp, if specified, identifies the time to which the source instance is cloned. diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html index bc334bd4af4..d172d3b69f8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html +++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html @@ -616,7 +616,7 @@

Method Details

databaseRoles: string, Optional. List of database roles to grant to the user. body.database_roles will be ignored for update request. (repeated) host: string, Optional. Host of the user in the instance. name: string, Name of the user in the instance. - revokeExistingRoles: boolean, Optional. revoke the existing roles granted to the user. + revokeExistingRoles: boolean, Optional. Specifies whether to revoke existing roles that are not present in the `database_roles` field. If `false` or unset, the database roles specified in `database_roles` are added to the user's existing roles. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.folders.html index 621dc68d844..4c836f1048b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/storage_v1.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/storage_v1.folders.html @@ -80,6 +80,9 @@

Instance Methods

delete(bucket, folder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None)

Permanently deletes a folder. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.

+

+ deleteRecursive(bucket, folder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None)

+

Deletes a folder recursively. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.

get(bucket, folder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None)

Returns metadata for the specified folder. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.

@@ -113,6 +116,42 @@

Method Details

+
+ deleteRecursive(bucket, folder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None) +
Deletes a folder recursively. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.
+
+Args:
+  bucket: string, Name of the bucket in which the folder resides. (required)
+  folder: string, Name of a folder. (required)
+  ifMetagenerationMatch: string, If set, only deletes the folder if its metageneration matches this value.
+  ifMetagenerationNotMatch: string, If set, only deletes the folder if its metageneration does not match this value.
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is "false", it means the operation is still in progress. If "true", the operation is completed, and either "error" or "response" is available.
+  "error": { # The "Status" type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each "Status" message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English.
+  },
+  "kind": "storage#operation", # The kind of item this is. For operations, this is always storage#operation.
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the "name" should be a resource name ending with "operations/{operationId}".
+  "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as "Delete", the response is google.protobuf.Empty. If the original method is standard Get/Create/Update, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type "XxxResponse", where "Xxx" is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is "TakeSnapshot()", the inferred response type is "TakeSnapshotResponse".
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "selfLink": "A String", # The link to this long running operation.
+}
+
+
get(bucket, folder, ifMetagenerationMatch=None, ifMetagenerationNotMatch=None)
Returns metadata for the specified folder. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
index 83cb2f7f762..8011615db14 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/storagebatchoperations_v1.projects.locations.jobs.html
@@ -183,6 +183,7 @@ 

Method Details

], }, ], + "isMultiBucketJob": True or False, # Output only. If true, this Job operates on multiple buckets. Multibucket jobs are subject to different quota limits than single-bucket jobs. "loggingConfig": { # Specifies the Cloud Logging behavior. # Optional. Logging configuration. "logActionStates": [ # Required. States in which Action are logged.If empty, no logs are generated. "A String", @@ -326,6 +327,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "isMultiBucketJob": True or False, # Output only. If true, this Job operates on multiple buckets. Multibucket jobs are subject to different quota limits than single-bucket jobs. "loggingConfig": { # Specifies the Cloud Logging behavior. # Optional. Logging configuration. "logActionStates": [ # Required. States in which Action are logged.If empty, no logs are generated. "A String", @@ -425,6 +427,7 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "isMultiBucketJob": True or False, # Output only. If true, this Job operates on multiple buckets. Multibucket jobs are subject to different quota limits than single-bucket jobs. "loggingConfig": { # Specifies the Cloud Logging behavior. # Optional. Logging configuration. "logActionStates": [ # Required. States in which Action are logged.If empty, no logs are generated. "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.alerts.html b/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.alerts.html index 5f547503f89..238a09b9fd2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.alerts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.alerts.html @@ -112,12 +112,6 @@

Instance Methods

read(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Marks an alert as read - READ.

-

- refreshUriStatus(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Return the status of a URI submitted to Google WebRisk.

-

- reportAlertUri(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-

Report the URI associated with an alert to Google WebRisk.

resolve(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

Marks an alert to closed state - RESOLVED.

@@ -150,9 +144,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Stateful object representing a group of Findings. Key feature to an Alert is that it expresses the user's intent towards the findings of that group, even those that haven't occurred yet. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. - "assets": [ # Output only. Assets that are impacted by this alert. - "A String", - ], "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit information for the alert. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -182,50 +173,6 @@

Method Details

], "severity": "A String", # Required. InsiderThreat specific severity This will be the string representation of the InsiderThreatFindingDetail.Severityenum. (e.g., "LOW", "MEDIUM", "HIGH", "CRITICAL") }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # The alert detail for a suspicious domain finding. # Domain Monitoring alert detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "webRiskOperation": "A String", # Output only. Name of Web Risk submission operation. - "webRiskState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the Web Risk submission. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist alert. # Technology Watchlist alert detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A short title for the alert. "duplicateOf": "A String", # Output only. alert name of the alert this alert is a duplicate of. Format: projects/{project}/alerts/{alert} @@ -295,9 +242,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Stateful object representing a group of Findings. Key feature to an Alert is that it expresses the user's intent towards the findings of that group, even those that haven't occurred yet. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. - "assets": [ # Output only. Assets that are impacted by this alert. - "A String", - ], "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit information for the alert. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -327,50 +271,6 @@

Method Details

], "severity": "A String", # Required. InsiderThreat specific severity This will be the string representation of the InsiderThreatFindingDetail.Severityenum. (e.g., "LOW", "MEDIUM", "HIGH", "CRITICAL") }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # The alert detail for a suspicious domain finding. # Domain Monitoring alert detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "webRiskOperation": "A String", # Output only. Name of Web Risk submission operation. - "webRiskState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the Web Risk submission. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist alert. # Technology Watchlist alert detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A short title for the alert. "duplicateOf": "A String", # Output only. alert name of the alert this alert is a duplicate of. Format: projects/{project}/alerts/{alert} @@ -468,9 +368,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Stateful object representing a group of Findings. Key feature to an Alert is that it expresses the user's intent towards the findings of that group, even those that haven't occurred yet. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. - "assets": [ # Output only. Assets that are impacted by this alert. - "A String", - ], "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit information for the alert. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -500,50 +397,6 @@

Method Details

], "severity": "A String", # Required. InsiderThreat specific severity This will be the string representation of the InsiderThreatFindingDetail.Severityenum. (e.g., "LOW", "MEDIUM", "HIGH", "CRITICAL") }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # The alert detail for a suspicious domain finding. # Domain Monitoring alert detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "webRiskOperation": "A String", # Output only. Name of Web Risk submission operation. - "webRiskState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the Web Risk submission. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist alert. # Technology Watchlist alert detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A short title for the alert. "duplicateOf": "A String", # Output only. alert name of the alert this alert is a duplicate of. Format: projects/{project}/alerts/{alert} @@ -607,9 +460,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Stateful object representing a group of Findings. Key feature to an Alert is that it expresses the user's intent towards the findings of that group, even those that haven't occurred yet. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. - "assets": [ # Output only. Assets that are impacted by this alert. - "A String", - ], "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit information for the alert. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -639,50 +489,6 @@

Method Details

], "severity": "A String", # Required. InsiderThreat specific severity This will be the string representation of the InsiderThreatFindingDetail.Severityenum. (e.g., "LOW", "MEDIUM", "HIGH", "CRITICAL") }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # The alert detail for a suspicious domain finding. # Domain Monitoring alert detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "webRiskOperation": "A String", # Output only. Name of Web Risk submission operation. - "webRiskState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the Web Risk submission. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist alert. # Technology Watchlist alert detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A short title for the alert. "duplicateOf": "A String", # Output only. alert name of the alert this alert is a duplicate of. Format: projects/{project}/alerts/{alert} @@ -740,9 +546,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Stateful object representing a group of Findings. Key feature to an Alert is that it expresses the user's intent towards the findings of that group, even those that haven't occurred yet. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. - "assets": [ # Output only. Assets that are impacted by this alert. - "A String", - ], "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit information for the alert. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -772,50 +575,6 @@

Method Details

], "severity": "A String", # Required. InsiderThreat specific severity This will be the string representation of the InsiderThreatFindingDetail.Severityenum. (e.g., "LOW", "MEDIUM", "HIGH", "CRITICAL") }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # The alert detail for a suspicious domain finding. # Domain Monitoring alert detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "webRiskOperation": "A String", # Output only. Name of Web Risk submission operation. - "webRiskState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the Web Risk submission. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist alert. # Technology Watchlist alert detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A short title for the alert. "duplicateOf": "A String", # Output only. alert name of the alert this alert is a duplicate of. Format: projects/{project}/alerts/{alert} @@ -879,9 +638,6 @@

Method Details

"alerts": [ # List of alerts. { # Stateful object representing a group of Findings. Key feature to an Alert is that it expresses the user's intent towards the findings of that group, even those that haven't occurred yet. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. - "assets": [ # Output only. Assets that are impacted by this alert. - "A String", - ], "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit information for the alert. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -911,50 +667,6 @@

Method Details

], "severity": "A String", # Required. InsiderThreat specific severity This will be the string representation of the InsiderThreatFindingDetail.Severityenum. (e.g., "LOW", "MEDIUM", "HIGH", "CRITICAL") }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # The alert detail for a suspicious domain finding. # Domain Monitoring alert detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "webRiskOperation": "A String", # Output only. Name of Web Risk submission operation. - "webRiskState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the Web Risk submission. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist alert. # Technology Watchlist alert detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A short title for the alert. "duplicateOf": "A String", # Output only. alert name of the alert this alert is a duplicate of. Format: projects/{project}/alerts/{alert} @@ -1035,9 +747,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Stateful object representing a group of Findings. Key feature to an Alert is that it expresses the user's intent towards the findings of that group, even those that haven't occurred yet. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. - "assets": [ # Output only. Assets that are impacted by this alert. - "A String", - ], "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit information for the alert. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -1067,50 +776,6 @@

Method Details

], "severity": "A String", # Required. InsiderThreat specific severity This will be the string representation of the InsiderThreatFindingDetail.Severityenum. (e.g., "LOW", "MEDIUM", "HIGH", "CRITICAL") }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # The alert detail for a suspicious domain finding. # Domain Monitoring alert detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "webRiskOperation": "A String", # Output only. Name of Web Risk submission operation. - "webRiskState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the Web Risk submission. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist alert. # Technology Watchlist alert detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A short title for the alert. "duplicateOf": "A String", # Output only. alert name of the alert this alert is a duplicate of. Format: projects/{project}/alerts/{alert} @@ -1174,9 +839,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Stateful object representing a group of Findings. Key feature to an Alert is that it expresses the user's intent towards the findings of that group, even those that haven't occurred yet. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. - "assets": [ # Output only. Assets that are impacted by this alert. - "A String", - ], "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit information for the alert. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -1206,50 +868,6 @@

Method Details

], "severity": "A String", # Required. InsiderThreat specific severity This will be the string representation of the InsiderThreatFindingDetail.Severityenum. (e.g., "LOW", "MEDIUM", "HIGH", "CRITICAL") }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # The alert detail for a suspicious domain finding. # Domain Monitoring alert detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "webRiskOperation": "A String", # Output only. Name of Web Risk submission operation. - "webRiskState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the Web Risk submission. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist alert. # Technology Watchlist alert detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A short title for the alert. "duplicateOf": "A String", # Output only. alert name of the alert this alert is a duplicate of. Format: projects/{project}/alerts/{alert} @@ -1291,56 +909,6 @@

Method Details

}
-
- refreshUriStatus(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Return the status of a URI submitted to Google WebRisk.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of alert to refresh status from WebRisk (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for FetchAlertUriStatus.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for FetchAlertUriStatus.
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. Status of the alert in WebRisk.
-}
-
- -
- reportAlertUri(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None) -
Report the URI associated with an alert to Google WebRisk.
-
-Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of alert to submit to WebRisk. (required)
-  body: object, The request body.
-    The object takes the form of:
-
-{ # Request message for ReportAlertUri.
-}
-
-  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
-    Allowed values
-      1 - v1 error format
-      2 - v2 error format
-
-Returns:
-  An object of the form:
-
-    { # Response message for ReportAlertUri.
-  "state": "A String", # Output only. Status of the alert in WebRisk.
-}
-
-
resolve(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Marks an alert to closed state - RESOLVED.
@@ -1363,9 +931,6 @@ 

Method Details

{ # Stateful object representing a group of Findings. Key feature to an Alert is that it expresses the user's intent towards the findings of that group, even those that haven't occurred yet. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. - "assets": [ # Output only. Assets that are impacted by this alert. - "A String", - ], "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit information for the alert. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -1395,50 +960,6 @@

Method Details

], "severity": "A String", # Required. InsiderThreat specific severity This will be the string representation of the InsiderThreatFindingDetail.Severityenum. (e.g., "LOW", "MEDIUM", "HIGH", "CRITICAL") }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # The alert detail for a suspicious domain finding. # Domain Monitoring alert detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "webRiskOperation": "A String", # Output only. Name of Web Risk submission operation. - "webRiskState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the Web Risk submission. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist alert. # Technology Watchlist alert detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A short title for the alert. "duplicateOf": "A String", # Output only. alert name of the alert this alert is a duplicate of. Format: projects/{project}/alerts/{alert} @@ -1502,9 +1023,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Stateful object representing a group of Findings. Key feature to an Alert is that it expresses the user's intent towards the findings of that group, even those that haven't occurred yet. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. - "assets": [ # Output only. Assets that are impacted by this alert. - "A String", - ], "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit information for the alert. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -1534,50 +1052,6 @@

Method Details

], "severity": "A String", # Required. InsiderThreat specific severity This will be the string representation of the InsiderThreatFindingDetail.Severityenum. (e.g., "LOW", "MEDIUM", "HIGH", "CRITICAL") }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # The alert detail for a suspicious domain finding. # Domain Monitoring alert detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "webRiskOperation": "A String", # Output only. Name of Web Risk submission operation. - "webRiskState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the Web Risk submission. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist alert. # Technology Watchlist alert detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A short title for the alert. "duplicateOf": "A String", # Output only. alert name of the alert this alert is a duplicate of. Format: projects/{project}/alerts/{alert} @@ -1641,9 +1115,6 @@

Method Details

{ # Stateful object representing a group of Findings. Key feature to an Alert is that it expresses the user's intent towards the findings of that group, even those that haven't occurred yet. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. - "assets": [ # Output only. Assets that are impacted by this alert. - "A String", - ], "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit information for the alert. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -1673,50 +1144,6 @@

Method Details

], "severity": "A String", # Required. InsiderThreat specific severity This will be the string representation of the InsiderThreatFindingDetail.Severityenum. (e.g., "LOW", "MEDIUM", "HIGH", "CRITICAL") }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # The alert detail for a suspicious domain finding. # Domain Monitoring alert detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "webRiskOperation": "A String", # Output only. Name of Web Risk submission operation. - "webRiskState": "A String", # Output only. Status of the Web Risk submission. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist alert. # Technology Watchlist alert detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. A short title for the alert. "duplicateOf": "A String", # Output only. alert name of the alert this alert is a duplicate of. Format: projects/{project}/alerts/{alert} diff --git a/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.configurations.html index f0a240ecdd0..ddbf66d83e2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.configurations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.configurations.html @@ -123,24 +123,6 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the configuration. "detail": { # Wrapper class that contains the union struct for all the various configuration detail specific classes. # Required. Domain specific details for the configuration. - "assetDiscovery": { # Customer defined Configuration for asset discovery. # Asset Discovery detail config. - "lastScanCompleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last scan completed. This field is set by the system and cannot be modified by the user. - "lastScanStartTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last scan started - used for scheduling the next scan. This field is set by the system and cannot be modified by the user. - "scanFrequency": "A String", # Required. Frequency at which the scheduled discovery scan should be run. If not specified, the default frequency is DAILY. - "scopeExclusionAssets": [ # Optional. Seed assets that are out of scope for the scheduled discovery scan. - { # Seed assets for asset discovery. - "seedType": "A String", # Required. Type of the seed asset. - "seedValue": "A String", # Required. Value for the seed asset. Could be an IP address, network service, email addresses, etc. - }, - ], - "seedAssets": [ # Required. Seed assets for the scheduled discovery scan. At least one seed asset is required. - { # Seed assets for asset discovery. - "seedType": "A String", # Required. Type of the seed asset. - "seedValue": "A String", # Required. Value for the seed asset. Could be an IP address, network service, email addresses, etc. - }, - ], - "workflow": "A String", # Required. Workflow to be used for the scheduled discovery scan. If not specified, the default workflow is EXTERNAL_DISCOVERY. - }, "customerProfile": { # CustomerProfileConfig is the configuration for the customer profile. # Customer Profile detail config. "citations": [ # Optional. Citations for the organization profile. { # Citation information for the customer profile. @@ -300,53 +282,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "detailType": "A String", # Output only. Name of the detail type. Will be set by the server during creation to the name of the field that is set in the detail union. - "domainMonitoring": { # Any account-level configuration options will go here. # Domain Monitoring detail config. - "domains": [ # The domains to use as "seeds" for Suspicious Domain Monitoring. - { # A Domain Monitoring "domain" - "domain": "A String", # The domain name to match against. - }, - ], - }, - "initialAccessBroker": { # InitialAccessBrokerConfig is specific to Initial Access Broker (IAB) matching scenarios. # Initial Access Broker (IAB) detail config. - "entityProfile": { # EntityProfile represents the structured profile of a customer entity, containing key identifiers and descriptive attributes optimized for contextual matching against threat intelligence, particularly Initial Access Broker (IAB) offerings. # Represents the comprehensive profile of the customer entity used for matching. - "countries": [ # Optional. List of specific countries of operation. Purpose: Essential for matching geographically targeted threats (e.g., actor specifies victims in 'DE'). Use ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 codes (e.g., "US", "GB", "JP", "DE"). - "A String", - ], - "domains": [ # Required. List of primary internet domain names associated with the entity. Purpose: Crucial for explicit matching against domains mentioned in threat intel and can inform semantic matching. Must contain at least one domain. Example: ["acme.com", "acme.co.uk"] - "A String", - ], - "industries": [ # Optional. List of primary industry sectors the entity operates within. Purpose: Crucial for matching industry-specific threats and understanding attacker motivation. Use standardized GTI Industry Classification values. Example: ["Technology", "Financial Services", "Healthcare"] - "A String", - ], - "name": "A String", # Required. Canonical name of the entity (e.g., the legal company name). Purpose: Primary identifier for the customer. - "operationalAreas": [ # Optional. Specific geographic areas of *significant* operational concentration or strategic importance below the country level, if clearly identifiable and relevant. Purpose: Useful for highly localized threats, less commonly populated than `countries`. Example: ["Silicon Valley", "Frankfurt am Main Metropolitan Region"] - "A String", - ], - "profileSummary": "A String", # Required. A concise, machine-generated (e.g., LLM) or human-curated summary of the entity. Purpose: Captures the semantic essence for embedding generation and similarity matching. Should synthesize key aspects like core business, scale, and market. Example: "Acme Corporation is a large, US-based multinational conglomerate operating..." - "regions": [ # Optional. List of primary geopolitical regions where the entity has significant operations. Purpose: Filters geographically relevant threats. Use standardized names or codes where possible (e.g., "North America", "EMEA", "APAC", UN M49 codes). - "A String", - ], - "subIndustries": [ # Optional. List of more granular sub-industries, if applicable and known. Purpose: Provides finer-grained context for more specific threat matching. Should align with GTI classifications if possible. Example: ["Semiconductors", "Cloud Computing Services", "Investment Banking"] - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - "technologyWatchlist": { # TechnologyWatchListConfig is the configuration for the technology watchlist. # Technology Watchlist detail config. - "alertThreshold": { # TechnologyWatchListAlertThreshold contains the thresholds for alerting. # Optional. Alert thresholds to effectively reduce noise. - "cvssScoreMinimum": 3.14, # Optional. The minimum cvss V3 score for the alert. Ex: 7.0. Valid range is [0.0, 10.0]. - "epssScoreMinimum": 3.14, # Optional. The minimum epss score for the alert. Ex: 0.8. Valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "exploitationStates": [ # Optional. The exploitation states of the alert. - "A String", - ], - "priorityMinimum": "A String", # Optional. The minimum priority for the alert. - }, - "technologies": [ # Optional. List of vendor, technology or cpe fingerprint. example: Microsoft office 360 Apache Server 3.5 cpe:2.3:a:microsoft:outlook:*:*:*:*:*:*:*:* - "A String", - ], - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Human readable name for the configuration. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the configuration. format is vaults/{vault}/configurations/{configuration} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the configuration. format is projects/{project}/configurations/{configuration} "provider": "A String", # Required. Name of the service that provides the configuration. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the configuration. "version": "A String", # Optional. A user-manipulatable version. Does not adhere to a specific format @@ -382,24 +320,6 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the configuration. "detail": { # Wrapper class that contains the union struct for all the various configuration detail specific classes. # Required. Domain specific details for the configuration. - "assetDiscovery": { # Customer defined Configuration for asset discovery. # Asset Discovery detail config. - "lastScanCompleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last scan completed. This field is set by the system and cannot be modified by the user. - "lastScanStartTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last scan started - used for scheduling the next scan. This field is set by the system and cannot be modified by the user. - "scanFrequency": "A String", # Required. Frequency at which the scheduled discovery scan should be run. If not specified, the default frequency is DAILY. - "scopeExclusionAssets": [ # Optional. Seed assets that are out of scope for the scheduled discovery scan. - { # Seed assets for asset discovery. - "seedType": "A String", # Required. Type of the seed asset. - "seedValue": "A String", # Required. Value for the seed asset. Could be an IP address, network service, email addresses, etc. - }, - ], - "seedAssets": [ # Required. Seed assets for the scheduled discovery scan. At least one seed asset is required. - { # Seed assets for asset discovery. - "seedType": "A String", # Required. Type of the seed asset. - "seedValue": "A String", # Required. Value for the seed asset. Could be an IP address, network service, email addresses, etc. - }, - ], - "workflow": "A String", # Required. Workflow to be used for the scheduled discovery scan. If not specified, the default workflow is EXTERNAL_DISCOVERY. - }, "customerProfile": { # CustomerProfileConfig is the configuration for the customer profile. # Customer Profile detail config. "citations": [ # Optional. Citations for the organization profile. { # Citation information for the customer profile. @@ -559,53 +479,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "detailType": "A String", # Output only. Name of the detail type. Will be set by the server during creation to the name of the field that is set in the detail union. - "domainMonitoring": { # Any account-level configuration options will go here. # Domain Monitoring detail config. - "domains": [ # The domains to use as "seeds" for Suspicious Domain Monitoring. - { # A Domain Monitoring "domain" - "domain": "A String", # The domain name to match against. - }, - ], - }, - "initialAccessBroker": { # InitialAccessBrokerConfig is specific to Initial Access Broker (IAB) matching scenarios. # Initial Access Broker (IAB) detail config. - "entityProfile": { # EntityProfile represents the structured profile of a customer entity, containing key identifiers and descriptive attributes optimized for contextual matching against threat intelligence, particularly Initial Access Broker (IAB) offerings. # Represents the comprehensive profile of the customer entity used for matching. - "countries": [ # Optional. List of specific countries of operation. Purpose: Essential for matching geographically targeted threats (e.g., actor specifies victims in 'DE'). Use ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 codes (e.g., "US", "GB", "JP", "DE"). - "A String", - ], - "domains": [ # Required. List of primary internet domain names associated with the entity. Purpose: Crucial for explicit matching against domains mentioned in threat intel and can inform semantic matching. Must contain at least one domain. Example: ["acme.com", "acme.co.uk"] - "A String", - ], - "industries": [ # Optional. List of primary industry sectors the entity operates within. Purpose: Crucial for matching industry-specific threats and understanding attacker motivation. Use standardized GTI Industry Classification values. Example: ["Technology", "Financial Services", "Healthcare"] - "A String", - ], - "name": "A String", # Required. Canonical name of the entity (e.g., the legal company name). Purpose: Primary identifier for the customer. - "operationalAreas": [ # Optional. Specific geographic areas of *significant* operational concentration or strategic importance below the country level, if clearly identifiable and relevant. Purpose: Useful for highly localized threats, less commonly populated than `countries`. Example: ["Silicon Valley", "Frankfurt am Main Metropolitan Region"] - "A String", - ], - "profileSummary": "A String", # Required. A concise, machine-generated (e.g., LLM) or human-curated summary of the entity. Purpose: Captures the semantic essence for embedding generation and similarity matching. Should synthesize key aspects like core business, scale, and market. Example: "Acme Corporation is a large, US-based multinational conglomerate operating..." - "regions": [ # Optional. List of primary geopolitical regions where the entity has significant operations. Purpose: Filters geographically relevant threats. Use standardized names or codes where possible (e.g., "North America", "EMEA", "APAC", UN M49 codes). - "A String", - ], - "subIndustries": [ # Optional. List of more granular sub-industries, if applicable and known. Purpose: Provides finer-grained context for more specific threat matching. Should align with GTI classifications if possible. Example: ["Semiconductors", "Cloud Computing Services", "Investment Banking"] - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - "technologyWatchlist": { # TechnologyWatchListConfig is the configuration for the technology watchlist. # Technology Watchlist detail config. - "alertThreshold": { # TechnologyWatchListAlertThreshold contains the thresholds for alerting. # Optional. Alert thresholds to effectively reduce noise. - "cvssScoreMinimum": 3.14, # Optional. The minimum cvss V3 score for the alert. Ex: 7.0. Valid range is [0.0, 10.0]. - "epssScoreMinimum": 3.14, # Optional. The minimum epss score for the alert. Ex: 0.8. Valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "exploitationStates": [ # Optional. The exploitation states of the alert. - "A String", - ], - "priorityMinimum": "A String", # Optional. The minimum priority for the alert. - }, - "technologies": [ # Optional. List of vendor, technology or cpe fingerprint. example: Microsoft office 360 Apache Server 3.5 cpe:2.3:a:microsoft:outlook:*:*:*:*:*:*:*:* - "A String", - ], - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Human readable name for the configuration. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the configuration. format is vaults/{vault}/configurations/{configuration} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the configuration. format is projects/{project}/configurations/{configuration} "provider": "A String", # Required. Name of the service that provides the configuration. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the configuration. "version": "A String", # Optional. A user-manipulatable version. Does not adhere to a specific format @@ -647,24 +523,6 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the configuration. "detail": { # Wrapper class that contains the union struct for all the various configuration detail specific classes. # Required. Domain specific details for the configuration. - "assetDiscovery": { # Customer defined Configuration for asset discovery. # Asset Discovery detail config. - "lastScanCompleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last scan completed. This field is set by the system and cannot be modified by the user. - "lastScanStartTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last scan started - used for scheduling the next scan. This field is set by the system and cannot be modified by the user. - "scanFrequency": "A String", # Required. Frequency at which the scheduled discovery scan should be run. If not specified, the default frequency is DAILY. - "scopeExclusionAssets": [ # Optional. Seed assets that are out of scope for the scheduled discovery scan. - { # Seed assets for asset discovery. - "seedType": "A String", # Required. Type of the seed asset. - "seedValue": "A String", # Required. Value for the seed asset. Could be an IP address, network service, email addresses, etc. - }, - ], - "seedAssets": [ # Required. Seed assets for the scheduled discovery scan. At least one seed asset is required. - { # Seed assets for asset discovery. - "seedType": "A String", # Required. Type of the seed asset. - "seedValue": "A String", # Required. Value for the seed asset. Could be an IP address, network service, email addresses, etc. - }, - ], - "workflow": "A String", # Required. Workflow to be used for the scheduled discovery scan. If not specified, the default workflow is EXTERNAL_DISCOVERY. - }, "customerProfile": { # CustomerProfileConfig is the configuration for the customer profile. # Customer Profile detail config. "citations": [ # Optional. Citations for the organization profile. { # Citation information for the customer profile. @@ -824,53 +682,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "detailType": "A String", # Output only. Name of the detail type. Will be set by the server during creation to the name of the field that is set in the detail union. - "domainMonitoring": { # Any account-level configuration options will go here. # Domain Monitoring detail config. - "domains": [ # The domains to use as "seeds" for Suspicious Domain Monitoring. - { # A Domain Monitoring "domain" - "domain": "A String", # The domain name to match against. - }, - ], - }, - "initialAccessBroker": { # InitialAccessBrokerConfig is specific to Initial Access Broker (IAB) matching scenarios. # Initial Access Broker (IAB) detail config. - "entityProfile": { # EntityProfile represents the structured profile of a customer entity, containing key identifiers and descriptive attributes optimized for contextual matching against threat intelligence, particularly Initial Access Broker (IAB) offerings. # Represents the comprehensive profile of the customer entity used for matching. - "countries": [ # Optional. List of specific countries of operation. Purpose: Essential for matching geographically targeted threats (e.g., actor specifies victims in 'DE'). Use ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 codes (e.g., "US", "GB", "JP", "DE"). - "A String", - ], - "domains": [ # Required. List of primary internet domain names associated with the entity. Purpose: Crucial for explicit matching against domains mentioned in threat intel and can inform semantic matching. Must contain at least one domain. Example: ["acme.com", "acme.co.uk"] - "A String", - ], - "industries": [ # Optional. List of primary industry sectors the entity operates within. Purpose: Crucial for matching industry-specific threats and understanding attacker motivation. Use standardized GTI Industry Classification values. Example: ["Technology", "Financial Services", "Healthcare"] - "A String", - ], - "name": "A String", # Required. Canonical name of the entity (e.g., the legal company name). Purpose: Primary identifier for the customer. - "operationalAreas": [ # Optional. Specific geographic areas of *significant* operational concentration or strategic importance below the country level, if clearly identifiable and relevant. Purpose: Useful for highly localized threats, less commonly populated than `countries`. Example: ["Silicon Valley", "Frankfurt am Main Metropolitan Region"] - "A String", - ], - "profileSummary": "A String", # Required. A concise, machine-generated (e.g., LLM) or human-curated summary of the entity. Purpose: Captures the semantic essence for embedding generation and similarity matching. Should synthesize key aspects like core business, scale, and market. Example: "Acme Corporation is a large, US-based multinational conglomerate operating..." - "regions": [ # Optional. List of primary geopolitical regions where the entity has significant operations. Purpose: Filters geographically relevant threats. Use standardized names or codes where possible (e.g., "North America", "EMEA", "APAC", UN M49 codes). - "A String", - ], - "subIndustries": [ # Optional. List of more granular sub-industries, if applicable and known. Purpose: Provides finer-grained context for more specific threat matching. Should align with GTI classifications if possible. Example: ["Semiconductors", "Cloud Computing Services", "Investment Banking"] - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - "technologyWatchlist": { # TechnologyWatchListConfig is the configuration for the technology watchlist. # Technology Watchlist detail config. - "alertThreshold": { # TechnologyWatchListAlertThreshold contains the thresholds for alerting. # Optional. Alert thresholds to effectively reduce noise. - "cvssScoreMinimum": 3.14, # Optional. The minimum cvss V3 score for the alert. Ex: 7.0. Valid range is [0.0, 10.0]. - "epssScoreMinimum": 3.14, # Optional. The minimum epss score for the alert. Ex: 0.8. Valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "exploitationStates": [ # Optional. The exploitation states of the alert. - "A String", - ], - "priorityMinimum": "A String", # Optional. The minimum priority for the alert. - }, - "technologies": [ # Optional. List of vendor, technology or cpe fingerprint. example: Microsoft office 360 Apache Server 3.5 cpe:2.3:a:microsoft:outlook:*:*:*:*:*:*:*:* - "A String", - ], - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Human readable name for the configuration. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the configuration. format is vaults/{vault}/configurations/{configuration} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the configuration. format is projects/{project}/configurations/{configuration} "provider": "A String", # Required. Name of the service that provides the configuration. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the configuration. "version": "A String", # Optional. A user-manipulatable version. Does not adhere to a specific format diff --git a/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.configurations.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.configurations.revisions.html index 18cd165bbbf..c90a6fe47ef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.configurations.revisions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.configurations.revisions.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@

Method Details

"revisions": [ # The Configuration Revisions associated with the specified Configuration { # A ConfigurationRevision is a snapshot of a Configuration at a point in time. It is immutable. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the Revision was created - "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the ConfigurationRevision Format: vaults//configurations//revisions/ OR projects//configurations//revisions/ + "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the ConfigurationRevision Format: projects//configurations//revisions/ "snapshot": { # A configuration represents a behavior an engine should follow when producing new findings. # The snapshot of the configuration "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit information for the configuration. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. @@ -122,24 +122,6 @@

Method Details

}, "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the configuration. "detail": { # Wrapper class that contains the union struct for all the various configuration detail specific classes. # Required. Domain specific details for the configuration. - "assetDiscovery": { # Customer defined Configuration for asset discovery. # Asset Discovery detail config. - "lastScanCompleteTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last scan completed. This field is set by the system and cannot be modified by the user. - "lastScanStartTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last scan started - used for scheduling the next scan. This field is set by the system and cannot be modified by the user. - "scanFrequency": "A String", # Required. Frequency at which the scheduled discovery scan should be run. If not specified, the default frequency is DAILY. - "scopeExclusionAssets": [ # Optional. Seed assets that are out of scope for the scheduled discovery scan. - { # Seed assets for asset discovery. - "seedType": "A String", # Required. Type of the seed asset. - "seedValue": "A String", # Required. Value for the seed asset. Could be an IP address, network service, email addresses, etc. - }, - ], - "seedAssets": [ # Required. Seed assets for the scheduled discovery scan. At least one seed asset is required. - { # Seed assets for asset discovery. - "seedType": "A String", # Required. Type of the seed asset. - "seedValue": "A String", # Required. Value for the seed asset. Could be an IP address, network service, email addresses, etc. - }, - ], - "workflow": "A String", # Required. Workflow to be used for the scheduled discovery scan. If not specified, the default workflow is EXTERNAL_DISCOVERY. - }, "customerProfile": { # CustomerProfileConfig is the configuration for the customer profile. # Customer Profile detail config. "citations": [ # Optional. Citations for the organization profile. { # Citation information for the customer profile. @@ -299,53 +281,9 @@

Method Details

], }, "detailType": "A String", # Output only. Name of the detail type. Will be set by the server during creation to the name of the field that is set in the detail union. - "domainMonitoring": { # Any account-level configuration options will go here. # Domain Monitoring detail config. - "domains": [ # The domains to use as "seeds" for Suspicious Domain Monitoring. - { # A Domain Monitoring "domain" - "domain": "A String", # The domain name to match against. - }, - ], - }, - "initialAccessBroker": { # InitialAccessBrokerConfig is specific to Initial Access Broker (IAB) matching scenarios. # Initial Access Broker (IAB) detail config. - "entityProfile": { # EntityProfile represents the structured profile of a customer entity, containing key identifiers and descriptive attributes optimized for contextual matching against threat intelligence, particularly Initial Access Broker (IAB) offerings. # Represents the comprehensive profile of the customer entity used for matching. - "countries": [ # Optional. List of specific countries of operation. Purpose: Essential for matching geographically targeted threats (e.g., actor specifies victims in 'DE'). Use ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 codes (e.g., "US", "GB", "JP", "DE"). - "A String", - ], - "domains": [ # Required. List of primary internet domain names associated with the entity. Purpose: Crucial for explicit matching against domains mentioned in threat intel and can inform semantic matching. Must contain at least one domain. Example: ["acme.com", "acme.co.uk"] - "A String", - ], - "industries": [ # Optional. List of primary industry sectors the entity operates within. Purpose: Crucial for matching industry-specific threats and understanding attacker motivation. Use standardized GTI Industry Classification values. Example: ["Technology", "Financial Services", "Healthcare"] - "A String", - ], - "name": "A String", # Required. Canonical name of the entity (e.g., the legal company name). Purpose: Primary identifier for the customer. - "operationalAreas": [ # Optional. Specific geographic areas of *significant* operational concentration or strategic importance below the country level, if clearly identifiable and relevant. Purpose: Useful for highly localized threats, less commonly populated than `countries`. Example: ["Silicon Valley", "Frankfurt am Main Metropolitan Region"] - "A String", - ], - "profileSummary": "A String", # Required. A concise, machine-generated (e.g., LLM) or human-curated summary of the entity. Purpose: Captures the semantic essence for embedding generation and similarity matching. Should synthesize key aspects like core business, scale, and market. Example: "Acme Corporation is a large, US-based multinational conglomerate operating..." - "regions": [ # Optional. List of primary geopolitical regions where the entity has significant operations. Purpose: Filters geographically relevant threats. Use standardized names or codes where possible (e.g., "North America", "EMEA", "APAC", UN M49 codes). - "A String", - ], - "subIndustries": [ # Optional. List of more granular sub-industries, if applicable and known. Purpose: Provides finer-grained context for more specific threat matching. Should align with GTI classifications if possible. Example: ["Semiconductors", "Cloud Computing Services", "Investment Banking"] - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - "technologyWatchlist": { # TechnologyWatchListConfig is the configuration for the technology watchlist. # Technology Watchlist detail config. - "alertThreshold": { # TechnologyWatchListAlertThreshold contains the thresholds for alerting. # Optional. Alert thresholds to effectively reduce noise. - "cvssScoreMinimum": 3.14, # Optional. The minimum cvss V3 score for the alert. Ex: 7.0. Valid range is [0.0, 10.0]. - "epssScoreMinimum": 3.14, # Optional. The minimum epss score for the alert. Ex: 0.8. Valid range is [0.0, 1.0]. - "exploitationStates": [ # Optional. The exploitation states of the alert. - "A String", - ], - "priorityMinimum": "A String", # Optional. The minimum priority for the alert. - }, - "technologies": [ # Optional. List of vendor, technology or cpe fingerprint. example: Microsoft office 360 Apache Server 3.5 cpe:2.3:a:microsoft:outlook:*:*:*:*:*:*:*:* - "A String", - ], - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Human readable name for the configuration. - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the configuration. format is vaults/{vault}/configurations/{configuration} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the configuration. format is projects/{project}/configurations/{configuration} "provider": "A String", # Required. Name of the service that provides the configuration. "state": "A String", # Optional. State of the configuration. "version": "A String", # Optional. A user-manipulatable version. Does not adhere to a specific format diff --git a/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.findings.html b/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.findings.html index 75bc7a9b42a..5c69cfa7915 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.findings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/threatintelligence_v1beta.projects.findings.html @@ -115,7 +115,6 @@

Method Details

{ # A ‘stateless’ and a point in time event that a check produced a result of interest. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. "alert": "A String", # Optional. Name of the alert that this finding is bound to. - "asset": "A String", # Optional. Optional - asset name if known. Format: vaults/{vault}/assets/{asset} "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit data about the finding. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -126,58 +125,12 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "detail": { # Wrapper class that contains the union struct for all the various findings detail specific classes. # Required. Holder of the domain specific details of the finding. - "compromisedCredentials": { # Sample compromised credential detail. # Compromised Credentials detail type. - "author": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the author this detail was extracted from. This is deprecated and will be removed. - "credentialService": "A String", # Optional. Claimed site the credential is intended for. - "darkWebDoc": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the dark web document. This is deprecated and will be removed. - "externalReferenceUri": "A String", # Optional. This will contain a link to the external reference for this credential. If set, this is a link back to the DTM product to allow customers to get additional context about this finding. - "fileDump": "A String", # Optional. If the source of the credential was from a file dump this will contain the name of the file the credential was found in. This can be used by customers for context on where the credential was found and to try to find other references to the file in the wild. - "fileDumpHashes": [ # Optional. A list of hashes of the file dump. These will be prefixed with the algorithm. Example: "sha256:" - "A String", - ], - "fileDumpSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. If file_dump is set this will contain the size of the dump file in bytes. File dumps can be very large. - "forum": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the forum this detail was extracted from. This is deprecated and will be removed. - "malwareFamily": "A String", # Optional. This will indicate the malware family that leaked this credential, if known. - "postedTime": "A String", # Optional. This indicates our best guess as to when the credential was leaked to the particular venue that triggered this finding. This is not necessarily the time the credential was actually leaked and it may not always be be accurate. - "sourceUri": "A String", # Optional. If the source of a credential is publicly addressable this will contain a uri to the where the credential was found. - "userKey": "A String", # Required. This field will always be set and will be used to identify the user named in the credential leak. In cases where customers are authorized to see the actual user key this will be set to the actual user key. In cases where the customer is not authorized to see the actual user key this will be set to a hash of the user key. The hashed value is an intentionally opaque value that is not intended to be used for any other purpose than to uniquely identify the user in the context of this specific customer, service domain, and user name. Example: "user@example.com" or "redacted:". - "userSecretEvidence": "A String", # Optional. Claimed evidence of the password/secret. This will always be hashed. In the event where the plaintext password is known it will be set to "redacted:" where the same hash will be presented when the same password is found for the same organization for the same service. Redaction is done by hashing the password with a salt that is unique to the customer organization and service. In the event where the plaintext password is not known it will be set to ":" where the algorithm is the hash algorithm used and the hash is the hash of the password using that algorithm. In the event we don't know the exact algorithm used we will set it to "hashed:". - }, "dataLeak": { # A detail object for a Data Leak finding. # Data Leak finding detail type. "documentId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the document that triggered the Data Leak finding. This ID can be used to retrieve the content of the document for further analysis. "matchScore": 3.14, # Required. Reference to the match score of the Data Leak finding. This is a float value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1 calculated by the matching engine based on the similarity of the document and the user provided configurations. "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of the Data Leak finding. This indicates the potential impact of the threat. }, "detailType": "A String", # Output only. Name of the detail type. Will be set by the server during creation to the name of the field that is set in the detail union. - "inbandVulnerability": { # This is a temporary detail type that will be used to support vulnerabilities until the engines start using the full vulnerability objects. The "Inband" refers to the fact that all vulnerability details are included with every finding. # Inband vulnerability detail type. - "formattedProofDetails": "A String", # Optional. A short description of the proof of the vulnerability. - "requestUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI that lead to this detection, if appropriate. - "vulnerability": { # Fleshed out vulnerability object that includes enough details to fill out a vulnerability specific view for an issue. # Required. Vulnerability metadata. - "affectedSoftware": [ # Optional. The software that is affected by the vulnerability. - { # The software that is affected by the vulnerability. - "product": "A String", # Optional. The product of the software. - "vendor": "A String", # Optional. The vendor of the software. - }, - ], - "authors": [ # Optional. The authors of the vulnerability detection. - "A String", - ], - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. - "cvssV31Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS V3.1 score (Base score)for the vulnerability. ( ) - "cvssV31ScoreTemporal": 3.14, # Optional. Temporal CVSS V3.1 score for the vulnerability. - "description": "A String", # Optional. The human readable description. This can be basic HTML formatted text. - "disclosureTime": "A String", # Optional. The date the vulnerability was first disclosed. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Optional. Exploitation state of the vulnerability, for example "Available". - "externalVulnerabilityId": "A String", # Required. The external ID of the vulnerability. - "isExploitedWild": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is exploited in the wild. - "referenceUrls": [ # Optional. Reference URLs to the vulnerability. - "A String", - ], - "remediation": "A String", # Optional. The human readable remediation recommendation. This can be basic HTML formatted text. - "riskRating": "A String", # Optional. Risk rating for the vulnerability, for example "High". - "title": "A String", # Optional. Human readable name for the vulnerability. - }, - }, "initialAccessBroker": { # A detail object for an Initial Access Broker (IAB) finding. # Initial Access Broker finding detail type. "documentId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the document that triggered the IAB finding. This ID can be used to retrieve the content of the document for further analysis. "matchScore": 3.14, # Required. Reference to the match score of the IAB finding. This is a float value between 0 and 1 calculated by the matching engine based on the similarity of the document and the user provided configurations. @@ -188,69 +141,9 @@

Method Details

"matchScore": 3.14, # Required. Reference to the match score of the InsiderThreat finding. This is a float value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1 calculated by the matching engine based on the similarity of the document and the user provided configurations. "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of the InsiderThreat finding. This indicates the potential impact of the threat. }, - "misconfiguration": { # Misconfiguration finding detail. # Misconfiguration finding detail type. - "misconfigurationMetadata": { # Misconfiguration metadata. # Required. The misconfiguration metadata. - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the misconfiguration. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-friendly name for the misconfiguration. - "misconfigurationId": "A String", # Required. The identifier for the misconfiguration. This is an internal name generated by the finding provider. - "references": [ # Optional. References to external resources that provide more information about the misconfiguration. - { # A reference to an external resource that provides more information about a misconfiguration. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the reference (e.g., "description", "remediation"). - "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the reference. - }, - ], - "remediation": "A String", # Optional. Recommended remediation steps for the misconfiguration. - "vulnerableUri": "A String", # Optional. The endpoint which was found to have the vulnerability. - }, - }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # A detailed object for a suspicious Domain finding. # Domain Monitoring finding detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "matchScore": 3.14, # Required. Reference to the match score of the finding. This is a float value between 0 and 1 calculated by the matching engine. - "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of the finding. This indicates the potential impact of the threat. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist finding. # Technology Watchlist finding detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Required. A short descriptive title for the finding <= 250 chars. EX: "Actor 'baddy' offering $1000 for credentials of 'goodguy'". - "issue": "A String", # Optional. Optional - name of the issue that this finding is bound to. Format: vaults/{vault}/issues/{issue} - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the finding (leave clear during creation). Format: vaults/{vault}/findings/{finding} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the finding (leave clear during creation). Format: projects/{project}/findings/{finding} "provider": "A String", # Required. Logical source of this finding (name of the sub-engine). "relevanceAnalysis": { # Structured relevance analysis for a threat. # Output only. High-Precision Relevance Analysis verdict for the finding. "confidence": "A String", # The level of confidence in the given verdict. @@ -301,7 +194,6 @@

Method Details

{ # A ‘stateless’ and a point in time event that a check produced a result of interest. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. "alert": "A String", # Optional. Name of the alert that this finding is bound to. - "asset": "A String", # Optional. Optional - asset name if known. Format: vaults/{vault}/assets/{asset} "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit data about the finding. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -312,58 +204,12 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "detail": { # Wrapper class that contains the union struct for all the various findings detail specific classes. # Required. Holder of the domain specific details of the finding. - "compromisedCredentials": { # Sample compromised credential detail. # Compromised Credentials detail type. - "author": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the author this detail was extracted from. This is deprecated and will be removed. - "credentialService": "A String", # Optional. Claimed site the credential is intended for. - "darkWebDoc": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the dark web document. This is deprecated and will be removed. - "externalReferenceUri": "A String", # Optional. This will contain a link to the external reference for this credential. If set, this is a link back to the DTM product to allow customers to get additional context about this finding. - "fileDump": "A String", # Optional. If the source of the credential was from a file dump this will contain the name of the file the credential was found in. This can be used by customers for context on where the credential was found and to try to find other references to the file in the wild. - "fileDumpHashes": [ # Optional. A list of hashes of the file dump. These will be prefixed with the algorithm. Example: "sha256:" - "A String", - ], - "fileDumpSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. If file_dump is set this will contain the size of the dump file in bytes. File dumps can be very large. - "forum": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the forum this detail was extracted from. This is deprecated and will be removed. - "malwareFamily": "A String", # Optional. This will indicate the malware family that leaked this credential, if known. - "postedTime": "A String", # Optional. This indicates our best guess as to when the credential was leaked to the particular venue that triggered this finding. This is not necessarily the time the credential was actually leaked and it may not always be be accurate. - "sourceUri": "A String", # Optional. If the source of a credential is publicly addressable this will contain a uri to the where the credential was found. - "userKey": "A String", # Required. This field will always be set and will be used to identify the user named in the credential leak. In cases where customers are authorized to see the actual user key this will be set to the actual user key. In cases where the customer is not authorized to see the actual user key this will be set to a hash of the user key. The hashed value is an intentionally opaque value that is not intended to be used for any other purpose than to uniquely identify the user in the context of this specific customer, service domain, and user name. Example: "user@example.com" or "redacted:". - "userSecretEvidence": "A String", # Optional. Claimed evidence of the password/secret. This will always be hashed. In the event where the plaintext password is known it will be set to "redacted:" where the same hash will be presented when the same password is found for the same organization for the same service. Redaction is done by hashing the password with a salt that is unique to the customer organization and service. In the event where the plaintext password is not known it will be set to ":" where the algorithm is the hash algorithm used and the hash is the hash of the password using that algorithm. In the event we don't know the exact algorithm used we will set it to "hashed:". - }, "dataLeak": { # A detail object for a Data Leak finding. # Data Leak finding detail type. "documentId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the document that triggered the Data Leak finding. This ID can be used to retrieve the content of the document for further analysis. "matchScore": 3.14, # Required. Reference to the match score of the Data Leak finding. This is a float value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1 calculated by the matching engine based on the similarity of the document and the user provided configurations. "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of the Data Leak finding. This indicates the potential impact of the threat. }, "detailType": "A String", # Output only. Name of the detail type. Will be set by the server during creation to the name of the field that is set in the detail union. - "inbandVulnerability": { # This is a temporary detail type that will be used to support vulnerabilities until the engines start using the full vulnerability objects. The "Inband" refers to the fact that all vulnerability details are included with every finding. # Inband vulnerability detail type. - "formattedProofDetails": "A String", # Optional. A short description of the proof of the vulnerability. - "requestUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI that lead to this detection, if appropriate. - "vulnerability": { # Fleshed out vulnerability object that includes enough details to fill out a vulnerability specific view for an issue. # Required. Vulnerability metadata. - "affectedSoftware": [ # Optional. The software that is affected by the vulnerability. - { # The software that is affected by the vulnerability. - "product": "A String", # Optional. The product of the software. - "vendor": "A String", # Optional. The vendor of the software. - }, - ], - "authors": [ # Optional. The authors of the vulnerability detection. - "A String", - ], - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. - "cvssV31Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS V3.1 score (Base score)for the vulnerability. ( ) - "cvssV31ScoreTemporal": 3.14, # Optional. Temporal CVSS V3.1 score for the vulnerability. - "description": "A String", # Optional. The human readable description. This can be basic HTML formatted text. - "disclosureTime": "A String", # Optional. The date the vulnerability was first disclosed. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Optional. Exploitation state of the vulnerability, for example "Available". - "externalVulnerabilityId": "A String", # Required. The external ID of the vulnerability. - "isExploitedWild": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is exploited in the wild. - "referenceUrls": [ # Optional. Reference URLs to the vulnerability. - "A String", - ], - "remediation": "A String", # Optional. The human readable remediation recommendation. This can be basic HTML formatted text. - "riskRating": "A String", # Optional. Risk rating for the vulnerability, for example "High". - "title": "A String", # Optional. Human readable name for the vulnerability. - }, - }, "initialAccessBroker": { # A detail object for an Initial Access Broker (IAB) finding. # Initial Access Broker finding detail type. "documentId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the document that triggered the IAB finding. This ID can be used to retrieve the content of the document for further analysis. "matchScore": 3.14, # Required. Reference to the match score of the IAB finding. This is a float value between 0 and 1 calculated by the matching engine based on the similarity of the document and the user provided configurations. @@ -374,69 +220,9 @@

Method Details

"matchScore": 3.14, # Required. Reference to the match score of the InsiderThreat finding. This is a float value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1 calculated by the matching engine based on the similarity of the document and the user provided configurations. "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of the InsiderThreat finding. This indicates the potential impact of the threat. }, - "misconfiguration": { # Misconfiguration finding detail. # Misconfiguration finding detail type. - "misconfigurationMetadata": { # Misconfiguration metadata. # Required. The misconfiguration metadata. - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the misconfiguration. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-friendly name for the misconfiguration. - "misconfigurationId": "A String", # Required. The identifier for the misconfiguration. This is an internal name generated by the finding provider. - "references": [ # Optional. References to external resources that provide more information about the misconfiguration. - { # A reference to an external resource that provides more information about a misconfiguration. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the reference (e.g., "description", "remediation"). - "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the reference. - }, - ], - "remediation": "A String", # Optional. Recommended remediation steps for the misconfiguration. - "vulnerableUri": "A String", # Optional. The endpoint which was found to have the vulnerability. - }, - }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # A detailed object for a suspicious Domain finding. # Domain Monitoring finding detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "matchScore": 3.14, # Required. Reference to the match score of the finding. This is a float value between 0 and 1 calculated by the matching engine. - "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of the finding. This indicates the potential impact of the threat. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist finding. # Technology Watchlist finding detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Required. A short descriptive title for the finding <= 250 chars. EX: "Actor 'baddy' offering $1000 for credentials of 'goodguy'". - "issue": "A String", # Optional. Optional - name of the issue that this finding is bound to. Format: vaults/{vault}/issues/{issue} - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the finding (leave clear during creation). Format: vaults/{vault}/findings/{finding} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the finding (leave clear during creation). Format: projects/{project}/findings/{finding} "provider": "A String", # Required. Logical source of this finding (name of the sub-engine). "relevanceAnalysis": { # Structured relevance analysis for a threat. # Output only. High-Precision Relevance Analysis verdict for the finding. "confidence": "A String", # The level of confidence in the given verdict. @@ -504,7 +290,6 @@

Method Details

{ # A ‘stateless’ and a point in time event that a check produced a result of interest. "aiSummary": "A String", # Optional. AI summary of the finding. "alert": "A String", # Optional. Name of the alert that this finding is bound to. - "asset": "A String", # Optional. Optional - asset name if known. Format: vaults/{vault}/assets/{asset} "audit": { # Tracks basic CRUD facts. # Output only. Audit data about the finding. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time of creation. "creator": "A String", # Output only. Agent that created or updated the record, could be a UserId or a JobId. @@ -515,58 +300,12 @@

Method Details

"A String", ], "detail": { # Wrapper class that contains the union struct for all the various findings detail specific classes. # Required. Holder of the domain specific details of the finding. - "compromisedCredentials": { # Sample compromised credential detail. # Compromised Credentials detail type. - "author": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the author this detail was extracted from. This is deprecated and will be removed. - "credentialService": "A String", # Optional. Claimed site the credential is intended for. - "darkWebDoc": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the dark web document. This is deprecated and will be removed. - "externalReferenceUri": "A String", # Optional. This will contain a link to the external reference for this credential. If set, this is a link back to the DTM product to allow customers to get additional context about this finding. - "fileDump": "A String", # Optional. If the source of the credential was from a file dump this will contain the name of the file the credential was found in. This can be used by customers for context on where the credential was found and to try to find other references to the file in the wild. - "fileDumpHashes": [ # Optional. A list of hashes of the file dump. These will be prefixed with the algorithm. Example: "sha256:" - "A String", - ], - "fileDumpSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. If file_dump is set this will contain the size of the dump file in bytes. File dumps can be very large. - "forum": "A String", # Optional. Reference to the forum this detail was extracted from. This is deprecated and will be removed. - "malwareFamily": "A String", # Optional. This will indicate the malware family that leaked this credential, if known. - "postedTime": "A String", # Optional. This indicates our best guess as to when the credential was leaked to the particular venue that triggered this finding. This is not necessarily the time the credential was actually leaked and it may not always be be accurate. - "sourceUri": "A String", # Optional. If the source of a credential is publicly addressable this will contain a uri to the where the credential was found. - "userKey": "A String", # Required. This field will always be set and will be used to identify the user named in the credential leak. In cases where customers are authorized to see the actual user key this will be set to the actual user key. In cases where the customer is not authorized to see the actual user key this will be set to a hash of the user key. The hashed value is an intentionally opaque value that is not intended to be used for any other purpose than to uniquely identify the user in the context of this specific customer, service domain, and user name. Example: "user@example.com" or "redacted:". - "userSecretEvidence": "A String", # Optional. Claimed evidence of the password/secret. This will always be hashed. In the event where the plaintext password is known it will be set to "redacted:" where the same hash will be presented when the same password is found for the same organization for the same service. Redaction is done by hashing the password with a salt that is unique to the customer organization and service. In the event where the plaintext password is not known it will be set to ":" where the algorithm is the hash algorithm used and the hash is the hash of the password using that algorithm. In the event we don't know the exact algorithm used we will set it to "hashed:". - }, "dataLeak": { # A detail object for a Data Leak finding. # Data Leak finding detail type. "documentId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the document that triggered the Data Leak finding. This ID can be used to retrieve the content of the document for further analysis. "matchScore": 3.14, # Required. Reference to the match score of the Data Leak finding. This is a float value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1 calculated by the matching engine based on the similarity of the document and the user provided configurations. "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of the Data Leak finding. This indicates the potential impact of the threat. }, "detailType": "A String", # Output only. Name of the detail type. Will be set by the server during creation to the name of the field that is set in the detail union. - "inbandVulnerability": { # This is a temporary detail type that will be used to support vulnerabilities until the engines start using the full vulnerability objects. The "Inband" refers to the fact that all vulnerability details are included with every finding. # Inband vulnerability detail type. - "formattedProofDetails": "A String", # Optional. A short description of the proof of the vulnerability. - "requestUri": "A String", # Optional. The URI that lead to this detection, if appropriate. - "vulnerability": { # Fleshed out vulnerability object that includes enough details to fill out a vulnerability specific view for an issue. # Required. Vulnerability metadata. - "affectedSoftware": [ # Optional. The software that is affected by the vulnerability. - { # The software that is affected by the vulnerability. - "product": "A String", # Optional. The product of the software. - "vendor": "A String", # Optional. The vendor of the software. - }, - ], - "authors": [ # Optional. The authors of the vulnerability detection. - "A String", - ], - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. - "cvssV31Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS V3.1 score (Base score)for the vulnerability. ( ) - "cvssV31ScoreTemporal": 3.14, # Optional. Temporal CVSS V3.1 score for the vulnerability. - "description": "A String", # Optional. The human readable description. This can be basic HTML formatted text. - "disclosureTime": "A String", # Optional. The date the vulnerability was first disclosed. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Optional. Exploitation state of the vulnerability, for example "Available". - "externalVulnerabilityId": "A String", # Required. The external ID of the vulnerability. - "isExploitedWild": True or False, # Optional. Whether this is exploited in the wild. - "referenceUrls": [ # Optional. Reference URLs to the vulnerability. - "A String", - ], - "remediation": "A String", # Optional. The human readable remediation recommendation. This can be basic HTML formatted text. - "riskRating": "A String", # Optional. Risk rating for the vulnerability, for example "High". - "title": "A String", # Optional. Human readable name for the vulnerability. - }, - }, "initialAccessBroker": { # A detail object for an Initial Access Broker (IAB) finding. # Initial Access Broker finding detail type. "documentId": "A String", # Required. The unique identifier of the document that triggered the IAB finding. This ID can be used to retrieve the content of the document for further analysis. "matchScore": 3.14, # Required. Reference to the match score of the IAB finding. This is a float value between 0 and 1 calculated by the matching engine based on the similarity of the document and the user provided configurations. @@ -577,69 +316,9 @@

Method Details

"matchScore": 3.14, # Required. Reference to the match score of the InsiderThreat finding. This is a float value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1 calculated by the matching engine based on the similarity of the document and the user provided configurations. "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of the InsiderThreat finding. This indicates the potential impact of the threat. }, - "misconfiguration": { # Misconfiguration finding detail. # Misconfiguration finding detail type. - "misconfigurationMetadata": { # Misconfiguration metadata. # Required. The misconfiguration metadata. - "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the misconfiguration. - "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-friendly name for the misconfiguration. - "misconfigurationId": "A String", # Required. The identifier for the misconfiguration. This is an internal name generated by the finding provider. - "references": [ # Optional. References to external resources that provide more information about the misconfiguration. - { # A reference to an external resource that provides more information about a misconfiguration. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the reference (e.g., "description", "remediation"). - "uri": "A String", # Required. The URI of the reference. - }, - ], - "remediation": "A String", # Optional. Recommended remediation steps for the misconfiguration. - "vulnerableUri": "A String", # Optional. The endpoint which was found to have the vulnerability. - }, - }, - "suspiciousDomain": { # A detailed object for a suspicious Domain finding. # Domain Monitoring finding detail type. - "dns": { # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. # The DNS details of the suspicious domain. - "dnsRecords": [ # The DNS records of the suspicious domain. - { # The DNS record of the suspicious domain. - "record": "A String", # The name of the DNS record. - "ttl": 42, # The TTL of the DNS record. - "type": "A String", # The type of the DNS record. - "value": "A String", # The value of the DNS record. - }, - ], - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the DNS details were retrieved. - }, - "domain": "A String", # Required. The suspicious domain name. - "gtiDetails": { # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. # The GTI details of the suspicious domain. - "threatScore": 42, # The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100. - "verdict": "A String", # Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain. - "virustotalUri": "A String", # VirusTotal link for the domain - }, - "matchScore": 3.14, # Required. Reference to the match score of the finding. This is a float value between 0 and 1 calculated by the matching engine. - "severity": "A String", # Required. The severity of the finding. This indicates the potential impact of the threat. - "whois": { # The whois details of the suspicious domain. # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - "retrievalTime": "A String", # The time the whois details were retrieved. - "whois": "A String", # The whois details of the suspicious domain. - }, - }, - "targetTechnology": { # Contains details for a technology watchlist finding. # Technology Watchlist finding detail type. - "vulnerabilityMatch": { # Contains details about a vulnerability match. # Optional. The vulnerability match details. - "associations": [ # Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting. - { # Represents an association with a vulnerability. - "id": "A String", # Required. The ID of the association. - "type": "A String", # Required. The type of the association. - }, - ], - "collectionId": "A String", # Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "vulnerability--cve-2025-9876". - "cveId": "A String", # Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: "CVE-2025-9876". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information. - "cvss3Score": 3.14, # Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4. - "description": "A String", # Required. A description of the vulnerability. - "exploitationState": "A String", # Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability. - "riskRating": "A String", # Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability. - "technologies": [ # Required. The affected technologies. Ex: "Apache Struts". - "A String", - ], - }, - }, }, "displayName": "A String", # Required. A short descriptive title for the finding <= 250 chars. EX: "Actor 'baddy' offering $1000 for credentials of 'goodguy'". - "issue": "A String", # Optional. Optional - name of the issue that this finding is bound to. Format: vaults/{vault}/issues/{issue} - "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the finding (leave clear during creation). Format: vaults/{vault}/findings/{finding} + "name": "A String", # Identifier. Server generated name for the finding (leave clear during creation). Format: projects/{project}/findings/{finding} "provider": "A String", # Required. Logical source of this finding (name of the sub-engine). "relevanceAnalysis": { # Structured relevance analysis for a threat. # Output only. High-Precision Relevance Analysis verdict for the finding. "confidence": "A String", # The level of confidence in the given verdict. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html index e5febe59f9e..c825a855ecb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html @@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2364,7 +2364,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3562,7 +3562,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4759,7 +4759,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5972,7 +5972,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7173,7 +7173,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8370,7 +8370,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9569,7 +9569,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10766,7 +10766,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html index 032f986807a..4e3e932ff33 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html @@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3511,7 +3511,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4119,7 +4119,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5530,7 +5530,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6138,7 +6138,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7548,7 +7548,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8156,7 +8156,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9582,7 +9582,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10190,7 +10190,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11623,7 +11623,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12231,7 +12231,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -13643,7 +13643,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14251,7 +14251,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -15661,7 +15661,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16269,7 +16269,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17681,7 +17681,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -18289,7 +18289,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -19699,7 +19699,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -20307,7 +20307,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html index 81b34dbf261..c688eb45432 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html @@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3894,7 +3894,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5178,7 +5178,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6478,7 +6478,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7766,7 +7766,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9050,7 +9050,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10336,7 +10336,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11620,7 +11620,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html index 0967ee63bf0..a7a37fd16c6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html @@ -1697,7 +1697,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3848,7 +3848,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4356,7 +4356,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5987,7 +5987,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6495,7 +6495,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8125,7 +8125,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8633,7 +8633,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10279,7 +10279,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10787,7 +10787,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12421,7 +12421,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12929,7 +12929,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14559,7 +14559,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -15067,7 +15067,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16699,7 +16699,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17207,7 +17207,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -18837,7 +18837,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -19345,7 +19345,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html index 21df093ff0f..3f6427009c2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3209,7 +3209,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4007,7 +4007,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4793,7 +4793,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5575,7 +5575,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6359,7 +6359,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7141,7 +7141,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html index 641a00eb6ff..31b7773f512 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2483,7 +2483,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3296,7 +3296,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4125,7 +4125,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4942,7 +4942,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5755,7 +5755,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6570,7 +6570,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7383,7 +7383,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html index 3ca673c1d3b..2c9e7e5723f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3292,7 +3292,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4388,7 +4388,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5500,7 +5500,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6600,7 +6600,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7696,7 +7696,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8794,7 +8794,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9890,7 +9890,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html index 9d80c4ff6ef..a44841db2fb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html @@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -1902,7 +1902,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3266,7 +3266,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3750,7 +3750,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5102,7 +5102,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5586,7 +5586,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6937,7 +6937,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7421,7 +7421,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8788,7 +8788,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9272,7 +9272,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10627,7 +10627,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11111,7 +11111,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12462,7 +12462,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12946,7 +12946,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14299,7 +14299,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14783,7 +14783,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16134,7 +16134,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16618,7 +16618,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html index 9a33417f6cf..57694aa8d52 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@

Method Details

body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ - "jwt": "A String", # A string representing a JWT of the format described at https://developers.google.com/wallet/reference/rest/v1/Jwt +{ # A JWT representation of a pass. + "jwt": "A String", # Required. A string representing a JWT of the format described at https://developers.google.com/wallet/reference/rest/v1/Jwt } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2613,7 +2613,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3221,7 +3221,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4459,7 +4459,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6121,7 +6121,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6629,7 +6629,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7404,7 +7404,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8173,7 +8173,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9222,7 +9222,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10643,7 +10643,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11127,7 +11127,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12238,7 +12238,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -13751,7 +13751,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14292,7 +14292,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -15341,7 +15341,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16790,7 +16790,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17272,7 +17272,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -18525,7 +18525,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -20219,7 +20219,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -21188,7 +21188,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html index 4b7e66ad4f7..0b9509d990d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html @@ -1185,7 +1185,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2393,7 +2393,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3589,7 +3589,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4784,7 +4784,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5995,7 +5995,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7194,7 +7194,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8389,7 +8389,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9586,7 +9586,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10781,7 +10781,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html index cb4e92248ae..7b169c0186b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3510,7 +3510,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4051,7 +4051,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5495,7 +5495,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6036,7 +6036,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7479,7 +7479,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8020,7 +8020,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9479,7 +9479,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10020,7 +10020,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11486,7 +11486,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12027,7 +12027,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -13472,7 +13472,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14013,7 +14013,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -15456,7 +15456,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -15997,7 +15997,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17442,7 +17442,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17983,7 +17983,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -19426,7 +19426,7 @@

Method Details

}, }, ], - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -19967,7 +19967,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html index 59d94aed838..8c46ae828cb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3403,7 +3403,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4536,7 +4536,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5685,7 +5685,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6822,7 +6822,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7955,7 +7955,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9090,7 +9090,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10223,7 +10223,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html index a6fe6458f0e..ed092a10173 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html @@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3320,7 +3320,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -3802,7 +3802,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5182,7 +5182,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5664,7 +5664,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7043,7 +7043,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7525,7 +7525,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8920,7 +8920,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9402,7 +9402,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10785,7 +10785,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11267,7 +11267,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12646,7 +12646,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -13128,7 +13128,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14509,7 +14509,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14991,7 +14991,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16370,7 +16370,7 @@

Method Details

"uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -16852,7 +16852,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html index 9c3029f8b08..1bdd84e2a07 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html @@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2715,7 +2715,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4091,7 +4091,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5466,7 +5466,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6857,7 +6857,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -8236,7 +8236,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9611,7 +9611,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10988,7 +10988,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12363,7 +12363,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html index 7181a39c1a1..8630788b17e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html +++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html @@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -2622,7 +2622,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -4221,7 +4221,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -5190,7 +5190,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -6777,7 +6777,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -7746,7 +7746,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -9332,7 +9332,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -10301,7 +10301,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -11903,7 +11903,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -12872,7 +12872,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -14462,7 +14462,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -15431,7 +15431,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17017,7 +17017,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -17986,7 +17986,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -19574,7 +19574,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -20543,7 +20543,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -22129,7 +22129,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "transitType": "A String", # Required. The type of transit this class represents, such as "bus". - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. @@ -23098,7 +23098,7 @@

Method Details

"date": "A String", # An ISO 8601 extended format date/time. Offset may or may not be required (refer to the parent field's documentation). Time may be specified up to nanosecond precision. Offsets may be specified with seconds precision (even though offset seconds is not part of ISO 8601). For example: `1985-04-12T23:20:50.52Z` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 23rd hour of April 12th, 1985 in UTC. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52-04:00` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985, 4 hours before UTC (same instant in time as the above example). If the date/time is intended for a physical location in New York, this would be the equivalent of Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Remember that offset varies in regions that observe Daylight Saving Time (or Summer Time), depending on the time of the year. `1985-04-12T19:20:50.52` would be 20 minutes and 50.52 seconds after the 19th hour of April 12th, 1985 with no offset information. Providing an offset makes this an absolute instant in time around the world. The date/time will be adjusted based on the user's time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00-04:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and 15:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. Omitting the offset makes this a local date/time, representing several instants in time around the world. The date/time will always be in the user's current time zone. For example, a time of `2018-06-19T18:30:00` will be 18:30:00 for a user in New York and also 18:30:00 for a user in Los Angeles. This is useful when the same local date/time should apply to many physical locations across several time zones. }, }, - "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object. + "valueAddedModuleData": [ # Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed. { # Data for Value Added module. Required fields are header and uri. "body": { # Body to be displayed on the module. Character limit is 50 and longer strings will be truncated. "defaultValue": { # Contains the string to be displayed if no appropriate translation is available. diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7c2b2e5567a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.html @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ + + + +

Workload Manager API . projects . locations . deployments . actuations

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new actuation for an existing Deployment.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single Actuation

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single Actuation.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Actuations in a given project, location and deployment.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new actuation for an existing Deployment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Actuation location using the form: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}' (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The Actuation object represents the bootstrap state and output results of deployed infrastructure and software.
+  "actuationOutput": { # Message for output of Actuation # Output only. [Output only] Actuation output
+    "actuateLogs": "A String", # A link to gcs file that store build logs
+    "ansibleError": "A String", # Output only. error message return from ansible.
+    "ansibleFailedTask": [ # Output only. failed task name return from ansible.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "blueprintId": "A String", # reference to Blueprint Controller deployment and revision resource
+    "cloudbuildId": "A String", # Cloud Build instance UUID associated with this revision, without any suffix or prefix
+    "errorCode": "A String", # Output only. Code describing any errors that may have occurred. If not specified, there is no error in actuation.
+    "errorLogs": "A String", # A link to actuation cloud build log.
+    "hasUserFacingErrorMsg": True or False, # Output only. whether the error message is user facing. If true, the error message will be shown in the UI.
+    "terraformError": "A String", # Output only. error message return from terraform.
+    "terraformTemplate": "A String", # reference to terraform template used
+  },
+  "deploymentOutput": [ # Output only. [Output only] Deployment output
+    { # Message for output of deployment resource
+      "name": "A String", # name of the resource
+      "type": "A String", # type of the resource
+    },
+  ],
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] End time stamp
+  "name": "A String", # The name of actuation resource. The format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}/actuations/{actuation}
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Start time stamp
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Actuation state
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single Actuation
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the book to delete. project/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}/actuations/{actuation_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single Actuation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The Actuation object represents the bootstrap state and output results of deployed infrastructure and software.
+  "actuationOutput": { # Message for output of Actuation # Output only. [Output only] Actuation output
+    "actuateLogs": "A String", # A link to gcs file that store build logs
+    "ansibleError": "A String", # Output only. error message return from ansible.
+    "ansibleFailedTask": [ # Output only. failed task name return from ansible.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+    "blueprintId": "A String", # reference to Blueprint Controller deployment and revision resource
+    "cloudbuildId": "A String", # Cloud Build instance UUID associated with this revision, without any suffix or prefix
+    "errorCode": "A String", # Output only. Code describing any errors that may have occurred. If not specified, there is no error in actuation.
+    "errorLogs": "A String", # A link to actuation cloud build log.
+    "hasUserFacingErrorMsg": True or False, # Output only. whether the error message is user facing. If true, the error message will be shown in the UI.
+    "terraformError": "A String", # Output only. error message return from terraform.
+    "terraformTemplate": "A String", # reference to terraform template used
+  },
+  "deploymentOutput": [ # Output only. [Output only] Deployment output
+    { # Message for output of deployment resource
+      "name": "A String", # name of the resource
+      "type": "A String", # type of the resource
+    },
+  ],
+  "endTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] End time stamp
+  "name": "A String", # The name of actuation resource. The format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}/actuations/{actuation}
+  "startTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Start time stamp
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Actuation state
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Actuations in a given project, location and deployment.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource prefix of the Actuation using the form: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}' (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to sort by. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response object from `ListActuations`.
+  "actuations": [ # The list of Actuation
+    { # The Actuation object represents the bootstrap state and output results of deployed infrastructure and software.
+      "actuationOutput": { # Message for output of Actuation # Output only. [Output only] Actuation output
+        "actuateLogs": "A String", # A link to gcs file that store build logs
+        "ansibleError": "A String", # Output only. error message return from ansible.
+        "ansibleFailedTask": [ # Output only. failed task name return from ansible.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "blueprintId": "A String", # reference to Blueprint Controller deployment and revision resource
+        "cloudbuildId": "A String", # Cloud Build instance UUID associated with this revision, without any suffix or prefix
+        "errorCode": "A String", # Output only. Code describing any errors that may have occurred. If not specified, there is no error in actuation.
+        "errorLogs": "A String", # A link to actuation cloud build log.
+        "hasUserFacingErrorMsg": True or False, # Output only. whether the error message is user facing. If true, the error message will be shown in the UI.
+        "terraformError": "A String", # Output only. error message return from terraform.
+        "terraformTemplate": "A String", # reference to terraform template used
+      },
+      "deploymentOutput": [ # Output only. [Output only] Deployment output
+        { # Message for output of deployment resource
+          "name": "A String", # name of the resource
+          "type": "A String", # type of the resource
+        },
+      ],
+      "endTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] End time stamp
+      "name": "A String", # The name of actuation resource. The format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}/actuations/{actuation}
+      "startTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Start time stamp
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Actuation state
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3b4e2527315 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.deployments.html @@ -0,0 +1,625 @@ + + + +

Workload Manager API . projects . locations . deployments

+

Instance Methods

+

+ actuations() +

+

Returns the actuations Resource.

+ +

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, deploymentId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates a new Deployment in a given project and location.

+

+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes a single Deployment.

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets details of a single Deployment.

+

+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists Deployments in a given project and location.

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() +
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, deploymentId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Creates a new Deployment in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource prefix of the Deployment using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The Deployment object represents user intent for deploying a specific type of workload.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "description": "A String", # Description of the Deployment
+  "name": "A String", # The name of deployment resource. The format will be 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}'
+  "sapSystemS4Config": { # Message for sap system workload # SAP system workload input
+    "allowStoppingForUpdate": True or False,
+    "ansibleRunnerServiceAccount": "A String", # Ansible runner service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for Ansible runner
+    "app": { # Message for sap instant details # instance details
+      "appInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for app
+      "appServiceAccount": "A String", # Application service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for application
+      "appVmNames": [ # Optional. Customized vm names
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "ascsImage": "A String", # Required. image for ascs server
+      "ascsInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for ascs
+      "ascsMachineType": "A String", # Required. ascs_machine_type
+      "ascsServiceAccount": "A String", # ASCS service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for ASCS
+      "ascsVm": "A String", # Optional. ASCS vm name
+      "ersInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for ers
+      "ersVm": "A String", # Optional. ERS vm name
+      "image": "A String", # Required. image for app server and ascs server
+      "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "sharedStorage": "A String", # Optional. Storage location
+      "sid": "A String", # Required. The SAP SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.
+      "vmsMultiplier": 42, # Required. vms_multiplier
+    },
+    "database": { # Message for sap instant details # database details
+      "databaseServiceAccount": "A String", # Database service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for database
+      "diskType": "A String", # Required. disk_type
+      "image": "A String", # Required. image for database server
+      "instanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id
+      "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+      "primaryDbVm": "A String", # Optional. primary db vm name
+      "secondaryDbVm": "A String", # Optional. secondary db vm name
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "sid": "A String", # Required. The SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.
+    },
+    "deploymentModel": "A String", # Required. two model non-HA and HA supported
+    "environmentType": "A String", # Required. deployment environment
+    "gcpProjectId": "A String", # the project that infrastructure deployed, current only support the same project where the deployment resource exist.
+    "location": { # Message for sap instant details # database details
+      "createCommsFirewall": True or False, # Optional. create firewall, if true, create firewall for the deployment. This field provides an option to not always create firewall for the deployment.
+      "customTags": [ # Optional. network tags
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deploymentDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. when user skip DNS configuration from UI, deployment_dns_enabled=false otherwise deployment_dns_enabled=true
+      "dnsZone": "A String", # Optional. dns zone name
+      "dnsZoneNameSuffix": "A String", # Optional. dns_zone_name_suffix
+      "internetAccess": "A String",
+      "networkProject": "A String", # Optional. network project
+      "regionName": "A String", # Required. region_name
+      "subnetName": "A String", # Required. subnet_name
+      "vpcName": "A String", # Required. vpc_name
+      "zone1Name": "A String", # Required. zone1_name
+      "zone2Name": "A String", # Optional. zone2_name
+    },
+    "mediaBucketName": "A String", # Required. media_bucket_name
+    "sapBootDiskImage": "A String", # Optional. sap_boot_disk_image
+    "scalingMethod": "A String", # Required. support scale up and scale out
+    "version": "A String", # Required. sap hana version
+    "vmPrefix": "A String", # vm_prefix
+  },
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used for cloud build Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` The default Cloud Build SA will be used initially if this field is not set during deployment creation
+  "sqlServerWorkload": { # Message for MS SQL workload # MS SQL workload input
+    "activeDirectory": { # Active directory details # Required. active directory details
+      "dnsAddress": "A String", # Optional. DNS IP address
+      "domain": "A String", # Optional. human readable form of a domain such as “google.com”.
+      "domainUsername": "A String", # Optional. domain username
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "type": "A String", # Required. active directory type
+    },
+    "computeEngineServiceAccount": "A String", # Compute engine service account - let customers bring their own SA for Compute engine
+    "database": { # Database details # Required. database details
+      "diskType": "A String", # Required. disk_type
+      "floatingIpAddress": "A String", # Optional. only useful for Linux High Availability setup
+      "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+      "secondarySoleTenantNode": "A String", # Optional. the name of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group
+      "secondarySoleTenantNodeType": "A String", # Optional. the type of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "smt": True or False, # Required. whether simultaneous multithreading is enabled or not
+      "soleTenantNode": "A String", # Optional. the name of a primary sole-tenant node/node group
+      "soleTenantNodeType": "A String", # Optional. the type of a primary sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name
+      "tempdbOnSsd": True or False, # Required. whether to have TempDB on local SSD
+      "tenancyModel": "A String", # Required. SHARED or SOLE_TENANT
+    },
+    "deploymentModel": "A String", # Required. HIGH_AVAILABILITY or SINGLE_INSTANCE
+    "environmentType": "A String", # Required. deployment environment
+    "fciType": "A String", # Optional. SHARED_DISK or S2D
+    "haType": "A String", # Optional. AOAG or FCI, it is only needed for High Availability deployment mode
+    "isSqlPayg": True or False, # Required. SQL licensing type
+    "location": { # Location and networking details for configuring SQL server workload # Required. location details
+      "dnsZone": "A String", # Optional. create a new DNS Zone when the field is empty, Only show for `Using an existing DNS` List of existing DNS Zones tf variable name: existing_dns_zone_name
+      "gcpProjectId": "A String", # Required. the project that infrastructure deployed, currently only supports the same project where the deployment resource exists.
+      "internetAccess": "A String", # Required. Internet Access
+      "network": "A String", # Required. network name
+      "primaryZone": "A String", # Required. primary zone
+      "region": "A String", # Required. region name
+      "secondaryZone": "A String", # Optional. secondary zone can't be same as primary_zone and is only for High Availability deployment mode
+      "subnetwork": "A String", # Required. subnetwork name
+      "tertiaryZone": "A String", # Optional. teriary zone can't be same as primary_zone and secondary zone, and it is only for High Availability deployment mode
+    },
+    "mediaBucket": "A String", # Required. name of the media storing SQL server installation files
+    "operatingSystemType": "A String", # Required. type of the operating system the SQL server is going to run on top of
+    "osImage": "A String", # Required. the image of the operating system
+    "osImageType": "A String", # Optional. OS image type, it's used to create boot disks for VM instances When either Windows licensing type or SQL licensing type is BYOL, this option is disabled and default to custom image
+    "pacemaker": { # pacemaker configuration # Optional. pacemaker configuration, only applicable for Linux HA deployments
+      "bucketNameNodeCertificates": "A String", # Required. bucket location for node certificates
+      "pacemakerCluster": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster name
+      "pacemakerClusterSecret": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster secret name
+      "pacemakerClusterUsername": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster username
+      "sqlPacemakerSecret": "A String", # Required. sql pacemaker secret name
+      "sqlPacemakerUsername": "A String", # Required. sql pacemaker username
+    },
+    "sqlServerEdition": "A String", # Optional. SQL Server Edition type, only applicable when Operating System is Linux
+    "sqlServerVersion": "A String", # Optional. 2017 or 2019 or 2022
+    "vmPrefix": "A String", # Required. should be unique in the project
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment.
+  "terraformVariables": { # Optional. terraform_variables represents all the Terraform variables for the deployment workload. The key is the name of the Terraform variable, and the value is the TerraformVariable. For example: { "project_id": { "input_value": { "string_value": "my-project-id" } }, "zone": { "input_value": { "string_value": "us-central1-a" } } }
+    "a_key": { # In order to align with Infra Manager dependency, we create the same TerraformVariable message to represent a Terraform input variable, by following Infra Manager's API documentation: https://cloud.google.com/infrastructure-manager/docs/reference/rest A Terraform input variable.
+      "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+  "workerPool": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Cloud Build worker pool resource in which the Cloud Build job will execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}`. If this field is unspecified, the default Cloud Build worker pool will be used.
+  "workloadType": "A String", # Optional. Workload type of the deployment
+}
+
+  deploymentId: string, Required. Id of the deployment
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Deletes a single Deployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, any actuation will also be deleted. Followed the best practice from https://aip.dev/135#cascading-delete
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) +
Gets details of a single Deployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource. The format will be 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}' (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The Deployment object represents user intent for deploying a specific type of workload.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+  "description": "A String", # Description of the Deployment
+  "name": "A String", # The name of deployment resource. The format will be 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}'
+  "sapSystemS4Config": { # Message for sap system workload # SAP system workload input
+    "allowStoppingForUpdate": True or False,
+    "ansibleRunnerServiceAccount": "A String", # Ansible runner service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for Ansible runner
+    "app": { # Message for sap instant details # instance details
+      "appInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for app
+      "appServiceAccount": "A String", # Application service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for application
+      "appVmNames": [ # Optional. Customized vm names
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "ascsImage": "A String", # Required. image for ascs server
+      "ascsInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for ascs
+      "ascsMachineType": "A String", # Required. ascs_machine_type
+      "ascsServiceAccount": "A String", # ASCS service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for ASCS
+      "ascsVm": "A String", # Optional. ASCS vm name
+      "ersInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for ers
+      "ersVm": "A String", # Optional. ERS vm name
+      "image": "A String", # Required. image for app server and ascs server
+      "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "sharedStorage": "A String", # Optional. Storage location
+      "sid": "A String", # Required. The SAP SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.
+      "vmsMultiplier": 42, # Required. vms_multiplier
+    },
+    "database": { # Message for sap instant details # database details
+      "databaseServiceAccount": "A String", # Database service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for database
+      "diskType": "A String", # Required. disk_type
+      "image": "A String", # Required. image for database server
+      "instanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id
+      "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+      "primaryDbVm": "A String", # Optional. primary db vm name
+      "secondaryDbVm": "A String", # Optional. secondary db vm name
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "sid": "A String", # Required. The SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.
+    },
+    "deploymentModel": "A String", # Required. two model non-HA and HA supported
+    "environmentType": "A String", # Required. deployment environment
+    "gcpProjectId": "A String", # the project that infrastructure deployed, current only support the same project where the deployment resource exist.
+    "location": { # Message for sap instant details # database details
+      "createCommsFirewall": True or False, # Optional. create firewall, if true, create firewall for the deployment. This field provides an option to not always create firewall for the deployment.
+      "customTags": [ # Optional. network tags
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "deploymentDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. when user skip DNS configuration from UI, deployment_dns_enabled=false otherwise deployment_dns_enabled=true
+      "dnsZone": "A String", # Optional. dns zone name
+      "dnsZoneNameSuffix": "A String", # Optional. dns_zone_name_suffix
+      "internetAccess": "A String",
+      "networkProject": "A String", # Optional. network project
+      "regionName": "A String", # Required. region_name
+      "subnetName": "A String", # Required. subnet_name
+      "vpcName": "A String", # Required. vpc_name
+      "zone1Name": "A String", # Required. zone1_name
+      "zone2Name": "A String", # Optional. zone2_name
+    },
+    "mediaBucketName": "A String", # Required. media_bucket_name
+    "sapBootDiskImage": "A String", # Optional. sap_boot_disk_image
+    "scalingMethod": "A String", # Required. support scale up and scale out
+    "version": "A String", # Required. sap hana version
+    "vmPrefix": "A String", # vm_prefix
+  },
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used for cloud build Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` The default Cloud Build SA will be used initially if this field is not set during deployment creation
+  "sqlServerWorkload": { # Message for MS SQL workload # MS SQL workload input
+    "activeDirectory": { # Active directory details # Required. active directory details
+      "dnsAddress": "A String", # Optional. DNS IP address
+      "domain": "A String", # Optional. human readable form of a domain such as “google.com”.
+      "domainUsername": "A String", # Optional. domain username
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "type": "A String", # Required. active directory type
+    },
+    "computeEngineServiceAccount": "A String", # Compute engine service account - let customers bring their own SA for Compute engine
+    "database": { # Database details # Required. database details
+      "diskType": "A String", # Required. disk_type
+      "floatingIpAddress": "A String", # Optional. only useful for Linux High Availability setup
+      "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+      "secondarySoleTenantNode": "A String", # Optional. the name of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group
+      "secondarySoleTenantNodeType": "A String", # Optional. the type of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name
+      "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+      "smt": True or False, # Required. whether simultaneous multithreading is enabled or not
+      "soleTenantNode": "A String", # Optional. the name of a primary sole-tenant node/node group
+      "soleTenantNodeType": "A String", # Optional. the type of a primary sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name
+      "tempdbOnSsd": True or False, # Required. whether to have TempDB on local SSD
+      "tenancyModel": "A String", # Required. SHARED or SOLE_TENANT
+    },
+    "deploymentModel": "A String", # Required. HIGH_AVAILABILITY or SINGLE_INSTANCE
+    "environmentType": "A String", # Required. deployment environment
+    "fciType": "A String", # Optional. SHARED_DISK or S2D
+    "haType": "A String", # Optional. AOAG or FCI, it is only needed for High Availability deployment mode
+    "isSqlPayg": True or False, # Required. SQL licensing type
+    "location": { # Location and networking details for configuring SQL server workload # Required. location details
+      "dnsZone": "A String", # Optional. create a new DNS Zone when the field is empty, Only show for `Using an existing DNS` List of existing DNS Zones tf variable name: existing_dns_zone_name
+      "gcpProjectId": "A String", # Required. the project that infrastructure deployed, currently only supports the same project where the deployment resource exists.
+      "internetAccess": "A String", # Required. Internet Access
+      "network": "A String", # Required. network name
+      "primaryZone": "A String", # Required. primary zone
+      "region": "A String", # Required. region name
+      "secondaryZone": "A String", # Optional. secondary zone can't be same as primary_zone and is only for High Availability deployment mode
+      "subnetwork": "A String", # Required. subnetwork name
+      "tertiaryZone": "A String", # Optional. teriary zone can't be same as primary_zone and secondary zone, and it is only for High Availability deployment mode
+    },
+    "mediaBucket": "A String", # Required. name of the media storing SQL server installation files
+    "operatingSystemType": "A String", # Required. type of the operating system the SQL server is going to run on top of
+    "osImage": "A String", # Required. the image of the operating system
+    "osImageType": "A String", # Optional. OS image type, it's used to create boot disks for VM instances When either Windows licensing type or SQL licensing type is BYOL, this option is disabled and default to custom image
+    "pacemaker": { # pacemaker configuration # Optional. pacemaker configuration, only applicable for Linux HA deployments
+      "bucketNameNodeCertificates": "A String", # Required. bucket location for node certificates
+      "pacemakerCluster": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster name
+      "pacemakerClusterSecret": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster secret name
+      "pacemakerClusterUsername": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster username
+      "sqlPacemakerSecret": "A String", # Required. sql pacemaker secret name
+      "sqlPacemakerUsername": "A String", # Required. sql pacemaker username
+    },
+    "sqlServerEdition": "A String", # Optional. SQL Server Edition type, only applicable when Operating System is Linux
+    "sqlServerVersion": "A String", # Optional. 2017 or 2019 or 2022
+    "vmPrefix": "A String", # Required. should be unique in the project
+  },
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment.
+  "terraformVariables": { # Optional. terraform_variables represents all the Terraform variables for the deployment workload. The key is the name of the Terraform variable, and the value is the TerraformVariable. For example: { "project_id": { "input_value": { "string_value": "my-project-id" } }, "zone": { "input_value": { "string_value": "us-central1-a" } } }
+    "a_key": { # In order to align with Infra Manager dependency, we create the same TerraformVariable message to represent a Terraform input variable, by following Infra Manager's API documentation: https://cloud.google.com/infrastructure-manager/docs/reference/rest A Terraform input variable.
+      "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
+    },
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+  "workerPool": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Cloud Build worker pool resource in which the Cloud Build job will execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}`. If this field is unspecified, the default Cloud Build worker pool will be used.
+  "workloadType": "A String", # Optional. Workload type of the deployment
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) +
Lists Deployments in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource prefix of the Deployment using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter resource follow https://google.aip.dev/160
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Field to sort by. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Message for response to listing Deployments
+  "deployments": [ # The list of Deployment
+    { # The Deployment object represents user intent for deploying a specific type of workload.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp
+      "description": "A String", # Description of the Deployment
+      "name": "A String", # The name of deployment resource. The format will be 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}'
+      "sapSystemS4Config": { # Message for sap system workload # SAP system workload input
+        "allowStoppingForUpdate": True or False,
+        "ansibleRunnerServiceAccount": "A String", # Ansible runner service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for Ansible runner
+        "app": { # Message for sap instant details # instance details
+          "appInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for app
+          "appServiceAccount": "A String", # Application service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for application
+          "appVmNames": [ # Optional. Customized vm names
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "ascsImage": "A String", # Required. image for ascs server
+          "ascsInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for ascs
+          "ascsMachineType": "A String", # Required. ascs_machine_type
+          "ascsServiceAccount": "A String", # ASCS service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for ASCS
+          "ascsVm": "A String", # Optional. ASCS vm name
+          "ersInstanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id for ers
+          "ersVm": "A String", # Optional. ERS vm name
+          "image": "A String", # Required. image for app server and ascs server
+          "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+          "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+          "sharedStorage": "A String", # Optional. Storage location
+          "sid": "A String", # Required. The SAP SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.
+          "vmsMultiplier": 42, # Required. vms_multiplier
+        },
+        "database": { # Message for sap instant details # database details
+          "databaseServiceAccount": "A String", # Database service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for database
+          "diskType": "A String", # Required. disk_type
+          "image": "A String", # Required. image for database server
+          "instanceId": "A String", # Optional. instance id
+          "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+          "primaryDbVm": "A String", # Optional. primary db vm name
+          "secondaryDbVm": "A String", # Optional. secondary db vm name
+          "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+          "sid": "A String", # Required. The SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.
+        },
+        "deploymentModel": "A String", # Required. two model non-HA and HA supported
+        "environmentType": "A String", # Required. deployment environment
+        "gcpProjectId": "A String", # the project that infrastructure deployed, current only support the same project where the deployment resource exist.
+        "location": { # Message for sap instant details # database details
+          "createCommsFirewall": True or False, # Optional. create firewall, if true, create firewall for the deployment. This field provides an option to not always create firewall for the deployment.
+          "customTags": [ # Optional. network tags
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "deploymentDnsEnabled": True or False, # Optional. when user skip DNS configuration from UI, deployment_dns_enabled=false otherwise deployment_dns_enabled=true
+          "dnsZone": "A String", # Optional. dns zone name
+          "dnsZoneNameSuffix": "A String", # Optional. dns_zone_name_suffix
+          "internetAccess": "A String",
+          "networkProject": "A String", # Optional. network project
+          "regionName": "A String", # Required. region_name
+          "subnetName": "A String", # Required. subnet_name
+          "vpcName": "A String", # Required. vpc_name
+          "zone1Name": "A String", # Required. zone1_name
+          "zone2Name": "A String", # Optional. zone2_name
+        },
+        "mediaBucketName": "A String", # Required. media_bucket_name
+        "sapBootDiskImage": "A String", # Optional. sap_boot_disk_image
+        "scalingMethod": "A String", # Required. support scale up and scale out
+        "version": "A String", # Required. sap hana version
+        "vmPrefix": "A String", # vm_prefix
+      },
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used for cloud build Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` The default Cloud Build SA will be used initially if this field is not set during deployment creation
+      "sqlServerWorkload": { # Message for MS SQL workload # MS SQL workload input
+        "activeDirectory": { # Active directory details # Required. active directory details
+          "dnsAddress": "A String", # Optional. DNS IP address
+          "domain": "A String", # Optional. human readable form of a domain such as “google.com”.
+          "domainUsername": "A String", # Optional. domain username
+          "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+          "type": "A String", # Required. active directory type
+        },
+        "computeEngineServiceAccount": "A String", # Compute engine service account - let customers bring their own SA for Compute engine
+        "database": { # Database details # Required. database details
+          "diskType": "A String", # Required. disk_type
+          "floatingIpAddress": "A String", # Optional. only useful for Linux High Availability setup
+          "machineType": "A String", # Required. machine type
+          "secondarySoleTenantNode": "A String", # Optional. the name of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group
+          "secondarySoleTenantNodeType": "A String", # Optional. the type of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name
+          "secretManagerSecret": "A String", # Required. secret_manager_secret
+          "smt": True or False, # Required. whether simultaneous multithreading is enabled or not
+          "soleTenantNode": "A String", # Optional. the name of a primary sole-tenant node/node group
+          "soleTenantNodeType": "A String", # Optional. the type of a primary sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name
+          "tempdbOnSsd": True or False, # Required. whether to have TempDB on local SSD
+          "tenancyModel": "A String", # Required. SHARED or SOLE_TENANT
+        },
+        "deploymentModel": "A String", # Required. HIGH_AVAILABILITY or SINGLE_INSTANCE
+        "environmentType": "A String", # Required. deployment environment
+        "fciType": "A String", # Optional. SHARED_DISK or S2D
+        "haType": "A String", # Optional. AOAG or FCI, it is only needed for High Availability deployment mode
+        "isSqlPayg": True or False, # Required. SQL licensing type
+        "location": { # Location and networking details for configuring SQL server workload # Required. location details
+          "dnsZone": "A String", # Optional. create a new DNS Zone when the field is empty, Only show for `Using an existing DNS` List of existing DNS Zones tf variable name: existing_dns_zone_name
+          "gcpProjectId": "A String", # Required. the project that infrastructure deployed, currently only supports the same project where the deployment resource exists.
+          "internetAccess": "A String", # Required. Internet Access
+          "network": "A String", # Required. network name
+          "primaryZone": "A String", # Required. primary zone
+          "region": "A String", # Required. region name
+          "secondaryZone": "A String", # Optional. secondary zone can't be same as primary_zone and is only for High Availability deployment mode
+          "subnetwork": "A String", # Required. subnetwork name
+          "tertiaryZone": "A String", # Optional. teriary zone can't be same as primary_zone and secondary zone, and it is only for High Availability deployment mode
+        },
+        "mediaBucket": "A String", # Required. name of the media storing SQL server installation files
+        "operatingSystemType": "A String", # Required. type of the operating system the SQL server is going to run on top of
+        "osImage": "A String", # Required. the image of the operating system
+        "osImageType": "A String", # Optional. OS image type, it's used to create boot disks for VM instances When either Windows licensing type or SQL licensing type is BYOL, this option is disabled and default to custom image
+        "pacemaker": { # pacemaker configuration # Optional. pacemaker configuration, only applicable for Linux HA deployments
+          "bucketNameNodeCertificates": "A String", # Required. bucket location for node certificates
+          "pacemakerCluster": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster name
+          "pacemakerClusterSecret": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster secret name
+          "pacemakerClusterUsername": "A String", # Required. pacemaker cluster username
+          "sqlPacemakerSecret": "A String", # Required. sql pacemaker secret name
+          "sqlPacemakerUsername": "A String", # Required. sql pacemaker username
+        },
+        "sqlServerEdition": "A String", # Optional. SQL Server Edition type, only applicable when Operating System is Linux
+        "sqlServerVersion": "A String", # Optional. 2017 or 2019 or 2022
+        "vmPrefix": "A String", # Required. should be unique in the project
+      },
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the deployment.
+      "terraformVariables": { # Optional. terraform_variables represents all the Terraform variables for the deployment workload. The key is the name of the Terraform variable, and the value is the TerraformVariable. For example: { "project_id": { "input_value": { "string_value": "my-project-id" } }, "zone": { "input_value": { "string_value": "us-central1-a" } } }
+        "a_key": { # In order to align with Infra Manager dependency, we create the same TerraformVariable message to represent a Terraform input variable, by following Infra Manager's API documentation: https://cloud.google.com/infrastructure-manager/docs/reference/rest A Terraform input variable.
+          "inputValue": "", # Optional. Input variable value.
+        },
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp
+      "workerPool": "A String", # Optional. The user-specified Cloud Build worker pool resource in which the Cloud Build job will execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}`. If this field is unspecified, the default Cloud Build worker pool will be used.
+      "workloadType": "A String", # Optional. Workload type of the deployment
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  "unreachable": [ # Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() +
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.html index e8d188aa772..d953cc766a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/workloadmanager_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@

Workload Manager API . projects . locations

Instance Methods

+

+ deployments() +

+

Returns the deployments Resource.

+

discoveredprofiles()

diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json index 5a02db01c04..8afef4ab5aa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json @@ -1244,6 +1244,37 @@ } } }, +"permissions": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "Lists all supported permissions in VPCSC Granular Controls.", +"flatPath": "v1/permissions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "accesscontextmanager.permissions.list", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. This flag specifies the maximum number of services to return per page. Default is 100.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Token to start on a later page. Default is the first page.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/permissions", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSupportedPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +}, "services": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -1300,7 +1331,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251112", +"revision": "20260215", "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": { @@ -2189,6 +2220,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ListSupportedPermissionsResponse": { +"description": "A response to `ListSupportedPermissionsRequest`.", +"id": "ListSupportedPermissionsResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "The pagination token to retrieve the next page of results. If the value is empty, no further results remain.", +"type": "string" +}, +"supportedPermissions": { +"description": "List of VPC-SC supported permissions.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListSupportedServicesResponse": { "description": "A response to `ListSupportedServicesRequest`.", "id": "ListSupportedServicesResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json index c2d59083893..aaa72064bd5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json @@ -641,6 +641,46 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.directory.device.chromeos" ] }, +"countChromeOsDevices": { +"description": "Counts ChromeOS devices matching the request.", +"flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/customer/{customerId}/devices/chromeos:countChromeOsDevices", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "admin.customer.devices.chromeos.countChromeOsDevices", +"parameterOrder": [ +"customerId" +], +"parameters": { +"customerId": { +"description": "Required. Immutable ID of the Google Workspace account.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Search string in the format given at https://developers.google.com/workspace/admin/directory/v1/list-query-operators", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeChildOrgunits": { +"description": "Optional. Return devices from all child orgunits, as well as the specified org unit. If this is set to true, 'orgUnitPath' must be provided.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"orgUnitPath": { +"description": "Optional. The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "admin/directory/v1/customer/{customerId}/devices/chromeos:countChromeOsDevices", +"response": { +"$ref": "CountChromeOsDevicesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.directory.device.chromeos", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/admin.directory.device.chromeos.readonly" +] +}, "issueCommand": { "description": "Issues a command for the device to execute.", "flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/customer/{customerId}/devices/chromeos/{deviceId}:issueCommand", @@ -4689,7 +4729,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260113", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Alias": { @@ -6089,6 +6129,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CountChromeOsDevicesResponse": { +"description": "A response for counting ChromeOS devices.", +"id": "CountChromeOsDevicesResponse", +"properties": { +"count": { +"description": "The total number of devices matching the request.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CreatePrintServerRequest": { "description": "Request for adding a new print server.", "id": "CreatePrintServerRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json index 4da1148cd72..9b43a9495ad 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json @@ -126,6 +126,11 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"applicationInfoFilter": { +"description": "Optional. Used to filter on the `oAuthClientId` field present in [`ApplicationInfo`](#applicationinfo) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&applicationInfoFilter=oAuthClientId=\"clientId\" GET...&applicationInfoFilter=oAuthClientId=%22clientId%22 ```", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "applicationName": { "description": "Application name for which the events are to be retrieved.", "enum": [ @@ -251,6 +256,11 @@ "minimum": "1", "type": "integer" }, +"networkInfoFilter": { +"description": "Optional. Used to filter on the `regionCode` field present in [`NetworkInfo`](#networkinfo) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&networkInfoFilter=regionCode=\"IN\" GET...&networkInfoFilter=regionCode=%22IN%22 ```", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "orgUnitID": { "default": "", "description": "ID of the organizational unit to report on. Activity records will be shown only for users who belong to the specified organizational unit. Data before Dec 17, 2018 doesn't appear in the filtered results.", @@ -274,6 +284,11 @@ "pattern": "(\\d\\d\\d\\d)-(\\d\\d)-(\\d\\d)T(\\d\\d):(\\d\\d):(\\d\\d)(?:\\.(\\d+))?(?:(Z)|([-+])(\\d\\d):(\\d\\d))", "type": "string" }, +"statusFilter": { +"description": "Optional. Used to filter on the `statusCode` field present in [`Status`](#status) message. **Usage** ``` GET...&statusFilter=statusCode=\"200\" GET...&statusFilter=statusCode=%22200%22 ```", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "userKey": { "description": "Represents the profile ID or the user email for which the data should be filtered. Can be `all` for all information, or `userKey` for a user's unique Google Workspace profile ID or their primary email address. Must not be a deleted user. For a deleted user, call `users.list` in Directory API with `showDeleted=true`, then use the returned `ID` as the `userKey`.", "location": "path", @@ -666,7 +681,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251202", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Activities": { @@ -829,6 +844,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"status": { +"$ref": "ActivityEventsStatus", +"description": "Status of the event. Note: Not all events have status." +}, "type": { "description": "Type of event. The Google Workspace service or feature that an administrator changes is identified in the `type` property which identifies an event using the `eventName` property. For a full list of the API's `type` categories, see the list of event names for various applications above in `applicationName`.", "type": "string" @@ -889,6 +908,30 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ActivityEventsStatus": { +"description": "Status of the event. Note: Not all events have status.", +"id": "ActivityEventsStatus", +"properties": { +"errorCode": { +"description": "Error code of the event. Note: Field can be empty.", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorMessage": { +"description": "Error message of the event. Note: Field can be empty.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventStatus": { +"description": "* Status of the event. Possible values if not empty: - UNKNOWN_EVENT_STATUS - SUCCEEDED - SUCCEEDED_WITH_WARNINGS - FAILED - SKIPPED", +"type": "string" +}, +"httpStatusCode": { +"description": "Status code of the event. Note: Field can be empty.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ActivityNetworkInfo": { "description": "Network information of the user doing the action.", "id": "ActivityNetworkInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json index 74f90d08797..da4d1814536 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json @@ -30724,7 +30724,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260201", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { @@ -33013,6 +33013,11 @@ "description": "Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response.", "type": "string" }, +"error": { +"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"description": "Output only. Error while scraping model or agent.", +"readOnly": true +}, "text": { "description": "Text response.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json index a317cf5f8ae..e2bf5983566 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json @@ -3096,6 +3096,110 @@ } } }, +"evaluationMetrics": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.evaluationMetrics.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^evaluationMetrics/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.evaluationMetrics.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^evaluationMetrics/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.evaluationMetrics.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^evaluationMetrics/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "evaluationRuns": { "resources": { "operations": { @@ -13438,6 +13542,110 @@ } } }, +"evaluationMetrics": { +"resources": { +"operations": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.operations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/evaluationMetrics/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.operations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/evaluationMetrics/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/evaluationMetrics/{evaluationMetricsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.evaluationMetrics.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/evaluationMetrics/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "evaluationRuns": { "methods": { "cancel": { @@ -37861,7 +38069,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260201", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": { @@ -40437,6 +40645,11 @@ "description": "Required. The name of the candidate that produced the response.", "type": "string" }, +"error": { +"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus", +"description": "Output only. Error while scraping model or agent.", +"readOnly": true +}, "events": { "description": "Optional. Intermediate events (such as tool calls and responses) that led to the final response.", "items": { @@ -49425,6 +49638,10 @@ "description": "Optional. The fully qualified name of the publisher model or tuned model endpoint to use. Publisher model format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/*/models/*` Tuned model endpoint format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`", "type": "string" }, +"modelArmorConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ModelArmorConfig", +"description": "Optional. Settings for prompt and response sanitization using the Model Armor service. If supplied, safety_settings must not be supplied." +}, "safetySettings": { "description": "Optional. Per request settings for blocking unsafe content. Enforced on GenerateContentResponse.candidates.", "items": { @@ -64278,6 +64495,11 @@ false "description": "Output only. Response of the last scheduled run. This is the response for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable). Unset if no run has been scheduled yet.", "readOnly": true }, +"maxConcurrentActiveRunCount": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the maximum number of active runs that can be executed concurrently for this Schedule. This limits the number of runs that can be in a non-terminal state at the same time. Currently, this field is only supported for requests of type CreatePipelineJobRequest.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, "maxConcurrentRunCount": { "description": "Required. Maximum number of runs that can be started concurrently for this Schedule. This is the limit for starting the scheduled requests and not the execution of the operations/jobs created by the requests (if applicable).", "format": "int64", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json index 285c6604dc4..233bc3dd785 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json @@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -3399,7 +3399,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceNetworkConfig", "properties": { "allocatedIpRangeOverride": { -"description": "Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.", +"description": "Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.", "type": "string" }, "authorizedExternalNetworks": { @@ -6190,6 +6190,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenanceInfo to capture the maintenance details of database resource.", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainResourceMaintenanceInfo", "properties": { +"currentVersionReleaseDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Optional. The date when the current maintenance version was released." +}, "denyMaintenanceSchedules": { "description": "Optional. List of Deny maintenance period for the database resource.", "items": { @@ -6235,11 +6239,6 @@ false "upcomingMaintenance": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUpcomingMaintenance", "description": "Optional. Upcoming maintenance for the database resource. This field is populated once SLM generates and publishes upcoming maintenance window." -}, -"versionUpdateTime": { -"description": "Optional. This field will contain the date when the last version update was applied to the database resource. This will be used to calculate the age of the maintenance version.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json index 25b57077f00..11fdfdd9148 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json @@ -1879,7 +1879,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -3519,7 +3519,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceNetworkConfig", "properties": { "allocatedIpRangeOverride": { -"description": "Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.", +"description": "Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.", "type": "string" }, "authorizedExternalNetworks": { @@ -6384,6 +6384,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenanceInfo to capture the maintenance details of database resource.", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainResourceMaintenanceInfo", "properties": { +"currentVersionReleaseDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Optional. The date when the current maintenance version was released." +}, "denyMaintenanceSchedules": { "description": "Optional. List of Deny maintenance period for the database resource.", "items": { @@ -6429,11 +6433,6 @@ false "upcomingMaintenance": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUpcomingMaintenance", "description": "Optional. Upcoming maintenance for the database resource. This field is populated once SLM generates and publishes upcoming maintenance window." -}, -"versionUpdateTime": { -"description": "Optional. This field will contain the date when the last version update was applied to the database resource. This will be used to calculate the age of the maintenance version.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json index 792da77be61..4313d5724b4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json @@ -1876,7 +1876,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedNetwork": { @@ -3495,7 +3495,7 @@ false "id": "InstanceNetworkConfig", "properties": { "allocatedIpRangeOverride": { -"description": "Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](http://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.", +"description": "Optional. Name of the allocated IP range for the private IP AlloyDB instance, for example: \"google-managed-services-default\". If set, the instance IPs will be created from this allocated range and will override the IP range used by the parent cluster. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?.", "type": "string" }, "authorizedExternalNetworks": { @@ -6360,6 +6360,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenanceInfo to capture the maintenance details of database resource.", "id": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainResourceMaintenanceInfo", "properties": { +"currentVersionReleaseDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Optional. The date when the current maintenance version was released." +}, "denyMaintenanceSchedules": { "description": "Optional. List of Deny maintenance period for the database resource.", "items": { @@ -6405,11 +6409,6 @@ false "upcomingMaintenance": { "$ref": "StorageDatabasecenterPartnerapiV1mainUpcomingMaintenance", "description": "Optional. Upcoming maintenance for the database resource. This field is populated once SLM generates and publishes upcoming maintenance window." -}, -"versionUpdateTime": { -"description": "Optional. This field will contain the date when the last version update was applied to the database resource. This will be used to calculate the age of the maintenance version.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json index ac8840d1f6c..57d66c6f651 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json @@ -1265,7 +1265,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260219", "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdbShellCommandEvent": { @@ -4276,7 +4276,7 @@ false "id": "GoogleAuthenticationSettings", "properties": { "googleAuthenticationRequired": { -"description": "Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url.", +"description": "Output only. Whether users need to be authenticated by Google during the enrollment process. IT admin can specify if Google authentication is enabled for the enterprise for knowledge worker devices. This value can be set only via the Google Admin Console. Google authentication can be used with signin_url In the case where Google authentication is required and a signin_url is specified, Google authentication will be launched before signin_url. This value is overridden by EnrollmentToken.googleAuthenticationOptions and SigninDetail.googleAuthenticationOptions, if they are set.", "enum": [ "GOOGLE_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED_UNSPECIFIED", "NOT_REQUIRED", @@ -5336,7 +5336,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "telephonyInfos": { -"description": "Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23.", +"description": "Provides telephony information associated with each SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android 6.", "items": { "$ref": "TelephonyInfo" }, @@ -7613,11 +7613,11 @@ false "type": "object" }, "TelephonyInfo": { -"description": "Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. Only supported on fully managed devices starting from Android API level 23.", +"description": "Telephony information associated with a given SIM card on the device. This is supported for all SIM cards on fully managed devices on Android 6 and above. In addition, this is supported for admin-added eSIMs on all devices for Android 15 and above.", "id": "TelephonyInfo", "properties": { "activationState": { -"description": "Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35.", +"description": "Output only. Activation state of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15.", "enum": [ "ACTIVATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVATED", @@ -7636,7 +7636,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "configMode": { -"description": "Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for API level 35 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below API level 35.", +"description": "Output only. The configuration mode of the SIM card on the device. This is applicable for eSIMs only. This is supported on all devices for Android 15 and above. This is always CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED for physical SIMs and for devices below Android 15.", "enum": [ "CONFIG_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", "ADMIN_CONFIGURED", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json index 5b6b3e64480..db52eec2598 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json @@ -10384,6 +10384,21 @@ "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/securityMonitoringConditions/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"riskAssessmentType": { +"description": "Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY.", +"enum": [ +"RISK_ASSESSMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"APIGEE", +"API_HUB" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Risk assessment type is not specified.", +"Risk assessment type is Apigee.", +"Risk assessment type is API Hub." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -10409,6 +10424,21 @@ "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/securityMonitoringConditions/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"riskAssessmentType": { +"description": "Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY.", +"enum": [ +"RISK_ASSESSMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"APIGEE", +"API_HUB" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Risk assessment type is not specified.", +"Risk assessment type is Apigee.", +"Risk assessment type is API Hub." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", @@ -10429,7 +10459,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "Optional. Filter for the monitoring conditions. For example: `profile=profile1 AND scope=env1`", +"description": "Optional. Filter for the monitoring conditions. When RiskAssessmentType is APIGEE, monitoring conditions can be filtered by profile and scope. For example: `profile=profile1 AND scope=env1` When RiskAssessmentType is API_HUB, monitoring conditions can be filtered by profile and api_hub_gateway. For example: `profile=profile1 AND api_hub_gateway=gateway1`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -10450,6 +10480,21 @@ "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"riskAssessmentType": { +"description": "Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY.", +"enum": [ +"RISK_ASSESSMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"APIGEE", +"API_HUB" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Risk assessment type is not specified.", +"Risk assessment type is Apigee.", +"Risk assessment type is API Hub." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+parent}/securityMonitoringConditions", @@ -11914,7 +11959,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260218", "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiservingMcpMcpToolDataHandlingProfile": { @@ -19716,6 +19761,24 @@ "description": "Output only. Additional details for the API Hub deployment.", "readOnly": true }, +"apiHubGatewayType": { +"description": "Optional. ", +"enum": [ +"API_HUB_GATEWAY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"APIGEE_X", +"APIGEE_HYBRID", +"APIGEE_EDGE", +"APIGEE_OPDK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Gateway type is not specified.", +"Gateway is Apigee X for API Hub.", +"Gateway is Apigee Hybrid for API Hub.", +"Gateway is Apigee Edge for API Hub.", +"Gateway is Apigee OPDK for API Hub." +], +"type": "string" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. Name of this resource. For an Apigee API Proxy, this should be the id of the API proxy. For an API Hub Deployment, this should be the id of the deployment.", "type": "string" @@ -20096,6 +20159,10 @@ "description": "Security monitoring condition for risk assessment version 2.", "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1SecurityMonitoringCondition", "properties": { +"apiHubGateway": { +"description": "Optional. The API Hub gateway monitored by the security monitoring condition. This should only be set if risk_assessment_type is API_HUB. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/plugins/{plugin}/instances/{instance}`", +"type": "string" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. The time of the security monitoring condition creation.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -20118,8 +20185,22 @@ "description": "Required. ID of security profile of the security monitoring condition.", "type": "string" }, +"riskAssessmentType": { +"description": "Optional. The risk assessment type of the security monitoring condition. Defaults to ADVANCED_API_SECURITY.", +"enum": [ +"RISK_ASSESSMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"APIGEE", +"API_HUB" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Risk assessment type is not specified.", +"Risk assessment type is Apigee.", +"Risk assessment type is API Hub." +], +"type": "string" +}, "scope": { -"description": "Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. For Apigee, the environment is the scope of the resources.", +"description": "Optional. Scope of the security monitoring condition. When RiskAssessmentType is APIGEE, the scope should be set to the environment of the resources. When RiskAssessmentType is API_HUB, the scope should not be set.", "type": "string" }, "totalDeployedResources": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apihub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apihub.v1.json index 384fa038787..92a5aba71aa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apihub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apihub.v1.json @@ -15,6 +15,53 @@ "description": "", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/apigee/docs/api-hub/what-is-api-hub", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.us-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://apihub.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west1" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -163,7 +210,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apihub.projects.locations.list", @@ -3173,7 +3220,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260211", "rootUrl": "https://apihub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json index 3f52ef0b4ac..8ef9ead2ac4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json @@ -2868,7 +2868,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260202", +"revision": "20260220", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { @@ -5120,21 +5120,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"SubnetworkKey": { -"description": "Subnetwork key message.", -"id": "SubnetworkKey", -"properties": { -"hostProjectId": { -"description": "Project id (name not number) of the project that hosts the network", -"type": "string" -}, -"subnet": { -"description": "Short name of the subnetwork. e.g. SUBNET instead of projects/{PROJECT_NAME}/regions/{REGION}/subnetworks/{SUBNET}", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "TrafficSplit": { "description": "Traffic routing configuration for versions within a single service. Traffic splits define how traffic directed to the service is assigned to versions.", "id": "TrafficSplit", @@ -5554,11 +5539,6 @@ true "$ref": "VpcAccessConnector", "description": "Enables VPC connectivity for standard apps." }, -"vpcEgress": { -"$ref": "VpcEgress", -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Deprecated: Use vpc_access instead. Enables VPC egress connectivity for standard apps." -}, "zones": { "description": "The Google Compute Engine zones that are supported by this version in the App Engine flexible environment. Deprecated.", "items": { @@ -5642,39 +5622,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"VpcEgress": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Deprecated: Use VpcAccess instead. Vpc Egress configuration.", -"id": "VpcEgress", -"properties": { -"egressSetting": { -"description": "The egress setting for the subnetwork, controlling what traffic is diverted through it.", -"enum": [ -"EGRESS_SETTING_UNSPECIFIED", -"ALL_TRAFFIC", -"PRIVATE_IP_RANGES" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"No value set; apply default behavior", -"Force all traffic to egress through the NetworkInterface (and configured VPC Network)", -"Force all Private IP Space traffic to egress through NetworkInterface (and configured VPC Network)" -], -"type": "string" -}, -"networkTags": { -"description": "The network tags to apply to the instance.", -"items": { -"$ref": "VpcNetworkTag" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"subnetworkKey": { -"$ref": "SubnetworkKey", -"description": "The subnetwork key." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "VpcNetworkInterface": { "description": "Network interface key message.", "id": "VpcNetworkInterface", @@ -5697,17 +5644,6 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, -"VpcNetworkTag": { -"description": "Network tag message.", -"id": "VpcNetworkTag", -"properties": { -"value": { -"description": "value for the tag name", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "ZipInfo": { "description": "The zip file information for a zip deployment.", "id": "ZipInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json index 50f070ac571..76d82d5a0f9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1.json @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.list", @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://apphub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json index 0d1a6696c03..3921280362e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apphub.v1alpha.json @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "apphub.projects.locations.list", @@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://apphub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appsmarket.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appsmarket.v2.json index 3c1d0c4eeeb..756d322970e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appsmarket.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appsmarket.v2.json @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ "customerLicense": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Gets the status of a license for a customer to determine if they have access for a given app.", +"description": "Gets the customer's licensing status to determine if they have access to a given app. For more information, see [Getting app installation and licensing details](https://developers.google.com/workspace/marketplace/example-calls-marketplace-api).", "flatPath": "appsmarket/v2/customerLicense/{applicationId}/{customerId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appsmarket.customerLicense.get", @@ -118,13 +118,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "applicationId": { -"description": "Application Id", +"description": "The ID of the application.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "customerId": { -"description": "Customer Id", +"description": "The ID of the customer.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ "userLicense": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Gets the user's licensing status for their permission to use a given app.", +"description": "Gets the user's licensing status to determine if they have permission to use a given app. For more information, see [Getting app installation and licensing details](https://developers.google.com/workspace/marketplace/example-calls-marketplace-api).", "flatPath": "appsmarket/v2/userLicense/{applicationId}/{userId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "appsmarket.userLicense.get", @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ ], "parameters": { "applicationId": { -"description": "Application Id", +"description": "The ID of the application.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "userId": { -"description": "User Id", +"description": "The ID of the user.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251217", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://appsmarket.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CustomerLicense": { @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ "type": "string" }, "kind": { -"description": "The type of API resource. This is always appsmarket#customerLicense.", +"description": "The type of API resource. This is always `appsmarket#customerLicense`.", "type": "string" }, "state": { -"description": "The customer's license status. One of: - `ACTIVE`: The customer has a valid license. - `UNLICENSED`: There is no license: either this customer has never installed your application, or else has deleted it.", +"description": "The customer's license status. One of: - `ACTIVE`: The customer has a valid license. - `UNLICENSED`: There is no license. Either this customer has never installed your application or has deleted it.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -257,11 +257,11 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "id": { -"description": "The ID of user license.", +"description": "The ID of the user license.", "type": "string" }, "kind": { -"description": "The type of API resource. This is always appsmarket#userLicense.", +"description": "The type of API resource. This is always `appsmarket#userLicense`.", "type": "string" }, "state": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json index 9b4c02f8ccb..74fa6987d9b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1.json @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.list", @@ -2493,7 +2493,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260102", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { @@ -3284,12 +3284,14 @@ "enum": [ "HASH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "SHA256", -"MD5" +"MD5", +"DIRSUM_SHA256" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "SHA256 hash.", -"MD5 hash." +"MD5 hash.", +"Dirsum SHA256 hash." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json index 06622bec456..e53b6b72b6b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta1.json @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.list", @@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251029", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { @@ -1284,12 +1284,14 @@ "enum": [ "HASH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "SHA256", -"MD5" +"MD5", +"DIRSUM_SHA256" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "SHA256 hash.", -"MD5 hash." +"MD5 hash.", +"Dirsum SHA256 hash." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json index d34ffc53fc0..e1674c7d9e8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/artifactregistry.v1beta2.json @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "artifactregistry.projects.locations.list", @@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251029", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://artifactregistry.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AptArtifact": { @@ -1606,12 +1606,14 @@ "enum": [ "HASH_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "SHA256", -"MD5" +"MD5", +"DIRSUM_SHA256" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified.", "SHA256 hash.", -"MD5 hash." +"MD5 hash.", +"Dirsum SHA256 hash." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json index 41c5b57da01..bf5f6f7d7fd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/biglake.v1.json @@ -172,6 +172,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Tests the IAM permissions for the specified catalog.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "biglake.projects.catalogs.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/catalogs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -237,6 +266,131 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Tests the IAM permissions for the specified namespace.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}/namespaces/{namespacesId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "biglake.projects.catalogs.namespaces.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/catalogs/[^/]+/namespaces/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"tables": { +"methods": { +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the IAM policy for the specified Catalog.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}/namespaces/{namespacesId}/tables/{tablesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "biglake.projects.catalogs.namespaces.tables.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/catalogs/[^/]+/namespaces/[^/]+/tables/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the IAM policy for the specified catalog.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}/namespaces/{namespacesId}/tables/{tablesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "biglake.projects.catalogs.namespaces.tables.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/catalogs/[^/]+/namespaces/[^/]+/tables/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Tests the IAM permissions for the specified table.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/catalogs/{catalogsId}/namespaces/{namespacesId}/tables/{tablesId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "biglake.projects.catalogs.namespaces.tables.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/catalogs/[^/]+/namespaces/[^/]+/tables/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/bigquery", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} } } } @@ -748,7 +902,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251027", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://biglake.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1173,6 +1327,34 @@ } }, "type": "object" +}, +"TestIamPermissionsRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", +"id": "TestIamPermissionsRequest", +"properties": { +"permissions": { +"description": "The set of permissions to check for the `resource`. Permissions with wildcards (such as `*` or `storage.*`) are not allowed. For more information see [IAM Overview](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TestIamPermissionsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for `TestIamPermissions` method.", +"id": "TestIamPermissionsResponse", +"properties": { +"permissions": { +"description": "A subset of `TestPermissionsRequest.permissions` that the caller is allowed.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json index 6c569e99527..50c87a0b21d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigtableadmin.v2.json @@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "bigtableadmin.projects.locations.list", @@ -3118,7 +3118,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251209", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://bigtableadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppProfile": { @@ -4395,6 +4395,12 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeGeography": { +"description": "A geography type, representing a point or region on Earth. The value is stored in `Value.bytes_value` as Well-Known Binary (WKB) bytes.", +"id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeGeography", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt64": { "description": "Int64 Values of type `Int64` are stored in `Value.int_value`.", "id": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt64", @@ -5719,6 +5725,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeFloat64", "description": "Float64" }, +"geographyType": { +"$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeGeography", +"description": "Geography" +}, "int64Type": { "$ref": "GoogleBigtableAdminV2TypeInt64", "description": "Int64" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json index 43d8678b99a..3287fba78b7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json @@ -1890,7 +1890,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251207", +"revision": "20260215", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Acl": { @@ -2511,7 +2511,7 @@ }, "conferenceData": { "$ref": "ConferenceData", -"description": "The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests." +"description": "The conference-related information, such as details of a Google Meet conference. To create new conference details use the createRequest field. To persist your changes, remember to set the conferenceDataVersion request parameter to 1 for all event modification requests. Warning: Reusing Google Meet conference data across different events can cause access issues and expose meeting details to unintended users. To help ensure meeting privacy, always generate a unique conference for each event by using the createRequest field." }, "created": { "description": "Creation time of the event (as a RFC3339 timestamp). Read-only.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json index 665c975646b..1d3c71135c4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1.json @@ -904,7 +904,24 @@ "type": "string" }, "source": { -"description": "Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default.", +"description": "Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default. Will be deprecated in favor of `sources` field.", +"enum": [ +"SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIVE", +"SIMULATOR", +"EVAL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified source.", +"The conversation is from the live end user.", +"The conversation is from the simulator.", +"The conversation is from the evaluation." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Optional. Indicate the sources of the conversations. If not set, all available sources will be applied by default.", "enum": [ "SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", "LIVE", @@ -918,6 +935,7 @@ "The conversation is from the evaluation." ], "location": "query", +"repeated": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -2228,7 +2246,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://ces.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { @@ -2966,6 +2984,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent.", "type": "boolean" }, +"proactiveExecutionEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "pythonCode": { "description": "Required. The python code to execute for the callback.", "type": "string" @@ -3458,14 +3480,18 @@ "INPUT_TYPE_TEXT", "INPUT_TYPE_AUDIO", "INPUT_TYPE_IMAGE", -"INPUT_TYPE_BLOB" +"INPUT_TYPE_BLOB", +"INPUT_TYPE_TOOL_RESPONSE", +"INPUT_TYPE_VARIABLES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified input type.", "The input message is text.", "The input message is audio.", "The input message is image.", -"The input message is blob file." +"The input message is blob file.", +"The input message is client function tool response.", +"The input message are variables." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4464,6 +4490,25 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +}, +"promptConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleSearchToolPromptConfig", +"description": "Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleSearchToolPromptConfig": { +"description": "Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results.", +"id": "GoogleSearchToolPromptConfig", +"properties": { +"textPrompt": { +"description": "Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"voicePrompt": { +"description": "Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -4773,6 +4818,10 @@ "description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI from which to import app. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`.", "type": "string" }, +"ignoreAppLock": { +"description": "Optional. Flag for overriding the app lock during import. If set to true, the import process will ignore the app lock.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "importOptions": { "$ref": "ImportAppRequestImportOptions", "description": "Optional. Options governing the import process for the app." @@ -6760,7 +6809,8 @@ "ADVANCED_PRODUCT_DETAILS", "SHORT_FORM", "OVERALL_SATISFACTION", -"ORDER_SUMMARY" +"ORDER_SUMMARY", +"APPOINTMENT_DETAILS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified widget type.", @@ -6772,7 +6822,8 @@ "Advanced product details widget.", "Short form widget.", "Overall satisfaction widget.", -"Order summary widget." +"Order summary widget.", +"Appointment details widget." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json index fec0468a79d..07a7b63e377 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ces.v1beta.json @@ -1020,7 +1020,24 @@ "type": "string" }, "source": { -"description": "Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default.", +"description": "Optional. Indicate the source of the conversation. If not set, Source.Live will be applied by default. Will be deprecated in favor of `sources` field.", +"enum": [ +"SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIVE", +"SIMULATOR", +"EVAL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified source.", +"The conversation is from the live end user.", +"The conversation is from the simulator.", +"The conversation is from the evaluation." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Optional. Indicate the sources of the conversations. If not set, all available sources will be applied by default.", "enum": [ "SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", "LIVE", @@ -1034,6 +1051,7 @@ "The conversation is from the evaluation." ], "location": "query", +"repeated": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -3270,7 +3288,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://ces.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { @@ -4268,6 +4286,10 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the callback is disabled. Disabled callbacks are ignored by the agent.", "type": "boolean" }, +"proactiveExecutionEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. If enabled, the callback will also be executed on intermediate model outputs. This setting only affects after model callback. **ENABLE WITH CAUTION**. Typically after model callback only needs to be executed after receiving all model responses. Enabling proactive execution may have negative implication on the execution cost and latency, and should only be enabled in rare situations.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "pythonCode": { "description": "Required. The python code to execute for the callback.", "type": "string" @@ -4760,14 +4782,18 @@ "INPUT_TYPE_TEXT", "INPUT_TYPE_AUDIO", "INPUT_TYPE_IMAGE", -"INPUT_TYPE_BLOB" +"INPUT_TYPE_BLOB", +"INPUT_TYPE_TOOL_RESPONSE", +"INPUT_TYPE_VARIABLES" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified input type.", "The input message is text.", "The input message is audio.", "The input message is image.", -"The input message is blob file." +"The input message is blob file.", +"The input message is client function tool response.", +"The input message are variables." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7542,6 +7568,25 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +}, +"promptConfig": { +"$ref": "GoogleSearchToolPromptConfig", +"description": "Optional. Prompt instructions passed to planner on how the search results should be processed for text and voice." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleSearchToolPromptConfig": { +"description": "Prompt settings used by the model when processing or summarizing the google search results.", +"id": "GoogleSearchToolPromptConfig", +"properties": { +"textPrompt": { +"description": "Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in chat conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"voicePrompt": { +"description": "Optional. Defines the prompt used for the system instructions when interacting with the agent in voice conversations. If not set, default prompt will be used.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -7851,6 +7896,10 @@ "description": "The [Google Cloud Storage](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/) URI from which to import app. The format of this URI must be `gs:///`.", "type": "string" }, +"ignoreAppLock": { +"description": "Optional. Flag for overriding the app lock during import. If set to true, the import process will ignore the app lock.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "importOptions": { "$ref": "ImportAppRequestImportOptions", "description": "Optional. Options governing the import process for the app." @@ -10501,7 +10550,8 @@ "ADVANCED_PRODUCT_DETAILS", "SHORT_FORM", "OVERALL_SATISFACTION", -"ORDER_SUMMARY" +"ORDER_SUMMARY", +"APPOINTMENT_DETAILS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified widget type.", @@ -10513,7 +10563,8 @@ "Advanced product details widget.", "Short form widget.", "Overall satisfaction widget.", -"Order summary widget." +"Order summary widget.", +"Appointment details widget." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index c17cc806f9c..b9b8f756f15 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -1535,7 +1535,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260205", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSettings": { @@ -3007,6 +3007,11 @@ "description": "A configuration object that helps configure the data sources for a widget. Available for Google Chat apps and Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio.", "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1DataSourceConfig", "properties": { +"minCharactersTrigger": { +"description": "The minimum number of characters the user must enter before this data provider is triggered (i.e., before it starts returning results).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "platformDataSource": { "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1PlatformDataSource", "description": "The data is from a Google Workspace application." @@ -3600,7 +3605,7 @@ "id": "GoogleAppsCardV1SelectionInput", "properties": { "dataSourceConfigs": { -"description": "Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview). For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used.", +"description": "Optional. The data source configs for the selection control. This field provides more fine-grained control over the data source. If specified, the `multi_select_max_selected_items` field, `multi_select_min_query_length` field, `external_data_source` field and `platform_data_source` field are ignored. Available for Google Workspace add-ons that extend Google Workspace Studio. Available for the `Dropdown widget` in Google Chat apps. For the `Dropdown` widget in Google Chat apps, only one `DataSourceConfig` is supported. If multiple `DataSourceConfig`s are set, only the first one is used.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleAppsCardV1DataSourceConfig" }, @@ -3660,7 +3665,7 @@ "A set of checkboxes. Users can select one or more checkboxes.", "A set of radio buttons. Users can select one radio button.", "A set of switches. Users can turn on one or more switches.", -"A dropdown menu. Users can select one item from the menu. For Google Chat apps, as part of the [Developer Preview Program](https://developers.google.com/workspace/preview), you can populate items using a dynamic data source and autosuggest items as users type in the menu. For example, users can start typing the name of a Google Chat space and the widget autosuggests the space. To dynamically populate items for a dropdown menu, use one of the following types of data sources: * Google Workspace data: Items are populated using data from Google Workspace, such as Google Workspace users or Google Chat spaces. * External data: Items are populated from an external data source outside of Google Workspace. For examples of how to implement dropdown menus for Chat apps, see [Add a dropdown menu](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#dropdown-menu) and [Dynamically populate drop-down menus](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#dynamic-dropdown-menu). [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend):", +"A dropdown menu. Users can select one item from the menu. For Google Chat apps, you can populate items using a dynamic data source and autosuggest items as users type in the menu. For example, users can start typing the name of a Google Chat space and the widget autosuggests the space. To dynamically populate items for a dropdown menu, use one of the following types of data sources: * Google Workspace data: Items are populated using data from Google Workspace, such as Google Workspace users or Google Chat spaces. * External data: Items are populated from an external data source outside of Google Workspace. For examples of how to implement dropdown menus for Chat apps, see [Add a dropdown menu](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#dropdown-menu) and [Dynamically populate drop-down menus](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#dynamic-dropdown-menu). [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend):", "A menu with a text box. Users can type and select one or more items. For Google Workspace add-ons, you must populate items using a static array of `SelectionItem` objects. For Google Chat apps, you can also populate items using a dynamic data source and autosuggest items as users type in the menu. For example, users can start typing the name of a Google Chat space and the widget autosuggests the space. To dynamically populate items for a multiselect menu, use one of the following types of data sources: * Google Workspace data: Items are populated using data from Google Workspace, such as Google Workspace users or Google Chat spaces. * External data: Items are populated from an external data source outside of Google Workspace. For examples of how to implement multiselect menus for Chat apps, see [Add a multiselect menu](https://developers.google.com/workspace/chat/design-interactive-card-dialog#multiselect-menu). [Google Workspace add-ons and Chat apps](https://developers.google.com/workspace/extend):" ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json index bb9eb089055..37d7d59b37a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouderrorreporting.v1beta1.json @@ -15,6 +15,13 @@ "description": "Groups and counts similar errors from cloud services and applications, reports new errors, and provides access to error groups and their associated errors. ", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/error-reporting/", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://clouderrorreporting.us.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -728,7 +735,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20240705", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://clouderrorreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeleteEventsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json index 54efa25e81b..e41452ee7ca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260212", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { @@ -992,6 +992,28 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"DirectVpcNetworkInterface": { +"description": "The Direct VPC network interface. This is mutually exclusive with VPC Connector.", +"id": "DirectVpcNetworkInterface", +"properties": { +"network": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the VPC network to which the function will be connected. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If you specify only a network, the subnet uses the same name as the network.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the VPC subnetwork that the Cloud Function resource will get IPs from. Specify either a VPC network or a subnet, or both. If both network and subnetwork are specified, the given VPC subnetwork must belong to the given VPC network. If subnetwork is not specified, the subnetwork with the same name with the network will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"tags": { +"description": "Optional. Network tags applied to this Cloud Function resource.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "EventFilter": { "description": "Filters events based on exact matches on the CloudEvents attributes.", "id": "EventFilter", @@ -1923,6 +1945,27 @@ "description": "Optional. The binary authorization policy to be checked when deploying the Cloud Run service.", "type": "string" }, +"directVpcEgress": { +"description": "Optional. Egress settings for direct VPC. If not provided, it defaults to VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY.", +"enum": [ +"DIRECT_VPC_EGRESS_UNSPECIFIED", +"VPC_EGRESS_PRIVATE_RANGES_ONLY", +"VPC_EGRESS_ALL_TRAFFIC" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"Sends only traffic to internal addresses through the VPC network.", +"Sends all outbound traffic through the VPC network." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"directVpcNetworkInterface": { +"description": "Optional. The Direct VPC network interface for the Cloud Function. Currently only a single Direct VPC is supported.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DirectVpcNetworkInterface" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "environmentVariables": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -2232,6 +2275,22 @@ "COMMIT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE_AS_GEN2_SUCCESSFUL", "COMMIT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE_AS_GEN2_ERROR" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified state. Most functions are in this upgrade state.", "Functions in this state are eligible for 1st Gen upgrade.", @@ -2245,7 +2304,7 @@ "RollbackFunctionUpgradeTraffic API was un-successful.", "CommitFunctionUpgrade API was un-successful and 1st gen function might have broken.", "CommitFunctionUpgrade API was un-successful but safe to rollback traffic or abort.", -"Indicates that the `CommitFunctionUpgradeAsGen2` API call succeeded and the function was successfully migrated to the 2nd Gen stack.", +"Deprecated: This state is no longer returned by the backend. Clients should not rely on polling for this specific state. A successful upgrade is now indicated by the long-running operation completing successfully with a Function resource in the response.", "CommitFunctionUpgradeAsGen2 API was un-successful and 1st gen function might have broken." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json index 3838c0fd993..3e41c68daaa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260212", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { @@ -2275,6 +2275,22 @@ "COMMIT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE_AS_GEN2_SUCCESSFUL", "COMMIT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE_AS_GEN2_ERROR" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified state. Most functions are in this upgrade state.", "Functions in this state are eligible for 1st Gen upgrade.", @@ -2288,7 +2304,7 @@ "RollbackFunctionUpgradeTraffic API was un-successful.", "CommitFunctionUpgrade API was un-successful and 1st gen function might have broken.", "CommitFunctionUpgrade API was un-successful but safe to rollback traffic or abort.", -"Indicates that the `CommitFunctionUpgradeAsGen2` API call succeeded and the function was successfully migrated to the 2nd Gen stack.", +"Deprecated: This state is no longer returned by the backend. Clients should not rely on polling for this specific state. A successful upgrade is now indicated by the long-running operation completing successfully with a Function resource in the response.", "CommitFunctionUpgradeAsGen2 API was un-successful and 1st gen function might have broken." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json index 1bbd44b5fe6..bc06f47806a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260212", "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": { @@ -2275,6 +2275,22 @@ "COMMIT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE_AS_GEN2_SUCCESSFUL", "COMMIT_FUNCTION_UPGRADE_AS_GEN2_ERROR" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified state. Most functions are in this upgrade state.", "Functions in this state are eligible for 1st Gen upgrade.", @@ -2288,7 +2304,7 @@ "RollbackFunctionUpgradeTraffic API was un-successful.", "CommitFunctionUpgrade API was un-successful and 1st gen function might have broken.", "CommitFunctionUpgrade API was un-successful but safe to rollback traffic or abort.", -"Indicates that the `CommitFunctionUpgradeAsGen2` API call succeeded and the function was successfully migrated to the 2nd Gen stack.", +"Deprecated: This state is no longer returned by the backend. Clients should not rely on polling for this specific state. A successful upgrade is now indicated by the long-running operation completing successfully with a Function resource in the response.", "CommitFunctionUpgradeAsGen2 API was un-successful and 1st gen function might have broken." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json index fef557738c5..32ec5969df2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json @@ -61,11 +61,6 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", -"endpointUrl": "https://cloudkms.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/", -"location": "us-east7" -}, -{ -"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://cloudkms.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us-central1" }, @@ -101,6 +96,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://cloudkms.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east7" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://cloudkms.us.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us" }, @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`", +"description": "Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/autokeyConfig$", "required": true, @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`", +"description": "Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/autokeyConfig$", "required": true, @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.list", @@ -1501,6 +1501,32 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" ] }, +"delete": { +"description": "Permanently deletes the given CryptoKey. All child CryptoKeyVersions must have been previously deleted using KeyManagementService.DeleteCryptoKeyVersion. The specified crypto key will be immediately and permanently deleted upon calling this method. This action cannot be undone.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/keyRings/{keyRingsId}/cryptoKeys/{cryptoKeysId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the CryptoKey to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/keyRings/[^/]+/cryptoKeys/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" +] +}, "encrypt": { "description": "Encrypts data, so that it can only be recovered by a call to Decrypt. The CryptoKey.purpose must be ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/keyRings/{keyRingsId}/cryptoKeys/{cryptoKeysId}:encrypt", @@ -1890,6 +1916,32 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" ] }, +"delete": { +"description": "Permanently deletes the given CryptoKeyVersion. Only possible if the version has not been previously imported and if its state is one of DESTROYED, IMPORT_FAILED, or GENERATION_FAILED. Successfully imported CryptoKeyVersions cannot be deleted at this time. The specified version will be immediately and permanently deleted upon calling this method. This action cannot be undone.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/keyRings/{keyRingsId}/cryptoKeys/{cryptoKeysId}/cryptoKeyVersions/{cryptoKeyVersionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the CryptoKeyVersion to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/keyRings/[^/]+/cryptoKeys/[^/]+/cryptoKeyVersions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" +] +}, "destroy": { "description": "Schedule a CryptoKeyVersion for destruction. Upon calling this method, CryptoKeyVersion.state will be set to DESTROY_SCHEDULED, and destroy_time will be set to the time destroy_scheduled_duration in the future. At that time, the state will automatically change to DESTROYED, and the key material will be irrevocably destroyed. Before the destroy_time is reached, RestoreCryptoKeyVersion may be called to reverse the process.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/keyRings/{keyRingsId}/cryptoKeys/{cryptoKeysId}/cryptoKeyVersions/{cryptoKeyVersionsId}:destroy", @@ -2496,6 +2548,73 @@ } } }, +"retiredResources": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Retrieves a specific RetiredResource resource, which represents the record of a deleted CryptoKey.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/retiredResources/{retiredResourcesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.retiredResources.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the RetiredResource to get.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/retiredResources/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "RetiredResource" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists the RetiredResources which are the records of deleted CryptoKeys. RetiredResources prevent the reuse of these resource names after deletion.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/retiredResources", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "cloudkms.projects.locations.retiredResources.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Optional limit on the number of RetiredResources to be included in the response. Further RetiredResources can subsequently be obtained by including the ListRetiredResourcesResponse.next_page_token in a subsequent request. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. Optional pagination token, returned earlier via ListRetiredResourcesResponse.next_page_token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The project-specific location holding the RetiredResources, in the format `projects/*/locations/*`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/retiredResources", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListRetiredResourcesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloudkms" +] +} +} +}, "singleTenantHsmInstances": { "methods": { "create": { @@ -2819,7 +2938,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260123", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://cloudkms.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddQuorumMember": { @@ -3058,13 +3177,13 @@ "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. KeyProjectResolutionMode when not specified will act as `DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT`.", "Keys are created in a dedicated project specified by `key_project`.", -"Keys are created in the same project as the resource requesting the key. `key_project` must not be set when this mode is used.", +"Keys are created in the same project as the resource requesting the key. The `key_project` must not be set when this mode is used.", "Disables the AutokeyConfig. When this mode is set, any AutokeyConfig from higher levels in the resource hierarchy are ignored for this resource and its descendants. This setting can be overridden by a more specific configuration at a lower level. For example, if Autokey is disabled on a folder, it can be re-enabled on a sub-folder or project within that folder by setting a different mode (e.g., DEDICATED_KEY_PROJECT or RESOURCE_PROJECT)." ], "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`", +"description": "Identifier. Name of the AutokeyConfig resource, e.g. `folders/{FOLDER_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig` or `projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER}/autokeyConfig`.", "type": "string" }, "state": { @@ -3833,6 +3952,11 @@ "description": "A Digest holds a cryptographic message digest.", "id": "Digest", "properties": { +"externalMu": { +"description": "A message digest produced with SHAKE-256, to be used with ML-DSA external-\u03bc algorithms only. See \"message representative\" note in section 6.2, algorithm 7 of the FIPS-204 standard: https://doi.org/10.6028/nist.fips.204", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, "sha256": { "description": "A message digest produced with the SHA-256 algorithm.", "format": "byte", @@ -4645,6 +4769,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListRetiredResourcesResponse": { +"description": "Response message for KeyManagementService.ListRetiredResources.", +"id": "ListRetiredResourcesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in ListRetiredResourcesRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page of results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"retiredResources": { +"description": "The list of RetiredResources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "RetiredResource" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"totalSize": { +"description": "The total number of RetiredResources that matched the query.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposalsResponse": { "description": "Response message for HsmManagement.ListSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposals.", "id": "ListSingleTenantHsmInstanceProposalsResponse", @@ -5475,6 +5622,34 @@ false "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"RetiredResource": { +"description": "A RetiredResource resource represents the record of a deleted CryptoKey. Its purpose is to provide visibility into retained user data and to prevent reuse of these names for new CryptoKeys.", +"id": "RetiredResource", +"properties": { +"deleteTime": { +"description": "Output only. The time at which the original resource was deleted and this RetiredResource record was created.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name for this RetiredResource in the format `projects/*/locations/*/retiredResources/*`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"originalResource": { +"description": "Output only. The full resource name of the original CryptoKey that was deleted in the format `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceType": { +"description": "Output only. The resource type of the original deleted resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ServiceResolver": { "description": "A ServiceResolver represents an EKM replica that can be reached within an EkmConnection.", "id": "ServiceResolver", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json index dcb9976aaed..b9672001397 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1.json @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudscheduler.projects.locations.list", @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251205", +"revision": "20260202", "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpTarget": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json index c0ce4e1dfd0..fb81baed5d0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudscheduler.v1beta1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "cloudscheduler.projects.locations.list", @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251205", +"revision": "20260202", "rootUrl": "https://cloudscheduler.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppEngineHttpTarget": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json index f825b483567..1961d61a1d6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json @@ -3234,6 +3234,55 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, +"convert": { +"description": "Converts a persistent disk to support Gen4+ VMs.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/convert", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.disks.convert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"disk" +], +"parameters": { +"disk": { +"description": "Name of the Disk resource, should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/convert", +"request": { +"$ref": "DisksConvertRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "createSnapshot": { "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot\ncreation, consider using snapshots.insert\ninstead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots\nin a project different from the source disk project.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot", @@ -3961,7 +4010,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.\nThe update is performed only on selected fields included as part\nof update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.", +"description": "Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.\nThe update is performed only on selected fields included as part\nof update-mask.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "compute.disks.update", @@ -7181,7 +7230,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -10478,6 +10527,54 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, +"configureAcceleratorTopologies": { +"description": "Updates the accelerator topologies configuration.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/configureAcceleratorTopologies", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.configureAcceleratorTopologies", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group.\nIt should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of thezone\nwhere the managed instance group is located.\nIt should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/configureAcceleratorTopologies", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagersConfigureAcceleratorTopologiesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "createInstances": { "description": "Creates instances with per-instance configurations in this managed instance\ngroup. Instances are created using the current instance template. Thecreate instances operation is marked DONE if thecreateInstances request is successful. The underlying actions\ntake additional time. You must separately verify the status of thecreating or actions with the listmanagedinstances\nmethod.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances", @@ -20530,7 +20627,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -28805,7 +28902,7 @@ }, "path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/compositeHealthChecks/{compositeHealthCheck}/getHealth", "response": { -"$ref": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponse" +"$ref": "CompositeHealthCheckHealth" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -30033,7 +30130,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is\nperformed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the\nfollowing fields can be modified: user_license.", +"description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is\nperformed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "compute.regionDisks.update", @@ -31411,6 +31508,49 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getHealth": { +"description": "Gets the most recent health check results for this\nregional HealthSource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources/{healthSource}/getHealth", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionHealthSources.getHealth", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"healthSource" +], +"parameters": { +"healthSource": { +"description": "Name of the HealthSource resource to get health for.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources/{healthSource}/getHealth", +"response": { +"$ref": "HealthSourceHealth" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "insert": { "description": "Create a HealthSource in the specified project in the given region\nusing the parameters that are included in the request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthSources", @@ -35077,7 +35217,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -41204,6 +41344,61 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getVersion": { +"description": "Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a reservation slot.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlocksId}/reservationSlots/{reservationSlot}/getVersion", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.reservationSlots.getVersion", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"parentName", +"reservationSlot" +], +"parameters": { +"parentName": { +"description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservation_sub_block_name}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "reservations/([a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19})/reservationBlocks/([a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19})/reservationSubBlocks/([a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19})", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"reservationSlot": { +"description": "The name of the reservation slot.\nName should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSlots/{reservationSlot}/getVersion", +"request": { +"$ref": "ReservationSlotsGetVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Retrieves a list of reservation slots under a single reservation.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlocksId}/reservationSlots", @@ -41272,6 +41467,62 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Update a reservation slot in the specified sub-block.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlocksId}/reservationSlots/{reservationSlot}", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.reservationSlots.update", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"parentName", +"reservationSlot" +], +"parameters": { +"parentName": { +"description": "The name of the sub-block resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "reservations/([a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19})/reservationBlocks/([a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19})/reservationSubBlocks/([a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19})", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "The project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"reservationSlot": { +"description": "The name of the slot resource.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "The fields to be updated as part of this request.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of the zone for this request, formatted as RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSlots/{reservationSlot}", +"request": { +"$ref": "ReservationSlot" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -41279,7 +41530,7 @@ "methods": { "get": { "description": "Retrieves information about the specified reservation subBlock.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.get", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -41292,6 +41543,7 @@ "parentName": { "description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", "location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -41329,7 +41581,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}", "response": { "$ref": "ReservationSubBlocksGetResponse" }, @@ -41339,9 +41591,64 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getVersion": { +"description": "Allows customers to get SBOM versions of a reservation subBlock.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/getVersion", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.getVersion", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"parentName", +"reservationSubBlock" +], +"parameters": { +"parentName": { +"description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"reservationSubBlock": { +"description": "The name of the reservation subBlock.\nName should conform to RFC1035 or be a resource ID.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "Name of the zone for this request. Zone name should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/getVersion", +"request": { +"$ref": "ReservationSubBlocksGetVersionRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Retrieves a list of reservation subBlocks under a single reservation.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.list", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -41376,6 +41683,7 @@ "parentName": { "description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", "location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -41397,7 +41705,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks", "response": { "$ref": "ReservationSubBlocksListResponse" }, @@ -41409,7 +41717,7 @@ }, "performMaintenance": { "description": "Allows customers to perform maintenance on a reservation subBlock", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/performMaintenance", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/performMaintenance", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.performMaintenance", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -41422,6 +41730,7 @@ "parentName": { "description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", "location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -41449,7 +41758,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/performMaintenance", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/performMaintenance", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -41460,7 +41769,7 @@ }, "reportFaulty": { "description": "Allows customers to report a faulty subBlock.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/reportFaulty", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/reportFaulty", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.reportFaulty", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -41473,6 +41782,7 @@ "parentName": { "description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", "location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -41500,7 +41810,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/reportFaulty", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/reportFaulty", "request": { "$ref": "ReservationSubBlocksReportFaultyRequest" }, @@ -42885,6 +43195,94 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +}, +"pause": { +"description": "Pauses a Rollout.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/rollouts/{rollout}/pause", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.rollouts.pause", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"rollout" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag of the Rollout.\nIf this is provided, the request will only succeed if the etag matches\nthe current etag of the Rollout.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Required. Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"rollout": { +"description": "Required. Name of the Rollout resource to pause.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/rollouts/{rollout}/pause", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"resume": { +"description": "Resumes a Rollout.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/rollouts/{rollout}/resume", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.rollouts.resume", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"rollout" +], +"parameters": { +"etag": { +"description": "The etag of the Rollout.\nIf this is provided, the request will only succeed if the etag matches\nthe current etag of the Rollout.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Required. Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"rollout": { +"description": "Required. Name of the Rollout resource to resume.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/rollouts/{rollout}/resume", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] } } }, @@ -54266,7 +54664,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -55744,6 +56142,7 @@ false "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_CT3P", "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_CT4P", "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_CT5P", +"VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_TPU7", "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_TPU7X" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -55754,6 +56153,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -55939,7 +56339,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.\nNext ID: 9", +"description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.\nNext ID: 10", "id": "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties", "properties": { "guestAccelerators": { @@ -56175,14 +56575,6 @@ false "" ], "type": "string" -}, -"userLicenses": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of\nURLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided\nlicenses can be modified after the disk is created.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -56309,7 +56701,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when\nempty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when\nempty.", "type": "object" }, "resourcePolicies": { @@ -57372,6 +57764,10 @@ false "format": "float", "type": "number" }, +"orchestrationInfo": { +"$ref": "BackendBackendOrchestrationInfo", +"description": "Information about the resource or system that manages the backend." +}, "preference": { "description": "This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before\nsending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values\nare:\n \n - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be\n filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT.\n - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough\n capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be\n assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the\n default", "enum": [ @@ -57406,6 +57802,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendBackendOrchestrationInfo": { +"description": "A message containing information about the resource or system that manages\nthe backend.", +"id": "BackendBackendOrchestrationInfo", +"properties": { +"resourceUri": { +"description": "The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendBucket": { "description": "Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.\n\nThis Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load\nbalancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.", "id": "BackendBucket", @@ -58540,6 +58947,10 @@ false "$ref": "BackendServiceNetworkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy", "description": "Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network\nLoad Balancers.\n\nnetworkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy." }, +"orchestrationInfo": { +"$ref": "BackendServiceOrchestrationInfo", +"description": "Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service." +}, "outlierDetection": { "$ref": "OutlierDetection", "description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." @@ -59693,6 +60104,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendServiceOrchestrationInfo": { +"description": "A message containing information about the resource or system that manages\nthe backend service.", +"id": "BackendServiceOrchestrationInfo", +"properties": { +"resourceUri": { +"description": "The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend\nservice.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendServiceParams": { "description": "Additional Backend Service parameters.", "id": "BackendServiceParams", @@ -60848,6 +61270,11 @@ false "description": "Defines the instance scheduling options.", "id": "CapacityAdviceRequestInstancePropertiesScheduling", "properties": { +"maxRunDuration": { +"description": "The maximum time that instances can run before Compute Engine\nterminates them.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, "provisioningModel": { "description": "Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.", "enum": [ @@ -60905,6 +61332,12 @@ false "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, +"estimatedWaitDuration": { +"description": "Output only. The likely maximum time that you will have to wait until\nCompute Engine provisions your instances.", +"format": "google-duration", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "obtainability": { "description": "The obtainability score indicates the likelihood of successfully\nobtaining (provisioning) the requested number of VMs.\nThe score range is 0.0 through 1.0. Higher is better.", "format": "double", @@ -62048,6 +62481,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CompositeHealthCheckHealth": { +"description": "Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth", +"id": "CompositeHealthCheckHealth", +"properties": { +"healthSources": { +"description": "Health sources and their corresponding health states.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#compositeHealthCheckHealth", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#compositeHealthCheckHealth for the health of\ncomposite health checks.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CompositeHealthCheckList": { "id": "CompositeHealthCheckList", "properties": { @@ -62203,34 +62670,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponse": { -"description": "Response message for RegionCompositeHealthChecks.GetHealth", -"id": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponse", -"properties": { -"healthSources": { -"description": "Health sources and their corresponding health states.", -"items": { -"$ref": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"healthState": { -"description": "Health state of the CompositeHealthCheck.", -"enum": [ -"HEALTHY", -"UNHEALTHY", -"UNKNOWN" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"" -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth": { "id": "CompositeHealthChecksGetHealthResponseHealthSourceHealth", "properties": { @@ -62249,7 +62688,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "source": { -"description": "URL of the associated HealthSource resource.", +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the associated HealthSource resource.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -62875,6 +63314,57 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DateTime": { +"description": "Represents civil time (or occasionally physical time).\n\nThis type can represent a civil time in one of a few possible ways:\n\n * When utc_offset is set and time_zone is unset: a civil time on a calendar\n day with a particular offset from UTC.\n * When time_zone is set and utc_offset is unset: a civil time on a calendar\n day in a particular time zone.\n * When neither time_zone nor utc_offset is set: a civil time on a calendar\n day in local time.\n\nThe date is relative to the Proleptic Gregorian Calendar.\n\nIf year, month, or day are 0, the DateTime is considered not to have a\nspecific year, month, or day respectively.\n\nThis type may also be used to represent a physical time if all the date and\ntime fields are set and either case of the `time_offset` oneof is set.\nConsider using `Timestamp` message for physical time instead. If your use\ncase also would like to store the user's timezone, that can be done in\nanother field.\n\nThis type is more flexible than some applications may want. Make sure to\ndocument and validate your application's limitations.", +"id": "DateTime", +"properties": { +"day": { +"description": "Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and\nmonth, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"hours": { +"description": "Optional. Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23, defaults\nto 0 (midnight). An API may choose to allow the value \"24:00:00\" for\nscenarios like business closing time.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"minutes": { +"description": "Optional. Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"month": { +"description": "Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a\ndatetime without a month.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"nanos": { +"description": "Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to\n999,999,999, defaults to 0.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"seconds": { +"description": "Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59,\ndefaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"timeZone": { +"$ref": "TimeZone", +"description": "Time zone." +}, +"utcOffset": { +"description": "UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours.\nFor example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as\n{ seconds: -14400 }.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"year": { +"description": "Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a\ndatetime without a year.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DeprecationStatus": { "description": "Deprecation status for a public resource.", "id": "DeprecationStatus", @@ -63265,13 +63755,6 @@ false "description": "URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create\nthe disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk\ntypes.", "type": "string" }, -"userLicenses": { -"description": "A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user\nprovided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes\na list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian\nlicense:\n\nhttps://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "users": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances)\nin form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance", "items": { @@ -63487,6 +63970,32 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DiskConvertParams": { +"id": "DiskConvertParams", +"properties": { +"forceStopInProgressSnapshot": { +"type": "boolean" +}, +"provisionedIops": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"provisionedThroughput": { +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"quickConversionOnly": { +"type": "boolean" +}, +"resetSupportedVmFamilies": { +"type": "boolean" +}, +"targetDiskType": { +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DiskInstantiationConfig": { "description": "A specification of the desired way to instantiate a disk in the instance\ntemplate when its created from a source instance.", "id": "DiskInstantiationConfig", @@ -63744,7 +64253,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -64404,6 +64913,15 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"DisksConvertRequest": { +"id": "DisksConvertRequest", +"properties": { +"params": { +"$ref": "DiskConvertParams" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DisksRemoveResourcePoliciesRequest": { "id": "DisksRemoveResourcePoliciesRequest", "properties": { @@ -67377,6 +67895,10 @@ false "FutureReservation": { "id": "FutureReservation", "properties": { +"advancedDeploymentControl": { +"$ref": "ReservationAdvancedDeploymentControl", +"description": "Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE\ndeployment type future reservations." +}, "aggregateReservation": { "$ref": "AllocationAggregateReservation", "description": "Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation." @@ -67397,6 +67919,17 @@ false "$ref": "FutureReservationCommitmentInfo", "description": "If not present, then FR will not deliver a new commitment or update an\nexisting commitment." }, +"confidentialComputeType": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIDENTIAL_COMPUTE_TYPE_TDX", +"CONFIDENTIAL_COMPUTE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Intel Trust Domain Extensions.", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] The creation timestamp for this future reservation inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, @@ -68427,6 +68960,7 @@ false "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_CT3P", "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_CT4P", "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_CT5P", +"VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_TPU7", "VM_FAMILY_CLOUD_TPU_POD_SLICE_TPU7X" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -68437,6 +68971,7 @@ false "", "", "", +"", "" ], "type": "string" @@ -68638,6 +69173,35 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GetVersionOperationMetadata": { +"id": "GetVersionOperationMetadata", +"properties": { +"inlineSbomInfo": { +"$ref": "GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo": { +"id": "GetVersionOperationMetadataSbomInfo", +"properties": { +"currentComponentVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "SBOM versions currently applied to the resource. The key is the component\nname and the value is the version.", +"type": "object" +}, +"targetComponentVersions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "SBOM versions scheduled for the next maintenance. The key is the\ncomponent name and the value is the version.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GlobalAddressesMoveRequest": { "id": "GlobalAddressesMoveRequest", "properties": { @@ -69719,7 +70283,7 @@ false "id": "HaController", "properties": { "backendServices": { -"description": "Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to\nbe pre-created and configured as managed.", +"description": "Advanced configuration option. If specified, these Backend Services need to\nbe pre-created.\n\nCurrently, only one backend service can be specified, and it must be L4\nInternal Load Balancer (ILB).", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -72617,6 +73181,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"HealthSourceHealth": { +"description": "Response message for RegionHealthSources.GetHealth", +"id": "HealthSourceHealth", +"properties": { +"healthState": { +"description": "Health state of the HealthSource.", +"enum": [ +"HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#healthSourceHealth", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#healthSourceHealth for the health of health sources.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sources": { +"description": "Health state details of the sources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HealthSourceList": { "id": "HealthSourceList", "properties": { @@ -72772,6 +73370,47 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo": { +"id": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfo", +"properties": { +"backends": { +"description": "Represents an instance group or network endpoint group behind the source\nbackend service. Only used if the sourceType of the regionHealthSource\nis BACKEND_SERVICE.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the forwarding rule associated with the source\nresource if it is a L4ILB backend service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"source": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of the associated source resource. This is always a\nbackend service URL.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo": { +"id": "HealthSourcesGetHealthResponseSourceInfoBackendInfo", +"properties": { +"endpointCount": { +"description": "Total number of endpoints when determining the health of the\nregionHealthSource.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"group": { +"description": "Fully qualified URL of an instance group or network endpoint group\nbehind the source backend service.", +"type": "string" +}, +"healthyEndpointCount": { +"description": "Number of endpoints considered healthy when determining health of the\nregionHealthSource.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HealthSourcesScopedList": { "id": "HealthSourcesScopedList", "properties": { @@ -74200,13 +74839,6 @@ false "type": "string" }, "type": "array" -}, -"userLicenses": { -"description": "A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user\nprovided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes\na list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian\nlicense:\n\nhttps://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -74386,7 +75018,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have\nthe same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have\nthe same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -75741,6 +76373,12 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "integer" }, +"restartingInPlace": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be restarted or are currently being restarted.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, "resuming": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group that\nare scheduled to be resumed or are currently being resumed.", "format": "int32", @@ -76316,7 +76954,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are\nkey-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. For more information, seeManage tags\nfor resources.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are\nkey-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. For more information, seeManage tags\nfor resources.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -77156,6 +77794,18 @@ false "InstanceGroupManagerUpdatePolicy": { "id": "InstanceGroupManagerUpdatePolicy", "properties": { +"disruptionMode": { +"description": "Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart.", +"enum": [ +"LEGACY", +"OPTIMIZED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default option: boot disk will not be updated with restart.", +"Boot disk will be updated with restart." +], +"type": "string" +}, "instanceRedistributionType": { "description": "The \ninstance redistribution policy for regional managed instance groups.\nValid values are: \n \n - PROACTIVE (default): The group attempts to maintain an\n even distribution of VM instances across zones in the region.\n - NONE: For non-autoscaled groups, proactive\n redistribution is disabled.", "enum": [ @@ -77187,13 +77837,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -77203,13 +77855,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -77283,6 +77937,18 @@ false "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of \u201cinstances\u201d.\nIf the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified\nin the request.", "type": "boolean" }, +"disruptionMode": { +"description": "Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart.", +"enum": [ +"LEGACY", +"OPTIMIZED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default option: boot disk will not be updated with restart.", +"Boot disk will be updated with restart." +], +"type": "string" +}, "instances": { "description": "The list of URLs of one or more instances for which you want to apply\nupdates. Each URL can be a full URL or a partial URL, such aszones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].", "items": { @@ -77296,13 +77962,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -77312,13 +77980,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -77328,15 +77998,41 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceGroupManagersConfigureAcceleratorTopologiesRequest": { +"description": "InstanceGroupManagers.ConfigureAcceleratorTopologies", +"id": "InstanceGroupManagersConfigureAcceleratorTopologiesRequest", +"properties": { +"acceleratorTopologyActions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"enum": [ +"ACCELERATOR_TOPOLOGY_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVATE", +"DEACTIVATE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"The accelerator topology is to be activated.", +"The accelerator topology is to be deactivated." ], "type": "string" +}, +"description": "Map of accelerator topologies that should have their state changed to\nthe specified value. The key is the hashed topology locus id. It can be\nobtained from the GetAvailableAcceleratorTopologies rpc.", +"type": "object" } }, "type": "object" @@ -77402,6 +78098,10 @@ false }, "description": "The accelerator topology information returned per id of the topology\nlocation.", "type": "object" +}, +"multiMig": { +"description": "URL to MMIG this MIG belongs to.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -77417,14 +78117,115 @@ false "enum": [ "DEGRADED", "HEALTHY", -"UNHEALTHY" +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "All VM are in RUNNING state, but there is an issue with\nthe inter-chip connectivity that makes this part\nof the infrastructure ready to use as a working\ninter-chip connected group only in a degraded mode.\nThis is allowed only for Instances configured with ICI\nresiliency", "All VM are in RUNNING state, there are no issues with the\ninter-chip connectivity.", -"Some VMs may not be in RUNNING state, or there is an\nissue with the inter-chip connectivity that makes this\npart of the infrastructure unsuitable for forming a\nworking inter-chip connected group." +"Some VMs may not be in RUNNING state, or there is an\nissue with the inter-chip connectivity that makes this\npart of the infrastructure unsuitable for forming a\nworking inter-chip connected group.", +"No signal available" ], "type": "string" +}, +"acceleratorTopologyState": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagersGetAvailableAcceleratorTopologiesResponseAcceleratorTopologyState" +}, +"instancesHealth": { +"enum": [ +"ALL_HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY_OR_MISSING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Infrastructure is healthy", +"Some VMs are in another state than RUNNING or they are missing." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Identified by the topology Id in the accelerator_topology_info map. Empty\nfor the top-level topology", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceGroupManagersGetAvailableAcceleratorTopologiesResponseAcceleratorTopologyState": { +"description": "Specifies the topology state", +"id": "InstanceGroupManagersGetAvailableAcceleratorTopologiesResponseAcceleratorTopologyState", +"properties": { +"currentState": { +"enum": [ +"ACTIVATING", +"ACTIVE", +"ACTIVE_DEGRADED", +"DEACTIVATING", +"FAILED", +"INACTIVE", +"INCOMPLETE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"The topology is active but with potential performance degradation.", +"", +"Critical non-retriable error that the user has to act manually", +"", +"Not all VMs have been provisioned" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"error": { +"description": "Reason why the topology state change failed", +"properties": { +"errors": { +"description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", +"items": { +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorDetails": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error\ndetails. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing\ndetails.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,\nQuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is\nQUOTA_EXCEEDED.", +"items": { +"properties": { +"errorInfo": { +"$ref": "ErrorInfo" +}, +"help": { +"$ref": "Help" +}, +"localizedMessage": { +"$ref": "LocalizedMessage" +}, +"quotaInfo": { +"$ref": "QuotaExceededInfo" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"location": { +"description": "[Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.\nThis property is optional.", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"errorTimestamp": { +"description": "Timestamp when the last error happened", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -78700,7 +79501,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -78843,7 +79644,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and\nvalues are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and\nvalues are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" }, "resourcePolicies": { @@ -81055,7 +81856,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "subzone": { -"description": "Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where\nthis connection is to be provisioned.", +"description": "To be deprecated.", "enum": [ "SUBZONE_A", "SUBZONE_B" @@ -86548,7 +87349,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "LocationPolicyLocation" }, -"description": "Location configurations mapped by location name.\nCurrently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid\ninternal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.", +"description": "Location configurations mapped by location name.\nCurrently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid\ninternal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.\nThe bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if\nan AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a\nDENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider\nus-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not\nus-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to\nallow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert\noperations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field.", "type": "object" }, "targetShape": { @@ -86566,7 +87367,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "zones": { -"description": "List with zones where bulk will create instances.", +"description": "The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations\nfield to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones\nare specified in both fields.", "items": { "$ref": "LocationPolicyZoneConfiguration" }, @@ -86622,7 +87423,7 @@ false "id": "LocationPolicyZoneConfiguration", "properties": { "zone": { -"description": "The URL of thezone.\nThe zone must exist in the region where the request is called.\nZones must be represented as valid internal URLs,\nsuch as zones/us-central1-a.", +"description": "The URL of the zone.\nThe zone must exist in the region where the request is called.\nZones must be represented as valid partial URLs,\nsuch as zones/us-central1-a.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -89928,7 +90729,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "NetworkEndpointGroup": { -"description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be\nreached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located.\nFor more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview.", +"description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be\nreached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located.\nFor more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "id": "NetworkEndpointGroup", "properties": { "annotations": { @@ -96147,6 +96948,9 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"getVersionOperationMetadata": { +"$ref": "GetVersionOperationMetadata" +}, "httpErrorMessage": { "description": "[Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error\nmessage that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`.", "type": "string" @@ -97803,6 +98607,54 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule": { +"description": "The periodic partial maintenance schedule includes 52 weeks worth of\nmaintenance windows.\nLINT.IfChange(PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule)", +"id": "PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule", +"properties": { +"subType": { +"description": "The maintenance type in which the zone is during the given window.", +"enum": [ +"MAINTENANCE_SUBTYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"MAINTENANCE_TYPE_CUSTOMER_MAINTENANCE", +"MAINTENANCE_TYPE_DISRUPTIVE_UPGRADE", +"MAINTENANCE_TYPE_STABLE", +"MAINTENANCE_TYPE_TRANSITION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"A dedicated window for customers to perform their own maintenance. This\noften runs concurrently with a DISRUPTIVE_UPGRADE. This corresponds to\nthe Customer Maintenance Window for CME.", +"For disruptive updates, including host machine kernel or firmware\nupgrades. This corresponds to the Critical Services Maintenance Window\nfor CME.", +"A post-maintenance window for customers to conduct final testing and\nperformance validation before resuming full business operations. This\ncorresponds to Performance Stress Testing for CME.", +"For preliminary, non-disruptive tasks such as key rotations. This\ncorresponds to the Zone Swap Window for CME." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"targetResource": { +"description": "The target resource that the maintenance window is for.\nFor example, \"projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"enum": [ +"MAINTENANCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PRIVATE_ZONE_MAINTENANCE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"The zone is in a private maintenance window." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"windowEndTime": { +"$ref": "DateTime", +"description": "The end civil timestamp of the window (not inclusive).\nThis contains a time zone." +}, +"windowStartTime": { +"$ref": "DateTime", +"description": "The start civil timestamp of the window.\nThis contains a time zone." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Permission": { "description": "[Deprecated] All fields defined in a permission are ANDed.", "id": "Permission", @@ -101479,13 +102331,6 @@ false "type": "string" }, "type": "array" -}, -"userLicenses": { -"description": "[Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of\nURLs to the license resource.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -102804,6 +103649,18 @@ false "description": "Flag to update all instances instead of specified list of \u201cinstances\u201d.\nIf the flag is set to true then the instances may not be specified\nin the request.", "type": "boolean" }, +"disruptionMode": { +"description": "Whether the boot disk is allowed to be updated with restart.", +"enum": [ +"LEGACY", +"OPTIMIZED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default option: boot disk will not be updated with restart.", +"Boot disk will be updated with restart." +], +"type": "string" +}, "instances": { "description": "The list of URLs of one or more instances for which you want to apply\nupdates. Each URL can be a full URL or a partial URL, such aszones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME].", "items": { @@ -102817,13 +103674,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -102833,13 +103692,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -102849,13 +103710,15 @@ false "NONE", "REFRESH", "REPLACE", -"RESTART" +"RESTART", +"RESTART_IN_PLACE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Do not perform any action.", "Do not stop the instance.", "(Default.) Replace the instance according to the replacement method\noption.", -"Stop the instance and start it again." +"Stop the instance and start it again.", +"Restart the instance using the same capacity and preserving local SSDs." ], "type": "string" } @@ -104015,6 +104878,17 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"confidentialComputeType": { +"enum": [ +"CONFIDENTIAL_COMPUTE_TYPE_TDX", +"CONFIDENTIAL_COMPUTE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Intel Trust Domain Extensions.", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", "readOnly": true, @@ -104046,6 +104920,20 @@ false "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", "type": "string" }, +"earlyAccessMaintenance": { +"description": "Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation.\nIf this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not\nenrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies.", +"enum": [ +"NO_EARLY_ACCESS", +"WAVE1", +"WAVE2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No early access.", +"Wave 1: Fastest notification period", +"Wave 2: Medium notification period" +], +"type": "string" +}, "enableEmergentMaintenance": { "description": "Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs;\nfor example, to fix hardware errors.", "type": "boolean" @@ -105093,6 +105981,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ReservationSlotsGetVersionRequest": { +"id": "ReservationSlotsGetVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"sbomSelections": { +"description": "The SBOM selection to return. Duplicate values in the list will be ignored.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"SBOM_SELECTION_CURRENT", +"SBOM_SELECTION_TARGET", +"SBOM_SELECTION_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ReservationSlotsListResponse": { "description": "A list of reservation slots within a single reservation.", "id": "ReservationSlotsListResponse", @@ -105415,6 +106326,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ReservationSubBlocksGetVersionRequest": { +"id": "ReservationSubBlocksGetVersionRequest", +"properties": { +"sbomSelections": { +"description": "The SBOM selection to return.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"SBOM_SELECTION_CURRENT", +"SBOM_SELECTION_TARGET", +"SBOM_SELECTION_UNSPECIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ReservationSubBlocksListResponse": { "description": "A list of reservation subBlocks under a single reservation.", "id": "ReservationSubBlocksListResponse", @@ -107030,6 +107964,10 @@ false "description": "Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level.", "type": "boolean" }, +"gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": { +"description": "Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": { "description": "Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level.", "type": "boolean" @@ -108281,12 +109219,16 @@ false "ACTIVE", "DROPPED", "INACTIVE", +"OVERRIDDEN_BY_HUB", +"OVERRIDDEN_BY_PEERING", "PENDING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "This route is processed and active.", "The route is dropped due to the VPC exceeding the dynamic route limit.\n For dynamic route limit, please refer to the\nLearned route example", "This route is processed but inactive due to failure from the backend. The\nbackend may have rejected the route", +"For an Arcus VPC Peering route, this state indicates that the route is\ninactive because a corresponding Network Connectivity Center (NCC) route\nhas taken precedence.", +"For a Network Connectivity Center (NCC) route, this state indicates that\nthe route is inactive because a corresponding Arcus VPC Peering route\nhas taken precedence.", "This route is being processed internally. The status will change once\nprocessed." ], "type": "string" @@ -114409,13 +115351,6 @@ false "type": "string" }, "type": "array" -}, -"userLicenses": { -"description": "[Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of\nURLs to the license resource.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -114882,7 +115817,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have\nthe same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have\nthe same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -116472,6 +117407,20 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"postQuantumKeyExchange": { +"description": "One of DEFAULT, ENABLED, orDEFERRED. Controls whether the load balancer allows\nnegotiating X25519MLKEM768 key exchange when clients advertise support for\nit. When set to DEFAULT, or if no SSL Policy is\nattached to the target proxy, the load balancer disallows X25519MLKEM768\nkey exchange until it is enabled by default on LBs. When set toENABLED, the load balancer will negotiate X25519MLKEM768 key\nexchange. Customers can set this to DEFERRED to temporarily\nopt-out the LB from negotiating post-quantum key exchange by default.", +"enum": [ +"DEFAULT", +"DEFERRED", +"ENABLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Post-quantum key exchange is disabled until it becomes enabled by\ndefault on LBs.", +"Post-quantum key exchange with clients is temporarily disabled.", +"Post-quantum key exchange is enabled." +], +"type": "string" +}, "profile": { "description": "Profile specifies the set of SSL features that can be used by the load\nbalancer when negotiating SSL with clients. This can be one ofCOMPATIBLE, MODERN, RESTRICTED, orCUSTOM. If using CUSTOM, the set of SSL features\nto enable must be specified in the customFeatures field.", "enum": [ @@ -123545,6 +124494,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"TimeZone": { +"description": "Represents a time zone from the\n[IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones).", +"id": "TimeZone", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TlsCertificateContext": { "description": "[Deprecated] Defines the mechanism to obtain the client or server\ncertificate.\nDefines the mechanism to obtain the client or server certificate.", "id": "TlsCertificateContext", @@ -125243,7 +126207,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "VmExtensionPolicyExtensionPolicy" }, -"description": "Required. A map of extension names (e.g., \"cloudops\") to their corresponding policy\nconfigurations.", +"description": "Required. A map of extension names (for example, \"ops-agent\") to their corresponding\npolicy configurations.", "type": "object" }, "globalResourceLink": { @@ -125286,7 +126250,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "priority": { -"description": "Optional. Priority of this policy. Used to resolve conflicts when multiple policies\napply to the same extension.\nThe policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower\nintegers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when\ncreating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are\nequal, the policy with the more recent creation timestamp takes precedence.", +"description": "Optional. Priority of this policy. Used to resolve conflicts when multiple policies\napply to the same extension.\nThe policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower\nintegers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when\ncreating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are\nequal, the policy with the most recent creation timestamp takes precedence.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -125743,6 +126707,10 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"healthMsg": { +"description": "The health status message of the extension.", +"type": "string" +}, "healthStatus": { "description": "The health status of the extension.", "enum": [ @@ -125771,10 +126739,6 @@ false "description": "The id of the policy that is enforced on the extension.", "type": "string" }, -"unhealthyMsg": { -"description": "The status message of the extension if the extension is in unhealthy\nstate.", -"type": "string" -}, "version": { "description": "The version of the extension.", "type": "string" @@ -127989,6 +128953,10 @@ false "description": "[Output Only] Full URL reference to the region which hosts the zone.", "type": "string" }, +"resourceStatus": { +"$ref": "ZoneResourceStatus", +"readOnly": true +}, "selfLink": { "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" @@ -128170,6 +129138,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ZoneResourceStatus": { +"id": "ZoneResourceStatus", +"properties": { +"upcomingMaintenances": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The upcoming maintenance schedule.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PeriodicPartialMaintenanceSchedule" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ZoneSetLabelsRequest": { "id": "ZoneSetLabelsRequest", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json index efeead00a43..efe62ce1ec3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json @@ -3882,7 +3882,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.\nThe update is performed only on selected fields included as part\nof update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.", +"description": "Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.\nThe update is performed only on selected fields included as part\nof update-mask.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "compute.disks.update", @@ -6822,7 +6822,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -9661,6 +9661,54 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, +"configureAcceleratorTopologies": { +"description": "Updates the accelerator topologies configuration.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/configureAcceleratorTopologies", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.configureAcceleratorTopologies", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"zone", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group.\nIt should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone": { +"description": "The name of thezone\nwhere the managed instance group is located.\nIt should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/configureAcceleratorTopologies", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagersConfigureAcceleratorTopologiesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "createInstances": { "description": "Creates instances with per-instance configurations in this managed instance\ngroup. Instances are created using the current instance template. Thecreate instances operation is marked DONE if thecreateInstances request is successful. The underlying actions\ntake additional time. You must separately verify the status of thecreating or actions with the listmanagedinstances\nmethod.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances", @@ -19294,7 +19342,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -27943,7 +27991,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is\nperformed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the\nfollowing fields can be modified: user_license.", +"description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is\nperformed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "compute.regionDisks.update", @@ -32826,7 +32874,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -38687,7 +38735,7 @@ "methods": { "get": { "description": "Retrieves information about the specified reservation subBlock.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.get", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -38700,6 +38748,7 @@ "parentName": { "description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", "location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -38737,7 +38786,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}", "response": { "$ref": "ReservationSubBlocksGetResponse" }, @@ -38749,7 +38798,7 @@ }, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such\npolicy or resource exists.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.getIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -38794,7 +38843,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "response": { "$ref": "Policy" }, @@ -38806,7 +38855,7 @@ }, "list": { "description": "Retrieves a list of reservation subBlocks under a single reservation.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.list", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -38841,6 +38890,7 @@ "parentName": { "description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", "location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -38862,7 +38912,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks", "response": { "$ref": "ReservationSubBlocksListResponse" }, @@ -38874,7 +38924,7 @@ }, "performMaintenance": { "description": "Allows customers to perform maintenance on a reservation subBlock", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/performMaintenance", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/performMaintenance", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.performMaintenance", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -38887,6 +38937,7 @@ "parentName": { "description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", "location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -38914,7 +38965,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/performMaintenance", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/performMaintenance", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -38925,7 +38976,7 @@ }, "reportFaulty": { "description": "Allows customers to report a faulty subBlock.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/reportFaulty", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/reportFaulty", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.reportFaulty", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -38938,6 +38989,7 @@ "parentName": { "description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", "location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -38965,7 +39017,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/reportFaulty", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/reportFaulty", "request": { "$ref": "ReservationSubBlocksReportFaultyRequest" }, @@ -38979,7 +39031,7 @@ }, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.\nReplaces any existing policy.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.setIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -39018,7 +39070,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", "request": { "$ref": "ZoneSetNestedPolicyRequest" }, @@ -39032,7 +39084,7 @@ }, "testIamPermissions": { "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.testIamPermissions", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -39071,7 +39123,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "request": { "$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" }, @@ -40570,6 +40622,58 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, +"deleteNamedSet": { +"description": "Deletes Named Set", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/deleteNamedSet", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.routers.deleteNamedSet", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"router" +], +"parameters": { +"namedSet": { +"description": "The Named Set name for this request. Name must conform to RFC1035", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"router": { +"description": "Name of the Router resource where Named Set is defined.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/deleteNamedSet", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "deleteRoutePolicy": { "description": "Deletes Route Policy", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/deleteRoutePolicy", @@ -40665,6 +40769,53 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, +"getNamedSet": { +"description": "Returns specified Named Set", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/getNamedSet", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.routers.getNamedSet", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"router" +], +"parameters": { +"namedSet": { +"description": "The Named Set name for this request. Name must conform to RFC1035", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"router": { +"description": "Name of the Router resource to query for the named set. The name should\nconform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/getNamedSet", +"response": { +"$ref": "RoutersGetNamedSetResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, "getNatIpInfo": { "description": "Retrieves runtime NAT IP information.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/getNatIpInfo", @@ -41102,11 +41253,11 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"listRoutePolicies": { -"description": "Retrieves a list of router route policy subresources available to the\nspecified project.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/listRoutePolicies", +"listNamedSets": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of router named set subresources available to the\nspecified project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/listNamedSets", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.routers.listRoutePolicies", +"id": "compute.routers.listNamedSets", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -41163,9 +41314,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/listRoutePolicies", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/listNamedSets", "response": { -"$ref": "RoutersListRoutePolicies" +"$ref": "RoutersListNamedSets" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -41173,17 +41324,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"patch": { -"description": "Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the\nrequest. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and usesJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.routers.patch", +"listRoutePolicies": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of router route policy subresources available to the\nspecified project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/listRoutePolicies", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.routers.listRoutePolicies", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", "router" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -41198,36 +41372,34 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", "location": "query", -"type": "string" +"type": "boolean" }, "router": { -"description": "Name of the Router resource to patch.", +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.\nName should conform to RFC1035.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}", -"request": { -"$ref": "Router" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/listRoutePolicies", "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "RoutersListRoutePolicies" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"patchRoutePolicy": { -"description": "Patches Route Policy", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/patchRoutePolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.routers.patchRoutePolicy", +"patch": { +"description": "Patches the specified Router resource with the data included in the\nrequest. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and usesJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.routers.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -41254,16 +41426,16 @@ "type": "string" }, "router": { -"description": "Name of the Router resource where Route Policy is defined.", +"description": "Name of the Router resource to patch.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/patchRoutePolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}", "request": { -"$ref": "RoutePolicy" +"$ref": "Router" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -41273,11 +41445,11 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"preview": { -"description": "Preview fields auto-generated during router create andupdate operations.\nCalling this method does NOT create or update the router.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/preview", +"patchNamedSet": { +"description": "Patches Named Set", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/patchNamedSet", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.routers.preview", +"id": "compute.routers.patchNamedSet", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -41298,78 +41470,178 @@ "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"router": { -"description": "Name of the Router resource to query.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/preview", -"request": { -"$ref": "Router" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "RoutersPreviewResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.routers.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"router": { +"description": "Name of the Router resource where Named Set is defined.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/patchNamedSet", "request": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +"$ref": "NamedSet" }, "response": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +"$ref": "Operation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"update": { -"description": "Updates the specified Router resource with the data included in the\nrequest. This method conforms toPUT semantics, which requests that the state of the\ntarget resource be created or replaced with the state defined by the\nrepresentation enclosed in the request message payload.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}", -"httpMethod": "PUT", -"id": "compute.routers.update", +"patchRoutePolicy": { +"description": "Patches Route Policy", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/patchRoutePolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.routers.patchRoutePolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"router" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"router": { +"description": "Name of the Router resource where Route Policy is defined.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/patchRoutePolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "RoutePolicy" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"preview": { +"description": "Preview fields auto-generated during router create andupdate operations.\nCalling this method does NOT create or update the router.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/preview", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.routers.preview", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"router" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"router": { +"description": "Name of the Router resource to query.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/preview", +"request": { +"$ref": "Router" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "RoutersPreviewResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.routers.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Updates the specified Router resource with the data included in the\nrequest. This method conforms toPUT semantics, which requests that the state of the\ntarget resource be created or replaced with the state defined by the\nrepresentation enclosed in the request message payload.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}", +"httpMethod": "PUT", +"id": "compute.routers.update", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -41415,6 +41687,56 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, +"updateNamedSet": { +"description": "Updates or creates new Named Set", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/updateNamedSet", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.routers.updateNamedSet", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"router" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"router": { +"description": "Name of the Router resource where Named Set is defined.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/updateNamedSet", +"request": { +"$ref": "NamedSet" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "updateRoutePolicy": { "description": "Updates or creates new Route Policy", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/routers/{router}/updateRoutePolicy", @@ -42723,15 +43045,55 @@ } } }, -"snapshotSettings": { +"snapshotGroups": { "methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified SnapshotGroup resource", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{snapshotGroup}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"snapshotGroup" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshotGroup": { +"description": "Name of the SnapshotGroup resource to delete.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{snapshotGroup}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, "get": { -"description": "Get snapshot settings.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings", +"description": "returns the specified SnapshotGroup resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{snapshotGroup}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.snapshotSettings.get", +"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.get", "parameterOrder": [ -"project" +"project", +"snapshotGroup" ], "parameters": { "project": { @@ -42740,11 +43102,18 @@ "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"snapshotGroup": { +"description": "Name of the SnapshotGroup resource to return.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{snapshotGroup}", "response": { -"$ref": "SnapshotSettings" +"$ref": "SnapshotGroup" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -42752,11 +43121,52 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"patch": { -"description": "Patch snapshot settings.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.snapshotSettings.patch", +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such\npolicy or resource exists.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"optionsRequestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Requested IAM Policy version.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "Creates a snapshot group in the specified project using the data included\nin the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.insert", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -42772,17 +43182,11 @@ "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings", +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups", "request": { -"$ref": "SnapshotSettings" +"$ref": "SnapshotGroup" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -42791,16 +43195,12 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] -} -} }, -"snapshots": { -"methods": { -"aggregatedList": { -"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all of the snapshots in your project\nacross all regions and global scope.\n\nTo prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the\n`returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/snapshots", +"list": { +"description": "retrieves the list of SnapshotGroup resources contained within\nthe specified project.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.snapshots.aggregatedList", +"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project" ], @@ -42810,11 +43210,216 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"includeAllScopes": { -"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region,\nglobal) should be included in the response. For new resource types added\nafter this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always\ninclude every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource\ntypes which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only\nscopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found\nwill be included.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListSnapshotGroups" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.\nReplaces any existing policy.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GlobalSetPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.snapshotGroups.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9_]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotGroups/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +} +} +}, +"snapshotSettings": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Get snapshot settings.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.snapshotSettings.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings", +"response": { +"$ref": "SnapshotSettings" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Patch snapshot settings.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.snapshotSettings.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "update_mask indicates fields to be updated as part of this request.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/global/snapshotSettings", +"request": { +"$ref": "SnapshotSettings" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +} +} +}, +"snapshots": { +"methods": { +"aggregatedList": { +"description": "Retrieves an aggregated list of all of the snapshots in your project\nacross all regions and global scope.\n\nTo prevent failure, Google recommends that you set the\n`returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/snapshots", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.snapshots.aggregatedList", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"includeAllScopes": { +"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region,\nglobal) should be included in the response. For new resource types added\nafter this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always\ninclude every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource\ntypes which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only\nscopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found\nwill be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "maxResults": { "default": "500", "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", @@ -50445,7 +51050,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -52055,7 +52660,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.\nNext ID: 9", +"description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.\nNext ID: 10", "id": "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties", "properties": { "guestAccelerators": { @@ -52275,14 +52880,6 @@ false "" ], "type": "string" -}, -"userLicenses": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of\nURLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided\nlicenses can be modified after the disk is created.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -52386,7 +52983,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when\nempty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when\nempty.", "type": "object" }, "resourcePolicies": { @@ -53389,6 +53986,10 @@ false "format": "float", "type": "number" }, +"orchestrationInfo": { +"$ref": "BackendBackendOrchestrationInfo", +"description": "Information about the resource or system that manages the backend." +}, "preference": { "description": "This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before\nsending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values\nare:\n \n - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be\n filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT.\n - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough\n capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be\n assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the\n default", "enum": [ @@ -53419,6 +54020,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendBackendOrchestrationInfo": { +"description": "A message containing information about the resource or system that manages\nthe backend.", +"id": "BackendBackendOrchestrationInfo", +"properties": { +"resourceUri": { +"description": "The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendBucket": { "description": "Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.\n\nThis Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load\nbalancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.", "id": "BackendBucket", @@ -54542,6 +55154,10 @@ false "$ref": "BackendServiceNetworkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy", "description": "Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network\nLoad Balancers.\n\nnetworkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy." }, +"orchestrationInfo": { +"$ref": "BackendServiceOrchestrationInfo", +"description": "Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service." +}, "outlierDetection": { "$ref": "OutlierDetection", "description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." @@ -55608,6 +56224,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendServiceOrchestrationInfo": { +"description": "A message containing information about the resource or system that manages\nthe backend service.", +"id": "BackendServiceOrchestrationInfo", +"properties": { +"resourceUri": { +"description": "The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend\nservice.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendServiceParams": { "description": "Additional Backend Service parameters.", "id": "BackendServiceParams", @@ -56206,6 +56833,10 @@ false "$ref": "InstantSnapshotGroupParameters", "description": "The parameters for the instant snapshot group." }, +"snapshotGroupParameters": { +"$ref": "SnapshotGroupParameters", +"description": "The parameters for the snapshot group." +}, "sourceConsistencyGroupPolicy": { "description": "The URL of the DiskConsistencyGroupPolicy for the group of disks to clone.\nThis may be a full or partial URL, such as:\n \n \n - \n https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy\n \n - \n projects/project/regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy\n \n - \n regions/region/resourcePolicies/resourcePolicy", "type": "string" @@ -56427,6 +57058,132 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"CachePolicy": { +"description": "Message containing CachePolicy configuration for URL Map's Route Action.", +"id": "CachePolicy", +"properties": { +"cacheBypassRequestHeaderNames": { +"description": "Bypass the cache when the specified request headers are matched by name,\ne.g. Pragma or Authorization headers. Values are case-insensitive. Up to 5\nheader names can be specified. The cache is bypassed for all\ncachePolicy.cacheMode settings.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"cacheKeyPolicy": { +"$ref": "CachePolicyCacheKeyPolicy", +"description": "The CacheKeyPolicy for this CachePolicy." +}, +"cacheMode": { +"description": "Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this route.\nIf not specified, the default value is CACHE_ALL_STATIC.", +"enum": [ +"CACHE_ALL_STATIC", +"FORCE_CACHE_ALL", +"USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Automatically cache static content, including common image formats,\nmedia (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS).\nRequests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as\ndynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached.", +"Cache all content, ignoring any \"private\", \"no-store\" or \"no-cache\"\ndirectives in Cache-Control response headers.\nWarning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private,\nper-user (user identifiable) content.", +"Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content.\nResponses without these headers will not be cached at the edge, and will\nrequire a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting\nperformance and increasing load on the origin server." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"clientTtl": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is\nused to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With\nFORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the\nresponse max-age directive, along with a \"public\" directive. For\ncacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age\nfrom the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age\ndirective to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also\nensures a \"public\" cache-control directive is present.\nIf a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used.\nThe maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year)." +}, +"defaultTtl": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for\nresponses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-maxage).\nSetting a TTL of \"0\" means \"always revalidate\".\nThe value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of\nmaxTTL.\nWhen the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL\nwill overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is\n31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from\nthe cache before the defined TTL." +}, +"maxTtl": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this\norigin.\nCache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than\nthis, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will\nbe capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an\ns-maxage Cache-Control directive.\nHeaders sent to the client will not be modified.\nSetting a TTL of \"0\" means \"always revalidate\".\nThe maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). Infrequently accessed\nobjects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL." +}, +"negativeCaching": { +"description": "Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order\nto apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects.\nThis can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user\nexperience by reducing response latency.\nWhen the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS,\nnegative caching applies to responses with the specified response code\nthat lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives.\nWhen the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies\nto all responses with the specified response code, and override any\ncaching headers.\nBy default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these\nstatus codes:\nHTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m\nHTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone),\n451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s\nHTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s.\nThese defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"negativeCachingPolicy": { +"description": "Sets a cache TTL for the specified HTTP status code.\nnegative_caching must be enabled to configure negative_caching_policy.\nOmitting the policy and leaving negative_caching enabled will use\nCloud CDN's default cache TTLs.\nNote that when specifying an explicit negative_caching_policy, you\nshould take care to specify a cache TTL for all response codes\nthat you wish to cache. Cloud CDN will not apply any default\nnegative caching when a policy exists.", +"items": { +"$ref": "CachePolicyNegativeCachingPolicy" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"requestCoalescing": { +"description": "If true then Cloud CDN will combine multiple concurrent cache fill\nrequests into a small number of requests to the origin.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"serveWhileStale": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "Serve existing content from the cache (if available) when revalidating\ncontent with the origin, or when an error is encountered when refreshing\nthe cache.\nThis setting defines the default \"max-stale\" duration for any cached\nresponses that do not specify a max-stale directive. Stale responses that\nexceed the TTL configured here will not be served. The default limit\n(max-stale) is 86400s (1 day), which will allow stale content to be\nserved up to this limit beyond the max-age (or s-maxage) of a cached\nresponse.\nThe maximum allowed value is 604800 (1 week).\nSet this to zero (0) to disable serve-while-stale." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CachePolicyCacheKeyPolicy": { +"description": "Message containing what to include in the cache key for a request for Cache\nPolicy defined on Route Action.", +"id": "CachePolicyCacheKeyPolicy", +"properties": { +"excludedQueryParameters": { +"description": "Names of query string parameters to exclude in cache keys. All other\nparameters will be included. Either specify excluded_query_parameters or\nincluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded\nand not treated as delimiters.\n\nNote: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting\nto set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will\nresult in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend\nBucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should\nbe a part of the cache key.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"includeHost": { +"description": "If true, requests to different hosts will be cached separately.\n\nNote: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend\nService. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the\nhost is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to set\nit on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in a\nconfiguration error.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"includeProtocol": { +"description": "If true, http and https requests will be cached separately.\n\nNote: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend\nService. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket, as the\nprotocol is never included in a Backend Bucket's cache key. Attempting to\nset on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will result in\na configuration error.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"includeQueryString": { +"description": "If true, include query string parameters in the cache key according to\nincluded_query_parameters and excluded_query_parameters. If neither is\nset, the entire query string will be included. If false, the query string\nwill be excluded from the cache key entirely.\n\nNote: This field applies to routes that use backend services. Attempting\nto set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend Buckets will\nresult in a configuration error. For routes that point to a Backend\nBucket, use includedQueryParameters to define which parameters should\nbe a part of the cache key.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"includedCookieNames": { +"description": "Allows HTTP cookies (by name) to be used in the cache key.\nThe name=value pair will be used in the cache key Cloud CDN generates.\n\nNote: This setting is only applicable to routes that use a Backend\nService. It does not affect requests served by a Backend Bucket.\nAttempting to set it on a route that points exclusively to Backend\nBuckets will result in a configuration error. Up to 5 cookie names can be\nspecified.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"includedHeaderNames": { +"description": "Allows HTTP request headers (by name) to be used in the cache key.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"includedQueryParameters": { +"description": "Names of query string parameters to include in cache keys. All other\nparameters will be excluded. Either specify included_query_parameters or\nexcluded_query_parameters, not both. '&' and '=' will be percent encoded\nand not treated as delimiters.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CachePolicyNegativeCachingPolicy": { +"description": "Specify CDN TTLs for response error codes.", +"id": "CachePolicyNegativeCachingPolicy", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The HTTP status code to define a TTL against. Only HTTP status codes\n300, 301, 302, 307, 308, 404, 405, 410, 421, 451 and 501 can be\nspecified as values, and you cannot specify a status code more than\nonce.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"ttl": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "The TTL (in seconds) for which to cache responses with the\ncorresponding status code.\nThe maximum allowed value is 1800s (30 minutes). Infrequently accessed\nobjects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CalendarModeAdviceRequest": { "description": "A request to recommend the best way to consume the specified resources in the\nfuture.", "id": "CalendarModeAdviceRequest", @@ -58546,13 +59303,6 @@ false "description": "URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create\nthe disk. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk\ntypes.", "type": "string" }, -"userLicenses": { -"description": "A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user\nprovided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes\na list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian\nlicense:\n\nhttps://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "users": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] Links to the users of the disk (attached instances)\nin form:projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance", "items": { @@ -58988,7 +59738,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -62390,6 +63140,10 @@ false "FutureReservation": { "id": "FutureReservation", "properties": { +"advancedDeploymentControl": { +"$ref": "ReservationAdvancedDeploymentControl", +"description": "Advanced control for cluster management, applicable only to DENSE\ndeployment type future reservations." +}, "aggregateReservation": { "$ref": "AllocationAggregateReservation", "description": "Aggregate reservation details for the future reservation." @@ -67037,6 +67791,10 @@ false "HttpRouteAction": { "id": "HttpRouteAction", "properties": { +"cachePolicy": { +"$ref": "CachePolicy", +"description": "Cache policy for this URL Map\u2019s route. Available only for Global\nEXTERNAL_MANAGED load balancer schemes." +}, "corsPolicy": { "$ref": "CorsPolicy", "description": "The specification for allowing client-side cross-origin requests. For more\ninformation about the W3C recommendation for cross-origin resource sharing\n(CORS), see Fetch API Living\nStandard.\n\nNot supported when the URL map is bound to a target gRPC proxy." @@ -67646,13 +68404,6 @@ false "type": "string" }, "type": "array" -}, -"userLicenses": { -"description": "A list of publicly visible user-licenses. Unlike regular licenses, user\nprovided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. This includes\na list of URLs to the license resource. For example, to provide a debian\nlicense:\n\nhttps://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/debian-cloud/global/licenses/debian-9-stretch", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -67832,7 +68583,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have\nthe same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have\nthe same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -68175,6 +68926,9 @@ false "$ref": "Tags", "description": "Tags to apply to this instance. Tags are used to identify valid\nsources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client\nduring instance creation. The tags can be later modified by the setTags\nmethod. Each tag within the list must comply withRFC1035.\nMultiple tags can be specified via the 'tags.items' field." }, +"workloadIdentityConfig": { +"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityConfig" +}, "zone": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", "readOnly": true, @@ -69637,7 +70391,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are\nkey-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. For more information, seeManage tags\nfor resources.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to bind to the managed instance group. The tags are\nkey-value pairs. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. For more information, seeManage tags\nfor resources.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -70086,6 +70840,11 @@ false "description": "Output only. [Output Only] The status of bulk instance operation.", "readOnly": true }, +"currentInstanceStatuses": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The list of instance statuses and the number of instances\nin this managed instance group that have the status. Currently only shown\nfor TPU MIGs", +"readOnly": true +}, "isStable": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] A bit indicating whether the managed instance group is in a\nstable state. A stable state means that: none of the instances in the\nmanaged instance group is currently undergoing any type of change (for\nexample, creation, restart, or deletion); no future changes are scheduled\nfor instances in the managed instance group; and the managed instance\ngroup itself is not being modified.", "readOnly": true, @@ -70198,6 +70957,91 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary": { +"description": "The list of instance statuses and the number of instances in this managed\ninstance group that have the status. For more information about how to\ninterpret each status check the instance lifecycle documentation.\nCurrently only shown for TPU MIGs.", +"id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusInstanceStatusSummary", +"properties": { +"deprovisioning": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have DEPROVISIONING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"nonExistent": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances that have not been created yet or\nhave been deleted. Includes only instances that would be shown in the\nlistManagedInstances method and not all instances that have been\ndeleted in the lifetime of the MIG.\nDoes not include FlexStart instances that are waiting for the resources\navailability, they are considered as 'pending'.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"pending": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING status, that is FlexStart instances that are waiting\nfor resources. Instances that do not exist because of the other reasons\nare counted as 'non_existent'.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"pendingStop": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PENDING_STOP status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"provisioning": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have PROVISIONING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"repairing": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have REPAIRING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"running": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have RUNNING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"staging": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STAGING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"stopped": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPED status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"stopping": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have STOPPING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"suspended": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDED status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"suspending": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have SUSPENDING status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, +"terminated": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The number of instances in the managed instance group\nthat have TERMINATED status.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful": { "id": "InstanceGroupManagerStatusStateful", "properties": { @@ -70430,6 +71274,30 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstanceGroupManagersConfigureAcceleratorTopologiesRequest": { +"description": "InstanceGroupManagers.ConfigureAcceleratorTopologies", +"id": "InstanceGroupManagersConfigureAcceleratorTopologiesRequest", +"properties": { +"acceleratorTopologyActions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"enum": [ +"ACCELERATOR_TOPOLOGY_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACTIVATE", +"DEACTIVATE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value. Should not be used.", +"The accelerator topology is to be activated.", +"The accelerator topology is to be deactivated." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Map of accelerator topologies that should have their state changed to\nthe specified value. The key is the hashed topology locus id. It can be\nobtained from the GetAvailableAcceleratorTopologies rpc.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstanceGroupManagersCreateInstancesRequest": { "description": "InstanceGroupManagers.createInstances", "id": "InstanceGroupManagersCreateInstancesRequest", @@ -70484,6 +71352,10 @@ false }, "description": "The accelerator topology information returned per id of the topology\nlocation.", "type": "object" +}, +"multiMig": { +"description": "URL to MMIG this MIG belongs to.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -70499,13 +71371,114 @@ false "enum": [ "DEGRADED", "HEALTHY", -"UNHEALTHY" +"UNHEALTHY", +"UNKNOWN" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "All VM are in RUNNING state, but there is an issue with\nthe inter-chip connectivity that makes this part\nof the infrastructure ready to use as a working\ninter-chip connected group only in a degraded mode.\nThis is allowed only for Instances configured with ICI\nresiliency", "All VM are in RUNNING state, there are no issues with the\ninter-chip connectivity.", -"Some VMs may not be in RUNNING state, or there is an\nissue with the inter-chip connectivity that makes this\npart of the infrastructure unsuitable for forming a\nworking inter-chip connected group." +"Some VMs may not be in RUNNING state, or there is an\nissue with the inter-chip connectivity that makes this\npart of the infrastructure unsuitable for forming a\nworking inter-chip connected group.", +"No signal available" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"acceleratorTopologyState": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManagersGetAvailableAcceleratorTopologiesResponseAcceleratorTopologyState" +}, +"instancesHealth": { +"enum": [ +"ALL_HEALTHY", +"UNHEALTHY_OR_MISSING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Infrastructure is healthy", +"Some VMs are in another state than RUNNING or they are missing." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Identified by the topology Id in the accelerator_topology_info map. Empty\nfor the top-level topology", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"InstanceGroupManagersGetAvailableAcceleratorTopologiesResponseAcceleratorTopologyState": { +"description": "Specifies the topology state", +"id": "InstanceGroupManagersGetAvailableAcceleratorTopologiesResponseAcceleratorTopologyState", +"properties": { +"currentState": { +"enum": [ +"ACTIVATING", +"ACTIVE", +"ACTIVE_DEGRADED", +"DEACTIVATING", +"FAILED", +"INACTIVE", +"INCOMPLETE" ], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"The topology is active but with potential performance degradation.", +"", +"Critical non-retriable error that the user has to act manually", +"", +"Not all VMs have been provisioned" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"error": { +"description": "Reason why the topology state change failed", +"properties": { +"errors": { +"description": "[Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this\noperation.", +"items": { +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] The error type identifier for this error.", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorDetails": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional list of messages that contain the error\ndetails. There is a set of defined message types to use for providing\ndetails.The syntax depends on the error code. For example,\nQuotaExceededInfo will have details when the error code is\nQUOTA_EXCEEDED.", +"items": { +"properties": { +"errorInfo": { +"$ref": "ErrorInfo" +}, +"help": { +"$ref": "Help" +}, +"localizedMessage": { +"$ref": "LocalizedMessage" +}, +"quotaInfo": { +"$ref": "QuotaExceededInfo" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"location": { +"description": "[Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error.\nThis property is optional.", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"errorTimestamp": { +"description": "Timestamp when the last error happened", +"format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" } }, @@ -71778,7 +72751,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -71913,7 +72886,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and\nvalues are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and\nvalues are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" }, "resourcePolicies": { @@ -71945,6 +72918,9 @@ false "tags": { "$ref": "Tags", "description": "A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from these\nproperties. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network\nfirewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within\nthe list must comply with RFC1035." +}, +"workloadIdentityConfig": { +"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityConfig" } }, "type": "object" @@ -73120,6 +74096,10 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "region": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", "readOnly": true, @@ -73640,6 +74620,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstantSnapshotParams": { +"description": "Additional instant snapshot params.", +"id": "InstantSnapshotParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstantSnapshotResourceStatus": { "id": "InstantSnapshotResourceStatus", "properties": { @@ -74049,7 +75043,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "subzone": { -"description": "Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where\nthis connection is to be provisioned.", +"description": "To be deprecated.", "enum": [ "SUBZONE_A", "SUBZONE_B" @@ -78231,6 +79225,174 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListSnapshotGroups": { +"description": "Contains a list of SnapshotGroup resources.", +"id": "ListSnapshotGroups", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of SnapshotGroup resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "SnapshotGroup" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#snapshotGroupsList", +"description": "Output only. Type of resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.\nend_interface: MixerListResponseWithEtagBuilder", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "LocalDisk": { "id": "LocalDisk", "properties": { @@ -78274,7 +79436,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "LocationPolicyLocation" }, -"description": "Location configurations mapped by location name.\nCurrently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid\ninternal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.", +"description": "Location configurations mapped by location name.\nCurrently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid\ninternal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.\nThe bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if\nan AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a\nDENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider\nus-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not\nus-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to\nallow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert\noperations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field.", "type": "object" }, "targetShape": { @@ -78290,6 +79452,13 @@ false "GCE prioritizes acquisition of resources, scheduling VMs in zones\nwhere resources are available while distributing VMs as evenly as\npossible across allowed zones to minimize the impact of zonal failure.\nRecommended for highly available serving workloads." ], "type": "string" +}, +"zones": { +"description": "The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations\nfield to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones\nare specified in both fields.", +"items": { +"$ref": "LocationPolicyZoneConfiguration" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -78330,6 +79499,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"LocationPolicyZoneConfiguration": { +"id": "LocationPolicyZoneConfiguration", +"properties": { +"zone": { +"description": "The URL of the zone.\nThe zone must exist in the region where the request is called.\nZones must be represented as valid partial URLs,\nsuch as zones/us-central1-a.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "MachineImage": { "description": "Represents a machine image resource.\n\nA machine image is a Compute Engine resource that stores all the\nconfiguration, metadata, permissions, and data from one or more disks\nrequired to create a Virtual machine (VM) instance. For more information, seeMachine images.", "id": "MachineImage", @@ -80172,6 +81351,44 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"NamedSet": { +"id": "NamedSet", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of named set.", +"type": "string" +}, +"elements": { +"description": "CEL expressions that are comparable to constructs of this set's type\n(see Policy Language).", +"items": { +"$ref": "Expr" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"fingerprint": { +"description": "A fingerprint for the Named Set being applied to this Router, which is\nessentially a hash of the Named Set used for optimistic locking.\nThe fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes\nafter every request to modify or update the Named Set. You must always\nprovide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change\nlabels.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a getNamedSet() request\nto retrieve a Named Set.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "This set's name, which must be a resource ID segment and unique within all\nnamed sets owned by the Router. Name should conform to RFC1035.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "This named set's type", +"enum": [ +"NAMED_SET_TYPE_COMMUNITY", +"NAMED_SET_TYPE_PREFIX" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The Named Set is a Community Named Set.", +"The Named Set is a Prefix Named Set." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "NatIpInfo": { "description": "Contains NAT IP information of a NAT config (i.e. usage status, mode).", "id": "NatIpInfo", @@ -81372,7 +82589,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "NetworkEndpointGroup": { -"description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be\nreached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located.\nFor more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview.", +"description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be\nreached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located.\nFor more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "id": "NetworkEndpointGroup", "properties": { "annotations": { @@ -82519,6 +83736,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"enableVpcScopedDns": { +"description": "Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid\nwith network_attachment.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "fingerprint": { "description": "Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface.\nThis field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or\nadding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date\nfingerprint must be provided in order to update theNetworkInterface. The request will fail with error400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.", "format": "byte", @@ -93047,6 +94268,20 @@ false "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", "type": "string" }, +"earlyAccessMaintenance": { +"description": "Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation.\nIf this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not\nenrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies.", +"enum": [ +"NO_EARLY_ACCESS", +"WAVE1", +"WAVE2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No early access.", +"Wave 1: Fastest notification period", +"Wave 2: Medium notification period" +], +"type": "string" +}, "enableEmergentMaintenance": { "description": "Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs;\nfor example, to fix hardware errors.", "type": "boolean" @@ -93081,6 +94316,10 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "ReservationParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "protectionTier": { "description": "Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations\nin the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power\nand/or cooling failures).", "enum": [ @@ -93929,6 +95168,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ReservationParams": { +"description": "Additional reservation params.", +"id": "ReservationParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ReservationSlot": { "description": "Represents a reservation slot resource.", "id": "ReservationSlot", @@ -93981,13 +95234,15 @@ false "ACTIVE", "CREATING", "DELETING", -"STATE_UNSPECIFIED" +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNAVAILABLE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The reservation slot has allocated all its resources.", "The resources are being allocated for the reservation slot.", "The reservation slot is currently being deleted.", -"" +"", +"The reservation slot is currently unavailable." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -95831,6 +97086,10 @@ false "description": "Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level.", "type": "boolean" }, +"gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": { +"description": "Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": { "description": "Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level.", "type": "boolean" @@ -98711,6 +99970,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RoutersGetNamedSetResponse": { +"id": "RoutersGetNamedSetResponse", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"description": "end_interface: MixerGetResponseWithEtagBuilder", +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"$ref": "NamedSet" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RoutersGetRoutePolicyResponse": { "id": "RoutersGetRoutePolicyResponse", "properties": { @@ -98887,6 +100159,173 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RoutersListNamedSets": { +"id": "RoutersListNamedSets", +"properties": { +"etag": { +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is\ndefined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#routersListNamedSets", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Alwayscompute#routersListNamedSets for lists of named sets.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"result": { +"description": "[Output Only] A list of named sets.", +"items": { +"$ref": "NamedSet" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RoutersListRoutePolicies": { "id": "RoutersListRoutePolicies", "properties": { @@ -99548,6 +100987,10 @@ false "description": "Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during\ninstance creation or while the instance isstopped and\ntherefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. SeeInstance Life\nCycle for more information on the possible instance states.", "type": "boolean" }, +"preemptionNoticeDuration": { +"$ref": "Duration", +"description": "Specifies the Metadata Service preemption notice duration before the GCE ACPI G2 Soft\n Off signal is triggered for Spot\n VMs only. If not specified, there will be no wait before the G2 Soft\n Off signal is triggered." +}, "provisioningModel": { "description": "Specifies the provisioning model of the instance.", "enum": [ @@ -102409,6 +103852,16 @@ false "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using acustomer-supplied\nencryption key.\n\nAfter you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must\nprovide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must\nprovide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted\nsnapshot in a future request.\n\nCustomer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata\nof the snapshot.\n\nIf you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then\nthe snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you\ndo not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later." }, +"snapshotGroupId": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique ID of the snapshot group that this snapshot\nbelongs to.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"snapshotGroupName": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] The snapshot group that this snapshot belongs to.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "snapshotType": { "description": "Indicates the type of the snapshot.", "enum": [ @@ -102505,13 +103958,6 @@ false "type": "string" }, "type": "array" -}, -"userLicenses": { -"description": "[Output Only] A list of user provided licenses represented by a list of\nURLs to the license resource.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -102684,6 +104130,135 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SnapshotGroup": { +"description": "Represents a SnapshotGroup resource.\n\nA snapshot group is a set of snapshots that represents a point in time state\nof a consistency group.", +"id": "SnapshotGroup", +"properties": { +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Optional. An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is\ndefined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#snapshotGroup", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#snapshotGroup for SnapshotGroup\nresources.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created.\nThe name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.\nSpecifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular\nexpression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first\ncharacter must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be\na dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot\nbe a dash.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLinkWithId": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceInfo": { +"$ref": "SnapshotGroupSourceInfo", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only]", +"readOnly": true +}, +"sourceInstantSnapshotGroup": { +"description": "Input field for the source instant snapshot group.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo": { +"$ref": "SnapshotGroupSourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only]", +"readOnly": true +}, +"status": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only]", +"enum": [ +"CREATING", +"DELETING", +"FAILED", +"INVALID", +"READY", +"UNKNOWN", +"UPLOADING" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SnapshotGroupParameters": { +"id": "SnapshotGroupParameters", +"properties": { +"replicaZones": { +"description": "URLs of the zones where disks should be replicated to. Only applicable\nfor regional resources.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"sourceSnapshotGroup": { +"description": "The source snapshot group used to create disks. You can provide this as a\npartial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid\nvalues:\n \n \n - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup \n - projects/project/global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup\n - global/snapshotGroups/snapshotGroup", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "URL of the disk type resource describing which disk type to use to create\ndisks. Provide this when creating the disk. For example:projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-ssd. See Persistent disk\ntypes.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SnapshotGroupSourceInfo": { +"id": "SnapshotGroupSourceInfo", +"properties": { +"consistencyGroup": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"consistencyGroupId": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SnapshotGroupSourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo": { +"id": "SnapshotGroupSourceInstantSnapshotGroupInfo", +"properties": { +"instantSnapshotGroup": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"instantSnapshotGroupId": { +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SnapshotList": { "description": "Contains a list of Snapshot resources.", "id": "SnapshotList", @@ -102849,7 +104424,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have\nthe same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have\nthe same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -112832,7 +114407,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "VmExtensionPolicyExtensionPolicy" }, -"description": "Required. A map of extension names (e.g., \"cloudops\") to their corresponding policy\nconfigurations.", +"description": "Required. A map of extension names (for example, \"ops-agent\") to their corresponding\npolicy configurations.", "type": "object" }, "globalResourceLink": { @@ -112875,7 +114450,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "priority": { -"description": "Optional. Priority of this policy. Used to resolve conflicts when multiple policies\napply to the same extension.\nThe policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower\nintegers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when\ncreating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are\nequal, the policy with the more recent creation timestamp takes precedence.", +"description": "Optional. Priority of this policy. Used to resolve conflicts when multiple policies\napply to the same extension.\nThe policy priority is an integer from 0 to 65535, inclusive. Lower\nintegers indicate higher priorities. If you do not specify a priority when\ncreating a rule, it is assigned a priority of 1000. If priorities are\nequal, the policy with the most recent creation timestamp takes precedence.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -115186,6 +116761,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"WorkloadIdentityConfig": { +"id": "WorkloadIdentityConfig", +"properties": { +"identity": { +"type": "string" +}, +"identityCertificateEnabled": { +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "XpnHostList": { "id": "XpnHostList", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json index 620caa0b352..66fa83b9e22 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json @@ -3671,7 +3671,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.\nThe update is performed only on selected fields included as part\nof update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.", +"description": "Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request.\nThe update is performed only on selected fields included as part\nof update-mask.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "compute.disks.update", @@ -4327,6 +4327,11 @@ "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.firewallPolicies.listAssociations", "parameters": { +"includeInheritedPolicies": { +"description": "If set to \"true\", the response will contain a list of all associations for\nthe containing folders and the containing organization of the target. The\nparameter has no effect if the target is an organization.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "targetResource": { "description": "The target resource to list associations. It is an organization, or a\nfolder.", "location": "query", @@ -6378,7 +6383,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -17594,7 +17599,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.networkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -25117,7 +25122,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is\nperformed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the\nfollowing fields can be modified: user_license.", +"description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is\nperformed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "compute.regionDisks.update", @@ -25179,146 +25184,15 @@ } } }, -"regionHealthCheckServices": { +"regionHealthAggregationPolicies": { "methods": { -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified regional HealthCheckService.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"healthCheckService" -], -"parameters": { -"healthCheckService": { -"description": "Name of the HealthCheckService to delete. The name\nmust be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"get": { -"description": "Returns the specified regional HealthCheckService resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"healthCheckService" -], -"parameters": { -"healthCheckService": { -"description": "Name of the HealthCheckService to update. The name\nmust be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}", -"response": { -"$ref": "HealthCheckService" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"insert": { -"description": "Creates a regional HealthCheckService resource in the\nspecified project and region using the data included in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.insert", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices", -"request": { -"$ref": "HealthCheckService" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "Lists all the HealthCheckService resources that have been\nconfigured for the specified project in the given region.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices", +"aggregatedList": { +"description": "Retrieves the list of all HealthAggregationPolicy resources,\nregional and global, available to the specified project.\n\nTo prevent failure, it is recommended that you set the\n`returnPartialSuccess` parameter to `true`.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/aggregated/healthAggregationPolicies", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.list", +"id": "compute.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.aggregatedList", "parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region" +"project" ], "parameters": { "filter": { @@ -25326,6 +25200,11 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"includeAllScopes": { +"description": "Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region,\nglobal) should be included in the response. For new resource types added\nafter this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always\ninclude every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource\ntypes which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only\nscopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found\nwill be included.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "maxResults": { "default": "500", "description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", @@ -25345,147 +25224,47 @@ "type": "string" }, "project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"description": "Name of the project scoping this request.", "location": "path", "pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, "returnPartialSuccess": { "description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices", -"response": { -"$ref": "HealthCheckServicesList" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" -] -}, -"patch": { -"description": "Updates the specified regional HealthCheckService resource\nwith the data included in the request. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.patch", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"healthCheckService" -], -"parameters": { -"healthCheckService": { -"description": "Name of the HealthCheckService to update. The name\nmust be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"serviceProjectNumber": { +"description": "The Shared VPC service project id or service project number for which\naggregated list request is invoked for subnetworks list-usable api.", +"format": "int64", "location": "query", "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}", -"request": { -"$ref": "HealthCheckService" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/aggregated/healthAggregationPolicies", "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" -] -}, -"testIamPermissions": { -"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.testIamPermissions", -"parameterOrder": [ -"project", -"region", -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"project": { -"description": "Project ID for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "The name of the region for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions", -"request": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +"$ref": "HealthAggregationPolicyAggregatedList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] -} -} }, -"regionHealthChecks": { -"methods": { "delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified HealthCheck resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", +"description": "Deletes the specified HealthAggregationPolicy in the given region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthAggregationPolicies/{healthAggregationPolicy}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.delete", +"id": "compute.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"healthCheck" +"healthAggregationPolicy" ], "parameters": { -"healthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HealthCheck resource to delete.", +"healthAggregationPolicy": { +"description": "Name of the HealthAggregationPolicy resource to delete.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -25511,7 +25290,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthAggregationPolicies/{healthAggregationPolicy}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -25521,18 +25300,18 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns the specified HealthCheck resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", +"description": "Returns the specified HealthAggregationPolicy resource in the given region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthAggregationPolicies/{healthAggregationPolicy}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.get", +"id": "compute.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"healthCheck" +"healthAggregationPolicy" ], "parameters": { -"healthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HealthCheck resource to return.", +"healthAggregationPolicy": { +"description": "Name of the HealthAggregationPolicy resource to return.", "location": "path", "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, @@ -25553,9 +25332,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthAggregationPolicies/{healthAggregationPolicy}", "response": { -"$ref": "HealthCheck" +"$ref": "HealthAggregationPolicy" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -25564,10 +25343,10 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks", +"description": "Create a HealthAggregationPolicy in the specified project in the given\nregion using the parameters that are included in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthAggregationPolicies", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.insert", +"id": "compute.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.insert", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region" @@ -25593,9 +25372,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthAggregationPolicies", "request": { -"$ref": "HealthCheck" +"$ref": "HealthAggregationPolicy" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -25606,10 +25385,10 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Retrieves the list of HealthCheck resources available to the specified\nproject.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks", +"description": "Lists the HealthAggregationPolicies for a project in the given region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthAggregationPolicies", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.list", +"id": "compute.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region" @@ -25658,9 +25437,9 @@ "type": "boolean" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthAggregationPolicies", "response": { -"$ref": "HealthCheckList" +"$ref": "HealthAggregationPolicyList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -25669,20 +25448,19 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", +"description": "Updates the specified regional HealthAggregationPolicy\nresource with the data included in the request. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthAggregationPolicies/{healthAggregationPolicy}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.patch", +"id": "compute.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"healthCheck" +"healthAggregationPolicy" ], "parameters": { -"healthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HealthCheck resource to patch.", +"healthAggregationPolicy": { +"description": "Name of the HealthAggregationPolicy to update. The name\nmust be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -25706,9 +25484,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthAggregationPolicies/{healthAggregationPolicy}", "request": { -"$ref": "HealthCheck" +"$ref": "HealthAggregationPolicy" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -25720,9 +25498,9 @@ }, "testIamPermissions": { "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthAggregationPolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.testIamPermissions", +"id": "compute.regionHealthAggregationPolicies.testIamPermissions", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", @@ -25751,7 +25529,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthAggregationPolicies/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "request": { "$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" }, @@ -25763,22 +25541,25 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +} +} }, -"update": { -"description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", -"httpMethod": "PUT", -"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.update", +"regionHealthCheckServices": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified regional HealthCheckService.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"healthCheck" +"healthCheckService" ], "parameters": { -"healthCheck": { -"description": "Name of the HealthCheck resource to update.", +"healthCheckService": { +"description": "Name of the HealthCheckService to delete. The name\nmust be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -25802,10 +25583,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", -"request": { -"$ref": "HealthCheck" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -25813,24 +25591,20 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] -} -} }, -"regionInstanceGroupManagers": { -"methods": { -"abandonInstances": { -"description": "Flags the specified instances to be immediately removed from the managed\ninstance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the\ninstance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are\napplied by the managed instance group. This method reduces thetargetSize of the managed instance group by the\nnumber of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked asDONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have\nnot yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the\nstatus of the abandoning action with thelistmanagedinstances\nmethod.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend\nservice that has enabled\nconnection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection\ndraining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/abandonInstances", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.abandonInstances", +"get": { +"description": "Returns the specified regional HealthCheckService resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"instanceGroupManager" +"healthCheckService" ], "parameters": { -"instanceGroupManager": { -"description": "Name of the managed instance group.", +"healthCheckService": { +"description": "Name of the HealthCheckService to update. The name\nmust be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -25845,44 +25619,31 @@ "region": { "description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", "location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" -}, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/abandonInstances", -"request": { -"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersAbandonInstancesRequest" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}", "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "HealthCheckService" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"applyUpdatesToInstances": { -"description": "Apply updates to selected instances the managed instance group.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/applyUpdatesToInstances", +"insert": { +"description": "Creates a regional HealthCheckService resource in the\nspecified project and region using the data included in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.applyUpdatesToInstances", +"id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.insert", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", -"instanceGroupManager" +"region" ], "parameters": { -"instanceGroupManager": { -"description": "The name of the managed instance group, should conform to RFC1035.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -25891,15 +25652,21 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request, should conform to RFC1035.", +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", "location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/applyUpdatesToInstances", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices", "request": { -"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersApplyUpdatesRequest" +"$ref": "HealthCheckService" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -25909,21 +25676,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"createInstances": { -"description": "Creates instances with per-instance configurations in this regional managed\ninstance group. Instances are created using the current instance template.\nThe create instances operation is marked DONE if\nthe createInstances request is successful. The underlying\nactions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of thecreating or actions with the listmanagedinstances\nmethod.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.createInstances", +"list": { +"description": "Lists all the HealthCheckService resources that have been\nconfigured for the specified project in the given region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project", -"region", -"instanceGroupManager" +"region" ], "parameters": { -"instanceGroupManager": { -"description": "The name of the managed instance group.\nIt should conform to RFC1035.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", "type": "string" }, "project": { @@ -25934,42 +25717,41 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "The name of theregion\nwhere the managed instance group is located.\nIt should conform to RFC1035.", +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", "location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", "location": "query", -"type": "string" +"type": "boolean" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances", -"request": { -"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersCreateInstancesRequest" -}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices", "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "HealthCheckServicesList" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] }, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes the specified managed instance group and all of the instances\nin that group.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.delete", +"patch": { +"description": "Updates the specified regional HealthCheckService resource\nwith the data included in the request. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"instanceGroupManager" +"healthCheckService" ], "parameters": { -"instanceGroupManager": { -"description": "Name of the managed instance group to delete.", +"healthCheckService": { +"description": "Name of the HealthCheckService to update. The name\nmust be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035.", "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" @@ -25984,6 +25766,7 @@ "region": { "description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", "location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -25993,7 +25776,10 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{healthCheckService}", +"request": { +"$ref": "HealthCheckService" +}, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -26002,23 +25788,17 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" ] }, -"deleteInstances": { -"description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be\nimmediately deleted. The instances are also removed from any target\npools of which they were a member. This method reduces thetargetSize of the managed instance group by the number of\ninstances that you delete.\nThe deleteInstances operation is marked DONE if\nthe deleteInstances request is successful. The underlying\nactions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of thedeleting action with thelistmanagedinstances\nmethod.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend\nservice that has enabled\nconnection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection\ndraining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deleteInstances", +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.deleteInstances", +"id": "compute.regionHealthCheckServices.testIamPermissions", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"instanceGroupManager" +"resource" ], "parameters": { -"instanceGroupManager": { -"description": "Name of the managed instance group.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, "project": { "description": "Project ID for this request.", "location": "path", @@ -26027,43 +25807,52 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", "location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"requestId": { -"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", -"location": "query", +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deleteInstances", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthCheckServices/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "request": { -"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersDeleteInstancesRequest" +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "Operation" +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" ] +} +} }, -"deletePerInstanceConfigs": { -"description": "Deletes selected per-instance configurations for the managed instance\ngroup.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deletePerInstanceConfigs", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.deletePerInstanceConfigs", +"regionHealthChecks": { +"methods": { +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified HealthCheck resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"instanceGroupManager" +"healthCheck" ], "parameters": { -"instanceGroupManager": { -"description": "The name of the managed instance group. It should conform to RFC1035.", +"healthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HealthCheck resource to delete.", "location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -26075,16 +25864,19 @@ "type": "string" }, "region": { -"description": "Name of the region scoping this request, should conform to RFC1035.", +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", "location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" -} }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deletePerInstanceConfigs", -"request": { -"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagerDeleteInstanceConfigReq" +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} }, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -26094,19 +25886,20 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Returns all of the details about the specified managed instance group.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}", +"description": "Returns the specified HealthCheck resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.get", +"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.get", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region", -"instanceGroupManager" +"healthCheck" ], "parameters": { -"instanceGroupManager": { -"description": "Name of the managed instance group to return.", +"healthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HealthCheck resource to return.", "location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -26120,13 +25913,14 @@ "region": { "description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", "location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", "response": { -"$ref": "InstanceGroupManager" +"$ref": "HealthCheck" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -26135,10 +25929,10 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify\nin the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are\ncreated using the specified instance template.\nThis operation is marked as DONE when the group is created\neven if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must\nseparately verify the status of the individual instances with thelistmanagedinstances\nmethod.\n\nA regional managed instance group can contain up to 2000 instances.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers", +"description": "Creates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.insert", +"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.insert", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region" @@ -26154,6 +25948,7 @@ "region": { "description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", "location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -26163,9 +25958,9 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers", +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks", "request": { -"$ref": "InstanceGroupManager" +"$ref": "HealthCheck" }, "response": { "$ref": "Operation" @@ -26176,10 +25971,580 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Retrieves the list of managed instance groups that are contained\nwithin the specified region.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers", +"description": "Retrieves the list of HealthCheck resources available to the specified\nproject.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.list", +"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. Most\nCompute resources support two types of filter expressions:\nexpressions that support regular expressions and expressions that follow\nAPI improvement proposal AIP-160.\nThese two types of filter expressions cannot be mixed in one request.\n\nIf you want to use AIP-160, your expression must specify the field name, an\noperator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value\nmust be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator\nmust be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, `<`, `<=`, `>=` or `:`.\n\nFor example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can\nexclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying\n`name != example-instance`.\n\nThe `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined.\nFor example, to find all objects with `owner` label use:\n```\nlabels.owner:*\n```\n\nYou can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify\n`scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only\nif they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering\non nested fields to filter based onresource labels.\n\nTo filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within\nparentheses. For example:\n```\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\")\n```\nBy default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you\ncan include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly.\nFor example:\n```\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Skylake\") OR\n(cpuPlatform = \"Intel Broadwell\") AND\n(scheduling.automaticRestart = true)\n```\n\nIf you want to use a regular expression, use the `eq` (equal) or `ne`\n(not equal) operator against a single un-parenthesized expression with or\nwithout quotes or against multiple parenthesized expressions. Examples:\n\n`fieldname eq unquoted literal`\n`fieldname eq 'single quoted literal'`\n`fieldname eq \"double quoted literal\"`\n`(fieldname1 eq literal) (fieldname2 ne \"literal\")`\n\nThe literal value is interpreted as a regular expression using GoogleRE2 library syntax.\nThe literal value must match the entire field.\n\nFor example, to filter for instances that do not end with name \"instance\",\nyou would use `name ne .*instance`.\n\nYou cannot combine constraints on multiple fields using regular\nexpressions.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxResults": { +"default": "500", +"description": "The maximum number of results per page that should be returned.\nIf the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`,\nCompute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get\nthe next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are\n`0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)", +"format": "uint32", +"location": "query", +"minimum": "0", +"type": "integer" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results\nare returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name.\n\nYou can also sort results in descending order based on the creation\ntimestamp using `orderBy=\"creationTimestamp desc\"`. This sorts\nresults based on the `creationTimestamp` field in\nreverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort\nresources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first.\n\nCurrently, only sorting by `name` or\n`creationTimestamp desc` is supported.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the\n`nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get\nthe next page of results.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case\nof failure. The default value is false.\n\nFor example, when partial success behavior is enabled, aggregatedList for a\nsingle zone scope either returns all resources in the zone or no resources,\nwith an error code.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks", +"response": { +"$ref": "HealthCheckList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request. This method supportsPATCH\nsemantics and uses theJSON merge\npatch format and processing rules.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"healthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"healthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HealthCheck resource to patch.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", +"request": { +"$ref": "HealthCheck" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of the region for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "Name or id of the resource for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "TestPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"update": { +"description": "Updates a HealthCheck resource in the specified project using the data\nincluded in the request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", +"httpMethod": "PUT", +"id": "compute.regionHealthChecks.update", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"healthCheck" +], +"parameters": { +"healthCheck": { +"description": "Name of the HealthCheck resource to update.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?|[1-9][0-9]{0,19}", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/healthChecks/{healthCheck}", +"request": { +"$ref": "HealthCheck" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +} +} +}, +"regionInstanceGroupManagers": { +"methods": { +"abandonInstances": { +"description": "Flags the specified instances to be immediately removed from the managed\ninstance group. Abandoning an instance does not delete the\ninstance, but it does remove the instance from any target pools that are\napplied by the managed instance group. This method reduces thetargetSize of the managed instance group by the\nnumber of instances that you abandon. This operation is marked asDONE when the action is scheduled even if the instances have\nnot yet been removed from the group. You must separately verify the\nstatus of the abandoning action with thelistmanagedinstances\nmethod.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend\nservice that has enabled\nconnection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection\ndraining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/abandonInstances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.abandonInstances", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "Name of the managed instance group.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/abandonInstances", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersAbandonInstancesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"applyUpdatesToInstances": { +"description": "Apply updates to selected instances the managed instance group.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/applyUpdatesToInstances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.applyUpdatesToInstances", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group, should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request, should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/applyUpdatesToInstances", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersApplyUpdatesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"createInstances": { +"description": "Creates instances with per-instance configurations in this regional managed\ninstance group. Instances are created using the current instance template.\nThe create instances operation is marked DONE if\nthe createInstances request is successful. The underlying\nactions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of thecreating or actions with the listmanagedinstances\nmethod.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.createInstances", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group.\nIt should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "The name of theregion\nwhere the managed instance group is located.\nIt should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/createInstances", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersCreateInstancesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes the specified managed instance group and all of the instances\nin that group.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "Name of the managed instance group to delete.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"deleteInstances": { +"description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be\nimmediately deleted. The instances are also removed from any target\npools of which they were a member. This method reduces thetargetSize of the managed instance group by the number of\ninstances that you delete.\nThe deleteInstances operation is marked DONE if\nthe deleteInstances request is successful. The underlying\nactions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of thedeleting action with thelistmanagedinstances\nmethod.\n\nIf the group is part of a backend\nservice that has enabled\nconnection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection\ndraining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.\n\nYou can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deleteInstances", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.deleteInstances", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "Name of the managed instance group.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deleteInstances", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagersDeleteInstancesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"deletePerInstanceConfigs": { +"description": "Deletes selected per-instance configurations for the managed instance\ngroup.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deletePerInstanceConfigs", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.deletePerInstanceConfigs", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "The name of the managed instance group. It should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request, should conform to RFC1035.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/deletePerInstanceConfigs", +"request": { +"$ref": "RegionInstanceGroupManagerDeleteInstanceConfigReq" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Returns all of the details about the specified managed instance group.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region", +"instanceGroupManager" +], +"parameters": { +"instanceGroupManager": { +"description": "Name of the managed instance group to return.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}", +"response": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManager" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute.readonly" +] +}, +"insert": { +"description": "Creates a managed instance group using the information that you specify\nin the request. After the group is created, instances in the group are\ncreated using the specified instance template.\nThis operation is marked as DONE when the group is created\neven if the instances in the group have not yet been created. You must\nseparately verify the status of the individual instances with thelistmanagedinstances\nmethod.\n\nA regional managed instance group can contain up to 2000 instances.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.insert", +"parameterOrder": [ +"project", +"region" +], +"parameters": { +"project": { +"description": "Project ID for this request.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "(?:(?:[-a-z0-9]{1,63}\\.)*(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?):)?(?:[0-9]{1,19}|(?:[a-z0-9](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?))", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Name of the region scoping this request.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so\nthat if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the\nrequest if it has already been completed.\n\nFor example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and\nthe request times out. If you make the request again with the same\nrequest ID, the server can check if original operation with the same\nrequest ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This\nprevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments.\n\nThe request ID must be\na valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported\n(00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers", +"request": { +"$ref": "InstanceGroupManager" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/compute" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves the list of managed instance groups that are contained\nwithin the specified region.", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.list", "parameterOrder": [ "project", "region" @@ -28072,7 +28437,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { -"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.", +"description": "Creates a network endpoint group in the specified project using the\nparameters that are included in the request.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/networkEndpointGroups", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.insert", @@ -32402,7 +32767,7 @@ "methods": { "get": { "description": "Retrieves information about the specified reservation subBlock.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.get", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -32415,6 +32780,7 @@ "parentName": { "description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", "location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -32452,7 +32818,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}", "response": { "$ref": "ReservationSubBlocksGetResponse" }, @@ -32464,7 +32830,7 @@ }, "getIamPolicy": { "description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such\npolicy or resource exists.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.getIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -32509,7 +32875,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/getIamPolicy", "response": { "$ref": "Policy" }, @@ -32521,7 +32887,7 @@ }, "list": { "description": "Retrieves a list of reservation subBlocks under a single reservation.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.list", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -32556,6 +32922,7 @@ "parentName": { "description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", "location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -32577,7 +32944,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks", "response": { "$ref": "ReservationSubBlocksListResponse" }, @@ -32589,7 +32956,7 @@ }, "performMaintenance": { "description": "Allows customers to perform maintenance on a reservation subBlock", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/performMaintenance", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/performMaintenance", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.performMaintenance", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -32602,6 +32969,7 @@ "parentName": { "description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", "location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -32629,7 +32997,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/performMaintenance", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/performMaintenance", "response": { "$ref": "Operation" }, @@ -32640,7 +33008,7 @@ }, "reportFaulty": { "description": "Allows customers to report a faulty subBlock.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/reportFaulty", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/reportFaulty", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.reportFaulty", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -32653,6 +33021,7 @@ "parentName": { "description": "The name of the parent reservation and parent block. In the format of\nreservations/{reservation_name}/reservationBlocks/{reservation_block_name}", "location": "path", +"pattern": "^reservations/[^/]+/reservationBlocks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -32680,7 +33049,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/reportFaulty", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentName}/reservationSubBlocks/{reservationSubBlock}/reportFaulty", "request": { "$ref": "ReservationSubBlocksReportFaultyRequest" }, @@ -32694,7 +33063,7 @@ }, "setIamPolicy": { "description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource.\nReplaces any existing policy.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.setIamPolicy", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -32733,7 +33102,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/setIamPolicy", "request": { "$ref": "ZoneSetNestedPolicyRequest" }, @@ -32747,7 +33116,7 @@ }, "testIamPermissions": { "description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.", -"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/reservations/{reservationsId}/reservationBlocks/{reservationBlocksId}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.reservationSubBlocks.testIamPermissions", "parameterOrder": [ @@ -32786,7 +33155,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", +"path": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/{+parentResource}/reservationSubBlocks/{resource}/testIamPermissions", "request": { "$ref": "TestPermissionsRequest" }, @@ -43137,7 +43506,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AWSV4Signature": { @@ -44730,7 +45099,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.\nNext ID: 9", +"description": "Properties of the SKU instances being reserved.\nNext ID: 10", "id": "AllocationSpecificSKUAllocationReservedInstanceProperties", "properties": { "guestAccelerators": { @@ -45018,7 +45387,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when\nempty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when\nempty.", "type": "object" }, "resourcePolicies": { @@ -45979,6 +46348,10 @@ false "format": "float", "type": "number" }, +"orchestrationInfo": { +"$ref": "BackendBackendOrchestrationInfo", +"description": "Information about the resource or system that manages the backend." +}, "preference": { "description": "This field indicates whether this backend should be fully utilized before\nsending traffic to backends with default preference. The possible values\nare:\n \n - PREFERRED: Backends with this preference level will be\n filled up to their capacity limits first, based on RTT.\n - DEFAULT: If preferred backends don't have enough\n capacity, backends in this layer would be used and traffic would be\n assigned based on the load balancing algorithm you use. This is the\n default", "enum": [ @@ -45996,6 +46369,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendBackendOrchestrationInfo": { +"description": "A message containing information about the resource or system that manages\nthe backend.", +"id": "BackendBackendOrchestrationInfo", +"properties": { +"resourceUri": { +"description": "The URI of the resource or system that manages the backend.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendBucket": { "description": "Represents a Cloud Storage Bucket resource.\n\nThis Cloud Storage bucket resource is referenced by a URL map of a load\nbalancer. For more information, readBackend Buckets.", "id": "BackendBucket", @@ -46658,6 +47042,10 @@ false "$ref": "BackendServiceNetworkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy", "description": "Configures traffic steering properties of internal passthrough Network\nLoad Balancers.\n\nnetworkPassThroughLbTrafficPolicy cannot be specified with haPolicy." }, +"orchestrationInfo": { +"$ref": "BackendServiceOrchestrationInfo", +"description": "Information about the resource or system that manages the backend service." +}, "outlierDetection": { "$ref": "OutlierDetection", "description": "Settings controlling the ejection of unhealthy backend endpoints from the\nload balancing pool of each individual proxy instance that processes the\ntraffic for the given backend service. If not set, this feature is\nconsidered disabled.\n\nResults of the outlier detection algorithm (ejection of endpoints from the\nload balancing pool and returning them back to the pool) are executed\nindependently by each proxy instance of the load balancer. In most cases,\nmore than one proxy instance handles the traffic received by a backend\nservice. Thus, it is possible that an unhealthy endpoint is detected and\nejected by only some of the proxies, and while this happens, other proxies\nmay continue to send requests to the same unhealthy endpoint until they\ndetect and eject the unhealthy endpoint.\n\nApplicable backend endpoints can be:\n \n - VM instances in an Instance Group\n - Endpoints in a Zonal NEG (GCE_VM_IP, GCE_VM_IP_PORT)\n - Endpoints in a Hybrid Connectivity NEG (NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT)\n - Serverless NEGs, that resolve to Cloud Run, App Engine, or Cloud\n Functions Services \n - Private Service Connect NEGs, that resolve to\n Google-managed regional API endpoints or managed services published using\n Private Service Connect\n\n\n\nApplicable backend service types can be:\n \n - A global backend service with the loadBalancingScheme set to\n INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. \n - A regional backend\n service with the serviceProtocol set to HTTP, HTTPS, HTTP2 or H2C, and\n loadBalancingScheme set to INTERNAL_MANAGED or EXTERNAL_MANAGED. Not\n supported for Serverless NEGs.\n\n\n\nNot supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is\nbound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true." @@ -47702,6 +48090,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"BackendServiceOrchestrationInfo": { +"description": "A message containing information about the resource or system that manages\nthe backend service.", +"id": "BackendServiceOrchestrationInfo", +"properties": { +"resourceUri": { +"description": "The resource URI of the resource or system that manages the backend\nservice.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackendServiceParams": { "description": "Additional Backend Service parameters.", "id": "BackendServiceParams", @@ -50484,7 +50883,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the disk. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -51605,6 +52004,10 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "ExternalVpnGatewayParams", +"description": "Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "redundancyType": { "description": "Indicates the user-supplied redundancy type of this external VPN gateway.", "enum": [ @@ -51807,6 +52210,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ExternalVpnGatewayParams": { +"id": "ExternalVpnGatewayParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.\nTag keys and values have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT\nonly. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in\neither ID { : } or Namespaced format\n{ : }.\nFor example the following are valid inputs:\n* {\"tagKeys/333\" : \"tagValues/444\", \"tagKeys/123\" : \"tagValues/456\"}\n* {\"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"345/abc\" : \"xyz\"}\nNote:\n* Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For\n instance: {\"123/environment\" : \"tagValues/444\"} is invalid.\n* Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance:\n {\"tagKeys/333\" : \"tagValues/444\", \"123/env\" : \"prod\"} is invalid.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FileContentBuffer": { "id": "FileContentBuffer", "properties": { @@ -55169,86 +55585,397 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GuestOsFeature": { -"description": "Guest OS features.", -"id": "GuestOsFeature", +"GuestOsFeature": { +"description": "Guest OS features.", +"id": "GuestOsFeature", +"properties": { +"type": { +"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", +"enum": [ +"BARE_METAL_LINUX_COMPATIBLE", +"FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"GVNIC", +"IDPF", +"MULTI_IP_SUBNET", +"SECURE_BOOT", +"SEV_CAPABLE", +"SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE", +"SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2", +"SEV_SNP_CAPABLE", +"SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE", +"TDX_CAPABLE", +"UEFI_COMPATIBLE", +"VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE", +"WINDOWS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HTTP2HealthCheck": { +"id": "HTTP2HealthCheck", +"properties": { +"host": { +"description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left\nempty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address\nto which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends\non the type of load balancer. For details, see:\nhttps://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", +"type": "string" +}, +"port": { +"description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The\ndefault value is 443. Valid values are 1 through65535.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"portName": { +"description": "Not supported.", +"type": "string" +}, +"portSpecification": { +"description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the\nfollowing values: \nUSE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using theport field in the health check. Supported by backend services\nfor passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load\nbalancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all\nbackends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be\nhealth checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint\ngroups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance\ngroup backends. \n USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. \nUSE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying\nthe health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported\nby backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target\npools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers.\nSupports all backends that can be health checked; for example,GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group\nbackends.\n\nFor GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health\ncheck uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network\nendpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the\nport number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in\nthe instance group's list of named ports.", +"enum": [ +"USE_FIXED_PORT", +"USE_NAMED_PORT", +"USE_SERVING_PORT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The port number in the health check's port is used for health\nchecking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", +"Not supported.", +"For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number\nspecified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance\ngroup backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the\nbackend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"proxyHeader": { +"description": "Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the\nbackend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default\nis NONE.", +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"PROXY_V1" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"requestPath": { +"description": "The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is/. Must comply withRFC3986.", +"type": "string" +}, +"response": { +"description": "Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required\nHTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only\nwhen the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first\n1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see:\nhttps://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HTTPHealthCheck": { +"id": "HTTPHealthCheck", +"properties": { +"host": { +"description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left\nempty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address\nto which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends\non the type of load balancer. For details, see:\nhttps://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", +"type": "string" +}, +"port": { +"description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The\ndefault value is 80. Valid values are 1 through65535.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"portName": { +"description": "Not supported.", +"type": "string" +}, +"portSpecification": { +"description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the\nfollowing values: \nUSE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using theport field in the health check. Supported by backend services\nfor passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load\nbalancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools.\nThe health check supports all backends supported by the backend service\nprovided the backend can be health checked. For example,GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT\nnetwork endpoint groups, and instance group backends. \nUSE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. \nUSE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying\nthe health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported\nby backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target\npools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers.\nSupports all backends that can be health checked; for example,GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group\nbackends.\n\nFor GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health\ncheck uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network\nendpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the\nport number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in\nthe instance group's list of named ports.", +"enum": [ +"USE_FIXED_PORT", +"USE_NAMED_PORT", +"USE_SERVING_PORT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The port number in the health check's port is used for health\nchecking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", +"Not supported.", +"For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number\nspecified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance\ngroup backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the\nbackend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"proxyHeader": { +"description": "Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the\nbackend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default\nis NONE.", +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"PROXY_V1" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"requestPath": { +"description": "The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is/. Must comply withRFC3986.", +"type": "string" +}, +"response": { +"description": "Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required\nHTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only\nwhen the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first\n1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see:\nhttps://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HTTPSHealthCheck": { +"id": "HTTPSHealthCheck", +"properties": { +"host": { +"description": "The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left\nempty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address\nto which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends\non the type of load balancer. For details, see:\nhttps://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", +"type": "string" +}, +"port": { +"description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The\ndefault value is 443. Valid values are 1 through65535.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"portName": { +"description": "Not supported.", +"type": "string" +}, +"portSpecification": { +"description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the\nfollowing values: \nUSE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using theport field in the health check. Supported by backend services\nfor passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load\nbalancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all\nbackends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be\nhealth checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint\ngroups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance\ngroup backends. \n USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. \nUSE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying\nthe health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported\nby backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target\npools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers.\nSupports all backends that can be health checked; for example,GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group\nbackends.\n\nFor GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health\ncheck uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network\nendpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the\nport number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in\nthe instance group's list of named ports.", +"enum": [ +"USE_FIXED_PORT", +"USE_NAMED_PORT", +"USE_SERVING_PORT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The port number in the health check's port is used for health\nchecking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", +"Not supported.", +"For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number\nspecified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance\ngroup backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the\nbackend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"proxyHeader": { +"description": "Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the\nbackend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default\nis NONE.", +"enum": [ +"NONE", +"PROXY_V1" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"requestPath": { +"description": "The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is/. Must comply withRFC3986.", +"type": "string" +}, +"response": { +"description": "Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required\nHTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only\nwhen the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first\n1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see:\nhttps://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HealthAggregationPoliciesScopedList": { +"id": "HealthAggregationPoliciesScopedList", +"properties": { +"healthAggregationPolicies": { +"description": "A list of HealthAggregationPolicys contained in this scope.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthAggregationPolicy" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "Informational warning which replaces the list of health aggregation\npolicies when the list is empty.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HealthAggregationPolicy": { +"description": "Represents a health aggregation policy.\n\nA health aggregation policy resource defines a policy to aggregate health.\n\nFor more information, see\nHealth checks overview.", +"id": "HealthAggregationPolicy", "properties": { -"type": { -"description": "The ID of a supported feature. To add multiple values, use commas to\nseparate values. Set to one or more of the following values:\n \n - VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE\n - WINDOWS\n - MULTI_IP_SUBNET\n - UEFI_COMPATIBLE\n - GVNIC\n - SEV_CAPABLE\n - SUSPEND_RESUME_COMPATIBLE\n - SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2\n - SEV_SNP_CAPABLE\n - TDX_CAPABLE\n - IDPF\n - SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE\n\n\nFor more information, see\nEnabling guest operating system features.", -"enum": [ -"BARE_METAL_LINUX_COMPATIBLE", -"FEATURE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"GVNIC", -"IDPF", -"MULTI_IP_SUBNET", -"SECURE_BOOT", -"SEV_CAPABLE", -"SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE", -"SEV_LIVE_MIGRATABLE_V2", -"SEV_SNP_CAPABLE", -"SNP_SVSM_CAPABLE", -"TDX_CAPABLE", -"UEFI_COMPATIBLE", -"VIRTIO_SCSI_MULTIQUEUE", -"WINDOWS" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"", -"" -], +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", +"type": "string" }, -"HTTP2HealthCheck": { -"id": "HTTP2HealthCheck", -"properties": { -"host": { -"description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP/2 health check request. If left\nempty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address\nto which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends\non the type of load balancer. For details, see:\nhttps://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", +"fingerprint": { +"description": "Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object.\nThis field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when\ninserting a HealthAggregationPolicy. An up-to-date fingerprint\nmust be provided in order to patch the HealthAggregationPolicy; Otherwise,\nthe request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see\nthe latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the\nHealthAggregationPolicy.", +"format": "byte", "type": "string" }, -"port": { -"description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The\ndefault value is 443. Valid values are 1 through65535.", -"format": "int32", +"healthyPercentThreshold": { +"description": "Can only be set if the policyType field isBACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Specifies the threshold (as a\npercentage) of healthy endpoints required in order to consider the\naggregated health result HEALTHY. Defaults to 60. Must be in\nrange [0, 100]. Not applicable if the policyType field isDNB_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. Can be mutated. This field is optional,\nand will be set to the default if unspecified. Note that both this\nthreshold and minHealthyThreshold must be satisfied in order\nfor HEALTHY to be the aggregated result. \"Endpoints\" refers to network\nendpoints within a Network Endpoint Group or instances within an Instance\nGroup.", +"format": "uint32", "type": "integer" }, -"portName": { -"description": "Not supported.", +"id": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is\ndefined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"portSpecification": { -"description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the\nfollowing values: \nUSE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using theport field in the health check. Supported by backend services\nfor passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load\nbalancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all\nbackends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be\nhealth checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint\ngroups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance\ngroup backends. \n USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. \nUSE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying\nthe health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported\nby backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target\npools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers.\nSupports all backends that can be health checked; for example,GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group\nbackends.\n\nFor GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health\ncheck uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network\nendpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the\nport number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in\nthe instance group's list of named ports.", -"enum": [ -"USE_FIXED_PORT", -"USE_NAMED_PORT", -"USE_SERVING_PORT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The port number in the health check's port is used for health\nchecking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", -"Not supported.", -"For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number\nspecified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance\ngroup backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the\nbackend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." -], +"kind": { +"default": "compute#healthAggregationPolicy", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthAggregationPolicy for health aggregation\npolicies.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"proxyHeader": { -"description": "Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the\nbackend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default\nis NONE.", +"minHealthyThreshold": { +"description": "Can only be set if the policyType field isBACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Specifies the minimum number of\nhealthy endpoints required in order to consider the aggregated health\nresult HEALTHY. Defaults to 1. Must be positive. Not\napplicable if the policyType field isDNB_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. Can be mutated. This field is optional,\nand will be set to the default if unspecified. Note that both this\nthreshold and healthyPercentThreshold must be satisfied in\norder for HEALTHY to be the aggregated result. \"Endpoints\" refers to\nnetwork endpoints within a Network Endpoint Group or instances within an\nInstance Group.", +"format": "uint32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.\nThe name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.\nSpecifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular\nexpression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first\ncharacter must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must\nbe a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which\ncannot be a dash.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"policyType": { +"description": "Specifies the type of the healthAggregationPolicy. The only allowed value\nfor global resources is DNS_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY. The only allowed\nvalue for regional resources is BACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY. Must\nbe specified when the healthAggregationPolicy is created, and cannot be\nmutated.", "enum": [ -"NONE", -"PROXY_V1" +"BACKEND_SERVICE_POLICY", +"DNS_PUBLIC_IP_POLICY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "", @@ -55256,122 +55983,344 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, -"requestPath": { -"description": "The request path of the HTTP/2 health check request. The default value is/. Must comply withRFC3986.", +"region": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the health aggregation policy\nresides. This field applies only to the regional resource. You must specify\nthis field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field\nin the request body.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"response": { -"description": "Creates a content-based HTTP/2 health check. In addition to the required\nHTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only\nwhen the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first\n1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see:\nhttps://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLinkWithId": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL with id for the resource.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"HTTPHealthCheck": { -"id": "HTTPHealthCheck", +"HealthAggregationPolicyAggregatedList": { +"description": "Contains a list of HealthAggregationPoliciesScopedList.", +"id": "HealthAggregationPolicyAggregatedList", "properties": { -"host": { -"description": "The value of the host header in the HTTP health check request. If left\nempty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address\nto which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends\non the type of load balancer. For details, see:\nhttps://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, -"port": { -"description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The\ndefault value is 80. Valid values are 1 through65535.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "HealthAggregationPoliciesScopedList", +"description": "Name of the scope containing this set of HealthAggregationPolicies." }, -"portName": { -"description": "Not supported.", +"description": "A list of HealthAggregationPoliciesScopedList resources.", +"type": "object" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#healthAggregationPolicyAggregatedList", +"description": "Output only. Type of resource.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"portSpecification": { -"description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the\nfollowing values: \nUSE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using theport field in the health check. Supported by backend services\nfor passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load\nbalancers. Also supported in legacy HTTP health checks for target pools.\nThe health check supports all backends supported by the backend service\nprovided the backend can be health checked. For example,GCE_VM_IP network endpoint groups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT\nnetwork endpoint groups, and instance group backends. \nUSE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. \nUSE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying\nthe health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported\nby backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target\npools. Not supported by backend services for pass-through load balancers.\nSupports all backends that can be health checked; for example,GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group\nbackends.\n\nFor GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health\ncheck uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network\nendpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the\nport number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in\nthe instance group's list of named ports.", -"enum": [ -"USE_FIXED_PORT", -"USE_NAMED_PORT", -"USE_SERVING_PORT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The port number in the health check's port is used for health\nchecking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", -"Not supported.", -"For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number\nspecified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance\ngroup backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the\nbackend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." -], +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", "type": "string" }, -"proxyHeader": { -"description": "Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the\nbackend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default\nis NONE.", +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", "enum": [ -"NONE", -"PROXY_V1" +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"" +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." ], "type": "string" }, -"requestPath": { -"description": "The request path of the HTTP health check request. The default value is/. Must comply withRFC3986.", +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", "type": "string" }, -"response": { -"description": "Creates a content-based HTTP health check. In addition to the required\nHTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only\nwhen the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first\n1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see:\nhttps://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"HTTPSHealthCheck": { -"id": "HTTPSHealthCheck", +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HealthAggregationPolicyList": { +"id": "HealthAggregationPolicyList", "properties": { -"host": { -"description": "The value of the host header in the HTTPS health check request. If left\nempty (default value), the host header is set to the destination IP address\nto which health check packets are sent. The destination IP address depends\non the type of load balancer. For details, see:\nhttps://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#hc-packet-dest", +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", "type": "string" }, -"port": { -"description": "The TCP port number to which the health check prober sends packets. The\ndefault value is 443. Valid values are 1 through65535.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"items": { +"description": "A list of HealthAggregationPolicy resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "HealthAggregationPolicy" }, -"portName": { -"description": "Not supported.", +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#healthAggregationPolicyList", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of the resource. Alwayscompute#healthAggregationPolicy for health aggregation\npolicies.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"portSpecification": { -"description": "Specifies how a port is selected for health checking. Can be one of the\nfollowing values: \nUSE_FIXED_PORT: Specifies a port number explicitly using theport field in the health check. Supported by backend services\nfor passthrough load balancers and backend services for proxy load\nbalancers. Not supported by target pools. The health check supports all\nbackends supported by the backend service provided the backend can be\nhealth checked. For example, GCE_VM_IP network endpoint\ngroups, GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups, and instance\ngroup backends. \n USE_NAMED_PORT: Not supported. \nUSE_SERVING_PORT: Provides an indirect method of specifying\nthe health check port by referring to the backend service. Only supported\nby backend services for proxy load balancers. Not supported by target\npools. Not supported by backend services for passthrough load balancers.\nSupports all backends that can be health checked; for example,GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint groups and instance group\nbackends.\n\nFor GCE_VM_IP_PORT network endpoint group backends, the health\ncheck uses the port number specified for each endpoint in the network\nendpoint group. For instance group backends, the health check uses the\nport number determined by looking up the backend service's named port in\nthe instance group's list of named ports.", -"enum": [ -"USE_FIXED_PORT", -"USE_NAMED_PORT", -"USE_SERVING_PORT" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The port number in the health check's port is used for health\nchecking. Applies to network endpoint group and instance group backends.", -"Not supported.", -"For network endpoint group backends, the health check uses the port number\nspecified on each endpoint in the network endpoint group. For instance\ngroup backends, the health check uses the port number specified for the\nbackend service's named port defined in the instance group's named ports." -], +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", "type": "string" }, -"proxyHeader": { -"description": "Specifies the type of proxy header to append before sending data to the\nbackend, either NONE or PROXY_V1. The default\nis NONE.", +"selfLink": { +"description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", "enum": [ -"NONE", -"PROXY_V1" +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"", -"" +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." ], "type": "string" }, -"requestPath": { -"description": "The request path of the HTTPS health check request. The default value is/. Must comply withRFC3986.", +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", "type": "string" }, -"response": { -"description": "Creates a content-based HTTPS health check. In addition to the required\nHTTP 200 (OK) status code, you can configure the health check to pass only\nwhen the backend sends this specific ASCII response string within the first\n1024 bytes of the HTTP response body. For details, see:\nhttps://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/health-check-concepts#criteria-protocol-http", +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" }, "HealthCheck": { "description": "Represents a health check resource.\n\nGoogle Compute Engine has two health check resources:\n\n* [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/regionHealthChecks)\n* [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/healthChecks)\n\nThese health check resources can be used for load balancing and for\nautohealing VMs in a managed instance group (MIG).\n\n**Load balancing**\n\nHealth check requirements vary depending on the type of load balancer. For\ndetails about the type of health check supported for\neach load balancer and corresponding backend type,\nsee Health\nchecks overview: Load balancer guide.\n\n**Autohealing in MIGs**\n\nThe health checks that you use for autohealing VMs in a MIG can be either\nregional or global. For more information, see Set up an\napplication health check and autohealing.\n\nFor more information, seeHealth checks\noverview.", @@ -57630,7 +58579,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have\nthe same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the image. Tag keys and values have\nthe same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -57936,6 +58885,9 @@ false "$ref": "Tags", "description": "Tags to apply to this instance. Tags are used to identify valid\nsources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client\nduring instance creation. The tags can be later modified by the setTags\nmethod. Each tag within the list must comply withRFC1035.\nMultiple tags can be specified via the 'tags.items' field." }, +"workloadIdentityConfig": { +"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityConfig" +}, "zone": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", "readOnly": true, @@ -59123,6 +60075,20 @@ false "" ], "type": "string" +}, +"onFailedHealthCheck": { +"description": "The action that a MIG performs on an unhealthy VM. A VM is marked as\nunhealthy when the application running on that VM fails a health check.\nValid values are:\n \n - DEFAULT_ACTION (default): MIG uses the same action\n configured for instanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field.\n - REPAIR: MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by\n recreating it.\n - DO_NOTHING: MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM.\n For more information, see \n About repairing VMs in a MIG.", +"enum": [ +"DEFAULT_ACTION", +"DO_NOTHING", +"REPAIR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"(Default) MIG uses the same action configured for\ninstanceLifecyclePolicy.defaultActionOnFailure field.", +"MIG doesn't repair an unhealthy VM.", +"MIG automatically repairs an unhealthy VM by recreating it." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -61214,7 +62180,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -61324,7 +62290,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and\nvalues are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values\nhave the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and\nvalues are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" }, "resourcePolicies": { @@ -61352,6 +62318,9 @@ false "tags": { "$ref": "Tags", "description": "A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from these\nproperties. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network\nfirewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within\nthe list must comply with RFC1035." +}, +"workloadIdentityConfig": { +"$ref": "WorkloadIdentityConfig" } }, "type": "object" @@ -62481,6 +63450,10 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "InstantSnapshotParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "region": { "description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", "readOnly": true, @@ -62869,6 +63842,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"InstantSnapshotParams": { +"description": "Additional instant snapshot params.", +"id": "InstantSnapshotParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the instant snapshot. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "InstantSnapshotResourceStatus": { "id": "InstantSnapshotResourceStatus", "properties": { @@ -63278,7 +64265,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "subzone": { -"description": "Specific subzone in the InterconnectLocation that represents where\nthis connection is to be provisioned.", +"description": "To be deprecated.", "enum": [ "SUBZONE_A", "SUBZONE_B" @@ -67335,7 +68322,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "LocationPolicyLocation" }, -"description": "Location configurations mapped by location name.\nCurrently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid\ninternal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.", +"description": "Location configurations mapped by location name.\nCurrently only zone names are supported and must be represented as valid\ninternal URLs, such as zones/us-central1-a.\nThe bulkInsert operation doesn't create instances in an AI zone, even if\nan AI zone is available in the specified region. For example, if you set a\nDENY preference for us-central1-a, Compute Engine will consider\nus-central1-b and us-central1-c for instance creation, but not\nus-central1-ai1a. Also, you can't use the locations[] configuration to\nallow instance creation in an AI zone. To include an AI zone in bulkInsert\noperations, use the locationPolicy.zones[] field.", "type": "object" }, "targetShape": { @@ -67351,6 +68338,13 @@ false "GCE prioritizes acquisition of resources, scheduling VMs in zones\nwhere resources are available while distributing VMs as evenly as\npossible across allowed zones to minimize the impact of zonal failure.\nRecommended for highly available serving workloads." ], "type": "string" +}, +"zones": { +"description": "The bulkInsert operation applies any preferences set in the locations\nfield to the specific zones listed in the zones field if the same zones\nare specified in both fields.", +"items": { +"$ref": "LocationPolicyZoneConfiguration" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -67391,6 +68385,16 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"LocationPolicyZoneConfiguration": { +"id": "LocationPolicyZoneConfiguration", +"properties": { +"zone": { +"description": "The URL of the zone.\nThe zone must exist in the region where the request is called.\nZones must be represented as valid partial URLs,\nsuch as zones/us-central1-a.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "MachineImage": { "description": "Represents a machine image resource.\n\nA machine image is a Compute Engine resource that stores all the\nconfiguration, metadata, permissions, and data from one or more disks\nrequired to create a Virtual machine (VM) instance. For more information, seeMachine images.", "id": "MachineImage", @@ -69808,7 +70812,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "NetworkEndpointGroup": { -"description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be\nreached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located.\nFor more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview.", +"description": "Represents a collection of network endpoints.\n\nA network endpoint group (NEG) defines how a set of endpoints should be\nreached, whether they are reachable, and where they are located.\nFor more information about using NEGs for different use cases, seeNetwork endpoint groups overview.\n\nNote: Use the following APIs to manage network endpoint groups:\n \n - \n To manage NEGs with zonal scope (such as zonal NEGs, hybrid connectivity\n NEGs): zonal\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with regional scope (such as regional internet NEGs,\n serverless NEGs, Private Service Connect NEGs): regional\n API\n - \n To manage NEGs with global scope (such as global internet NEGs):global\n API", "id": "NetworkEndpointGroup", "properties": { "annotations": { @@ -70878,6 +71882,10 @@ false }, "type": "array" }, +"enableVpcScopedDns": { +"description": "Optional. If true, DNS resolution will be enabled over this interface. Only valid\nwith network_attachment.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "fingerprint": { "description": "Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface.\nThis field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or\nadding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date\nfingerprint must be provided in order to update theNetworkInterface. The request will fail with error400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date.", "format": "byte", @@ -80362,6 +81370,20 @@ false "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", "type": "string" }, +"earlyAccessMaintenance": { +"description": "Indicates the early access maintenance for the reservation.\nIf this field is absent or set to NO_EARLY_ACCESS, the reservation is not\nenrolled in early access maintenance and the standard notice applies.", +"enum": [ +"NO_EARLY_ACCESS", +"WAVE1", +"WAVE2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No early access.", +"Wave 1: Fastest notification period", +"Wave 2: Medium notification period" +], +"type": "string" +}, "enableEmergentMaintenance": { "description": "Indicates whether Compute Engine allows unplanned maintenance for your VMs;\nfor example, to fix hardware errors.", "type": "boolean" @@ -80396,6 +81418,10 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "ReservationParams", +"description": "Input only. Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "protectionTier": { "description": "Protection tier for the workload which specifies the workload expectations\nin the event of infrastructure failures at data center (e.g. power\nand/or cooling failures).", "enum": [ @@ -81225,6 +82251,20 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ReservationParams": { +"description": "Additional reservation params.", +"id": "ReservationParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the reservation. Tag keys and\nvalues have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/{tag_value_id}` or in\nnamespaced format such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ReservationSlot": { "description": "Represents a reservation slot resource.", "id": "ReservationSlot", @@ -81277,13 +82317,15 @@ false "ACTIVE", "CREATING", "DELETING", -"STATE_UNSPECIFIED" +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNAVAILABLE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The reservation slot has allocated all its resources.", "The resources are being allocated for the reservation slot.", "The reservation slot is currently being deleted.", -"" +"", +"The reservation slot is currently unavailable." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -83092,6 +84134,10 @@ false "description": "Effective enable-oslogin value at Instance level.", "type": "boolean" }, +"gceContainerDeclarationMetadataValue": { +"description": "Effective gce-container-declaration value at Instance level.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "serialPortEnableMetadataValue": { "description": "Effective serial-port-enable value at Instance level.", "type": "boolean" @@ -88730,7 +89776,7 @@ false "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" }, -"description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have\nthe same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", +"description": "Input only. Resource manager tags to be bound to the snapshot. Tag keys and values have\nthe same definition as resource\nmanager tags. Keys and values can be either in numeric format,\nsuch as `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}` and `tagValues/456` or in namespaced\nformat such as `{org_id|project_id}/{tag_key_short_name}` and\n`{tag_value_short_name}`. The field is ignored (both PUT &\nPATCH) when empty.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -96241,6 +97287,10 @@ false "description": "URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the\nclient when the VPN gateway is created.", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "TargetVpnGatewayParams", +"description": "Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "region": { "description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the target VPN gateway resides.\nYou must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is\nnot settable as a field in the request body.", "type": "string" @@ -96597,6 +97647,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"TargetVpnGatewayParams": { +"id": "TargetVpnGatewayParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.\nTag keys and values have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT\nonly. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in\neither ID { : } or Namespaced format\n{ : }.\nFor example the following are valid inputs:\n* {\"tagKeys/333\" : \"tagValues/444\", \"tagKeys/123\" : \"tagValues/456\"}\n* {\"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"345/abc\" : \"xyz\"}\nNote:\n* Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For\n instance: {\"123/environment\" : \"tagValues/444\"} is invalid.\n* Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance:\n {\"tagKeys/333\" : \"tagValues/444\", \"123/env\" : \"prod\"} is invalid.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TargetVpnGatewaysScopedList": { "id": "TargetVpnGatewaysScopedList", "properties": { @@ -98182,425 +99245,442 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"VpnGateway": { -"description": "Represents a HA VPN gateway.\n\nHA VPN is a high-availability (HA) Cloud VPN solution that lets you securely\nconnect your on-premises network to your Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud\nnetwork through an IPsec VPN connection in a single region.\nFor more information about Cloud HA VPN solutions, see\nCloud VPN topologies .", -"id": "VpnGateway", -"properties": { -"creationTimestamp": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", -"type": "string" -}, -"gatewayIpVersion": { -"description": "The IP family of the gateway IPs for the HA-VPN gateway interfaces. If not\nspecified, IPV4 will be used.", -"enum": [ -"IPV4", -"IPV6" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Every HA-VPN gateway interface is configured with an IPv4 address.", -"Every HA-VPN gateway interface is configured with an IPv6 address." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"id": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is\ndefined by the server.", -"format": "uint64", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#vpnGateway", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#vpnGateway for\nVPN gateways.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"labelFingerprint": { -"description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this VpnGateway, which\nis essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The\nfingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after\nevery request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an\nup-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels,\notherwise the request will fail with error412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to\nretrieve a VpnGateway.", -"format": "byte", -"type": "string" -}, -"labels": { -"additionalProperties": { -"type": "string" -}, -"description": "Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by thesetLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply withRFC1035.\nLabel values may be empty.", -"type": "object" -}, -"name": { -"annotations": { -"required": [ -"compute.vpnGateways.insert" -] -}, -"description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.\nThe name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.\nSpecifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular\nexpression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first\ncharacter must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must\nbe a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which\ncannot be a dash.", -"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", -"type": "string" -}, -"network": { -"annotations": { -"required": [ -"compute.vpnGateways.insert" -] -}, -"description": "URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the\nclient when the VPN gateway is created.", -"type": "string" -}, -"region": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"stackType": { -"description": "The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are\nenabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY,IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified,IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version isIPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version isIPV6.", -"enum": [ -"IPV4_IPV6", -"IPV4_ONLY", -"IPV6_ONLY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Enable VPN gateway with both IPv4 and IPv6 protocols.", -"Enable VPN gateway with only IPv4 protocol.", -"Enable VPN gateway with only IPv6 protocol." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"vpnInterfaces": { -"description": "The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway.", -"items": { -"$ref": "VpnGatewayVpnGatewayInterface" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"VpnGatewayAggregatedList": { -"id": "VpnGatewayAggregatedList", +"VpnGateway": { +"description": "Represents a HA VPN gateway.\n\nHA VPN is a high-availability (HA) Cloud VPN solution that lets you securely\nconnect your on-premises network to your Google Cloud Virtual Private Cloud\nnetwork through an IPsec VPN connection in a single region.\nFor more information about Cloud HA VPN solutions, see\nCloud VPN topologies .", +"id": "VpnGateway", +"properties": { +"creationTimestamp": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Creation timestamp inRFC3339\ntext format.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you\ncreate the resource.", +"type": "string" +}, +"gatewayIpVersion": { +"description": "The IP family of the gateway IPs for the HA-VPN gateway interfaces. If not\nspecified, IPV4 will be used.", +"enum": [ +"IPV4", +"IPV6" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Every HA-VPN gateway interface is configured with an IPv4 address.", +"Every HA-VPN gateway interface is configured with an IPv6 address." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is\ndefined by the server.", +"format": "uint64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#vpnGateway", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#vpnGateway for\nVPN gateways.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"labelFingerprint": { +"description": "A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this VpnGateway, which\nis essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The\nfingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after\nevery request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an\nup-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels,\notherwise the request will fail with error412 conditionNotMet.\n\nTo see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to\nretrieve a VpnGateway.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"labels": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Labels for this resource. These can only be added or modified by thesetLabels method. Each label key/value pair must comply withRFC1035.\nLabel values may be empty.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"annotations": { +"required": [ +"compute.vpnGateways.insert" +] +}, +"description": "Name of the resource. Provided by the client when the resource is created.\nThe name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply withRFC1035.\nSpecifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular\nexpression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first\ncharacter must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must\nbe a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which\ncannot be a dash.", +"pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", +"type": "string" +}, +"network": { +"annotations": { +"required": [ +"compute.vpnGateways.insert" +] +}, +"description": "URL of the network to which this VPN gateway is attached. Provided by the\nclient when the VPN gateway is created.", +"type": "string" +}, +"params": { +"$ref": "VpnGatewayParams", +"description": "Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, +"region": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] URL of the region where the VPN gateway resides.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stackType": { +"description": "The stack type for this VPN gateway to identify the IP protocols that are\nenabled. Possible values are: IPV4_ONLY,IPV4_IPV6, IPV6_ONLY. If not specified,IPV4_ONLY is used if the gateway IP version isIPV4, or IPV4_IPV6 if the gateway IP version isIPV6.", +"enum": [ +"IPV4_IPV6", +"IPV4_ONLY", +"IPV6_ONLY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Enable VPN gateway with both IPv4 and IPv6 protocols.", +"Enable VPN gateway with only IPv4 protocol.", +"Enable VPN gateway with only IPv6 protocol." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"vpnInterfaces": { +"description": "The list of VPN interfaces associated with this VPN gateway.", +"items": { +"$ref": "VpnGatewayVpnGatewayInterface" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"VpnGatewayAggregatedList": { +"id": "VpnGatewayAggregatedList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "VpnGatewaysScopedList", +"description": "[Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of VPN gateways." +}, +"description": "A list of VpnGateway resources.", +"type": "object" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#vpnGatewayAggregatedList", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#vpnGateway for\nVPN gateways.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachables": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"VpnGatewayList": { +"description": "Contains a list of VpnGateway resources.", +"id": "VpnGatewayList", +"properties": { +"id": { +"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"items": { +"description": "A list of VpnGateway resources.", +"items": { +"$ref": "VpnGateway" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"kind": { +"default": "compute#vpnGatewayList", +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#vpnGateway for\nVPN gateways.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", +"type": "string" +}, +"selfLink": { +"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"warning": { +"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", +"enum": [ +"CLEANUP_FAILED", +"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", +"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", +"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", +"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", +"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", +"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", +"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", +"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", +"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", +"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", +"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", +"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", +"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", +"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", +"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", +"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", +"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", +"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", +"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", +"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", +"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", +"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", +"UNREACHABLE" +], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +true, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false, +false +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", +"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", +"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", +"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", +"Warning that is present in an external api call", +"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", +"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", +"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", +"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", +"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", +"A resource depends on a missing type", +"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", +"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", +"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", +"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", +"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", +"No results are present on a particular list page.", +"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", +"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", +"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", +"Warning that a resource is in use.", +"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", +"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", +"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", +"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", +"A given scope cannot be reached." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"data": { +"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", +"items": { +"properties": { +"key": { +"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"VpnGatewayParams": { +"id": "VpnGatewayParams", "properties": { -"id": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", -"type": "string" -}, -"items": { +"resourceManagerTags": { "additionalProperties": { -"$ref": "VpnGatewaysScopedList", -"description": "[Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of VPN gateways." -}, -"description": "A list of VpnGateway resources.", -"type": "object" -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#vpnGatewayAggregatedList", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#vpnGateway for\nVPN gateways.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", "type": "string" }, -"selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"unreachables": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Unreachable resources.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, -"warning": { -"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", -"enum": [ -"CLEANUP_FAILED", -"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", -"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", -"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", -"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", -"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", -"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", -"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", -"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", -"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", -"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", -"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", -"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", -"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", -"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", -"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", -"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", -"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", -"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", -"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", -"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", -"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", -"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", -"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", -"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", -"UNREACHABLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", -"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", -"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", -"Warning that is present in an external api call", -"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", -"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", -"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", -"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", -"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", -"A resource depends on a missing type", -"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", -"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", -"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", -"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", -"No results are present on a particular list page.", -"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", -"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", -"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", -"Warning that a resource is in use.", -"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", -"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", -"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", -"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", -"A given scope cannot be reached." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"data": { -"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", -"items": { -"properties": { -"key": { -"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"message": { -"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"VpnGatewayList": { -"description": "Contains a list of VpnGateway resources.", -"id": "VpnGatewayList", -"properties": { -"id": { -"description": "[Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server.", -"type": "string" -}, -"items": { -"description": "A list of VpnGateway resources.", -"items": { -"$ref": "VpnGateway" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"kind": { -"default": "compute#vpnGatewayList", -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#vpnGateway for\nVPN gateways.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "[Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for\nlist requests. If the number of results is larger thanmaxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for\nthe query parameter pageToken in the next list request.\nSubsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to\ncontinue paging through the results.", -"type": "string" -}, -"selfLink": { -"description": "Output only. [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"warning": { -"description": "[Output Only] Informational warning message.", -"properties": { -"code": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute\nEngine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there\nare no results in the response.", -"enum": [ -"CLEANUP_FAILED", -"DEPRECATED_RESOURCE_USED", -"DEPRECATED_TYPE_USED", -"DISK_SIZE_LARGER_THAN_IMAGE_SIZE", -"EXPERIMENTAL_TYPE_USED", -"EXTERNAL_API_WARNING", -"FIELD_VALUE_OVERRIDEN", -"INJECTED_KERNELS_DEPRECATED", -"INVALID_HEALTH_CHECK_FOR_DYNAMIC_WIEGHTED_LB", -"LARGE_DEPLOYMENT_WARNING", -"LIST_OVERHEAD_QUOTA_EXCEED", -"MISSING_TYPE_DEPENDENCY", -"NEXT_HOP_ADDRESS_NOT_ASSIGNED", -"NEXT_HOP_CANNOT_IP_FORWARD", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_HAS_NO_IPV6_INTERFACE", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_FOUND", -"NEXT_HOP_INSTANCE_NOT_ON_NETWORK", -"NEXT_HOP_NOT_RUNNING", -"NOT_CRITICAL_ERROR", -"NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE", -"PARTIAL_SUCCESS", -"QUOTA_INFO_UNAVAILABLE", -"REQUIRED_TOS_AGREEMENT", -"RESOURCE_IN_USE_BY_OTHER_RESOURCE_WARNING", -"RESOURCE_NOT_DELETED", -"SCHEMA_VALIDATION_IGNORED", -"SINGLE_INSTANCE_PROPERTY_TEMPLATE", -"UNDECLARED_PROPERTIES", -"UNREACHABLE" -], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -true, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false, -false -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Warning about failed cleanup of transient changes made by a failed\noperation.", -"A link to a deprecated resource was created.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\ndeprecated", -"The user created a boot disk that is larger than image size.", -"When deploying and at least one of the resources has a type marked as\nexperimental", -"Warning that is present in an external api call", -"Warning that value of a field has been overridden.\nDeprecated unused field.", -"The operation involved use of an injected kernel, which is deprecated.", -"A WEIGHTED_MAGLEV backend service is associated with a health check that is\nnot of type HTTP/HTTPS/HTTP2.", -"When deploying a deployment with a exceedingly large number of resources", -"Resource can't be retrieved due to list overhead quota exceed\nwhich captures the amount of resources filtered out by\nuser-defined list filter.", -"A resource depends on a missing type", -"The route's nextHopIp address is not assigned to an instance on the\nnetwork.", -"The route's next hop instance cannot ip forward.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not have an\nipv6 interface on the same network as the route.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that does not exist.", -"The route's nextHopInstance URL refers to an instance that is not on the\nsame network as the route.", -"The route's next hop instance does not have a status of RUNNING.", -"Error which is not critical. We decided to continue the process despite\nthe mentioned error.", -"No results are present on a particular list page.", -"Success is reported, but some results may be missing due to errors", -"Quota information is not available to client requests (e.g:\nregions.list).", -"The user attempted to use a resource that requires a TOS they have not\naccepted.", -"Warning that a resource is in use.", -"One or more of the resources set to auto-delete could not be deleted\nbecause they were in use.", -"When a resource schema validation is ignored.", -"Instance template used in instance group manager is valid as such, but\nits application does not make a lot of sense, because it allows only\nsingle instance in instance group.", -"When undeclared properties in the schema are present", -"A given scope cannot be reached." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"data": { -"description": "[Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key:\nvalue format. For example:\n\n\"data\": [\n {\n \"key\": \"scope\",\n \"value\": \"zones/us-east1-d\"\n }", -"items": { -"properties": { -"key": { -"description": "[Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being\nreturned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list\nrequest for a particular zone, this key might be scope and\nthe key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key\nindicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a\nwarning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance\nattempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding).", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "[Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"message": { -"description": "[Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code.", -"type": "string" -} -}, +"description": "Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.\nTag keys and values have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT\nonly. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in\neither ID { : } or Namespaced format\n{ : }.\nFor example the following are valid inputs:\n* {\"tagKeys/333\" : \"tagValues/444\", \"tagKeys/123\" : \"tagValues/456\"}\n* {\"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"345/abc\" : \"xyz\"}\nNote:\n* Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For\n instance: {\"123/environment\" : \"tagValues/444\"} is invalid.\n* Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance:\n {\"tagKeys/333\" : \"tagValues/444\", \"123/env\" : \"prod\"} is invalid.", "type": "object" } }, @@ -98940,6 +100020,10 @@ false "pattern": "[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?", "type": "string" }, +"params": { +"$ref": "VpnTunnelParams", +"description": "Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted\nas part of resource payload." +}, "peerExternalGateway": { "description": "URL of the peer side external VPN gateway to which this VPN tunnel is\nconnected.\nProvided by the client when the VPN tunnel is created.\nThis field is exclusive with the field peerGcpGateway.", "type": "string" @@ -99368,6 +100452,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"VpnTunnelParams": { +"id": "VpnTunnelParams", +"properties": { +"resourceManagerTags": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Tag keys/values directly bound to this resource.\nTag keys and values have the same definition as resource\nmanager tags. The field is allowed for INSERT\nonly. The keys/values to set on the resource should be specified in\neither ID { : } or Namespaced format\n{ : }.\nFor example the following are valid inputs:\n* {\"tagKeys/333\" : \"tagValues/444\", \"tagKeys/123\" : \"tagValues/456\"}\n* {\"123/environment\" : \"production\", \"345/abc\" : \"xyz\"}\nNote:\n* Invalid combinations of ID & namespaced format is not supported. For\n instance: {\"123/environment\" : \"tagValues/444\"} is invalid.\n* Inconsistent format is not supported. For instance:\n {\"tagKeys/333\" : \"tagValues/444\", \"123/env\" : \"prod\"} is invalid.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "VpnTunnelPhase1Algorithms": { "id": "VpnTunnelPhase1Algorithms", "properties": { @@ -100003,6 +101100,18 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"WorkloadIdentityConfig": { +"id": "WorkloadIdentityConfig", +"properties": { +"identity": { +"type": "string" +}, +"identityCertificateEnabled": { +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "XpnHostList": { "id": "XpnHostList", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json index f8fa00a2eb6..3f2d13ed7a8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/connectors.v2.json @@ -219,6 +219,59 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"generateConnectionToolspecOverride": { +"description": "Generate toolspec override for the given list of toolNames.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}:generateConnectionToolspecOverride", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "connectors.projects.locations.connections.generateConnectionToolspecOverride", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Resource name of the Connection. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}:generateConnectionToolspecOverride", +"request": { +"$ref": "GenerateCustomToolspecRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GenerateCustomToolspecResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"listCustomToolNames": { +"description": "Lists custom tool names.", +"flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}:listCustomToolNames", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "connectors.projects.locations.connections.listCustomToolNames", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Resource name of the Connection. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/connections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}:listCustomToolNames", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListCustomToolNamesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "refreshAccessToken": { "description": "RefreshAccessToken exchanges the OAuth refresh token (and other necessary data) for a new access token (and new associated credentials).", "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/connections/{connectionsId}:refreshAccessToken", @@ -965,7 +1018,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251216", +"revision": "20260128", "rootUrl": "https://connectors.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessCredentials": { @@ -1633,6 +1686,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GenerateCustomToolspecRequest": { +"id": "GenerateCustomToolspecRequest", +"properties": { +"toolNames": { +"description": "list of tools to be generated.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ToolName" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GenerateCustomToolspecResponse": { +"id": "GenerateCustomToolspecResponse", +"properties": { +"toolSpec": { +"$ref": "ToolSpec", +"description": "tool spec that has tool_defitions array containing the tools for all sted tool_names." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GetResourcePostRequest": { "description": "Request message for ConnectorAgentService.GetResourcePost", "id": "GetResourcePostRequest", @@ -2221,6 +2297,19 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ListCustomToolNamesResponse": { +"id": "ListCustomToolNamesResponse", +"properties": { +"toolNames": { +"description": "List of custom tools.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ToolName" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListEntitiesResponse": { "description": "Response message for EntityService.ListEntities", "id": "ListEntitiesResponse", @@ -3165,6 +3254,40 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"ToolName": { +"id": "ToolName", +"properties": { +"entityName": { +"description": "Entity name for which the tool was generated.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Tool name that was generated in the list tools call.", +"type": "string" +}, +"operation": { +"description": "Operation for which the tool was generated.", +"enum": [ +"OPERATION_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIST", +"GET", +"CREATE", +"UPDATE", +"DELETE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Operation unspecified.", +"LIST entities.", +"GET entity.", +"CREATE entity.", +"UPDATE entity.", +"DELETE entity." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ToolSpec": { "id": "ToolSpec", "properties": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json index 2c9b4fc8cd2..6d74d5d1bdd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json @@ -3555,7 +3555,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. List of fields to be updated. All possible fields can be updated by passing `*`, or a subset of the following updateable fields can be provided: * `display_name` * `root_container`", +"description": "Optional. List of fields to be updated. All possible fields can be updated by passing `*`, or a subset of the following updateable fields can be provided: * `display_name` * `root_container` * `description`", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -6101,7 +6101,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260202", +"revision": "20260219", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json index 839103c1af8..34d0d944e82 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json @@ -2660,7 +2660,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -3501,7 +3501,8 @@ }, "compliancePostureConfig": { "$ref": "CompliancePostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." }, "conditions": { "description": "Which conditions caused the current cluster state.", @@ -3779,7 +3780,7 @@ }, "securityPostureConfig": { "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." +"description": "Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." }, "selfLink": { "description": "Output only. Server-defined URL for the resource.", @@ -3863,11 +3864,13 @@ "description": "Autopilot general profile for the cluster, which defines the configuration for the cluster.", "enum": [ "AUTOPILOT_GENERAL_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NO_PERFORMANCE" +"NO_PERFORMANCE", +"NONE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Use default configuration.", -"Avoid extra IP consumption." +"Avoid extra IP consumption.", +"Use default configuration." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -3975,7 +3978,8 @@ }, "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { "$ref": "CompliancePostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." }, "desiredContainerdConfig": { "$ref": "ContainerdConfig", @@ -4397,7 +4401,8 @@ "type": "object" }, "CompliancePostureConfig": { -"description": "CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", "id": "CompliancePostureConfig", "properties": { "complianceStandards": { @@ -4532,6 +4537,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CrashLoopBackOffConfig": { +"description": "Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior.", +"id": "CrashLoopBackOffConfig", +"properties": { +"maxContainerRestartPeriod": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as \"300ms\". Valid time units are \"ns\", \"us\" (or \"\u00b5s\"), \"ms\", \"s\", \"m\", \"h\". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CreateClusterRequest": { "description": "CreateClusterRequest creates a cluster.", "id": "CreateClusterRequest", @@ -4806,6 +4822,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DisruptionBudget": { +"description": "DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane.", +"id": "DisruptionBudget", +"properties": { +"lastDisruptionTime": { +"description": "Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": { +"description": "Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"minorVersionDisruptionInterval": { +"description": "Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"patchVersionDisruptionInterval": { +"description": "Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DisruptionEvent": { "description": "DisruptionEvent is a notification sent to customers about the disruption event of a resource.", "id": "DisruptionEvent", @@ -6055,6 +6100,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster.", "id": "MaintenancePolicy", "properties": { +"disruptionBudget": { +"$ref": "DisruptionBudget", +"description": "Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane." +}, "resourceVersion": { "description": "A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.", "type": "string" @@ -6877,6 +6926,10 @@ false "description": "Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * \"none\": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * \"static\": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified.", "type": "string" }, +"crashLoopBackOff": { +"$ref": "CrashLoopBackOffConfig", +"description": "Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior." +}, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": { "description": "Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300].", "format": "int32", @@ -6930,6 +6983,16 @@ false "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, +"shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": { +"description": "Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120].", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": { +"description": "Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "singleProcessOomKill": { "description": "Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group.", "type": "boolean" @@ -7028,7 +7091,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "subnetwork": { -"description": "Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable.", +"description": "Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -8324,11 +8387,17 @@ false "BASIC", "ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +true +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables Security Posture features on the cluster.", "Applies Security Posture features on the cluster.", -"Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." +"Deprecated: Security Posture Enterprise features are no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -8340,10 +8409,16 @@ false "VULNERABILITY_BASIC", "VULNERABILITY_ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +true, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", -"Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", +"Deprecated: Basic vulnerability scanning is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", "Applies the Security Posture's vulnerability on cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json index 614d8b01a74..231fb3b607c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json @@ -2741,7 +2741,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -3660,7 +3660,8 @@ }, "compliancePostureConfig": { "$ref": "CompliancePostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." }, "conditions": { "description": "Which conditions caused the current cluster state.", @@ -3974,7 +3975,7 @@ }, "securityPostureConfig": { "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." +"description": "Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture API features for the cluster." }, "selfLink": { "description": "Output only. Server-defined URL for the resource.", @@ -4071,11 +4072,13 @@ "description": "Autopilot general profile for the cluster, which defines the configuration for the cluster.", "enum": [ "AUTOPILOT_GENERAL_PROFILE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NO_PERFORMANCE" +"NO_PERFORMANCE", +"NONE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Use default configuration.", -"Avoid extra IP consumption." +"Avoid extra IP consumption.", +"Use default configuration." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4210,7 +4213,8 @@ }, "desiredCompliancePostureConfig": { "$ref": "CompliancePostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster." }, "desiredContainerdConfig": { "$ref": "ContainerdConfig", @@ -4708,7 +4712,8 @@ "type": "object" }, "CompliancePostureConfig": { -"description": "CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", "id": "CompliancePostureConfig", "properties": { "complianceStandards": { @@ -4843,6 +4848,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CrashLoopBackOffConfig": { +"description": "Contains config to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior.", +"id": "CrashLoopBackOffConfig", +"properties": { +"maxContainerRestartPeriod": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum duration the backoff delay can accrue to for container restarts, minimum 1 second, maximum 300 seconds. If not set, defaults to the internal crashloopbackoff maximum. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as \"300ms\". Valid time units are \"ns\", \"us\" (or \"\u00b5s\"), \"ms\", \"s\", \"m\", \"h\". See https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/workloads/pods/pod-lifecycle/#configurable-container-restart-delay for more details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CreateClusterRequest": { "description": "CreateClusterRequest creates a cluster.", "id": "CreateClusterRequest", @@ -5139,6 +5155,35 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DisruptionBudget": { +"description": "DisruptionBudget defines the upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane.", +"id": "DisruptionBudget", +"properties": { +"lastDisruptionTime": { +"description": "Output only. The last time a disruption was performed on the control plane.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"lastMinorVersionDisruptionTime": { +"description": "Output only. The last time a minor version upgrade was performed on the control plane.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"minorVersionDisruptionInterval": { +"description": "Optional. The minimum duration between two minor version upgrades of the control plane.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"patchVersionDisruptionInterval": { +"description": "Optional. The minimum duration between two patch version upgrades of the control plane.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DisruptionEvent": { "description": "DisruptionEvent is a notification sent to customers about the disruption event of a resource.", "id": "DisruptionEvent", @@ -6513,6 +6558,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster.", "id": "MaintenancePolicy", "properties": { +"disruptionBudget": { +"$ref": "DisruptionBudget", +"description": "Optional. The upgrade disruption budget for the cluster control plane." +}, "resourceVersion": { "description": "A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won't accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won't accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.", "type": "string" @@ -7391,6 +7440,10 @@ false "description": "Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * \"none\": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * \"static\": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified.", "type": "string" }, +"crashLoopBackOff": { +"$ref": "CrashLoopBackOffConfig", +"description": "Optional. Contains configuration options to modify node-level parameters for container restart behavior." +}, "evictionMaxPodGracePeriodSeconds": { "description": "Optional. eviction_max_pod_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) to use when terminating pods in response to a soft eviction threshold being met. This value effectively caps the Pod's terminationGracePeriodSeconds value during soft evictions. Default: 0. Range: [0, 300].", "format": "int32", @@ -7444,6 +7497,16 @@ false "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, +"shutdownGracePeriodCriticalPodsSeconds": { +"description": "Optional. shutdown_grace_period_critical_pods_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) used to terminate critical pods during a node shutdown. This value should be <= shutdown_grace_period_seconds, and is only valid if shutdown_grace_period_seconds is set. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ Range: [0, 120].", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"shutdownGracePeriodSeconds": { +"description": "Optional. shutdown_grace_period_seconds is the maximum allowed grace period (in seconds) the total duration that the node should delay the shutdown during a graceful shutdown. This is the total grace period for pod termination for both regular and critical pods. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/cluster-administration/node-shutdown/ If set to 0, node will not enable the graceful node shutdown functionality. This field is only valid for Spot VMs. Allowed values: 0, 30, 120.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "singleProcessOomKill": { "description": "Optional. Defines whether to enable single process OOM killer. If true, will prevent the memory.oom.group flag from being set for container cgroups in cgroups v2. This causes processes in the container to be OOM killed individually instead of as a group.", "type": "boolean" @@ -7546,7 +7609,7 @@ false "type": "string" }, "subnetwork": { -"description": "Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: 1. A user supplied subnetwork name/full path during node pool creation. Example1: my-subnet Example2: projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet 2. A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable.", +"description": "Optional. The subnetwork name/path for the node pool. Format: projects/{project}/regions/{region}/subnetworks/{subnetwork} If the cluster is associated with multiple subnetworks, the subnetwork can be either: - A user supplied subnetwork name during node pool creation (e.g., `my-subnet`). The name must be between 1 and 63 characters long, start with a letter, contain only letters, numbers, and hyphens, and end with a letter or a number. - A full subnetwork path during node pool creation, such as `projects/gke-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet` - A subnetwork path picked based on the IP utilization during node pool creation and is immutable.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -8990,11 +9053,17 @@ false "BASIC", "ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +true +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables Security Posture features on the cluster.", "Applies Security Posture features on the cluster.", -"Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." +"Deprecated: Security Posture Enterprise features are no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -9006,10 +9075,16 @@ false "VULNERABILITY_BASIC", "VULNERABILITY_ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +true, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", -"Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", +"Deprecated: Basic vulnerability scanning is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", "Applies the Security Posture's vulnerability on cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json index 92596c1cdd8..aa3ebc22f4d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1.json @@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -1897,6 +1897,10 @@ "description": "The name of the base image.", "type": "string" }, +"registry": { +"description": "The registry in which the base image is from.", +"type": "string" +}, "repository": { "description": "The repository name in which the base image is from.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json index 6565ea23a2f..bb259fefe03 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/containeranalysis.v1alpha1.json @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260123", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://containeranalysis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalysisCompleted": { @@ -1606,6 +1606,10 @@ "description": "The name of the base image.", "type": "string" }, +"registry": { +"description": "The registry of the base image.", +"type": "string" +}, "repository": { "description": "The repository name in which the base image is from.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json index 18a455f52ff..59cd61cb86f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1.json @@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251226", +"revision": "20260211", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { @@ -4758,7 +4758,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1TagTemplate": { -"description": "A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources.", +"description": "A tag template defines a tag that can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create tags that are attached to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles] (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. For example, see the [TagTemplate User] (https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role that includes a permission to use the tag template to tag resources.", "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1TagTemplate", "properties": { "dataplexTransferStatus": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json index 0d290845ce7..9676e4b8a59 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datacatalog.v1beta1.json @@ -1855,7 +1855,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251226", +"revision": "20260211", "rootUrl": "https://datacatalog.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { @@ -4577,7 +4577,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1beta1TagTemplate": { -"description": "A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles#data-catalog-roles) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources.", +"description": "A tag template defines a tag, which can have one or more typed fields. The template is used to create and attach the tag to Google Cloud resources. [Tag template roles](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-permissions/datacatalog) provide permissions to create, edit, and use the template. See, for example, the [TagTemplate User](https://cloud.google.com/data-catalog/docs/how-to/template-user) role, which includes permission to use the tag template to tag resources.", "id": "GoogleCloudDatacatalogV1beta1TagTemplate", "properties": { "dataplexTransferStatus": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json index 22ac353a10e..cc7ef452e1a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataflow.v1b3.json @@ -91,6 +91,16 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-southwest1" }, @@ -111,11 +121,21 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west3" }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "europe-west6" }, @@ -161,6 +181,11 @@ }, { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://dataflow.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "southamerica-west1" }, @@ -2375,7 +2400,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260127", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://dataflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApproximateProgress": { @@ -4259,6 +4284,11 @@ "description": "Optional. The user-specified Dataflow job name. Only one active job with a given name can exist in a project within one region at any given time. Jobs in different regions can have the same name. If a caller attempts to create a job with the same name as an active job that already exists, the attempt returns the existing job. The name must match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]{0,1022}[a-z0-9])?`", "type": "string" }, +"pausable": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates whether the job can be paused.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "pipelineDescription": { "$ref": "PipelineDescription", "description": "Preliminary field: The format of this data may change at any time. A description of the user pipeline and stages through which it is executed. Created by Cloud Dataflow service. Only retrieved with JOB_VIEW_DESCRIPTION or JOB_VIEW_ALL." @@ -5951,10 +5981,15 @@ false "id": "RuntimeUpdatableParams", "properties": { "acceptableBacklogDuration": { -"description": "Optional. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: Use `autoscaling_tier` instead. The backlog threshold duration in seconds for autoscaling. Value must be non-negative.", "format": "google-duration", "type": "string" }, +"autoscalingTier": { +"description": "Optional. The backlog threshold tier for autoscaling. Value must be one of \"low-latency\", \"medium-latency\", or \"high-latency\".", +"type": "string" +}, "maxNumWorkers": { "description": "The maximum number of workers to cap autoscaling at. This field is currently only supported for Streaming Engine jobs.", "format": "int32", @@ -8159,6 +8194,16 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"diskProvisionedIops": { +"description": "Optional. IOPS provisioned for the root disk for VMs.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"diskProvisionedThroughputMibps": { +"description": "Optional. Throughput provisioned for the root disk for VMs.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, "diskSizeGb": { "description": "Size of root disk for VMs, in GB. If zero or unspecified, the service will attempt to choose a reasonable default.", "format": "int32", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1.json index e3cf635ec47..10743b2c899 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1.json @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataform.projects.locations.list", @@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251202", +"revision": "20260217", "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActionErrorTable": { @@ -4156,7 +4156,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "connection": { -"description": "Optional. The connection specifying the credentials to be used to read and write to external storage, such as Cloud Storage. The connection can have the form `{project}.{location}.{connection_id}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection_id}\", or be set to DEFAULT.", +"description": "Optional. The connection specifying the credentials to be used to read and write to external storage, such as Cloud Storage. The connection can have the form `{project}.{location}.{connection_id}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection_id}`, or be set to DEFAULT.", "type": "string" }, "dependencyTargets": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json index 2cb9a1858fa..31cc937541e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataform.v1beta1.json @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataform.projects.locations.list", @@ -2955,7 +2955,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260106", +"revision": "20260217", "rootUrl": "https://dataform.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActionErrorTable": { @@ -4322,7 +4322,7 @@ "id": "MoveFolderRequest", "properties": { "destinationContainingFolder": { -"description": "Required. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the Folder to. Can be in the format of: - \"\" to move into the root User folder - `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*` - `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`", +"description": "Optional. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the Folder to. Can be in the format of: \"\" to move into the root User folder, `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`, `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4333,7 +4333,7 @@ "id": "MoveRepositoryRequest", "properties": { "destinationContainingFolder": { -"description": "Required. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the repository to. Can be in the format of: - \"\" to move into the root User folder - `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*` - `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`", +"description": "Optional. The name of the Folder, TeamFolder, or root location to move the repository to. Can be in the format of: \"\" to move into the root User folder, `projects/*/locations/*/folders/*`, `projects/*/locations/*/teamFolders/*`", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4781,7 +4781,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "connection": { -"description": "Optional. The connection specifying the credentials to be used to read and write to external storage, such as Cloud Storage. The connection can have the form `{project}.{location}.{connection_id}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection_id}\", or be set to DEFAULT.", +"description": "Optional. The connection specifying the credentials to be used to read and write to external storage, such as Cloud Storage. The connection can have the form `{project}.{location}.{connection_id}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection_id}`, or be set to DEFAULT.", "type": "string" }, "dependencyTargets": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamanager.v1.json index aa3c1588c20..e3d315bffff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datamanager.v1.json @@ -105,642 +105,2120 @@ }, "protocol": "rest", "resources": { -"audienceMembers": { +"accountTypes": { +"resources": { +"accounts": { +"resources": { +"insights": { "methods": { -"ingest": { -"description": "Uploads a list of AudienceMember resources to the provided Destination.", -"flatPath": "v1/audienceMembers:ingest", +"retrieve": { +"description": "Retrieves marketing data insights for a given user list. This feature is only available to data partners. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/insights:retrieve", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "datamanager.audienceMembers.ingest", -"parameterOrder": [], -"parameters": {}, -"path": "v1/audienceMembers:ingest", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.insights.retrieve", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent account that owns the user list. Format: `accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/insights:retrieve", "request": { -"$ref": "IngestAudienceMembersRequest" +"$ref": "RetrieveInsightsRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "IngestAudienceMembersResponse" +"$ref": "RetrieveInsightsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" ] +} +} }, -"remove": { -"description": "Removes a list of AudienceMember resources from the provided Destination.", -"flatPath": "v1/audienceMembers:remove", +"partnerLinks": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/partnerLinks", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "datamanager.audienceMembers.remove", -"parameterOrder": [], -"parameters": {}, -"path": "v1/audienceMembers:remove", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of partner links. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/partnerLinks", "request": { -"$ref": "RemoveAudienceMembersRequest" +"$ref": "PartnerLink" }, "response": { -"$ref": "RemoveAudienceMembersResponse" +"$ref": "PartnerLink" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" ] -} -} }, -"events": { -"methods": { -"ingest": { -"description": "Uploads a list of Event resources from the provided Destination.", -"flatPath": "v1/events:ingest", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "datamanager.events.ingest", -"parameterOrder": [], -"parameters": {}, -"path": "v1/events:ingest", -"request": { -"$ref": "IngestEventsRequest" +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a partner link for the given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/partnerLinks/{partnerLinksId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the partner link to delete. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/partnerLinks/{partner_link}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+/partnerLinks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} }, +"path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "IngestEventsResponse" +"$ref": "Empty" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" ] -} -} }, -"requestStatus": { -"methods": { -"retrieve": { -"description": "Gets the status of a request given request id.", -"flatPath": "v1/requestStatus:retrieve", +"search": { +"description": "Searches for all partner links to and from a given account. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/partnerLinks:search", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "datamanager.requestStatus.retrieve", -"parameterOrder": [], +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.partnerLinks.search", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], "parameters": { -"requestId": { -"description": "Required. Required. The request ID of the Data Manager API request.", +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A [filter string](//google.aip.dev/160). All fields need to be on the left hand side of each condition (for example: `partner_link_id = 123456789`). Supported operations: - `AND` - `=` - `!=` Supported fields: - `partner_link_id` - `owning_account.account_type` - `owning_account.account_id` - `partner_account.account_type` - `partner_account.account_id` Example: `owning_account.account_type = \"GOOGLE_ADS\" OR partner_account.account_id = 987654321`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The maximum number of partner links to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 partner links will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token, received from a previous `SearchPartnerLinks` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `SearchPartnerLinks` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Account to search for partner links. If no `filter` is specified, all partner links where this account is either the `owning_account` or `partner_account` are returned. Format: `accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/requestStatus:retrieve", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/partnerLinks:search", "response": { -"$ref": "RetrieveRequestStatusResponse" +"$ref": "SearchPartnerLinksResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" ] } } -} }, -"revision": "20260102", -"rootUrl": "https://datamanager.googleapis.com/", -"schemas": { -"AdIdentifiers": { -"description": "Identifiers and other information used to match the conversion event with other online activity (such as ad clicks).", -"id": "AdIdentifiers", -"properties": { -"gbraid": { -"description": "Optional. The click identifier for clicks associated with app events and originating from iOS devices starting with iOS14.", +"userListDirectLicenses": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userListDirectLicenses", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userListDirectLicenses.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The account that owns the user list being licensed. Should be in the format accountTypes/{ACCOUNT_TYPE}/accounts/{ACCOUNT_ID}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"gclid": { -"description": "Optional. The Google click ID (gclid) associated with this event.", -"type": "string" +"path": "v1/{+parent}/userListDirectLicenses", +"request": { +"$ref": "UserListDirectLicense" }, -"landingPageDeviceInfo": { -"$ref": "DeviceInfo", -"description": "Optional. Information gathered about the device being used (if any) at the time of landing onto the advertiser\u2019s site after interacting with the ad." +"response": { +"$ref": "UserListDirectLicense" }, -"sessionAttributes": { -"description": "Optional. Session attributes for event attribution and modeling.", -"type": "string" +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] }, -"wbraid": { -"description": "Optional. The click identifier for clicks associated with web events and originating from iOS devices starting with iOS14.", +"get": { +"description": "Retrieves a user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userListDirectLicenses/{userListDirectLicensesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userListDirectLicenses.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the user list direct license.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+/userListDirectLicenses/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"type": "object" +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "UserListDirectLicense" }, -"AddressInfo": { -"description": "Address information for the user.", -"id": "AddressInfo", -"properties": { -"familyName": { -"description": "Required. Family (last) name of the user, all lowercase, with no punctuation, no leading or trailing whitespace, and hashed as SHA-256.", -"type": "string" +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] }, -"givenName": { -"description": "Required. Given (first) name of the user, all lowercase, with no punctuation, no leading or trailing whitespace, and hashed as SHA-256.", +"list": { +"description": "Lists all user list direct licenses owned by the parent account. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userListDirectLicenses", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userListDirectLicenses.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filters to apply to the list request. All fields need to be on the left hand side of each condition (for example: user_list_id = 123). **Supported Operations:** - `AND` - `=` - `!=` - `>` - `>=` - `<` - `<=` **Unsupported Fields:** - `name` (use get method instead) - `historical_pricings` and all its subfields - `pricing.start_time` - `pricing.end_time`", +"location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"postalCode": { -"description": "Required. The postal code of the user's address.", +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of licenses to return per page. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 licenses will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserListDirectLicense` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserListDirectLicense` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"regionCode": { -"description": "Required. The 2-letter region code in ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 of the user's address.", +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The account whose licenses are being queried. Should be in the format accountTypes/{ACCOUNT_TYPE}/accounts/{ACCOUNT_ID}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"type": "object" +"path": "v1/{+parent}/userListDirectLicenses", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListUserListDirectLicensesResponse" }, -"AudienceMember": { -"description": "The audience member to be operated on.", -"id": "AudienceMember", -"properties": { -"consent": { -"$ref": "Consent", -"description": "Optional. The consent setting for the user." +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] }, -"destinationReferences": { -"description": "Optional. Defines which Destination to send the audience member to.", -"items": { +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userListDirectLicenses/{userListDirectLicensesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userListDirectLicenses.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the user list direct license.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+/userListDirectLicenses/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. The special character `*` is not supported and an `INVALID_UPDATE_MASK` error will be thrown if used.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} }, -"mobileData": { -"$ref": "MobileData", -"description": "Data identifying the user's mobile devices." +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UserListDirectLicense" }, -"pairData": { -"$ref": "PairData", -"description": "[Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation (PAIR) IDs](//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908)." +"response": { +"$ref": "UserListDirectLicense" }, -"userData": { -"$ref": "UserData", -"description": "User-provided data that identifies the user." +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +} } }, -"type": "object" -}, -"AwsWrappedKeyInfo": { -"description": "A data encryption key wrapped by an AWS KMS key.", -"id": "AwsWrappedKeyInfo", -"properties": { -"encryptedDek": { -"description": "Required. The base64 encoded encrypted data encryption key.", +"userListGlobalLicenses": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userListGlobalLicenses", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userListGlobalLicenses.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The account that owns the user list being licensed. Should be in the format accountTypes/{ACCOUNT_TYPE}/accounts/{ACCOUNT_ID}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"kekUri": { -"description": "Required. The URI of the AWS KMS key used to decrypt the DEK. Should be in the format of `arn:{partition}:kms:{region}:{account_id}:key/{key_id}` or `aws-kms://arn:{partition}:kms:{region}:{account_id}:key/{key_id}`", -"type": "string" +"path": "v1/{+parent}/userListGlobalLicenses", +"request": { +"$ref": "UserListGlobalLicense" }, -"keyType": { -"description": "Required. The type of algorithm used to encrypt the data.", -"enum": [ -"KEY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"XCHACHA20_POLY1305" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified key type. Should never be used.", -"Algorithm XChaCha20-Poly1305" -], -"type": "string" +"response": { +"$ref": "UserListGlobalLicense" }, -"roleArn": { -"description": "Required. The Amazon Resource Name of the IAM Role to assume for KMS decryption access. Should be in the format of `arn:{partition}:iam::{account_id}:role/{role_name}`", +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Retrieves a user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userListGlobalLicenses/{userListGlobalLicensesId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userListGlobalLicenses.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the user list global license.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+/userListGlobalLicenses/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"type": "object" +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "UserListGlobalLicense" }, -"CartData": { -"description": "The cart data associated with the event.", -"id": "CartData", -"properties": { -"items": { -"description": "Optional. The list of items associated with the event.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Item" +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] }, -"type": "array" +"list": { +"description": "Lists all user list global licenses owned by the parent account. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userListGlobalLicenses", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userListGlobalLicenses.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filters to apply to the list request. All fields need to be on the left hand side of each condition (for example: user_list_id = 123). **Supported Operations:** - `AND` - `=` - `!=` - `>` - `>=` - `<` - `<=` **Unsupported Fields:** - `name` (use get method instead) - `historical_pricings` and all its subfields - `pricing.start_time` - `pricing.end_time`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" }, -"merchantFeedLabel": { -"description": "Optional. The Merchant Center feed label associated with the feed of the items.", +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of licenses to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 licenses will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserListGlobalLicense` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserListDirectLicense` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"merchantFeedLanguageCode": { -"description": "Optional. The language code in ISO 639-1 associated with the Merchant Center feed of the items.where your items are uploaded.", +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The account whose licenses are being queried. Should be in the format accountTypes/{ACCOUNT_TYPE}/accounts/{ACCOUNT_ID}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"merchantId": { -"description": "Optional. The Merchant Center ID associated with the items.", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/userListGlobalLicenses", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListUserListGlobalLicensesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userListGlobalLicenses/{userListGlobalLicensesId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userListGlobalLicenses.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the user list global license.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+/userListGlobalLicenses/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" }, -"transactionDiscount": { -"description": "Optional. The sum of all discounts associated with the transaction.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update. The special character `*` is not supported and an `INVALID_UPDATE_MASK` error will be thrown if used.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, -"type": "object" +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UserListGlobalLicense" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "UserListGlobalLicense" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"userListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos": { +"methods": { +"list": { +"description": "Lists all customer info for a user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userListGlobalLicenses/{userListGlobalLicensesId}/userListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userListGlobalLicenses.userListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filters to apply to the list request. All fields need to be on the left hand side of each condition (for example: user_list_id = 123). **Supported Operations:** - `AND` - `=` - `!=` - `>` - `>=` - `<` - `<=` **Unsupported Fields:** - `name` (use get method instead) - `historical_pricings` and all its subfields - `pricing.start_time` - `pricing.end_time`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of licenses to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 licenses will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserListDirectLicense` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserListDirectLicense` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The global license whose customer info are being queried. Should be in the format `accountTypes/{ACCOUNT_TYPE}/accounts/{ACCOUNT_ID}/userListGlobalLicenses/{USER_LIST_GLOBAL_LICENSE_ID}`. To list all global license customer info under an account, replace the user list global license id with a '-' (for example, `accountTypes/DATA_PARTNER/accounts/123/userListGlobalLicenses/-`)", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+/userListGlobalLicenses/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/userListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListUserListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfosResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +} +} +} +} +}, +"userLists": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a UserList. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userLists", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userLists.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent account where this user list will be created. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the request is validated but not executed.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/userLists", +"request": { +"$ref": "UserList" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "UserList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a UserList. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userLists/{userListsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userLists.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the user list to delete. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+/userLists/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the request is validated but not executed.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Empty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets a UserList. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userLists/{userListsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userLists.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the UserList to retrieve. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+/userLists/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "UserList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists UserLists. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userLists", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userLists.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. A [filter string](//google.aip.dev/160). All fields need to be on the left hand side of each condition (for example: `display_name = \"list 1\"`). Supported operations: - `AND` - `=` - `!=` - `>` - `>=` - `<` - `<=` - `:` (has) Supported fields: - `id` - `display_name` - `description` - `membership_status` - `integration_code` - `access_reason` - `ingested_user_list_info.upload_key_types`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of user lists to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 user lists will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListUserLists` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListUserLists` must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent account which owns this collection of user lists. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/userLists", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListUserListsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a UserList. Authorization Headers: This method supports the following optional headers to define how the API authorizes access for the request: * `login-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account where the Google Account of the credentials is a user. If not set, defaults to the account of the request. Format: `accountTypes/{loginAccountType}/accounts/{loginAccountId}` * `linked-account`: (Optional) The resource name of the account with an established product link to the `login-account`. Format: `accountTypes/{linkedAccountType}/accounts/{linkedAccountId}`", +"flatPath": "v1/accountTypes/{accountTypesId}/accounts/{accountsId}/userLists/{userListsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "datamanager.accountTypes.accounts.userLists.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the user list. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^accountTypes/[^/]+/accounts/[^/]+/userLists/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. The list of fields to update.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. If true, the request is validated but not executed.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "UserList" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "UserList" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +} +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"audienceMembers": { +"methods": { +"ingest": { +"description": "Uploads a list of AudienceMember resources to the provided Destination.", +"flatPath": "v1/audienceMembers:ingest", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "datamanager.audienceMembers.ingest", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": {}, +"path": "v1/audienceMembers:ingest", +"request": { +"$ref": "IngestAudienceMembersRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "IngestAudienceMembersResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +}, +"remove": { +"description": "Removes a list of AudienceMember resources from the provided Destination.", +"flatPath": "v1/audienceMembers:remove", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "datamanager.audienceMembers.remove", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": {}, +"path": "v1/audienceMembers:remove", +"request": { +"$ref": "RemoveAudienceMembersRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "RemoveAudienceMembersResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +} +} +}, +"events": { +"methods": { +"ingest": { +"description": "Uploads a list of Event resources from the provided Destination.", +"flatPath": "v1/events:ingest", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "datamanager.events.ingest", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": {}, +"path": "v1/events:ingest", +"request": { +"$ref": "IngestEventsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "IngestEventsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +} +} +}, +"requestStatus": { +"methods": { +"retrieve": { +"description": "Gets the status of a request given request id.", +"flatPath": "v1/requestStatus:retrieve", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "datamanager.requestStatus.retrieve", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": { +"requestId": { +"description": "Required. Required. The request ID of the Data Manager API request.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/requestStatus:retrieve", +"response": { +"$ref": "RetrieveRequestStatusResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/datamanager" +] +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20260217", +"rootUrl": "https://datamanager.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"AdIdentifiers": { +"description": "Identifiers and other information used to match the conversion event with other online activity (such as ad clicks).", +"id": "AdIdentifiers", +"properties": { +"gbraid": { +"description": "Optional. The click identifier for clicks associated with app events and originating from iOS devices starting with iOS14.", +"type": "string" +}, +"gclid": { +"description": "Optional. The Google click ID (gclid) associated with this event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"landingPageDeviceInfo": { +"$ref": "DeviceInfo", +"description": "Optional. Information gathered about the device being used (if any) at the time of landing onto the advertiser\u2019s site after interacting with the ad." +}, +"sessionAttributes": { +"description": "Optional. Session attributes for event attribution and modeling.", +"type": "string" +}, +"wbraid": { +"description": "Optional. The click identifier for clicks associated with web events and originating from iOS devices starting with iOS14.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AddressInfo": { +"description": "Address information for the user.", +"id": "AddressInfo", +"properties": { +"familyName": { +"description": "Required. Family (last) name of the user, all lowercase, with no punctuation, no leading or trailing whitespace, and hashed as SHA-256.", +"type": "string" +}, +"givenName": { +"description": "Required. Given (first) name of the user, all lowercase, with no punctuation, no leading or trailing whitespace, and hashed as SHA-256.", +"type": "string" +}, +"postalCode": { +"description": "Required. The postal code of the user's address.", +"type": "string" +}, +"regionCode": { +"description": "Required. The 2-letter region code in ISO-3166-1 alpha-2 of the user's address.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AudienceMember": { +"description": "The audience member to be operated on.", +"id": "AudienceMember", +"properties": { +"consent": { +"$ref": "Consent", +"description": "Optional. The consent setting for the user." +}, +"destinationReferences": { +"description": "Optional. Defines which Destination to send the audience member to.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"mobileData": { +"$ref": "MobileData", +"description": "Data identifying the user's mobile devices." +}, +"pairData": { +"$ref": "PairData", +"description": "[Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation (PAIR) IDs](//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908). This feature is only available to data partners." +}, +"ppidData": { +"$ref": "PpidData", +"description": "Data related to publisher provided identifiers. This feature is only available to data partners." +}, +"userData": { +"$ref": "UserData", +"description": "User-provided data that identifies the user." +}, +"userIdData": { +"$ref": "UserIdData", +"description": "Data related to unique identifiers for a user, as defined by the advertiser." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"AwsWrappedKeyInfo": { +"description": "A data encryption key wrapped by an AWS KMS key.", +"id": "AwsWrappedKeyInfo", +"properties": { +"encryptedDek": { +"description": "Required. The base64 encoded encrypted data encryption key.", +"type": "string" +}, +"kekUri": { +"description": "Required. The URI of the AWS KMS key used to decrypt the DEK. Should be in the format of `arn:{partition}:kms:{region}:{account_id}:key/{key_id}` or `aws-kms://arn:{partition}:kms:{region}:{account_id}:key/{key_id}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"keyType": { +"description": "Required. The type of algorithm used to encrypt the data.", +"enum": [ +"KEY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"XCHACHA20_POLY1305" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified key type. Should never be used.", +"Algorithm XChaCha20-Poly1305" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"roleArn": { +"description": "Required. The Amazon Resource Name of the IAM Role to assume for KMS decryption access. Should be in the format of `arn:{partition}:iam::{account_id}:role/{role_name}`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Baseline": { +"description": "Baseline criteria against which insights are compared.", +"id": "Baseline", +"properties": { +"baselineLocation": { +"$ref": "Location", +"description": "The baseline location of the request. Baseline location is an OR-list of the requested regions." +}, +"locationAutoDetectionEnabled": { +"description": "If set to true, the service will try to automatically detect the baseline location for insights.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CartData": { +"description": "The cart data associated with the event.", +"id": "CartData", +"properties": { +"items": { +"description": "Optional. The list of items associated with the event.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Item" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"merchantFeedLabel": { +"description": "Optional. The Merchant Center feed label associated with the feed of the items.", +"type": "string" +}, +"merchantFeedLanguageCode": { +"description": "Optional. The language code in ISO 639-1 associated with the Merchant Center feed of the items.where your items are uploaded.", +"type": "string" +}, +"merchantId": { +"description": "Optional. The Merchant Center ID associated with the items.", +"type": "string" +}, +"transactionDiscount": { +"description": "Optional. The sum of all discounts associated with the transaction.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Consent": { +"description": "[Digital Markets Act (DMA)](//digital-markets-act.ec.europa.eu/index_en) consent settings for the user.", +"id": "Consent", +"properties": { +"adPersonalization": { +"description": "Optional. Represents if the user consents to ad personalization.", +"enum": [ +"CONSENT_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"CONSENT_GRANTED", +"CONSENT_DENIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"Granted.", +"Denied." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"adUserData": { +"description": "Optional. Represents if the user consents to ad user data.", +"enum": [ +"CONSENT_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"CONSENT_GRANTED", +"CONSENT_DENIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"Granted.", +"Denied." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ContactIdInfo": { +"description": "Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.", +"id": "ContactIdInfo", +"properties": { +"dataSourceType": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data", +"enum": [ +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_FIRST_PARTY", +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_CREDIT_BUREAU", +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VOTER_FILE", +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_PARTNER_DATA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"The uploaded data is first-party data.", +"The uploaded data is from a third-party credit bureau.", +"The uploaded data is from a third-party voter file.", +"The uploaded data is third party partner data." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"matchRatePercentage": { +"description": "Output only. Match rate for customer match user lists.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"CustomVariable": { +"description": "Custom variable for ads conversions.", +"id": "CustomVariable", +"properties": { +"destinationReferences": { +"description": "Optional. Reference string used to determine which of the Event.destination_references the custom variable should be sent to. If empty, the Event.destination_references will be used.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"value": { +"description": "Optional. The value to store for the custom variable.", +"type": "string" +}, +"variable": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the custom variable to set. If the variable is not found for the given destination, it will be ignored.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Destination": { +"description": "The Google product you're sending data to. For example, a Google Ads account.", +"id": "Destination", +"properties": { +"linkedAccount": { +"$ref": "ProductAccount", +"description": "Optional. An account that the calling user's `login_account` has access to, through an established account link. For example, a data partner's `login_account` might have access to a client's `linked_account`. The partner might use this field to send data from the `linked_account` to another `operating_account`." +}, +"loginAccount": { +"$ref": "ProductAccount", +"description": "Optional. The account used to make this API call. To add or remove data from the `operating_account`, this `login_account` must have write access to the `operating_account`. For example, a manager account of the `operating_account`, or an account with an established link to the `operating_account`." +}, +"operatingAccount": { +"$ref": "ProductAccount", +"description": "Required. The account to send the data to or remove the data from." +}, +"productDestinationId": { +"description": "Required. The object within the product account to ingest into. For example, a Google Ads audience ID, a Display & Video 360 audience ID or a Google Ads conversion action ID.", +"type": "string" +}, +"reference": { +"description": "Optional. ID for this `Destination` resource, unique within the request. Use to reference this `Destination` in the IngestEventsRequest and IngestAudienceMembersRequest.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeviceInfo": { +"description": "Information about the device being used (if any) when the event happened.", +"id": "DeviceInfo", +"properties": { +"ipAddress": { +"description": "Optional. The IP address of the device for the given context. **Note:** Google Ads does not support IP address matching for end users in the European Economic Area (EEA), United Kingdom (UK), or Switzerland (CH). Add logic to conditionally exclude sharing IP addresses from users from these regions and ensure that you provide users with clear and comprehensive information about the data you collect on your sites, apps, and other properties and get consent where required by law or any applicable Google policies. See the [About offline conversion imports](https://support.google.com/google-ads/answer/2998031) page for more details.", +"type": "string" +}, +"userAgent": { +"description": "Optional. The user-agent string of the device for the given context.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Empty": { +"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }", +"id": "Empty", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"EncryptionInfo": { +"description": "Encryption information for the data being ingested.", +"id": "EncryptionInfo", +"properties": { +"awsWrappedKeyInfo": { +"$ref": "AwsWrappedKeyInfo", +"description": "Amazon Web Services wrapped key information." +}, +"gcpWrappedKeyInfo": { +"$ref": "GcpWrappedKeyInfo", +"description": "Google Cloud Platform wrapped key information." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ErrorCount": { +"description": "The error count for a given error reason.", +"id": "ErrorCount", +"properties": { +"reason": { +"description": "The error reason of the failed records.", +"enum": [ +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_CUSTOM_VARIABLE", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_CUSTOM_VARIABLE_NOT_ENABLED", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_EVENT_TOO_OLD", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_DENIED_CONSENT", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_NO_CONSENT", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_UNKNOWN_CONSENT", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_DUPLICATE_GCLID", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_DUPLICATE_TRANSACTION_ID", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_GBRAID", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_GCLID", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_MERCHANT_ID", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_WBRAID", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INTERNAL_ERROR", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_DESTINATION_ACCOUNT_ENHANCED_CONVERSIONS_TERMS_NOT_SIGNED", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_EVENT", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INSUFFICIENT_MATCHED_TRANSACTIONS", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INSUFFICIENT_TRANSACTIONS", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_FORMAT", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_DECRYPTION_ERROR", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_DEK_DECRYPTION_ERROR", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_WIP", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_KEK", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_WIP_AUTH_FAILED", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_KEK_PERMISSION_DENIED", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_AWS_AUTH_FAILED", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_USER_IDENTIFIER_DECRYPTION_ERROR", +"PROCESSING_ERROR_OPERATING_ACCOUNT_MISMATCH_FOR_AD_IDENTIFIER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The processing error reason is unknown.", +"The custom variable is invalid.", +"The status of the custom variable is not enabled.", +"The conversion is older than max supported age.", +"The ad user data is denied, either by the user or in the advertiser default settings.", +"Advertiser did not give 3P consent for the Ads core platform services.", +"The overall consent (determined from row level consent, request level consent, and account settings) could not be determined for this user", +"A conversion with the same GCLID and conversion time already exists in the system.", +"A conversion with the same order id and conversion action combination was already uploaded.", +"The gbraid could not be decoded.", +"The google click ID could not be decoded.", +"Merchant id contains non-digit characters.", +"The wbraid could not be decoded.", +"Internal error.", +"Enhanced conversions terms are not signed in the destination account.", +"The event is invalid.", +"The matched transactions are less than the minimum threshold.", +"The transactions are less than the minimum threshold.", +"The event has format error.", +"The event has a decryption error.", +"The DEK failed to be decrypted.", +"The WIP is formatted incorrectly or the WIP does not exist.", +"The KEK cannot decrypt data because it is the wrong KEK, or it does not exist.", +"The WIP could not be used because it was rejected by its attestation condition.", +"The system did not have the permissions needed to access the KEK.", +"The system failed to authenticate with AWS.", +"Failed to decrypt the UserIdentifier data using the DEK.", +"The user attempted to ingest events with an ad identifier that isn't from the operating account's ads." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"recordCount": { +"description": "The count of records that failed to upload for a given reason.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ErrorInfo": { +"description": "Error counts for each type of error.", +"id": "ErrorInfo", +"properties": { +"errorCounts": { +"description": "A list of errors and counts per error reason. May not be populated in all cases.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ErrorCount" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Event": { +"description": "An event representing a user interaction with an advertiser's website or app.", +"id": "Event", +"properties": { +"adIdentifiers": { +"$ref": "AdIdentifiers", +"description": "Optional. Identifiers and other information used to match the conversion event with other online activity (such as ad clicks)." +}, +"additionalEventParameters": { +"description": "Optional. A bucket of any [event parameters](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/protocol/ga4/reference/events) to be included within the event that were not already specified using other structured fields.", +"items": { +"$ref": "EventParameter" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"cartData": { +"$ref": "CartData", +"description": "Optional. Information about the transaction and items associated with the event." +}, +"clientId": { +"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for the user instance of a web client for this GA4 web stream.", +"type": "string" +}, +"consent": { +"$ref": "Consent", +"description": "Optional. Information about whether the associated user has provided different types of consent." +}, +"conversionValue": { +"description": "Optional. The conversion value associated with the event, for value-based conversions.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"currency": { +"description": "Optional. The currency code associated with all monetary values within this event.", +"type": "string" +}, +"customVariables": { +"description": "Optional. Additional key/value pair information to send to the conversion containers (conversion action or FL activity).", +"items": { +"$ref": "CustomVariable" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"destinationReferences": { +"description": "Optional. Reference string used to determine the destination. If empty, the event will be sent to all destinations in the request.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"eventDeviceInfo": { +"$ref": "DeviceInfo", +"description": "Optional. Information gathered about the device being used (if any) when the event happened." +}, +"eventName": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the event. Required for GA4 events.", +"type": "string" +}, +"eventSource": { +"description": "Optional. Signal for where the event happened (web, app, in-store, etc.).", +"enum": [ +"EVENT_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"WEB", +"APP", +"IN_STORE", +"PHONE", +"OTHER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified EventSource. Should never be used.", +"The event was generated from a web browser.", +"The event was generated from an app.", +"The event was generated from an in-store transaction.", +"The event was generated from a phone call.", +"The event was generated from other sources." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"eventTimestamp": { +"description": "Required. The time the event occurred.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"experimentalFields": { +"description": "Optional. A list of key/value pairs for experimental fields that may eventually be promoted to be part of the API.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ExperimentalField" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"lastUpdatedTimestamp": { +"description": "Optional. The last time the event was updated.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"transactionId": { +"description": "Optional. The unique identifier for this event. Required for conversions using multiple data sources.", +"type": "string" +}, +"userData": { +"$ref": "UserData", +"description": "Optional. Pieces of user provided data, representing the user the event is associated with." +}, +"userId": { +"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for a user, as defined by the advertiser.", +"type": "string" +}, +"userProperties": { +"$ref": "UserProperties", +"description": "Optional. Advertiser-assessed information about the user at the time that the event happened." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"EventParameter": { +"description": "Event parameter for GA4 events.", +"id": "EventParameter", +"properties": { +"parameterName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the parameter to use.", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "Required. The string representation of the value of the parameter to set.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExperimentalField": { +"description": "Experimental field representing unofficial fields.", +"id": "ExperimentalField", +"properties": { +"field": { +"description": "Optional. The name of the field to use.", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "Optional. The value the field to set.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GcpWrappedKeyInfo": { +"description": "Information about the Google Cloud Platform wrapped key.", +"id": "GcpWrappedKeyInfo", +"properties": { +"encryptedDek": { +"description": "Required. The base64 encoded encrypted data encryption key.", +"type": "string" +}, +"kekUri": { +"description": "Required. Google Cloud Platform [Cloud Key Management Service resource ID](//cloud.google.com/kms/docs/getting-resource-ids). Should be in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{key}` or `gcp-kms://projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", +"type": "string" +}, +"keyType": { +"description": "Required. The type of algorithm used to encrypt the data.", +"enum": [ +"KEY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"XCHACHA20_POLY1305" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified key type. Should never be used.", +"Algorithm XChaCha20-Poly1305" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"wipProvider": { +"description": "Required. The [Workload Identity](//cloud.google.com/iam/docs/workload-identity-federation) pool provider required to use KEK.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngestAudienceMembersRequest": { +"description": "Request to upload audience members to the provided destinations. Returns an IngestAudienceMembersResponse.", +"id": "IngestAudienceMembersRequest", +"properties": { +"audienceMembers": { +"description": "Required. The list of users to send to the specified destinations. At most 10000 AudienceMember resources can be sent in a single request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AudienceMember" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"consent": { +"$ref": "Consent", +"description": "Optional. Request-level consent to apply to all users in the request. User-level consent overrides request-level consent, and can be specified in each AudienceMember." +}, +"destinations": { +"description": "Required. The list of destinations to send the audience members to.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Destination" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"encoding": { +"description": "Optional. Required for UserData uploads. The encoding type of the user identifiers. For hashed user identifiers, this is the encoding type of the hashed string. For encrypted hashed user identifiers, this is the encoding type of the outer encrypted string, but not necessarily the inner hashed string, meaning the inner hashed string could be encoded in a different way than the outer encrypted string. For non `UserData` uploads, this field is ignored.", +"enum": [ +"ENCODING_UNSPECIFIED", +"HEX", +"BASE64" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified Encoding type. Should never be used.", +"Hex encoding.", +"Base 64 encoding." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"encryptionInfo": { +"$ref": "EncryptionInfo", +"description": "Optional. Encryption information for UserData uploads. If not set, it's assumed that uploaded identifying information is hashed but not encrypted. For non `UserData` uploads, this field is ignored." +}, +"termsOfService": { +"$ref": "TermsOfService", +"description": "Optional. The terms of service that the user has accepted/rejected." +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. For testing purposes. If `true`, the request is validated but not executed. Only errors are returned, not results.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngestAudienceMembersResponse": { +"description": "Response from the IngestAudienceMembersRequest.", +"id": "IngestAudienceMembersResponse", +"properties": { +"requestId": { +"description": "The auto-generated ID of the request.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngestAudienceMembersStatus": { +"description": "The status of the ingest audience members request.", +"id": "IngestAudienceMembersStatus", +"properties": { +"mobileDataIngestionStatus": { +"$ref": "IngestMobileDataStatus", +"description": "The status of the mobile data ingestion to the destination." +}, +"pairDataIngestionStatus": { +"$ref": "IngestPairDataStatus", +"description": "The status of the pair data ingestion to the destination." +}, +"ppidDataIngestionStatus": { +"$ref": "IngestPpidDataStatus", +"description": "The status of the ppid data ingestion to the destination." +}, +"userDataIngestionStatus": { +"$ref": "IngestUserDataStatus", +"description": "The status of the user data ingestion to the destination." +}, +"userIdDataIngestionStatus": { +"$ref": "IngestUserIdDataStatus", +"description": "The status of the user id data ingestion to the destination." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngestEventsRequest": { +"description": "Request to upload audience members to the provided destinations. Returns an IngestEventsResponse.", +"id": "IngestEventsRequest", +"properties": { +"consent": { +"$ref": "Consent", +"description": "Optional. Request-level consent to apply to all users in the request. User-level consent overrides request-level consent, and can be specified in each Event." }, -"Consent": { -"description": "[Digital Markets Act (DMA)](//digital-markets-act.ec.europa.eu/index_en) consent settings for the user.", -"id": "Consent", +"destinations": { +"description": "Required. The list of destinations to send the events to.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Destination" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"encoding": { +"description": "Optional. Required for UserData uploads. The encoding type of the user identifiers. For hashed user identifiers, this is the encoding type of the hashed string. For encrypted hashed user identifiers, this is the encoding type of the outer encrypted string, but not necessarily the inner hashed string, meaning the inner hashed string could be encoded in a different way than the outer encrypted string. For non `UserData` uploads, this field is ignored.", +"enum": [ +"ENCODING_UNSPECIFIED", +"HEX", +"BASE64" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified Encoding type. Should never be used.", +"Hex encoding.", +"Base 64 encoding." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"encryptionInfo": { +"$ref": "EncryptionInfo", +"description": "Optional. Encryption information for UserData uploads. If not set, it's assumed that uploaded identifying information is hashed but not encrypted. For non `UserData` uploads, this field is ignored." +}, +"events": { +"description": "Required. The list of events to send to the specified destinations. At most 2000 Event resources can be sent in a single request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Event" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"validateOnly": { +"description": "Optional. For testing purposes. If `true`, the request is validated but not executed. Only errors are returned, not results.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngestEventsResponse": { +"description": "Response from the IngestEventsRequest.", +"id": "IngestEventsResponse", "properties": { -"adPersonalization": { -"description": "Optional. Represents if the user consents to ad personalization.", +"requestId": { +"description": "The auto-generated ID of the request.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngestEventsStatus": { +"description": "The status of the events ingestion to the destination.", +"id": "IngestEventsStatus", +"properties": { +"recordCount": { +"description": "The total count of events sent in the upload request. Includes all events in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngestMobileDataStatus": { +"description": "The status of the mobile data ingestion to the destination containing stats related to the ingestion.", +"id": "IngestMobileDataStatus", +"properties": { +"mobileIdCount": { +"description": "The total count of mobile ids sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all mobile ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"recordCount": { +"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngestPairDataStatus": { +"description": "The status of the pair data ingestion to the destination containing stats related to the ingestion.", +"id": "IngestPairDataStatus", +"properties": { +"pairIdCount": { +"description": "The total count of pair ids sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all pair ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"recordCount": { +"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngestPpidDataStatus": { +"description": "The status of the ppid data ingestion to the destination containing stats related to the ingestion.", +"id": "IngestPpidDataStatus", +"properties": { +"ppidCount": { +"description": "The total count of ppids sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all ppids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"recordCount": { +"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngestUserDataStatus": { +"description": "The status of the user data ingestion to the destination containing stats related to the ingestion.", +"id": "IngestUserDataStatus", +"properties": { +"recordCount": { +"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadMatchRateRange": { +"description": "The match rate range of the upload.", "enum": [ -"CONSENT_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", -"CONSENT_GRANTED", -"CONSENT_DENIED" +"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_UNKNOWN", +"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_NOT_ELIGIBLE", +"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_LESS_THAN_20", +"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_20_TO_30", +"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_31_TO_40", +"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_41_TO_50", +"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_51_TO_60", +"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_61_TO_70", +"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_71_TO_80", +"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_81_TO_90", +"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_91_TO_100" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Not specified.", -"Granted.", -"Denied." +"The match rate range is unknown.", +"The match rate range is not eligible.", +"The match rate range is less than 20% (in the interval `[0, 20)`).", +"The match rate range is between 20% and 30% (in the interval `[20, 31)`).", +"The match rate range is between 31% and 40% (in the interval `[31, 41)`).", +"The match rate range is between 41% and 50% (in the interval `[41, 51)`).", +"The match rate range is between 51% and 60% (in the interval `[51, 61)`.", +"The match rate range is between 61% and 70% (in the interval `[61, 71)`).", +"The match rate range is between 71% and 80% (in the interval `[71, 81)`).", +"The match rate range is between 81% and 90% (in the interval `[81, 91)`).", +"The match rate range is between 91% and 100% (in the interval `[91, 100]`)." ], "type": "string" }, -"adUserData": { -"description": "Optional. Represents if the user consents to ad user data.", +"userIdentifierCount": { +"description": "The total count of user identifiers sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all user identifiers in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngestUserIdDataStatus": { +"description": "The status of the user id data ingestion to the destination containing stats related to the ingestion.", +"id": "IngestUserIdDataStatus", +"properties": { +"recordCount": { +"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"userIdCount": { +"description": "The total count of user ids sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all user ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"IngestedUserListInfo": { +"description": "Represents a user list that is populated by user provided data.", +"id": "IngestedUserListInfo", +"properties": { +"contactIdInfo": { +"$ref": "ContactIdInfo", +"description": "Optional. Additional information when `CONTACT_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`." +}, +"mobileIdInfo": { +"$ref": "MobileIdInfo", +"description": "Optional. Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`." +}, +"pairIdInfo": { +"$ref": "PairIdInfo", +"description": "Optional. Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners." +}, +"partnerAudienceInfo": { +"$ref": "PartnerAudienceInfo", +"description": "Optional. Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners." +}, +"pseudonymousIdInfo": { +"$ref": "PseudonymousIdInfo", +"description": "Optional. Additional information for `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`." +}, +"uploadKeyTypes": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Upload key types of this user list.", +"items": { "enum": [ -"CONSENT_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", -"CONSENT_GRANTED", -"CONSENT_DENIED" +"UPLOAD_KEY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CONTACT_ID", +"MOBILE_ID", +"USER_ID", +"PAIR_ID", +"PSEUDONYMOUS_ID" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not specified.", -"Granted.", -"Denied." +"Customer info such as email address, phone number or physical address.", +"Mobile advertising ids.", +"Third party provided user ids.", +"Publisher advertiser identity reconciliation ids.", +"Data Management Platform IDs: - Google User ID - Partner Provided ID - Publisher Provided ID - iOS IDFA - Android advertising ID - Roku ID - Amazon Fire TV ID - Xbox or Microsoft ID" ], "type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"userIdInfo": { +"$ref": "UserIdInfo", +"description": "Optional. Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`." } }, "type": "object" }, -"CustomVariable": { -"description": "Custom variable for ads conversions.", -"id": "CustomVariable", +"Item": { +"description": "Represents an item in the cart associated with the event.", +"id": "Item", "properties": { -"destinationReferences": { -"description": "Optional. Reference string used to determine which of the Event.destination_references the custom variable should be sent to. If empty, the Event.destination_references will be used.", +"additionalItemParameters": { +"description": "Optional. A bucket of any [event parameters related to an item](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/protocol/ga4/reference/events) to be included within the event that were not already specified using other structured fields.", "items": { -"type": "string" +"$ref": "ItemParameter" }, "type": "array" }, -"value": { -"description": "Optional. The value to store for the custom variable.", +"itemId": { +"description": "Optional. A unique identifier to reference the item.", "type": "string" }, -"variable": { -"description": "Optional. The name of the custom variable to set. If the variable is not found for the given destination, it will be ignored.", +"merchantProductId": { +"description": "Optional. The product ID within the Merchant Center account.", +"type": "string" +}, +"quantity": { +"description": "Optional. The number of this item associated with the event.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" +}, +"unitPrice": { +"description": "Optional. The unit price excluding tax, shipping, and any transaction level discounts.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Destination": { -"description": "The Google product you're sending data to. For example, a Google Ads account.", -"id": "Destination", +"ItemParameter": { +"description": "A bucket of any [event parameters related to an item](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/protocol/ga4/reference/events) to be included within the event that were not already specified using other structured fields.", +"id": "ItemParameter", "properties": { -"linkedAccount": { -"$ref": "ProductAccount", -"description": "Optional. An account that the calling user's `login_account` has access to, through an established account link. For example, a data partner's `login_account` might have access to a client's `linked_account`. The partner might use this field to send data from the `linked_account` to another `operating_account`." +"parameterName": { +"description": "Required. The name of the parameter to use.", +"type": "string" }, -"loginAccount": { -"$ref": "ProductAccount", -"description": "Optional. The account used to make this API call. To add or remove data from the `operating_account`, this `login_account` must have write access to the `operating_account`. For example, a manager account of the `operating_account`, or an account with an established link to the `operating_account`." +"value": { +"description": "Required. The string representation of the value of the parameter to set.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"operatingAccount": { -"$ref": "ProductAccount", -"description": "Required. The account to send the data to or remove the data from." +"type": "object" }, -"productDestinationId": { -"description": "Required. The object within the product account to ingest into. For example, a Google Ads audience ID, a Display & Video 360 audience ID or a Google Ads conversion action ID.", +"ListUserListDirectLicensesResponse": { +"description": "Response from the ListUserListDirectLicensesRequest.", +"id": "ListUserListDirectLicensesResponse", +"properties": { +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", "type": "string" }, -"reference": { -"description": "Optional. ID for this `Destination` resource, unique within the request. Use to reference this `Destination` in the IngestEventsRequest and IngestAudienceMembersRequest.", -"type": "string" +"userListDirectLicenses": { +"description": "The licenses for the given user list in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UserListDirectLicense" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"DeviceInfo": { -"description": "Information about the device being used (if any) when the event happened.", -"id": "DeviceInfo", +"ListUserListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfosResponse": { +"description": "Response from the ListUserListGlobalLicensesCustomerInfoRequest.", +"id": "ListUserListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfosResponse", "properties": { -"ipAddress": { -"description": "Optional. The IP address of the device for the given context. **Note:** Google Ads does not support IP address matching for end users in the European Economic Area (EEA), United Kingdom (UK), or Switzerland (CH). Add logic to conditionally exclude sharing IP addresses from users from these regions and ensure that you provide users with clear and comprehensive information about the data you collect on your sites, apps, and other properties and get consent where required by law or any applicable Google policies. See the [About offline conversion imports](https://support.google.com/google-ads/answer/2998031) page for more details.", +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", "type": "string" }, -"userAgent": { -"description": "Optional. The user-agent string of the device for the given context.", -"type": "string" +"userListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos": { +"description": "The customer information for the given license in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UserListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfo" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EncryptionInfo": { -"description": "Encryption information for the data being ingested.", -"id": "EncryptionInfo", +"ListUserListGlobalLicensesResponse": { +"description": "Response from the ListUserListGlobalLicensesRequest.", +"id": "ListUserListGlobalLicensesResponse", "properties": { -"awsWrappedKeyInfo": { -"$ref": "AwsWrappedKeyInfo", -"description": "Amazon Web Services wrapped key information." +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" }, -"gcpWrappedKeyInfo": { -"$ref": "GcpWrappedKeyInfo", -"description": "Google Cloud Platform wrapped key information." +"userListGlobalLicenses": { +"description": "The licenses for the given user list in the request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UserListGlobalLicense" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ErrorCount": { -"description": "The error count for a given error reason.", -"id": "ErrorCount", +"ListUserListsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ListUserLists.", +"id": "ListUserListsResponse", "properties": { -"reason": { -"description": "The error reason of the failed records.", -"enum": [ -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_CUSTOM_VARIABLE", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_CUSTOM_VARIABLE_NOT_ENABLED", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_EVENT_TOO_OLD", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_DENIED_CONSENT", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_NO_CONSENT", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_UNKNOWN_CONSENT", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_DUPLICATE_GCLID", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_DUPLICATE_TRANSACTION_ID", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_GBRAID", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_GCLID", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_MERCHANT_ID", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_WBRAID", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INTERNAL_ERROR", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_DESTINATION_ACCOUNT_ENHANCED_CONVERSIONS_TERMS_NOT_SIGNED", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_EVENT", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INSUFFICIENT_MATCHED_TRANSACTIONS", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INSUFFICIENT_TRANSACTIONS", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_FORMAT", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_DECRYPTION_ERROR", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_DEK_DECRYPTION_ERROR", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_WIP", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_INVALID_KEK", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_WIP_AUTH_FAILED", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_KEK_PERMISSION_DENIED", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_AWS_AUTH_FAILED", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_REASON_USER_IDENTIFIER_DECRYPTION_ERROR", -"PROCESSING_ERROR_OPERATING_ACCOUNT_MISMATCH_FOR_AD_IDENTIFIER" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The processing error reason is unknown.", -"The custom variable is invalid.", -"The status of the custom variable is not enabled.", -"The conversion is older than max supported age.", -"The ad user data is denied, either by the user or in the advertiser default settings.", -"Advertiser did not give 3P consent for the Ads core platform services.", -"The overall consent (determined from row level consent, request level consent, and account settings) could not be determined for this user", -"A conversion with the same GCLID and conversion time already exists in the system.", -"A conversion with the same order id and conversion action combination was already uploaded.", -"The gbraid could not be decoded.", -"The google click ID could not be decoded.", -"Merchant id contains non-digit characters.", -"The wbraid could not be decoded.", -"Internal error.", -"Enhanced conversions terms are not signed in the destination account.", -"The event is invalid.", -"The matched transactions are less than the minimum threshold.", -"The transactions are less than the minimum threshold.", -"The event has format error.", -"The event has a decryption error.", -"The DEK failed to be decrypted.", -"The WIP is formatted incorrectly or the WIP does not exist.", -"The KEK cannot decrypt data because it is the wrong KEK, or it does not exist.", -"The WIP could not be used because it was rejected by its attestation condition.", -"The system did not have the permissions needed to access the KEK.", -"The system failed to authenticate with AWS.", -"Failed to decrypt the UserIdentifier data using the DEK.", -"The user attempted to ingest events with an ad identifier that isn't from the operating account's ads." -], +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", "type": "string" }, -"recordCount": { -"description": "The count of records that failed to upload for a given reason.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" +"userLists": { +"description": "The user lists from the specified account.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UserList" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ErrorInfo": { -"description": "Error counts for each type of error.", -"id": "ErrorInfo", +"Location": { +"description": "The baseline location of the request. Baseline location is on OR-list of ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 region codes of the requested regions.", +"id": "Location", "properties": { -"errorCounts": { -"description": "A list of errors and counts per error reason. May not be populated in all cases.", +"regionCodes": { +"description": "List of ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 region codes.", "items": { -"$ref": "ErrorCount" +"type": "string" }, "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Event": { -"description": "An event representing a user interaction with an advertiser's website or app.", -"id": "Event", +"MarketingDataInsight": { +"description": "Insights for marketing data. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"id": "MarketingDataInsight", "properties": { -"adIdentifiers": { -"$ref": "AdIdentifiers", -"description": "Optional. Identifiers and other information used to match the conversion event with other online activity (such as ad clicks)." -}, -"additionalEventParameters": { -"description": "Optional. A bucket of any [event parameters](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/protocol/ga4/reference/events) to be included within the event that were not already specified using other structured fields.", +"attributes": { +"description": "Insights for values of a given dimension.", "items": { -"$ref": "EventParameter" +"$ref": "MarketingDataInsightsAttribute" }, "type": "array" }, -"cartData": { -"$ref": "CartData", -"description": "Optional. Information about the transaction and items associated with the event." +"dimension": { +"description": "The dimension to which the insight belongs.", +"enum": [ +"AUDIENCE_INSIGHTS_DIMENSION_UNSPECIFIED", +"AUDIENCE_INSIGHTS_DIMENSION_UNKNOWN", +"AFFINITY_USER_INTEREST", +"IN_MARKET_USER_INTEREST", +"AGE_RANGE", +"GENDER" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"The value is unknown in this version.", +"An Affinity UserInterest.", +"An In-Market UserInterest.", +"An age range.", +"A gender." +], +"type": "string" +} }, -"clientId": { -"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for the user instance of a web client for this GA4 web stream.", +"type": "object" +}, +"MarketingDataInsightsAttribute": { +"description": "Insights for a collection of related attributes of the same dimension.", +"id": "MarketingDataInsightsAttribute", +"properties": { +"ageRange": { +"description": "Age range of the audience for which the lift is provided.", +"enum": [ +"AGE_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED", +"AGE_RANGE_UNKNOWN", +"AGE_RANGE_18_24", +"AGE_RANGE_25_34", +"AGE_RANGE_35_44", +"AGE_RANGE_45_54", +"AGE_RANGE_55_64", +"AGE_RANGE_65_UP" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"Unknown.", +"Between 18 and 24 years old.", +"Between 25 and 34 years old.", +"Between 35 and 44 years old.", +"Between 45 and 54 years old.", +"Between 55 and 64 years old.", +"65 years old and beyond." +], "type": "string" }, -"consent": { -"$ref": "Consent", -"description": "Optional. Information about whether the associated user has provided different types of consent." +"gender": { +"description": "Gender of the audience for which the lift is provided.", +"enum": [ +"GENDER_UNSPECIFIED", +"GENDER_UNKNOWN", +"GENDER_MALE", +"GENDER_FEMALE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"Unknown.", +"Male.", +"Female." +], +"type": "string" }, -"conversionValue": { -"description": "Optional. The conversion value associated with the event, for value-based conversions.", -"format": "double", +"lift": { +"description": "Measure of lift that the audience has for the attribute value as compared to the baseline. Range [0-1].", +"format": "float", "type": "number" }, -"currency": { -"description": "Optional. The currency code associated with all monetary values within this event.", +"userInterestId": { +"description": "The user interest ID.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" +} }, -"customVariables": { -"description": "Optional. Additional key/value pair information to send to the conversion containers (conversion action or FL activity).", -"items": { -"$ref": "CustomVariable" -}, -"type": "array" +"type": "object" }, -"destinationReferences": { -"description": "Optional. Reference string used to determine the destination. If empty, the event will be sent to all destinations in the request.", +"MobileData": { +"description": "Mobile IDs for the audience. At least one mobile ID is required.", +"id": "MobileData", +"properties": { +"mobileIds": { +"description": "Required. The list of mobile device IDs (advertising ID/IDFA). At most 10 `mobileIds` can be provided in a single AudienceMember.", "items": { "type": "string" }, "type": "array" +} }, -"eventDeviceInfo": { -"$ref": "DeviceInfo", -"description": "Optional. Information gathered about the device being used (if any) when the event happened." +"type": "object" }, -"eventName": { -"description": "Optional. The name of the event. Required for GA4 events.", +"MobileIdInfo": { +"description": "Additional information when `MOBILE_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.", +"id": "MobileIdInfo", +"properties": { +"appId": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. A string that uniquely identifies a mobile application from which the data was collected.", "type": "string" }, -"eventSource": { -"description": "Optional. Signal for where the event happened (web, app, in-store, etc.).", +"dataSourceType": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.", "enum": [ -"EVENT_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", -"WEB", -"APP", -"IN_STORE", -"PHONE", -"OTHER" +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_FIRST_PARTY", +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_CREDIT_BUREAU", +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VOTER_FILE", +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_PARTNER_DATA" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified EventSource. Should never be used.", -"The event was generated from a web browser.", -"The event was generated from an app.", -"The event was generated from an in-store transaction.", -"The event was generated from a phone call.", -"The event was generated from other sources." +"Not specified.", +"The uploaded data is first-party data.", +"The uploaded data is from a third-party credit bureau.", +"The uploaded data is from a third-party voter file.", +"The uploaded data is third party partner data." ], "type": "string" }, -"eventTimestamp": { -"description": "Required. The time the event occurred.", -"format": "google-datetime", +"keySpace": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The key space of mobile IDs.", +"enum": [ +"KEY_SPACE_UNSPECIFIED", +"IOS", +"ANDROID" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"The iOS keyspace.", +"The Android keyspace." +], "type": "string" +} }, -"experimentalFields": { -"description": "Optional. A list of key/value pairs for experimental fields that may eventually be promoted to be part of the API.", +"type": "object" +}, +"PairData": { +"description": "[PAIR](//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908) IDs for the audience. At least one PAIR ID is required. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"id": "PairData", +"properties": { +"pairIds": { +"description": "Required. Cleanroom-provided PII data, hashed with SHA256, and encrypted with an EC commutative cipher using publisher key for the [PAIR]((//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908)) user list. At most 10 `pairIds` can be provided in a single AudienceMember.", "items": { -"$ref": "ExperimentalField" +"type": "string" }, "type": "array" +} }, -"lastUpdatedTimestamp": { -"description": "Optional. The last time the event was updated.", -"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "object" +}, +"PairIdInfo": { +"description": "Additional information when `PAIR_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"id": "PairIdInfo", +"properties": { +"advertiserIdentifierCount": { +"description": "Output only. The count of the advertiser's first party data records that have been uploaded to a clean room provider. This does not signify the size of a PAIR user list.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"transactionId": { -"description": "Optional. The unique identifier for this event. Required for conversions using multiple data sources.", +"cleanRoomIdentifier": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Identifies a unique advertiser to publisher relationship with one clean room provider or across multiple clean room providers.", "type": "string" }, -"userData": { -"$ref": "UserData", -"description": "Optional. Pieces of user provided data, representing the user the event is associated with." +"matchRatePercentage": { +"description": "Output only. This field denotes the percentage of membership match of this user list with the corresponding publisher's first party data. Must be between 0 and 100 inclusive.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" }, -"userId": { -"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for a user, as defined by the advertiser.", +"publisherId": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. Identifies the publisher that the Publisher Advertiser Identity Reconciliation user list is reconciled with. This field is provided by the cleanroom provider and is only unique in the scope of that cleanroom. This cannot be used as a global identifier across multiple cleanrooms.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" }, -"userProperties": { -"$ref": "UserProperties", -"description": "Optional. Advertiser-assessed information about the user at the time that the event happened." +"publisherName": { +"description": "Optional. Descriptive name of the publisher to be displayed in the UI for a better targeting experience.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"EventParameter": { -"description": "Event parameter for GA4 events.", -"id": "EventParameter", +"PartnerAudienceInfo": { +"description": "Additional information for partner audiences. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"id": "PartnerAudienceInfo", "properties": { -"parameterName": { -"description": "Required. The name of the parameter to use.", +"commercePartner": { +"description": "Optional. The commerce partner name. Only allowed if `partner_audience_source` is `COMMERCE_AUDIENCE`.", "type": "string" }, -"value": { -"description": "Required. The string representation of the value of the parameter to set.", +"partnerAudienceSource": { +"description": "Required. Immutable. The source of the partner audience.", +"enum": [ +"PARTNER_AUDIENCE_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED", +"COMMERCE_AUDIENCE", +"LINEAR_TV_AUDIENCE", +"AGENCY_PROVIDER_AUDIENCE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"Partner Audience source is commerce audience.", +"Partner Audience source is linear TV audience.", +"Partner Audience source is agency/provider audience." +], "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ExperimentalField": { -"description": "Experimental field representing unofficial fields.", -"id": "ExperimentalField", +"PartnerLink": { +"description": "A partner link between an owning account and a partner account.", +"id": "PartnerLink", "properties": { -"field": { -"description": "Optional. The name of the field to use.", +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The name of the partner link. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/partnerLinks/{partner_link}", +"type": "string" +}, +"owningAccount": { +"$ref": "ProductAccount", +"description": "Required. The owning account granting access to the partner account." +}, +"partnerAccount": { +"$ref": "ProductAccount", +"description": "Required. The partner account granted access by the owning account." +}, +"partnerLinkId": { +"description": "Output only. The partner link ID.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PpidData": { +"description": "Publisher provided identifiers data holding the ppids. At least one ppid is required. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"id": "PpidData", +"properties": { +"ppids": { +"description": "Required. The list of publisher provided identifiers for a user.", +"items": { "type": "string" }, -"value": { -"description": "Optional. The value the field to set.", -"type": "string" +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"GcpWrappedKeyInfo": { -"description": "Information about the Google Cloud Platform wrapped key.", -"id": "GcpWrappedKeyInfo", +"ProductAccount": { +"description": "Represents a specific account.", +"id": "ProductAccount", "properties": { -"encryptedDek": { -"description": "Required. The base64 encoded encrypted data encryption key.", +"accountId": { +"description": "Required. The ID of the account. For example, your Google Ads account ID.", "type": "string" }, -"kekUri": { -"description": "Required. Google Cloud Platform [Cloud Key Management Service resource ID](//cloud.google.com/kms/docs/getting-resource-ids). Should be in the format of `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{key}` or `gcp-kms://projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{key}`", +"accountType": { +"description": "Optional. The type of the account. For example, `GOOGLE_ADS`. Either `account_type` or the deprecated `product` is required. If both are set, the values must match.", +"enum": [ +"ACCOUNT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"GOOGLE_ADS", +"DISPLAY_VIDEO_PARTNER", +"DISPLAY_VIDEO_ADVERTISER", +"DATA_PARTNER", +"GOOGLE_ANALYTICS_PROPERTY", +"GOOGLE_AD_MANAGER_AUDIENCE_LINK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified product. Should never be used.", +"Google Ads.", +"Display & Video 360 partner.", +"Display & Video 360 advertiser.", +"Data Partner.", +"Google Analytics.", +"Google Ad Manager audience link." +], "type": "string" }, -"keyType": { -"description": "Required. The type of algorithm used to encrypt the data.", +"product": { +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated. Use `account_type` instead.", "enum": [ -"KEY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"XCHACHA20_POLY1305" +"PRODUCT_UNSPECIFIED", +"GOOGLE_ADS", +"DISPLAY_VIDEO_PARTNER", +"DISPLAY_VIDEO_ADVERTISER", +"DATA_PARTNER" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified key type. Should never be used.", -"Algorithm XChaCha20-Poly1305" +"Unspecified product. Should never be used.", +"Google Ads.", +"Display & Video 360 partner.", +"Display & Video 360 advertiser.", +"Data Partner." ], "type": "string" +} }, -"wipProvider": { -"description": "Required. The [Workload Identity](//cloud.google.com/iam/docs/workload-identity-federation) pool provider required to use KEK.", +"type": "object" +}, +"PseudonymousIdInfo": { +"description": "Additional information when `PSEUDONYMOUS_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.", +"id": "PseudonymousIdInfo", +"properties": { +"billableRecordCount": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. The number of billable records (e.g. uploaded or matched).", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"syncStatus": { +"description": "Output only. Sync status of the user list.", +"enum": [ +"SYNC_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATED", +"READY_FOR_USE", +"FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"The user list has been created as a placeholder. List contents and/or metadata are still being synced. The user list is not ready for use.", +"The user list is ready for use. Contents and cookies have been synced correctly.", +"An error has occurred syncing user list contents and/or metadata. The user list cannot be used." +], +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"IngestAudienceMembersRequest": { -"description": "Request to upload audience members to the provided destinations. Returns an IngestAudienceMembersResponse.", -"id": "IngestAudienceMembersRequest", +"RemoveAudienceMembersRequest": { +"description": "Request to remove users from an audience in the provided destinations. Returns a RemoveAudienceMembersResponse.", +"id": "RemoveAudienceMembersRequest", "properties": { "audienceMembers": { -"description": "Required. The list of users to send to the specified destinations. At most 10000 AudienceMember resources can be sent in a single request.", +"description": "Required. The list of users to remove.", "items": { "$ref": "AudienceMember" }, "type": "array" }, -"consent": { -"$ref": "Consent", -"description": "Optional. Request-level consent to apply to all users in the request. User-level consent overrides request-level consent, and can be specified in each AudienceMember." -}, "destinations": { -"description": "Required. The list of destinations to send the audience members to.", +"description": "Required. The list of destinations to remove the users from.", "items": { "$ref": "Destination" }, "type": "array" }, "encoding": { -"description": "Optional. Required for UserData uploads. The encoding type of the user identifiers. For hashed user identifiers, this is the encoding type of the hashed string. For encrypted hashed user identifiers, this is the encoding type of the outer encrypted string, but not necessarily the inner hashed string, meaning the inner hashed string could be encoded in a different way than the outer encrypted string. For non `UserData` uploads, this field is ignored.", +"description": "Optional. Required for UserData uploads. The encoding type of the user identifiers. Applies to only the outer encoding for encrypted user identifiers. For non `UserData` uploads, this field is ignored.", "enum": [ "ENCODING_UNSPECIFIED", "HEX", @@ -757,10 +2235,6 @@ "$ref": "EncryptionInfo", "description": "Optional. Encryption information for UserData uploads. If not set, it's assumed that uploaded identifying information is hashed but not encrypted. For non `UserData` uploads, this field is ignored." }, -"termsOfService": { -"$ref": "TermsOfService", -"description": "Optional. The terms of service that the user has accepted/rejected." -}, "validateOnly": { "description": "Optional. For testing purposes. If `true`, the request is validated but not executed. Only errors are returned, not results.", "type": "boolean" @@ -768,9 +2242,9 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"IngestAudienceMembersResponse": { -"description": "Response from the IngestAudienceMembersRequest.", -"id": "IngestAudienceMembersResponse", +"RemoveAudienceMembersResponse": { +"description": "Response from the RemoveAudienceMembersRequest.", +"id": "RemoveAudienceMembersResponse", "properties": { "requestId": { "description": "The auto-generated ID of the request.", @@ -779,564 +2253,852 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"IngestAudienceMembersStatus": { -"description": "The status of the ingest audience members request.", -"id": "IngestAudienceMembersStatus", +"RemoveAudienceMembersStatus": { +"description": "The status of the remove audience members request.", +"id": "RemoveAudienceMembersStatus", "properties": { -"mobileDataIngestionStatus": { -"$ref": "IngestMobileDataStatus", -"description": "The status of the mobile data ingestion to the destination." +"mobileDataRemovalStatus": { +"$ref": "RemoveMobileDataStatus", +"description": "The status of the mobile data removal from the destination." }, -"pairDataIngestionStatus": { -"$ref": "IngestPairDataStatus", -"description": "The status of the pair data ingestion to the destination." +"pairDataRemovalStatus": { +"$ref": "RemovePairDataStatus", +"description": "The status of the pair data removal from the destination." }, -"userDataIngestionStatus": { -"$ref": "IngestUserDataStatus", -"description": "The status of the user data ingestion to the destination." +"ppidDataRemovalStatus": { +"$ref": "RemovePpidDataStatus", +"description": "The status of the ppid data removal from the destination." +}, +"userDataRemovalStatus": { +"$ref": "RemoveUserDataStatus", +"description": "The status of the user data removal from the destination." +}, +"userIdDataRemovalStatus": { +"$ref": "RemoveUserIdDataStatus", +"description": "The status of the user id data removal from the destination." } }, "type": "object" }, -"IngestEventsRequest": { -"description": "Request to upload audience members to the provided destinations. Returns an IngestEventsResponse.", -"id": "IngestEventsRequest", +"RemoveMobileDataStatus": { +"description": "The status of the mobile data removal from the destination.", +"id": "RemoveMobileDataStatus", "properties": { -"consent": { -"$ref": "Consent", -"description": "Optional. Request-level consent to apply to all users in the request. User-level consent overrides request-level consent, and can be specified in each Event." +"mobileIdCount": { +"description": "The total count of mobile Ids sent in the removal request. Includes all mobile ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"destinations": { -"description": "Required. The list of destinations to send the events to.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Destination" +"recordCount": { +"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the removal request. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} }, -"type": "array" +"type": "object" }, -"encoding": { -"description": "Optional. Required for UserData uploads. The encoding type of the user identifiers. For hashed user identifiers, this is the encoding type of the hashed string. For encrypted hashed user identifiers, this is the encoding type of the outer encrypted string, but not necessarily the inner hashed string, meaning the inner hashed string could be encoded in a different way than the outer encrypted string. For non `UserData` uploads, this field is ignored.", +"RemovePairDataStatus": { +"description": "The status of the pair data removal from the destination.", +"id": "RemovePairDataStatus", +"properties": { +"pairIdCount": { +"description": "The total count of pair ids sent in the removal request. Includes all pair ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"recordCount": { +"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the removal request. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RemovePpidDataStatus": { +"description": "The status of the ppid data removal from the destination.", +"id": "RemovePpidDataStatus", +"properties": { +"ppidCount": { +"description": "The total count of ppids sent in the removal request. Includes all ppids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"recordCount": { +"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the removal request. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RemoveUserDataStatus": { +"description": "The status of the user data removal from the destination.", +"id": "RemoveUserDataStatus", +"properties": { +"recordCount": { +"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the removal request. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"userIdentifierCount": { +"description": "The total count of user identifiers sent in the removal request. Includes all user identifiers in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RemoveUserIdDataStatus": { +"description": "The status of the user id data removal from the destination.", +"id": "RemoveUserIdDataStatus", +"properties": { +"recordCount": { +"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the removal request. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"userIdCount": { +"description": "The total count of user ids sent in the removal request. Includes all user ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RequestStatusPerDestination": { +"description": "A request status per destination.", +"id": "RequestStatusPerDestination", +"properties": { +"audienceMembersIngestionStatus": { +"$ref": "IngestAudienceMembersStatus", +"description": "The status of the ingest audience members request." +}, +"audienceMembersRemovalStatus": { +"$ref": "RemoveAudienceMembersStatus", +"description": "The status of the remove audience members request." +}, +"destination": { +"$ref": "Destination", +"description": "A destination within a DM API request." +}, +"errorInfo": { +"$ref": "ErrorInfo", +"description": "An error info error containing the error reason and error counts related to the upload." +}, +"eventsIngestionStatus": { +"$ref": "IngestEventsStatus", +"description": "The status of the ingest events request." +}, +"requestStatus": { +"description": "The request status of the destination.", "enum": [ -"ENCODING_UNSPECIFIED", -"HEX", -"BASE64" +"REQUEST_STATUS_UNKNOWN", +"SUCCESS", +"PROCESSING", +"FAILED", +"PARTIAL_SUCCESS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified Encoding type. Should never be used.", -"Hex encoding.", -"Base 64 encoding." +"The request status is unknown.", +"The request succeeded.", +"The request is processing.", +"The request failed.", +"The request partially succeeded." ], "type": "string" }, -"encryptionInfo": { -"$ref": "EncryptionInfo", -"description": "Optional. Encryption information for UserData uploads. If not set, it's assumed that uploaded identifying information is hashed but not encrypted. For non `UserData` uploads, this field is ignored." +"warningInfo": { +"$ref": "WarningInfo", +"description": "A warning info containing the warning reason and warning counts related to the upload." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RetrieveInsightsRequest": { +"description": "Request message for DM API MarketingDataInsightsService.RetrieveInsights", +"id": "RetrieveInsightsRequest", +"properties": { +"baseline": { +"$ref": "Baseline", +"description": "Required. Baseline for the insights requested." +}, +"userListId": { +"description": "Required. The user list ID for which insights are requested.", +"type": "string" +} }, -"events": { -"description": "Required. The list of events to send to the specified destinations. At most 2000 Event resources can be sent in a single request.", +"type": "object" +}, +"RetrieveInsightsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for DM API MarketingDataInsightsService.RetrieveInsights", +"id": "RetrieveInsightsResponse", +"properties": { +"marketingDataInsights": { +"description": "Contains the insights for the marketing data.", "items": { -"$ref": "Event" +"$ref": "MarketingDataInsight" }, "type": "array" -}, -"validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. For testing purposes. If `true`, the request is validated but not executed. Only errors are returned, not results.", -"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" }, -"IngestEventsResponse": { -"description": "Response from the IngestEventsRequest.", -"id": "IngestEventsResponse", +"RetrieveRequestStatusResponse": { +"description": "Response from the RetrieveRequestStatusRequest.", +"id": "RetrieveRequestStatusResponse", "properties": { -"requestId": { -"description": "The auto-generated ID of the request.", -"type": "string" +"requestStatusPerDestination": { +"description": "A list of request statuses per destination. The order of the statuses matches the order of the destinations in the original request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "RequestStatusPerDestination" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"IngestEventsStatus": { -"description": "The status of the events ingestion to the destination.", -"id": "IngestEventsStatus", +"SearchPartnerLinksResponse": { +"description": "Response from the SearchPartnerLinksRequest.", +"id": "SearchPartnerLinksResponse", "properties": { -"recordCount": { -"description": "The total count of events sent in the upload request. Includes all events in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", -"format": "int64", +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", "type": "string" +}, +"partnerLinks": { +"description": "The partner links for the given account.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PartnerLink" +}, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" }, -"IngestMobileDataStatus": { -"description": "The status of the mobile data ingestion to the destination containing stats related to the ingestion.", -"id": "IngestMobileDataStatus", +"SizeInfo": { +"description": "Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks.", +"id": "SizeInfo", "properties": { -"mobileIdCount": { -"description": "The total count of mobile ids sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all mobile ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"displayNetworkMembersCount": { +"description": "Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list, on the Google Display Network.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"recordCount": { -"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", +"searchNetworkMembersCount": { +"description": "Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in the google.com domain. These are the members available for targeting in Search campaigns.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"IngestPairDataStatus": { -"description": "The status of the pair data ingestion to the destination containing stats related to the ingestion.", -"id": "IngestPairDataStatus", +"Status": { +"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "Status", "properties": { -"pairIdCount": { -"description": "The total count of pair ids sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all pair ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" }, -"recordCount": { -"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", -"format": "int64", +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"IngestUserDataStatus": { -"description": "The status of the user data ingestion to the destination containing stats related to the ingestion.", -"id": "IngestUserDataStatus", +"TargetNetworkInfo": { +"description": "Eligibility information for different target networks.", +"id": "TargetNetworkInfo", "properties": { -"recordCount": { -"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" +"eligibleForDisplay": { +"description": "Output only. Indicates this user list is eligible for Google Display Network.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" }, -"uploadMatchRateRange": { -"description": "The match rate range of the upload.", +"eligibleForSearch": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates if this user list is eligible for Google Search Network.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TermsOfService": { +"description": "The terms of service that the user has accepted/rejected.", +"id": "TermsOfService", +"properties": { +"customerMatchTermsOfServiceStatus": { +"description": "Optional. The Customer Match terms of service: https://support.google.com/adspolicy/answer/6299717. This must be accepted when ingesting UserData or MobileData. This field is not required for Partner Match User list.", "enum": [ -"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_UNKNOWN", -"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_NOT_ELIGIBLE", -"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_LESS_THAN_20", -"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_20_TO_30", -"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_31_TO_40", -"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_41_TO_50", -"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_51_TO_60", -"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_61_TO_70", -"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_71_TO_80", -"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_81_TO_90", -"MATCH_RATE_RANGE_91_TO_100" +"TERMS_OF_SERVICE_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"ACCEPTED", +"REJECTED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The match rate range is unknown.", -"The match rate range is not eligible.", -"The match rate range is less than 20% (in the interval `[0, 20)`).", -"The match rate range is between 20% and 30% (in the interval `[20, 31)`).", -"The match rate range is between 31% and 40% (in the interval `[31, 41)`).", -"The match rate range is between 41% and 50% (in the interval `[41, 51)`).", -"The match rate range is between 51% and 60% (in the interval `[51, 61)`.", -"The match rate range is between 61% and 70% (in the interval `[61, 71)`).", -"The match rate range is between 71% and 80% (in the interval `[71, 81)`).", -"The match rate range is between 81% and 90% (in the interval `[81, 91)`).", -"The match rate range is between 91% and 100% (in the interval `[91, 100]`)." +"Not specified.", +"Status indicating the caller has chosen to accept the terms of service.", +"Status indicating the caller has chosen to reject the terms of service." ], "type": "string" -}, -"userIdentifierCount": { -"description": "The total count of user identifiers sent in the upload request for the destination. Includes all user identifiers in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully ingested or not.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Item": { -"description": "Represents an item in the cart associated with the event.", -"id": "Item", +"UserData": { +"description": "Data that identifies the user. At least one identifier is required.", +"id": "UserData", "properties": { -"additionalItemParameters": { -"description": "Optional. A bucket of any [event parameters related to an item](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/protocol/ga4/reference/events) to be included within the event that were not already specified using other structured fields.", +"userIdentifiers": { +"description": "Required. The identifiers for the user. It's possible to provide multiple instances of the same type of data (for example, multiple email addresses). To increase the likelihood of a match, provide as many identifiers as possible. At most 10 `userIdentifiers` can be provided in a single AudienceMember or Event.", "items": { -"$ref": "ItemParameter" +"$ref": "UserIdentifier" }, "type": "array" +} }, -"itemId": { -"description": "Optional. A unique identifier to reference the item.", -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"merchantProductId": { -"description": "Optional. The product ID within the Merchant Center account.", +"UserIdData": { +"description": "User id data holding the user id.", +"id": "UserIdData", +"properties": { +"userId": { +"description": "Required. A unique identifier for a user, as defined by the advertiser.", "type": "string" +} }, -"quantity": { -"description": "Optional. The number of this item associated with the event.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" +"type": "object" }, -"unitPrice": { -"description": "Optional. The unit price excluding tax, shipping, and any transaction level discounts.", -"format": "double", -"type": "number" +"UserIdInfo": { +"description": "Additional information when `USER_ID` is one of the `upload_key_types`.", +"id": "UserIdInfo", +"properties": { +"dataSourceType": { +"description": "Optional. Immutable. Source of the upload data.", +"enum": [ +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_FIRST_PARTY", +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_CREDIT_BUREAU", +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_VOTER_FILE", +"DATA_SOURCE_TYPE_THIRD_PARTY_PARTNER_DATA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"The uploaded data is first-party data.", +"The uploaded data is from a third-party credit bureau.", +"The uploaded data is from a third-party voter file.", +"The uploaded data is third party partner data." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"ItemParameter": { -"description": "A bucket of any [event parameters related to an item](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/protocol/ga4/reference/events) to be included within the event that were not already specified using other structured fields.", -"id": "ItemParameter", +"UserIdentifier": { +"description": "A single identifier for the user.", +"id": "UserIdentifier", "properties": { -"parameterName": { -"description": "Required. The name of the parameter to use.", +"address": { +"$ref": "AddressInfo", +"description": "The known components of a user's address. Holds a grouping of identifiers that are matched all at once." +}, +"emailAddress": { +"description": "Hashed email address using SHA-256 hash function after normalization.", "type": "string" }, -"value": { -"description": "Required. The string representation of the value of the parameter to set.", +"phoneNumber": { +"description": "Hashed phone number using SHA-256 hash function after normalization (E164 standard).", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"MobileData": { -"description": "Mobile IDs for the audience. At least one mobile ID is required.", -"id": "MobileData", +"UserList": { +"description": "A user list resource.", +"id": "UserList", "properties": { -"mobileIds": { -"description": "Required. The list of mobile device IDs (advertising ID/IDFA). At most 10 `mobileIds` can be provided in a single AudienceMember.", -"items": { +"accessReason": { +"description": "Output only. The reason this account has been granted access to the list.", +"enum": [ +"ACCESS_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"OWNED", +"SHARED", +"LICENSED", +"SUBSCRIBED", +"AFFILIATED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"The resource is owned by the user.", +"The resource is shared to the user.", +"The resource is licensed to the user.", +"The user subscribed to the resource.", +"The resource is accessible to the user." +], +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" -} +"accountAccessStatus": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates if this share is still enabled. When a user list is shared with the account this field is set to `ENABLED`. Later the user list owner can decide to revoke the share and make it `DISABLED`.", +"enum": [ +"ACCESS_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"ENABLED", +"DISABLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"The access is enabled.", +"The access is disabled." +], +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"closingReason": { +"description": "Output only. The reason why this user list membership status is closed.", +"enum": [ +"CLOSING_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNUSED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Not specified.", +"The user list was closed because it has not been used in targeting recently. See https://support.google.com/google-ads/answer/2472738 for details." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"PairData": { -"description": "[PAIR](//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908) IDs for the audience. At least one PAIR ID is required.", -"id": "PairData", -"properties": { -"pairIds": { -"description": "Required. Cleanroom-provided PII data, hashed with SHA256, and encrypted with an EC commutative cipher using publisher key for the [PAIR]((//support.google.com/admanager/answer/15067908)) user list. At most 10 `pairIds` can be provided in a single AudienceMember.", -"items": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. A description of the user list.", "type": "string" }, -"type": "array" -} +"displayName": { +"description": "Required. The display name of the user list.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"id": { +"description": "Output only. The unique ID of the user list.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"ProductAccount": { -"description": "Represents a specific account.", -"id": "ProductAccount", -"properties": { -"accountId": { -"description": "Required. The ID of the account. For example, your Google Ads account ID.", +"ingestedUserListInfo": { +"$ref": "IngestedUserListInfo", +"description": "Optional. Represents a user list that is populated by user ingested data." +}, +"integrationCode": { +"description": "Optional. An ID from external system. It is used by user list sellers to correlate IDs on their systems.", "type": "string" }, -"accountType": { -"description": "Optional. The type of the account. For example, `GOOGLE_ADS`. Either `account_type` or the deprecated `product` is required. If both are set, the values must match.", +"membershipDuration": { +"description": "Optional. The duration a user remains in the user list. Valid durations are exact multiples of 24 hours (86400 seconds). Providing a value that is not an exact multiple of 24 hours will result in an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, +"membershipStatus": { +"description": "Optional. Membership status of this user list.", "enum": [ -"ACCOUNT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"GOOGLE_ADS", -"DISPLAY_VIDEO_PARTNER", -"DISPLAY_VIDEO_ADVERTISER", -"DATA_PARTNER", -"GOOGLE_ANALYTICS_PROPERTY" +"MEMBERSHIP_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"OPEN", +"CLOSED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified product. Should never be used.", -"Google Ads.", -"Display & Video 360 partner.", -"Display & Video 360 advertiser.", -"Data Partner.", -"Google Analytics." +"Not specified.", +"Open status - User list is accruing members and can be targeted to.", +"Closed status - No new members being added." ], "type": "string" }, -"product": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Deprecated. Use `account_type` instead.", +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the user list. Format: accountTypes/{account_type}/accounts/{account}/userLists/{user_list}", +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": { +"description": "Output only. An option that indicates if a user may edit a list.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"sizeInfo": { +"$ref": "SizeInfo", +"description": "Output only. Estimated number of members in this user list in different target networks.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"targetNetworkInfo": { +"$ref": "TargetNetworkInfo", +"description": "Optional. Eligibility information for different target networks." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UserListDirectLicense": { +"description": "A user list direct license. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"id": "UserListDirectLicense", +"properties": { +"clientAccountDisplayName": { +"description": "Output only. Name of client customer which the user list is being licensed to. This field is read-only.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"clientAccountId": { +"description": "Immutable. ID of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientAccountType": { +"description": "Immutable. Account type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.", "enum": [ -"PRODUCT_UNSPECIFIED", -"GOOGLE_ADS", -"DISPLAY_VIDEO_PARTNER", -"DISPLAY_VIDEO_ADVERTISER", -"DATA_PARTNER" +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_CLIENT_ACCOUNT_TYPE_UNKNOWN", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_CLIENT_ACCOUNT_TYPE_GOOGLE_ADS", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_CLIENT_ACCOUNT_TYPE_DISPLAY_VIDEO_PARTNER", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_CLIENT_ACCOUNT_TYPE_DISPLAY_VIDEO_ADVERTISER", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_CLIENT_ACCOUNT_TYPE_GOOGLE_AD_MANAGER_AUDIENCE_LINK" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified product. Should never be used.", -"Google Ads.", +"Unknown.", +"Google Ads customer.", "Display & Video 360 partner.", "Display & Video 360 advertiser.", -"Data Partner." +"Google Ad Manager audience link." ], "type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" }, -"RemoveAudienceMembersRequest": { -"description": "Request to remove users from an audience in the provided destinations. Returns a RemoveAudienceMembersResponse.", -"id": "RemoveAudienceMembersRequest", -"properties": { -"audienceMembers": { -"description": "Required. The list of users to remove.", +"historicalPricings": { +"description": "Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.", "items": { -"$ref": "AudienceMember" +"$ref": "UserListLicensePricing" }, +"readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, -"destinations": { -"description": "Required. The list of destinations to remove the users from.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Destination" +"metrics": { +"$ref": "UserListLicenseMetrics", +"description": "Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListDirectLicenses call", +"readOnly": true }, -"type": "array" +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the user list direct license.", +"type": "string" }, -"encoding": { -"description": "Optional. Required for UserData uploads. The encoding type of the user identifiers. Applies to only the outer encoding for encrypted user identifiers. For non `UserData` uploads, this field is ignored.", +"pricing": { +"$ref": "UserListLicensePricing", +"description": "Optional. UserListDirectLicense pricing." +}, +"status": { +"description": "Optional. Status of UserListDirectLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.", "enum": [ -"ENCODING_UNSPECIFIED", -"HEX", -"BASE64" +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_STATUS_ENABLED", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_STATUS_DISABLED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified Encoding type. Should never be used.", -"Hex encoding.", -"Base 64 encoding." +"Unknown.", +"Active status - user list is still being licensed.", +"Inactive status - user list is no longer being licensed." ], "type": "string" }, -"encryptionInfo": { -"$ref": "EncryptionInfo", -"description": "Optional. Encryption information for UserData uploads. If not set, it's assumed that uploaded identifying information is hashed but not encrypted. For non `UserData` uploads, this field is ignored." -}, -"validateOnly": { -"description": "Optional. For testing purposes. If `true`, the request is validated but not executed. Only errors are returned, not results.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" +"userListDisplayName": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"RemoveAudienceMembersResponse": { -"description": "Response from the RemoveAudienceMembersRequest.", -"id": "RemoveAudienceMembersResponse", -"properties": { -"requestId": { -"description": "The auto-generated ID of the request.", +"userListId": { +"description": "Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.", +"format": "int64", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"RemoveAudienceMembersStatus": { -"description": "The status of the remove audience members request.", -"id": "RemoveAudienceMembersStatus", +"UserListGlobalLicense": { +"description": "A user list global license. This feature is only available to data partners.", +"id": "UserListGlobalLicense", "properties": { -"mobileDataRemovalStatus": { -"$ref": "RemoveMobileDataStatus", -"description": "The status of the mobile data removal from the destination." +"historicalPricings": { +"description": "Output only. Pricing history of this user list license. This field is read-only.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UserListLicensePricing" }, -"pairDataRemovalStatus": { -"$ref": "RemovePairDataStatus", -"description": "The status of the pair data removal from the destination." +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" }, -"userDataRemovalStatus": { -"$ref": "RemoveUserDataStatus", -"description": "The status of the user data removal from the destination." -} +"licenseType": { +"description": "Immutable. Product type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.", +"enum": [ +"USER_LIST_GLOBAL_LICENSE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"USER_LIST_GLOBAL_LICENSE_TYPE_RESELLER", +"USER_LIST_GLOBAL_LICENSE_TYPE_DATA_MART_SELL_SIDE", +"USER_LIST_GLOBAL_LICENSE_TYPE_DATA_MART_BUY_SIDE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"UNSPECIFIED.", +"Reseller license.", +"DataMart Sell Side license.", +"DataMart Buy Side license." +], +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"metrics": { +"$ref": "UserListLicenseMetrics", +"description": "Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is read-only and only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListGlobalLicenses call", +"readOnly": true }, -"RemoveMobileDataStatus": { -"description": "The status of the mobile data removal from the destination.", -"id": "RemoveMobileDataStatus", -"properties": { -"mobileIdCount": { -"description": "The total count of mobile Ids sent in the removal request. Includes all mobile ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", -"format": "int64", +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the user list global license.", "type": "string" }, -"recordCount": { -"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the removal request. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -} +"pricing": { +"$ref": "UserListLicensePricing", +"description": "Optional. UserListGlobalLicense pricing." }, -"type": "object" +"status": { +"description": "Optional. Status of UserListGlobalLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.", +"enum": [ +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_STATUS_ENABLED", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_STATUS_DISABLED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown.", +"Active status - user list is still being licensed.", +"Inactive status - user list is no longer being licensed." +], +"type": "string" }, -"RemovePairDataStatus": { -"description": "The status of the pair data removal from the destination.", -"id": "RemovePairDataStatus", -"properties": { -"pairIdCount": { -"description": "The total count of pair ids sent in the removal request. Includes all pair ids in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", -"format": "int64", +"userListDisplayName": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the user list being licensed. This field is read-only.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"recordCount": { -"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the removal request. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", +"userListId": { +"description": "Immutable. ID of the user list being licensed.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"RemoveUserDataStatus": { -"description": "The status of the user data removal from the destination.", -"id": "RemoveUserDataStatus", +"UserListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfo": { +"description": "Information about a customer of a user list global license. This will automatically be created by the system when a customer purchases a global license.", +"id": "UserListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfo", "properties": { -"recordCount": { -"description": "The total count of audience members sent in the removal request. Includes all audience members in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", -"format": "int64", +"clientAccountDisplayName": { +"description": "Output only. Name of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"userIdentifierCount": { -"description": "The total count of user identifiers sent in the removal request. Includes all user identifiers in the request, regardless of whether they were successfully removed or not.", +"clientAccountId": { +"description": "Output only. ID of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"clientAccountType": { +"description": "Output only. Product type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.", +"enum": [ +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_CLIENT_ACCOUNT_TYPE_UNKNOWN", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_CLIENT_ACCOUNT_TYPE_GOOGLE_ADS", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_CLIENT_ACCOUNT_TYPE_DISPLAY_VIDEO_PARTNER", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_CLIENT_ACCOUNT_TYPE_DISPLAY_VIDEO_ADVERTISER", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_CLIENT_ACCOUNT_TYPE_GOOGLE_AD_MANAGER_AUDIENCE_LINK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unknown.", +"Google Ads customer.", +"Display & Video 360 partner.", +"Display & Video 360 advertiser.", +"Google Ad Manager audience link." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"RequestStatusPerDestination": { -"description": "A request status per destination.", -"id": "RequestStatusPerDestination", -"properties": { -"audienceMembersIngestionStatus": { -"$ref": "IngestAudienceMembersStatus", -"description": "The status of the ingest audience members request." +"historicalPricings": { +"description": "Output only. Pricing history of this user list license.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UserListLicensePricing" }, -"audienceMembersRemovalStatus": { -"$ref": "RemoveAudienceMembersStatus", -"description": "The status of the remove audience members request." +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" }, -"destination": { -"$ref": "Destination", -"description": "A destination within a DM API request." +"licenseType": { +"description": "Output only. Product type of client customer which the user list is being licensed to.", +"enum": [ +"USER_LIST_GLOBAL_LICENSE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"USER_LIST_GLOBAL_LICENSE_TYPE_RESELLER", +"USER_LIST_GLOBAL_LICENSE_TYPE_DATA_MART_SELL_SIDE", +"USER_LIST_GLOBAL_LICENSE_TYPE_DATA_MART_BUY_SIDE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"UNSPECIFIED.", +"Reseller license.", +"DataMart Sell Side license.", +"DataMart Buy Side license." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"errorInfo": { -"$ref": "ErrorInfo", -"description": "An error info error containing the error reason and error counts related to the upload." +"metrics": { +"$ref": "UserListLicenseMetrics", +"description": "Output only. Metrics related to this license This field is only populated if the start and end dates are set in the ListUserListGlobalLicenseCustomerInfos call.", +"readOnly": true }, -"eventsIngestionStatus": { -"$ref": "IngestEventsStatus", -"description": "The status of the ingest events request." +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the user list global license customer.", +"type": "string" }, -"requestStatus": { -"description": "The request status of the destination.", +"pricing": { +"$ref": "UserListLicensePricing", +"description": "Output only. UserListDirectLicense pricing.", +"readOnly": true +}, +"status": { +"description": "Output only. Status of UserListDirectLicense - ENABLED or DISABLED.", "enum": [ -"REQUEST_STATUS_UNKNOWN", -"SUCCESS", -"PROCESSING", -"FAILED", -"PARTIAL_SUCCESS" +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_STATUS_ENABLED", +"USER_LIST_LICENSE_STATUS_DISABLED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"The request status is unknown.", -"The request succeeded.", -"The request is processing.", -"The request failed.", -"The request partially succeeded." +"Unknown.", +"Active status - user list is still being licensed.", +"Inactive status - user list is no longer being licensed." ], +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"warningInfo": { -"$ref": "WarningInfo", -"description": "A warning info containing the warning reason and warning counts related to the upload." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"RetrieveRequestStatusResponse": { -"description": "Response from the RetrieveRequestStatusRequest.", -"id": "RetrieveRequestStatusResponse", -"properties": { -"requestStatusPerDestination": { -"description": "A list of request statuses per destination. The order of the statuses matches the order of the destinations in the original request.", -"items": { -"$ref": "RequestStatusPerDestination" +"userListDisplayName": { +"description": "Output only. Name of the user list being licensed.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"userListId": { +"description": "Output only. ID of the user list being licensed.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"Status": { -"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", -"id": "Status", +"UserListLicenseMetrics": { +"description": "Metrics related to a user list license.", +"id": "UserListLicenseMetrics", "properties": { -"code": { -"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" +"clickCount": { +"description": "Output only. The number of clicks for the user list license.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"details": { -"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", -"items": { -"additionalProperties": { -"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", -"type": "any" +"endDate": { +"description": "Output only. The end date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `start_date` is used in the filter, `end_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"impressionCount": { +"description": "Output only. The number of impressions for the user list license.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" +"revenueUsdMicros": { +"description": "Output only. The revenue for the user list license in USD micros.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" }, -"message": { -"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"startDate": { +"description": "Output only. The start date (inclusive) of the metrics in the format YYYYMMDD. For example, 20260102 represents January 2, 2026. If `end_date` is used in the filter, `start_date` is also required. If neither `start_date` nor `end_date` are included in the filter, the UserListLicenseMetrics fields will not be populated in the response.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"TermsOfService": { -"description": "The terms of service that the user has accepted/rejected.", -"id": "TermsOfService", +"UserListLicensePricing": { +"description": "A user list license pricing.", +"id": "UserListLicensePricing", "properties": { -"customerMatchTermsOfServiceStatus": { -"description": "Optional. The Customer Match terms of service: https://support.google.com/adspolicy/answer/6299717. This must be accepted when ingesting UserData or MobileData. This field is not required for Partner Match User list.", +"buyerApprovalState": { +"description": "Output only. The buyer approval state of this pricing. This field is read-only.", "enum": [ -"TERMS_OF_SERVICE_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", -"ACCEPTED", +"USER_LIST_PRICING_BUYER_APPROVAL_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PENDING", +"APPROVED", "REJECTED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Not specified.", -"Status indicating the caller has chosen to accept the terms of service.", -"Status indicating the caller has chosen to reject the terms of service." +"UNSPECIFIED.", +"User list client has not yet accepted the pricing terms set by the user list owner.", +"User list client has accepted the pricing terms set by the user list owner.", +"User list client has rejected the pricing terms set by the user list owner." ], +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" -} }, -"type": "object" +"costMicros": { +"description": "Optional. The cost associated with the model, in micro units (10^-6), in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"UserData": { -"description": "Data that identifies the user. At least one identifier is required.", -"id": "UserData", -"properties": { -"userIdentifiers": { -"description": "Required. The identifiers for the user. It's possible to provide multiple instances of the same type of data (for example, multiple email addresses). To increase the likelihood of a match, provide as many identifiers as possible. At most 10 `userIdentifiers` can be provided in a single AudienceMember or Event.", -"items": { -"$ref": "UserIdentifier" +"costType": { +"description": "Immutable. The cost type of this pricing. Can be set only in the `create` operation. Can't be updated for an existing license.", +"enum": [ +"USER_LIST_PRICING_COST_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CPC", +"CPM", +"MEDIA_SHARE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"Cost per click.", +"Cost per mille (thousand impressions).", +"Media share." +], +"type": "string" }, -"type": "array" -} +"currencyCode": { +"description": "Optional. The currency in which cost and max_cost is specified. Must be a three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.", +"type": "string" }, -"type": "object" +"endTime": { +"description": "Optional. End time of the pricing.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" }, -"UserIdentifier": { -"description": "A single identifier for the user.", -"id": "UserIdentifier", -"properties": { -"address": { -"$ref": "AddressInfo", -"description": "The known components of a user's address. Holds a grouping of identifiers that are matched all at once." +"maxCostMicros": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum CPM a commerce audience can be charged when the MEDIA_SHARE cost type is used. The value is in micro units (10^-6) and in the currency specified by the currency_code field. For example, 2000000 means $2 if `currency_code` is `USD`. This is only relevant when cost_type is MEDIA_SHARE. When cost_type is not MEDIA_SHARE, and this field is set, a MAX_COST_NOT_ALLOWED error will be returned. If not set or set to`0`, there is no cap.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" }, -"emailAddress": { -"description": "Hashed email address using SHA-256 hash function after normalization.", +"pricingActive": { +"description": "Output only. Whether this pricing is active.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"pricingId": { +"description": "Output only. The ID of this pricing.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"phoneNumber": { -"description": "Hashed phone number using SHA-256 hash function after normalization (E164 standard).", +"startTime": { +"description": "Output only. Start time of the pricing.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json index 6aa15d3a4b9..5a534eed2a9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataplex.v1.json @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ ] }, "lookupEntry": { -"description": "Looks up an entry by name using the permission on the source system. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).", +"description": "Looks up an entry by name using the permission on the source system.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:lookupEntry", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataplex.projects.locations.lookupEntry", @@ -884,6 +884,68 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"lookupEntryLinks": { +"description": "Looks up Entry Links referencing the specified Entry.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:lookupEntryLinks", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.lookupEntryLinks", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"entry": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the referred Entry. Format: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}/entryGroups/{entry_group_id}/entries/{entry_id}. Entry Links which references this entry will be returned in the response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"entryLinkTypes": { +"description": "Entry link types to filter the response by. If empty, all entry link types will be returned. At most 10 entry link types can be specified.", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"entryMode": { +"description": "Mode of entry reference.", +"enum": [ +"ENTRY_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SOURCE", +"TARGET" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified entry mode. Returns both directional and non-directional entry links which references the entry.", +"Returns all directed entry links which references the entry as source.", +"Return all directed entry links which references the entry as target." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The project to which the request should be attributed to Format: projects/{project_id_or_number}/locations/{location_id}.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of EntryLinks to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 10 EntryLinks will be returned. The maximum value is 10; values above 10 will be coerced to 10.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Page token received from a previous LookupEntryLinks call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters that are provided to the LookupEntryLinks request must match the call that provided the page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:lookupEntryLinks", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1LookupEntryLinksResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "searchEntries": { "description": "Searches for Entries matching the given query and scope.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:searchEntries", @@ -3372,7 +3434,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets an Entry. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).", +"description": "Gets an Entry.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}/entries/{entriesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.get", @@ -3428,7 +3490,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists Entries within an EntryGroup. Caution: The Vertex AI, Bigtable, Spanner, Pub/Sub, Dataform, and Dataproc Metastore metadata that is stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog is changing. For more information, see Changes to metadata stored in Dataplex Universal Catalog (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/metadata-changes).", +"description": "Lists Entries within an EntryGroup.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/entryGroups/{entryGroupsId}/entries", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dataplex.projects.locations.entryGroups.entries.list", @@ -7772,13 +7834,104 @@ ] } } +}, +"policyIntents": { +"methods": { +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/policyIntents/{policyIntentsId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.policyIntents.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/policyIntents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/policyIntents/{policyIntentsId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.policyIntents.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/policyIntents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"testIamPermissions": { +"description": "Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may \"fail open\" without warning.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/policyIntents/{policyIntentsId}:testIamPermissions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "dataplex.projects.locations.policyIntents.testIamPermissions", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See Resource names (https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/policyIntents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:testIamPermissions", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} } } } } } }, -"revision": "20260127", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://dataplex.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { @@ -10023,12 +10176,19 @@ "description": "Optional. The unnested column which this rule is evaluated against.", "type": "string" }, +"debugQueries": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the debug queries for this rule. Currently, only one query is supported, but this may be expanded in the future.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleDebugQuery" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "description": { "description": "Optional. Description of the rule. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.", "type": "string" }, "dimension": { -"description": "Required. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters.", +"description": "Optional. The dimension a rule belongs to. Results are also aggregated at the dimension level. Custom dimension name is supported with all uppercase letters and maximum length of 30 characters.", "type": "string" }, "ignoreNull": { @@ -10087,6 +10247,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleDebugQuery": { +"description": "Specifies a SQL statement that is evaluated to return up to 10 scalar values that are used to debug rules. If the rule fails, the values can help diagnose the cause of the failure.The SQL statement must use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax), and must not contain any semicolons.You can use the data reference parameter ${data()} to reference the source table with all of its precondition filters applied. Examples of precondition filters include row filters, incremental data filters, and sampling. For more information, see Data reference parameter (https://cloud.google.com/dataplex/docs/auto-data-quality-overview#data-reference-parameter).You can also name results with an explicit alias using [AS] alias. For more information, see BigQuery explicit aliases (https://docs.cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax#explicit_alias_syntax).Example: SELECT MIN(col1) AS min_col1, MAX(col1) AS max_col1 FROM ${data()}", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleDebugQuery", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies the description of the debug query. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.", +"type": "string" +}, +"sqlStatement": { +"description": "Required. Specifies the SQL statement to be executed.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleNonNullExpectation": { "description": "Evaluates whether each column value is null.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleNonNullExpectation", @@ -10137,6 +10312,14 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"debugQueriesResultSets": { +"description": "Output only. Contains the results of all debug queries for this rule. The number of result sets will correspond to the number of debug_queries.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResultDebugQueryResultSet" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, "evaluatedCount": { "description": "Output only. The number of rows a rule was evaluated against.This field is only valid for row-level type rules.Evaluated count can be configured to either include all rows (default) - with null rows automatically failing rule evaluation, or exclude null rows from the evaluated_count, by setting ignore_nulls = true.This field is not set for rule SqlAssertion.", "format": "int64", @@ -10179,6 +10362,40 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResultDebugQueryResult": { +"description": "Contains a single result from the debug query.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResultDebugQueryResult", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "Specifies the name of the result. Available if provided with an explicit alias using [AS] alias.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Indicates the data type of the result. For more information, see BigQuery data types (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/data-types).", +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"description": "Represents the value of the result as a string.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResultDebugQueryResultSet": { +"description": "Contains all results from a debug query.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResultDebugQueryResultSet", +"properties": { +"results": { +"description": "Output only. Contains all results. Up to 10 results can be returned.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleResultDebugQueryResult" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleRowConditionExpectation": { "description": "Evaluates whether each row passes the specified condition.The SQL expression needs to use GoogleSQL syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/reference/standard-sql/query-syntax) and should produce a boolean value per row as the result.Example: col1 >= 0 AND col2 < 10", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1DataQualityRuleRowConditionExpectation", @@ -13367,6 +13584,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDataplexV1LookupEntryLinksResponse": { +"description": "Response message for LookupEntryLinks.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1LookupEntryLinksResponse", +"properties": { +"entryLinks": { +"description": "List of entry links that reference the specified entry.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1EntryLink" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDataplexV1MetadataFeed": { "description": "MetadataFeed contains information related to the metadata feed.", "id": "GoogleCloudDataplexV1MetadataFeed", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json index 204631a26c0..451041899fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { -"description": "Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two CreateBatchRequest (https://cloud.google.com/dataproc/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dataproc.v1#google.cloud.dataproc.v1.CreateBatchRequest)s with the same request_id, the second request is ignored and the Operation that corresponds to the first Batch created and stored in the backend is returned.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.", +"description": "Optional. A unique ID used to identify the request. If the service receives two CreateBatchRequests with the same request_id, the second request is ignored and the operation that corresponds to the first Batch created and stored in the backend is returned.Recommendation: Set this value to a UUID (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier).The value must contain only letters (a-z, A-Z), numbers (0-9), underscores (_), and hyphens (-). The maximum length is 40 characters.", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -5032,7 +5032,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json index c5dd774c116..03cbf9d5e57 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1.json @@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppendOnly": { @@ -1388,6 +1388,20 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"BadRequest": { +"description": "Describes violations in a client request. This error type focuses on the syntactic aspects of the request.", +"id": "BadRequest", +"properties": { +"fieldViolations": { +"description": "Describes all violations in a client request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FieldViolation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BasicEncryption": { "description": "Message to represent the option where Datastream will enforce encryption without authenticating server identity. Server certificates will be trusted by default.", "id": "BasicEncryption", @@ -1685,6 +1699,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DebugInfo": { +"description": "Describes additional debugging info.", +"id": "DebugInfo", +"properties": { +"detail": { +"description": "Additional debugging information provided by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"stackEntries": { +"description": "The stack trace entries indicating where the error occurred.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DestinationConfig": { "description": "The configuration of the stream destination.", "id": "DestinationConfig", @@ -1855,6 +1887,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ErrorInfo": { +"description": "Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the \"pubsub.googleapis.com\" API when it is not enabled: { \"reason\": \"API_DISABLED\" \"domain\": \"googleapis.com\" \"metadata\": { \"resource\": \"projects/123\", \"service\": \"pubsub.googleapis.com\" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { \"reason\": \"STOCKOUT\" \"domain\": \"spanner.googleapis.com\", \"metadata\": { \"availableRegions\": \"us-central1,us-east2\" } }", +"id": "ErrorInfo", +"properties": { +"domain": { +"description": "The logical grouping to which the \"reason\" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: \"pubsub.googleapis.com\". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is \"googleapis.com\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than `{\"instanceLimit\": \"100/request\"}`, should be returned as, `{\"instanceLimitPerRequest\": \"100\"}`, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.", +"type": "object" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "EventFilter": { "description": "Represents a filter for included data on a stream object.", "id": "EventFilter", @@ -1884,6 +1938,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FieldViolation": { +"description": "A message type used to describe a single bad request field.", +"id": "FieldViolation", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "A description of why the request element is bad.", +"type": "string" +}, +"field": { +"description": "A path that leads to a field in the request body. The value will be a sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer field. Consider the following: message CreateContactRequest { message EmailAddress { enum Type { TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 0; HOME = 1; WORK = 2; } optional string email = 1; repeated EmailType type = 2; } string full_name = 1; repeated EmailAddress email_addresses = 2; } In this example, in proto `field` could take one of the following values: * `full_name` for a violation in the `full_name` value * `email_addresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `email_addresses` message * `email_addresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `email_addresses` message. In JSON, the same values are represented as: * `fullName` for a violation in the `fullName` value * `emailAddresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `emailAddresses` message * `emailAddresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `emailAddresses` message.", +"type": "string" +}, +"localizedMessage": { +"$ref": "LocalizedMessage", +"description": "Provides a localized error message for field-level errors that is safe to return to the API consumer." +}, +"reason": { +"description": "The reason of the field-level error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the field-level error. It should uniquely identify the type of the FieldViolation within the scope of the google.rpc.ErrorInfo.domain. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ForwardSshTunnelConnectivity": { "description": "Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity.", "id": "ForwardSshTunnelConnectivity", @@ -1962,6 +2039,20 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"Help": { +"description": "Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.", +"id": "Help", +"properties": { +"links": { +"description": "URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Link" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "HostAddress": { "description": "A HostAddress represents a transport end point, which is the combination of an IP address or hostname and a port number.", "id": "HostAddress", @@ -2064,6 +2155,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Link": { +"description": "Describes a URL link.", +"id": "Link", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Describes what the link offers.", +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "The URL of the link.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListConnectionProfilesResponse": { "description": "Response message for listing connection profiles.", "id": "ListConnectionProfilesResponse", @@ -2225,6 +2331,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"LocalizedMessage": { +"description": "Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.", +"id": "LocalizedMessage", +"properties": { +"locale": { +"description": "The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: \"en-US\", \"fr-CH\", \"es-MX\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "The localized error message in the above locale.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Location": { "description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", "id": "Location", @@ -3338,6 +3459,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PreconditionFailure": { +"description": "Describes what preconditions have failed. For example, if an RPC failed because it required the Terms of Service to be acknowledged, it could list the terms of service violation in the PreconditionFailure message.", +"id": "PreconditionFailure", +"properties": { +"violations": { +"description": "Describes all precondition violations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PreconditionFailureViolation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PreconditionFailureViolation": { +"description": "A message type used to describe a single precondition failure.", +"id": "PreconditionFailureViolation", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "A description of how the precondition failed. Developers can use this description to understand how to fix the failure. For example: \"Terms of service not accepted\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "The subject, relative to the type, that failed. For example, \"google.com/cloud\" relative to the \"TOS\" type would indicate which terms of service is being referenced.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "The type of PreconditionFailure. We recommend using a service-specific enum type to define the supported precondition violation subjects. For example, \"TOS\" for \"Terms of Service violation\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PrivateConnection": { "description": "The PrivateConnection resource is used to establish private connectivity between Datastream and a customer's network.", "id": "PrivateConnection", @@ -3439,6 +3593,114 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"QuotaFailure": { +"description": "Describes how a quota check failed. For example if a daily limit was exceeded for the calling project, a service could respond with a QuotaFailure detail containing the project id and the description of the quota limit that was exceeded. If the calling project hasn't enabled the service in the developer console, then a service could respond with the project id and set `service_disabled` to true. Also see RetryInfo and Help types for other details about handling a quota failure.", +"id": "QuotaFailure", +"properties": { +"violations": { +"description": "Describes all quota violations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "QuotaFailureViolation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QuotaFailureViolation": { +"description": "A message type used to describe a single quota violation. For example, a daily quota or a custom quota that was exceeded.", +"id": "QuotaFailureViolation", +"properties": { +"apiService": { +"description": "The API Service from which the `QuotaFailure.Violation` orginates. In some cases, Quota issues originate from an API Service other than the one that was called. In other words, a dependency of the called API Service could be the cause of the `QuotaFailure`, and this field would have the dependency API service name. For example, if the called API is Kubernetes Engine API (container.googleapis.com), and a quota violation occurs in the Kubernetes Engine API itself, this field would be \"container.googleapis.com\". On the other hand, if the quota violation occurs when the Kubernetes Engine API creates VMs in the Compute Engine API (compute.googleapis.com), this field would be \"compute.googleapis.com\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "A description of how the quota check failed. Clients can use this description to find more about the quota configuration in the service's public documentation, or find the relevant quota limit to adjust through developer console. For example: \"Service disabled\" or \"Daily Limit for read operations exceeded\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"futureQuotaValue": { +"description": "The new quota value being rolled out at the time of the violation. At the completion of the rollout, this value will be enforced in place of quota_value. If no rollout is in progress at the time of the violation, this field is not set. For example, if at the time of the violation a rollout is in progress changing the number of CPUs quota from 10 to 20, 20 would be the value of this field.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaDimensions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "The dimensions of the violated quota. Every non-global quota is enforced on a set of dimensions. While quota metric defines what to count, the dimensions specify for what aspects the counter should be increased. For example, the quota \"CPUs per region per VM family\" enforces a limit on the metric \"compute.googleapis.com/cpus_per_vm_family\" on dimensions \"region\" and \"vm_family\". And if the violation occurred in region \"us-central1\" and for VM family \"n1\", the quota_dimensions would be, { \"region\": \"us-central1\", \"vm_family\": \"n1\", } When a quota is enforced globally, the quota_dimensions would always be empty.", +"type": "object" +}, +"quotaId": { +"description": "The id of the violated quota. Also know as \"limit name\", this is the unique identifier of a quota in the context of an API service. For example, \"CPUS-PER-VM-FAMILY-per-project-region\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaMetric": { +"description": "The metric of the violated quota. A quota metric is a named counter to measure usage, such as API requests or CPUs. When an activity occurs in a service, such as Virtual Machine allocation, one or more quota metrics may be affected. For example, \"compute.googleapis.com/cpus_per_vm_family\", \"storage.googleapis.com/internet_egress_bandwidth\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaValue": { +"description": "The enforced quota value at the time of the `QuotaFailure`. For example, if the enforced quota value at the time of the `QuotaFailure` on the number of CPUs is \"10\", then the value of this field would reflect this quantity.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "The subject on which the quota check failed. For example, \"clientip:\" or \"project:\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RequestInfo": { +"description": "Contains metadata about the request that clients can attach when filing a bug or providing other forms of feedback.", +"id": "RequestInfo", +"properties": { +"requestId": { +"description": "An opaque string that should only be interpreted by the service generating it. For example, it can be used to identify requests in the service's logs.", +"type": "string" +}, +"servingData": { +"description": "Any data that was used to serve this request. For example, an encrypted stack trace that can be sent back to the service provider for debugging.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ResourceInfo": { +"description": "Describes the resource that is being accessed.", +"id": "ResourceInfo", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Describes what error is encountered when accessing this resource. For example, updating a cloud project may require the `writer` permission on the developer console project.", +"type": "string" +}, +"owner": { +"description": "The owner of the resource (optional). For example, \"user:\" or \"project:\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceName": { +"description": "The name of the resource being accessed. For example, a shared calendar name: \"example.com_4fghdhgsrgh@group.calendar.google.com\", if the current error is google.rpc.Code.PERMISSION_DENIED.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceType": { +"description": "A name for the type of resource being accessed, e.g. \"sql table\", \"cloud storage bucket\", \"file\", \"Google calendar\"; or the type URL of the resource: e.g. \"type.googleapis.com/google.pubsub.v1.Topic\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RetryInfo": { +"description": "Describes when the clients can retry a failed request. Clients could ignore the recommendation here or retry when this information is missing from error responses. It's always recommended that clients should use exponential backoff when retrying. Clients should wait until `retry_delay` amount of time has passed since receiving the error response before retrying. If retrying requests also fail, clients should use an exponential backoff scheme to gradually increase the delay between retries based on `retry_delay`, until either a maximum number of retries have been reached or a maximum retry delay cap has been reached.", +"id": "RetryInfo", +"properties": { +"retryDelay": { +"description": "Clients should wait at least this long between retrying the same request.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Route": { "description": "The route resource is the child of the private connection resource, used for defining a route for a private connection.", "id": "Route", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json index 658bb8c0028..7932dc02931 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastream.v1alpha1.json @@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://datastream.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AvroFileFormat": { @@ -1330,6 +1330,20 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"BadRequest": { +"description": "Describes violations in a client request. This error type focuses on the syntactic aspects of the request.", +"id": "BadRequest", +"properties": { +"fieldViolations": { +"description": "Describes all violations in a client request.", +"items": { +"$ref": "FieldViolation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "CancelOperationRequest": { "description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", "id": "CancelOperationRequest", @@ -1398,6 +1412,24 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"DebugInfo": { +"description": "Describes additional debugging info.", +"id": "DebugInfo", +"properties": { +"detail": { +"description": "Additional debugging information provided by the server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"stackEntries": { +"description": "The stack trace entries indicating where the error occurred.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DestinationConfig": { "description": "The configuration of the stream destination.", "id": "DestinationConfig", @@ -1502,6 +1534,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ErrorInfo": { +"description": "Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the \"pubsub.googleapis.com\" API when it is not enabled: { \"reason\": \"API_DISABLED\" \"domain\": \"googleapis.com\" \"metadata\": { \"resource\": \"projects/123\", \"service\": \"pubsub.googleapis.com\" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { \"reason\": \"STOCKOUT\" \"domain\": \"spanner.googleapis.com\", \"metadata\": { \"availableRegions\": \"us-central1,us-east2\" } }", +"id": "ErrorInfo", +"properties": { +"domain": { +"description": "The logical grouping to which the \"reason\" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: \"pubsub.googleapis.com\". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is \"googleapis.com\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match a regular expression of `a-z+` but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also, they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than `{\"instanceLimit\": \"100/request\"}`, should be returned as, `{\"instanceLimitPerRequest\": \"100\"}`, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.", +"type": "object" +}, +"reason": { +"description": "The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "FetchErrorsRequest": { "description": "Request message for 'FetchErrors' request.", "id": "FetchErrorsRequest", @@ -1540,6 +1594,29 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"FieldViolation": { +"description": "A message type used to describe a single bad request field.", +"id": "FieldViolation", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "A description of why the request element is bad.", +"type": "string" +}, +"field": { +"description": "A path that leads to a field in the request body. The value will be a sequence of dot-separated identifiers that identify a protocol buffer field. Consider the following: message CreateContactRequest { message EmailAddress { enum Type { TYPE_UNSPECIFIED = 0; HOME = 1; WORK = 2; } optional string email = 1; repeated EmailType type = 2; } string full_name = 1; repeated EmailAddress email_addresses = 2; } In this example, in proto `field` could take one of the following values: * `full_name` for a violation in the `full_name` value * `email_addresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `email_addresses` message * `email_addresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `email_addresses` message. In JSON, the same values are represented as: * `fullName` for a violation in the `fullName` value * `emailAddresses[1].email` for a violation in the `email` field of the first `emailAddresses` message * `emailAddresses[3].type[2]` for a violation in the second `type` value in the third `emailAddresses` message.", +"type": "string" +}, +"localizedMessage": { +"$ref": "LocalizedMessage", +"description": "Provides a localized error message for field-level errors that is safe to return to the API consumer." +}, +"reason": { +"description": "The reason of the field-level error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the field-level error. It should uniquely identify the type of the FieldViolation within the scope of the google.rpc.ErrorInfo.domain. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ForwardSshTunnelConnectivity": { "description": "Forward SSH Tunnel connectivity.", "id": "ForwardSshTunnelConnectivity", @@ -1625,6 +1702,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Help": { +"description": "Provides links to documentation or for performing an out of band action. For example, if a quota check failed with an error indicating the calling project hasn't enabled the accessed service, this can contain a URL pointing directly to the right place in the developer console to flip the bit.", +"id": "Help", +"properties": { +"links": { +"description": "URL(s) pointing to additional information on handling the current error.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Link" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "JsonFileFormat": { "description": "JSON file format configuration.", "id": "JsonFileFormat", @@ -1660,6 +1751,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"Link": { +"description": "Describes a URL link.", +"id": "Link", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Describes what the link offers.", +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "The URL of the link.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListConnectionProfilesResponse": { "id": "ListConnectionProfilesResponse", "properties": { @@ -1818,6 +1924,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"LocalizedMessage": { +"description": "Provides a localized error message that is safe to return to the user which can be attached to an RPC error.", +"id": "LocalizedMessage", +"properties": { +"locale": { +"description": "The locale used following the specification defined at https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt. Examples are: \"en-US\", \"fr-CH\", \"es-MX\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"message": { +"description": "The localized error message in the above locale.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Location": { "description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.", "id": "Location", @@ -2287,6 +2408,39 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"PreconditionFailure": { +"description": "Describes what preconditions have failed. For example, if an RPC failed because it required the Terms of Service to be acknowledged, it could list the terms of service violation in the PreconditionFailure message.", +"id": "PreconditionFailure", +"properties": { +"violations": { +"description": "Describes all precondition violations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "PreconditionFailureViolation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"PreconditionFailureViolation": { +"description": "A message type used to describe a single precondition failure.", +"id": "PreconditionFailureViolation", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "A description of how the precondition failed. Developers can use this description to understand how to fix the failure. For example: \"Terms of service not accepted\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "The subject, relative to the type, that failed. For example, \"google.com/cloud\" relative to the \"TOS\" type would indicate which terms of service is being referenced.", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "The type of PreconditionFailure. We recommend using a service-specific enum type to define the supported precondition violation subjects. For example, \"TOS\" for \"Terms of Service violation\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "PrivateConnection": { "description": "The PrivateConnection resource is used to establish private connectivity between Datastream and a customer's network.", "id": "PrivateConnection", @@ -2362,6 +2516,114 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"QuotaFailure": { +"description": "Describes how a quota check failed. For example if a daily limit was exceeded for the calling project, a service could respond with a QuotaFailure detail containing the project id and the description of the quota limit that was exceeded. If the calling project hasn't enabled the service in the developer console, then a service could respond with the project id and set `service_disabled` to true. Also see RetryInfo and Help types for other details about handling a quota failure.", +"id": "QuotaFailure", +"properties": { +"violations": { +"description": "Describes all quota violations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "QuotaFailureViolation" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QuotaFailureViolation": { +"description": "A message type used to describe a single quota violation. For example, a daily quota or a custom quota that was exceeded.", +"id": "QuotaFailureViolation", +"properties": { +"apiService": { +"description": "The API Service from which the `QuotaFailure.Violation` orginates. In some cases, Quota issues originate from an API Service other than the one that was called. In other words, a dependency of the called API Service could be the cause of the `QuotaFailure`, and this field would have the dependency API service name. For example, if the called API is Kubernetes Engine API (container.googleapis.com), and a quota violation occurs in the Kubernetes Engine API itself, this field would be \"container.googleapis.com\". On the other hand, if the quota violation occurs when the Kubernetes Engine API creates VMs in the Compute Engine API (compute.googleapis.com), this field would be \"compute.googleapis.com\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "A description of how the quota check failed. Clients can use this description to find more about the quota configuration in the service's public documentation, or find the relevant quota limit to adjust through developer console. For example: \"Service disabled\" or \"Daily Limit for read operations exceeded\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"futureQuotaValue": { +"description": "The new quota value being rolled out at the time of the violation. At the completion of the rollout, this value will be enforced in place of quota_value. If no rollout is in progress at the time of the violation, this field is not set. For example, if at the time of the violation a rollout is in progress changing the number of CPUs quota from 10 to 20, 20 would be the value of this field.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaDimensions": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "The dimensions of the violated quota. Every non-global quota is enforced on a set of dimensions. While quota metric defines what to count, the dimensions specify for what aspects the counter should be increased. For example, the quota \"CPUs per region per VM family\" enforces a limit on the metric \"compute.googleapis.com/cpus_per_vm_family\" on dimensions \"region\" and \"vm_family\". And if the violation occurred in region \"us-central1\" and for VM family \"n1\", the quota_dimensions would be, { \"region\": \"us-central1\", \"vm_family\": \"n1\", } When a quota is enforced globally, the quota_dimensions would always be empty.", +"type": "object" +}, +"quotaId": { +"description": "The id of the violated quota. Also know as \"limit name\", this is the unique identifier of a quota in the context of an API service. For example, \"CPUS-PER-VM-FAMILY-per-project-region\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaMetric": { +"description": "The metric of the violated quota. A quota metric is a named counter to measure usage, such as API requests or CPUs. When an activity occurs in a service, such as Virtual Machine allocation, one or more quota metrics may be affected. For example, \"compute.googleapis.com/cpus_per_vm_family\", \"storage.googleapis.com/internet_egress_bandwidth\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"quotaValue": { +"description": "The enforced quota value at the time of the `QuotaFailure`. For example, if the enforced quota value at the time of the `QuotaFailure` on the number of CPUs is \"10\", then the value of this field would reflect this quantity.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"subject": { +"description": "The subject on which the quota check failed. For example, \"clientip:\" or \"project:\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RequestInfo": { +"description": "Contains metadata about the request that clients can attach when filing a bug or providing other forms of feedback.", +"id": "RequestInfo", +"properties": { +"requestId": { +"description": "An opaque string that should only be interpreted by the service generating it. For example, it can be used to identify requests in the service's logs.", +"type": "string" +}, +"servingData": { +"description": "Any data that was used to serve this request. For example, an encrypted stack trace that can be sent back to the service provider for debugging.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ResourceInfo": { +"description": "Describes the resource that is being accessed.", +"id": "ResourceInfo", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Describes what error is encountered when accessing this resource. For example, updating a cloud project may require the `writer` permission on the developer console project.", +"type": "string" +}, +"owner": { +"description": "The owner of the resource (optional). For example, \"user:\" or \"project:\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceName": { +"description": "The name of the resource being accessed. For example, a shared calendar name: \"example.com_4fghdhgsrgh@group.calendar.google.com\", if the current error is google.rpc.Code.PERMISSION_DENIED.", +"type": "string" +}, +"resourceType": { +"description": "A name for the type of resource being accessed, e.g. \"sql table\", \"cloud storage bucket\", \"file\", \"Google calendar\"; or the type URL of the resource: e.g. \"type.googleapis.com/google.pubsub.v1.Topic\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RetryInfo": { +"description": "Describes when the clients can retry a failed request. Clients could ignore the recommendation here or retry when this information is missing from error responses. It's always recommended that clients should use exponential backoff when retrying. Clients should wait until `retry_delay` amount of time has passed since receiving the error response before retrying. If retrying requests also fail, clients should use an exponential backoff scheme to gradually increase the delay between retries based on `retry_delay`, until either a maximum number of retries have been reached or a maximum retry delay cap has been reached.", +"id": "RetryInfo", +"properties": { +"retryDelay": { +"description": "Clients should wait at least this long between retrying the same request.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Route": { "description": "The Route resource is the child of the PrivateConnection resource. It used to define a route for a PrivateConnection setup.", "id": "Route", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json index e059eb05eee..d4b31b098c6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/developerconnect.v1.json @@ -1754,7 +1754,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260123", +"revision": "20260203", "rootUrl": "https://developerconnect.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountConnector": { @@ -3266,27 +3266,16 @@ "DATASTAX", "DYNATRACE" ], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true -], "enumDescriptions": [ "No system provider specified.", "GitHub provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.github.com/en/apps/oauth-apps/building-oauth-apps/scopes-for-oauth-apps#available-scopes", "GitLab provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.gitlab.com/user/profile/personal_access_tokens/#personal-access-token-scopes", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Google provider. Recommended scopes: \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive.readonly\", \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/documents.readonly\"", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Sentry provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.sentry.io/api/permissions/", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Rovo provider. Must select the \"rovo\" scope.", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. New Relic provider. No scopes are allowed.", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Datastax provider. No scopes are allowed.", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Dynatrace provider." +"Google provider. Recommended scopes: \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive.readonly\", \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/documents.readonly\"", +"Sentry provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.sentry.io/api/permissions/", +"Rovo provider. Must select the \"rovo\" scope.", +"New Relic provider. No scopes are allowed.", +"Datastax provider. No scopes are allowed.", +"Dynatrace provider." ], "type": "string" } @@ -3401,27 +3390,16 @@ true "DATASTAX", "DYNATRACE" ], -"enumDeprecated": [ -false, -false, -false, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true, -true -], "enumDescriptions": [ "No system provider specified.", "GitHub provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.github.com/en/apps/oauth-apps/building-oauth-apps/scopes-for-oauth-apps#available-scopes", "GitLab provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.gitlab.com/user/profile/personal_access_tokens/#personal-access-token-scopes", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Google provider. Recommended scopes: \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive.readonly\", \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/documents.readonly\"", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Sentry provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.sentry.io/api/permissions/", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Rovo provider. Must select the \"rovo\" scope.", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. New Relic provider. No scopes are allowed.", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Datastax provider. No scopes are allowed.", -"Deprecated: This provider is no longer supported. Dynatrace provider." +"Google provider. Recommended scopes: \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/drive.readonly\", \"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/documents.readonly\"", +"Sentry provider. Scopes can be found at https://docs.sentry.io/api/permissions/", +"Rovo provider. Must select the \"rovo\" scope.", +"New Relic provider. No scopes are allowed.", +"Datastax provider. No scopes are allowed.", +"Dynatrace provider." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v4.json index c1361cbde7a..3ad6643d911 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v4.json @@ -4677,7 +4677,7 @@ ] }, "retransform": { -"description": "Retransforms a dynamic feed.", +"description": "Retransforms a dynamic feed. Only draft feeds can be retransformed (i.e. the feed has not been published).", "flatPath": "studio/dynamicFeeds/{dynamicFeedsId}/retransform", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "dfareporting.dynamicFeeds.retransform", @@ -4703,7 +4703,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Updates a new dynamic feed.", +"description": "Updates a new dynamic feed. For draft feeds, only Element can be updated. For published feeds, only FeedSchedule can be updated. Other fields will be ignored.", "flatPath": "studio/dynamicFeeds", "httpMethod": "PUT", "id": "dfareporting.dynamicFeeds.update", @@ -4725,7 +4725,7 @@ "dynamicProfiles": { "methods": { "generateCode": { -"description": "Generates code for a dynamic profile.", +"description": "Generates code for a dynamic profile, which will need unescaping.", "flatPath": "studio/dynamicProfiles/{dynamicProfilesId}/generateCode", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dfareporting.dynamicProfiles.generateCode", @@ -10465,7 +10465,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251023", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://dfareporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -12090,7 +12090,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "CartData": { -"description": " *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788)", +"description": "Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788)", "id": "CartData", "properties": { "items": { @@ -15734,7 +15734,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DynamicFeed": { -"description": "Contains dynamic feed information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information.", "id": "DynamicFeed", "properties": { "contentSource": { @@ -15805,7 +15805,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DynamicFeedsInsertRequest": { -"description": "Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynnamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id. See", +"description": "Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id.", "id": "DynamicFeedsInsertRequest", "properties": { "dynamicFeed": { @@ -15821,7 +15821,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DynamicProfile": { -"description": "Contains dynamic profile information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information.", "id": "DynamicProfile", "properties": { "active": { @@ -15925,7 +15925,7 @@ "id": "DynamicProfileGenerateCodeResponse", "properties": { "code": { -"description": "Generated code for the dynamic profile.", +"description": "Generated code for the dynamic profile. The code will need to be unescaped.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -21633,7 +21633,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "StudioCreative": { -"description": "Contains studio creative information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information.", "id": "StudioCreative", "properties": { "assetIds": { @@ -21645,7 +21645,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "backupImageAssetId": { -"description": "Backup image asset ID of this studio creative.", +"description": "Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -21734,7 +21734,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "StudioCreativeAsset": { -"description": "Contains studio creative asset information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative asset information.", "id": "StudioCreativeAsset", "properties": { "createInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v5.json index 279c28dca01..1e4e98994ea 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dfareporting.v5.json @@ -4677,7 +4677,7 @@ ] }, "retransform": { -"description": "Retransforms a dynamic feed.", +"description": "Retransforms a dynamic feed. Only draft feeds can be retransformed (i.e. the feed has not been published).", "flatPath": "studio/dynamicFeeds/{dynamicFeedsId}/retransform", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "dfareporting.dynamicFeeds.retransform", @@ -4703,7 +4703,7 @@ ] }, "update": { -"description": "Updates a new dynamic feed.", +"description": "Updates a new dynamic feed. For draft feeds, only Element can be updated. For published feeds, only FeedSchedule can be updated. Other fields will be ignored.", "flatPath": "studio/dynamicFeeds", "httpMethod": "PUT", "id": "dfareporting.dynamicFeeds.update", @@ -4725,7 +4725,7 @@ "dynamicProfiles": { "methods": { "generateCode": { -"description": "Generates code for a dynamic profile.", +"description": "Generates code for a dynamic profile, which will need unescaping.", "flatPath": "studio/dynamicProfiles/{dynamicProfilesId}/generateCode", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "dfareporting.dynamicProfiles.generateCode", @@ -9432,6 +9432,12 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"countryDartId": { +"description": "Optional. Country Dart ID. If not specified, defaults to 256 (US).", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "id": { "description": "Required. TV Campaign ID.", "location": "path", @@ -9446,6 +9452,33 @@ "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"tvDataProvider": { +"description": "Optional. TV data provider. If not specified, defaults to `COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US`.", +"enum": [ +"INVALID_TV_DATA_PROVIDER", +"IBOPE_AR", +"IBOPE_BR", +"IBOPE_CL", +"IBOPE_CO", +"TNS_VN", +"COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US", +"COMSCORE_CA", +"SAMBA_AU" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "userprofiles/{+profileId}/tvCampaignDetails/{+id}", @@ -9475,6 +9508,12 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"countryDartId": { +"description": "Optional. Country Dart ID. If not specified, defaults to 256 (US).", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "name": { "description": "Required. Search string to filter the list of TV campaign summaries. Matches any substring. Required field.", "location": "query", @@ -9487,6 +9526,33 @@ "pattern": "^[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"tvDataProvider": { +"description": "Optional. TV data provider. If not specified, defaults to `COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US`.", +"enum": [ +"INVALID_TV_DATA_PROVIDER", +"IBOPE_AR", +"IBOPE_BR", +"IBOPE_CL", +"IBOPE_CO", +"TNS_VN", +"COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US", +"COMSCORE_CA", +"SAMBA_AU" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, "path": "userprofiles/{+profileId}/tvCampaignSummaries", @@ -10005,7 +10071,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251023", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://dfareporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { @@ -11564,7 +11630,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "CartData": { -"description": " *Beta:* This feature is currently in beta. Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788)", +"description": "Contains additional information about cart data. This field may only be used when calling batchinsert; it is not supported by batchupdate. Cart data reporting is only supported in SA360. [Learn more](https://support.google.com/sa360/topic/13425788)", "id": "CartData", "properties": { "items": { @@ -12391,6 +12457,36 @@ "sslEnabled": { "description": "Whether ad serving supports secure servers in this country.", "type": "boolean" +}, +"tvDataProviders": { +"description": "Output only. The TV data providers supported in this country.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"INVALID_TV_DATA_PROVIDER", +"IBOPE_AR", +"IBOPE_BR", +"IBOPE_CL", +"IBOPE_CO", +"TNS_VN", +"COMSCORE_NATIONAL_US", +"COMSCORE_CA", +"SAMBA_AU" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -15181,7 +15277,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DynamicFeed": { -"description": "Contains dynamic feed information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic feed information.", "id": "DynamicFeed", "properties": { "contentSource": { @@ -15252,7 +15348,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DynamicFeedsInsertRequest": { -"description": "Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynnamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id. See", +"description": "Dynamic profile ID is required for dynamic feed insert as the current GPA API only can create a dynamic feed under profile context,even though the dynamic feed itself don't need the dynamic profile id.", "id": "DynamicFeedsInsertRequest", "properties": { "dynamicFeed": { @@ -15268,7 +15364,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DynamicProfile": { -"description": "Contains dynamic profile information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains dynamic profile information.", "id": "DynamicProfile", "properties": { "active": { @@ -15372,7 +15468,7 @@ "id": "DynamicProfileGenerateCodeResponse", "properties": { "code": { -"description": "Generated code for the dynamic profile.", +"description": "Generated code for the dynamic profile. The code will need to be unescaped.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -20504,7 +20600,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "StudioCreative": { -"description": "Contains studio creative information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative information.", "id": "StudioCreative", "properties": { "assetIds": { @@ -20516,7 +20612,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "backupImageAssetId": { -"description": "Backup image asset ID of this studio creative.", +"description": "Backup image asset ID of this studio creative. It is a required field on insertion.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -20605,7 +20701,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "StudioCreativeAsset": { -"description": "Contains studio creative asset information.", +"description": " *Beta:* This API resource is available only to a very limited number of customers. If you'd like to use this resource, please reach out to your Google sales representative. Contains studio creative asset information.", "id": "StudioCreativeAsset", "properties": { "createInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json index eff35347ed0..51157ed10e4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json @@ -8431,7 +8431,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260216", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -16463,6 +16463,9 @@ true "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"useBidiStreaming": { +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json index 5353ed61751..e927040359b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json @@ -3599,7 +3599,7 @@ "engines": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a Engine.", +"description": "Creates an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.create", @@ -3633,7 +3633,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Engine.", +"description": "Deletes an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.delete", @@ -3659,7 +3659,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a Engine.", +"description": "Gets an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.get", @@ -3684,6 +3684,38 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists all the Engines associated with the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines", @@ -3760,6 +3792,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] +}, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] } }, "resources": { @@ -3961,462 +4022,486 @@ }, "resources": { "agents": { -"resources": { -"operations": { "methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"getCard": { +"description": "GetAgentCard returns the agent card for the agent.", +"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/card", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.operations.get", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.getCard", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"tenant" ], "parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"tenant": { +"description": "Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}", +"path": "{+tenant}/card", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +"$ref": "A2aV1AgentCard" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } -} -} -} -} -} }, -"completionConfig": { +"resources": { +"message": { "methods": { -"completeQuery": { -"description": "Completes the user input with advanced keyword suggestions.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/completionConfig:completeQuery", +"send": { +"description": "Send a message to the agent. This is a blocking call that will return the task once it is completed, or a LRO if requested.", +"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/message:send", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.completeQuery", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.message.send", "parameterOrder": [ -"completionConfig" +"tenant" ], "parameters": { -"completionConfig": { -"description": "Required. The completion_config of the parent dataStore or engine resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/completionConfig` `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/completionConfig`.", +"tenant": { +"description": "Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/completionConfig$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+completionConfig}:completeQuery", +"path": "{+tenant}/message:send", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AdvancedCompleteQueryRequest" +"$ref": "A2aV1SendMessageRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AdvancedCompleteQueryResponse" +"$ref": "A2aV1SendMessageResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud_search.query", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -} -} }, -"controls": { -"methods": { -"create": { -"description": "Creates a Control. By default 1000 controls are allowed for a data store. A request can be submitted to adjust this limit. If the Control to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/controls", +"stream": { +"description": "SendStreamingMessage is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events until the Task is in an interrupted or terminal state.", +"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/message:stream", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.create", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.message.stream", "parameterOrder": [ -"parent" +"tenant" ], "parameters": { -"controlId": { -"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Control, which will become the final component of the Control's resource name. This value must be within 1-63 characters. Valid characters are /a-z-_/.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`.", +"tenant": { +"description": "Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/controls", +"path": "{+tenant}/message:stream", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control" +"$ref": "A2aV1SendMessageRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control" +"$ref": "A2aV1StreamResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +} +} }, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Control. If the Control to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/controls/{controlsId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.delete", +"operations": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.operations.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Control to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/controls/{control_id}`", +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/controls/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] +} +} }, -"get": { -"description": "Gets a Control.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/controls/{controlsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.get", +"tasks": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Cancel a task from the agent. If supported one should expect no more task updates for the task.", +"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}:cancel", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.cancel", "parameterOrder": [ +"tenant", "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Control to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/controls/{control_id}`", +"description": "The resource name of the task to cancel. Format: tasks/{task_id}", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/controls/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"tenant": { +"description": "Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}", +"path": "{+tenant}/{+name}:cancel", +"request": { +"$ref": "A2aV1CancelTaskRequest" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control" +"$ref": "A2aV1Task" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"list": { -"description": "Lists all Controls by their parent DataStore.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/controls", +"get": { +"description": "Get the current state of a task from the agent.", +"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.list", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.get", "parameterOrder": [ -"parent" +"tenant", +"name" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. A filter to apply on the list results. Supported features: * List all the products under the parent branch if filter is unset. Currently this field is unsupported.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", +"historyLength": { +"description": "The number of most recent messages from the task's history to retrieve.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListControls` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", -"location": "query", +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the task. Format: tasks/{task_id}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" }, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`.", +"tenant": { +"description": "Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/controls", +"path": "{+tenant}/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListControlsResponse" +"$ref": "A2aV1Task" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"patch": { -"description": "Updates a Control. Control action type cannot be changed. If the Control to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/controls/{controlsId}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.patch", +"subscribe": { +"description": "TaskSubscription is a streaming call that will return a stream of task update events. This attaches the stream to an existing in process task. If the task is complete the stream will return the completed task (like GetTask) and close the stream.", +"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}:subscribe", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.subscribe", "parameterOrder": [ +"tenant", "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`", +"description": "The resource name of the task to subscribe to. Format: tasks/{task_id}", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/controls/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, -"updateMask": { -"description": "Optional. Indicates which fields in the provided Control to update. The following are NOT supported: * Control.name * Control.solution_type If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", +"tenant": { +"description": "Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control" -}, +"path": "{+tenant}/{+name}:subscribe", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control" +"$ref": "A2aV1StreamResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } -} }, -"conversations": { +"resources": { +"pushNotificationConfigs": { "methods": { -"converse": { -"description": "Converses a conversation.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/conversations/{conversationsId}:converse", +"create": { +"description": "Set a push notification config for a task.", +"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.converse", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.create", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"tenant", +"parent" ], "parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session.", +"configId": { +"description": "Required. The ID for the new config.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent task resource for this config. Format: tasks/{task_id}", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+/pushNotificationConfigs$", "required": true, "type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}:converse", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ConverseConversationRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ConverseConversationResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] }, -"create": { -"description": "Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/conversations", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.create", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", +"tenant": { +"description": "Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations", +"path": "{+tenant}/{+parent}", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Conversation" +"$ref": "A2aV1TaskPushNotificationConfig" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Conversation" +"$ref": "A2aV1TaskPushNotificationConfig" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", +"description": "Delete a push notification config for a task.", +"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs/{pushNotificationConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.delete", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.delete", "parameterOrder": [ +"tenant", "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`", +"description": "The resource name of the config to delete. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+/pushNotificationConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"tenant": { +"description": "Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}", +"path": "{+tenant}/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a Conversation.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", +"description": "Get a push notification config for a task.", +"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs/{pushNotificationConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.get", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.get", "parameterOrder": [ +"tenant", "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`", +"description": "The resource name of the config to retrieve. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+/pushNotificationConfigs/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"tenant": { +"description": "Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}", +"path": "{+tenant}/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Conversation" +"$ref": "A2aV1TaskPushNotificationConfig" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/conversations", +"description": "Get a list of push notifications configured for a task.", +"flatPath": "projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}/tasks/{tasksId}/pushNotificationConfigs", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.list", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.tasks.pushNotificationConfigs.list", "parameterOrder": [ +"tenant", "parent" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: \"user_pseudo_id = some_id\"", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"orderBy": { -"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `conversation_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, "pageSize": { -"description": "Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", +"description": "For AIP-158 these fields are present. Usually not used/needed. The maximum number of configurations to return. If unspecified, all configs will be returned.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListConversations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", +"description": "A page token received from a previous ListTaskPushNotificationConfigRequest call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListTaskPushNotificationConfigRequest` must match the call that provided the page token.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", +"description": "The parent task resource. Format: tasks/{task_id}", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^tasks/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"tenant": { +"description": "Optional tenant, provided as a path parameter. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations", +"path": "{+tenant}/{+parent}/pushNotificationConfigs", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListConversationsResponse" +"$ref": "A2aV1ListTaskPushNotificationConfigResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] +} +} +} +} +} +} +} +} }, -"patch": { -"description": "Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.patch", +"completionConfig": { +"methods": { +"completeQuery": { +"description": "Completes the user input with advanced keyword suggestions.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/completionConfig:completeQuery", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.completionConfig.completeQuery", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"completionConfig" ], "parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*` or `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/*/conversations/*`.", +"completionConfig": { +"description": "Required. The completion_config of the parent dataStore or engine resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/completionConfig` `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/completionConfig`.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/completionConfig$", "required": true, "type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided Conversation to update. The following are NOT supported: * Conversation.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}", +"path": "v1/{+completionConfig}:completeQuery", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Conversation" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AdvancedCompleteQueryRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Conversation" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AdvancedCompleteQueryResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud_search.query", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] } } }, -"operations": { +"controls": { "methods": { -"cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", +"create": { +"description": "Creates a Control. By default 1000 controls are allowed for a data store. A request can be submitted to adjust this limit. If the Control to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/controls", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.operations.cancel", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.create", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"parent" ], "parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", +"controlId": { +"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Control, which will become the final component of the Control's resource name. This value must be within 1-63 characters. Valid characters are /a-z-_/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/controls", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a Control. If the Control to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/controls/{controlsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Control to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/controls/{control_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/controls/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} }, +"path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { "$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" }, @@ -4426,25 +4511,25 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"description": "Gets a Control.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/controls/{controlsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.operations.get", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Control to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/controls/{control_id}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/controls/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -4452,132 +4537,157 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/operations", +"description": "Lists all Controls by their parent DataStore.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/controls", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.operations.list", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.list", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"parent" ], "parameters": { "filter": { -"description": "The standard list filter.", +"description": "Optional. A filter to apply on the list results. Supported features: * List all the products under the parent branch if filter is unset. Currently this field is unsupported.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, "pageSize": { -"description": "The standard list page size.", +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "The standard list page token.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListControls` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"returnPartialSuccess": { -"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/controls", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListControlsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] -} -} }, -"servingConfigs": { -"methods": { -"answer": { -"description": "Answer query method.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:answer", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.answer", +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a Control. Control action type cannot be changed. If the Control to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/controls/{controlsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.patch", "parameterOrder": [ -"servingConfig" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"servingConfig": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/controls/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Optional. Indicates which fields in the provided Control to update. The following are NOT supported: * Control.name * Control.solution_type If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:answer", +"path": "v1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequest" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] +} +} }, -"create": { -"description": "Creates a ServingConfig. Note: The Google Cloud console works only with the default serving config. Additional ServingConfigs can be created and managed only via the API. A maximum of 100 ServingConfigs are allowed in an Engine, otherwise a RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED error is returned.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs", +"conversations": { +"methods": { +"converse": { +"description": "Converses a conversation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/conversations/{conversationsId}:converse", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.create", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.converse", "parameterOrder": [ -"parent" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. Full resource name of parent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`. Use `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/-` to activate auto session mode, which automatically creates a new conversation inside a ConverseConversation session.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" -}, -"servingConfigId": { -"description": "Required. The ID to use for the ServingConfig, which will become the final component of the ServingConfig's resource name. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-zA-Z0-9+/.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/servingConfigs", +"path": "v1/{+name}:converse", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ConverseConversationRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ConverseConversationResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ +"create": { +"description": "Creates a Conversation. If the Conversation to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/conversations", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Conversation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Conversation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a Conversation. If the Conversation to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -4592,25 +4702,25 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a ServingConfig. Returns a NotFound error if the ServingConfig does not exist.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}", +"description": "Gets a Conversation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.get", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Conversation to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/conversations/{conversation_id}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Conversation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -4618,36 +4728,46 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists all ServingConfigs linked to this dataStore.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs", +"description": "Lists all Conversations by their parent DataStore.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/conversations", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.list", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "A filter to apply on the list results. The supported features are: user_pseudo_id, state. Example: \"user_pseudo_id = some_id\"", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `conversation_name` Example: \"update_time desc\" \"create_time\"", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. If a value greater than 100 is provided, at most 100 results are returned.", +"description": "Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListServingConfigs` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", +"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListConversations` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", +"description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/servingConfigs", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/conversations", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListServingConfigsResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListConversationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -4655,23 +4775,23 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}", +"description": "Updates a Conversation. Conversation action type cannot be changed. If the Conversation to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/conversations/{conversationsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.patch", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.conversations.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/dataStore/*/conversations/*` or `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/*/conversations/*`.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/conversations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided ServingConfig to update. The following are NOT supported: * ServingConfig.name If not set, all supported fields are updated.", +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided Conversation to update. The following are NOT supported: * Conversation.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -4679,110 +4799,131 @@ }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Conversation" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Conversation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] +} +} }, -"recommend": { -"description": "Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:recommend", +"operations": { +"methods": { +"cancel": { +"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.recommend", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.operations.cancel", "parameterOrder": [ -"servingConfig" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"servingConfig": { -"description": "Required. Full resource name of a ServingConfig: `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/engines/*/servingConfigs/*`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/*` One default serving config is created along with your recommendation engine creation. The engine ID is used as the ID of the default serving config. For example, for Engine `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/engines/my-engine`, you can use `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/engines/my-engine/servingConfigs/my-engine` for your RecommendationService.Recommend requests.", +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:recommend", +"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1RecommendRequest" +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1RecommendResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"search": { -"description": "Performs a search.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:search", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.search", +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/operations/{operationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.operations.get", "parameterOrder": [ -"servingConfig" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"servingConfig": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:search", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequest" -}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"searchLite": { -"description": "Performs a search. Similar to the SearchService.Search method, but a lite version that allows API key for authentication, where OAuth and IAM checks are not required. Only public website search is supported by this method. If data stores and engines not associated with public website search are specified, a `FAILED_PRECONDITION` error is returned. This method can be used for easy onboarding without having to implement an authentication backend. However, it is strongly recommended to use SearchService.Search instead with required OAuth and IAM checks to provide better data security.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:searchLite", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.searchLite", +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.operations.list", "parameterOrder": [ -"servingConfig" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"servingConfig": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" -} }, -"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:searchLite", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequest" +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} }, +"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] +} +} }, -"streamAnswer": { -"description": "Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:streamAnswer", +"servingConfigs": { +"methods": { +"answer": { +"description": "Answer query method.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:answer", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.streamAnswer", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.answer", "parameterOrder": [ "servingConfig" ], @@ -4795,7 +4936,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:streamAnswer", +"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:answer", "request": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequest" }, @@ -4806,54 +4947,54 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] -} -} }, -"sessions": { -"methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a Session. If the Session to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/sessions", +"description": "Creates a ServingConfig. Note: The Google Cloud console works only with the default serving config. Additional ServingConfigs can be created and managed only via the API. A maximum of 100 ServingConfigs are allowed in an Engine, otherwise a RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED error is returned.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.create", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.create", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", +"description": "Required. Full resource name of parent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"servingConfigId": { +"description": "Required. The ID to use for the ServingConfig, which will become the final component of the ServingConfig's resource name. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-zA-Z0-9+/.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/sessions", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/servingConfigs", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Session" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Session" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Session. If the Session to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/sessions/{sessionsId}", +"description": "Deletes a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.delete", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } @@ -4864,108 +5005,90 @@ }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a Session.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/sessions/{sessionsId}", +"description": "Gets a ServingConfig. Returns a NotFound error if the ServingConfig does not exist.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.get", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { -"includeAnswerDetails": { -"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, "name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the ServingConfig to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Session" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists all Sessions by their parent DataStore.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/sessions", +"description": "Lists all ServingConfigs linked to this dataStore.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.list", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to filter by, in EBNF grammar. The supported fields are: * `user_pseudo_id` * `state` * `display_name` * `starred` * `is_pinned` * `labels` * `create_time` * `update_time` Examples: * `user_pseudo_id = some_id` * `display_name = \"some_name\"` * `starred = true` * `is_pinned=true AND (NOT labels:hidden)` * `create_time > \"1970-01-01T12:00:00Z\"`", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"orderBy": { -"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * `update_time desc` * `create_time` * `is_pinned desc,update_time desc`: list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, "pageSize": { -"description": "Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", +"description": "Optional. Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. If a value greater than 100 is provided, at most 100 results are returned.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", +"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListServingConfigs` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", +"description": "Required. Full resource name of the parent resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/sessions", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/servingConfigs", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListSessionsResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListServingConfigsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a Session. Session action type cannot be changed. If the Session to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/sessions/{sessionsId}", +"description": "Updates a ServingConfig. Returns a NOT_FOUND error if the ServingConfig does not exist.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.patch", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`", +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/engines/{engine_id}/servingConfigs/{serving_config_id}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided Session to update. The following are NOT supported: * Session.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided ServingConfig to update. The following are NOT supported: * ServingConfig.name If not set, all supported fields are updated.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -4973,83 +5096,68 @@ }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Session" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Session" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ServingConfig" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] -} }, -"resources": { -"answers": { -"methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Gets a Answer.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/answers/{answersId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.get", +"recommend": { +"description": "Makes a recommendation, which requires a contextual user event.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:recommend", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.recommend", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"servingConfig" ], "parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The resource name of the Answer to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine_id}/sessions/{session_id}/answers/{answer_id}`", +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of a ServingConfig: `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/engines/*/servingConfigs/*`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/*` One default serving config is created along with your recommendation engine creation. The engine ID is used as the ID of the default serving config. For example, for Engine `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/engines/my-engine`, you can use `projects/*/locations/global/collections/*/engines/my-engine/servingConfigs/my-engine` for your RecommendationService.Recommend requests.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+/answers/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}", +"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:recommend", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1RecommendRequest" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Answer" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1RecommendResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] -} -} -} -} }, -"widgetConfigs": { -"methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Gets a WidgetConfig.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/widgetConfigs/{widgetConfigsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.get", +"search": { +"description": "Performs a search.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:search", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.search", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"servingConfig" ], "parameters": { -"acceptCache": { -"description": "Optional. Whether it's acceptable to load the widget config from cache. If set to true, recent changes on widget configs may take a few minutes to reflect on the end user's view. It's recommended to set to true for maturely developed widgets, as it improves widget performance. Set to false to see changes reflected in prod right away, if your widget is under development.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"getWidgetConfigRequestOption.turnOffCollectionComponents": { -"description": "Optional. Whether to turn off collection_components in WidgetConfig to reduce latency and data transmission.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Required. Full WidgetConfig resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/widgetConfigs/{widget_config_id}`", +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/widgetConfigs/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}", +"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:search", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequest" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1WidgetConfig" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -5057,167 +5165,151 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"patch": { -"description": "Update a WidgetConfig.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/widgetConfigs/{widgetConfigsId}", -"httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.patch", +"searchLite": { +"description": "Performs a search. Similar to the SearchService.Search method, but a lite version that allows API key for authentication, where OAuth and IAM checks are not required. Only public website search is supported by this method. If data stores and engines not associated with public website search are specified, a `FAILED_PRECONDITION` error is returned. This method can be used for easy onboarding without having to implement an authentication backend. However, it is strongly recommended to use SearchService.Search instead with required OAuth and IAM checks to provide better data security.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:searchLite", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.searchLite", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"servingConfig" ], "parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the widget config. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/widgetConfigs/{widget_config_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/widgetConfigs/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" -}, -"updateMask": { -"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided WidgetConfig to update. The following are the only supported fields: * WidgetConfig.enable_autocomplete If not set, all supported fields are updated.", -"format": "google-fieldmask", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}", +"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:searchLite", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1WidgetConfig" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequest" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1WidgetConfig" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] -} -} -} -} }, -"operations": { -"methods": { -"get": { -"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/operations/{operationsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.operations.get", +"streamAnswer": { +"description": "Answer query method (streaming). It takes one AnswerQueryRequest and returns multiple AnswerQueryResponse messages in a stream.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/servingConfigs/{servingConfigsId}:streamAnswer", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.streamAnswer", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"servingConfig" ], "parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource.", +"servingConfig": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Search serving config, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/engines/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`, or `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/*/servingConfigs/default_serving_config`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name, set of models used to make the search.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/servingConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}", +"path": "v1/{+servingConfig}:streamAnswer", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryRequest" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1AnswerQueryResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] +} +} }, -"list": { -"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/operations", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.operations.list", +"sessions": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a Session. If the Session to create already exists, an ALREADY_EXISTS error is returned.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/sessions", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.create", "parameterOrder": [ -"name" +"parent" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "The standard list filter.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"parent": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of parent data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "The standard list page size.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "The standard list page token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"returnPartialSuccess": { -"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" } }, -"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/sessions", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Session" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Session" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] -} -} -} -} }, -"dataStores": { -"methods": { -"completeQuery": { -"description": "Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}:completeQuery", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.completeQuery", +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a Session. If the Session to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/sessions/{sessionsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.delete", "parameterOrder": [ -"dataStore" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"dataStore": { -"description": "Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`.", +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to delete. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +} }, -"includeTailSuggestions": { -"description": "Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" }, -"query": { -"description": "Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] }, -"queryModel": { -"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores.", +"get": { +"description": "Gets a Session.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/sessions/{sessionsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"includeAnswerDetails": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, the full session including all answer details will be returned.", "location": "query", -"type": "string" +"type": "boolean" }, -"userPseudoId": { -"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", -"location": "query", +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Session to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/sessions/{session_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", +"required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+dataStore}:completeQuery", +"path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CompleteQueryResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Session" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -5225,198 +5317,181 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"create": { -"description": "Creates a DataStore. DataStore is for storing Documents. To serve these documents for Search, or Recommendation use case, an Engine needs to be created separately.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.create", +"list": { +"description": "Lists all Sessions by their parent DataStore.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/sessions", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { -"cmekConfigName": { -"description": "Resource name of the CmekConfig to use for protecting this DataStore.", +"filter": { +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to filter by, in EBNF grammar. The supported fields are: * `user_pseudo_id` * `state` * `display_name` * `starred` * `is_pinned` * `labels` * `create_time` * `update_time` Examples: * `user_pseudo_id = some_id` * `display_name = \"some_name\"` * `starred = true` * `is_pinned=true AND (NOT labels:hidden)` * `create_time > \"1970-01-01T12:00:00Z\"`", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"createAdvancedSiteSearch": { -"description": "A boolean flag indicating whether user want to directly create an advanced data store for site search. If the data store is not configured as site search (GENERIC vertical and PUBLIC_WEBSITE content_config), this flag will be ignored.", +"orderBy": { +"description": "A comma-separated list of fields to order by, sorted in ascending order. Use \"desc\" after a field name for descending. Supported fields: * `update_time` * `create_time` * `session_name` * `is_pinned` Example: * `update_time desc` * `create_time` * `is_pinned desc,update_time desc`: list sessions by is_pinned first, then by update_time.", "location": "query", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "string" }, -"dataStoreId": { -"description": "Required. The ID to use for the DataStore, which will become the final component of the DataStore's resource name. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of results to return. If unspecified, defaults to 50. Max allowed value is 1000.", +"format": "int32", "location": "query", -"type": "string" +"type": "integer" }, -"disableCmek": { -"description": "DataStore without CMEK protections. If a default CmekConfig is set for the project, setting this field will override the default CmekConfig as well.", +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token, received from a previous `ListSessions` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page.", "location": "query", -"type": "boolean" +"type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}`.", +"description": "Required. The data store resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" -}, -"skipDefaultSchemaCreation": { -"description": "A boolean flag indicating whether to skip the default schema creation for the data store. Only enable this flag if you are certain that the default schema is incompatible with your use case. If set to true, you must manually create a schema for the data store before any documents can be ingested. This flag cannot be specified if `data_store.starting_schema` is specified.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/dataStores", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore" -}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/sessions", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListSessionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a DataStore.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.delete", +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a Session. Session action type cannot be changed. If the Session to update does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/sessions/{sessionsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to delete the DataStore, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the DataStore to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", +"description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/{project}/locations/global/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/sessions/*`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] }, -"get": { -"description": "Gets a DataStore.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the DataStore, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the requested DataStore does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", -"required": true, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided Session to update. The following are NOT supported: * Session.name If not set or empty, all supported fields are updated.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Session" +}, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Session" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] +} }, -"getSiteSearchEngine": { -"description": "Gets the SiteSearchEngine.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/siteSearchEngine", +"resources": { +"answers": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets a Answer.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/sessions/{sessionsId}/answers/{answersId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.getSiteSearchEngine", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.sessions.answers.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Resource name of SiteSearchEngine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/siteSearchEngine`. If the caller does not have permission to access the [SiteSearchEngine], regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned.", +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Answer to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine_id}/sessions/{session_id}/answers/{answer_id}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/siteSearchEngine$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/sessions/[^/]+/answers/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SiteSearchEngine" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Answer" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] +} +} +} +} }, -"list": { -"description": "Lists all the DataStores associated with the project.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores", +"widgetConfigs": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Gets a WidgetConfig.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/widgetConfigs/{widgetConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.list", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.get", "parameterOrder": [ -"parent" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "Filter by solution type . For example: `filter = 'solution_type:SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH'`", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Maximum number of DataStores to return. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum allowed value is 50. Values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT is returned.", -"format": "int32", +"acceptCache": { +"description": "Optional. Whether it's acceptable to load the widget config from cache. If set to true, recent changes on widget configs may take a few minutes to reflect on the end user's view. It's recommended to set to true for maturely developed widgets, as it improves widget performance. Set to false to see changes reflected in prod right away, if your widget is under development.", "location": "query", -"type": "integer" +"type": "boolean" }, -"pageToken": { -"description": "A page token ListDataStoresResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous DataStoreService.ListDataStores call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to DataStoreService.ListDataStores must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"getWidgetConfigRequestOption.turnOffCollectionComponents": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to turn off collection_components in WidgetConfig to reduce latency and data transmission.", "location": "query", -"type": "string" +"type": "boolean" }, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent branch resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to list DataStores under this location, regardless of whether or not this data store exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned.", +"name": { +"description": "Required. Full WidgetConfig resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/widgetConfigs/{widget_config_id}`", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/widgetConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/dataStores", +"path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListDataStoresResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1WidgetConfig" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a DataStore", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}", +"description": "Update a WidgetConfig.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/widgetConfigs/{widgetConfigsId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.patch", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.widgetConfigs.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the widget config. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}/widgetConfigs/{widget_config_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/widgetConfigs/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided DataStore to update. If an unsupported or unknown field is provided, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided WidgetConfig to update. The following are the only supported fields: * WidgetConfig.enable_autocomplete If not set, all supported fields are updated.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -5424,90 +5499,197 @@ }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1WidgetConfig" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1WidgetConfig" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] } +} +} +} }, -"resources": { -"branches": { +"operations": { "methods": { -"batchGetDocumentsMetadata": { -"description": "Gets index freshness metadata for Documents. Supported for website search only.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/batchGetDocumentsMetadata", +"get": { +"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/operations/{operationsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.batchGetDocumentsMetadata", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.operations.get", "parameterOrder": [ -"parent" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"matcher.fhirMatcher.fhirResources": { -"description": "Required. The FHIR resources to match by. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}/fhirStores/{fhir_store}/fhir/{resource_type}/{fhir_resource_id}", -"location": "query", -"repeated": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"matcher.urisMatcher.uris": { -"description": "The exact URIs to match by.", -"location": "query", -"repeated": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent branch resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}`.", +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation resource.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/batchGetDocumentsMetadata", +"path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1BatchGetDocumentsMetadataResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/operations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.operations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "The standard list filter.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "The standard list page size.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "The standard list page token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] } +} +} +} }, -"resources": { -"documents": { +"dataStores": { "methods": { +"completeQuery": { +"description": "Completes the specified user input with keyword suggestions.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}:completeQuery", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.completeQuery", +"parameterOrder": [ +"dataStore" +], +"parameters": { +"dataStore": { +"description": "Required. The parent data store resource name for which the completion is performed, such as `projects/*/locations/global/collections/default_collection/dataStores/default_data_store`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"includeTailSuggestions": { +"description": "Indicates if tail suggestions should be returned if there are no suggestions that match the full query. Even if set to true, if there are suggestions that match the full query, those are returned and no tail suggestions are returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"query": { +"description": "Required. The typeahead input used to fetch suggestions. Maximum length is 128 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"queryModel": { +"description": "Specifies the autocomplete data model. This overrides any model specified in the Configuration > Autocomplete section of the Cloud console. Currently supported values: * `document` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported documents. * `search-history` - Using suggestions generated from the past history of SearchService.Search API calls. Do not use it when there is no traffic for Search API. * `user-event` - Using suggestions generated from user-imported search events. * `document-completable` - Using suggestions taken directly from user-imported document fields marked as completable. Default values: * `document` is the default model for regular dataStores. * `search-history` is the default model for site search dataStores.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"userPseudoId": { +"description": "Optional. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. This field should NOT have a fixed value such as `unknown_visitor`. This should be the same identifier as UserEvent.user_pseudo_id and SearchRequest.user_pseudo_id. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+dataStore}:completeQuery", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1CompleteQueryResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "create": { -"description": "Creates a Document.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents", +"description": "Creates a DataStore. DataStore is for storing Documents. To serve these documents for Search, or Recommendation use case, an Engine needs to be created separately.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores", "httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.create", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.create", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { -"documentId": { -"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Document, which becomes the final component of the Document.name. If the caller does not have permission to create the Document, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. This field must be unique among all Documents with the same parent. Otherwise, an `ALREADY_EXISTS` error is returned. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"cmekConfigName": { +"description": "Resource name of the CmekConfig to use for protecting this DataStore.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"createAdvancedSiteSearch": { +"description": "A boolean flag indicating whether user want to directly create an advanced data store for site search. If the data store is not configured as site search (GENERIC vertical and PUBLIC_WEBSITE content_config), this flag will be ignored.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"dataStoreId": { +"description": "Required. The ID to use for the DataStore, which will become the final component of the DataStore's resource name. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 63 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, +"disableCmek": { +"description": "DataStore without CMEK protections. If a default CmekConfig is set for the project, setting this field will override the default CmekConfig as well.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}`.", +"description": "Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}`.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"skipDefaultSchemaCreation": { +"description": "A boolean flag indicating whether to skip the default schema creation for the data store. Only enable this flag if you are certain that the default schema is incompatible with your use case. If set to true, you must manually create a schema for the data store before any documents can be ingested. This flag cannot be specified if `data_store.starting_schema` is specified.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/documents", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/dataStores", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Document" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Document" +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -5515,25 +5697,25 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Document.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents/{documentsId}", +"description": "Deletes a DataStore.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.delete", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.delete", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Full resource name of Document, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. If the caller does not have permission to delete the Document, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the Document to delete does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned.", +"description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to delete the DataStore, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the DataStore to delete does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -5541,54 +5723,51 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a Document.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents/{documentsId}", +"description": "Gets a DataStore.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.get", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.get", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { "name": { -"description": "Required. Full resource name of Document, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the Document, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested Document does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned.", +"description": "Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the DataStore, regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned. If the requested DataStore does not exist, a NOT_FOUND error is returned.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Document" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"import": { -"description": "Bulk import of multiple Documents. Request processing may be synchronous. Non-existing items are created. Note: It is possible for a subset of the Documents to be successfully updated.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents:import", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.import", +"getSiteSearchEngine": { +"description": "Gets the SiteSearchEngine.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/siteSearchEngine", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.getSiteSearchEngine", "parameterOrder": [ -"parent" +"name" ], "parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent branch resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}`. Requires create/update permission.", +"name": { +"description": "Required. Resource name of SiteSearchEngine, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/siteSearchEngine`. If the caller does not have permission to access the [SiteSearchEngine], regardless of whether or not it exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/siteSearchEngine$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/documents:import", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ImportDocumentsRequest" -}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SiteSearchEngine" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -5596,36 +5775,41 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Gets a list of Documents.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents", +"description": "Lists all the DataStores associated with the project.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores", "httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.list", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.list", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Filter by solution type . For example: `filter = 'solution_type:SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH'`", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, "pageSize": { -"description": "Maximum number of Documents to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value is 1000. Values above 1000 are set to 1000. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"description": "Maximum number of DataStores to return. If unspecified, defaults to 10. The maximum allowed value is 50. Values above 50 will be coerced to 50. If this field is negative, an INVALID_ARGUMENT is returned.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" }, "pageToken": { -"description": "A page token ListDocumentsResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous DocumentService.ListDocuments call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to DocumentService.ListDocuments must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"description": "A page token ListDataStoresResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous DataStoreService.ListDataStores call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to DataStoreService.ListDataStores must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, "parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent branch resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}`. Use `default_branch` as the branch ID, to list documents under the default branch. If the caller does not have permission to list Documents under this branch, regardless of whether or not this branch exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned.", +"description": "Required. The parent branch resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}`. If the caller does not have permission to list DataStores under this location, regardless of whether or not this data store exists, a PERMISSION_DENIED error is returned.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" } }, -"path": "v1/{+parent}/documents", +"path": "v1/{+parent}/dataStores", "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListDocumentsResponse" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListDataStoresResponse" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", @@ -5633,28 +5817,23 @@ ] }, "patch": { -"description": "Updates a Document.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents/{documentsId}", +"description": "Updates a DataStore", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.patch", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.patch", "parameterOrder": [ "name" ], "parameters": { -"allowMissing": { -"description": "If set to `true` and the Document is not found, a new Document is be created.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, "name": { -"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The full resource name of the data store. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", "location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+$", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+$", "required": true, "type": "string" }, "updateMask": { -"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided imported 'document' to update. If not set, by default updates all fields.", +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided DataStore to update. If an unsupported or unknown field is provided, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.", "format": "google-fieldmask", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -5662,33 +5841,271 @@ }, "path": "v1/{+name}", "request": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Document" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore" }, "response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Document" +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1DataStore" }, "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] +} }, -"purge": { -"description": "Permanently deletes all selected Documents in a branch. This process is asynchronous. Depending on the number of Documents to be deleted, this operation can take hours to complete. Before the delete operation completes, some Documents might still be returned by DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. To get a list of the Documents to be deleted, set PurgeDocumentsRequest.force to false.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents:purge", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.purge", +"resources": { +"branches": { +"methods": { +"batchGetDocumentsMetadata": { +"description": "Gets index freshness metadata for Documents. Supported for website search only.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/batchGetDocumentsMetadata", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.batchGetDocumentsMetadata", "parameterOrder": [ "parent" ], "parameters": { -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}`.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, +"matcher.fhirMatcher.fhirResources": { +"description": "Required. The FHIR resources to match by. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/datasets/{dataset}/fhirStores/{fhir_store}/fhir/{resource_type}/{fhir_resource_id}", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"matcher.urisMatcher.uris": { +"description": "The exact URIs to match by.", +"location": "query", +"repeated": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent branch resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/batchGetDocumentsMetadata", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1BatchGetDocumentsMetadataResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"documents": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a Document.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"documentId": { +"description": "Required. The ID to use for the Document, which becomes the final component of the Document.name. If the caller does not have permission to create the Document, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. This field must be unique among all Documents with the same parent. Otherwise, an `ALREADY_EXISTS` error is returned. This field must conform to [RFC-1034](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034) standard with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/documents", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Document" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Document" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a Document.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents/{documentsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of Document, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. If the caller does not have permission to delete the Document, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the Document to delete does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets a Document.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents/{documentsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Full resource name of Document, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document}`. If the caller does not have permission to access the Document, regardless of whether or not it exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned. If the requested Document does not exist, a `NOT_FOUND` error is returned.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Document" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, +"import": { +"description": "Bulk import of multiple Documents. Request processing may be synchronous. Non-existing items are created. Note: It is possible for a subset of the Documents to be successfully updated.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents:import", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.import", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent branch resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}`. Requires create/update permission.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/documents:import", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ImportDocumentsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Gets a list of Documents.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Maximum number of Documents to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value is 1000. Values above 1000 are set to 1000. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "A page token ListDocumentsResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous DocumentService.ListDocuments call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to DocumentService.ListDocuments must match the call that provided the page token. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent branch resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}`. Use `default_branch` as the branch ID, to list documents under the default branch. If the caller does not have permission to list Documents under this branch, regardless of whether or not this branch exists, a `PERMISSION_DENIED` error is returned.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/documents", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ListDocumentsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, +"patch": { +"description": "Updates a Document.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents/{documentsId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.patch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"allowMissing": { +"description": "If set to `true` and the Document is not found, a new Document is be created.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Immutable. The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`. This field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1024 characters.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+/documents/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"updateMask": { +"description": "Indicates which fields in the provided imported 'document' to update. If not set, by default updates all fields.", +"format": "google-fieldmask", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Document" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Document" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, +"purge": { +"description": "Permanently deletes all selected Documents in a branch. This process is asynchronous. Depending on the number of Documents to be deleted, this operation can take hours to complete. Before the delete operation completes, some Documents might still be returned by DocumentService.GetDocument or DocumentService.ListDocuments. To get a list of the Documents to be deleted, set PurgeDocumentsRequest.force to false.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/documents:purge", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.documents.purge", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource name, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/dataStores/[^/]+/branches/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, "path": "v1/{+parent}/documents:purge", "request": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeDocumentsRequest" @@ -8781,29 +9198,981 @@ "location": "query", "type": "string" }, -"returnPartialSuccess": { -"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -} +"returnPartialSuccess": { +"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20260215", +"rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"A2aV1APIKeySecurityScheme": { +"id": "A2aV1APIKeySecurityScheme", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Description of this security scheme.", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"description": "Location of the API key, valid values are \"query\", \"header\", or \"cookie\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Name of the header, query or cookie parameter to be used.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1AgentCapabilities": { +"description": "Defines the A2A feature set supported by the agent", +"id": "A2aV1AgentCapabilities", +"properties": { +"extensions": { +"description": "Extensions supported by this agent.", +"items": { +"$ref": "A2aV1AgentExtension" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"pushNotifications": { +"description": "If the agent can send push notifications to the clients webhook", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"streaming": { +"description": "If the agent will support streaming responses", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1AgentCard": { +"description": "AgentCard conveys key information: - Overall details (version, name, description, uses) - Skills; a set of actions/solutions the agent can perform - Default modalities/content types supported by the agent. - Authentication requirements Next ID: 19", +"id": "A2aV1AgentCard", +"properties": { +"additionalInterfaces": { +"description": "Announcement of additional supported transports. Client can use any of the supported transports.", +"items": { +"$ref": "A2aV1AgentInterface" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"capabilities": { +"$ref": "A2aV1AgentCapabilities", +"description": "A2A Capability set supported by the agent." +}, +"defaultInputModes": { +"description": "protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The set of interaction modes that the agent supports across all skills. This can be overridden per skill. Defined as mime types.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"defaultOutputModes": { +"description": "The mime types supported as outputs from this agent.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"description": { +"description": "A description of the agent's domain of action/solution space. Example: \"Agent that helps users with recipes and cooking.\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentationUrl": { +"description": "A url to provide additional documentation about the agent.", +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUrl": { +"description": "An optional URL to an icon for the agent.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "A human readable name for the agent. Example: \"Recipe Agent\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"preferredTransport": { +"description": "The transport of the preferred endpoint. If empty, defaults to JSONRPC.", +"type": "string" +}, +"protocolVersion": { +"description": "The version of the A2A protocol this agent supports.", +"type": "string" +}, +"provider": { +"$ref": "A2aV1AgentProvider", +"description": "The service provider of the agent." +}, +"security": { +"description": "protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Security requirements for contacting the agent. This list can be seen as an OR of ANDs. Each object in the list describes one possible set of security requirements that must be present on a request. This allows specifying, for example, \"callers must either use OAuth OR an API Key AND mTLS.\" Example: security { schemes { key: \"oauth\" value { list: [\"read\"] } } } security { schemes { key: \"api-key\" } schemes { key: \"mtls\" } }", +"items": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Security" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"securitySchemes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "A2aV1SecurityScheme" +}, +"description": "The security scheme details used for authenticating with this agent.", +"type": "object" +}, +"signatures": { +"description": "JSON Web Signatures computed for this AgentCard.", +"items": { +"$ref": "A2aV1AgentCardSignature" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"skills": { +"description": "Skills represent a unit of ability an agent can perform. This may somewhat abstract but represents a more focused set of actions that the agent is highly likely to succeed at.", +"items": { +"$ref": "A2aV1AgentSkill" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"supportsAuthenticatedExtendedCard": { +"description": "Whether the agent supports providing an extended agent card when the user is authenticated, i.e. is the card from .well-known different than the card from GetAgentCard.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"url": { +"description": "A URL to the address the agent is hosted at. This represents the preferred endpoint as declared by the agent.", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "The version of the agent. Example: \"1.0.0\"", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1AgentCardSignature": { +"description": "AgentCardSignature represents a JWS signature of an AgentCard. This follows the JSON format of an RFC 7515 JSON Web Signature (JWS).", +"id": "A2aV1AgentCardSignature", +"properties": { +"header": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The unprotected JWS header values.", +"type": "object" +}, +"protected": { +"description": "Required. The protected JWS header for the signature. This is always a base64url-encoded JSON object. Required.", +"type": "string" +}, +"signature": { +"description": "Required. The computed signature, base64url-encoded. Required.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1AgentExtension": { +"description": "A declaration of an extension supported by an Agent.", +"id": "A2aV1AgentExtension", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "A description of how this agent uses this extension. Example: \"Google OAuth 2.0 authentication\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"params": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional configuration for the extension.", +"type": "object" +}, +"required": { +"description": "Whether the client must follow specific requirements of the extension. Example: false", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"uri": { +"description": "The URI of the extension. Example: \"https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/oauth2\"", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1AgentInterface": { +"description": "Defines additional transport information for the agent.", +"id": "A2aV1AgentInterface", +"properties": { +"tenant": { +"description": "Tenant to be set in the request when calling the agent. Experimental, might still change for 1.0 release.", +"type": "string" +}, +"transport": { +"description": "The transport supported this url. This is an open form string, to be easily extended for many transport protocols. The core ones officially supported are JSONRPC, GRPC and HTTP+JSON.", +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "The url this interface is found at.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1AgentProvider": { +"description": "Represents information about the service provider of an agent.", +"id": "A2aV1AgentProvider", +"properties": { +"organization": { +"description": "The providers organization name Example: \"Google\"", +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "The providers reference url Example: \"https://ai.google.dev\"", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1AgentSkill": { +"description": "AgentSkill represents a unit of action/solution that the agent can perform. One can think of this as a type of highly reliable solution that an agent can be tasked to provide. Agents have the autonomy to choose how and when to use specific skills, but clients should have confidence that if the skill is defined that unit of action can be reliably performed.", +"id": "A2aV1AgentSkill", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "A human (or llm) readable description of the skill details and behaviors.", +"type": "string" +}, +"examples": { +"description": "A set of example queries that this skill is designed to address. These examples should help the caller to understand how to craft requests to the agent to achieve specific goals. Example: [\"I need a recipe for bread\"]", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Unique identifier of the skill within this agent.", +"type": "string" +}, +"inputModes": { +"description": "Possible input modalities supported.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"name": { +"description": "A human readable name for the skill.", +"type": "string" +}, +"outputModes": { +"description": "Possible output modalities produced", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"security": { +"description": "protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Security schemes necessary for the agent to leverage this skill. As in the overall AgentCard.security, this list represents a logical OR of security requirement objects. Each object is a set of security schemes that must be used together (a logical AND). protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED", +"items": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Security" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"tags": { +"description": "A set of tags for the skill to enhance categorization/utilization. Example: [\"cooking\", \"customer support\", \"billing\"]", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1Artifact": { +"description": "Artifacts are the container for task completed results. These are similar to Messages but are intended to be the product of a task, as opposed to point-to-point communication.", +"id": "A2aV1Artifact", +"properties": { +"artifactId": { +"description": "Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the artifact. It must be at least unique within a task.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "A human readable description of the artifact, optional.", +"type": "string" +}, +"extensions": { +"description": "The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Artifact.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional metadata included with the artifact.", +"type": "object" +}, +"name": { +"description": "A human readable name for the artifact.", +"type": "string" +}, +"parts": { +"description": "The content of the artifact.", +"items": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Part" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1AuthenticationInfo": { +"description": "Defines authentication details, used for push notifications.", +"id": "A2aV1AuthenticationInfo", +"properties": { +"credentials": { +"description": "Optional credentials", +"type": "string" +}, +"schemes": { +"description": "Supported authentication schemes - e.g. Basic, Bearer, etc", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1AuthorizationCodeOAuthFlow": { +"id": "A2aV1AuthorizationCodeOAuthFlow", +"properties": { +"authorizationUrl": { +"description": "The authorization URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS", +"type": "string" +}, +"refreshUrl": { +"description": "The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.", +"type": "object" +}, +"tokenUrl": { +"description": "The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1CancelTaskRequest": { +"id": "A2aV1CancelTaskRequest", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1ClientCredentialsOAuthFlow": { +"id": "A2aV1ClientCredentialsOAuthFlow", +"properties": { +"refreshUrl": { +"description": "The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.", +"type": "object" +}, +"tokenUrl": { +"description": "The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1DataPart": { +"description": "DataPart represents a structured blob. This is most commonly a JSON payload.", +"id": "A2aV1DataPart", +"properties": { +"data": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1FilePart": { +"description": "FilePart represents the different ways files can be provided. If files are small, directly feeding the bytes is supported via file_with_bytes. If the file is large, the agent should read the content as appropriate directly from the file_with_uri source.", +"id": "A2aV1FilePart", +"properties": { +"fileWithBytes": { +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileWithUri": { +"type": "string" +}, +"mimeType": { +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1HTTPAuthSecurityScheme": { +"id": "A2aV1HTTPAuthSecurityScheme", +"properties": { +"bearerFormat": { +"description": "A hint to the client to identify how the bearer token is formatted. Bearer tokens are usually generated by an authorization server, so this information is primarily for documentation purposes.", +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Description of this security scheme.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scheme": { +"description": "The name of the HTTP Authentication scheme to be used in the Authorization header as defined in RFC7235. The values used SHOULD be registered in the IANA Authentication Scheme registry. The value is case-insensitive, as defined in RFC7235.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1ImplicitOAuthFlow": { +"id": "A2aV1ImplicitOAuthFlow", +"properties": { +"authorizationUrl": { +"description": "The authorization URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS", +"type": "string" +}, +"refreshUrl": { +"description": "The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1ListTaskPushNotificationConfigResponse": { +"id": "A2aV1ListTaskPushNotificationConfigResponse", +"properties": { +"configs": { +"description": "The list of push notification configurations.", +"items": { +"$ref": "A2aV1TaskPushNotificationConfig" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1Message": { +"description": "Message is one unit of communication between client and server. It is associated with a context and optionally a task. Since the server is responsible for the context definition, it must always provide a context_id in its messages. The client can optionally provide the context_id if it knows the context to associate the message to. Similarly for task_id, except the server decides if a task is created and whether to include the task_id.", +"id": "A2aV1Message", +"properties": { +"content": { +"description": "protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Content is the container of the message content.", +"items": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Part" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"contextId": { +"description": "The context id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given context.", +"type": "string" +}, +"extensions": { +"description": "The URIs of extensions that are present or contributed to this Message.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"messageId": { +"description": "The unique identifier (e.g. UUID)of the message. This is required and created by the message creator.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED Any optional metadata to provide along with the message.", +"type": "object" +}, +"role": { +"description": "A role for the message.", +"enum": [ +"ROLE_UNSPECIFIED", +"ROLE_USER", +"ROLE_AGENT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"USER role refers to communication from the client to the server.", +"AGENT role refers to communication from the server to the client." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"taskId": { +"description": "The task id of the message. This is optional and if set, the message will be associated with the given task.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1MutualTlsSecurityScheme": { +"id": "A2aV1MutualTlsSecurityScheme", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Description of this security scheme.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1OAuth2SecurityScheme": { +"id": "A2aV1OAuth2SecurityScheme", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Description of this security scheme.", +"type": "string" +}, +"flows": { +"$ref": "A2aV1OAuthFlows", +"description": "An object containing configuration information for the flow types supported" +}, +"oauth2MetadataUrl": { +"description": "URL to the oauth2 authorization server metadata [RFC8414](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc8414). TLS is required.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1OAuthFlows": { +"id": "A2aV1OAuthFlows", +"properties": { +"authorizationCode": { +"$ref": "A2aV1AuthorizationCodeOAuthFlow" +}, +"clientCredentials": { +"$ref": "A2aV1ClientCredentialsOAuthFlow" +}, +"implicit": { +"$ref": "A2aV1ImplicitOAuthFlow" +}, +"password": { +"$ref": "A2aV1PasswordOAuthFlow" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1OpenIdConnectSecurityScheme": { +"id": "A2aV1OpenIdConnectSecurityScheme", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Description of this security scheme.", +"type": "string" +}, +"openIdConnectUrl": { +"description": "Well-known URL to discover the [[OpenID-Connect-Discovery]] provider metadata.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1Part": { +"description": "Part represents a container for a section of communication content. Parts can be purely textual, some sort of file (image, video, etc) or a structured data blob (i.e. JSON).", +"id": "A2aV1Part", +"properties": { +"data": { +"$ref": "A2aV1DataPart" +}, +"file": { +"$ref": "A2aV1FilePart" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional metadata associated with this part.", +"type": "object" +}, +"text": { +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1PasswordOAuthFlow": { +"id": "A2aV1PasswordOAuthFlow", +"properties": { +"refreshUrl": { +"description": "The URL to be used for obtaining refresh tokens. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.", +"type": "string" +}, +"scopes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "The available scopes for the OAuth2 security scheme. A map between the scope name and a short description for it. The map MAY be empty.", +"type": "object" +}, +"tokenUrl": { +"description": "The token URL to be used for this flow. This MUST be in the form of a URL. The OAuth2 standard requires the use of TLS.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1PushNotificationConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for setting up push notifications for task updates.", +"id": "A2aV1PushNotificationConfig", +"properties": { +"authentication": { +"$ref": "A2aV1AuthenticationInfo", +"description": "Information about the authentication to sent with the notification" +}, +"id": { +"description": "A unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for this push notification.", +"type": "string" +}, +"token": { +"description": "Token unique for this task/session", +"type": "string" +}, +"url": { +"description": "Url to send the notification too", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1Security": { +"id": "A2aV1Security", +"properties": { +"schemes": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "A2aV1StringList" +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1SecurityScheme": { +"id": "A2aV1SecurityScheme", +"properties": { +"apiKeySecurityScheme": { +"$ref": "A2aV1APIKeySecurityScheme" +}, +"httpAuthSecurityScheme": { +"$ref": "A2aV1HTTPAuthSecurityScheme" +}, +"mtlsSecurityScheme": { +"$ref": "A2aV1MutualTlsSecurityScheme" +}, +"oauth2SecurityScheme": { +"$ref": "A2aV1OAuth2SecurityScheme" +}, +"openIdConnectSecurityScheme": { +"$ref": "A2aV1OpenIdConnectSecurityScheme" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1SendMessageConfiguration": { +"description": "Configuration of a send message request.", +"id": "A2aV1SendMessageConfiguration", +"properties": { +"acceptedOutputModes": { +"description": "The output modes that the agent is expected to respond with.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"blocking": { +"description": "If true, the message will be blocking until the task is completed. If false, the message will be non-blocking and the task will be returned immediately. It is the caller's responsibility to check for any task updates.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"historyLength": { +"description": "The maximum number of messages to include in the history. if 0, the history will be unlimited.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pushNotification": { +"$ref": "A2aV1PushNotificationConfig", +"description": "A configuration of a webhook that can be used to receive updates" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1SendMessageRequest": { +"description": "/////////// Request Messages ///////////", +"id": "A2aV1SendMessageRequest", +"properties": { +"configuration": { +"$ref": "A2aV1SendMessageConfiguration", +"description": "Configuration for the send request." +}, +"message": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Message", +"description": "Required. The message to send to the agent." +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional metadata for the request.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1SendMessageResponse": { +"description": "////// Response Messages ///////////", +"id": "A2aV1SendMessageResponse", +"properties": { +"message": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Message" +}, +"task": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Task" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1StreamResponse": { +"description": "The stream response for a message. The stream should be one of the following sequences: If the response is a message, the stream should contain one, and only one, message and then close If the response is a task lifecycle, the first response should be a Task object followed by zero or more TaskStatusUpdateEvents and TaskArtifactUpdateEvents. The stream should complete when the Task if in an interrupted or terminal state. A stream that ends before these conditions are met are", +"id": "A2aV1StreamResponse", +"properties": { +"artifactUpdate": { +"$ref": "A2aV1TaskArtifactUpdateEvent" +}, +"message": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Message" +}, +"statusUpdate": { +"$ref": "A2aV1TaskStatusUpdateEvent" +}, +"task": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Task" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1StringList": { +"description": "protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED", +"id": "A2aV1StringList", +"properties": { +"list": { +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1Task": { +"description": "Task is the core unit of action for A2A. It has a current status and when results are created for the task they are stored in the artifact. If there are multiple turns for a task, these are stored in history.", +"id": "A2aV1Task", +"properties": { +"artifacts": { +"description": "A set of output artifacts for a Task.", +"items": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Artifact" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"contextId": { +"description": "Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the contextual collection of interactions (tasks and messages). Created by the A2A server.", +"type": "string" +}, +"history": { +"description": "protolint:disable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED The history of interactions from a task.", +"items": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Message" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"id": { +"description": "Unique identifier (e.g. UUID) for the task, generated by the server for a new task.", +"type": "string" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "protolint:enable REPEATED_FIELD_NAMES_PLURALIZED A key/value object to store custom metadata about a task.", +"type": "object" +}, +"status": { +"$ref": "A2aV1TaskStatus", +"description": "The current status of a Task, including state and a message." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1TaskArtifactUpdateEvent": { +"description": "TaskArtifactUpdateEvent represents a task delta where an artifact has been generated.", +"id": "A2aV1TaskArtifactUpdateEvent", +"properties": { +"append": { +"description": "Whether this should be appended to a prior one produced", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"artifact": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Artifact", +"description": "The artifact itself" +}, +"contextId": { +"description": "The id of the context that this task belongs too", +"type": "string" +}, +"lastChunk": { +"description": "Whether this represents the last part of an artifact", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional metadata associated with the artifact update.", +"type": "object" +}, +"taskId": { +"description": "The id of the task for this artifact", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1TaskPushNotificationConfig": { +"id": "A2aV1TaskPushNotificationConfig", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "The resource name of the config. Format: tasks/{task_id}/pushNotificationConfigs/{config_id}", +"type": "string" +}, +"pushNotificationConfig": { +"$ref": "A2aV1PushNotificationConfig", +"description": "The push notification configuration details." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1TaskStatus": { +"description": "A container for the status of a task", +"id": "A2aV1TaskStatus", +"properties": { +"message": { +"$ref": "A2aV1Message", +"description": "A message associated with the status." +}, +"state": { +"description": "The current state of this task", +"enum": [ +"TASK_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TASK_STATE_SUBMITTED", +"TASK_STATE_WORKING", +"TASK_STATE_COMPLETED", +"TASK_STATE_FAILED", +"TASK_STATE_CANCELLED", +"TASK_STATE_INPUT_REQUIRED", +"TASK_STATE_REJECTED", +"TASK_STATE_AUTH_REQUIRED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Represents the status that acknowledges a task is created", +"Represents the status that a task is actively being processed", +"Represents the status a task is finished. This is a terminal state", +"Represents the status a task is done but failed. This is a terminal state", +"Represents the status a task was cancelled before it finished. This is a terminal state.", +"Represents the status that the task requires information to complete. This is an interrupted state.", +"Represents the status that the agent has decided to not perform the task. This may be done during initial task creation or later once an agent has determined it can't or won't proceed. This is a terminal state.", +"Represents the state that some authentication is needed from the upstream client. Authentication is expected to come out-of-band thus this is not an interrupted or terminal state." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"timestamp": { +"description": "Timestamp when the status was recorded. Example: \"2023-10-27T10:00:00Z\"", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"A2aV1TaskStatusUpdateEvent": { +"description": "TaskStatusUpdateEvent is a delta even on a task indicating that a task has changed.", +"id": "A2aV1TaskStatusUpdateEvent", +"properties": { +"contextId": { +"description": "The id of the context that the task belongs to", +"type": "string" +}, +"final": { +"description": "Whether this is the last status update expected for this task.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"metadata": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Optional metadata to associate with the task update.", +"type": "object" }, -"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningListOperationsResponse" +"status": { +"$ref": "A2aV1TaskStatus", +"description": "The new status of the task." }, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -} -} -} -} +"taskId": { +"description": "The id of the task that is changed", +"type": "string" } }, -"revision": "20260130", -"rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", -"schemas": { +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleApiDistribution": { "description": "`Distribution` contains summary statistics for a population of values. It optionally contains a histogram representing the distribution of those values across a set of buckets. The summary statistics are the count, mean, sum of the squared deviation from the mean, the minimum, and the maximum of the set of population of values. The histogram is based on a sequence of buckets and gives a count of values that fall into each bucket. The boundaries of the buckets are given either explicitly or by formulas for buckets of fixed or exponentially increasing widths. Although it is not forbidden, it is generally a bad idea to include non-finite values (infinities or NaNs) in the population of values, as this will render the `mean` and `sum_of_squared_deviation` fields meaningless.", "id": "GoogleApiDistribution", @@ -12550,14 +13919,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -13180,7 +14551,9 @@ "THIRD_PARTY_FEDERATED", "THIRD_PARTY_EUA", "GCNV", -"GOOGLE_CHAT" +"GOOGLE_CHAT", +"GOOGLE_SITES", +"REMOTE_MCP" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", @@ -13195,7 +14568,9 @@ "Federated connector, it is a third party connector that doesn't ingestion data, and search is powered by third party application's API.", "Connector utilized for End User Authentication features.", "Google Cloud NetApp Volumes connector.", -"Google Chat connector." +"Google Chat connector.", +"Google Sites connector.", +"Remote MCP based connector." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -13688,14 +15063,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -14388,6 +15765,13 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"connectorTenantInfo": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., \"hybrid-github\", \"shopify\") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent.", +"type": "object" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -14486,14 +15870,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -14732,6 +16118,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -14740,18 +16127,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -15569,6 +16957,16 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -15601,13 +16999,17 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -15618,13 +17020,15 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_UNSPECIFIED", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_MONTH", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_YEAR", -"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS" +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_CUSTOM" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value, do not use.", "1 month.", "1 year.", -"3 years." +"3 years.", +"Custom term. Must set the end_date." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -15639,6 +17043,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -15647,18 +17052,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -16185,6 +17591,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -16200,6 +17610,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -18398,14 +19830,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -19607,14 +21041,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -20367,6 +21803,10 @@ false "languageCode": { "description": "Optional. The language code used for notifications", "type": "string" +}, +"regionCode": { +"description": "Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -22014,14 +23454,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -22417,7 +23859,9 @@ false "THIRD_PARTY_FEDERATED", "THIRD_PARTY_EUA", "GCNV", -"GOOGLE_CHAT" +"GOOGLE_CHAT", +"GOOGLE_SITES", +"REMOTE_MCP" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", @@ -22432,7 +23876,9 @@ false "Federated connector, it is a third party connector that doesn't ingestion data, and search is powered by third party application's API.", "Connector utilized for End User Authentication features.", "Google Cloud NetApp Volumes connector.", -"Google Chat connector." +"Google Chat connector.", +"Google Sites connector.", +"Remote MCP based connector." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -22447,6 +23893,10 @@ false "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector." +}, "dataSource": { "description": "Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`.", "type": "string" @@ -22794,6 +24244,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for a connector.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore": { "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore", @@ -22934,14 +24406,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -23507,6 +24981,13 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"connectorTenantInfo": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., \"hybrid-github\", \"shopify\") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent.", +"type": "object" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -23614,14 +25095,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -23916,6 +25399,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -23924,18 +25408,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -24736,6 +26221,16 @@ false "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -24768,13 +26263,17 @@ false "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -24785,13 +26284,15 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_UNSPECIFIED", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_MONTH", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_YEAR", -"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS" +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_CUSTOM" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value, do not use.", "1 month.", "1 year.", -"3 years." +"3 years.", +"Custom term. Must set the end_date." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -24806,6 +26307,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -24814,18 +26316,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -25086,6 +26589,10 @@ false "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -25101,6 +26608,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -25382,6 +26911,13 @@ false "description": "Defines a user inputed query.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQuery", "properties": { +"parts": { +"description": "Query content parts.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "queryId": { "description": "Output only. Unique Id for the query.", "readOnly": true, @@ -25394,6 +26930,137 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart": { +"description": "Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart", +"properties": { +"documentReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference", +"description": "Other VAIS Document references." +}, +"driveDocumentReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference", +"description": "Reference to a Google Drive document." +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is \"text/plain\" for the \"data\" field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"personReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference", +"description": "Reference to a person." +}, +"text": { +"description": "Text content.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uiJsonPayload": { +"description": "This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference": { +"description": "Represents a document reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayTitle": { +"description": "The display title of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUri": { +"description": "The icon uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"urlForConnector": { +"description": "Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference": { +"description": "Represents a Google Drive document reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayTitle": { +"description": "The display title of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"driveId": { +"description": "The Drive id of the document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUri": { +"description": "The icon uri of the Drive document reference.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference": { +"description": "Represents a person reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "The display name of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayPhotoUri": { +"description": "The display photo url of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"email": { +"description": "The email of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"personId": { +"description": "The person id of the person.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecrawlUrisMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.RecrawlUris operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecrawlUrisMetadata", @@ -25824,6 +27491,11 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -26329,6 +28001,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -27627,14 +29304,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -28044,14 +29723,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -28481,6 +30162,13 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"connectorTenantInfo": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., \"hybrid-github\", \"shopify\") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent.", +"type": "object" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -28579,14 +30267,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -28825,6 +30515,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -28833,18 +30524,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -29377,6 +31069,16 @@ false "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -29409,13 +31111,17 @@ false "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -29426,13 +31132,15 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_UNSPECIFIED", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_MONTH", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_YEAR", -"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS" +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_CUSTOM" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value, do not use.", "1 month.", "1 year.", -"3 years." +"3 years.", +"Custom term. Must set the end_date." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -29447,6 +31155,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -29455,18 +31164,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -29654,6 +31364,10 @@ false "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -29669,6 +31383,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -30034,6 +31770,11 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -30535,6 +32276,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -31369,6 +33115,63 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleIamV1Binding": { +"description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1Binding", +"properties": { +"condition": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeExpr", +"description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)." +}, +"members": { +"description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"role": { +"description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleIamV1Policy": { +"description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", +"id": "GoogleIamV1Policy", +"properties": { +"bindings": { +"description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Binding" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy", +"description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest": { "description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", "id": "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest", @@ -31674,6 +33477,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleTypeExpr": { +"description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.", +"id": "GoogleTypeExpr", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.", +"type": "string" +}, +"expression": { +"description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.", +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleTypeTimeZone": { "description": "Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones).", "id": "GoogleTypeTimeZone", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json index e0750606737..0cd670e4a91 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json @@ -395,6 +395,64 @@ "resources": { "locations": { "methods": { +"completeExternalIdentities": { +"description": "This method provides suggestions for users and groups managed in an external identity provider, based on the provided prefix.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:completeExternalIdentities", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.completeExternalIdentities", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"entityTypeFilter": { +"description": "Optional. The type of entities to fetch. If not set, all entity types will be returned.", +"enum": [ +"ENTITY_TYPE_FILTER_UNSPECIFIED", +"USERS", +"GROUPS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified entity type filter.", +"Fetch only users.", +"Fetch only groups." +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"maxSuggestions": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of user and group results to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 6 results will be returned. The limit is distributed as evenly as possible across users and groups. For example, if max_suggestions is 7, the service may return 4 users and 3 groups. If there are fewer suggestions of one type than half the limit, the other type may return more suggestions up to the max_suggestions limit.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent location resource name, such as `projects/*/locations/global`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"prefixQuery": { +"description": "Required. The prefix to search for. For users, this prefix is matched against the `primary_email`. For groups, this prefix is matched against the `display_name`. The matching is case-insensitive.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"useScimIdentities": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to use scim identities for external identity completion. If false, we will call the Microsoft graph API to fetch the external identities.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}:completeExternalIdentities", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteExternalIdentitiesResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "estimateDataSize": { "description": "Estimates the data size to be used by a customer.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:estimateDataSize", @@ -1360,7 +1418,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { -"description": "Required. Connector name of the form projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/ {collection_id}/dataConnector", +"description": "Required. Connector name of the form `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataConnector`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/dataConnector$", "required": true, @@ -4900,7 +4958,7 @@ "engines": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a Engine.", +"description": "Creates an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.create", @@ -4934,7 +4992,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Engine.", +"description": "Deletes an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.delete", @@ -4960,7 +5018,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a Engine.", +"description": "Gets an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.get", @@ -4985,6 +5043,38 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "getWorkspaceSettings": { "description": "Get Workspace settings for the end user.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:getWorkspaceSettings", @@ -5089,7 +5179,7 @@ ] }, "pause": { -"description": "Pauses the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"description": "Pauses the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:pause", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.pause", @@ -5118,7 +5208,7 @@ ] }, "resume": { -"description": "Resumes the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"description": "Resumes the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:resume", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.resume", @@ -5146,8 +5236,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.", +"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1alpha/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "tune": { -"description": "Tunes an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"description": "Tunes an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:tune", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.tune", @@ -5400,87 +5519,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"listAvailableAgentViews": { -"description": "Lists the data for displaying the Agents under an Assistant which are available to the caller.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}:listAvailableAgentViews", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.listAvailableAgentViews", -"parameterOrder": [ -"parent" -], -"parameters": { -"adminView": { -"description": "Optional. Indicates whether to consider if the caller is an admin. If set, and the caller is an admin, the response will consider admin-only permissions. Otherwise, a caller with admin permissions will get a response as an unprivileged user.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"agentOrigin": { -"description": "Optional. The origin of the Agent.", -"enum": [ -"AGENT_ORIGIN_UNSPECIFIED", -"GOOGLE", -"ORGANIZATION", -"USER" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The origin is unspecified.", -"Agent defined by Google.", -"Agent defined by the organization.", -"Agent defined by the user." -], -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"filter": { -"description": "Optional. The filter syntax consists of an expression language for constructing a predicate from one or more fields of the files being filtered. Filter expression is case-sensitive. Allowed fields are: * `display_name` * `state` Some examples of filters would be: * `display_name = 'agent_1'` * `display_name = 'agent_1' AND state = ENABLED` For a full description of the filter format, please see https://google.aip.dev/160.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"languageCode": { -"description": "Optional. The UI language currently shown to the user. Specifying this field request that the texts in the AgentViews in the response should be translated to this language.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"maxSuggestedPrompts": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of suggested prompts to return per agent.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. Maximum number of AgentViews to return. If unspecified, defaults to 100. The maximum allowed value is 1000; anything above that will be coerced down to 1000.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "Optional. A page token ListAvailableAgentViewsResponse.next_page_token, received from a previous AgentService.ListAvailableAgentViews call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to ListAvailableAgentViews must match the call that provided the page token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"parent": { -"description": "Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"sortBy": { -"description": "Optional. The field to sort by. Can have the following values: - display-name: The display name of the agent. - description: The description of the agent. - create-time: The creation time of the agent. - state: The state of the agent.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}:listAvailableAgentViews", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListAvailableAgentViewsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, "patch": { "description": "Updates an Assistant", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}", @@ -5608,70 +5646,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"disableAgent": { -"description": "Disables an Agent. The `state` of the Agent becomes `DISABLED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `ENABLED` or`SUSPENDED`, otherwise it returns an error.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}:disableAgent", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.disableAgent", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the Agent to disable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"revisionId": { -"description": "Optional. The Revision ID of the Agent to disable. If not specified, the latest revision will be disabled.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:disableAgent", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgent" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, -"enableAgent": { -"description": "Enables an Agent. The `state` of the Agent becomes `ENABLED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `DISABLED` or 'SUSPENDED', otherwise it returns an error.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}:enableAgent", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.enableAgent", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the Agent to enable. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"revisionId": { -"description": "Optional. The Revision ID of the Agent to enable. If not specified, the latest revision will be enabled.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:enableAgent", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgent" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, "get": { "description": "Gets an Agent.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}", @@ -5699,82 +5673,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, -"getAgentView": { -"description": "Returns a AgentView for a given Agent, which contains additional information about the Agent.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}:getAgentView", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.getAgentView", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"adminView": { -"description": "Optional. Indicates whether to consider if the caller is an admin. If set, and the caller is an admin, the response will consider admin-only permissions. Otherwise, a caller with admin permissions will get a response as an unprivileged user.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"languageCode": { -"description": "Optional. The UI language currently shown to the user. Specifying this field request that the texts in the AgentView in the response should be translated to this language.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"maxSuggestedPrompts": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of suggested prompts to return per agent.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the Agent to get. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:getAgentView", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetAgentViewResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, -"getIamPolicy": { -"description": "Gets the access control policy for an agent resource. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}:getIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.getIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, "list": { "description": "Lists all Agents under an Assistant which were created by the caller.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents", @@ -5853,68 +5751,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] -}, -"setIamPolicy": { -"description": "Sets the access control policy for an agent resource. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. Policy can only contain `roles/discoveryengine.agentUser`, `roles/discoveryengine.agentViewer` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentEditor` roles.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}:setIamPolicy", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.setIamPolicy", -"parameterOrder": [ -"resource" -], -"parameters": { -"resource": { -"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", -"request": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] -}, -"suspendAgent": { -"description": "Suspends an Agent. It is still available for viewing but not for use. The `state` of the Agent becomes `SUSPENDED`. Can be called on an Agent in the state `ENABLED`, otherwise it returns an error.", -"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}/assistants/{assistantsId}/agents/{agentsId}:suspendAgent", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.assistants.agents.suspendAgent", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. The name of the Agent to suspend. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+/assistants/[^/]+/agents/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"suspensionReason": { -"description": "Required. The reason for suspending the Agent. This will be shown to the users of the Agent.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:suspendAgent", -"response": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgent" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.assist.readwrite", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" -] } }, "resources": { @@ -12414,7 +12250,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260215", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -13509,14 +13345,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -13884,7 +13722,9 @@ "THIRD_PARTY_FEDERATED", "THIRD_PARTY_EUA", "GCNV", -"GOOGLE_CHAT" +"GOOGLE_CHAT", +"GOOGLE_SITES", +"REMOTE_MCP" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", @@ -13899,7 +13739,9 @@ "Federated connector, it is a third party connector that doesn't ingestion data, and search is powered by third party application's API.", "Connector utilized for End User Authentication features.", "Google Cloud NetApp Volumes connector.", -"Google Chat connector." +"Google Chat connector.", +"Google Sites connector.", +"Remote MCP based connector." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -14392,14 +14234,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -14886,6 +14730,13 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"connectorTenantInfo": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., \"hybrid-github\", \"shopify\") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent.", +"type": "object" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -14984,14 +14835,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -15230,6 +15083,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -15238,18 +15092,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -15605,6 +15460,16 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -15637,13 +15502,17 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -15654,13 +15523,15 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_UNSPECIFIED", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_MONTH", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_YEAR", -"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS" +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_CUSTOM" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value, do not use.", "1 month.", "1 year.", -"3 years." +"3 years.", +"Custom term. Must set the end_date." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -15675,6 +15546,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -15683,18 +15555,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -15833,6 +15706,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -15848,6 +15725,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -16368,14 +16267,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -17507,197 +17408,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentView": { -"description": "The data for displaying an Agent.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentView", -"properties": { -"agentOrigin": { -"description": "Immutable. The origin of the Agent.", -"enum": [ -"AGENT_ORIGIN_UNSPECIFIED", -"GOOGLE", -"ORGANIZATION", -"USER" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The origin is unspecified.", -"Agent defined by Google.", -"Agent defined by the organization.", -"Agent defined by the user." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"agentSharingState": { -"description": "Output only. The sharing state of the agent.", -"enum": [ -"AGENT_SHARING_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NOT_SHARED", -"PENDING", -"SHARED", -"REJECTED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The sharing state is unspecified.", -"The agent is not shared.", -"The agent is pending review.", -"The agent is shared with other users.", -"The agent sharing request was rejected." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"agentType": { -"description": "Output only. The type of the agent.", -"enum": [ -"AGENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"NO_CODE", -"HTTP", -"ADK", -"MANAGED", -"A2A", -"DIALOGFLOW", -"LOW_CODE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The agent type is unspecified.", -"No-code agent.", -"HTTP agent.", -"ADK agent.", -"Google managed agent.", -"A2A agent.", -"Dialogflow agent.", -"Low-code agent." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"customPlaceholderText": { -"description": "The custom placeholder text that appears in the text box before the user enters any text.", -"type": "string" -}, -"deploymentFailureReason": { -"description": "The reason why the agent deployment failed. Only set if the state is DEPLOYMENT_FAILED.", -"type": "string" -}, -"description": { -"description": "Required. Human-readable description of the agent. This might be used by an LLM to automatically select an agent to respond to a user query and to generate the first version of the steps for the agent that can be modified by the user. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.", -"type": "string" -}, -"displayName": { -"description": "Required. Display name of the agent. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.", -"type": "string" -}, -"icon": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentImage", -"description": "Optional. The icon that represents the agent on the UI." -}, -"name": { -"description": "Resource name of the agent. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/assistants/{assistant}/agents/{agent}`", -"type": "string" -}, -"rejectionReason": { -"description": "The reason why the agent was rejected. Only set if the state is PRIVATE, and got there via rejection.", -"type": "string" -}, -"state": { -"description": "Output only. The state of the Agent.", -"enum": [ -"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"CONFIGURED", -"DEPLOYING", -"DISABLED", -"DEPLOYMENT_FAILED", -"PRIVATE", -"ENABLED", -"SUSPENDED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"The state is unspecified.", -"The agent is configured, but no deployment triggered yet.", -"The agent is being deployed.", -"The agent is available for admins only.", -"The agent deployment failed.", -"Agent is available only to its creator..", -"Agent is available for users who have access.", -"Agent is temporarily unavailable, though visible to users who have access." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"suggestedPrompts": { -"description": "Optional. The suggested prompts for the agent, to be shown on the agent landing page.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentViewSuggestedPrompt" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"suspensionReason": { -"description": "The reason why the agent was suspended. Only set if the state is SUSPENDED.", -"type": "string" -}, -"updateTime": { -"description": "Output only. The timestamp when the agent was last updated.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"userAnnotations": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserAnnotations", -"description": "Optional. Per-user annotations of the current caller for the agent." -}, -"userPermissions": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentViewUserPermissions", -"description": "The permissions of the user for this Agent." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentViewSuggestedPrompt": { -"description": "A suggested prompt for the agent, to be shown on the agent landing page.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentViewSuggestedPrompt", -"properties": { -"text": { -"description": "Required. The text of the suggested prompt. The language of this is either Agent.language_code, or ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.language_code if translations are enabled.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentViewUserPermissions": { -"description": "The permissions of the user on an Agent.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentViewUserPermissions", -"properties": { -"canDelete": { -"description": "If the user can delete this Agent.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"canEdit": { -"description": "If the user can edit this Agent.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"canProposeUsers": { -"description": "If the user can propose other users to share the Agent with.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"canRequestReview": { -"description": "If the user can request a review for this Agent.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"canRun": { -"description": "If the user can run this Agent.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"canView": { -"description": "If the user can view the source of this Agent.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"canWithdraw": { -"description": "If the user can withdraw this Agent.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAlertPolicyConfig": { "description": "The connector level alert config.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAlertPolicyConfig", @@ -17766,6 +17476,10 @@ "languageCode": { "description": "Optional. The language code used for notifications", "type": "string" +}, +"regionCode": { +"description": "Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -20242,6 +19956,14 @@ "description": "Whether the BillingAccountLicenseConfig is auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date." +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed subscription end date." @@ -20281,13 +20003,15 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The BillingAccountLicenseConfig does not exist. Default value. Do not use.", "The BillingAccountLicenseConfig is active and being used.", "The BillingAccountLicenseConfig has expired.", -"The BillingAccountLicenseConfig has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The BillingAccountLicenseConfig has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -20307,13 +20031,15 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_UNSPECIFIED", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_MONTH", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_YEAR", -"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS" +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_CUSTOM" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value, do not use.", "1 month.", "1 year.", -"3 years." +"3 years.", +"Custom term. Must set the end_date." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -20328,6 +20054,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -20336,18 +20063,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -21079,6 +20807,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteExternalIdentitiesResponse": { +"description": "Response message for CompletionService.CompleteExternalIdentities.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteExternalIdentitiesResponse", +"properties": { +"externalIdentities": { +"description": "The list of external identities that match the query.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentity" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryResponse": { "description": "Response message for CompletionService.CompleteQuery method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaCompleteQueryResponse", @@ -21514,14 +21256,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -22179,7 +21923,9 @@ "THIRD_PARTY_FEDERATED", "THIRD_PARTY_EUA", "GCNV", -"GOOGLE_CHAT" +"GOOGLE_CHAT", +"GOOGLE_SITES", +"REMOTE_MCP" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", @@ -22194,7 +21940,9 @@ "Federated connector, it is a third party connector that doesn't ingestion data, and search is powered by third party application's API.", "Connector utilized for End User Authentication features.", "Google Cloud NetApp Volumes connector.", -"Google Chat connector." +"Google Chat connector.", +"Google Sites connector.", +"Remote MCP based connector." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -22209,6 +21957,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector." +}, "dataSource": { "description": "Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`.", "type": "string" @@ -22556,6 +22308,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for a connector.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore": { "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore", @@ -22696,14 +22470,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -23533,6 +23309,13 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"connectorTenantInfo": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., \"hybrid-github\", \"shopify\") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent.", +"type": "object" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -23640,14 +23423,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -23942,6 +23727,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -23950,18 +23736,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -24219,6 +24006,54 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentity": { +"description": "External identity representing either a user or group. This user or group is from an external identity provider (IdP).", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentity", +"properties": { +"displayName": { +"description": "The display name of the user or group.", +"type": "string" +}, +"externalId": { +"description": "The unique 3P ID(external_id) of the entity (user or group).", +"type": "string" +}, +"groupMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentityGroupMetadata", +"description": "Metadata corresponding to the external user." +}, +"userMetadata": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentityUserMetadata", +"description": "Metadata corresponding to the external user." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentityGroupMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata corresponding to the external group.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentityGroupMetadata", +"properties": {}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentityUserMetadata": { +"description": "Metadata corresponding to the external user.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaExternalIdentityUserMetadata", +"properties": { +"familyName": { +"description": "The user's family name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"givenName": { +"description": "The user's given name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"primaryEmail": { +"description": "The user's primary email address.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFactChunk": { "description": "Fact Chunk.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaFactChunk", @@ -24693,17 +24528,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetAgentViewResponse": { -"description": "Response message for the AgentService.GetAgentView method.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetAgentViewResponse", -"properties": { -"agentView": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentView", -"description": "The data for displaying an Agent." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetConnectorSecretResponse": { "description": "Response message for DataConnectorService.GetConnectorSecret.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaGetConnectorSecretResponse", @@ -25610,6 +25434,16 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -25642,13 +25476,17 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -25659,13 +25497,15 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_UNSPECIFIED", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_MONTH", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_YEAR", -"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS" +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_CUSTOM" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value, do not use.", "1 month.", "1 year.", -"3 years." +"3 years.", +"Custom term. Must set the end_date." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -25680,6 +25520,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -25688,18 +25529,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -25776,24 +25618,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListAvailableAgentViewsResponse": { -"description": "Response message for the AgentService.ListAvailableAgentViews method.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListAvailableAgentViewsResponse", -"properties": { -"agentViews": { -"description": "The agent sources visible to the caller under the parent Assistant.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaAgentView" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "A token that can be sent as ListAvailableAgentViewsRequest.page_token to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListBillingAccountLicenseConfigsResponse": { "description": "Response message for LicenseConfigService.ListBillingAccountLicenseConfigs method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaListBillingAccountLicenseConfigsResponse", @@ -26644,6 +26468,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -26659,6 +26487,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -27086,6 +26936,13 @@ "description": "Defines a user inputed query.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQuery", "properties": { +"parts": { +"description": "Query content parts.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "queryId": { "description": "Output only. Unique Id for the query.", "readOnly": true, @@ -27167,6 +27024,137 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart": { +"description": "Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart", +"properties": { +"documentReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference", +"description": "Other VAIS Document references." +}, +"driveDocumentReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference", +"description": "Reference to a Google Drive document." +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is \"text/plain\" for the \"data\" field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"personReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference", +"description": "Reference to a person." +}, +"text": { +"description": "Text content.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uiJsonPayload": { +"description": "This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference": { +"description": "Represents a document reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayTitle": { +"description": "The display title of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUri": { +"description": "The icon uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"urlForConnector": { +"description": "Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference": { +"description": "Represents a Google Drive document reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayTitle": { +"description": "The display title of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"driveId": { +"description": "The Drive id of the document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUri": { +"description": "The icon uri of the Drive document reference.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference": { +"description": "Represents a person reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "The display name of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayPhotoUri": { +"description": "The display photo url of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"email": { +"description": "The email of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"personId": { +"description": "The person id of the person.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRankRequest": { "description": "Request message for RankService.Rank method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRankRequest", @@ -28200,6 +28188,11 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -28705,6 +28698,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -29998,14 +29996,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -30462,6 +30462,10 @@ false "description": "Request for the AssistantService.StreamAssist method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequest", "properties": { +"actionSpec": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequestActionSpec", +"description": "Optional. Specification of actions for the request." +}, "generationSpec": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequestGenerationSpec", "description": "Optional. Specification of the generation configuration for the request." @@ -30485,6 +30489,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequestActionSpec": { +"description": "Specification of actions for the request.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequestActionSpec", +"properties": { +"actionDisabled": { +"description": "Optional. If true, actions will not be served for the request. This only works for enterprise edition.", +"type": "boolean" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequestGenerationSpec": { "description": "Assistant generation specification for the request. This allows to override the default generation configuration at the engine level.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaStreamAssistRequestGenerationSpec", @@ -30996,21 +31011,6 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, -"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserAnnotations": { -"description": "Per-user annotations for an Agent, based on UserAnnotation.", -"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserAnnotations", -"properties": { -"pinned": { -"description": "Optional. Whether the agent is pinned, pinned agent will be displayed on the top of the agent list.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"viewed": { -"description": "Optional. Whether the agent has been viewed by the user.", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserEvent": { "description": "UserEvent captures all metadata information Discovery Engine API needs to know about how end users interact with your website.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaUserEvent", @@ -31511,14 +31511,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -32503,14 +32505,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -32920,14 +32924,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -33357,6 +33363,13 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"connectorTenantInfo": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., \"hybrid-github\", \"shopify\") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent.", +"type": "object" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -33455,14 +33468,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -33701,6 +33716,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -33709,18 +33725,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -34253,6 +34270,16 @@ false "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -34285,13 +34312,17 @@ false "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -34302,13 +34333,15 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_UNSPECIFIED", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_MONTH", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_YEAR", -"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS" +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_CUSTOM" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value, do not use.", "1 month.", "1 year.", -"3 years." +"3 years.", +"Custom term. Must set the end_date." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -34323,6 +34356,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -34331,18 +34365,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -34530,6 +34565,10 @@ false "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -34545,6 +34584,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -34910,6 +34971,11 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -35411,6 +35477,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json index 52757563f20..cfbd1480fe5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json @@ -3448,7 +3448,7 @@ "engines": { "methods": { "create": { -"description": "Creates a Engine.", +"description": "Creates an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.create", @@ -3482,7 +3482,7 @@ ] }, "delete": { -"description": "Deletes a Engine.", +"description": "Deletes an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.delete", @@ -3508,7 +3508,7 @@ ] }, "get": { -"description": "Gets a Engine.", +"description": "Gets an Engine.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.get", @@ -3533,6 +3533,38 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, +"getIamPolicy": { +"description": "Gets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. An empty policy is returned if the resource exists but does not have a policy set on it.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:getIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.getIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"options.requestedPolicyVersion": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+resource}:getIamPolicy", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists all the Engines associated with the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines", @@ -3611,7 +3643,7 @@ ] }, "pause": { -"description": "Pauses the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"description": "Pauses the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:pause", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.pause", @@ -3640,7 +3672,7 @@ ] }, "resume": { -"description": "Resumes the training of an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"description": "Resumes the training of an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:resume", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.resume", @@ -3668,8 +3700,37 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" ] }, +"setIamPolicy": { +"description": "Sets the IAM access control policy for an Engine. A `NOT_FOUND` error is returned if the resource does not exist. **Important:** When setting a policy directly on an Engine resource, the only recommended roles in the bindings are: `roles/discoveryengine.user` and `roles/discoveryengine.agentspaceUser`. Attempting to grant any other role will result in a warning in logging.", +"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:setIamPolicy", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.setIamPolicy", +"parameterOrder": [ +"resource" +], +"parameters": { +"resource": { +"description": "REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names) for the appropriate value for this field.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/collections/[^/]+/engines/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta/{+resource}:setIamPolicy", +"request": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/discoveryengine.readwrite" +] +}, "tune": { -"description": "Tunes an existing engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", +"description": "Tunes an existing Engine. Only applicable if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/engines/{enginesId}:tune", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.engines.tune", @@ -9106,7 +9167,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260215", "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApiDistribution": { @@ -10201,14 +10262,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -10576,7 +10639,9 @@ "THIRD_PARTY_FEDERATED", "THIRD_PARTY_EUA", "GCNV", -"GOOGLE_CHAT" +"GOOGLE_CHAT", +"GOOGLE_SITES", +"REMOTE_MCP" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", @@ -10591,7 +10656,9 @@ "Federated connector, it is a third party connector that doesn't ingestion data, and search is powered by third party application's API.", "Connector utilized for End User Authentication features.", "Google Cloud NetApp Volumes connector.", -"Google Chat connector." +"Google Chat connector.", +"Google Sites connector.", +"Remote MCP based connector." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -11084,14 +11151,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -11578,6 +11647,13 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"connectorTenantInfo": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., \"hybrid-github\", \"shopify\") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent.", +"type": "object" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -11676,14 +11752,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -11922,6 +12000,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -11930,18 +12009,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -12297,6 +12377,16 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -12329,13 +12419,17 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -12346,13 +12440,15 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_UNSPECIFIED", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_MONTH", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_YEAR", -"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS" +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_CUSTOM" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value, do not use.", "1 month.", "1 year.", -"3 years." +"3 years.", +"Custom term. Must set the end_date." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -12367,6 +12463,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -12375,18 +12472,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -12525,6 +12623,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -12540,6 +12642,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -13060,14 +13184,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -13701,6 +13827,10 @@ "languageCode": { "description": "Optional. The language code used for notifications", "type": "string" +}, +"regionCode": { +"description": "Optional. The region code used of the user that subscribed to the alert policy.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -15348,14 +15478,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -15751,7 +15883,9 @@ "THIRD_PARTY_FEDERATED", "THIRD_PARTY_EUA", "GCNV", -"GOOGLE_CHAT" +"GOOGLE_CHAT", +"GOOGLE_SITES", +"REMOTE_MCP" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", @@ -15766,7 +15900,9 @@ "Federated connector, it is a third party connector that doesn't ingestion data, and search is powered by third party application's API.", "Connector utilized for End User Authentication features.", "Google Cloud NetApp Volumes connector.", -"Google Chat connector." +"Google Chat connector.", +"Google Sites connector.", +"Remote MCP based connector." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -15781,6 +15917,10 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for the connector." +}, "dataSource": { "description": "Required. The name of the data source. Supported values: `salesforce`, `jira`, `confluence`, `bigquery`.", "type": "string" @@ -16128,6 +16268,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for a connector.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy for the connector source." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection content policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore": { "description": "DataStore captures global settings and configs at the DataStore level.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaDataStore", @@ -16268,14 +16430,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -16841,6 +17005,13 @@ ], "type": "string" }, +"connectorTenantInfo": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., \"hybrid-github\", \"shopify\") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent.", +"type": "object" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -16948,14 +17119,16 @@ "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -17250,6 +17423,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -17258,18 +17432,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -18070,6 +18245,16 @@ "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -18102,13 +18287,17 @@ "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -18119,13 +18308,15 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_UNSPECIFIED", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_MONTH", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_YEAR", -"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS" +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_CUSTOM" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value, do not use.", "1 month.", "1 year.", -"3 years." +"3 years.", +"Custom term. Must set the end_date." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -18140,6 +18331,7 @@ "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -18148,18 +18340,19 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -18420,6 +18613,10 @@ "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -18435,6 +18632,28 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -18716,6 +18935,13 @@ "description": "Defines a user inputed query.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQuery", "properties": { +"parts": { +"description": "Query content parts.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "queryId": { "description": "Output only. Unique Id for the query.", "readOnly": true, @@ -18728,6 +18954,137 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart": { +"description": "Represents a part or the whole of a content, used to represent a query. A query can be made up of multiple parts.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPart", +"properties": { +"documentReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference", +"description": "Other VAIS Document references." +}, +"driveDocumentReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference", +"description": "Reference to a Google Drive document." +}, +"mimeType": { +"description": "Optional. The IANA standard MIME type of the data. See https://www.iana.org/assignments/media-types/media-types.xhtml. This field is optional. If not set, the default assumed MIME type is \"text/plain\" for the \"data\" field.", +"type": "string" +}, +"personReference": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference", +"description": "Reference to a person." +}, +"text": { +"description": "Text content.", +"type": "string" +}, +"uiJsonPayload": { +"description": "This field is expected to be a ui message in JSON format. As of Q1 2026, ui_json_payload is only supported for A2UI messages.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference": { +"description": "Represents a document reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDocumentReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayTitle": { +"description": "The display title of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/branches/{branch}/documents/{document_id}`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the document data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUri": { +"description": "The icon uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"urlForConnector": { +"description": "Input only. The url_for_connector of the document returned by Federated Search.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference": { +"description": "Represents a Google Drive document reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartDriveDocumentReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayTitle": { +"description": "The display title of the reference.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the document. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"driveId": { +"description": "The Drive id of the document.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the Drive document data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"iconUri": { +"description": "The icon uri of the Drive document reference.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference": { +"description": "Represents a person reference.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaQueryPartPersonReference", +"properties": { +"destinationUri": { +"description": "The destination uri of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayName": { +"description": "The display name of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"displayPhotoUri": { +"description": "The display photo url of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"documentName": { +"description": "The full resource name of the person. Format: `projects/*/locations/*/collections/*/dataStores/*/branches/*/documents/*`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"email": { +"description": "The email of the person.", +"type": "string" +}, +"fileId": { +"description": "Output only. The file id of the person data stored in the session context files.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"personId": { +"description": "The person id of the person.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecrawlUrisMetadata": { "description": "Metadata related to the progress of the SiteSearchEngineService.RecrawlUris operation. This will be returned by the google.longrunning.Operation.metadata field.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecrawlUrisMetadata", @@ -19158,6 +19515,11 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -19663,6 +20025,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -23966,14 +24333,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -24645,14 +25014,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -25299,6 +25670,13 @@ false ], "type": "string" }, +"connectorTenantInfo": { +"additionalProperties": { +"type": "string" +}, +"description": "Optional. Maps a connector ID (e.g., \"hybrid-github\", \"shopify\") to tenant-specific information required for that connector. The structure of the tenant information string is connector-dependent.", +"type": "object" +}, "createTime": { "description": "Output only. Timestamp the Recommendation Engine was created at.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -25397,14 +25775,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -25643,6 +26023,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -25651,18 +26032,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -26667,6 +27049,16 @@ false "description": "Optional. Whether the license config should be auto renewed when it reaches the end date.", "type": "boolean" }, +"earlyTerminated": { +"description": "Output only. Indication of whether the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date. This is usually terminated by pipeline once the subscription gets terminated from subsv3.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"earlyTerminationDate": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", +"description": "Output only. The date when the subscription is terminated earlier than the expiration date.", +"readOnly": true +}, "endDate": { "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate", "description": "Optional. The planed end date." @@ -26699,13 +27091,17 @@ false "STATE_UNSPECIFIED", "ACTIVE", "EXPIRED", -"NOT_STARTED" +"NOT_STARTED", +"WITHDRAWN", +"DEACTIVATING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. The license config does not exist.", "The license config is effective and being used.", "The license config has expired.", -"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future." +"The license config has not started yet, and its start date is in the future.", +"This is when a sub license config has returned all its seats back to BillingAccountLicenseConfig that it belongs to. Similar to EXPIRED.", +"The license config is terminated earlier than the expiration date and it is deactivating. The customer will still have access in this state. It will be converted to EXPIRED after the deactivating period ends (14 days) or when the end date is reached, whichever comes first." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -26716,13 +27112,15 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_UNSPECIFIED", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_MONTH", "SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_ONE_YEAR", -"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS" +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_THREE_YEARS", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TERM_CUSTOM" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value, do not use.", "1 month.", "1 year.", -"3 years." +"3 years.", +"Custom term. Must set the end_date." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -26737,6 +27135,7 @@ false "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_STARTER", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_AGENTSPACE_BUSINESS", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE", +"SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_ENTERPRISE_EMERGING", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_PRO", "SUBSCRIPTION_TIER_EDU_EMERGING", @@ -26745,18 +27144,19 @@ false ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", -"Search tier. Search tier can access VAIS search features and NotebookLM features.", -"Search + assistant tier. Search + assistant tier can access VAIS search features, NotebookLM features and assistant features.", +"Search tier. Search tier can access Vertex AI Search features and NotebookLM features.", +"Gemini Enterprise Plus tier.", "NotebookLM tier. NotebookLM is a subscription tier can only access NotebookLM features.", -"Frontline worker tier.", -"Agentspace Starter tier.", -"Agentspace Business tier.", -"Enterprise tier.", -"EDU tier.", -"EDU Pro tier.", -"EDU emerging market tier.", -"EDU Pro emerging market tier.", -"Frontline starter tier." +"Gemini Frontline worker tier.", +"Gemini Business Starter tier.", +"Gemini Business tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise Standard tier for emerging markets.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU tier for emerging market only.", +"Gemini Enterprise EDU Pro tier for emerging market.", +"Gemini Frontline Starter tier." ], "type": "string" } @@ -27438,6 +27838,10 @@ false "description": "Configuration for NotebookLM.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfig", "properties": { +"dataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. Specifies the data protection policy for NotebookLM." +}, "modelArmorConfig": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", "description": "Model Armor configuration to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses." @@ -27453,6 +27857,28 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Data protection policy config for NotebookLM.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"sensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"description": "Optional. The sensitive data protection policy." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy": { +"description": "Specifies a Sensitive Data Protection (https://cloud.google.com/sensitive-data-protection/docs/sensitive-data-protection-overview) policy.", +"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigDataProtectionPolicySensitiveDataProtectionPolicy", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"description": "Optional. The Sensitive Data Protection policy resource name.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig": { "description": "Configuration for customer defined Model Armor templates to be used for sanitizing user prompts and LLM responses.", "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaProjectCustomerProvidedConfigNotebooklmConfigModelArmorConfig", @@ -28455,6 +28881,11 @@ false "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestNaturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec", "description": "Optional. Config for natural language query understanding capabilities, such as extracting structured field filters from the query. Refer to [this documentation](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/natural-language-queries) for more information. If `naturalLanguageQueryUnderstandingSpec` is not specified, no additional natural language query understanding will be done." }, +"numResultsPerDataStore": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from each data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.DataStoreSpec.num_results if provided, otherwise there is no limit.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, "offset": { "description": "A 0-indexed integer that specifies the current offset (that is, starting result location, amongst the Documents deemed by the API as relevant) in search results. This field is only considered if page_token is unset. If this field is negative, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` is returned. A large offset may be capped to a reasonable threshold.", "format": "int32", @@ -28956,6 +29387,11 @@ false "filter": { "description": "Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)", "type": "string" +}, +"numResults": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results to retrieve from this data store. If not specified, it will use the SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store if provided, otherwise there is no limit. If both this field and SearchRequest.num_results_per_data_store are specified, this field will be used.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" } }, "type": "object" @@ -30241,14 +30677,16 @@ false "SOLUTION_TYPE_RECOMMENDATION", "SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH", "SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT", -"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT" +"SOLUTION_TYPE_GENERATIVE_CHAT", +"SOLUTION_TYPE_AI_MODE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Used for Recommendations AI.", "Used for Discovery Search.", "Used for use cases related to the Generative AI agent.", -"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution." +"Used for use cases related to the Generative Chat agent. It's used for Generative chat engine only, the associated data stores must enrolled with `SOLUTION_TYPE_CHAT` solution.", +"Used for AI Mode." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -31318,6 +31756,63 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleIamV1Binding": { +"description": "Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1Binding", +"properties": { +"condition": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeExpr", +"description": "The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies)." +}, +"members": { +"description": "Specifies the principals requesting access for a Google Cloud resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. Does not include identities that come from external identity providers (IdPs) through identity federation. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `serviceAccount:{projectid}.svc.id.goog[{namespace}/{kubernetes-sa}]`: An identifier for a [Kubernetes service account](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/kubernetes-service-accounts). For example, `my-project.svc.id.goog[my-namespace/my-kubernetes-sa]`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workforce identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: All workforce identities in a group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All workforce identities with a specific attribute value. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workforce identity pool. * `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: A single identity in a workload identity pool. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/group/{group_id}`: A workload identity pool group. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/attribute.{attribute_name}/{attribute_value}`: All identities in a workload identity pool with a certain attribute. * `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project_number}/locations/global/workloadIdentityPools/{pool_id}/*`: All identities in a workload identity pool. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/{pool_id}/subject/{subject_attribute_value}`: Deleted single identity in a workforce identity pool. For example, `deleted:principal://iam.googleapis.com/locations/global/workforcePools/my-pool-id/subject/my-subject-attribute-value`.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"role": { +"description": "Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. For an overview of the IAM roles and permissions, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/roles-overview). For a list of the available pre-defined roles, see [here](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/understanding-roles).", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleIamV1Policy": { +"description": "An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** ``` { \"bindings\": [ { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin\", \"members\": [ \"user:mike@example.com\", \"group:admins@example.com\", \"domain:google.com\", \"serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com\" ] }, { \"role\": \"roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer\", \"members\": [ \"user:eve@example.com\" ], \"condition\": { \"title\": \"expirable access\", \"description\": \"Does not grant access after Sep 2020\", \"expression\": \"request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')\", } } ], \"etag\": \"BwWWja0YfJA=\", \"version\": 3 } ``` **YAML example:** ``` bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 ``` For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).", +"id": "GoogleIamV1Policy", +"properties": { +"bindings": { +"description": "Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.", +"items": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Binding" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"etag": { +"description": "`etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.", +"format": "byte", +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Specifies the format of the policy. Valid values are `0`, `1`, and `3`. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected. Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version `3`. This requirement applies to the following operations: * Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding * Adding a conditional role binding to a policy * Changing a conditional role binding in a policy * Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditions **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.", +"id": "GoogleIamV1SetIamPolicyRequest", +"properties": { +"policy": { +"$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy", +"description": "REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Google Cloud services (such as Projects) might reject them." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest": { "description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.", "id": "GoogleLongrunningCancelOperationRequest", @@ -31623,6 +32118,29 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleTypeExpr": { +"description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.", +"id": "GoogleTypeExpr", +"properties": { +"description": { +"description": "Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.", +"type": "string" +}, +"expression": { +"description": "Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"description": "Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.", +"type": "string" +}, +"title": { +"description": "Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleTypeTimeZone": { "description": "Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones).", "id": "GoogleTypeTimeZone", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json index 6d48f072929..eba75f4da14 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v2.json @@ -7981,7 +7981,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260107", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateManualTriggerRequest": { @@ -14431,16 +14431,19 @@ false "id": "ImageAsset", "properties": { "fileSize": { -"description": "File size of the image asset in bytes.", +"description": "Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "fullSize": { "$ref": "Dimensions", -"description": "Metadata for this image at its original size." +"description": "Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size.", +"readOnly": true }, "mimeType": { -"description": "MIME type of the image asset.", +"description": "Output only. MIME type of the image asset.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -20051,7 +20054,8 @@ true "id": "YoutubeVideoDetails", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage.", +"description": "Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "unavailableReason": { @@ -20067,6 +20071,11 @@ true "The video is deleted." ], "type": "string" +}, +"videoAssetId": { +"description": "Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json index 3c60470afa5..af3901a19e2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v3.json @@ -8156,7 +8156,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260212", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": { @@ -8279,7 +8279,7 @@ "id": "AdGroup", "properties": { "adGroupFormat": { -"description": "The format of the ads in the ad group.", +"description": "Required. The format of the ads in the ad group.", "enum": [ "AD_GROUP_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED", "AD_GROUP_FORMAT_IN_STREAM", @@ -8305,25 +8305,27 @@ "type": "string" }, "adGroupId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system.", +"description": "Output only. The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "advertiserId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to.", +"description": "Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "bidStrategy": { "$ref": "BiddingStrategy", -"description": "The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid field can be used in the bidding strategy." +"description": "Optional. The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid and demandGenBid field can be used in the bidding strategy." }, "displayName": { -"description": "The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes.", +"description": "Required. The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes.", "type": "string" }, "entityStatus": { -"description": "Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`.", +"description": "Required. Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`.", "enum": [ "ENTITY_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE", @@ -8343,21 +8345,22 @@ "type": "string" }, "lineItemId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to.", +"description": "Required. The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the ad group.", +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the ad group.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "productFeedData": { "$ref": "ProductFeedData", -"description": "The settings of the product feed in this ad group." +"description": "Optional. The settings of the product feed in this ad group." }, "targetingExpansion": { "$ref": "TargetingExpansionConfig", -"description": "The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group." +"description": "Optional. The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group." } }, "type": "object" @@ -8383,15 +8386,17 @@ "readOnly": true }, "adUrls": { -"description": "List of URLs used by the ad.", +"description": "Output only. List of URLs used by the ad.", "items": { "$ref": "AdUrl" }, +"readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "advertiserId": { -"description": "Required. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to.", +"description": "Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad belongs to.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "audioAd": { @@ -16962,16 +16967,19 @@ false "id": "ImageAsset", "properties": { "fileSize": { -"description": "File size of the image asset in bytes.", +"description": "Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "fullSize": { "$ref": "Dimensions", -"description": "Metadata for this image at its original size." +"description": "Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size.", +"readOnly": true }, "mimeType": { -"description": "MIME type of the image asset.", +"description": "Output only. MIME type of the image asset.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -22488,7 +22496,8 @@ false "id": "YoutubeVideoDetails", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage.", +"description": "Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "unavailableReason": { @@ -22504,6 +22513,11 @@ false "The video is deleted." ], "type": "string" +}, +"videoAssetId": { +"description": "Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json index ec17528b2b5..cd4d3f7c914 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/displayvideo.v4.json @@ -9925,7 +9925,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260127", +"revision": "20260212", "rootUrl": "https://displayvideo.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveViewVideoViewabilityMetricConfig": { @@ -10104,7 +10104,7 @@ "id": "AdGroup", "properties": { "adGroupFormat": { -"description": "The format of the ads in the ad group.", +"description": "Required. The format of the ads in the ad group.", "enum": [ "AD_GROUP_FORMAT_UNSPECIFIED", "AD_GROUP_FORMAT_IN_STREAM", @@ -10130,25 +10130,27 @@ "type": "string" }, "adGroupId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system.", +"description": "Output only. The unique ID of the ad group. Assigned by the system.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "advertiserId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to.", +"description": "Output only. The unique ID of the advertiser the ad group belongs to.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "bidStrategy": { "$ref": "BiddingStrategy", -"description": "The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid field can be used in the bidding strategy." +"description": "Optional. The bidding strategy used by the ad group. Only the youtubeAndPartnersBid and demandGenBid field can be used in the bidding strategy." }, "displayName": { -"description": "The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes.", +"description": "Required. The display name of the ad group. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes.", "type": "string" }, "entityStatus": { -"description": "Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`.", +"description": "Required. Controls whether or not the ad group can spend its budget and bid on inventory. If the ad group's parent line item is not active, the ad group can't spend its budget even if its own status is `ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE`.", "enum": [ "ENTITY_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE", @@ -10168,21 +10170,22 @@ "type": "string" }, "lineItemId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to.", +"description": "Required. The unique ID of the line item that the ad group belongs to.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "The resource name of the ad group.", +"description": "Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the ad group.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "productFeedData": { "$ref": "ProductFeedData", -"description": "The settings of the product feed in this ad group." +"description": "Optional. The settings of the product feed in this ad group." }, "targetingExpansion": { "$ref": "TargetingExpansionConfig", -"description": "The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group." +"description": "Optional. The [optimized targeting](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/12060859) settings of the ad group." } }, "type": "object" @@ -10198,7 +10201,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "adGroupId": { -"description": "The unique ID of the ad group that the ad belongs to. *Caution*: Parent ad groups for Demand Gen ads are not currently retrieveable using `advertisers.adGroups.list` or `advertisers.adGroups.get`. Demand Gen ads can be identified by the absence of the `ad_details` union field.", +"description": "Required. The unique ID of the ad group that the ad belongs to.", "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, @@ -10208,10 +10211,11 @@ "readOnly": true }, "adUrls": { -"description": "List of URLs used by the ad.", +"description": "Output only. List of URLs used by the ad.", "items": { "$ref": "AdUrl" }, +"readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, "advertiserId": { @@ -10222,22 +10226,25 @@ }, "audioAd": { "$ref": "AudioAd", -"description": "Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives." +"description": "Output only. Details of an [audio ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) used for reach marketing objectives.", +"readOnly": true }, "bumperAd": { "$ref": "BumperAd", -"description": "Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach." +"description": "Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), equal to or less than 6 seconds, used for reach.", +"readOnly": true }, "displayName": { -"description": "The display name of the ad. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes.", +"description": "Required. The display name of the ad. Must be UTF-8 encoded with a maximum size of 255 bytes.", "type": "string" }, "displayVideoSourceAd": { "$ref": "DisplayVideoSourceAd", -"description": "Details of an ad sourced from a Display & Video 360 creative." +"description": "Output only. Details of an ad sourced from a Display & Video 360 creative.", +"readOnly": true }, "entityStatus": { -"description": "The entity status of the ad.", +"description": "Required. The entity status of the ad.", "enum": [ "ENTITY_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "ENTITY_STATUS_ACTIVE", @@ -10258,11 +10265,13 @@ }, "inStreamAd": { "$ref": "InStreamAd", -"description": "Details of an [in-stream ad skippable after 5 seconds](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), used for brand awareness or reach marketing objectives." +"description": "Output only. Details of an [in-stream ad skippable after 5 seconds](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), used for brand awareness or reach marketing objectives.", +"readOnly": true }, "mastheadAd": { "$ref": "MastheadAd", -"description": "Details of an [ad served on the YouTube Home feed](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/9709826)." +"description": "Output only. Details of an [ad served on the YouTube Home feed](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/9709826).", +"readOnly": true }, "name": { "description": "Output only. The resource name of the ad.", @@ -10271,15 +10280,18 @@ }, "nonSkippableAd": { "$ref": "NonSkippableAd", -"description": "Details of a [non-skippable short in-stream video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), between 6 and 15 seconds, used for reach marketing objectives." +"description": "Output only. Details of a [non-skippable short in-stream video ad](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216), between 6 and 15 seconds, used for reach marketing objectives.", +"readOnly": true }, "videoDiscoverAd": { "$ref": "VideoDiscoveryAd", -"description": "Details of an [ad promoting a video](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) that shows in places of discovery." +"description": "Output only. Details of an [ad promoting a video](//support.google.com/displayvideo/answer/6274216) that shows in places of discovery.", +"readOnly": true }, "videoPerformanceAd": { "$ref": "VideoPerformanceAd", -"description": "Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product." +"description": "Output only. Details of an [ad used in a video action campaign](//support.google.com/google-ads/answer/10147229) to drive actions to the business, service or product.", +"readOnly": true } }, "type": "object" @@ -18951,16 +18963,19 @@ false "id": "ImageAsset", "properties": { "fileSize": { -"description": "File size of the image asset in bytes.", +"description": "Output only. File size of the image asset in bytes.", "format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "fullSize": { "$ref": "Dimensions", -"description": "Metadata for this image at its original size." +"description": "Output only. Metadata for this image at its original size.", +"readOnly": true }, "mimeType": { -"description": "MIME type of the image asset.", +"description": "Output only. MIME type of the image asset.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" } }, @@ -24711,7 +24726,8 @@ false "id": "YoutubeVideoDetails", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage.", +"description": "Output only. The YouTube video ID which can be searched on YouTube webpage.", +"readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, "unavailableReason": { @@ -24727,6 +24743,11 @@ false "The video is deleted." ], "type": "string" +}, +"videoAssetId": { +"description": "Required. The YouTube video asset id. This is ad_asset.ad_asset_id.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json index b78f08436bb..35804828fa4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json @@ -1431,7 +1431,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260203", +"revision": "20260217", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiDocumentaiLabHifiaToolsValidationValidatorInput": { @@ -2163,12 +2163,14 @@ "enum": [ "METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", "EXTRACT", -"DERIVE" +"DERIVE", +"RELAXED_EXTRACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified method. It defaults to `EXTRACT`.", "The entity's value is directly extracted as-is from the document text.", -"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document." +"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document.", +"Attempts to extract the position and value as-is from the document text. If the value cannot be grounded in the text, it falls back to derivation through inference, for both position and value. Note: The inference fallback is currently only supported for boolean entities." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -3195,12 +3197,14 @@ "enum": [ "METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", "EXTRACT", -"DERIVE" +"DERIVE", +"RELAXED_EXTRACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified method. It defaults to `EXTRACT`.", "The entity's value is directly extracted as-is from the document text.", -"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document." +"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document.", +"Attempts to extract the position and value as-is from the document text. If the value cannot be grounded in the text, it falls back to derivation through inference, for both position and value. Note: The inference fallback is currently only supported for boolean entities." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5304,12 +5308,14 @@ true "enum": [ "METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", "EXTRACT", -"DERIVE" +"DERIVE", +"RELAXED_EXTRACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified method. It defaults to `EXTRACT`.", "The entity's value is directly extracted as-is from the document text.", -"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document." +"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document.", +"Attempts to extract the position and value as-is from the document text. If the value cannot be grounded in the text, it falls back to derivation through inference, for both position and value. Note: The inference fallback is currently only supported for boolean entities." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7561,12 +7567,14 @@ true "enum": [ "METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", "EXTRACT", -"DERIVE" +"DERIVE", +"RELAXED_EXTRACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified method. It defaults to `EXTRACT`.", "The entity's value is directly extracted as-is from the document text.", -"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document." +"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document.", +"Attempts to extract the position and value as-is from the document text. If the value cannot be grounded in the text, it falls back to derivation through inference, for both position and value. Note: The inference fallback is currently only supported for boolean entities." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json index 665e1ebfc56..e5622829751 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json @@ -1673,7 +1673,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260203", +"revision": "20260217", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CloudAiDocumentaiLabHifiaToolsValidationValidatorInput": { @@ -2405,12 +2405,14 @@ "enum": [ "METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", "EXTRACT", -"DERIVE" +"DERIVE", +"RELAXED_EXTRACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified method. It defaults to `EXTRACT`.", "The entity's value is directly extracted as-is from the document text.", -"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document." +"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document.", +"Attempts to extract the position and value as-is from the document text. If the value cannot be grounded in the text, it falls back to derivation through inference, for both position and value. Note: The inference fallback is currently only supported for boolean entities." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -3437,12 +3439,14 @@ "enum": [ "METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", "EXTRACT", -"DERIVE" +"DERIVE", +"RELAXED_EXTRACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified method. It defaults to `EXTRACT`.", "The entity's value is directly extracted as-is from the document text.", -"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document." +"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document.", +"Attempts to extract the position and value as-is from the document text. If the value cannot be grounded in the text, it falls back to derivation through inference, for both position and value. Note: The inference fallback is currently only supported for boolean entities." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6426,12 +6430,14 @@ true "enum": [ "METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", "EXTRACT", -"DERIVE" +"DERIVE", +"RELAXED_EXTRACT" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified method. It defaults to `EXTRACT`.", "The entity's value is directly extracted as-is from the document text.", -"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document." +"The entity's value is derived through inference and is not necessarily an exact text extraction from the document.", +"Attempts to extract the position and value as-is from the document text. If the value cannot be grounded in the text, it falls back to derivation through inference, for both position and value. Note: The inference fallback is currently only supported for boolean entities." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json index a557bd3abcb..ad315537e62 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/eventarc.v1.json @@ -18,6 +18,241 @@ "endpoints": [ { "description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.africa-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "africa-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-east2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-east2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-northeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.asia-southeast3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-southeast3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-north1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-north2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-north2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-southwest1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-southwest1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west10.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west10" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west12.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west12" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west15.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west15" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west6.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west6" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.europe-west9.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west9" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.me-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.me-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.me-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "me-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.northamerica-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.southamerica-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-central2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-east7.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east7" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-west1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-west4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", "endpointUrl": "https://eventarc.us.rep.googleapis.com/", "location": "us" }, @@ -2392,7 +2627,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260206", "rootUrl": "https://eventarc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json index b8deba59e7f..b77c4cadacd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1.json @@ -1661,7 +1661,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250901", +"revision": "20260207", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1AppAttestConfig": { @@ -2361,16 +2361,16 @@ "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1ResourcePolicy", "properties": { "enforcementMode": { -"description": "Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the EnforcementMode setting on the service.", +"description": "Required. The App Check enforcement mode for this resource. This will override the App Check overall EnforcementMode setting on the service.", "enum": [ "OFF", "UNENFORCED", "ENFORCED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured service is in this mode by default.", -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement for the service. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", -"Firebase App Check is enforced for the service. The service will reject any request that attempts to access your project's resources if it does not have valid App Check token attached, with some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check on a Firebase service. If your users have not updated to an App Check capable version of your app, their apps will no longer be able to use your Firebase services that are enforcing App Check. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your Firebase services. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement immediately, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the relevant App Check protection is not applied, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured protection is in this mode by default.", +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement. These metrics will show the portion of traffic that is deemed invalid by the relevant App Check protection, but that traffic will not be rejected until you turn on enforcement. Though the relevant App Check protection is not enforced, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", +"The relevant App Check protection is enforced for the service or resource. The service or resource will reject any traffic not accompanied by an App Check token that is deemded valid by the relevant protection. There are some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check protections. If your users have not updated to a version of your app that meets the requirements of the relevant App Check protection, their app may stop working. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your services and resources. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement as soon as you verify that your App Check implementation is correct, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -2424,9 +2424,9 @@ "ENFORCED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured service is in this mode by default.", -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement for the service. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", -"Firebase App Check is enforced for the service. The service will reject any request that attempts to access your project's resources if it does not have valid App Check token attached, with some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check on a Firebase service. If your users have not updated to an App Check capable version of your app, their apps will no longer be able to use your Firebase services that are enforcing App Check. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your Firebase services. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement immediately, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the relevant App Check protection is not applied, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured protection is in this mode by default.", +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement. These metrics will show the portion of traffic that is deemed invalid by the relevant App Check protection, but that traffic will not be rejected until you turn on enforcement. Though the relevant App Check protection is not enforced, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", +"The relevant App Check protection is enforced for the service or resource. The service or resource will reject any traffic not accompanied by an App Check token that is deemded valid by the relevant protection. There are some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check protections. If your users have not updated to a version of your app that meets the requirements of the relevant App Check protection, their app may stop working. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your services and resources. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement as soon as you verify that your App Check implementation is correct, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json index 3f8a2de0582..b8c5c289304 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json @@ -1823,7 +1823,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260110", +"revision": "20260207", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppAttestConfig": { @@ -2619,9 +2619,9 @@ "ENFORCED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured service is in this mode by default.", -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement for the service. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", -"Firebase App Check is enforced for the service. The service will reject any request that attempts to access your project's resources if it does not have valid App Check token attached, with some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check on a Firebase service. If your users have not updated to an App Check capable version of your app, their apps will no longer be able to use your Firebase services that are enforcing App Check. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your Firebase services. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement immediately, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the relevant App Check protection is not applied, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured protection is in this mode by default.", +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement. These metrics will show the portion of traffic that is deemed invalid by the relevant App Check protection, but that traffic will not be rejected until you turn on enforcement. Though the relevant App Check protection is not enforced, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", +"The relevant App Check protection is enforced for the service or resource. The service or resource will reject any traffic not accompanied by an App Check token that is deemded valid by the relevant protection. There are some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check protections. If your users have not updated to a version of your app that meets the requirements of the relevant App Check protection, their app may stop working. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your services and resources. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement as soon as you verify that your App Check implementation is correct, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -2675,9 +2675,9 @@ "ENFORCED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured service is in this mode by default.", -"Firebase App Check is not enforced for the service. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement for the service. Though the service is not protected by App Check in this mode, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", -"Firebase App Check is enforced for the service. The service will reject any request that attempts to access your project's resources if it does not have valid App Check token attached, with some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check on a Firebase service. If your users have not updated to an App Check capable version of your app, their apps will no longer be able to use your Firebase services that are enforcing App Check. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your Firebase services. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement immediately, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource, nor are App Check metrics collected. Though the relevant App Check protection is not applied, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. An unconfigured protection is in this mode by default.", +"The relevant App Check protection is not enforced for the service or resource. App Check metrics are collected to help you decide when to turn on enforcement. These metrics will show the portion of traffic that is deemed invalid by the relevant App Check protection, but that traffic will not be rejected until you turn on enforcement. Though the relevant App Check protection is not enforced, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, are still enforced. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `UNENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service.", +"The relevant App Check protection is enforced for the service or resource. The service or resource will reject any traffic not accompanied by an App Check token that is deemded valid by the relevant protection. There are some exceptions depending on the service; for example, some services will still allow requests bearing the developer's privileged service account credentials without an App Check token. App Check metrics continue to be collected to help you detect issues with your App Check integration and monitor the composition of your callers. While the service is protected by App Check, other applicable protections, such as user authorization, continue to be enforced at the same time. Use caution when choosing to enforce App Check protections. If your users have not updated to a version of your app that meets the requirements of the relevant App Check protection, their app may stop working. App Check metrics can help you decide whether to enforce App Check on your services and resources. If your app has not launched yet, you should enable enforcement as soon as you verify that your App Check implementation is correct, since there are no outdated clients in use. Some services require certain conditions to be met before they will work with App Check, such as requiring you to upgrade to a specific service tier. Until those requirements are met for a service, this `ENFORCED` setting will have no effect and App Check will not work with that service." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json index 5bf2babcec8..dfbe2c59c11 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260201", +"revision": "20260215", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Date": { @@ -978,6 +978,22 @@ }, "description": "Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use \"output\" key to specify function output and \"error\" key to specify error details (if any). If \"output\" and \"error\" keys are not specified, then whole \"response\" is treated as function output.", "type": "object" +}, +"scheduling": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies how the response should be scheduled in the conversation. Only applicable to NON_BLOCKING function calls, is ignored otherwise. Defaults to WHEN_IDLE.", +"enum": [ +"SCHEDULING_UNSPECIFIED", +"SILENT", +"WHEN_IDLE", +"INTERRUPT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"This value is unused.", +"Only add the result to the conversation context, do not interrupt or trigger generation.", +"Add the result to the conversation context, and prompt to generate output without interrupting ongoing generation.", +"Add the result to the conversation context, interrupt ongoing generation and prompt to generate output." +], +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1554,7 +1570,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingChunkMaps": { -"description": "A `Maps` chunk is a piece of evidence that comes from Google Maps. It contains information about a place, such as its name, address, and reviews. This is used to provide the user with rich, location-based information.", +"description": "A `Maps` chunk is a piece of evidence that comes from Google Maps, containing information about places or routes. This is used to provide the user with rich, location-based information.", "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1GroundingChunkMaps", "properties": { "placeAnswerSources": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json index 60b369e6df6..ad1c6c805e4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json @@ -2445,7 +2445,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260212", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -3285,7 +3285,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Output only. The unique resource name of the Backup. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup}`.", +"description": "Output only. The unique resource name of the Backup. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backups/{backup}`. The location in the name will be the Standard Managed Multi-Region (SMMR) location (e.g. `us`) if the backup was created with an SMMR location, or the Google Managed Multi-Region (GMMR) location (e.g. `nam5`) if the backup was created with a GMMR location.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -4475,15 +4475,7 @@ "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1LocationMetadata": { "description": "The metadata message for google.cloud.location.Location.metadata.", "id": "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1LocationMetadata", -"properties": { -"availableStoragePlacements": { -"description": "The storage placements available in the location. When the location represents a Standard Managed Multi-Region (SMMR) like \"us\", this field lists the available Google-Managed Multi-Regions (GMMRs) within it, such as \"nam5\" or \"eur3\".", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, +"properties": {}, "type": "object" }, "GoogleFirestoreAdminV1PitrSnapshot": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json index 34c0649b7b5..6e1495392a0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkebackup.v1.json @@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260202", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://gkebackup.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -2660,6 +2660,12 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"namespaceCount": { +"description": "Output only. The total number of user managed namespaces contained in the Backup.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, "permissiveMode": { "description": "Output only. If false, Backup will fail when Backup for GKE detects Kubernetes configuration that is non-standard or requires additional setup to restore. Inherited from the parent BackupPlan's permissive_mode value.", "readOnly": true, @@ -2957,6 +2963,12 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"protectedNamespaceCount": { +"description": "Output only. The number of user managed namespaces backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan.", +"format": "int32", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "integer" +}, "protectedPodCount": { "description": "Output only. The number of Kubernetes Pods backed up in the last successful Backup created via this BackupPlan.", "format": "int32", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json index 9bcb59e4855..6bb54f2cae4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1.json @@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260126", +"revision": "20260215", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -2631,7 +2631,8 @@ "type": "object" }, "CompliancePostureConfig": { -"description": "CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", "id": "CompliancePostureConfig", "properties": { "complianceStandards": { @@ -3736,11 +3737,12 @@ }, "compliancePostureConfig": { "$ref": "CompliancePostureConfig", -"description": "Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask." }, "securityPostureConfig": { "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster." +"description": "Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster." } }, "type": "object" @@ -6264,11 +6266,17 @@ "BASIC", "ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +true +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables Security Posture features on the cluster.", "Applies Security Posture features on the cluster.", -"Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." +"Deprecated: Security Posture Enterprise features are no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6280,10 +6288,16 @@ "VULNERABILITY_BASIC", "VULNERABILITY_ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +true, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", -"Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", +"Deprecated: Basic vulnerability scanning is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", "Applies the Security Posture's vulnerability on cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json index c0096c4f888..d27c7427be3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1alpha.json @@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260126", +"revision": "20260215", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -2734,6 +2734,21 @@ "$ref": "ClusterUpgradePostConditions", "description": "Required. Post conditions to evaluate to mark an upgrade COMPLETE. Required." }, +"upgradeEngine": { +"description": "Output only. The effective upgrade engine for the fleet.", +"enum": [ +"UPGRADE_ENGINE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SEQUENCING_V1", +"SEQUENCING_V2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default value.", +"Upgrades are managed using fleet-based rollout sequencing.", +"Upgrades are managed using rollout sequencing with custom stages." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "upstreamFleets": { "description": "This fleet consumes upgrades that have COMPLETE status code in the upstream fleets. See UpgradeStatus.Code for code definitions. The fleet name should be either fleet project number or id. This is defined as repeated for future proof reasons. Initial implementation will enforce at most one upstream fleet.", "items": { @@ -3134,7 +3149,8 @@ "type": "object" }, "CompliancePostureConfig": { -"description": "CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", "id": "CompliancePostureConfig", "properties": { "complianceStandards": { @@ -4300,11 +4316,12 @@ }, "compliancePostureConfig": { "$ref": "CompliancePostureConfig", -"description": "Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask." }, "securityPostureConfig": { "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster." +"description": "Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster." } }, "type": "object" @@ -4326,35 +4343,6 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"ExcludedCluster": { -"description": "An excluded cluster from the rollout.", -"id": "ExcludedCluster", -"properties": { -"membership": { -"description": "Output only. The name of the fleet Membership resource associated to the excluded cluster.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"reason": { -"description": "Output only. The reason for excluding the cluster from the rollout.", -"enum": [ -"REASON_UNSPECIFIED", -"EXCLUDED_BY_FILTER", -"ALREADY_UPGRADED", -"VERSION_TOO_OLD" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value.", -"The cluster was excluded by the rollout filter.", -"The cluster was already upgraded.", -"The cluster version is too old." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Expr": { "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.", "id": "Expr", @@ -4559,21 +4547,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"FeatureUpdate": { -"description": "Feature config to use for Rollout.", -"id": "FeatureUpdate", -"properties": { -"binaryAuthorizationConfig": { -"$ref": "BinaryAuthorizationConfig", -"description": "Optional. Configuration for Binary Authorization." -}, -"securityPostureConfig": { -"$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", -"description": "Optional. Configuration for Security Posture." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Fleet": { "description": "Fleet contains the Fleet-wide metadata and configuration.", "id": "Fleet", @@ -7011,18 +6984,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"excludedClusters": { -"description": "Optional. Output only. The excluded clusters from the rollout.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ExcludedCluster" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, -"feature": { -"$ref": "FeatureUpdate", -"description": "Optional. Feature config to use for Rollout." -}, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -7046,11 +7007,6 @@ "description": "Optional. Immutable. The full, unique resource name of the rollout sequence that initiatied this Rollout. In the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rolloutSequences/{rollout_sequence}`.", "type": "string" }, -"schedule": { -"$ref": "Schedule", -"description": "Output only. The schedule of the Rollout.", -"readOnly": true -}, "stages": { "description": "Output only. The stages of the Rollout.", "items": { @@ -7066,16 +7022,14 @@ "RUNNING", "PAUSED", "CANCELLED", -"COMPLETED", -"SCHEDULED" +"COMPLETED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified state.", "The Rollout is running.", "The Rollout is paused.", "The Rollout is in a failure terminal state.", -"The Rollout is in a terminal state.", -"The Rollout is scheduled to start." +"The Rollout is in a terminal state." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -7173,6 +7127,11 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"state": { +"$ref": "RolloutSequenceState", +"description": "Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole.", +"readOnly": true +}, "uid": { "description": "Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout Sequence resources. If a Rollout Sequence resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.", "readOnly": true, @@ -7187,6 +7146,54 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"RolloutSequenceState": { +"description": "State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence.", +"id": "RolloutSequenceState", +"properties": { +"lifecycleState": { +"description": "Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence.", +"enum": [ +"LIFECYCLE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIFECYCLE_STATE_ACTIVE", +"LIFECYCLE_STATE_WARNING", +"LIFECYCLE_STATE_ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is used if the state is omitted.", +"The Rollout Sequence is active.", +"The Rollout Sequence has warnings.", +"The Rollout Sequence has errors." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateReasons": { +"description": "Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"STATE_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"FLEET_FEATURE_DELETED_ERROR", +"FLEET_DELETED_ERROR", +"EMPTY_STAGE_WARNING", +"MIXED_RELEASE_CHANNELS_WARNING", +"INTERNAL_ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified value.", +"A fleet feature is deleted.", +"A fleet is deleted.", +"A stage is empty.", +"Mixed release channels in the sequence.", +"Internal error, for example when host project is soft-deleted." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RolloutStage": { "description": "Stage represents a single stage in the Rollout.", "id": "RolloutStage", @@ -7290,21 +7297,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"Schedule": { -"description": "Schedule represents the schedule of the Rollout.", -"id": "Schedule", -"properties": { -"waves": { -"description": "Output only. The schedule of each wave in the Rollout.", -"items": { -"$ref": "WaveSchedule" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Scope": { "description": "Scope represents a Scope in a Fleet.", "id": "Scope", @@ -7423,11 +7415,17 @@ "BASIC", "ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +true +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables Security Posture features on the cluster.", "Applies Security Posture features on the cluster.", -"Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." +"Deprecated: Security Posture Enterprise features are no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7439,10 +7437,16 @@ "VULNERABILITY_BASIC", "VULNERABILITY_ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +true, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", -"Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", +"Deprecated: Basic vulnerability scanning is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", "Applies the Security Posture's vulnerability on cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" @@ -8250,45 +8254,18 @@ "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "TYPE_CONTROL_PLANE", -"TYPE_NODE_POOL", -"TYPE_CONFIG_SYNC" +"TYPE_NODE_POOL" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Control plane upgrade.", -"Node pool upgrade.", -"Config Sync upgrade." +"Node pool upgrade." ], "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"WaveSchedule": { -"description": "WaveSchedule represents the schedule of a single rollout wave.", -"id": "WaveSchedule", -"properties": { -"waveEndTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time at which the wave ends.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"waveNumber": { -"description": "Output only. The wave number to which this schedule applies.", -"format": "int32", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "integer" -}, -"waveStartTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time at which the wave starts.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "WorkloadIdentityFeatureSpec": { "description": "**WorkloadIdentity**: Global feature specification.", "id": "WorkloadIdentityFeatureSpec", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json index ccba9cdd009..b952e17fd2b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gkehub.v1beta.json @@ -2354,7 +2354,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260126", +"revision": "20260215", "rootUrl": "https://gkehub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AppDevExperienceFeatureSpec": { @@ -2874,7 +2874,8 @@ "type": "object" }, "CompliancePostureConfig": { -"description": "CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. CompliancePostureConfig defines the settings needed to enable/disable features for the Compliance Posture.", "id": "CompliancePostureConfig", "properties": { "complianceStandards": { @@ -4040,11 +4041,12 @@ }, "compliancePostureConfig": { "$ref": "CompliancePostureConfig", -"description": "Optional. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask." +"deprecated": true, +"description": "Optional. Deprecated: Compliance Posture is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Enable/Disable Compliance Posture features for the cluster. Note that on UpdateFleet, only full replacement of this field is allowed. Users are not allowed for partial updates through field mask." }, "securityPostureConfig": { "$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", -"description": "Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster." +"description": "Optional. Enable/Disable Security Posture features for the cluster." } }, "type": "object" @@ -4066,35 +4068,6 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"ExcludedCluster": { -"description": "An excluded cluster from the rollout.", -"id": "ExcludedCluster", -"properties": { -"membership": { -"description": "Output only. The name of the fleet Membership resource associated to the excluded cluster.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"reason": { -"description": "Output only. The reason for excluding the cluster from the rollout.", -"enum": [ -"REASON_UNSPECIFIED", -"EXCLUDED_BY_FILTER", -"ALREADY_UPGRADED", -"VERSION_TOO_OLD" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value.", -"The cluster was excluded by the rollout filter.", -"The cluster was already upgraded.", -"The cluster version is too old." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Expr": { "description": "Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: \"Summary size limit\" description: \"Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars\" expression: \"document.summary.size() < 100\" Example (Equality): title: \"Requestor is owner\" description: \"Determines if requestor is the document owner\" expression: \"document.owner == request.auth.claims.email\" Example (Logic): title: \"Public documents\" description: \"Determine whether the document should be publicly visible\" expression: \"document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'\" Example (Data Manipulation): title: \"Notification string\" description: \"Create a notification string with a timestamp.\" expression: \"'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)\" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information.", "id": "Expr", @@ -4270,21 +4243,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"FeatureUpdate": { -"description": "Feature config to use for Rollout.", -"id": "FeatureUpdate", -"properties": { -"binaryAuthorizationConfig": { -"$ref": "BinaryAuthorizationConfig", -"description": "Optional. Configuration for Binary Authorization." -}, -"securityPostureConfig": { -"$ref": "SecurityPostureConfig", -"description": "Optional. Configuration for Security Posture." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Fleet": { "description": "Fleet contains the Fleet-wide metadata and configuration.", "id": "Fleet", @@ -6635,18 +6593,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"excludedClusters": { -"description": "Optional. Output only. The excluded clusters from the rollout.", -"items": { -"$ref": "ExcludedCluster" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, -"feature": { -"$ref": "FeatureUpdate", -"description": "Optional. Feature config to use for Rollout." -}, "labels": { "additionalProperties": { "type": "string" @@ -6670,11 +6616,6 @@ "description": "Optional. Immutable. The full, unique resource name of the rollout sequence that initiatied this Rollout. In the format of `projects/{project}/locations/global/rolloutSequences/{rollout_sequence}`.", "type": "string" }, -"schedule": { -"$ref": "Schedule", -"description": "Output only. The schedule of the Rollout.", -"readOnly": true -}, "stages": { "description": "Output only. The stages of the Rollout.", "items": { @@ -6690,16 +6631,14 @@ "RUNNING", "PAUSED", "CANCELLED", -"COMPLETED", -"SCHEDULED" +"COMPLETED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified state.", "The Rollout is running.", "The Rollout is paused.", "The Rollout is in a failure terminal state.", -"The Rollout is in a terminal state.", -"The Rollout is scheduled to start." +"The Rollout is in a terminal state." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -6797,6 +6736,11 @@ }, "type": "array" }, +"state": { +"$ref": "RolloutSequenceState", +"description": "Output only. State of the Rollout Sequence as a whole.", +"readOnly": true +}, "uid": { "description": "Output only. Google-generated UUID for this resource. This is unique across all Rollout Sequence resources. If a Rollout Sequence resource is deleted and another resource with the same name is created, it gets a different uid.", "readOnly": true, @@ -6811,6 +6755,54 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"RolloutSequenceState": { +"description": "State and reasons of the Rollout Sequence.", +"id": "RolloutSequenceState", +"properties": { +"lifecycleState": { +"description": "Output only. Lifecycle state of the Rollout Sequence.", +"enum": [ +"LIFECYCLE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"LIFECYCLE_STATE_ACTIVE", +"LIFECYCLE_STATE_WARNING", +"LIFECYCLE_STATE_ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is used if the state is omitted.", +"The Rollout Sequence is active.", +"The Rollout Sequence has warnings.", +"The Rollout Sequence has errors." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"stateReasons": { +"description": "Output only. StateReason represents the reason for the Rollout Sequence state.", +"items": { +"enum": [ +"STATE_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"FLEET_FEATURE_DELETED_ERROR", +"FLEET_DELETED_ERROR", +"EMPTY_STAGE_WARNING", +"MIXED_RELEASE_CHANNELS_WARNING", +"INTERNAL_ERROR" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Default unspecified value.", +"A fleet feature is deleted.", +"A fleet is deleted.", +"A stage is empty.", +"Mixed release channels in the sequence.", +"Internal error, for example when host project is soft-deleted." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RolloutStage": { "description": "Stage represents a single stage in the Rollout.", "id": "RolloutStage", @@ -6914,21 +6906,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"Schedule": { -"description": "Schedule represents the schedule of the Rollout.", -"id": "Schedule", -"properties": { -"waves": { -"description": "Output only. The schedule of each wave in the Rollout.", -"items": { -"$ref": "WaveSchedule" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Scope": { "description": "Scope represents a Scope in a Fleet.", "id": "Scope", @@ -7038,11 +7015,17 @@ "BASIC", "ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +false, +true +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables Security Posture features on the cluster.", "Applies Security Posture features on the cluster.", -"Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." +"Deprecated: Security Posture Enterprise features are no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies the Security Posture off cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7054,10 +7037,16 @@ "VULNERABILITY_BASIC", "VULNERABILITY_ENTERPRISE" ], +"enumDeprecated": [ +false, +false, +true, +false +], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value not specified.", "Disables vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", -"Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", +"Deprecated: Basic vulnerability scanning is no longer supported. For more details, see https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/deprecations/posture-management-deprecation. Applies basic vulnerability scanning on the cluster.", "Applies the Security Posture's vulnerability on cluster Enterprise level features." ], "type": "string" @@ -7521,45 +7510,18 @@ "enum": [ "TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "TYPE_CONTROL_PLANE", -"TYPE_NODE_POOL", -"TYPE_CONFIG_SYNC" +"TYPE_NODE_POOL" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value.", "Control plane upgrade.", -"Node pool upgrade.", -"Config Sync upgrade." +"Node pool upgrade." ], "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" }, -"WaveSchedule": { -"description": "WaveSchedule represents the schedule of a single rollout wave.", -"id": "WaveSchedule", -"properties": { -"waveEndTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time at which the wave ends.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"waveNumber": { -"description": "Output only. The wave number to which this schedule applies.", -"format": "int32", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "integer" -}, -"waveStartTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time at which the wave starts.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "WorkloadIdentityFeatureSpec": { "description": "**WorkloadIdentity**: Global feature specification.", "id": "WorkloadIdentityFeatureSpec", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v2.json new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0de81934c1a --- /dev/null +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v2.json @@ -0,0 +1,834 @@ +{ +"auth": { +"oauth2": { +"scopes": { +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster": { +"description": "Get email traffic metrics, manage domains, and manage domain users for the domains you have registered with Postmaster Tools" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.domain": { +"description": "View and manage the domains you have registered with Postmaster Tools" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.traffic.readonly": { +"description": "Get email traffic metrics for the domains you have registered with Postmaster Tools" +} +} +} +}, +"basePath": "", +"baseUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", +"batchPath": "batch", +"canonicalName": "Postmaster Tools", +"description": "The Postmaster Tools API is a RESTful API that provides programmatic access to email traffic metrics (like spam reports, delivery errors etc) otherwise available through the Gmail Postmaster Tools UI currently.", +"discoveryVersion": "v1", +"documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/workspace/gmail/postmaster", +"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, +"icons": { +"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", +"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif" +}, +"id": "gmailpostmastertools:v2", +"kind": "discovery#restDescription", +"mtlsRootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.mtls.googleapis.com/", +"name": "gmailpostmastertools", +"ownerDomain": "google.com", +"ownerName": "Google", +"parameters": { +"$.xgafv": { +"description": "V1 error format.", +"enum": [ +"1", +"2" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"v1 error format", +"v2 error format" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"access_token": { +"description": "OAuth access token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"alt": { +"default": "json", +"description": "Data format for response.", +"enum": [ +"json", +"media", +"proto" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Responses with Content-Type of application/json", +"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type", +"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf" +], +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"callback": { +"description": "JSONP", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"fields": { +"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"key": { +"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"oauth_token": { +"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"prettyPrint": { +"default": "true", +"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"quotaUser": { +"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"uploadType": { +"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"upload_protocol": { +"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"protocol": "rest", +"resources": { +"domainStats": { +"methods": { +"batchQuery": { +"description": "Executes a batch of QueryDomainStats requests for multiple domains. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access DomainStats for any of the requested domains.", +"flatPath": "v2/domainStats:batchQuery", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "gmailpostmastertools.domainStats.batchQuery", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": {}, +"path": "v2/domainStats:batchQuery", +"request": { +"$ref": "BatchQueryDomainStatsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "BatchQueryDomainStatsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.traffic.readonly" +] +} +} +}, +"domains": { +"methods": { +"get": { +"description": "Retrieves detailed information about a domain registered by you. Returns NOT_FOUND if the domain is not registered by you. Domain represents the metadata of a domain that has been registered within the system and linked to a user.", +"flatPath": "v2/domains/{domainsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "gmailpostmastertools.domains.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the domain. Format: `domains/{domain_name}`, where domain_name is the fully qualified domain name (i.e., mymail.mydomain.com).", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^domains/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Domain" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.domain" +] +}, +"getComplianceStatus": { +"description": "Retrieves the compliance status for a given domain. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access compliance status for the domain.", +"flatPath": "v2/domains/{domainsId}/complianceStatus", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "gmailpostmastertools.domains.getComplianceStatus", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the domain's compliance status to retrieve. Format: `domains/{domain_id}/complianceStatus`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^domains/[^/]+/complianceStatus$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "DomainComplianceStatus" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.traffic.readonly" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of all domains registered by you, along with their corresponding metadata. The order of domains in the response is unspecified and non-deterministic. Newly registered domains will not necessarily be added to the end of this list.", +"flatPath": "v2/domains", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "gmailpostmastertools.domains.list", +"parameterOrder": [], +"parameters": { +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer domains than requested. If unspecified, the default value for this field is 10. The maximum value for this field is 200.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/domains", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListDomainsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.domain" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"domainStats": { +"methods": { +"query": { +"description": "Retrieves a list of domain statistics for a given domain and time period. Returns statistics only for dates where data is available. Returns PERMISSION_DENIED if you don't have permission to access DomainStats for the domain.", +"flatPath": "v2/domains/{domainsId}/domainStats:query", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "gmailpostmastertools.domains.domainStats.query", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource name where the stats are queried. Format: domains/{domain}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^domains/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v2/{+parent}/domainStats:query", +"request": { +"$ref": "QueryDomainStatsRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "QueryDomainStatsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/postmaster.traffic.readonly" +] +} +} +} +} +} +}, +"revision": "20260209", +"rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", +"schemas": { +"BaseMetric": { +"description": "Specifies the base metric to query, which can be a predefined standard metric or a user-defined custom metric (if supported in the future).", +"id": "BaseMetric", +"properties": { +"standardMetric": { +"description": "A predefined standard metric.", +"enum": [ +"STANDARD_METRIC_UNSPECIFIED", +"FEEDBACK_LOOP_ID", +"FEEDBACK_LOOP_SPAM_RATE", +"SPAM_RATE", +"AUTH_SUCCESS_RATE", +"TLS_ENCRYPTION_MESSAGE_COUNT", +"TLS_ENCRYPTION_RATE", +"DELIVERY_ERROR_COUNT", +"DELIVERY_ERROR_RATE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified standard metric. This value should not be used directly.", +"Predefined metric for Feedback Loop (FBL) id.", +"Predefined metric for Feedback Loop (FBL) spam rate. Filter must be of type feedback_loop_id = \"\" where is one valid feedback loop ids.", +"Predefined metric for spam rate.", +"The success rate of authentication mechanisms (DKIM, SPF, DMARC). Filter must be of type auth_type = \"\" where is one of: [spf, dkim, dmarc]", +"The rate of messages that were TLS encrypted in transit Filter must be of type traffic_direction = \"\" where is one of: [inbound, outbound]", +"The rate of messages that were TLS encrypted in transit Filter must be of type traffic_direction = \"\" where is one of: [inbound, outbound]", +"The total count of delivery errors encountered (temporary or permanent rejects). The `filter` field supports a limited syntax. Supported formats are: * Empty: No filter is applied. * `error_type` = \"\" * `error_type` = \"\" AND `error_reason` = \"\" If an empty filter is provided, the metric will be aggregated across all error types and reasons. If only `error_type` is specified, the metric will be aggregated across all reasons for that type. Supported values: * reject * temp_fail Supported values depend on the : * For 'reject': [bad_attachment, bad_or_missing_ptr_record, ip_in_rbls, low_domain_reputation, low_ip_reputation, spammy_content, stamp_policy_error, other] * For 'temp_fail': [anomalous_traffic_pattern, other]", +"Delivery error rate for the specified delivery error type. The `filter` field supports a limited syntax. Supported formats are: * Empty: No filter is applied. * `error_type` = \"\" * `error_type` = \"\" AND `error_reason` = \"\" If an empty filter is provided, the metric will be aggregated across all error types and reasons. If only `error_type` is specified, the metric will be aggregated across all reasons for that type. Supported values: * reject * temp_fail Supported values depend on the : * For 'reject': [bad_attachment, bad_or_missing_ptr_record, ip_in_rbls, low_domain_reputation, low_ip_reputation, spammy_content, stamp_policy_error, other] * For 'temp_fail': [anomalous_traffic_pattern, other]" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BatchQueryDomainStatsRequest": { +"description": "Request message for BatchQueryDomainStats.", +"id": "BatchQueryDomainStatsRequest", +"properties": { +"requests": { +"description": "Required. A list of individual query requests. Each request can be for a different domain. A maximum of 100 requests can be included in a single batch.", +"items": { +"$ref": "QueryDomainStatsRequest" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BatchQueryDomainStatsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for BatchQueryDomainStats.", +"id": "BatchQueryDomainStatsResponse", +"properties": { +"results": { +"description": "A list of responses, one for each query in the BatchQueryDomainStatsRequest. The order of responses will correspond to the order of requests.", +"items": { +"$ref": "BatchQueryDomainStatsResult" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"BatchQueryDomainStatsResult": { +"description": "Represents the result of a single QueryDomainStatsRequest within a batch.", +"id": "BatchQueryDomainStatsResult", +"properties": { +"error": { +"$ref": "Status", +"description": "The error status if the individual query failed." +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "QueryDomainStatsResponse", +"description": "The successful response for the individual query." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ComplianceRowData": { +"description": "Data for a single row of the compliance status table.", +"id": "ComplianceRowData", +"properties": { +"requirement": { +"description": "The compliance requirement.", +"enum": [ +"COMPLIANCE_REQUIREMENT_UNSPECIFIED", +"SPF", +"DKIM", +"SPF_AND_DKIM", +"DMARC_POLICY", +"DMARC_ALIGNMENT", +"MESSAGE_FORMATTING", +"DNS_RECORDS", +"ENCRYPTION", +"USER_REPORTED_SPAM_RATE", +"ONE_CLICK_UNSUBSCRIBE", +"HONOR_UNSUBSCRIBE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"Whether the sender has properly configured SPF.", +"Whether the sender has properly configured DKIM.", +"Whether the sender has properly configured both SPF and DKIM.", +"Whether the sender has configured DMARC policy.", +"Whether the From: header is aligned with DKIM or SPF", +"Whether messages are correctly formatted according to RFC 5322.", +"Whether the domain has forward and reverse DNS records.", +"Whether messages has TLS encryption.", +"Whether the sender is below a threshold for user-reported spam rate.", +"Whether the sender sufficiently supports one-click unsubscribe. Note that the user-facing requirement is \"one-click unsubscribe\", but we require satisfaction of multiple \"unsubscribe support\" rules.", +"Whether the sender honors user-initiated unsubscribe requests." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"$ref": "ComplianceStatus", +"description": "The compliance status for the requirement." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ComplianceStatus": { +"description": "The status of a sender compliance requirement.", +"id": "ComplianceStatus", +"properties": { +"status": { +"description": "Output only. The compliance status.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"COMPLIANT", +"NEEDS_WORK" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"The compliance requirement is met, and the sender is deemed compliant.", +"The compliance requirement is unmet, and the sender needs to do work to achieve compliance." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Date": { +"description": "Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp", +"id": "Date", +"properties": { +"day": { +"description": "Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"month": { +"description": "Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"year": { +"description": "Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DateList": { +"description": "A set of specific dates.", +"id": "DateList", +"properties": { +"dates": { +"description": "Required. The list of specific dates for which to retrieve data.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Date" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DateRange": { +"description": "A single date range defined by a start and end date.", +"id": "DateRange", +"properties": { +"end": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Required. The inclusive end date of the date range." +}, +"start": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Required. The inclusive start date of the date range." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DateRanges": { +"description": "A set of date ranges.", +"id": "DateRanges", +"properties": { +"dateRanges": { +"description": "Required. The list of date ranges for which to retrieve data.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DateRange" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Domain": { +"description": "Information about a domain registered by the user.", +"id": "Domain", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. Immutable. The timestamp at which the domain was added to the user's account.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"lastVerifyTime": { +"description": "The timestamp at which the domain was last verified by the user.", +"format": "google-datetime", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the domain. Format: `domains/{domain_name}`, where domain_name is the fully qualified domain name (i.e., mymail.mydomain.com).", +"type": "string" +}, +"permission": { +"description": "Output only. User's permission of this domain.", +"enum": [ +"PERMISSION_UNSPECIFIED", +"READER", +"OWNER", +"NONE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified permission.", +"User has read access to the domain.", +"User has owner access to the domain.", +"User has no access to the domain." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"verificationState": { +"description": "Output only. Information about a user's verification history and properties for the domain.", +"enum": [ +"VERIFICATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"UNVERIFIED", +"VERIFIED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"The domain is unverified.", +"The domain is verified." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DomainComplianceData": { +"description": "Compliance data for a given domain.", +"id": "DomainComplianceData", +"properties": { +"domainId": { +"description": "Domain that this data is for.", +"type": "string" +}, +"honorUnsubscribeVerdict": { +"$ref": "HonorUnsubscribeVerdict", +"description": "Unsubscribe honoring compliance verdict." +}, +"oneClickUnsubscribeVerdict": { +"$ref": "OneClickUnsubscribeVerdict", +"description": "One-click unsubscribe compliance verdict." +}, +"rowData": { +"description": "Data for each of the rows of the table. Each message contains all the data that backs a single row.", +"items": { +"$ref": "ComplianceRowData" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DomainComplianceStatus": { +"description": "Compliance status for a domain.", +"id": "DomainComplianceStatus", +"properties": { +"complianceData": { +"$ref": "DomainComplianceData", +"description": "Compliance data for the registrable domain part of the domain in `name`. For example, if `name` is `domains/example.com/complianceStatus`, this field contains compliance data for `example.com`." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the domain's compliance status. Format: `domains/{domain_id}/complianceStatus`.", +"type": "string" +}, +"subdomainComplianceData": { +"$ref": "DomainComplianceData", +"description": "Compliance data calculated specifically for the subdomain in `name`. This field is only populated if the domain in `name` is a subdomain that differs from its registrable domain (e.g., `sub.example.com`), and if compliance data is available for that specific subdomain." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DomainStat": { +"description": "Email statistics for a domain for a specified time period or date.", +"id": "DomainStat", +"properties": { +"date": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Optional. The specific date for these stats, if granularity is DAILY. This field is populated if the QueryDomainStatsRequest specified a DAILY aggregation granularity." +}, +"metric": { +"description": "The user-defined name from MetricDefinition.name in the request, used to correlate this result with the requested metric.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Output only. The resource name of the DomainStat resource. Format: domains/{domain}/domainStats/{domain_stat} The `{domain_stat}` segment is an opaque, server-generated ID. We recommend using the `metric` field to identify queried metrics instead of parsing the name.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"value": { +"$ref": "StatisticValue", +"description": "The value of the corresponding metric." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"HonorUnsubscribeVerdict": { +"description": "Compliance verdict for whether a sender meets the unsubscribe honoring compliance requirement.", +"id": "HonorUnsubscribeVerdict", +"properties": { +"reason": { +"description": "The specific reason for the compliance verdict. Must be empty if the status is compliant.", +"enum": [ +"REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"NOT_HONORING", +"NOT_HONORING_TOO_FEW_CAMPAIGNS", +"NOT_HONORING_TOO_MANY_CAMPAIGNS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"The sender does not honor unsubscribe requests.", +"The sender does not honor unsubscribe requests and consider to increase the number of relevant campaigns.", +"The sender does not honor unsubscribe requests and consider to reduce the number of relevant campaigns." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"$ref": "ComplianceStatus", +"description": "The compliance status." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListDomainsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for ListDomains.", +"id": "ListDomainsResponse", +"properties": { +"domains": { +"description": "The domains that have been registered by the user.", +"items": { +"$ref": "Domain" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"MetricDefinition": { +"description": "Defines a specific metric to query, including a user-defined name, the base metric type, and optional filters.", +"id": "MetricDefinition", +"properties": { +"baseMetric": { +"$ref": "BaseMetric", +"description": "Required. The underlying metric to query." +}, +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Optional filters to apply to the metric.", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. The user-defined name for this metric. This name will be used as the key for this metric's value in the response.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"OneClickUnsubscribeVerdict": { +"description": "Compliance verdict for whether a sender meets the one-click unsubscribe compliance requirement.", +"id": "OneClickUnsubscribeVerdict", +"properties": { +"reason": { +"description": "The specific reason for the compliance verdict. Must be empty if the status is compliant.", +"enum": [ +"REASON_UNSPECIFIED", +"NO_UNSUB_GENERAL", +"NO_UNSUB_SPAM_REPORTS", +"NO_UNSUB_PROMO_SPAM_REPORTS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified.", +"Sender does not support one-click unsubscribe for the majority of their messages.", +"Sender does not support one-click unsubscribe for most messages that are manually reported as spam.", +"Sender does not support one-click unsubscribe for most promotional messages that are manually reported as spam. This classification of messages is a subset of those encompassed by `NO_UNSUB_SPAM_REPORTS`." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"status": { +"$ref": "ComplianceStatus", +"description": "The compliance status." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QueryDomainStatsRequest": { +"description": "Request message for QueryDomainStats.", +"id": "QueryDomainStatsRequest", +"properties": { +"aggregationGranularity": { +"description": "Optional. The granularity at which to aggregate the statistics. If unspecified, defaults to DAILY.", +"enum": [ +"AGGREGATION_GRANULARITY_UNSPECIFIED", +"DAILY", +"OVERALL" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified granularity. Defaults to DAILY.", +"Statistics are aggregated on a daily basis. Each DomainStats entry in the response will correspond to a single day.", +"Statistics are aggregated over the entire requested time period. Each DomainStats entry in the response will represent the total for the period." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"metricDefinitions": { +"description": "Required. The specific metrics to query. You can define a custom name for each metric, which will be used in the response.", +"items": { +"$ref": "MetricDefinition" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of DomainStats resources to return in the response. The server may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, a default value of 10 will be used. The maximum value is 200.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any. If the aggregation granularity is DAILY, the page token will be the encoded date + \"/\" + metric name. If the aggregation granularity is OVERALL, the page token will be the encoded metric name.", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The parent resource name where the stats are queried. Format: domains/{domain}", +"type": "string" +}, +"timeQuery": { +"$ref": "TimeQuery", +"description": "Required. The time range or specific dates for which to retrieve the metrics." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"QueryDomainStatsResponse": { +"description": "Response message for QueryDomainStats.", +"id": "QueryDomainStatsResponse", +"properties": { +"domainStats": { +"description": "The list of domain statistics. Each DomainStat object contains the value for a metric requested in the QueryDomainStatsRequest.", +"items": { +"$ref": "DomainStat" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"StatisticValue": { +"description": "The actual value of a statistic.", +"id": "StatisticValue", +"properties": { +"doubleValue": { +"description": "Double value.", +"format": "double", +"type": "number" +}, +"floatValue": { +"description": "Float value.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"intValue": { +"description": "Integer value.", +"format": "int64", +"type": "string" +}, +"stringList": { +"$ref": "StringList", +"description": "List of string values." +}, +"stringValue": { +"description": "String value.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Status": { +"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).", +"id": "Status", +"properties": { +"code": { +"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"details": { +"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.", +"items": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.", +"type": "any" +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"message": { +"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"StringList": { +"description": "Represents a list of strings.", +"id": "StringList", +"properties": { +"values": { +"description": "The string values.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"TimeQuery": { +"description": "The date ranges or specific dates for which you want to retrieve data.", +"id": "TimeQuery", +"properties": { +"dateList": { +"$ref": "DateList", +"description": "A list of specific dates." +}, +"dateRanges": { +"$ref": "DateRanges", +"description": "A list of date ranges." +} +}, +"type": "object" +} +}, +"servicePath": "", +"title": "Gmail Postmaster Tools API", +"version": "v2", +"version_module": true +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json index 50b6f376353..45f09eff0ce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.list", @@ -3100,6 +3100,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"bulkDelete": { +"description": "Bulk deletes the FHIR resources from the given FHIR store. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the deletion by calling GetOperation. The success and secondary_success counters correspond to the deleted current version and historical versions, respectively.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}:bulkDelete", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.bulkDelete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the FHIR store to bulk delete resources from, in the format of `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}:bulkDelete", +"request": { +"$ref": "BulkDeleteResourcesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-healthcare", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "create": { "description": "Creates a new FHIR store within the parent dataset.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores", @@ -5142,7 +5171,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251211", +"revision": "20260128", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeterminationLogConfig": { @@ -5584,6 +5613,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"BulkDeleteResourcesRequest": { +"description": "Request to bulk delete FHIR resources.", +"id": "BulkDeleteResourcesRequest", +"properties": { +"gcsDestination": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudHealthcareV1FhirGcsDestination", +"description": "Optional. The Cloud Storage output destination. The Healthcare Service Agent account requires the `roles/storage.objectAdmin` role on the Cloud Storage location. The deleted resources outputs are organized by FHIR resource types. The server creates one or more objects per resource type. Each object contains newline delimited strings in the format {resourceType}/{resourceId}." +}, +"type": { +"description": "Optional. String of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only resources of the specified resource type(s) will be deleted.", +"type": "string" +}, +"until": { +"description": "Optional. If provided, only resources updated before or atthis time are deleted. The time uses the format YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sss+zz:zz. For example, `2015-02-07T13:28:17.239+02:00` or `2017-01-01T00:00:00Z`. The time must be specified to the second and include a time zone.", +"type": "string" +}, +"versionConfig": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies which version of the resources to delete.", +"enum": [ +"VERSION_CONFIG_UNSPECIFIED", +"ALL", +"CURRENT_ONLY", +"HISTORY_ONLY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified version config. Defaults to ALL.", +"Delete the current version and all history versions.", +"Delete the current version only and create a historical version of the deleted resource.", +"Delete all history versions only." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BulkExportGcsDestination": { "description": "The configuration for exporting to Cloud Storage using the bulk export API.", "id": "BulkExportGcsDestination", @@ -6087,7 +6151,7 @@ "description": "Deidentify configuration. Only one of `config` and `gcs_config_uri` can be specified." }, "destinationStore": { -"description": "Required. The name of the DICOM store to create and write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/dicomStores/{dicom_store_id}`. * The destination dataset must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The destination DICOM store must not exist. * The caller must have the necessary permissions to create the destination DICOM store.", +"description": "Required. The name of the DICOM store to write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/dicomStores/{dicom_store_id}`. * The destination dataset and DICOM store must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The caller must have the healthcare.dicomStores.dicomWebWrite permission to write to the destination DICOM store.", "type": "string" }, "filterConfig": { @@ -6110,7 +6174,7 @@ "description": "Deidentify configuration. Only one of `config` and `gcs_config_uri` can be specified." }, "destinationStore": { -"description": "Required. The name of the FHIR store to create and write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. * The destination dataset must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The destination FHIR store must exist. * The caller must have the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission to write to the destination FHIR store.", +"description": "Required. The name of the FHIR store to write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. * The destination dataset and FHIR store must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The caller must have the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission to write to the destination FHIR store.", "type": "string" }, "gcsConfigUri": { @@ -7073,7 +7137,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudHealthcareV1DicomGcsDestination", "properties": { "mimeType": { -"description": "MIME types supported by DICOM spec. Each file is written in the following format: `.../{study_id}/{series_id}/{instance_id}[/{frame_number}].{extension}` The frame_number component exists only for multi-frame instances. Supported MIME types are consistent with supported formats in DICOMweb: https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/dicom#retrieve_transaction. Specifically, the following are supported: - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (uncompressed DICOM) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Baseline) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.90 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000 Lossless Only) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.91 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=* (DICOM with no transcoding) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (raw uncompressed PixelData) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=* (raw PixelData in whatever format it was uploaded in) - image/jpeg; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (Consumer JPEG) - image/png The following extensions are used for output files: - application/dicom -> .dcm - image/jpeg -> .jpg - image/png -> .png - application/octet-stream -> no extension If unspecified, the instances are exported in the original DICOM format they were uploaded in.", +"description": "MIME types supported by DICOM spec. Each file is written in the following format: `.../{study_id}/{series_id}/{instance_id}[/{frame_number}].{extension}` The frame_number component exists only for multi-frame instances. Supported MIME types are consistent with supported formats in DICOMweb: https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/dicom#retrieve_transaction. Specifically, the following are supported: - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2 (DICOM Implicit VR Little Endian) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (DICOM Explicit VR Little Endian) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1.99 (DICOM Deflated Explicit VR Little Endian) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Baseline) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.51 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Extended) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.57 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.70 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Lossless First-Order Prediction) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.80 (DICOM with embedded JPEG-LS Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.81 (DICOM with embedded JPEG-LS Lossy (Near-Lossless)) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.90 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000 Lossless Only) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.91 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.110 (DICOM with embedded JPEG XL Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.111 (DICOM with embedded JPEG XL JPEG Recompression) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.112 (DICOM with embedded JPEG XL) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.201 (DICOM with embedded High-Throughput JPEG 2000 Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.202 (DICOM with embedded High-Throughput JPEG 2000 with RPCL Options Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.203 (DICOM with embedded High-Throughput JPEG 2000) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.5 (DICOM with embedded RLE Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.8.1 (DICOM with embedded Deflated Image Frame Compression) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=* (DICOM with no transcoding) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (raw uncompressed PixelData) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=* (raw PixelData in whatever format it was uploaded in) - image/jpeg; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (Consumer JPEG) - image/png The following extensions are used for output files: - application/dicom -> .dcm - image/jpeg -> .jpg - image/png -> .png - application/octet-stream -> no extension If unspecified, the instances are exported in the original DICOM format they were uploaded in.", "type": "string" }, "uriPrefix": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json index 9822d400ef7..2fc87246f10 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "healthcare.projects.locations.list", @@ -3285,6 +3285,35 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"bulkDelete": { +"description": "Bulk deletes the FHIR resources from the given FHIR store. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the deletion by calling GetOperation. The success and secondary_success counters correspond to the deleted current version and historical versions, respectively.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}:bulkDelete", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "healthcare.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.bulkDelete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the FHIR store to bulk delete resources from, in the format of `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/datasets/[^/]+/fhirStores/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:bulkDelete", +"request": { +"$ref": "BulkDeleteResourcesRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-healthcare", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "configureSearch": { "description": "Configure the search parameters for the FHIR store and reindex resources in the FHIR store according to the defined search parameters. The search parameters provided in this request will replace any previous search configuration. The target SearchParameter resources need to exist in the store before calling ConfigureSearch, otherwise an error will occur. This method returns an Operation that can be used to track the progress of the reindexing by calling GetOperation.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/fhirStores/{fhirStoresId}:configureSearch", @@ -5689,7 +5718,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251211", +"revision": "20260128", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeterminationLogConfig": { @@ -6191,6 +6220,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"BulkDeleteResourcesRequest": { +"description": "Request to bulk delete FHIR resources.", +"id": "BulkDeleteResourcesRequest", +"properties": { +"gcsDestination": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudHealthcareV1beta1FhirGcsDestination", +"description": "Optional. The Cloud Storage output destination. The Healthcare Service Agent account requires the `roles/storage.objectAdmin` role on the Cloud Storage location. The deleted resources outputs are organized by FHIR resource types. The server creates one or more objects per resource type. Each object contains newline delimited strings in the format {resourceType}/{resourceId}." +}, +"type": { +"description": "Optional. String of comma-delimited FHIR resource types. If provided, only resources of the specified resource type(s) will be deleted.", +"type": "string" +}, +"until": { +"description": "Optional. If provided, only resources updated before or atthis time are deleted. The time uses the format YYYY-MM-DDThh:mm:ss.sss+zz:zz. For example, `2015-02-07T13:28:17.239+02:00` or `2017-01-01T00:00:00Z`. The time must be specified to the second and include a time zone.", +"type": "string" +}, +"versionConfig": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies which version of the resources to delete.", +"enum": [ +"VERSION_CONFIG_UNSPECIFIED", +"ALL", +"CURRENT_ONLY", +"HISTORY_ONLY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified version config. Defaults to ALL.", +"Delete the current version and all history versions.", +"Delete the current version only and create a historical version of the deleted resource.", +"Delete all history versions only." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BulkExportGcsDestination": { "description": "The configuration for exporting to Cloud Storage using the bulk export API.", "id": "BulkExportGcsDestination", @@ -6769,7 +6833,7 @@ "description": "Deidentify configuration. Only one of `config` and `gcs_config_uri` can be specified." }, "destinationStore": { -"description": "Required. The name of the DICOM store to create and write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/dicomStores/{dicom_store_id}`. * The destination dataset must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The destination DICOM store must not exist. * The caller must have the necessary permissions to create the destination DICOM store.", +"description": "Required. The name of the DICOM store to write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/dicomStores/{dicom_store_id}`. * The destination dataset and DICOM store must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The caller must have the healthcare.dicomStores.dicomWebWrite permission to write to the destination DICOM store.", "type": "string" }, "filterConfig": { @@ -6792,7 +6856,7 @@ "description": "Deidentify configuration. Only one of `config` and `gcs_config_uri` can be specified." }, "destinationStore": { -"description": "Required. The name of the FHIR store to create and write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. * The destination dataset must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The destination FHIR store must exist. * The caller must have the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission to write to the destination FHIR store.", +"description": "Required. The name of the FHIR store to write the redacted data to. For example, `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/datasets/{dataset_id}/fhirStores/{fhir_store_id}`. * The destination dataset and FHIR store must exist. * The source dataset and destination dataset must both reside in the same location. De-identifying data across multiple locations is not supported. * The caller must have the healthcare.fhirResources.update permission to write to the destination FHIR store.", "type": "string" }, "gcsConfigUri": { @@ -7965,7 +8029,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudHealthcareV1beta1DicomGcsDestination", "properties": { "mimeType": { -"description": "MIME types supported by DICOM spec. Each file is written in the following format: `.../{study_id}/{series_id}/{instance_id}[/{frame_number}].{extension}` The frame_number component exists only for multi-frame instances. Supported MIME types are consistent with supported formats in DICOMweb: https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/dicom#retrieve_transaction. Specifically, the following are supported: - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (uncompressed DICOM) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Baseline) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.90 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000 Lossless Only) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.91 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000)h - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=* (DICOM with no transcoding) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (raw uncompressed PixelData) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=* (raw PixelData in whatever format it was uploaded in) - image/jpeg; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (Consumer JPEG) - image/png The following extensions are used for output files: - application/dicom -> .dcm - image/jpeg -> .jpg - image/png -> .png - application/octet-stream -> no extension If unspecified, the instances are exported in the original DICOM format they were uploaded in.", +"description": "MIME types supported by DICOM spec. Each file is written in the following format: `.../{study_id}/{series_id}/{instance_id}[/{frame_number}].{extension}` The frame_number component exists only for multi-frame instances. Supported MIME types are consistent with supported formats in DICOMweb: https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/dicom#retrieve_transaction. Specifically, the following are supported: - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2 (DICOM Implicit VR Little Endian) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (DICOM Explicit VR Little Endian) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1.99 (DICOM Deflated Explicit VR Little Endian) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Baseline) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.51 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Extended) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.57 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.70 (DICOM with embedded JPEG Lossless First-Order Prediction) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.80 (DICOM with embedded JPEG-LS Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.81 (DICOM with embedded JPEG-LS Lossy (Near-Lossless)) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.90 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000 Lossless Only) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.91 (DICOM with embedded JPEG 2000) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.110 (DICOM with embedded JPEG XL Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.111 (DICOM with embedded JPEG XL JPEG Recompression) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.112 (DICOM with embedded JPEG XL) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.201 (DICOM with embedded High-Throughput JPEG 2000 Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.202 (DICOM with embedded High-Throughput JPEG 2000 with RPCL Options Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.203 (DICOM with embedded High-Throughput JPEG 2000) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.5 (DICOM with embedded RLE Lossless) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.8.1 (DICOM with embedded Deflated Image Frame Compression) - application/dicom; transfer-syntax=* (DICOM with no transcoding) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.1 (raw uncompressed PixelData) - application/octet-stream; transfer-syntax=* (raw PixelData in whatever format it was uploaded in) - image/jpeg; transfer-syntax=1.2.840.10008.1.2.4.50 (Consumer JPEG) - image/png The following extensions are used for output files: - application/dicom -> .dcm - image/jpeg -> .jpg - image/png -> .png - application/octet-stream -> no extension If unspecified, the instances are exported in the original DICOM format they were uploaded in.", "type": "string" }, "uriPrefix": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/hypercomputecluster.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/hypercomputecluster.v1.json index 40860cd8502..b586394dcb3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/hypercomputecluster.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/hypercomputecluster.v1.json @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ "baseUrl": "https://hypercomputecluster.googleapis.com/", "batchPath": "batch", "canonicalName": "Hypercompute Cluster", -"description": "", +"description": "The Cluster Director API allows you to deploy, manage, and monitor clusters that run AI, ML, or HPC workloads.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://docs.cloud.google.com/cluster-director/docs", "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "hypercomputecluster.projects.locations.list", @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260121", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://hypercomputecluster.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BootDisk": { @@ -1321,16 +1321,16 @@ "type": "string" }, "terminationAction": { -"description": "Optional. Specifies the termination action of the instance", +"description": "Optional. Termination action for the instance. If not specified, Compute Engine sets the termination action to DELETE.", "enum": [ "TERMINATION_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", "STOP", "DELETE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified termination action", -"Stop the instance", -"Delete the instance" +"Not set.", +"Compute Engine stops the Spot VM on preemption.", +"Compute Engine deletes the Spot VM on preemption." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "OperationProgress": { -"description": "Message describing the progress of a cluster mutation long-running operation. operation.", +"description": "Message describing the progress of a cluster mutation long-running operation.", "id": "OperationProgress", "properties": { "steps": { @@ -1648,7 +1648,7 @@ "id": "SlurmNodeSet", "properties": { "computeId": { -"description": "Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's [compute_resources](Cluster.compute_resources).", +"description": "Optional. ID of the compute resource on which this nodeset will run. Must match a key in the cluster's compute_resources.", "type": "string" }, "computeInstance": { @@ -1699,14 +1699,14 @@ "description": "Required. Configuration for login nodes, which allow users to access the cluster over SSH." }, "nodeSets": { -"description": "Required. Configuration of Slurm nodesets, which define groups of compute resources that can be used by Slurm. At least one compute node is required.", +"description": "Optional. Compute resource configuration for the Slurm nodesets in your cluster. If not specified, the cluster won't create any nodes.", "items": { "$ref": "SlurmNodeSet" }, "type": "array" }, "partitions": { -"description": "Required. Configuration of Slurm partitions, which group one or more nodesets. Acts as a queue against which jobs can be submitted. At least one partition is required.", +"description": "Optional. Configuration for the Slurm partitions in your cluster. Each partition can contain one or more nodesets, and you can submit separate jobs on each partition. If you don't specify at least one partition in your cluster, you can't submit jobs to the cluster.", "items": { "$ref": "SlurmPartition" }, @@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ "id": "StorageConfig", "properties": { "id": { -"description": "Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's [storage_resources](Cluster.storage_resources).", +"description": "Required. ID of the storage resource to mount, which must match a key in the cluster's storage_resources.", "type": "string" }, "localMount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json index 0be9942aed2..c53c91de91e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json @@ -4160,7 +4160,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260123", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessRestrictions": { @@ -4546,14 +4546,12 @@ "enum": [ "ATTRIBUTES_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "AZURE_AD_GROUPS_MAIL", -"AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID", -"AZURE_AD_GROUPS_DISPLAY_NAME" +"AZURE_AD_GROUPS_ID" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "No AttributesType specified.", "Used to get the user's group claims from the Microsoft Entra ID identity provider using the configuration provided in ExtraAttributesOAuth2Client. The `mail` property of the `microsoft.graph.group` object is used for claim mapping. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/api/resources/group?view=graph-rest-1.0#properties for more details on `microsoft.graph.group` properties. The group mail addresses of the user's groups that are returned from Microsoft Entra ID can be mapped by using the following attributes: * OIDC: `assertion.groups` * SAML: `assertion.attributes.groups`", -"Used to get the user's group claims from the Microsoft Entra ID identity provider using the configuration provided in ExtraAttributesOAuth2Client. The `id` property of the `microsoft.graph.group` object is used for claim mapping. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/api/resources/group?view=graph-rest-1.0#properties for more details on `microsoft.graph.group` properties. The group IDs of the user's groups that are returned from Microsoft Entra ID can be mapped by using the following attributes: * OIDC: `assertion.groups` * SAML: `assertion.attributes.groups`", -"Used to get the user's group claims from the Microsoft Entra ID identity provider using the configuration provided in ExtraAttributesOAuth2Client. The `displayName` property of the `microsoft.graph.group` object is used for claim mapping. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/api/resources/group?view=graph-rest-1.0#properties for more details on `microsoft.graph.group` properties. The display names of the user's groups that are returned from Microsoft Entra ID can be mapped by using the following attributes: * OIDC: `assertion.groups` * SAML: `assertion.attributes.groups`" +"Used to get the user's group claims from the Microsoft Entra ID identity provider using the configuration provided in ExtraAttributesOAuth2Client. The `id` property of the `microsoft.graph.group` object is used for claim mapping. See https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/graph/api/resources/group?view=graph-rest-1.0#properties for more details on `microsoft.graph.group` properties. The group IDs of the user's groups that are returned from Microsoft Entra ID can be mapped by using the following attributes: * OIDC: `assertion.groups` * SAML: `assertion.attributes.groups`" ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6340,7 +6338,7 @@ false }, "extraAttributesOauth2Client": { "$ref": "GoogleIamAdminV1WorkforcePoolProviderExtraAttributesOAuth2Client", -"description": "Optional. The configuration for OAuth 2.0 client used to get the additional user attributes. This should be used when users can't get the desired claims in authentication credentials. Currently, this configuration is only supported with OIDC protocol." +"description": "Optional. Defines the configuration for the OAuth 2.0 client that is used to get the additional user attributes in a separate backchannel call to the identity provider. This should be used when users can't get the required claims in authentication credentials. Currently, the OAuth 2.0 protocol is the only supported authorization method for this backchannel call." }, "name": { "description": "Identifier. The resource name of the provider. Format: `locations/{location}/workforcePools/{workforce_pool_id}/providers/{provider_id}`", @@ -6559,12 +6557,14 @@ false "enum": [ "MODE_UNSPECIFIED", "FEDERATION_ONLY", -"TRUST_DOMAIN" +"TRUST_DOMAIN", +"SYSTEM_TRUST_DOMAIN" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "State unspecified. New pools should not use this mode. Pools with an unspecified mode will operate as if they are in federation-only mode.", -"Federation-only mode. Federation-only pools can only be used for federating external workload identities into Google Cloud. Unless otherwise noted, no structure or format constraints are applied to workload identities in a federation-only pool, and you cannot create any resources within the pool besides providers.", -"Trust-domain mode. Trust-domain pools can be used to assign identities to Google Cloud workloads. All identities within a trust-domain pool must consist of a single namespace and individual workload identifier. The subject identifier for all identities must conform to the following format: `ns//sa/` WorkloadIdentityPoolProviders cannot be created within trust-domain pools." +"Federation-only mode. FEDERATION_ONLY mode pools can only be used for federating external workload identities into Google Cloud. Unless otherwise noted, no structure or format constraints are applied to workload identities in a FEDERATION_ONLY mode pool, and you cannot create any resources within the pool besides providers.", +"Trust-domain mode. TRUST_DOMAIN mode pools can be used to assign identities to Google Cloud workloads. Identities within a TRUST_DOMAIN mode pool share the same root of trust. WorkloadIdentityPoolProviders cannot be created within trust-domain pools.", +"SYSTEM_TRUST_DOMAIN mode pools are managed by Google Cloud services. Neither WorkloadIdentityPoolNamespaces nor WorkloadIdentityPoolProviders can be created within SYSTEM_TRUST_DOMAIN mode pools. All identities within a SYSTEM_TRUST_DOMAIN mode pool are in one of the following formats: * `spiffe:///ns//sa/` * `spiffe:///resources//`" ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json index bcb1536eef4..d70a3dc974c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251013", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeniedPageSettings": { @@ -1098,6 +1098,19 @@ "description": "Configuration for OAuth login&consent flow behavior as well as for OAuth Credentials.", "id": "OAuthSettings", "properties": { +"clientId": { +"description": "Optional. OAuth 2.0 client ID used in the OAuth flow to generate an access token. If this field is set, you can skip obtaining the OAuth credentials in this step: https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OAuth2?hl=en_US#1.-obtain-oauth-2.0-credentials-from-the-google-api-console. However, this could allow for client sharing. The risks of client sharing are outlined here: https://cloud.google.com/iap/docs/sharing-oauth-clients#risks.", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecret": { +"description": "Optional. Input only. OAuth secret paired with client ID", +"type": "string" +}, +"clientSecretSha256": { +"description": "Output only. OAuth secret sha256 paired with client ID", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, "loginHint": { "description": "Domain hint to send as hd=? parameter in OAuth request flow. Enables redirect to primary IDP by skipping Google's login screen. https://developers.google.com/identity/protocols/OpenIDConnect#hd-param Note: IAP does not verify that the id token's hd claim matches this value since access behavior is managed by IAM policies.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json index 904c324ff7a..b261addff9d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/kmsinventory.v1.json @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "scope": { -"description": "Required. A scope can be an organization or a project. Resources protected by the crypto key in provided scope will be returned. The allowed values are: * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., \"organizations/12345678\") * projects/{PROJECT_ID} (e.g., \"projects/foo-bar\") * projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER} (e.g., \"projects/12345678\")", +"description": "Required. A scope can be an organization or a project. Resources protected by the crypto key in provided scope will be returned. The following values are allowed: * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., \"organizations/12345678\") * projects/{PROJECT_ID} (e.g., \"projects/foo-bar\") * projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER} (e.g., \"projects/12345678\")", "location": "path", "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "scope": { -"description": "Required. A scope can be an organization or a project. Resources protected by the crypto key in provided scope will be returned. The allowed values are: * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., \"organizations/12345678\") * projects/{PROJECT_ID} (e.g., \"projects/foo-bar\") * projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER} (e.g., \"projects/12345678\")", +"description": "Required. A scope can be an organization or a project. Resources protected by the crypto key in provided scope will be returned. The following values are allowed: * organizations/{ORGANIZATION_NUMBER} (e.g., \"organizations/12345678\") * projects/{PROJECT_ID} (e.g., \"projects/foo-bar\") * projects/{PROJECT_NUMBER} (e.g., \"projects/12345678\")", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260201", +"revision": "20260216", "rootUrl": "https://kmsinventory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudKmsInventoryV1ListCryptoKeysResponse": { @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudKmsInventoryV1Warning": { -"description": "Warning message specifying various states of response data that might indicate incomplete or partial results.", +"description": "A warning message that indicates potential problems with the response data.", "id": "GoogleCloudKmsInventoryV1Warning", "properties": { "displayMessage": { @@ -470,9 +470,9 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", -"Indicates that the caller or service agent lacks necessary permissions to view some of the requested data. The response may be partial. Examples: - KMS organization service agent {service_agent_name} lacks the `cloudasset.assets.searchAllResources` permission on the scope.", -"Indicates that a resource limit has been exceeded, resulting in partial data. Examples: - The project has more than 10,000 assets (resources, crypto keys, key handles, IAM policies, etc).", -"Indicates that the project is org-less. Thus the analysis is only done for the project level data and results might be partial." +"Indicates that the caller or service agent lacks necessary permissions to view some of the requested data. The response may be partial. Example: - KMS organization service agent {service_agent_name} lacks the `cloudasset.assets.searchAllResources` permission on the scope.", +"Indicates that a resource limit has been exceeded, resulting in partial data. Example: - The project has more than 10,000 assets (resources, crypto keys, key handles, IAM policies, etc).", +"Indicates that the project exists outside of an organization resource. Thus the analysis is only done for the project level data and results might be partial." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json index c0800e8f3c5..c93801e77ed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/looker.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "looker.projects.locations.list", @@ -454,34 +454,6 @@ "scopes": [ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] -}, -"undelete": { -"description": "Undeletes Looker instance.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:undelete", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "looker.projects.locations.instances.undelete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}:undelete", -"request": { -"$ref": "UndeleteInstanceRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] } }, "resources": { @@ -743,7 +715,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260216", "rootUrl": "https://looker.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminSettings": { @@ -1011,10 +983,6 @@ "$ref": "AdminSettings", "description": "Looker Instance Admin settings." }, -"catalogIntegrationEnabled": { -"description": "Optional. Indicates whether catalog integration is enabled for the Looker instance.", -"type": "boolean" -}, "classType": { "description": "Optional. Storage class of the instance.", "enum": [ @@ -1185,23 +1153,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, -"softDeleteReason": { -"description": "Output only. The reason for the instance being in a soft-deleted state.", -"enum": [ -"SOFT_DELETE_REASON_UNSPECIFIED", -"BILLING_ACCOUNT_ISSUE", -"TRIAL_EXPIRED", -"CUSTOMER_REQUEST" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Soft delete reason is unspecified. This is the default value.", -"Instance is soft deleted due to billing account issues.", -"Instance is soft deleted due to trial expiration.", -"Instance is soft deleted by the customer." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, "state": { "description": "Output only. The state of the instance.", "enum": [ @@ -1229,12 +1180,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"suspendedTime": { -"description": "Output only. The time when the Looker instance was suspended (soft deleted).", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. The time when the Looker instance was last updated.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -1485,6 +1430,10 @@ "clientSecret": { "description": "Input only. Client secret from an external OAuth application. This is an input-only field, and thus will not be set in any responses.", "type": "string" +}, +"sharedOauthClientEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. Whether to use the shared OAuth client. Instances specifying this field do not need to provide client_id and client_secret.", +"type": "boolean" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1725,12 +1674,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"UndeleteInstanceRequest": { -"description": "Request options for undeleting an instance.", -"id": "UndeleteInstanceRequest", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, "UserMetadata": { "description": "Metadata about users for a Looker instance.", "id": "UserMetadata", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1.json index e80108e7a10..8bb17b08858 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1.json @@ -2410,7 +2410,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260203", +"revision": "20260218", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { @@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "accountName": { -"description": "Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information.", +"description": "Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the \"/\" or \"_\" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information.", "type": "string" }, "adultContent": { @@ -3123,7 +3123,7 @@ "readOnly": true }, "eligibleDestinations": { -"description": "Optional. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies, valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS`, `FREE_LISTINGS`", +"description": "Optional. Required for the create operation. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies. Valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS` and `FREE_LISTINGS`.", "items": { "enum": [ "DESTINATION_ENUM_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@ "description": "Required. The account to be created." }, "service": { -"description": "Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `product_management` services may be provided.", +"description": "Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `products_management` services may be provided.", "items": { "$ref": "AddAccountService" }, @@ -4871,7 +4871,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "Program": { -"description": "Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout`", +"description": "Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `product-ratings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout`", "id": "Program", "properties": { "activeRegionCodes": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json index b351f692afa..92eccb2f03a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json @@ -2360,7 +2360,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260203", +"revision": "20260218", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { @@ -2434,7 +2434,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "accountName": { -"description": "Required. A human-readable name of the account. See [store name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/160556) and [business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information.", +"description": "Required. A human-readable name of the account. Don't use punctuation, capitalization, or non-alphanumeric symbols such as the \"/\" or \"_\" symbols. See [Adding a business name](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12159159) for more information.", "type": "string" }, "adultContent": { @@ -3003,7 +3003,7 @@ "readOnly": true }, "eligibleDestinations": { -"description": "Optional. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies, valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS`, `FREE_LISTINGS`", +"description": "Optional. Required for the create operation. The destinations (also known as [Marketing methods](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/15130232)) to which the checkout program applies. Valid destination values are `SHOPPING_ADS` and `FREE_LISTINGS`.", "items": { "enum": [ "DESTINATION_ENUM_UNSPECIFIED", @@ -3110,7 +3110,7 @@ "description": "Required. The account to be created." }, "service": { -"description": "Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `product_management` services may be provided.", +"description": "Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation` and `accounts.createAndConfigure` method can be used to create a sub-account under an existing advanced account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `products_management` services may be provided.", "items": { "$ref": "AddAccountService" }, @@ -4748,7 +4748,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "Program": { -"description": "Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout`", +"description": "Defines participation in a given program for the specified account. Programs provide a mechanism for adding functionality to a Merchant Center accounts. A typical example of this is the [Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/13889434) program, which enables products from a business's store to be shown across Google for free. The following list is the available set of program resource IDs accessible through the API: * `checkout` * `free-listings` * `product-ratings` * `shopping-ads` * `youtube-shopping-checkout`", "id": "Program", "properties": { "activeRegionCodes": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.ordertracking_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.ordertracking_v1.json index 6a2ae21ce0f..14587443f89 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.ordertracking_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.ordertracking_v1.json @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20250805", +"revision": "20260221", "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DateTime": { @@ -344,6 +344,7 @@ "LOCAL_INVENTORY_ADS", "VEHICLE_INVENTORY_ADS", "FREE_LISTINGS", +"FREE_LISTINGS_UCP_CHECKOUT", "FREE_LOCAL_LISTINGS", "FREE_LOCAL_VEHICLE_LISTINGS", "YOUTUBE_AFFILIATE", @@ -373,6 +374,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -386,6 +388,7 @@ false "[Local inventory ads](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/3271956).", "[Vehicle inventory ads](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/11544533).", "[Free product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9199328).", +"[Free product listings on UCP checkout](https://developers.google.com/merchant/ucp).", "[Free local product listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9825611).", "[Free local vehicle listings](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/11544533).", "[Youtube Affiliate](https://support.google.com/youtube/answer/13376398).", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json index 026cea9c1da..837b79653ad 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "metastore.projects.locations.list", @@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260203", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json index 268a8fb4ab3..1e386f8cd80 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1alpha.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "metastore.projects.locations.list", @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260203", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json index 76c2f5ee2d1..aa6beb92a51 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/metastore.v1beta.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: List all public locations: Use the path GET /v1/locations. List project-visible locations: Use the path GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "metastore.projects.locations.list", @@ -1807,7 +1807,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260122", +"revision": "20260203", "rootUrl": "https://metastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AlterMetadataResourceLocationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json index 8032e42fe61..3ee8a6a7401 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json @@ -753,7 +753,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260108", +"revision": "20260212", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -1087,6 +1087,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"CoordinatedWidget": { +"description": "A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display. Currently, we only support the primary widget of TimeSeriesTable with the secondary widget of XyChart.", +"id": "CoordinatedWidget", +"properties": { +"primary": { +"$ref": "Widget", +"description": "Required. The primary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source." +}, +"secondary": { +"$ref": "Widget", +"description": "Required. The secondary visualization. Must be set. Must contain a data source." +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Dashboard": { "description": "A Google Stackdriver dashboard. Dashboards define the content and layout of pages in the Stackdriver web application.", "id": "Dashboard", @@ -3006,6 +3021,10 @@ "$ref": "CollapsibleGroup", "description": "A widget that groups the other widgets. All widgets that are within the area spanned by the grouping widget are considered member widgets." }, +"coordinatedWidget": { +"$ref": "CoordinatedWidget", +"description": "A widget that contains two widget visualizations that are coordinated in display." +}, "errorReportingPanel": { "$ref": "ErrorReportingPanel", "description": "A widget that displays a list of error groups." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json index 65e74edbce4..52580acd235 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1.json @@ -2715,7 +2715,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260125", +"revision": "20260218", "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveDirectory": { @@ -3391,6 +3391,29 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"CloneDetails": { +"description": "Details about a clone volume.", +"id": "CloneDetails", +"properties": { +"sharedSpaceGib": { +"description": "Output only. Shared space in GiB. Determined at volume creation time based on size of source snapshot.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceSnapshot": { +"description": "Output only. Specifies the full resource name of the source snapshot from which this volume was cloned. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot}", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceVolume": { +"description": "Output only. Full name of the source volume resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DailySchedule": { "description": "Make a snapshot every day e.g. at 04:00, 05:20, 23:50", "id": "DailySchedule", @@ -5322,6 +5345,11 @@ true "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, +"cloneDetails": { +"$ref": "CloneDetails", +"description": "Output only. If this volume is a clone, this field contains details about the clone.", +"readOnly": true +}, "coldTierSizeGib": { "description": "Output only. Size of the volume cold tier data rounded down to the nearest GiB.", "format": "int64", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json index 2299376e34d..e197dd09a03 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/netapp.v1beta1.json @@ -1809,6 +1809,118 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] } +}, +"resources": { +"ontap": { +"methods": { +"executeOntapDelete": { +"description": "`ExecuteOntapDelete` dispatches the ONTAP `DELETE` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/storagePools/{storagePoolsId}/ontap/{ontapId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "netapp.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.executeOntapDelete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"ontapPath" +], +"parameters": { +"ontapPath": { +"description": "Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/storagePools/[^/]+/ontap/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+ontapPath}", +"response": { +"$ref": "ExecuteOntapDeleteResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"executeOntapGet": { +"description": "`ExecuteOntapGet` dispatches the ONTAP `GET` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/storagePools/{storagePoolsId}/ontap/{ontapId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "netapp.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.executeOntapGet", +"parameterOrder": [ +"ontapPath" +], +"parameters": { +"ontapPath": { +"description": "Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/storagePools/[^/]+/ontap/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+ontapPath}", +"response": { +"$ref": "ExecuteOntapGetResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"executeOntapPatch": { +"description": "`ExecuteOntapPatch` dispatches the ONTAP `PATCH` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/storagePools/{storagePoolsId}/ontap/{ontapId}", +"httpMethod": "PATCH", +"id": "netapp.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.executeOntapPatch", +"parameterOrder": [ +"ontapPath" +], +"parameters": { +"ontapPath": { +"description": "Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/storagePools/[^/]+/ontap/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+ontapPath}", +"request": { +"$ref": "ExecuteOntapPatchRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "ExecuteOntapPatchResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"executeOntapPost": { +"description": "`ExecuteOntapPost` dispatches the ONTAP `POST` request to the `StoragePool` cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/storagePools/{storagePoolsId}/ontap/{ontapId}", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "netapp.projects.locations.storagePools.ontap.executeOntapPost", +"parameterOrder": [ +"ontapPath" +], +"parameters": { +"ontapPath": { +"description": "Required. The resource path of the ONTAP resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/storagePools/{storage_pool_id}/ontap/{ontap_resource_path}`. For example: `projects/123456789/locations/us-central1/storagePools/my-storage-pool/ontap/api/storage/volumes`.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/storagePools/[^/]+/ontap/.*$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+ontapPath}", +"request": { +"$ref": "ExecuteOntapPostRequest" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "ExecuteOntapPostResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} } }, "volumes": { @@ -2715,7 +2827,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260125", +"revision": "20260218", "rootUrl": "https://netapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveDirectory": { @@ -3391,6 +3503,29 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, +"CloneDetails": { +"description": "Details about a clone volume.", +"id": "CloneDetails", +"properties": { +"sharedSpaceGib": { +"description": "Output only. Shared space in GiB. Determined at volume creation time based on size of source snapshot.", +"format": "int64", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceSnapshot": { +"description": "Output only. Specifies the full resource name of the source snapshot from which this volume was cloned. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}/snapshots/{snapshot}", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"sourceVolume": { +"description": "Output only. Full name of the source volume resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/volumes/{volume}", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DailySchedule": { "description": "Make a snapshot every day e.g. at 04:00, 05:20, 23:50", "id": "DailySchedule", @@ -3498,6 +3633,96 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ExecuteOntapDeleteResponse": { +"description": "Response message for `ExecuteOntapDelete` API.", +"id": "ExecuteOntapDeleteResponse", +"properties": { +"body": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The raw `JSON` body of the response.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExecuteOntapGetResponse": { +"description": "Response message for `ExecuteOntapGet` API.", +"id": "ExecuteOntapGetResponse", +"properties": { +"body": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The raw `JSON` body of the response.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExecuteOntapPatchRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `ExecuteOntapPatch` API.", +"id": "ExecuteOntapPatchRequest", +"properties": { +"body": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. The raw `JSON` body of the request. The body should be in the format of the ONTAP resource. For example: ``` { \"body\": { \"field1\": \"value1\", \"field2\": \"value2\", } } ```", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExecuteOntapPatchResponse": { +"description": "Response message for `ExecuteOntapPatch` API.", +"id": "ExecuteOntapPatchResponse", +"properties": { +"body": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The raw `JSON` body of the response.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExecuteOntapPostRequest": { +"description": "Request message for `ExecuteOntapPost` API.", +"id": "ExecuteOntapPostRequest", +"properties": { +"body": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. The raw `JSON` body of the request. The body should be in the format of the ONTAP resource. For example: ``` { \"body\": { \"field1\": \"value1\", \"field2\": \"value2\", } } ```", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ExecuteOntapPostResponse": { +"description": "Response message for `ExecuteOntapPost` API.", +"id": "ExecuteOntapPostResponse", +"properties": { +"body": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "The raw `JSON` body of the response.", +"type": "object" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ExportPolicy": { "description": "Defines the export policy for the volume.", "id": "ExportPolicy", @@ -3826,6 +4051,18 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"LargeCapacityConfig": { +"description": "Configuration for a Large Capacity Volume. A Large Capacity Volume supports sizes ranging from 12 TiB to 20 PiB, it is composed of multiple internal constituents, and must be created in a large capacity pool.", +"id": "LargeCapacityConfig", +"properties": { +"constituentCount": { +"description": "Optional. The number of internal constituents (e.g., FlexVols) for this large volume. The minimum number of constituents is 2.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListActiveDirectoriesResponse": { "description": "ListActiveDirectoriesResponse contains all the active directories requested.", "id": "ListActiveDirectoriesResponse", @@ -5004,6 +5241,20 @@ "description": "Optional. Flag indicating if the pool is NFS LDAP enabled or not.", "type": "boolean" }, +"mode": { +"description": "Optional. Mode of the storage pool. This field is used to control whether the user can perform the ONTAP operations on the storage pool using the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs. If not specified during creation, it defaults to `DEFAULT`.", +"enum": [ +"MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"DEFAULT", +"ONTAP" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The `StoragePool` `Mode` is not specified.", +"The `StoragePool` and its resources are managed by the GCNV APIs.", +"The `StoragePool` and its resources are managed by the GCNV ONTAP Mode APIs." +], +"type": "string" +}, "name": { "description": "Identifier. Name of the storage pool", "type": "string" @@ -5044,6 +5295,20 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, +"scaleTier": { +"description": "Optional. The effective scale tier of the storage pool. If `scale_tier` is not specified during creation, this defaults to `SCALE_TIER_STANDARD`.", +"enum": [ +"SCALE_TIER_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCALE_TIER_STANDARD", +"SCALE_TIER_ENTERPRISE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is unused.", +"The standard capacity and performance tier. Suitable for general purpose workloads.", +"A higher capacity and performance tier. Suitable for more demanding workloads." +], +"type": "string" +}, "serviceLevel": { "description": "Required. Service level of the storage pool", "enum": [ @@ -5322,6 +5587,11 @@ true "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, +"cloneDetails": { +"$ref": "CloneDetails", +"description": "Output only. If this volume is a clone, this field contains details about the clone.", +"readOnly": true +}, "coldTierSizeGib": { "description": "Output only. Size of the volume cold tier data rounded down to the nearest GiB.", "format": "int64", @@ -5392,6 +5662,10 @@ true "description": "Optional. Flag indicating if the volume will be a large capacity volume or a regular volume.", "type": "boolean" }, +"largeCapacityConfig": { +"$ref": "LargeCapacityConfig", +"description": "Optional. Large capacity config for the volume." +}, "ldapEnabled": { "description": "Output only. Flag indicating if the volume is NFS LDAP enabled or not.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json index 8fad26f05cb..fb2ef5b008e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1.json @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260211", "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortInfo": { @@ -3326,6 +3326,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"NgfwPacketInspectionInfo": { +"description": "For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall.", +"id": "NgfwPacketInspectionInfo", +"properties": { +"securityProfileGroupUri": { +"description": "URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Operation": { "description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", "id": "Operation", @@ -4124,6 +4135,10 @@ false "$ref": "NetworkInfo", "description": "Display information of a Google Cloud network." }, +"ngfwPacketInspection": { +"$ref": "NgfwPacketInspectionInfo", +"description": "Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall." +}, "projectId": { "description": "Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating.", "type": "string" @@ -4187,6 +4202,7 @@ false "ARRIVE_AT_VPC_CONNECTOR", "DIRECT_VPC_EGRESS_CONNECTION", "SERVERLESS_EXTERNAL_CONNECTION", +"NGFW_PACKET_INSPECTION", "NAT", "SKIP_GKE_POD_IP_MASQUERADING", "PROXY_CONNECTION", @@ -4236,6 +4252,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4271,6 +4288,7 @@ false "Forwarding state: arriving at a VPC connector.", "Forwarding state: for packets originating from a serverless endpoint forwarded through Direct VPC egress.", "Forwarding state: for packets originating from a serverless endpoint forwarded through public (external) connectivity.", +"Forwarding state: Layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall endpoint based on the configured security profile group.", "Transition state: packet header translated. The `nat` field is populated with the translation information.", "Transition state: GKE Pod IP masquerading is skipped. The `ip_masquerading_skipped` field is populated with the reason.", "Transition state: original connection is terminated and a new proxied connection is initiated.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json index ec4acfa06fc..00678dc5925 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkmanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260211", "rootUrl": "https://networkmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbortInfo": { @@ -3326,6 +3326,17 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"NgfwPacketInspectionInfo": { +"description": "For display only. Metadata associated with a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall.", +"id": "NgfwPacketInspectionInfo", +"properties": { +"securityProfileGroupUri": { +"description": "URI of the security profile group associated with this firewall packet inspection.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Operation": { "description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", "id": "Operation", @@ -4124,6 +4135,10 @@ false "$ref": "NetworkInfo", "description": "Display information of a Google Cloud network." }, +"ngfwPacketInspection": { +"$ref": "NgfwPacketInspectionInfo", +"description": "Display information of a layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall." +}, "projectId": { "description": "Project ID that contains the configuration this step is validating.", "type": "string" @@ -4187,6 +4202,7 @@ false "ARRIVE_AT_VPC_CONNECTOR", "DIRECT_VPC_EGRESS_CONNECTION", "SERVERLESS_EXTERNAL_CONNECTION", +"NGFW_PACKET_INSPECTION", "NAT", "SKIP_GKE_POD_IP_MASQUERADING", "PROXY_CONNECTION", @@ -4236,6 +4252,7 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4271,6 +4288,7 @@ false "Forwarding state: arriving at a VPC connector.", "Forwarding state: for packets originating from a serverless endpoint forwarded through Direct VPC egress.", "Forwarding state: for packets originating from a serverless endpoint forwarded through public (external) connectivity.", +"Forwarding state: Layer 7 packet inspection by the firewall endpoint based on the configured security profile group.", "Transition state: packet header translated. The `nat` field is populated with the translation information.", "Transition state: GKE Pod IP masquerading is skipped. The `ip_masquerading_skipped` field is populated with the reason.", "Transition state: original connection is terminated and a new proxied connection is initiated.", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json index 9a65a83f861..8cba0b1ca83 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networksecurity.v1.json @@ -5419,7 +5419,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260131", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://networksecurity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddAddressGroupItemsRequest": { @@ -8536,13 +8536,15 @@ "PROFILE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "THREAT_PREVENTION", "CUSTOM_MIRRORING", -"CUSTOM_INTERCEPT" +"CUSTOM_INTERCEPT", +"URL_FILTERING" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Profile type not specified.", "Profile type for threat prevention.", "Profile type for packet mirroring v2", -"Profile type for TPPI." +"Profile type for TPPI.", +"Profile type for URL filtering." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -8551,6 +8553,10 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"urlFilteringProfile": { +"$ref": "UrlFilteringProfile", +"description": "The URL filtering configuration for the SecurityProfile." } }, "type": "object" @@ -8608,6 +8614,10 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" +}, +"urlFilteringProfile": { +"description": "Optional. Reference to a SecurityProfile with the UrlFiltering configuration.", +"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -8911,6 +8921,53 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"UrlFilter": { +"description": "A URL filter defines an action to take for some URL match.", +"id": "UrlFilter", +"properties": { +"filteringAction": { +"description": "Required. The action taken when this filter is applied.", +"enum": [ +"URL_FILTERING_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", +"ALLOW", +"DENY" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Filtering action not specified.", +"The connection matching this filter will be allowed to transmit.", +"The connection matching this filter will be dropped." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"priority": { +"description": "Required. The priority of this filter within the URL Filtering Profile. Lower integers indicate higher priorities. The priority of a filter must be unique within a URL Filtering Profile.", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +}, +"urls": { +"description": "Required. The list of strings that a URL must match with for this filter to be applied.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"UrlFilteringProfile": { +"description": "UrlFilteringProfile defines filters based on URL.", +"id": "UrlFilteringProfile", +"properties": { +"urlFilters": { +"description": "Optional. The list of filtering configs in which each config defines an action to take for some URL match.", +"items": { +"$ref": "UrlFilter" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "UrlList": { "description": "UrlList proto helps users to set reusable, independently manageable lists of hosts, host patterns, URLs, URL patterns.", "id": "UrlList", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json index c81eb1127e5..1daa5d70b52 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkservices.projects.locations.list", @@ -3191,7 +3191,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251203", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -6042,6 +6042,13 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"targetProxies": { +"description": "Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/`", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json index fa055c28797..1d953d58b14 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkservices.v1beta1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "networkservices.projects.locations.list", @@ -3100,7 +3100,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251203", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://networkservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthzExtension": { @@ -5878,6 +5878,13 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, +"targetProxies": { +"description": "Optional. TargetProxies defines a list of TargetTcpProxies this TlsRoute is attached to, as one of the routing rules to route the requests served by the TargetTcpProxy. Each TargetTcpProxy reference should match the pattern: `projects/*/locations/*/targetTcpProxies/`", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "updateTime": { "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the resource was updated.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json index 5732a2cac67..c64e187882b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1.json @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260202", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -525,6 +525,10 @@ "description": "The name of the base image.", "type": "string" }, +"registry": { +"description": "The registry in which the base image is from.", +"type": "string" +}, "repository": { "description": "The repository name in which the base image is from.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json index b6a406070e8..da4477aaa68 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ondemandscanning.v1beta1.json @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260202", +"revision": "20260209", "rootUrl": "https://ondemandscanning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { @@ -520,6 +520,10 @@ "description": "The name of the base image.", "type": "string" }, +"registry": { +"description": "The registry in which the base image is from.", +"type": "string" +}, "repository": { "description": "The repository name in which the base image is from.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json index 46766a785b2..e695e8cb8fe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/oracledatabase.v1.json @@ -15,6 +15,83 @@ "description": "The Oracle Database@Google Cloud API provides a set of APIs to manage Oracle database services, such as Exadata and Autonomous Databases.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/oracle/database/docs", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.asia-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.asia-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.asia-south1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.asia-south2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "asia-south2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.australia-southeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.australia-southeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "australia-southeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.europe-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.europe-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west3" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.europe-west8.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "europe-west8" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.northamerica-northeast1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.northamerica-northeast2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "northamerica-northeast2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.southamerica-east1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "southamerica-east1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.us-east4.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east4" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://oracledatabase.us-west3.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west3" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -2472,7 +2549,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260127", +"revision": "20260220", "rootUrl": "https://oracledatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllConnectionStrings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json index 94ab05b25d9..0a23f49bb4e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260104", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://places.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": { @@ -1134,6 +1134,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceGoogleMapsLinks", "description": "Links to trigger different Google Maps actions." }, +"googleMapsTypeLabel": { +"$ref": "GoogleTypeLocalizedText", +"description": "The type label of the place on Google Maps, localized to the request language if applicable, for example, \"Restaurant\", \"Cafe\", \"Airport\", etc. The type label may be different from the primary type display name and may not be a supported type in [Places API Place Types table](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/places/web-service/place-types)." +}, "googleMapsUri": { "description": "A URL providing more information about this place.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json index 95d7c70447c..a958840d2da 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json @@ -1004,9 +1004,60 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260201", +"revision": "20260222", "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { +"ApiservingMcpMcpToolDataHandlingProfile": { +"description": "Profile describing the data handling characteristics of an MCP tool. When used within the McpTool.meta field, this message should be packed into a google.protobuf.Any and associated with the key: \"google.com/tool.profiles/data_handling\"", +"id": "ApiservingMcpMcpToolDataHandlingProfile", +"properties": { +"inputDataAccessLevel": { +"description": "// The data access level of the tool's inputs.", +"enum": [ +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_PUBLIC", +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_CONFIDENTIAL", +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_NEED_TO_KNOW", +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_PII", +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_USER", +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_NO_DATA_ACCESS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is unused.", +"Public data.", +"Confidential data.", +"Need-to-know data.", +"Personally Identifiable Information (PII) data.", +"User data.", +"The tool does not access any data." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"outputDataAccessLevel": { +"description": "The data access level of the tool's outputs.", +"enum": [ +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_PUBLIC", +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_CONFIDENTIAL", +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_NEED_TO_KNOW", +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_PII", +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_USER", +"DATA_ACCESS_LEVEL_NO_DATA_ACCESS" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is unused.", +"Public data.", +"Confidential data.", +"Need-to-know data.", +"Personally Identifiable Information (PII) data.", +"User data.", +"The tool does not access any data." +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1alpha1Anomaly": { "description": "Represents an anomaly detected in a dataset. Our anomaly detection systems flag datapoints in a time series that fall outside of and expected range derived from historical data. Although those expected ranges have an upper and a lower bound, we only flag anomalies when the data has become unexpectedly _worse_, which usually corresponds to the case where the metric crosses the upper bound. Multiple contiguous datapoints in a timeline outside of the expected range will be grouped into a single anomaly. Therefore, an anomaly represents effectively a segment of a metric's timeline. The information stored in the `timeline_spec`, `dimensions` and `metric` can be used to fetch a full timeline with extended ragne for context. **Required permissions**: to access this resource, the calling user needs the _View app information (read-only)_ permission for the app.", "id": "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1alpha1Anomaly", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json index e0debcb1549..fd2e5858d81 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json @@ -1686,7 +1686,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20241013", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": { @@ -1739,13 +1739,6 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection", "description": "Use with CategoryType.COST" }, -"impactComponents": { -"description": "If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1Impact" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "reliabilityProjection": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1ReliabilityProjection", "description": "Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json index af02be86a7f..aeed2936fff 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json @@ -1944,7 +1944,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251026", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": { @@ -2063,13 +2063,6 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1CostProjection", "description": "Use with CategoryType.COST" }, -"impactComponents": { -"description": "If populated, the impact contains multiple components. In this case, the top-level impact contains aggregated values and each component contains per-service details.", -"items": { -"$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1Impact" -}, -"type": "array" -}, "reliabilityProjection": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1ReliabilityProjection", "description": "Use with CategoryType.RELIABILITY" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json index 5d89e42bec3..2fe3381fa07 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json @@ -134,6 +134,31 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority": { +"description": "Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Regional certificate authority resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", @@ -1078,7 +1103,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AOFConfig": { @@ -1706,6 +1731,10 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"rotateServerCertificate": { +"description": "Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "satisfiesPzi": { "description": "Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, @@ -1716,6 +1745,26 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, +"serverCaMode": { +"description": "Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster.", +"enum": [ +"SERVER_CA_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SERVER_CA_MODE_GOOGLE_MANAGED_PER_INSTANCE_CA", +"SERVER_CA_MODE_GOOGLE_MANAGED_SHARED_CA", +"SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Server CA mode not specified.", +"Each cluster has its own Google managed CA.", +"The cluster uses Google managed shared CA in the region.", +"The cluster uses customer managed CA from CAS." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"serverCaPool": { +"description": "Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: \"projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}\".", +"type": "string" +}, "shardCount": { "description": "Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster.", "format": "int32", @@ -4889,6 +4938,34 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionalCertChain": { +"description": "The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.", +"id": "RegionalCertChain", +"properties": { +"certificates": { +"description": "The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RegionalManagedCertificateAuthority": { +"description": "CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication.", +"id": "RegionalManagedCertificateAuthority", +"properties": { +"caCerts": { +"description": "The PEM encoded CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication", +"items": { +"$ref": "RegionalCertChain" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RemoteCluster": { "description": "Details of the remote cluster associated with this cluster in a cross cluster replication setup.", "id": "RemoteCluster", @@ -4998,6 +5075,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenanceInfo to capture the maintenance details of database resource.", "id": "ResourceMaintenanceInfo", "properties": { +"currentVersionReleaseDate": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Optional. The date when the current maintenance version was released." +}, "denyMaintenanceSchedules": { "description": "Optional. List of Deny maintenance period for the database resource.", "items": { @@ -5043,11 +5124,6 @@ false "upcomingMaintenance": { "$ref": "UpcomingMaintenance", "description": "Optional. Upcoming maintenance for the database resource. This field is populated once SLM generates and publishes upcoming maintenance window." -}, -"versionUpdateTime": { -"description": "Optional. This field will contain the date when the last version update was applied to the database resource. This will be used to calculate the age of the maintenance version.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -5149,6 +5225,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority": { +"description": "Shared regional certificate authority", +"id": "SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority", +"properties": { +"managedServerCa": { +"$ref": "RegionalManagedCertificateAuthority", +"description": "CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "StateInfo": { "description": "Represents additional information about the state of the cluster.", "id": "StateInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json index efdf5518f53..dad6951a9d5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json @@ -134,6 +134,31 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, +"getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority": { +"description": "Gets the details of regional certificate authority information for Redis cluster.", +"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "redis.projects.locations.getSharedRegionalCertificateAuthority", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Regional certificate authority resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority` where `location_id` refers to a Google Cloud region.", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1beta1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, "list": { "description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", @@ -1078,7 +1103,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AOFConfig": { @@ -1706,6 +1731,10 @@ "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, +"rotateServerCertificate": { +"description": "Optional. Input only. Rotate the server certificates.", +"type": "boolean" +}, "satisfiesPzi": { "description": "Optional. Output only. Reserved for future use.", "readOnly": true, @@ -1716,6 +1745,26 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "boolean" }, +"serverCaMode": { +"description": "Optional. Server CA mode for the cluster.", +"enum": [ +"SERVER_CA_MODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SERVER_CA_MODE_GOOGLE_MANAGED_PER_INSTANCE_CA", +"SERVER_CA_MODE_GOOGLE_MANAGED_SHARED_CA", +"SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Server CA mode not specified.", +"Each cluster has its own Google managed CA.", +"The cluster uses Google managed shared CA in the region.", +"The cluster uses customer managed CA from CAS." +], +"type": "string" +}, +"serverCaPool": { +"description": "Optional. Customer-managed CA pool for the cluster. Only applicable for BYOCA i.e. if server_ca_mode is SERVER_CA_MODE_CUSTOMER_MANAGED_CAS_CA. Format: \"projects/{project}/locations/{region}/caPools/{ca_pool}\".", +"type": "string" +}, "shardCount": { "description": "Optional. Number of shards for the Redis cluster.", "format": "int32", @@ -4896,6 +4945,34 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"RegionalCertChain": { +"description": "The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.", +"id": "RegionalCertChain", +"properties": { +"certificates": { +"description": "The certificates that form the CA chain, from leaf to root order.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"RegionalManagedCertificateAuthority": { +"description": "CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication.", +"id": "RegionalManagedCertificateAuthority", +"properties": { +"caCerts": { +"description": "The PEM encoded CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication", +"items": { +"$ref": "RegionalCertChain" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "RemoteCluster": { "description": "Details of the remote cluster associated with this cluster in a cross cluster replication setup.", "id": "RemoteCluster", @@ -5005,6 +5082,10 @@ false "description": "MaintenanceInfo to capture the maintenance details of database resource.", "id": "ResourceMaintenanceInfo", "properties": { +"currentVersionReleaseDate": { +"$ref": "Date", +"description": "Optional. The date when the current maintenance version was released." +}, "denyMaintenanceSchedules": { "description": "Optional. List of Deny maintenance period for the database resource.", "items": { @@ -5050,11 +5131,6 @@ false "upcomingMaintenance": { "$ref": "UpcomingMaintenance", "description": "Optional. Upcoming maintenance for the database resource. This field is populated once SLM generates and publishes upcoming maintenance window." -}, -"versionUpdateTime": { -"description": "Optional. This field will contain the date when the last version update was applied to the database resource. This will be used to calculate the age of the maintenance version.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -5156,6 +5232,21 @@ false }, "type": "object" }, +"SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority": { +"description": "Shared regional certificate authority", +"id": "SharedRegionalCertificateAuthority", +"properties": { +"managedServerCa": { +"$ref": "RegionalManagedCertificateAuthority", +"description": "CA certificate chains for redis managed server authentication." +}, +"name": { +"description": "Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/sharedRegionalCertificateAuthority`", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "StateInfo": { "description": "Represents additional information about the state of the cluster.", "id": "StateInfo", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json index 2ec49af1210..784dace8f67 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v1.json @@ -4,6 +4,12 @@ "scopes": { "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Run data and see the email address for your Google Account" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly": { +"description": "See your Google Cloud Run data and the email address of your Google Account" } } } @@ -614,7 +620,9 @@ "$ref": "ListAuthorizedDomainsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] } } @@ -643,7 +651,9 @@ "$ref": "Configuration" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -704,7 +714,9 @@ "$ref": "ListConfigurationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] } } @@ -741,7 +753,8 @@ "$ref": "DomainMapping" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "delete": { @@ -786,7 +799,8 @@ "$ref": "Status" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "get": { @@ -811,7 +825,9 @@ "$ref": "DomainMapping" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -872,7 +888,9 @@ "$ref": "ListDomainMappingsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] } } @@ -1720,7 +1738,8 @@ "$ref": "Service" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "delete": { @@ -1765,7 +1784,8 @@ "$ref": "Status" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "get": { @@ -1790,7 +1810,9 @@ "$ref": "Service" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -1851,7 +1873,9 @@ "$ref": "ListServicesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "replaceService": { @@ -1884,7 +1908,8 @@ "$ref": "Service" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] } } @@ -2184,7 +2209,9 @@ "$ref": "ListAuthorizedDomainsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] } } @@ -2275,7 +2302,9 @@ "$ref": "ListAuthorizedDomainsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] } } @@ -2304,7 +2333,9 @@ "$ref": "Configuration" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -2365,7 +2396,9 @@ "$ref": "ListConfigurationsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] } } @@ -2402,7 +2435,8 @@ "$ref": "DomainMapping" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "delete": { @@ -2447,7 +2481,8 @@ "$ref": "Status" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "get": { @@ -2472,7 +2507,9 @@ "$ref": "DomainMapping" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -2533,7 +2570,9 @@ "$ref": "ListDomainMappingsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] } } @@ -3105,7 +3144,8 @@ "$ref": "Service" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "delete": { @@ -3150,7 +3190,8 @@ "$ref": "Status" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "get": { @@ -3175,7 +3216,9 @@ "$ref": "Service" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -3206,7 +3249,9 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -3267,7 +3312,9 @@ "$ref": "ListServicesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "replaceService": { @@ -3300,7 +3347,8 @@ "$ref": "Service" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -3328,7 +3376,8 @@ "$ref": "Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -3356,7 +3405,9 @@ "$ref": "TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] } } @@ -3457,7 +3508,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Addressable": { @@ -5968,6 +6019,11 @@ false "description": "Optional. Email address of the IAM service account associated with the Instance. The service account represents the identity of the running container, and determines what permissions the Instance has. If not provided, the Instance will use the project's default service account.", "type": "string" }, +"timeout": { +"description": "Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, "volumes": { "description": "Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the Instance.", "items": { @@ -6845,7 +6901,7 @@ false "type": "object" }, "Revision": { -"description": "Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references a container image. Revisions are created by updates to a Configuration. See also: https://github.com/knative/specs/blob/main/specs/serving/overview.md#revision", +"description": "Revision is an immutable snapshot of code and configuration. A revision references one or more container images. Revisions are created by updates to a Service.", "id": "Revision", "properties": { "apiVersion": { @@ -6881,7 +6937,7 @@ false "type": "integer" }, "containers": { -"description": "Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision. In the context of a Revision, we disallow a number of fields on this Container, including: name and lifecycle.", +"description": "Required. Containers holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision.", "items": { "$ref": "Container" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json index ad24fcb470f..53e2fbbf472 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json @@ -4,6 +4,12 @@ "scopes": { "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": { "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account." +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run": { +"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud Run data and see the email address for your Google Account" +}, +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly": { +"description": "See your Google Cloud Run data and the email address of your Google Account" } } } @@ -1615,7 +1621,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "delete": { @@ -1650,7 +1657,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "get": { @@ -1675,7 +1683,9 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunV2Service" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "getIamPolicy": { @@ -1706,7 +1716,9 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "list": { @@ -1747,7 +1759,9 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunV2ListServicesResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] }, "patch": { @@ -1764,6 +1778,11 @@ "location": "query", "type": "boolean" }, +"forceNewRevision": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, a new revision will be created from the template even if the system doesn't detect any changes from the previously deployed revision. This may be useful for cases where the underlying resources need to be recreated or reinitialized. For example if the image is specified by label, but the underlying image digest has changed) or if the container performs deployment initialization work that needs to be performed again.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, "name": { "description": "Identifier. The fully qualified name of this Service. In CreateServiceRequest, this field is ignored, and instead composed from CreateServiceRequest.parent and CreateServiceRequest.service_id. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/services/{service_id}", "location": "path", @@ -1791,7 +1810,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "setIamPolicy": { @@ -1819,7 +1839,8 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1Policy" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run" ] }, "testIamPermissions": { @@ -1847,7 +1868,9 @@ "$ref": "GoogleIamV1TestIamPermissionsResponse" }, "scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/run.readonly" ] } }, @@ -2383,7 +2406,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260130", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": { @@ -2528,7 +2551,7 @@ "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2CloudSqlInstance", "properties": { "instances": { -"description": "The Cloud SQL instance connection names, as can be found in https://console.cloud.google.com/sql/instances. Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run. Format: {project}:{location}:{instance}", +"description": "A list of Cloud SQL instance connection names. Cloud Run uses these to establish connections to the specified Cloud SQL instances. While the SQL instance name itself is unique within a project, the full connection name requires the location for proper routing. Format: `{project}:{location}:{instance}` Example: `my-project:us-central1:my-instance` You can find this value on the instance's **Overview** page in the Google Cloud console or by using the following `gcloud` command: ```sh gcloud sql instances describe INSTANCE_NAME \\ --format='value(connectionName)' ``` Visit https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/connect-run for more information on how to connect Cloud SQL and Cloud Run.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -3580,6 +3603,11 @@ "description": "Output only. The Condition of this Instance, containing its readiness status, and detailed error information in case it did not reach a serving state. See comments in `reconciling` for additional information on reconciliation process in Cloud Run.", "readOnly": true }, +"timeout": { +"description": "Optional. Duration the instance may be active before the system will shut it down.", +"format": "google-duration", +"type": "string" +}, "uid": { "description": "Output only. Server assigned unique identifier for the trigger. The value is a UUID4 string and guaranteed to remain unchanged until the resource is deleted.", "readOnly": true, @@ -4166,7 +4194,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "containers": { -"description": "Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision.", +"description": "Holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunV2Container" }, @@ -4375,6 +4403,16 @@ "description": "Settings for revision-level scaling settings.", "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2RevisionScaling", "properties": { +"concurrencyUtilization": { +"description": "Optional. Determines a threshold for concurrency utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable concurrency utilization as threshold for scaling.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, +"cpuUtilization": { +"description": "Optional. Determines a threshold for CPU utilization before scaling begins. Accepted values are between `0.4` and `0.95` (inclusive) or `0.0` to disable CPU utilization as threshold for scaling.", +"format": "float", +"type": "number" +}, "maxInstanceCount": { "description": "Optional. Maximum number of serving instances that this resource should have. When unspecified, the field is set to the server default value of 100. For more information see https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/max-instances", "format": "int32", @@ -4420,7 +4458,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "containers": { -"description": "Holds the single container that defines the unit of execution for this Revision.", +"description": "Holds the list which define the units of execution for this Revision.", "items": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudRunV2Container" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1beta1.json index 1aabd9206f0..cff916a7093 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/saasservicemgmt.v1beta1.json @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260214", "rootUrl": "https://saasservicemgmt.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregate": { @@ -3059,7 +3059,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "UnitOperation": { -"description": "UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 19", +"description": "UnitOperation encapsulates the intent of changing/interacting with the service component represented by the specific Unit. Multiple UnitOperations can be created (requested) and scheduled in the future, however only one will be allowed to execute at a time (that can change in the future for non-mutating operations). UnitOperations allow different actors interacting with the same unit to focus only on the change they have requested. This is a base object that contains the common fields in all unit operations. Next: 22", "id": "UnitOperation", "properties": { "annotations": { @@ -3237,14 +3237,18 @@ "TYPE_SCHEDULED", "TYPE_RUNNING", "TYPE_SUCCEEDED", -"TYPE_CANCELLED" +"TYPE_CANCELLED", +"TYPE_APP_CREATED", +"TYPE_APP_COMPONENTS_REGISTERED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Condition type is unspecified.", "Condition type is scheduled.", "Condition type is running.", "Condition type is succeeded.", -"Condition type is cancelled." +"Condition type is cancelled.", +"Indicates if AppHub app has been created.", +"Indicates if services and workloads have been registered with AppHub." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json index eb0d15d7823..e561e1412a9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json @@ -435,131 +435,6 @@ } }, "resources": { -"operations": { -"methods": { -"cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.operations.cancel", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel", -"response": { -"$ref": "Empty" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.operations.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Empty" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"get": { -"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.operations.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.operations.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "The standard list filter.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "The standard list page size.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "The standard list page token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"returnPartialSuccess": { -"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"path": "v1/{+name}/operations", -"response": { -"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -} -}, "secrets": { "methods": { "addVersion": { @@ -1491,7 +1366,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260127", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSecretVersionResponse": { @@ -1715,31 +1590,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"ListOperationsResponse": { -"description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.", -"id": "ListOperationsResponse", -"properties": { -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "The standard List next-page token.", -"type": "string" -}, -"operations": { -"description": "A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"unreachable": { -"description": "Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections. For example, when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "ListSecretVersionsResponse": { "description": "Response message for SecretManagerService.ListSecretVersions.", "id": "ListSecretVersionsResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json index 8f7f485adca..9e053c42f61 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json @@ -435,131 +435,6 @@ } }, "resources": { -"operations": { -"methods": { -"cancel": { -"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.", -"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.operations.cancel", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta2/{+name}:cancel", -"response": { -"$ref": "Empty" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"delete": { -"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.", -"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", -"httpMethod": "DELETE", -"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.operations.delete", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta2/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Empty" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"get": { -"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.", -"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.operations.get", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation resource.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta2/{+name}", -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"list": { -"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.", -"flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations", -"httpMethod": "GET", -"id": "secretmanager.projects.locations.operations.list", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"filter": { -"description": "The standard list filter.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"name": { -"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"pageSize": { -"description": "The standard list page size.", -"format": "int32", -"location": "query", -"type": "integer" -}, -"pageToken": { -"description": "The standard list page token.", -"location": "query", -"type": "string" -}, -"returnPartialSuccess": { -"description": "When set to `true`, operations that are reachable are returned as normal, and those that are unreachable are returned in the ListOperationsResponse.unreachable field. This can only be `true` when reading across collections. For example, when `parent` is set to `\"projects/example/locations/-\"`. This field is not supported by default and will result in an `UNIMPLEMENTED` error if set unless explicitly documented otherwise in service or product specific documentation.", -"location": "query", -"type": "boolean" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta2/{+name}/operations", -"response": { -"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -} -} -}, "secrets": { "methods": { "addVersion": { @@ -1491,7 +1366,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260127", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessSecretVersionResponse": { @@ -1715,31 +1590,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"ListOperationsResponse": { -"description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.", -"id": "ListOperationsResponse", -"properties": { -"nextPageToken": { -"description": "The standard List next-page token.", -"type": "string" -}, -"operations": { -"description": "A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"unreachable": { -"description": "Unordered list. Unreachable resources. Populated when the request sets `ListOperationsRequest.return_partial_success` and reads across collections. For example, when attempting to list all resources across all supported locations.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "ListSecretVersionsResponse": { "description": "Response message for SecretManagerService.ListSecretVersions.", "id": "ListSecretVersionsResponse", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json index 06b3af21478..13a9f075203 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json @@ -5944,7 +5944,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260123", +"revision": "20260219", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -7958,6 +7958,61 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ExternalExposure": { +"description": "Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding.", +"id": "ExternalExposure", +"properties": { +"backendService": { +"description": "The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"exposedEndpoint": { +"description": "The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.\u201d", +"type": "string" +}, +"exposedService": { +"description": "The name and version of the service, for example, \"Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"instanceGroup": { +"description": "The full resource name of the instance group, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": { +"description": "The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"networkEndpointGroup": { +"description": "The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"privateIpAddress": { +"description": "Private IP address of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"privatePort": { +"description": "Port number associated with private IP address.", +"type": "string" +}, +"publicIpAddress": { +"description": "Public IP address of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"publicPort": { +"description": "Public port number of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceFirewallPolicy": { +"description": "The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "File": { "description": "File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter", "id": "File", @@ -8179,6 +8234,10 @@ "$ref": "Exfiltration", "description": "Represents exfiltrations associated with the finding." }, +"externalExposure": { +"$ref": "ExternalExposure", +"description": "External exposure associated with the finding." +}, "externalSystems": { "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExternalSystem" @@ -8210,7 +8269,8 @@ "POSTURE_VIOLATION", "TOXIC_COMBINATION", "SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK", -"CHOKEPOINT" +"CHOKEPOINT", +"EXTERNAL_EXPOSURE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified finding class.", @@ -8222,7 +8282,8 @@ "Describes a potential security risk due to a change in the security posture.", "Describes a group of security issues that, when the issues occur together, represent a greater risk than when the issues occur independently. A group of such issues is referred to as a toxic combination.", "Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data.", -"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS)." +"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS).", +"Describes a potential security risk due to the resource being exposed to the internet." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -11102,6 +11163,61 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalExposure": { +"description": "Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalExposure", +"properties": { +"backendService": { +"description": "The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"exposedEndpoint": { +"description": "The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.\u201d", +"type": "string" +}, +"exposedService": { +"description": "The name and version of the service, for example, \"Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"instanceGroup": { +"description": "The full resource name of the instance group, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": { +"description": "The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"networkEndpointGroup": { +"description": "The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"privateIpAddress": { +"description": "Private IP address of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"privatePort": { +"description": "Port number associated with private IP address.", +"type": "string" +}, +"publicIpAddress": { +"description": "Public IP address of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"publicPort": { +"description": "Public port number of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceFirewallPolicy": { +"description": "The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalSystem": { "description": "Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalSystem", @@ -11388,6 +11504,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Exfiltration", "description": "Represents exfiltrations associated with the finding." }, +"externalExposure": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalExposure", +"description": "External exposure associated with the finding." +}, "externalSystems": { "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalSystem" @@ -11419,7 +11539,8 @@ "POSTURE_VIOLATION", "TOXIC_COMBINATION", "SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK", -"CHOKEPOINT" +"CHOKEPOINT", +"EXTERNAL_EXPOSURE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified finding class.", @@ -11431,7 +11552,8 @@ "Describes a potential security risk due to a change in the security posture.", "Describes a combination of security issues that represent a more severe security problem when taken together.", "Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data.", -"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS)." +"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS).", +"Describes a potential security risk due to the resource being exposed to the internet." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json index bcc26f85716..260120accaa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json @@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260123", +"revision": "20260219", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -2547,6 +2547,61 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ExternalExposure": { +"description": "Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding.", +"id": "ExternalExposure", +"properties": { +"backendService": { +"description": "The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"exposedEndpoint": { +"description": "The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.\u201d", +"type": "string" +}, +"exposedService": { +"description": "The name and version of the service, for example, \"Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"instanceGroup": { +"description": "The full resource name of the instance group, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": { +"description": "The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"networkEndpointGroup": { +"description": "The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"privateIpAddress": { +"description": "Private IP address of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"privatePort": { +"description": "Port number associated with private IP address.", +"type": "string" +}, +"publicIpAddress": { +"description": "Public IP address of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"publicPort": { +"description": "Public port number of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceFirewallPolicy": { +"description": "The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "File": { "description": "File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter", "id": "File", @@ -2768,6 +2823,10 @@ "$ref": "Exfiltration", "description": "Represents exfiltrations associated with the finding." }, +"externalExposure": { +"$ref": "ExternalExposure", +"description": "External exposure associated with the finding." +}, "externalSystems": { "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExternalSystem" @@ -2799,7 +2858,8 @@ "POSTURE_VIOLATION", "TOXIC_COMBINATION", "SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK", -"CHOKEPOINT" +"CHOKEPOINT", +"EXTERNAL_EXPOSURE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified finding class.", @@ -2811,7 +2871,8 @@ "Describes a potential security risk due to a change in the security posture.", "Describes a group of security issues that, when the issues occur together, represent a greater risk than when the issues occur independently. A group of such issues is referred to as a toxic combination.", "Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data.", -"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS)." +"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS).", +"Describes a potential security risk due to the resource being exposed to the internet." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5772,6 +5833,61 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalExposure": { +"description": "Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalExposure", +"properties": { +"backendService": { +"description": "The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"exposedEndpoint": { +"description": "The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.\u201d", +"type": "string" +}, +"exposedService": { +"description": "The name and version of the service, for example, \"Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"instanceGroup": { +"description": "The full resource name of the instance group, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": { +"description": "The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"networkEndpointGroup": { +"description": "The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"privateIpAddress": { +"description": "Private IP address of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"privatePort": { +"description": "Port number associated with private IP address.", +"type": "string" +}, +"publicIpAddress": { +"description": "Public IP address of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"publicPort": { +"description": "Public port number of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceFirewallPolicy": { +"description": "The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalSystem": { "description": "Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalSystem", @@ -6058,6 +6174,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Exfiltration", "description": "Represents exfiltrations associated with the finding." }, +"externalExposure": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalExposure", +"description": "External exposure associated with the finding." +}, "externalSystems": { "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalSystem" @@ -6089,7 +6209,8 @@ "POSTURE_VIOLATION", "TOXIC_COMBINATION", "SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK", -"CHOKEPOINT" +"CHOKEPOINT", +"EXTERNAL_EXPOSURE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified finding class.", @@ -6101,7 +6222,8 @@ "Describes a potential security risk due to a change in the security posture.", "Describes a combination of security issues that represent a more severe security problem when taken together.", "Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data.", -"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS)." +"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS).", +"Describes a potential security risk due to the resource being exposed to the internet." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json index ae6cd6263c5..64354bc4caf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json @@ -2003,7 +2003,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260123", +"revision": "20260219", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -3638,6 +3638,61 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"ExternalExposure": { +"description": "Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding.", +"id": "ExternalExposure", +"properties": { +"backendService": { +"description": "The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"exposedEndpoint": { +"description": "The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.\u201d", +"type": "string" +}, +"exposedService": { +"description": "The name and version of the service, for example, \"Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"instanceGroup": { +"description": "The full resource name of the instance group, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": { +"description": "The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"networkEndpointGroup": { +"description": "The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"privateIpAddress": { +"description": "Private IP address of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"privatePort": { +"description": "Port number associated with private IP address.", +"type": "string" +}, +"publicIpAddress": { +"description": "Public IP address of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"publicPort": { +"description": "Public port number of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceFirewallPolicy": { +"description": "The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "File": { "description": "File information about the related binary/library used by an executable, or the script used by a script interpreter", "id": "File", @@ -3859,6 +3914,10 @@ "$ref": "Exfiltration", "description": "Represents exfiltrations associated with the finding." }, +"externalExposure": { +"$ref": "ExternalExposure", +"description": "External exposure associated with the finding." +}, "externalSystems": { "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV1ExternalSystem" @@ -3890,7 +3949,8 @@ "POSTURE_VIOLATION", "TOXIC_COMBINATION", "SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK", -"CHOKEPOINT" +"CHOKEPOINT", +"EXTERNAL_EXPOSURE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified finding class.", @@ -3902,7 +3962,8 @@ "Describes a potential security risk due to a change in the security posture.", "Describes a group of security issues that, when the issues occur together, represent a greater risk than when the issues occur independently. A group of such issues is referred to as a toxic combination.", "Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data.", -"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS)." +"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS).", +"Describes a potential security risk due to the resource being exposed to the internet." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6759,6 +6820,61 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalExposure": { +"description": "Details about the externally exposed resource associated with the finding.", +"id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalExposure", +"properties": { +"backendService": { +"description": "The full resource name of load balancer backend service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/backendServices/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"exposedEndpoint": { +"description": "The resource which is running the exposed service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/zones/{zone}/instances/{instance}.\u201d", +"type": "string" +}, +"exposedService": { +"description": "The name and version of the service, for example, \"Jupyter Notebook 6.14.0\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"forwardingRule": { +"description": "The full resource name of the forwarding rule, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/forwardingRules/{forwarding-rule-name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"instanceGroup": { +"description": "The full resource name of the instance group, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/instanceGroups/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"loadBalancerFirewallPolicy": { +"description": "The full resource name of the load balancer firewall policy, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"networkEndpointGroup": { +"description": "The full resource name of the network endpoint group, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/networkEndpointGroups/{name}\".", +"type": "string" +}, +"privateIpAddress": { +"description": "Private IP address of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"privatePort": { +"description": "Port number associated with private IP address.", +"type": "string" +}, +"publicIpAddress": { +"description": "Public IP address of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"publicPort": { +"description": "Public port number of the exposed endpoint.", +"type": "string" +}, +"serviceFirewallPolicy": { +"description": "The full resource name of the firewall policy of the exposed service, for example, \"//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{project-id}/global/firewallPolicies/{policy-name}\".", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalSystem": { "description": "Representation of third party SIEM/SOAR fields within SCC.", "id": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalSystem", @@ -7045,6 +7161,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2Exfiltration", "description": "Represents exfiltrations associated with the finding." }, +"externalExposure": { +"$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalExposure", +"description": "External exposure associated with the finding." +}, "externalSystems": { "additionalProperties": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudSecuritycenterV2ExternalSystem" @@ -7076,7 +7196,8 @@ "POSTURE_VIOLATION", "TOXIC_COMBINATION", "SENSITIVE_DATA_RISK", -"CHOKEPOINT" +"CHOKEPOINT", +"EXTERNAL_EXPOSURE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Unspecified finding class.", @@ -7088,7 +7209,8 @@ "Describes a potential security risk due to a change in the security posture.", "Describes a combination of security issues that represent a more severe security problem when taken together.", "Describes a potential security risk to data assets that contain sensitive data.", -"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS)." +"Describes a resource or resource group where high risk attack paths converge, based on attack path simulations (APS).", +"Describes a potential security risk due to the resource being exposed to the internet." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json index a79439dff89..9692602277d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "pageSize": { -"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results returned by this request. Currently, the default maximum is set to 1000. If `page_size` isn't provided or the size provided is a number larger than 1000, it's automatically set to 1000.", +"description": "Optional. The maximum number of results returned by this request. Currently, the default maximum is set to 256. If `page_size` <= 256, the request proceeds. Else, the request fails with an `TU_INVALID_PAGE_SIZE` error.", "format": "int32", "location": "query", "type": "integer" @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddTenantProjectRequest": { @@ -646,6 +646,13 @@ "description": "The type of this aspect configuration.", "type": "string" }, +"rules": { +"description": "Optional. Rules of the Configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AspectRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "spec": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -657,6 +664,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AspectRule": { +"description": "Rule-based configuration for an aspect.", +"id": "AspectRule", +"properties": { +"config": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"selector": { +"description": "Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AttachTenantProjectRequest": { "description": "Request to attach an existing project to the tenancy unit as a new tenant resource.", "id": "AttachTenantProjectRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json index 9562ed942c9..14d01f4c70f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { @@ -793,6 +793,13 @@ "description": "The type of this aspect configuration.", "type": "string" }, +"rules": { +"description": "Optional. Rules of the Configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AspectRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "spec": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -804,6 +811,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AspectRule": { +"description": "Rule-based configuration for an aspect.", +"id": "AspectRule", +"properties": { +"config": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"selector": { +"description": "Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuthProvider": { "description": "Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).", "id": "AuthProvider", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json index 025ecc77ef5..ed9ffe7c933 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "servicedirectory.projects.locations.list", @@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251030", +"revision": "20260217", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json index 2542dfd4a38..88041d7dd2c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicedirectory.v1beta1.json @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ ] }, "list": { -"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.", +"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service. This method can be called in two ways: * **List all public locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/locations`. * **List project-visible locations:** Use the path `GET /v1/projects/{project_id}/locations`. This may include public locations as well as private or other locations specifically visible to the project.", "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "servicedirectory.projects.locations.list", @@ -977,7 +977,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251030", +"revision": "20260217", "rootUrl": "https://servicedirectory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json index 06b63044339..4c61e96e46a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicemanagement.v1.json @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260219", "rootUrl": "https://servicemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Advice": { @@ -915,6 +915,13 @@ "description": "The type of this aspect configuration.", "type": "string" }, +"rules": { +"description": "Optional. Rules of the Configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AspectRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "spec": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -926,6 +933,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AspectRule": { +"description": "Rule-based configuration for an aspect.", +"id": "AspectRule", +"properties": { +"config": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"selector": { +"description": "Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuditConfig": { "description": "Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { \"audit_configs\": [ { \"service\": \"allServices\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:jose@example.com\" ] }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\" }, { \"log_type\": \"ADMIN_READ\" } ] }, { \"service\": \"sampleservice.googleapis.com\", \"audit_log_configs\": [ { \"log_type\": \"DATA_READ\" }, { \"log_type\": \"DATA_WRITE\", \"exempted_members\": [ \"user:aliya@example.com\" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts `jose@example.com` from DATA_READ logging, and `aliya@example.com` from DATA_WRITE logging.", "id": "AuditConfig", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json index 753da80eaa7..b1aae6b40c5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json @@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260216", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { @@ -1304,6 +1304,13 @@ "description": "The type of this aspect configuration.", "type": "string" }, +"rules": { +"description": "Optional. Rules of the Configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AspectRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "spec": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -1315,6 +1322,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AspectRule": { +"description": "Rule-based configuration for an aspect.", +"id": "AspectRule", +"properties": { +"config": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"selector": { +"description": "Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuthProvider": { "description": "Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).", "id": "AuthProvider", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json index e899d58147b..f4749919dcc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260216", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { @@ -466,6 +466,13 @@ "description": "The type of this aspect configuration.", "type": "string" }, +"rules": { +"description": "Optional. Rules of the Configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AspectRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "spec": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -477,6 +484,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AspectRule": { +"description": "Rule-based configuration for an aspect.", +"id": "AspectRule", +"properties": { +"config": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"selector": { +"description": "Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuthProvider": { "description": "Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).", "id": "AuthProvider", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json index 6726acc696b..11dd3c7a28f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -638,6 +638,13 @@ "description": "The type of this aspect configuration.", "type": "string" }, +"rules": { +"description": "Optional. Rules of the Configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AspectRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "spec": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -649,6 +656,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AspectRule": { +"description": "Rule-based configuration for an aspect.", +"id": "AspectRule", +"properties": { +"config": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"selector": { +"description": "Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuthProvider": { "description": "Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).", "id": "AuthProvider", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json index a89bb06412f..fe3656fdb7e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260120", +"revision": "20260210", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddEnableRulesMetadata": { @@ -1176,6 +1176,13 @@ "description": "The type of this aspect configuration.", "type": "string" }, +"rules": { +"description": "Optional. Rules of the Configuration.", +"items": { +"$ref": "AspectRule" +}, +"type": "array" +}, "spec": { "additionalProperties": { "description": "Properties of the object.", @@ -1187,6 +1194,25 @@ }, "type": "object" }, +"AspectRule": { +"description": "Rule-based configuration for an aspect.", +"id": "AspectRule", +"properties": { +"config": { +"additionalProperties": { +"description": "Properties of the object.", +"type": "any" +}, +"description": "Required. Rules of the configuration. The underlying schema should be defined by Aspect owners as protobuf message under `google/api/configaspects/proto`.", +"type": "object" +}, +"selector": { +"description": "Required. Selects the RPC methods to which this rule applies. Refer to selector for syntax details.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AuthProvider": { "description": "Configuration for an authentication provider, including support for [JSON Web Token (JWT)](https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-oauth-json-web-token-32).", "id": "AuthProvider", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json index 60e558a924d..a8c65de9b82 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ ] }, "getByDataFilter": { -"description": "Returns the spreadsheet at the given ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID. This method differs from GetSpreadsheet in that it allows selecting which subsets of spreadsheet data to return by specifying a dataFilters parameter. Multiple DataFilters can be specified. Specifying one or more data filters returns the portions of the spreadsheet that intersect ranges matched by any of the filters. By default, data within grids is not returned. You can include grid data one of 2 ways: * Specify a [field mask](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/field-masks) listing your desired fields using the `fields` URL parameter in HTTP * Set the includeGridData parameter to true. If a field mask is set, the `includeGridData` parameter is ignored For large spreadsheets, as a best practice, retrieve only the specific spreadsheet fields that you want.", +"description": "Returns the spreadsheet at the given ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). This method differs from GetSpreadsheet in that it allows selecting which subsets of spreadsheet data to return by specifying a dataFilters parameter. Multiple DataFilters can be specified. Specifying one or more data filters returns the portions of the spreadsheet that intersect ranges matched by any of the filters. By default, data within grids is not returned. You can include grid data in one of two ways: * Specify a [field mask](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/field-masks) listing your desired fields using the `fields` URL parameter in HTTP. * Set the includeGridData parameter to `true`. If a field mask is set, the `includeGridData` parameter is ignored. For large spreadsheets, as a best practice, retrieve only the specific spreadsheet fields that you want.", "flatPath": "v4/spreadsheets/{spreadsheetId}:getByDataFilter", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "sheets.spreadsheets.getByDataFilter", @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ "developerMetadata": { "methods": { "get": { -"description": "Returns the developer metadata with the specified ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and the developer metadata's unique metadataId.", +"description": "Returns the developer metadata with the specified ID. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and the developer metadata's unique metadataId. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata).", "flatPath": "v4/spreadsheets/{spreadsheetId}/developerMetadata/{metadataId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "sheets.spreadsheets.developerMetadata.get", @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ ] }, "search": { -"description": "Returns all developer metadata matching the specified DataFilter. If the provided DataFilter represents a DeveloperMetadataLookup object, this will return all DeveloperMetadata entries selected by it. If the DataFilter represents a location in a spreadsheet, this will return all developer metadata associated with locations intersecting that region.", +"description": "Returns all developer metadata matching the specified DataFilter. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). If the provided DataFilter represents a DeveloperMetadataLookup object, this will return all DeveloperMetadata entries selected by it. If the DataFilter represents a location in a spreadsheet, this will return all developer metadata associated with locations intersecting that region.", "flatPath": "v4/spreadsheets/{spreadsheetId}/developerMetadata:search", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "sheets.spreadsheets.developerMetadata.search", @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ ] }, "batchClearByDataFilter": { -"description": "Clears one or more ranges of values from a spreadsheet. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more DataFilters. Ranges matching any of the specified data filters will be cleared. Only values are cleared -- all other properties of the cell (such as formatting, data validation, etc..) are kept.", +"description": "Clears one or more ranges of values from a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more DataFilters. Ranges matching any of the specified data filters will be cleared. Only values are cleared -- all other properties of the cell (such as formatting, data validation, etc.) are kept.", "flatPath": "v4/spreadsheets/{spreadsheetId}/values:batchClearByDataFilter", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "sheets.spreadsheets.values.batchClearByDataFilter", @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ ] }, "batchGetByDataFilter": { -"description": "Returns one or more ranges of values that match the specified data filters. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more DataFilters. Ranges that match any of the data filters in the request will be returned.", +"description": "Returns one or more ranges of values that match the specified data filters. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID and one or more DataFilters. Ranges that match any of the data filters in the request will be returned.", "flatPath": "v4/spreadsheets/{spreadsheetId}/values:batchGetByDataFilter", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "sheets.spreadsheets.values.batchGetByDataFilter", @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ ] }, "batchUpdateByDataFilter": { -"description": "Sets values in one or more ranges of a spreadsheet. The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID, a valueInputOption, and one or more DataFilterValueRanges.", +"description": "Sets values in one or more ranges of a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). The caller must specify the spreadsheet ID, a valueInputOption, and one or more DataFilterValueRanges.", "flatPath": "v4/spreadsheets/{spreadsheetId}/values:batchUpdateByDataFilter", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "sheets.spreadsheets.values.batchUpdateByDataFilter", @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20251110", +"revision": "20260213", "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddBandingRequest": { @@ -995,7 +995,7 @@ "properties": { "filter": { "$ref": "FilterView", -"description": "The filter to add. The filterViewId field is optional; if one is not set, an id will be randomly generated. (It is an error to specify the ID of a filter that already exists.)" +"description": "The filter to add. The filterViewId field is optional. If one is not set, an ID will be randomly generated. (It is an error to specify the ID of a filter that already exists.)" } }, "type": "object" @@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "BasicFilter": { -"description": "The default filter associated with a sheet.", +"description": "The default filter associated with a sheet. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters).", "id": "BasicFilter", "properties": { "criteria": { @@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@ "id": "BatchClearValuesByDataFilterResponse", "properties": { "clearedRanges": { -"description": "The ranges that were cleared, in [A1 notation](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/concepts#cell). If the requests are for an unbounded range or a ranger larger than the bounds of the sheet, this is the actual ranges that were cleared, bounded to the sheet's limits.", +"description": "The ranges that were cleared, in [A1 notation](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/concepts#cell). If the requests are for an unbounded range or a range larger than the bounds of the sheet, this is the actual ranges that were cleared, bounded to the sheet's limits.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@ "id": "BatchClearValuesResponse", "properties": { "clearedRanges": { -"description": "The ranges that were cleared, in A1 notation. If the requests are for an unbounded range or a ranger larger than the bounds of the sheet, this is the actual ranges that were cleared, bounded to the sheet's limits.", +"description": "The ranges that were cleared, in A1 notation. If the requests are for an unbounded range or a range larger than the bounds of the sheet, this is the actual ranges that were cleared, bounded to the sheet's limits.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -3030,7 +3030,7 @@ "id": "ClearValuesResponse", "properties": { "clearedRange": { -"description": "The range (in A1 notation) that was cleared. (If the request was for an unbounded range or a ranger larger than the bounds of the sheet, this will be the actual range that was cleared, bounded to the sheet's limits.)", +"description": "The range (in A1 notation) that was cleared. (If the request was for an unbounded range or a range larger than the bounds of the sheet, this will be the actual range that was cleared, bounded to the sheet's limits.)", "type": "string" }, "spreadsheetId": { @@ -3365,7 +3365,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DataFilter": { -"description": "Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request.", +"description": "Filter that describes what data should be selected or returned from a request. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata).", "id": "DataFilter", "properties": { "a1Range": { @@ -4156,7 +4156,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DeveloperMetadata": { -"description": "Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata will still be associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted its metadata is deleted too.", +"description": "Developer metadata associated with a location or object in a spreadsheet. For more information, see [Read, write, and search metadata](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/metadata). Developer metadata may be used to associate arbitrary data with various parts of a spreadsheet and it will remain associated at those locations as they move around and the spreadsheet is edited. For example, if developer metadata is associated with row 5 and another row is then subsequently inserted above row 5, that original metadata is still associated with the row it was first associated with (what is now row 6). If the associated object is deleted then its metadata is deleted too.", "id": "DeveloperMetadata", "properties": { "location": { @@ -4177,7 +4177,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "visibility": { -"description": "The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have a visibility specified.", +"description": "The metadata visibility. Developer metadata must always have visibility specified.", "enum": [ "DEVELOPER_METADATA_VISIBILITY_UNSPECIFIED", "DOCUMENT", @@ -4199,7 +4199,7 @@ "properties": { "dimensionRange": { "$ref": "DimensionRange", -"description": "Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column; it cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns." +"description": "Represents the row or column when metadata is associated with a dimension. The specified DimensionRange must represent a single row or column. It cannot be unbounded or span multiple rows or columns." }, "locationType": { "description": "The type of location this object represents. This field is read-only.", @@ -4232,7 +4232,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "DeveloperMetadataLookup": { -"description": "Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that matches the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified.", +"description": "Selects DeveloperMetadata that matches all of the specified fields. For example, if only a metadata ID is specified this considers the DeveloperMetadata with that particular unique ID. If a metadata key is specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key. If a key, visibility, and location type are all specified, this considers all developer metadata with that key and visibility that are associated with a location of that type. In general, this selects all DeveloperMetadata that match the intersection of all the specified fields; any field or combination of fields may be specified.", "id": "DeveloperMetadataLookup", "properties": { "locationMatchingStrategy": { @@ -4250,7 +4250,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "locationType": { -"description": "Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location: spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT.", +"description": "Limits the selected developer metadata to those entries which are associated with locations of the specified type. For example, when this field is specified as ROW this lookup only considers developer metadata associated on rows. If the field is left unspecified, all location types are considered. This field cannot be specified as SPREADSHEET when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as INTERSECTING or when the metadataLocation is specified as a non-spreadsheet location. Spreadsheet metadata cannot intersect any other developer metadata location. This field also must be left unspecified when the locationMatchingStrategy is specified as EXACT.", "enum": [ "DEVELOPER_METADATA_LOCATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", "ROW", @@ -4602,12 +4602,12 @@ "type": "object" }, "FilterCriteria": { -"description": "Criteria for showing/hiding rows in a filter or filter view.", +"description": "Criteria for showing or hiding rows in a filter or filter view.", "id": "FilterCriteria", "properties": { "condition": { "$ref": "BooleanCondition", -"description": "A condition that must be true for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.)" +"description": "A condition that must be `true` for values to be shown. (This does not override hidden_values -- if a value is listed there, it will still be hidden.)" }, "hiddenValues": { "description": "Values that should be hidden.", @@ -4658,7 +4658,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "FilterView": { -"description": "A filter view.", +"description": "A filter view. For more information, see [Manage data visibility with filters](https://developers.google.com/workspace/sheets/api/guides/filters).", "id": "FilterView", "properties": { "criteria": { @@ -4670,7 +4670,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "filterSpecs": { -"description": "The filter criteria for showing/hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence.", +"description": "The filter criteria for showing or hiding values per column. Both criteria and filter_specs are populated in responses. If both fields are specified in an update request, this field takes precedence.", "items": { "$ref": "FilterSpec" }, @@ -4682,12 +4682,12 @@ "type": "integer" }, "namedRangeId": { -"description": "The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set.", +"description": "The named range this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set.", "type": "string" }, "range": { "$ref": "GridRange", -"description": "The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set." +"description": "The range this filter view covers. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set." }, "sortSpecs": { "description": "The sort order per column. Later specifications are used when values are equal in the earlier specifications.", @@ -4697,7 +4697,7 @@ "type": "array" }, "tableId": { -"description": "The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range or named_range_id or table_id may be set.", +"description": "The table this filter view is backed by, if any. When writing, only one of range, named_range_id, or table_id may be set.", "type": "string" }, "title": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json index 5c70369e2ec..8c778363bd5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/solar.v1.json @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260125", +"revision": "20260208", "rootUrl": "https://solar.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BuildingInsights": { @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "rgbUrl": { -"description": "The URL for an image of RGB data (aerial photo) of the region.", +"description": "The URL for an image of RGB data (aerial or satellite photo) of the region.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json index 92adba9d8a7..4136a67b909 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1.json @@ -1797,41 +1797,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin" ] }, -"restoreBackupMcp": { -"description": "Restores a backup of a Cloud SQL instance for Model Context Protocol (MCP) server.", -"flatPath": "v1/projects/{targetProject}/instances/{targetInstance}:restoreBackupMcp", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "sql.instances.restoreBackupMcp", -"parameterOrder": [ -"targetProject", -"targetInstance" -], -"parameters": { -"targetInstance": { -"description": "Required. Cloud SQL instance ID of the target. This does not include the project ID.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"targetProject": { -"description": "Required. Project ID of the target project.", -"location": "path", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1/projects/{targetProject}/instances/{targetInstance}:restoreBackupMcp", -"request": { -"$ref": "SqlInstancesRestoreBackupMcpRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "Operation" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/sqlservice.admin" -] -}, "rotateServerCa": { "description": "Rotates the server certificate to one signed by the Certificate Authority (CA) version previously added with the addServerCA method. For instances that have enabled Certificate Authority Service (CAS) based server CA, use RotateServerCertificate to rotate the server certificate.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/rotateServerCa", @@ -2808,6 +2773,11 @@ "location": "path", "required": true, "type": "string" +}, +"revokeExistingRoles": { +"description": "Optional. Specifies whether to revoke existing roles that are not present in the `database_roles` field. If `false` or unset, the database roles specified in `database_roles` are added to the user's existing roles.", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" } }, "path": "v1/projects/{project}/instances/{instance}/users", @@ -2825,7 +2795,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260119", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -3022,7 +2992,10 @@ "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3075,6 +3048,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3128,7 +3104,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -3487,7 +3466,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3540,6 +3522,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3593,7 +3578,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -3775,6 +3763,14 @@ false "description": "Required. Name of the Cloud SQL instance to be created as a clone.", "type": "string" }, +"destinationNetwork": { +"description": "Optional. The fully qualified URI of the VPC network to which the cloned instance will be connected via Private Services Access for private IP. For example:`projects/my-network-project/global/networks/my-network`. This field is only required for cross-project cloning.", +"type": "string" +}, +"destinationProject": { +"description": "Optional. The project ID of the destination project where the cloned instance will be created. To perform a cross-project clone, this field is required. If not specified, the clone is created in the same project as the source instance.", +"type": "string" +}, "kind": { "description": "This is always `sql#cloneContext`.", "type": "string" @@ -3939,7 +3935,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3992,6 +3991,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4045,7 +4047,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4347,7 +4352,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -4400,6 +4408,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4453,7 +4464,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5325,7 +5339,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -5378,6 +5395,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -5431,7 +5451,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7182,7 +7205,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -7235,6 +7261,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -7288,7 +7317,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" } @@ -8234,25 +8266,6 @@ false "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"SqlInstancesRestoreBackupMcpRequest": { -"description": "Instance restore backup request for MCP.", -"id": "SqlInstancesRestoreBackupMcpRequest", -"properties": { -"backupId": { -"description": "Required. The identifier of the backup to restore. This will be one of the following: 1. An int64 containing a backup_run_id. 2. A backup name of the format 'projects/{project}/backups/{backup-uid}'. 3. A backupDR name of the format 'projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupVaults/{backupvault}/dataSources/{datasource}/backups/{backup-uid}'.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceInstance": { -"description": "Optional. The Cloud SQL instance ID of the source instance containing the backup. Only necessary if the backup_id is a backup_run_id.", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceProject": { -"description": "Required. The project ID of the source instance containing the backup.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "SqlInstancesStartExternalSyncRequest": { "description": "Instance start external sync request.", "id": "SqlInstancesStartExternalSyncRequest", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json index 4cb3805b286..c925b297f1f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sqladmin.v1beta4.json @@ -2775,7 +2775,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "revokeExistingRoles": { -"description": "Optional. revoke the existing roles granted to the user.", +"description": "Optional. Specifies whether to revoke existing roles that are not present in the `database_roles` field. If `false` or unset, the database roles specified in `database_roles` are added to the user's existing roles.", "location": "query", "type": "boolean" } @@ -2795,7 +2795,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260106", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://sqladmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AclEntry": { @@ -2992,7 +2992,10 @@ "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3045,6 +3048,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3098,7 +3104,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -3457,7 +3466,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3510,6 +3522,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -3563,7 +3578,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" @@ -3745,6 +3763,14 @@ false "description": "Name of the Cloud SQL instance to be created as a clone.", "type": "string" }, +"destinationNetwork": { +"description": "Optional. The fully qualified URI of the VPC network to which the cloned instance will be connected via Private Services Access for private IP. For example:`projects/my-network-project/global/networks/my-network`. This field is only required for cross-project cloning.", +"type": "string" +}, +"destinationProject": { +"description": "Optional. The project ID of the destination project where the cloned instance will be created. To perform a cross-project clone, this field is required. If not specified, the clone is created in the same project as the source instance.", +"type": "string" +}, "kind": { "description": "This is always `sql#cloneContext`.", "type": "string" @@ -3909,7 +3935,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -3962,6 +3991,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4015,7 +4047,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -4317,7 +4352,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -4370,6 +4408,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -4423,7 +4464,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -5296,7 +5340,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -5349,6 +5396,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -5402,7 +5452,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -7153,7 +7206,10 @@ false "SQLSERVER_2022_STANDARD", "SQLSERVER_2022_ENTERPRISE", "SQLSERVER_2022_EXPRESS", -"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB" +"SQLSERVER_2022_WEB", +"SQLSERVER_2025_STANDARD", +"SQLSERVER_2025_ENTERPRISE", +"SQLSERVER_2025_EXPRESS" ], "enumDeprecated": [ false, @@ -7206,6 +7262,9 @@ false, false, false, false, +false, +false, +false, false ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -7259,7 +7318,10 @@ false "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Standard.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Enterprise.", "The database version is SQL Server 2022 Express.", -"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web." +"The database version is SQL Server 2022 Web.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Standard.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Enterprise.", +"The database version is SQL Server 2025 Express." ], "type": "string" } diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json index 15bc0649fbf..8446cd489ed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storage.v1.json @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ "location": "northamerica-south1" } ], -"etag": "\"3130353639373731363639313032363439383430\"", +"etag": "\"31363539393037303230303637393438373935\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-16.png", "x32": "https://www.google.com/images/icons/product/cloud_storage-32.png" @@ -1784,6 +1784,50 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_write" ] }, +"deleteRecursive": { +"description": "Deletes a folder recursively. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "storage.folders.deleteRecursive", +"parameterOrder": [ +"bucket", +"folder" +], +"parameters": { +"bucket": { +"description": "Name of the bucket in which the folder resides.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"folder": { +"description": "Name of a folder.", +"location": "path", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"ifMetagenerationMatch": { +"description": "If set, only deletes the folder if its metageneration matches this value.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"ifMetagenerationNotMatch": { +"description": "If set, only deletes the folder if its metageneration does not match this value.", +"format": "int64", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "b/{bucket}/folders/{folder}/deleteRecursive", +"response": { +"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.full_control", +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/devstorage.read_write" +] +}, "get": { "description": "Returns metadata for the specified folder. Only applicable to buckets with hierarchical namespace enabled.", "httpMethod": "GET", @@ -4561,7 +4605,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260131", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://storage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdvanceRelocateBucketOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagebatchoperations.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagebatchoperations.v1.json index bc8f735e111..0c9b65cacfa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagebatchoperations.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagebatchoperations.v1.json @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://storagebatchoperations.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bucket": { @@ -893,6 +893,11 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "array" }, +"isMultiBucketJob": { +"description": "Output only. If true, this Job operates on multiple buckets. Multibucket jobs are subject to different quota limits than single-bucket jobs.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, "loggingConfig": { "$ref": "LoggingConfig", "description": "Optional. Logging configuration." @@ -926,14 +931,16 @@ "RUNNING", "SUCCEEDED", "CANCELED", -"FAILED" +"FAILED", +"QUEUED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default value. This value is unused.", "In progress.", "Completed successfully.", "Cancelled by the user.", -"Terminated due to an unrecoverable failure." +"Terminated due to an unrecoverable failure.", +"Queued but not yet started." ], "readOnly": true, "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/threatintelligence.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/threatintelligence.v1beta.json index 4ba9c05c775..ebf97ae003f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/threatintelligence.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/threatintelligence.v1beta.json @@ -14,7 +14,29 @@ "canonicalName": "Threat Intelligence Service", "description": "threatintelligence.googleapis.com API.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", -"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/threatintelligence/docs/reference/rest", +"documentationLink": "https://docs.cloud.google.com/threatintelligence/", +"endpoints": [ +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://threatintelligence.us-central1.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-central1" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://threatintelligence.us-east5.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-east5" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://threatintelligence.us-west2.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us-west2" +}, +{ +"description": "Regional Endpoint", +"endpointUrl": "https://threatintelligence.us.rep.googleapis.com/", +"location": "us" +} +], "fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true, "icons": { "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif", @@ -408,62 +430,6 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, -"refreshUriStatus": { -"description": "Return the status of a URI submitted to Google WebRisk.", -"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/alerts/{alertsId}:refreshUriStatus", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "threatintelligence.projects.alerts.refreshUriStatus", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Name of alert to refresh status from WebRisk", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/alerts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta/{+name}:refreshUriStatus", -"request": { -"$ref": "RefreshAlertUriStatusRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "RefreshAlertUriStatusResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, -"reportAlertUri": { -"description": "Report the URI associated with an alert to Google WebRisk.", -"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/alerts/{alertsId}:reportAlertUri", -"httpMethod": "POST", -"id": "threatintelligence.projects.alerts.reportAlertUri", -"parameterOrder": [ -"name" -], -"parameters": { -"name": { -"description": "Required. Name of alert to submit to WebRisk.", -"location": "path", -"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/alerts/[^/]+$", -"required": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"path": "v1beta/{+name}:reportAlertUri", -"request": { -"$ref": "ReportAlertUriRequest" -}, -"response": { -"$ref": "ReportAlertUriResponse" -}, -"scopes": [ -"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" -] -}, "resolve": { "description": "Marks an alert to closed state - RESOLVED.", "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/alerts/{alertsId}:resolve", @@ -866,24 +832,9 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260218", "rootUrl": "https://threatintelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { -"AffectedSoftware": { -"description": "The software that is affected by the vulnerability.", -"id": "AffectedSoftware", -"properties": { -"product": { -"description": "Optional. The product of the software.", -"type": "string" -}, -"vendor": { -"description": "Optional. The vendor of the software.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Alert": { "description": "Stateful object representing a group of Findings. Key feature to an Alert is that it expresses the user's intent towards the findings of that group, even those that haven't occurred yet.", "id": "Alert", @@ -892,14 +843,6 @@ "description": "Optional. AI summary of the finding.", "type": "string" }, -"assets": { -"description": "Output only. Assets that are impacted by this alert.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"readOnly": true, -"type": "array" -}, "audit": { "$ref": "Audit", "description": "Output only. Audit information for the alert.", @@ -1032,14 +975,6 @@ "insiderThreat": { "$ref": "InsiderThreatAlertDetail", "description": "Insider Threat alert detail type." -}, -"suspiciousDomain": { -"$ref": "SuspiciousDomainAlertDetail", -"description": "Domain Monitoring alert detail type." -}, -"targetTechnology": { -"$ref": "TargetTechnologyAlertDetail", -"description": "Technology Watchlist alert detail type." } }, "type": "object" @@ -1136,133 +1071,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"AssetDiscoveryConfig": { -"description": "Customer defined Configuration for asset discovery.", -"id": "AssetDiscoveryConfig", -"properties": { -"lastScanCompleteTime": { -"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the last scan completed. This field is set by the system and cannot be modified by the user.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"lastScanStartTime": { -"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the last scan started - used for scheduling the next scan. This field is set by the system and cannot be modified by the user.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"scanFrequency": { -"description": "Required. Frequency at which the scheduled discovery scan should be run. If not specified, the default frequency is DAILY.", -"enum": [ -"ASSET_DISCOVERY_SCAN_FREQUENCY_UNSPECIFIED", -"ON_DEMAND", -"WEEKLY", -"DAILY", -"MONTHLY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value, should never be set.", -"Scan is triggered on demand.", -"Scan is triggered weekly.", -"Scan is triggered daily.", -"Scan is triggered monthly." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"scopeExclusionAssets": { -"description": "Optional. Seed assets that are out of scope for the scheduled discovery scan.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AssetDiscoverySeed" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"seedAssets": { -"description": "Required. Seed assets for the scheduled discovery scan. At least one seed asset is required.", -"items": { -"$ref": "AssetDiscoverySeed" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"workflow": { -"description": "Required. Workflow to be used for the scheduled discovery scan. If not specified, the default workflow is EXTERNAL_DISCOVERY.", -"enum": [ -"ASSET_DISCOVERY_WORKFLOW_UNSPECIFIED", -"EXTERNAL_DISCOVERY", -"EXTERNAL_DISCOVERY_AND_ASSESSMENT", -"MOBILE_APP_DISCOVERY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value, should never be set.", -"Discovery workflow that only discovers external facing assets.", -"Discovery workflow that discovers external facing assets and generates relevant alerts on them.", -"Discovery workflow that discovers mobile app assets." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"AssetDiscoverySeed": { -"description": "Seed assets for asset discovery.", -"id": "AssetDiscoverySeed", -"properties": { -"seedType": { -"description": "Required. Type of the seed asset.", -"enum": [ -"ASSET_DISCOVERY_SEED_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"IP_ADDRESS", -"NETWORK_SERVICE" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value, should never be set.", -"Seed asset is an IP address.", -"Seed asset is a network service." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"seedValue": { -"description": "Required. Value for the seed asset. Could be an IP address, network service, email addresses, etc.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"Association": { -"description": "Represents an association with a vulnerability.", -"id": "Association", -"properties": { -"id": { -"description": "Required. The ID of the association.", -"type": "string" -}, -"type": { -"description": "Required. The type of the association.", -"enum": [ -"THREAT_INTEL_OBJECT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", -"THREAT_INTEL_OBJECT_TYPE_THREAT_ACTOR", -"THREAT_INTEL_OBJECT_TYPE_MALWARE", -"THREAT_INTEL_OBJECT_TYPE_REPORT", -"THREAT_INTEL_OBJECT_TYPE_CAMPAIGN", -"THREAT_INTEL_OBJECT_TYPE_IOC_COLLECTION", -"THREAT_INTEL_OBJECT_TYPE_SOFTWARE_AND_TOOLKITS", -"THREAT_INTEL_OBJECT_TYPE_VULNERABILITY" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified object type.", -"Threat actor object type.", -"Malware object type.", -"Report object type.", -"Campaign object type.", -"IoC Collection object type.", -"Software and toolkits object type.", -"Vulnerability object type." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Audit": { "description": "Tracks basic CRUD facts.", "id": "Audit", @@ -1292,73 +1100,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"CompromisedCredentialsFindingDetail": { -"description": "Sample compromised credential detail.", -"id": "CompromisedCredentialsFindingDetail", -"properties": { -"author": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Optional. Reference to the author this detail was extracted from. This is deprecated and will be removed.", -"type": "string" -}, -"credentialService": { -"description": "Optional. Claimed site the credential is intended for.", -"type": "string" -}, -"darkWebDoc": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Optional. Reference to the dark web document. This is deprecated and will be removed.", -"type": "string" -}, -"externalReferenceUri": { -"description": "Optional. This will contain a link to the external reference for this credential. If set, this is a link back to the DTM product to allow customers to get additional context about this finding.", -"type": "string" -}, -"fileDump": { -"description": "Optional. If the source of the credential was from a file dump this will contain the name of the file the credential was found in. This can be used by customers for context on where the credential was found and to try to find other references to the file in the wild.", -"type": "string" -}, -"fileDumpHashes": { -"description": "Optional. A list of hashes of the file dump. These will be prefixed with the algorithm. Example: \"sha256:\"", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"fileDumpSizeBytes": { -"description": "Optional. If file_dump is set this will contain the size of the dump file in bytes. File dumps can be very large.", -"format": "int64", -"type": "string" -}, -"forum": { -"deprecated": true, -"description": "Optional. Reference to the forum this detail was extracted from. This is deprecated and will be removed.", -"type": "string" -}, -"malwareFamily": { -"description": "Optional. This will indicate the malware family that leaked this credential, if known.", -"type": "string" -}, -"postedTime": { -"description": "Optional. This indicates our best guess as to when the credential was leaked to the particular venue that triggered this finding. This is not necessarily the time the credential was actually leaked and it may not always be be accurate.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"sourceUri": { -"description": "Optional. If the source of a credential is publicly addressable this will contain a uri to the where the credential was found.", -"type": "string" -}, -"userKey": { -"description": "Required. This field will always be set and will be used to identify the user named in the credential leak. In cases where customers are authorized to see the actual user key this will be set to the actual user key. In cases where the customer is not authorized to see the actual user key this will be set to a hash of the user key. The hashed value is an intentionally opaque value that is not intended to be used for any other purpose than to uniquely identify the user in the context of this specific customer, service domain, and user name. Example: \"user@example.com\" or \"redacted:\".", -"type": "string" -}, -"userSecretEvidence": { -"description": "Optional. Claimed evidence of the password/secret. This will always be hashed. In the event where the plaintext password is known it will be set to \"redacted:\" where the same hash will be presented when the same password is found for the same organization for the same service. Redaction is done by hashing the password with a salt that is unique to the customer organization and service. In the event where the plaintext password is not known it will be set to \":\" where the algorithm is the hash algorithm used and the hash is the hash of the password using that algorithm. In the event we don't know the exact algorithm used we will set it to \"hashed:\".", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Configuration": { "description": "A configuration represents a behavior an engine should follow when producing new findings.", "id": "Configuration", @@ -1382,7 +1123,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. Server generated name for the configuration. format is vaults/{vault}/configurations/{configuration}", +"description": "Identifier. Server generated name for the configuration. format is projects/{project}/configurations/{configuration}", "type": "string" }, "provider": { @@ -1416,10 +1157,6 @@ "description": "Wrapper class that contains the union struct for all the various configuration detail specific classes.", "id": "ConfigurationDetail", "properties": { -"assetDiscovery": { -"$ref": "AssetDiscoveryConfig", -"description": "Asset Discovery detail config." -}, "customerProfile": { "$ref": "CustomerProfileConfig", "description": "Customer Profile detail config." @@ -1428,18 +1165,6 @@ "description": "Output only. Name of the detail type. Will be set by the server during creation to the name of the field that is set in the detail union.", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" -}, -"domainMonitoring": { -"$ref": "DomainMonitoringConfig", -"description": "Domain Monitoring detail config." -}, -"initialAccessBroker": { -"$ref": "InitialAccessBrokerConfig", -"description": "Initial Access Broker (IAB) detail config." -}, -"technologyWatchlist": { -"$ref": "TechnologyWatchListConfig", -"description": "Technology Watchlist detail config." } }, "type": "object" @@ -1455,7 +1180,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. The name of the ConfigurationRevision Format: vaults//configurations//revisions/ OR projects//configurations//revisions/", +"description": "Identifier. The name of the ConfigurationRevision Format: projects//configurations//revisions/", "type": "string" }, "snapshot": { @@ -1877,88 +1602,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"DomainMonitoringConfig": { -"description": "Any account-level configuration options will go here.", -"id": "DomainMonitoringConfig", -"properties": { -"domains": { -"description": "The domains to use as \"seeds\" for Suspicious Domain Monitoring.", -"items": { -"$ref": "DomainMonitoringDomain" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"DomainMonitoringDomain": { -"description": "A Domain Monitoring \"domain\"", -"id": "DomainMonitoringDomain", -"properties": { -"domain": { -"description": "The domain name to match against.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"EntityProfile": { -"description": "EntityProfile represents the structured profile of a customer entity, containing key identifiers and descriptive attributes optimized for contextual matching against threat intelligence, particularly Initial Access Broker (IAB) offerings.", -"id": "EntityProfile", -"properties": { -"countries": { -"description": "Optional. List of specific countries of operation. Purpose: Essential for matching geographically targeted threats (e.g., actor specifies victims in 'DE'). Use ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 codes (e.g., \"US\", \"GB\", \"JP\", \"DE\").", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"domains": { -"description": "Required. List of primary internet domain names associated with the entity. Purpose: Crucial for explicit matching against domains mentioned in threat intel and can inform semantic matching. Must contain at least one domain. Example: [\"acme.com\", \"acme.co.uk\"]", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"industries": { -"description": "Optional. List of primary industry sectors the entity operates within. Purpose: Crucial for matching industry-specific threats and understanding attacker motivation. Use standardized GTI Industry Classification values. Example: [\"Technology\", \"Financial Services\", \"Healthcare\"]", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"name": { -"description": "Required. Canonical name of the entity (e.g., the legal company name). Purpose: Primary identifier for the customer.", -"type": "string" -}, -"operationalAreas": { -"description": "Optional. Specific geographic areas of *significant* operational concentration or strategic importance below the country level, if clearly identifiable and relevant. Purpose: Useful for highly localized threats, less commonly populated than `countries`. Example: [\"Silicon Valley\", \"Frankfurt am Main Metropolitan Region\"]", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"profileSummary": { -"description": "Required. A concise, machine-generated (e.g., LLM) or human-curated summary of the entity. Purpose: Captures the semantic essence for embedding generation and similarity matching. Should synthesize key aspects like core business, scale, and market. Example: \"Acme Corporation is a large, US-based multinational conglomerate operating...\"", -"type": "string" -}, -"regions": { -"description": "Optional. List of primary geopolitical regions where the entity has significant operations. Purpose: Filters geographically relevant threats. Use standardized names or codes where possible (e.g., \"North America\", \"EMEA\", \"APAC\", UN M49 codes).", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"subIndustries": { -"description": "Optional. List of more granular sub-industries, if applicable and known. Purpose: Provides finer-grained context for more specific threat matching. Should align with GTI classifications if possible. Example: [\"Semiconductors\", \"Cloud Computing Services\", \"Investment Banking\"]", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "EnumerateAlertFacetsResponse": { "description": "Response message for EnumerateAlertFacets.", "id": "EnumerateAlertFacetsResponse", @@ -2057,10 +1700,6 @@ "description": "Optional. Name of the alert that this finding is bound to.", "type": "string" }, -"asset": { -"description": "Optional. Optional - asset name if known. Format: vaults/{vault}/assets/{asset}", -"type": "string" -}, "audit": { "$ref": "Audit", "description": "Output only. Audit data about the finding.", @@ -2081,12 +1720,8 @@ "description": "Required. A short descriptive title for the finding <= 250 chars. EX: \"Actor 'baddy' offering $1000 for credentials of 'goodguy'\".", "type": "string" }, -"issue": { -"description": "Optional. Optional - name of the issue that this finding is bound to. Format: vaults/{vault}/issues/{issue}", -"type": "string" -}, "name": { -"description": "Identifier. Server generated name for the finding (leave clear during creation). Format: vaults/{vault}/findings/{finding}", +"description": "Identifier. Server generated name for the finding (leave clear during creation). Format: projects/{project}/findings/{finding}", "type": "string" }, "provider": { @@ -2125,10 +1760,6 @@ "description": "Wrapper class that contains the union struct for all the various findings detail specific classes.", "id": "FindingDetail", "properties": { -"compromisedCredentials": { -"$ref": "CompromisedCredentialsFindingDetail", -"description": "Compromised Credentials detail type." -}, "dataLeak": { "$ref": "DataLeakFindingDetail", "description": "Data Leak finding detail type." @@ -2138,10 +1769,6 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, -"inbandVulnerability": { -"$ref": "InbandVulnerabilityFindingDetail", -"description": "Inband vulnerability detail type." -}, "initialAccessBroker": { "$ref": "InitialAccessBrokerFindingDetail", "description": "Initial Access Broker finding detail type." @@ -2149,18 +1776,6 @@ "insiderThreat": { "$ref": "InsiderThreatFindingDetail", "description": "Insider Threat finding detail type." -}, -"misconfiguration": { -"$ref": "MisconfigurationFindingDetail", -"description": "Misconfiguration finding detail type." -}, -"suspiciousDomain": { -"$ref": "SuspiciousDomainFindingDetail", -"description": "Domain Monitoring finding detail type." -}, -"targetTechnology": { -"$ref": "TargetTechnologyFindingDetail", -"description": "Technology Watchlist finding detail type." } }, "type": "object" @@ -2180,139 +1795,34 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"InbandVulnerability": { -"description": "Fleshed out vulnerability object that includes enough details to fill out a vulnerability specific view for an issue.", -"id": "InbandVulnerability", +"InitialAccessBrokerAlertDetail": { +"description": "Captures the specific details of InitialAccessBroker (IAB) alert.", +"id": "InitialAccessBrokerAlertDetail", "properties": { -"affectedSoftware": { -"description": "Optional. The software that is affected by the vulnerability.", +"discoveryDocumentIds": { +"description": "Required. Array of ids to accommodate multiple discovery documents", "items": { -"$ref": "AffectedSoftware" +"type": "string" }, "type": "array" }, -"authors": { -"description": "Optional. The authors of the vulnerability detection.", -"items": { +"severity": { +"description": "Required. IAB specific severity", "type": "string" +} }, -"type": "array" +"type": "object" }, -"cveId": { -"description": "Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability.", +"InitialAccessBrokerFindingDetail": { +"description": "A detail object for an Initial Access Broker (IAB) finding.", +"id": "InitialAccessBrokerFindingDetail", +"properties": { +"documentId": { +"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the document that triggered the IAB finding. This ID can be used to retrieve the content of the document for further analysis.", "type": "string" }, -"cvssV31Score": { -"description": "Required. The CVSS V3.1 score (Base score)for the vulnerability. ( )", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"cvssV31ScoreTemporal": { -"description": "Optional. Temporal CVSS V3.1 score for the vulnerability.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"description": { -"description": "Optional. The human readable description. This can be basic HTML formatted text.", -"type": "string" -}, -"disclosureTime": { -"description": "Optional. The date the vulnerability was first disclosed.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"exploitationState": { -"description": "Optional. Exploitation state of the vulnerability, for example \"Available\".", -"type": "string" -}, -"externalVulnerabilityId": { -"description": "Required. The external ID of the vulnerability.", -"type": "string" -}, -"isExploitedWild": { -"description": "Optional. Whether this is exploited in the wild.", -"type": "boolean" -}, -"referenceUrls": { -"description": "Optional. Reference URLs to the vulnerability.", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"remediation": { -"description": "Optional. The human readable remediation recommendation. This can be basic HTML formatted text.", -"type": "string" -}, -"riskRating": { -"description": "Optional. Risk rating for the vulnerability, for example \"High\".", -"type": "string" -}, -"title": { -"description": "Optional. Human readable name for the vulnerability.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InbandVulnerabilityFindingDetail": { -"description": "This is a temporary detail type that will be used to support vulnerabilities until the engines start using the full vulnerability objects. The \"Inband\" refers to the fact that all vulnerability details are included with every finding.", -"id": "InbandVulnerabilityFindingDetail", -"properties": { -"formattedProofDetails": { -"description": "Optional. A short description of the proof of the vulnerability.", -"type": "string" -}, -"requestUri": { -"description": "Optional. The URI that lead to this detection, if appropriate.", -"type": "string" -}, -"vulnerability": { -"$ref": "InbandVulnerability", -"description": "Required. Vulnerability metadata." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InitialAccessBrokerAlertDetail": { -"description": "Captures the specific details of InitialAccessBroker (IAB) alert.", -"id": "InitialAccessBrokerAlertDetail", -"properties": { -"discoveryDocumentIds": { -"description": "Required. Array of ids to accommodate multiple discovery documents", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"severity": { -"description": "Required. IAB specific severity", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InitialAccessBrokerConfig": { -"description": "InitialAccessBrokerConfig is specific to Initial Access Broker (IAB) matching scenarios.", -"id": "InitialAccessBrokerConfig", -"properties": { -"entityProfile": { -"$ref": "EntityProfile", -"description": "Represents the comprehensive profile of the customer entity used for matching." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"InitialAccessBrokerFindingDetail": { -"description": "A detail object for an Initial Access Broker (IAB) finding.", -"id": "InitialAccessBrokerFindingDetail", -"properties": { -"documentId": { -"description": "Required. The unique identifier of the document that triggered the IAB finding. This ID can be used to retrieve the content of the document for further analysis.", -"type": "string" -}, -"matchScore": { -"description": "Required. Reference to the match score of the IAB finding. This is a float value between 0 and 1 calculated by the matching engine based on the similarity of the document and the user provided configurations.", +"matchScore": { +"description": "Required. Reference to the match score of the IAB finding. This is a float value between 0 and 1 calculated by the matching engine based on the similarity of the document and the user provided configurations.", "format": "float", "type": "number" }, @@ -2520,66 +2030,6 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, -"MisconfigurationFindingDetail": { -"description": "Misconfiguration finding detail.", -"id": "MisconfigurationFindingDetail", -"properties": { -"misconfigurationMetadata": { -"$ref": "MisconfigurationMetadata", -"description": "Required. The misconfiguration metadata." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"MisconfigurationMetadata": { -"description": "Misconfiguration metadata.", -"id": "MisconfigurationMetadata", -"properties": { -"description": { -"description": "Optional. Description of the misconfiguration.", -"type": "string" -}, -"displayName": { -"description": "Optional. A user-friendly name for the misconfiguration.", -"type": "string" -}, -"misconfigurationId": { -"description": "Required. The identifier for the misconfiguration. This is an internal name generated by the finding provider.", -"type": "string" -}, -"references": { -"description": "Optional. References to external resources that provide more information about the misconfiguration.", -"items": { -"$ref": "MisconfigurationReference" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"remediation": { -"description": "Optional. Recommended remediation steps for the misconfiguration.", -"type": "string" -}, -"vulnerableUri": { -"description": "Optional. The endpoint which was found to have the vulnerability.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"MisconfigurationReference": { -"description": "A reference to an external resource that provides more information about a misconfiguration.", -"id": "MisconfigurationReference", -"properties": { -"type": { -"description": "Required. The type of the reference (e.g., \"description\", \"remediation\").", -"type": "string" -}, -"uri": { -"description": "Required. The URI of the reference.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "Operation": { "description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.", "id": "Operation", @@ -2660,40 +2110,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"RefreshAlertUriStatusRequest": { -"description": "Request message for FetchAlertUriStatus.", -"id": "RefreshAlertUriStatusRequest", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"RefreshAlertUriStatusResponse": { -"description": "Response message for FetchAlertUriStatus.", -"id": "RefreshAlertUriStatusResponse", -"properties": { -"state": { -"description": "Output only. Status of the alert in WebRisk.", -"enum": [ -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_NOT_SUBMITTED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_SUBMITTED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_PROCESSING", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_ADDED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_REJECTED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified status.", -"Issue has not been submitted to WebRisk.", -"Issue has been submitted to WebRisk.", -"Issue has been submitted to WebRisk and is being processed.", -"Issue has been processed by WebRisk and the domain was added to the blocklist.", -"Issue has been processed by WebRisk and was rejected." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "RelevanceAnalysis": { "description": "Structured relevance analysis for a threat.", "id": "RelevanceAnalysis", @@ -2745,40 +2161,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"ReportAlertUriRequest": { -"description": "Request message for ReportAlertUri.", -"id": "ReportAlertUriRequest", -"properties": {}, -"type": "object" -}, -"ReportAlertUriResponse": { -"description": "Response message for ReportAlertUri.", -"id": "ReportAlertUriResponse", -"properties": { -"state": { -"description": "Output only. Status of the alert in WebRisk.", -"enum": [ -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_NOT_SUBMITTED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_SUBMITTED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_PROCESSING", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_ADDED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_REJECTED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified status.", -"Issue has not been submitted to WebRisk.", -"Issue has been submitted to WebRisk.", -"Issue has been submitted to WebRisk and is being processed.", -"Issue has been processed by WebRisk and the domain was added to the blocklist.", -"Issue has been processed by WebRisk and was rejected." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "SearchFindingsResponse": { "description": "Response message for SearchFindings.", "id": "SearchFindingsResponse", @@ -2867,297 +2249,6 @@ }, "type": "object" }, -"SuspiciousDomainAlertDetail": { -"description": "The alert detail for a suspicious domain finding.", -"id": "SuspiciousDomainAlertDetail", -"properties": { -"dns": { -"$ref": "SuspiciousDomainDnsDetails", -"description": "The DNS details of the suspicious domain." -}, -"domain": { -"description": "Required. The suspicious domain name.", -"type": "string" -}, -"gtiDetails": { -"$ref": "SuspiciousDomainGtiDetails", -"description": "The GTI details of the suspicious domain." -}, -"webRiskOperation": { -"description": "Output only. Name of Web Risk submission operation.", -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"webRiskState": { -"description": "Output only. Status of the Web Risk submission.", -"enum": [ -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_NOT_SUBMITTED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_SUBMITTED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_PROCESSING", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_ADDED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_WEB_RISK_STATE_REJECTED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified status.", -"Issue has not been submitted to WebRisk.", -"Issue has been submitted to WebRisk.", -"Issue has been submitted to WebRisk and is being processed.", -"Issue has been processed by WebRisk and the domain was added to the blocklist.", -"Issue has been processed by WebRisk and was rejected." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"whois": { -"$ref": "SuspiciousDomainWhoIsDetails", -"description": "The whois details of the suspicious domain." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SuspiciousDomainDnsDetails": { -"description": "The DNS details of the suspicious domain.", -"id": "SuspiciousDomainDnsDetails", -"properties": { -"dnsRecords": { -"description": "The DNS records of the suspicious domain.", -"items": { -"$ref": "SuspiciousDomainDnsRecord" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"retrievalTime": { -"description": "The time the DNS details were retrieved.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SuspiciousDomainDnsRecord": { -"description": "The DNS record of the suspicious domain.", -"id": "SuspiciousDomainDnsRecord", -"properties": { -"record": { -"description": "The name of the DNS record.", -"type": "string" -}, -"ttl": { -"description": "The TTL of the DNS record.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"type": { -"description": "The type of the DNS record.", -"type": "string" -}, -"value": { -"description": "The value of the DNS record.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SuspiciousDomainFindingDetail": { -"description": "A detailed object for a suspicious Domain finding.", -"id": "SuspiciousDomainFindingDetail", -"properties": { -"dns": { -"$ref": "SuspiciousDomainDnsDetails", -"description": "The DNS details of the suspicious domain." -}, -"domain": { -"description": "Required. The suspicious domain name.", -"type": "string" -}, -"gtiDetails": { -"$ref": "SuspiciousDomainGtiDetails", -"description": "The GTI details of the suspicious domain." -}, -"matchScore": { -"description": "Required. Reference to the match score of the finding. This is a float value between 0 and 1 calculated by the matching engine.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"severity": { -"description": "Required. The severity of the finding. This indicates the potential impact of the threat.", -"enum": [ -"SEVERITY_UNSPECIFIED", -"LOW", -"MEDIUM", -"HIGH", -"CRITICAL" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Default value, should never be set.", -"Low severity.", -"Medium severity.", -"High severity.", -"Critical severity." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"whois": { -"$ref": "SuspiciousDomainWhoIsDetails", -"description": "The whois details of the suspicious domain." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SuspiciousDomainGtiDetails": { -"description": "The GTI details of the suspicious domain.", -"id": "SuspiciousDomainGtiDetails", -"properties": { -"threatScore": { -"description": "The threat score of the suspicious domain. The threat score is a number between 0 and 100.", -"format": "int32", -"type": "integer" -}, -"verdict": { -"description": "Output only. The verdict of the suspicious domain.", -"enum": [ -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_GTI_VERDICT_UNSPECIFIED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_GTI_VERDICT_BENIGN", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_GTI_VERDICT_UNDETECTED", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_GTI_VERDICT_SUSPICIOUS", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_GTI_VERDICT_MALICIOUS", -"SUSPICIOUS_DOMAIN_GTI_VERDICT_UNKNOWN" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified verdict.", -"Verdict is clean; the entity is considered harmless.", -"Verdict is undetected; no immediate evidence of malicious intent.", -"Verdict is suspicious; possible malicious activity detected.", -"Verdict is malicious; high confidence that the entity poses a threat.", -"Verdict is not applicable; not able to generate a verdict for this entity." -], -"readOnly": true, -"type": "string" -}, -"virustotalUri": { -"description": "VirusTotal link for the domain", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"SuspiciousDomainWhoIsDetails": { -"description": "The whois details of the suspicious domain.", -"id": "SuspiciousDomainWhoIsDetails", -"properties": { -"retrievalTime": { -"description": "The time the whois details were retrieved.", -"format": "google-datetime", -"type": "string" -}, -"whois": { -"description": "The whois details of the suspicious domain.", -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"TargetTechnologyAlertDetail": { -"description": "Contains details for a technology watchlist alert.", -"id": "TargetTechnologyAlertDetail", -"properties": { -"vulnerabilityMatch": { -"$ref": "VulnerabilityMatch", -"description": "Optional. The vulnerability match details." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"TargetTechnologyFindingDetail": { -"description": "Contains details for a technology watchlist finding.", -"id": "TargetTechnologyFindingDetail", -"properties": { -"vulnerabilityMatch": { -"$ref": "VulnerabilityMatch", -"description": "Optional. The vulnerability match details." -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"TechnologyWatchListAlertThreshold": { -"description": "TechnologyWatchListAlertThreshold contains the thresholds for alerting.", -"id": "TechnologyWatchListAlertThreshold", -"properties": { -"cvssScoreMinimum": { -"description": "Optional. The minimum cvss V3 score for the alert. Ex: 7.0. Valid range is [0.0, 10.0].", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"epssScoreMinimum": { -"description": "Optional. The minimum epss score for the alert. Ex: 0.8. Valid range is [0.0, 1.0].", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"exploitationStates": { -"description": "Optional. The exploitation states of the alert.", -"items": { -"enum": [ -"EXPLOITATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"EXPLOITATION_STATE_NO_KNOWN", -"EXPLOITATION_STATE_REPORTED", -"EXPLOITATION_STATE_SUSPECTED", -"EXPLOITATION_STATE_CONFIRMED", -"EXPLOITATION_STATE_WIDESPREAD" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified exploitation state.", -"No known exploitation.", -"Exploitation has been reported.", -"Exploitation is suspected.", -"Exploitation is confirmed.", -"Widespread exploitation." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"priorityMinimum": { -"description": "Optional. The minimum priority for the alert.", -"enum": [ -"PRIORITY_UNSPECIFIED", -"P0", -"P1", -"P2", -"P3", -"P4" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified priority.", -"Priority level 0.", -"Priority level 1.", -"Priority level 2.", -"Priority level 3.", -"Priority level 4." -], -"type": "string" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, -"TechnologyWatchListConfig": { -"description": "TechnologyWatchListConfig is the configuration for the technology watchlist.", -"id": "TechnologyWatchListConfig", -"properties": { -"alertThreshold": { -"$ref": "TechnologyWatchListAlertThreshold", -"description": "Optional. Alert thresholds to effectively reduce noise." -}, -"technologies": { -"description": "Optional. List of vendor, technology or cpe fingerprint. example: Microsoft office 360 Apache Server 3.5 cpe:2.3:a:microsoft:outlook:*:*:*:*:*:*:*:*", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" -}, "UpsertConfigurationResponse": { "description": "Response message for UpsertConfiguration.", "id": "UpsertConfigurationResponse", @@ -3169,84 +2260,6 @@ } }, "type": "object" -}, -"VulnerabilityMatch": { -"description": "Contains details about a vulnerability match.", -"id": "VulnerabilityMatch", -"properties": { -"associations": { -"description": "Optional. Associated threat actors, malware, etc. This is embedded as a snapshot because the details of the association at the time of the vulnerability match are important for context and reporting.", -"items": { -"$ref": "Association" -}, -"type": "array" -}, -"collectionId": { -"description": "Required. The collection ID of the vulnerability. Ex: \"vulnerability--cve-2025-9876\".", -"type": "string" -}, -"cveId": { -"description": "Required. The CVE ID of the vulnerability. Ex: \"CVE-2025-9876\". See https://www.cve.org/ for more information.", -"type": "string" -}, -"cvss3Score": { -"description": "Required. The CVSS v3 score of the vulnerability. Example: 6.4.", -"format": "float", -"type": "number" -}, -"description": { -"description": "Required. A description of the vulnerability.", -"type": "string" -}, -"exploitationState": { -"description": "Required. The exploitation state of the vulnerability.", -"enum": [ -"EXPLOITATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", -"EXPLOITATION_STATE_NO_KNOWN", -"EXPLOITATION_STATE_REPORTED", -"EXPLOITATION_STATE_SUSPECTED", -"EXPLOITATION_STATE_CONFIRMED", -"EXPLOITATION_STATE_WIDESPREAD" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified exploitation state.", -"No known exploitation.", -"Exploitation has been reported.", -"Exploitation is suspected.", -"Exploitation is confirmed.", -"Widespread exploitation." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"riskRating": { -"description": "Required. The risk rating of the vulnerability.", -"enum": [ -"RISK_RATING_UNSPECIFIED", -"LOW", -"MEDIUM", -"HIGH", -"CRITICAL", -"UNRATED" -], -"enumDescriptions": [ -"Unspecified risk rating. This is the default value when the risk rating is not set.", -"Low risk rating.", -"Medium risk rating.", -"High risk rating.", -"Critical risk rating.", -"The vulnerability has been assessed, but a specific risk rating could not be determined or assigned." -], -"type": "string" -}, -"technologies": { -"description": "Required. The affected technologies. Ex: \"Apache Struts\".", -"items": { -"type": "string" -}, -"type": "array" -} -}, -"type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json index 3a690400586..c3a81cdf208 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json @@ -2548,7 +2548,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260129", +"revision": "20260222", "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessKeyCredentials": { @@ -3311,14 +3311,16 @@ "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_STANDARD", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_SSD", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_BALANCED", -"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED" +"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED", +"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED_HIGH_AVAILABILITY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "An unspecified disk type. Will be used as STANDARD.", "A Standard disk type.", "SSD hard disk type.", "An alternative to SSD persistent disks that balance performance and cost.", -"Hyperdisk balanced disk type." +"Hyperdisk balanced disk type.", +"Hyperdisk balanced high availability disk type." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -3516,14 +3518,16 @@ "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_STANDARD", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_SSD", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_BALANCED", -"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED" +"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED", +"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED_HIGH_AVAILABILITY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "An unspecified disk type. Will be used as STANDARD.", "A Standard disk type.", "SSD hard disk type.", "An alternative to SSD persistent disks that balance performance and cost.", -"Hyperdisk balanced disk type." +"Hyperdisk balanced disk type.", +"Hyperdisk balanced high availability disk type." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -3663,14 +3667,16 @@ "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_STANDARD", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_SSD", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_BALANCED", -"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED" +"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED", +"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED_HIGH_AVAILABILITY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "An unspecified disk type. Will be used as STANDARD.", "A Standard disk type.", "SSD hard disk type.", "An alternative to SSD persistent disks that balance performance and cost.", -"Hyperdisk balanced disk type." +"Hyperdisk balanced disk type.", +"Hyperdisk balanced high availability disk type." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -3835,14 +3841,16 @@ "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_STANDARD", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_SSD", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_BALANCED", -"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED" +"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED", +"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED_HIGH_AVAILABILITY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "An unspecified disk type. Will be used as STANDARD.", "A Standard disk type.", "SSD hard disk type.", "An alternative to SSD persistent disks that balance performance and cost.", -"Hyperdisk balanced disk type." +"Hyperdisk balanced disk type.", +"Hyperdisk balanced high availability disk type." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6030,14 +6038,16 @@ "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_STANDARD", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_SSD", "COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_BALANCED", -"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED" +"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED", +"COMPUTE_ENGINE_DISK_TYPE_HYPERDISK_BALANCED_HIGH_AVAILABILITY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "An unspecified disk type. Will be used as STANDARD.", "A Standard disk type.", "SSD hard disk type.", "An alternative to SSD persistent disks that balance performance and cost.", -"Hyperdisk balanced disk type." +"Hyperdisk balanced disk type.", +"Hyperdisk balanced high availability disk type." ], "type": "string" }, @@ -6509,14 +6519,16 @@ "STANDARD", "BALANCED", "SSD", -"HYPERDISK_BALANCED" +"HYPERDISK_BALANCED", +"HYPERDISK_BALANCED_HIGH_AVAILABILITY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "An unspecified disk type. Will be used as STANDARD.", "A Standard disk type.", "An alternative to SSD persistent disks that balance performance and cost.", "SSD hard disk type.", -"Hyperdisk balanced disk type." +"Hyperdisk balanced disk type.", +"Hyperdisk balanced high availability disk type." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json index 1491cdf9404..c278cd3ae88 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json @@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ } } }, -"revision": "20260204", +"revision": "20260220", "rootUrl": "https://walletobjects.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivationOptions": { @@ -4144,7 +4144,7 @@ true "type": "array" }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -4417,7 +4417,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -4930,7 +4930,7 @@ true "type": "array" }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -5211,7 +5211,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -5372,7 +5372,7 @@ true "type": "array" }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -5613,7 +5613,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be considered valid or usable. When the time period is passed, the object will be considered expired, which will affect the rendering on user's devices." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -5894,7 +5894,7 @@ true "type": "array" }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -6148,7 +6148,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -6405,10 +6405,11 @@ true "type": "object" }, "JwtResource": { +"description": "A JWT representation of a pass.", "id": "JwtResource", "properties": { "jwt": { -"description": "A string representing a JWT of the format described at https://developers.google.com/wallet/reference/rest/v1/Jwt", +"description": "Required. A string representing a JWT of the format described at https://developers.google.com/wallet/reference/rest/v1/Jwt", "type": "string" } }, @@ -6788,7 +6789,7 @@ true "type": "array" }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -7045,7 +7046,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -7831,7 +7832,7 @@ true "description": "The title image of the offer. This image is displayed in both the details and list views of the app." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -8064,7 +8065,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -9279,7 +9280,7 @@ true "type": "string" }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the class. For a pass only ten will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the class. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed, prioritizing those from the object.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, @@ -9675,7 +9676,7 @@ true "description": "The time period this object will be `active` and object can be used. An object's state will be changed to `expired` when this time period has passed." }, "valueAddedModuleData": { -"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of ten on the object.", +"description": "Optional value added module data. Maximum of fifteen on the object. For a pass only fifteen will be displayed.", "items": { "$ref": "ValueAddedModuleData" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json index b926ce400b3..35930ce3a8d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/workloadmanager.v1.json @@ -183,6 +183,284 @@ } }, "resources": { +"deployments": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new Deployment in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"deploymentId": { +"description": "Required. Id of the deployment", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource prefix of the Deployment using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/deployments", +"request": { +"$ref": "Deployment" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single Deployment.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"force": { +"description": "Optional. If set to true, any actuation will also be deleted. Followed the best practice from https://aip.dev/135#cascading-delete", +"location": "query", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Deployment.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource. The format will be 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}'", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Deployment" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Deployments in a given project and location.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filter resource follow https://google.aip.dev/160", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to sort by. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource prefix of the Deployment using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}`", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/deployments", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListDeploymentsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +}, +"resources": { +"actuations": { +"methods": { +"create": { +"description": "Creates a new actuation for an existing Deployment.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}/actuations", +"httpMethod": "POST", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.create", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource name of the Actuation location using the form: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"requestId": { +"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/actuations", +"request": { +"$ref": "Actuation" +}, +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"delete": { +"description": "Deletes a single Actuation", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}/actuations/{actuationsId}", +"httpMethod": "DELETE", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.delete", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. The name of the book to delete. project/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}/actuations/{actuation_id}", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+/actuations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Operation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"get": { +"description": "Gets details of a single Actuation.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}/actuations/{actuationsId}", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.get", +"parameterOrder": [ +"name" +], +"parameters": { +"name": { +"description": "Required. Name of the resource", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+/actuations/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+name}", +"response": { +"$ref": "Actuation" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +}, +"list": { +"description": "Lists Actuations in a given project, location and deployment.", +"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deployments/{deploymentsId}/actuations", +"httpMethod": "GET", +"id": "workloadmanager.projects.locations.deployments.actuations.list", +"parameterOrder": [ +"parent" +], +"parameters": { +"filter": { +"description": "Optional. Filtering results", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"orderBy": { +"description": "Optional. Field to sort by. See https://google.aip.dev/132#ordering for more details.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"pageSize": { +"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, server will pick an appropriate default.", +"format": "int32", +"location": "query", +"type": "integer" +}, +"pageToken": { +"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"location": "query", +"type": "string" +}, +"parent": { +"description": "Required. The resource prefix of the Actuation using the form: 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}'", +"location": "path", +"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/deployments/[^/]+$", +"required": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"path": "v1/{+parent}/actuations", +"response": { +"$ref": "ListActuationsResponse" +}, +"scopes": [ +"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" +] +} +} +} +} +}, "discoveredprofiles": { "methods": { "get": { @@ -979,9 +1257,190 @@ true } } }, -"revision": "20260128", +"revision": "20260204", "rootUrl": "https://workloadmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { +"ActiveDirectory": { +"description": "Active directory details", +"id": "ActiveDirectory", +"properties": { +"dnsAddress": { +"description": "Optional. DNS IP address", +"type": "string" +}, +"domain": { +"description": "Optional. human readable form of a domain such as \u201cgoogle.com\u201d.", +"type": "string" +}, +"domainUsername": { +"description": "Optional. domain username", +"type": "string" +}, +"secretManagerSecret": { +"description": "Required. secret_manager_secret", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "Required. active directory type", +"enum": [ +"ACTIVE_DIRECTORY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"GCP_MANAGED", +"SELF_MANAGED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified active directory type", +"GCP managed active directory type", +"Self managed active directory type" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Actuation": { +"description": "The Actuation object represents the bootstrap state and output results of deployed infrastructure and software.", +"id": "Actuation", +"properties": { +"actuationOutput": { +"$ref": "ActuationOutput", +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Actuation output", +"readOnly": true +}, +"deploymentOutput": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Deployment output", +"items": { +"$ref": "DeploymentOutput" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"endTime": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] End time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of actuation resource. The format is projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deployments/{deployment}/actuations/{actuation}", +"type": "string" +}, +"startTime": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Start time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Actuation state", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"INFRA_CREATING", +"SUCCEEDED", +"FAILED", +"POST_INFRA_CONFIGURING", +"INFRA_DESTROYING", +"TIMEOUT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"state unspecified", +"creating infrastructure in backend (terraform applying)", +"success", +"failed either in infra creating, post infra configuring or infra destroying", +"configure workload after infrastructure is ready (ansible running)", +"destroying infrastructure in backend (terraform destroying)", +"ansible is timeout due to losing heartbeat in post infra configuring" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ActuationOutput": { +"description": "Message for output of Actuation", +"id": "ActuationOutput", +"properties": { +"actuateLogs": { +"description": "A link to gcs file that store build logs", +"type": "string" +}, +"ansibleError": { +"description": "Output only. error message return from ansible.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"ansibleFailedTask": { +"description": "Output only. failed task name return from ansible.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"readOnly": true, +"type": "array" +}, +"blueprintId": { +"description": "reference to Blueprint Controller deployment and revision resource", +"type": "string" +}, +"cloudbuildId": { +"description": "Cloud Build instance UUID associated with this revision, without any suffix or prefix", +"type": "string" +}, +"errorCode": { +"description": "Output only. Code describing any errors that may have occurred. If not specified, there is no error in actuation.", +"enum": [ +"ERROR_CODE_UNSPECIFIED", +"TERRAFORM_FAILED", +"PERMISSION_DENIED_IN_TERRAFORM", +"QUOTA_EXCEED_IN_TERRAFORM", +"ANSIBLE_FAILED", +"CONSTRAINT_VIOLATION_IN_TERRAFORM", +"RESOURCE_ALREADY_EXISTS_IN_TERRAFORM", +"RESOURCE_UNAVAILABLE_IN_TERRAFORM", +"PERMISSION_DENIED_IN_ANSIBLE", +"INVALID_SECRET_IN_ANSIBLE", +"TERRAFORM_DELETION_FAILED", +"RESOURCE_IN_USE_IN_TERRAFORM_DELETION", +"ANSIBLE_START_FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"No error code was specified.", +"general terraform failure", +"permission error in terraform", +"quota related error in terraform", +"general ansible failure", +"constraint related error in terraform", +"resource already exists error in terraform", +"resource not found error in terraform", +"permission denied error in ansible", +"secret related error in ansible", +"general terraform failure during deletion", +"resource in use error in terraform deletion", +"start up failure in ansible" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"errorLogs": { +"description": "A link to actuation cloud build log.", +"type": "string" +}, +"hasUserFacingErrorMsg": { +"description": "Output only. whether the error message is user facing. If true, the error message will be shown in the UI.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "boolean" +}, +"terraformError": { +"description": "Output only. error message return from terraform.", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"terraformTemplate": { +"description": "reference to terraform template used", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "AgentCommand": { "description": "* An AgentCommand specifies a one-time executable program for the agent to run.", "id": "AgentCommand", @@ -1297,6 +1756,81 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"AppDetails": { +"description": "Message for sap instant details", +"id": "AppDetails", +"properties": { +"appInstanceId": { +"description": "Optional. instance id for app", +"type": "string" +}, +"appServiceAccount": { +"description": "Application service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for application", +"type": "string" +}, +"appVmNames": { +"description": "Optional. Customized vm names", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"ascsImage": { +"description": "Required. image for ascs server", +"type": "string" +}, +"ascsInstanceId": { +"description": "Optional. instance id for ascs", +"type": "string" +}, +"ascsMachineType": { +"description": "Required. ascs_machine_type", +"type": "string" +}, +"ascsServiceAccount": { +"description": "ASCS service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for ASCS", +"type": "string" +}, +"ascsVm": { +"description": "Optional. ASCS vm name", +"type": "string" +}, +"ersInstanceId": { +"description": "Optional. instance id for ers", +"type": "string" +}, +"ersVm": { +"description": "Optional. ERS vm name", +"type": "string" +}, +"image": { +"description": "Required. image for app server and ascs server", +"type": "string" +}, +"machineType": { +"description": "Required. machine type", +"type": "string" +}, +"secretManagerSecret": { +"description": "Required. secret_manager_secret", +"type": "string" +}, +"sharedStorage": { +"description": "Optional. Storage location", +"type": "string" +}, +"sid": { +"description": "Required. The SAP SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.", +"type": "string" +}, +"vmsMultiplier": { +"description": "Required. vms_multiplier", +"format": "int32", +"type": "integer" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "BackupProperties": { "description": "Backup properties.", "id": "BackupProperties", @@ -1471,6 +2005,110 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"Database": { +"description": "Database details", +"id": "Database", +"properties": { +"diskType": { +"description": "Required. disk_type", +"type": "string" +}, +"floatingIpAddress": { +"description": "Optional. only useful for Linux High Availability setup", +"type": "string" +}, +"machineType": { +"description": "Required. machine type", +"type": "string" +}, +"secondarySoleTenantNode": { +"description": "Optional. the name of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group", +"type": "string" +}, +"secondarySoleTenantNodeType": { +"description": "Optional. the type of a secondary-sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name", +"type": "string" +}, +"secretManagerSecret": { +"description": "Required. secret_manager_secret", +"type": "string" +}, +"smt": { +"description": "Required. whether simultaneous multithreading is enabled or not", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"soleTenantNode": { +"description": "Optional. the name of a primary sole-tenant node/node group", +"type": "string" +}, +"soleTenantNodeType": { +"description": "Optional. the type of a primary sole-tenant node/node group e.g. compute.googleapis.com/node-name", +"type": "string" +}, +"tempdbOnSsd": { +"description": "Required. whether to have TempDB on local SSD", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"tenancyModel": { +"description": "Required. SHARED or SOLE_TENANT", +"enum": [ +"TENANCY_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"SHARED", +"SOLE_TENANT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified tenancy model", +"Shared tenancy model", +"Sole Tenant tenancy model" +], +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DatabaseDetails": { +"description": "Message for sap instant details", +"id": "DatabaseDetails", +"properties": { +"databaseServiceAccount": { +"description": "Database service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for database", +"type": "string" +}, +"diskType": { +"description": "Required. disk_type", +"type": "string" +}, +"image": { +"description": "Required. image for database server", +"type": "string" +}, +"instanceId": { +"description": "Optional. instance id", +"type": "string" +}, +"machineType": { +"description": "Required. machine type", +"type": "string" +}, +"primaryDbVm": { +"description": "Optional. primary db vm name", +"type": "string" +}, +"secondaryDbVm": { +"description": "Optional. secondary db vm name", +"type": "string" +}, +"secretManagerSecret": { +"description": "Required. secret_manager_secret", +"type": "string" +}, +"sid": { +"description": "Required. The SID is a three-digit server-specific unique identification code.", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "DatabaseProperties": { "description": "Database Properties.", "id": "DatabaseProperties", @@ -1492,15 +2130,117 @@ true "ASE" ], "enumDescriptions": [ -"unspecified", -"SAP HANA", -"SAP MAX_DB", -"IBM DB2", -"Oracle Database", -"Microsoft SQL Server", -"SAP Sybase ASE" +"unspecified", +"SAP HANA", +"SAP MAX_DB", +"IBM DB2", +"Oracle Database", +"Microsoft SQL Server", +"SAP Sybase ASE" +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"Deployment": { +"description": "The Deployment object represents user intent for deploying a specific type of workload.", +"id": "Deployment", +"properties": { +"createTime": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Create time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"description": { +"description": "Description of the Deployment", +"type": "string" +}, +"name": { +"description": "The name of deployment resource. The format will be 'projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/deployments/{deployment_id}'", +"type": "string" +}, +"sapSystemS4Config": { +"$ref": "SapSystemS4Config", +"description": "SAP system workload input" +}, +"serviceAccount": { +"description": "User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used for cloud build Format: `projects/{projectID}/serviceAccounts/{serviceAccount}` The default Cloud Build SA will be used initially if this field is not set during deployment creation", +"type": "string" +}, +"sqlServerWorkload": { +"$ref": "SqlServerWorkload", +"description": "MS SQL workload input" +}, +"state": { +"description": "Output only. Current state of the deployment.", +"enum": [ +"STATE_UNSPECIFIED", +"CREATING", +"ACTIVE", +"UPDATING", +"DELETING", +"FAILED" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"The default value. This value is used if the state is omitted.", +"The deployment is being created.", +"The deployment is healthy.", +"The deployment is being updated.", +"The deployment is being deleted.", +"The deployment has encountered an unexpected error." +], +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"terraformVariables": { +"additionalProperties": { +"$ref": "TerraformVariable" +}, +"description": "Optional. terraform_variables represents all the Terraform variables for the deployment workload. The key is the name of the Terraform variable, and the value is the TerraformVariable. For example: { \"project_id\": { \"input_value\": { \"string_value\": \"my-project-id\" } }, \"zone\": { \"input_value\": { \"string_value\": \"us-central1-a\" } } }", +"type": "object" +}, +"updateTime": { +"description": "Output only. [Output only] Update time stamp", +"format": "google-datetime", +"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +}, +"workerPool": { +"description": "Optional. The user-specified Cloud Build worker pool resource in which the Cloud Build job will execute. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workerPools/{workerPoolId}`. If this field is unspecified, the default Cloud Build worker pool will be used.", +"type": "string" +}, +"workloadType": { +"description": "Optional. Workload type of the deployment", +"enum": [ +"WORKLOAD_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SAP_S4", +"SQL_SERVER", +"ORACLE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified workload type", +"SAP S/4HANA workload type", +"SQL Server workload type", +"Oracle workload type" ], -"readOnly": true, +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"DeploymentOutput": { +"description": "Message for output of deployment resource", +"id": "DeploymentOutput", +"properties": { +"name": { +"description": "name of the resource", +"type": "string" +}, +"type": { +"description": "type of the resource", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2015,6 +2755,56 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"ListActuationsResponse": { +"description": "The response object from `ListActuations`.", +"id": "ListActuationsResponse", +"properties": { +"actuations": { +"description": "The list of Actuation", +"items": { +"$ref": "Actuation" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"ListDeploymentsResponse": { +"description": "Message for response to listing Deployments", +"id": "ListDeploymentsResponse", +"properties": { +"deployments": { +"description": "The list of Deployment", +"items": { +"$ref": "Deployment" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"nextPageToken": { +"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.", +"type": "string" +}, +"unreachable": { +"description": "Unordered list. Locations that could not be reached.", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "ListDiscoveredProfilesResponse": { "description": "List discovered profile Response returns discovered profiles from agents", "id": "ListDiscoveredProfilesResponse", @@ -2223,6 +3013,73 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"LocationDetails": { +"description": "Message for sap instant details", +"id": "LocationDetails", +"properties": { +"createCommsFirewall": { +"description": "Optional. create firewall, if true, create firewall for the deployment. This field provides an option to not always create firewall for the deployment.", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"customTags": { +"description": "Optional. network tags", +"items": { +"type": "string" +}, +"type": "array" +}, +"deploymentDnsEnabled": { +"description": "Optional. when user skip DNS configuration from UI, deployment_dns_enabled=false otherwise deployment_dns_enabled=true", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"dnsZone": { +"description": "Optional. dns zone name", +"type": "string" +}, +"dnsZoneNameSuffix": { +"description": "Optional. dns_zone_name_suffix", +"type": "string" +}, +"internetAccess": { +"enum": [ +"INTERNETACCESS_UNSPECIFIED", +"ALLOW_EXTERNAL_IP", +"CONFIGURE_NAT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"networkProject": { +"description": "Optional. network project", +"type": "string" +}, +"regionName": { +"description": "Required. region_name", +"type": "string" +}, +"subnetName": { +"description": "Required. subnet_name", +"type": "string" +}, +"vpcName": { +"description": "Required. vpc_name", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone1Name": { +"description": "Required. zone1_name", +"type": "string" +}, +"zone2Name": { +"description": "Optional. zone2_name", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Notice": { "description": "Message for additional information generated by the execution", "id": "Notice", @@ -2333,6 +3190,37 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"Pacemaker": { +"description": "pacemaker configuration", +"id": "Pacemaker", +"properties": { +"bucketNameNodeCertificates": { +"description": "Required. bucket location for node certificates", +"type": "string" +}, +"pacemakerCluster": { +"description": "Required. pacemaker cluster name", +"type": "string" +}, +"pacemakerClusterSecret": { +"description": "Required. pacemaker cluster secret name", +"type": "string" +}, +"pacemakerClusterUsername": { +"description": "Required. pacemaker cluster username", +"type": "string" +}, +"sqlPacemakerSecret": { +"description": "Required. sql pacemaker secret name", +"type": "string" +}, +"sqlPacemakerUsername": { +"description": "Required. sql pacemaker username", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "Product": { "description": "Contains the details of a product.", "id": "Product", @@ -3201,6 +4089,106 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"SapSystemS4Config": { +"description": "Message for sap system workload", +"id": "SapSystemS4Config", +"properties": { +"allowStoppingForUpdate": { +"type": "boolean" +}, +"ansibleRunnerServiceAccount": { +"description": "Ansible runner service account - let custoemrs bring their own SA for Ansible runner", +"type": "string" +}, +"app": { +"$ref": "AppDetails", +"description": "instance details" +}, +"database": { +"$ref": "DatabaseDetails", +"description": "database details" +}, +"deploymentModel": { +"description": "Required. two model non-HA and HA supported", +"enum": [ +"DEPLOYMENT_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"DISTRIBUTED", +"DISTRIBUTED_HA" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"environmentType": { +"description": "Required. deployment environment", +"enum": [ +"ENVIRONMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NON_PRODUCTION", +"PRODUCTION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified environment type", +"Non-production environment type", +"Production environment type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"gcpProjectId": { +"description": "the project that infrastructure deployed, current only support the same project where the deployment resource exist.", +"type": "string" +}, +"location": { +"$ref": "LocationDetails", +"description": "database details" +}, +"mediaBucketName": { +"description": "Required. media_bucket_name", +"type": "string" +}, +"sapBootDiskImage": { +"description": "Optional. sap_boot_disk_image", +"type": "string" +}, +"scalingMethod": { +"description": "Required. support scale up and scale out", +"enum": [ +"SCALE_METHOD_UNSPECIFIED", +"SCALE_UP", +"SCALE_OUT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"Scale up: Increases the size of a physical machine by increasing the amount of RAM and CPU available for processing", +"Scale out: Combines multiple independent computers into one system" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"version": { +"description": "Required. sap hana version", +"enum": [ +"VERSION_UNSPECIFIED", +"S4_HANA_2021", +"S4_HANA_2022", +"S4_HANA_2023" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"", +"", +"", +"" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"vmPrefix": { +"description": "vm_prefix", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SapValidation": { "description": "A presentation of SAP workload insight. The schema of SAP workloads validation related data.", "id": "SapValidation", @@ -3392,6 +4380,224 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"SqlLocationDetails": { +"description": "Location and networking details for configuring SQL server workload", +"id": "SqlLocationDetails", +"properties": { +"dnsZone": { +"description": "Optional. create a new DNS Zone when the field is empty, Only show for `Using an existing DNS` List of existing DNS Zones tf variable name: existing_dns_zone_name", +"type": "string" +}, +"gcpProjectId": { +"description": "Required. the project that infrastructure deployed, currently only supports the same project where the deployment resource exists.", +"type": "string" +}, +"internetAccess": { +"description": "Required. Internet Access", +"enum": [ +"INTERNET_ACCESS_UNSPECIFIED", +"ALLOW_EXTERNAL_IP", +"CONFIGURE_NAT" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified internet access", +"Allow external IP", +"Configure NAT" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"network": { +"description": "Required. network name", +"type": "string" +}, +"primaryZone": { +"description": "Required. primary zone", +"type": "string" +}, +"region": { +"description": "Required. region name", +"type": "string" +}, +"secondaryZone": { +"description": "Optional. secondary zone can't be same as primary_zone and is only for High Availability deployment mode", +"type": "string" +}, +"subnetwork": { +"description": "Required. subnetwork name", +"type": "string" +}, +"tertiaryZone": { +"description": "Optional. teriary zone can't be same as primary_zone and secondary zone, and it is only for High Availability deployment mode", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, +"SqlServerWorkload": { +"description": "Message for MS SQL workload", +"id": "SqlServerWorkload", +"properties": { +"activeDirectory": { +"$ref": "ActiveDirectory", +"description": "Required. active directory details" +}, +"computeEngineServiceAccount": { +"description": "Compute engine service account - let customers bring their own SA for Compute engine", +"type": "string" +}, +"database": { +"$ref": "Database", +"description": "Required. database details" +}, +"deploymentModel": { +"description": "Required. HIGH_AVAILABILITY or SINGLE_INSTANCE", +"enum": [ +"DEPLOYMENT_MODEL_UNSPECIFIED", +"HIGH_AVAILABILITY", +"SINGLE_INSTANCE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified deployment model", +"High Availability deployment model", +"Single Instance deployment model" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"environmentType": { +"description": "Required. deployment environment", +"enum": [ +"ENVIRONMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"NON_PRODUCTION", +"PRODUCTION" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified environment type", +"Non-production environment type", +"Production environment type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"fciType": { +"description": "Optional. SHARED_DISK or S2D", +"enum": [ +"FCI_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SHARED_DISK", +"S2D" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified FCI type", +"SHARED DISK FCI type", +"S2D FCI type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"haType": { +"description": "Optional. AOAG or FCI, it is only needed for High Availability deployment mode", +"enum": [ +"HA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"AOAG", +"FCI" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified HA type", +"AOAG HA type", +"FCI HA type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"isSqlPayg": { +"description": "Required. SQL licensing type", +"type": "boolean" +}, +"location": { +"$ref": "SqlLocationDetails", +"description": "Required. location details" +}, +"mediaBucket": { +"description": "Required. name of the media storing SQL server installation files", +"type": "string" +}, +"operatingSystemType": { +"description": "Required. type of the operating system the SQL server is going to run on top of", +"enum": [ +"OPERATING_SYSTEM_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"WINDOWS", +"UBUNTU", +"RED_HAT_ENTERPRISE_LINUX", +"SUSE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified operating system type", +"Windows operating system type", +"Ubuntu operating system type", +"Red Hat Enterprise Linux operating system type", +"Suse operating system type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"osImage": { +"description": "Required. the image of the operating system", +"type": "string" +}, +"osImageType": { +"description": "Optional. OS image type, it's used to create boot disks for VM instances When either Windows licensing type or SQL licensing type is BYOL, this option is disabled and default to custom image", +"enum": [ +"OS_IMAGE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"PUBLIC_IMAGE", +"CUSTOM_IMAGE" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified OS image type", +"Public image", +"Custom image" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"pacemaker": { +"$ref": "Pacemaker", +"description": "Optional. pacemaker configuration, only applicable for Linux HA deployments" +}, +"sqlServerEdition": { +"description": "Optional. SQL Server Edition type, only applicable when Operating System is Linux", +"enum": [ +"SQL_SERVER_EDITION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SQL_SERVER_EDITION_TYPE_DEVELOPER", +"SQL_SERVER_EDITION_TYPE_ENTERPRISE", +"SQL_SERVER_EDITION_TYPE_STANDARD", +"SQL_SERVER_EDITION_TYPE_WEB" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified type", +"Developer type", +"Enterprise type", +"Standard type", +"Web type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"sqlServerVersion": { +"description": "Optional. 2017 or 2019 or 2022", +"enum": [ +"SQL_SERVER_VERSION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", +"SQL_SERVER_VERSION_TYPE_2017", +"SQL_SERVER_VERSION_TYPE_2019", +"SQL_SERVER_VERSION_TYPE_2022" +], +"enumDescriptions": [ +"Unspecified type", +"2017 type", +"2019 type", +"2022 type" +], +"type": "string" +}, +"vmPrefix": { +"description": "Required. should be unique in the project", +"type": "string" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "SqlserverValidation": { "description": "A presentation of SQLServer workload insight. The schema of SqlServer workloads validation related data.", "id": "SqlserverValidation", @@ -3532,6 +4738,17 @@ true }, "type": "object" }, +"TerraformVariable": { +"description": "In order to align with Infra Manager dependency, we create the same TerraformVariable message to represent a Terraform input variable, by following Infra Manager's API documentation: https://cloud.google.com/infrastructure-manager/docs/reference/rest A Terraform input variable.", +"id": "TerraformVariable", +"properties": { +"inputValue": { +"description": "Optional. Input variable value.", +"type": "any" +} +}, +"type": "object" +}, "TorsoValidation": { "description": "The schema of torso workload validation data.", "id": "TorsoValidation", diff --git a/googleapiclient/version.py b/googleapiclient/version.py index 0c7304aacfe..acb3c3503e0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/version.py +++ b/googleapiclient/version.py @@ -12,4 +12,4 @@ # See the License for the specific language governing permissions and # limitations under the License. -__version__ = "2.190.0" +__version__ = "2.191.0"